Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D19-0411 - LENSCRAFTERS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
LENSCRAFTERS 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 FINALED 05/18/2021 D19-0411 Parcel No: Address: �~^� °��77 �"°"^U v~���� v�n Tukwila Department oFCommunity Development 6]O0SouthcenterBoulevard, Suite #lO0 Tukwila, Washington 9818D Phone: 206-431'3670 Inspection Request Line: 206'438'9350 Web site: http://www,TukwilaWA.Rov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 92U247O1]U 4l65OUTH[ENTERMALL Project Name: LENSCRAFTERS Permit Number: D19'0411 Issue Date: 8/26/2020 Permit Expires On: 2/22/2021 Owner Name: Contact Person: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender; Name: Address: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT POBOX 130940,Q\RLSBA�IVIN, 92013 TlK4S[HENK 1120E805T#211'BLOOM|NGTON, yWN'SS42D CANYON CONTRACTING CORP 2821SKYE8D,VVASHOUGAL WA, 98671 [ANYOC[945PB ELDER ]ONESINC 1120E80THST'8LOOK4|NGTON,IVIN, 55420 Phone: (9S2)345-6040 Phone: (360)837'2204 Expiration Date: 5/18/2021 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: COMPLETE REMODEL OF THE EXISTING LENSCRAFTIERS STORE IN THE MALL. INTERIOR DEMU,NEW PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, FINISHES, DOORS, HARDWARE, MILLWORK, TRIM, EXISTING STORE FRONT, NEW MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING, Project Valuation: $334,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type o(Construction: 118 Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $6i076,54 Occupancy per IBC: K8 Water District: TUKVV|LA Sewer District: TUKVV|LA Codes adopted bythe City ofTukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: National Electrical Code: VVACities Electrical Code: VVACZ96-4GB: Code: Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Co oct Print Name: Date: e. "i2t926 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 3: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 1: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 2: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 4: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1010.1.9) 5: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 6: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 0 0 7: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices ondoors requireduzbeaccessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist tooperate, (|F[ 101019.1) 8: Exits and exit access doors shall bemarked byanapproved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked byreadily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path nfegress travel isnot immediately visible tothe occupants. Exit sign placement shall besuch that nopoint in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever isless, from the nearest visible exit sign. (|F[1O1l1) Q: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6inches (l52 mm) high with the principal strokes ofthe letters not less than O75 inch (l9.Imm)wide. The -word ^EX/T'shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not beless than O,]7Sinch (9.Smm). Signs larger than the minimum established in the international Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means bnrisnot energized. |fanarrow |sprovided axpart ofthe exit sign, the construction shall besuch that the arrow direction cannot bereadily changed. (IFC1Ul9.6.1) 10: Exit signs shall beilluminated otall times. Tuensure continued illumination for aduwdonnfnot less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connetted to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment oron-site generator. (|F[ 1013.6]) 11: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of I hoot'cand|e(ll lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress atfloor level. Illumination levels shall bepermitted todecline toO.6foot-candle (Glux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (|F[l0O8.3.5) lS: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building isaltered, remodeled oradded to. Alterations tofire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (|FC 9014) 13: Sprinklers shall beinstalled under fixed obstructions over 4feet (12m)wide. (NFPAI3'8.d.5.33) 12: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications toexisting sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval ofdrawings prior tninstallation ormodification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than SO heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior 0osubmittal tothe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Nosprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 16: AOre alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P,4.72and City Ordinance #Z437. 18: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition ofaudible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #34]7) 17: All new fire alarm systems o/modifications toexisting systems shall have the written, approval ofThe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Nowork shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #Z437)(|F[9Ol2) 19: Anelectrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 20: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly tnthe standards ofthe National Electrical Code. (NFPA7O) 21: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth inTable No. 80Il1ofthe International Building Code. 22: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 14: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436and #Z*]7) 23: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 24: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction docume ts, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 25: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 26: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 27: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 28: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 29: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 30: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 31: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 32: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8-feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared lay a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 33: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 34: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one-third and lower one-third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4-inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 35: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 36: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 37: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 38: ***MECHANICAL PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 39: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 40: No portion of any plumbing system or gas piping shall be concealed until inspected and approved. 41: All pipes penetrating floor/ceiling assemblies and fire -resistance rated walls or partitions shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the building code. 42: ***MEANS OF EGRESS*** - IFC Chapter 10 43: Minimum widthsof corridors shall be maintained in accordance with Chapter 10 of the International Building Code and the International Fire Code. 44: Doors shall swing in direction of egress travel where serving an occupant load of 50 or more persons or a Group H occupancy. (IFC 1010.1.2.1) 0 0 45; Egress doors shall be readily openab|efrom the egress side without the use akey orspecial knowledge or effort, (|F[ 1010l9) 46: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle isengaged from inside the tenant space. (|F[Chapter 1O) 47: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices ondoors required toheaccessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist tooperate. (|F[l01Ol9.I) 48: Exits and exit access doors shall bemarked byanapproved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path ofegress travel isnot immediately visible tothe occupants. Exit sign placement shall besuch that nopoint in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever isless, from the nearest visible exit sign. (|F[IOI3.I) 49: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes ofthe letters not less than 8.75 inch (l9]mm) wide. The word "EXO~'shall have letters having awidth not less than 2inches (5l mm) wide except the letter "|"' and the minimum spacing between letters shall not beless than U375inch (9.Smm). Signs larger than the minimum established |n the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means isorisnot energized. |fanarrow isprovided aspart nfthe exit sign, the construction shall besuch that the arrow direction cannot bereadily changed. (IF[1Ol3.6.1) SO: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements ofthis section, Aisles o,aisle access ways shall beprovided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats' tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width ofaisles shall beunobstructed. (|F[lO18.l) 51: In Group B and M occupancies, the minimum clear aisle width shall be determined by the occupant load served, but shall not beless than 36inches. (|F[lO183'Table IO2O.Z) 52: Exit signs shall beilluminated atall times. Toensure continued illumination for aduration ofnot less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment oron-site generator. (|F[ 18I3.6.3) 53: The force for pushing or pulling open interior swinging egress doors, other than fire doors, shall not exceed 5 pounds (22 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door in a dosed position. For other swinging doors, as well assliding and folding doors, the door latch shall release when subjected to a 15-pound (67 N) force. The door shall beset in motion when subjected ton3O'pound(133N)force. The door shall swing toafull-open position when subjected toa15'pound(67N)force. (|F[lO1Dl]) Swinging fire doors shall close from the full -open position and latch automatically. The door closer shall exert enough force toclose and latch the door from any partially open position. (|F[703I3) 54: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of I foot-candle (l1lux) and ominimum atany point ofU.lfoot-candle (llux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall bepermitted todecline toV.bfoot-candle (6lux) average and aminimum atany point of0.0Gfoot-candle (0.Glux) at the end ofthe emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded (|F[1O0O.].5) PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (Zn5)40O-9]SV 1700 DU|LD|NGF|NAL" 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIRE FINAL FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0502 LATH/GYPSUM BOARD 1800 MECHANICAL FINAL 1900 PLUMBING FINAL 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 hftp://www.TukiIaWA.gov Building Permit No. 041 Project No. Date Application Accepted: 1C9- 30- 161 Date Application Expires: (. **-50 47-0 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail. **Please Print** SITE INFORMATION Site Address: '1 6 SNSW-cal- RER_ fa (A.1— Tenant Name: LSCA1.%ZS King Co Assessor's Tax No.: -ZO Z-4 / 001 Suite Number: 6616 Floor: PROPERTY OWNER Name: {r1e5rFt EL-0 Address. ' 2cE100 5 C14 S \ -k gQ — City: State: State: SEA rv1/4..e. tr- Zip. cis9‘4$ CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: 1 Icy\ sci.AGrigtz. Address: . • CitY'61/4..Q rilt ' State: Zip:6 Phone: . -5- • cktcsrg Email' +inns Q eVAQ,C,ianes DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE Name: Address: _.1 tk r„( . c IEL0E-ft. go. City: (2CO (NI State: .-1-3c Zip: 1 i P one: t • • Email: cmcc% r1Q..‘—. GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name:. _.....n 1 10 .D Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: St Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: New Tenant: 0 . Yes ARCHITECT OF RECORD CompanyName: C CYLVQ41•10 frIalkArl AaCiA 10ECT Address: 1 " N. Ft eLoeR. vz) citY:ACZ.tr(G•cori State: ix zip:/kolz. Phone: gn - c-rs- .56c.c, . Emaii: tr; cAo% e. cri10%;ok .ne_‘ ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: N‘ t 0 0 SIGN 50t.YriOrtS.L1-( Address: 24-1k) w seirt.Erne.pir 12.0. CitY:GMEA gill State: w k Zip:5,4.3 Phone: ck-m . i_.‘1 Email: bap k ku --ion S son_ LENDER - WHO IS FUNDING THE PROJECT (nquitd for pjects $5,000r RCW 19.27095) Name: 0111_ r Address: 0 1 1 City: 0 State: Zip:.7.6 MONTHLY SERVICE BILLING -or- WA I .ER METER REFUND/BILLING Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: W:Perratit Center (Rachelle)\Applintrions \ Word \ Construction Permit Application Revisnl 6-20 I 9alocx Revised: lune 2019 Page 1 of 3 BUILDING DIVISION INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 134 , 000 .62- Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): COrrIkEre ( art00 ._. OSTIStc. EXt .flt1C- 1.. 5 QA \i Si tte (11 1"4 G f V -- . ing-ratlOCL aDirto n(t�t,( Parr( riavS, CEILINGS. s14ES Oactns. 1Wf oWl N4, M('. Wq 1 17Z!I'h R(3Hr, Ill 111=11f4vicat7 aitLwraCPL I * PWrnair(Cr. Will there be new rack storage? Q.. Yes E.. No If yes, a separate permit and plant submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 15* Floor 459`3 4 c II • e In 2n4 Floor 3111 Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Garage ❑ Attached ❑ Detached Carport ❑ Attached ❑ Detached Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 No if "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS — 206-575-4407 �...... Sprinklers...... Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ .......None ❑ .......Other (specify) / Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ ....... Yes ®.......No If "yes', attach list of materials and .storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. PUBLIC WORKS INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size (1) . WO # (2) " WO # (3) " WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size (1). " WO # (2) " WO # (3) " WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size WO # 0 Deduct Water Meter Size 0 ...Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ Private ❑ ❑...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private w:\Permit Center(RachellellApplieanum\wmd\Cunrttuetiun Permit Application Revises( 62019.ducs Revised: June 2019 Page 2 of 3 PERMIT APPLICATION NO Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUORIZED AGENT: Signature: �-� Date: i21 Z6 19 Print Name: `n \ SG 1lEr1V Day Telephone: qi 52 3yS ••G©(kJ Mailing Address: 1121 E. • 9 Q SV1 Z. 6 .1tn Gicr1 (hPf 5S`12© City State Zip WAN:emit Ceuta (Rochelle)ihpphtationslWoni\Coplirntion 6-2019.duex. Revised: June 2019 Page 3 of 3 Receipt Number -• - - - , - - - - - DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID . . $6,808.36 PermitTRAK D19-0411 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $3,755.64 DEVELOPMENT $3,577.1 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $3,570.61 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $6.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $178.53 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $178.53 EL19-1067 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALI Apn: 9202470130 $1,822.47 ELECTRICAL,735.69 PERMITFEE MU TI-FAM/CO M R000.322.101.00.00 0.00 $1,735.69 TECHNOLOGY FEE $86.78 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $86.78 M19-0214 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $917.35 MECHANICAL $873.67 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000, 22. 0 .00.00 0.00 $33.1S PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $840.52 TECHNOLOGY FEE 43.68 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $43.68 PG19-0198 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $312.90 PLUMBING $298.00 PERMIT FEE R000.322, 00.00.00 0.00 $263.00 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $35.00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $14.90 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $14.90 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R20341 ; • - .. t 6,808.36 Date Paid: Thursday, March 05, 2020 Paid By: ELDER-JONES Pay Method: CHECK 82367 Printed: Thursday, March 05, 2020 12:26 PM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS II PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $3,047.74 D19-0411 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $2,320.90 DEVELOPMENT $2,320.90 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $2,320.90 EL19-1067 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $433.92 ELECTRICAL $433.92 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.832.00.00 0.00 $433.92 M19-0214 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALI Apn: 9202470130 $218.42 MECHANICAL $218.42 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.102.00.00 0.00 $218.42 PG19-0198 Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470130 $74.50 PLUMBING $74.50 PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R19409 R000.322.103.00.00 0.00 $74.50 $3,047,74 Date Paid: Monday, December 30, 2019 Paid By: ELDER-JONES BUILDING PERMIT SE Pay Method: CHECK 82194 Printed: Monday, December 30, 2019 12:14 PM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS Permit Inspections City of Tukwila Permit Number: D19-0411 Applied: 12/30/2019 Approved: 4/24/2020 Issued: 8/26/2020 Finaled: 5/18/2021 Status: FINALED Parent Permit: Parent Project: Details: Description: LENSCRAFTERS Site Address: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL City, State Zip Code: TUKWILA, WA 98188 Applicant: LENSCRAFTERS Owner: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Contractor: CANYON CONTRACTING CORP COMPLETE REMODEL OF THE EXISTING LENSCRAFTERS STORE IN THE MALL INTERIOR DEMO, NEW PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, FINISHES, DOORS, HARDWARE, MILLWORK, TRIM, EXISTING STORE FRONT, NEW MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING. ij3 NSP IONS SCHEDULED DATE COMPLETED DATE TYPE INSPECTOR RESULT REMARKS FRAMING Bill Centen 817-729-3559 Notes: LATH_GYPSUM BOARD Bill Centen 817-729-3559 Notes: SUSPENDED CEILING Bill Centen 817-729-3559 Notes: IGLAZING Bill Centen Notes: EMERGENCY LIGHTING Jim Benner 8177293559 Notes: 10/19/2020 AM 10/28/2020 FRAMING Darrin Graham PARTIAL APPROVAL 817-729-3559 Notes: framing was approved for phase 1 on 10/28/2020 by Bernard Moore 11/19/2020 AM 11/19/2020 SUSPENDED CEILING Bernard Moore PARTIAL APPROVAL 817.729.3559 Notes: approved hard lid area only for Phase 1. Printed: Thursday, 07 October, 2021 1 of 3 '4 SUPERION �����^�U����4u��~���� ^ -~^^^^^~ ^^^^~n~~~~~~^~~^^^~ City of Tukwila 4/22/2021 4/22/2021 FIRE ALARM 4AxowJo*wSom »Ppnovsn Notes: Fire alarm approved. 4/23/2031 AM 4/23/2021 MECHANICAL. FINAL Lee Sipe APPROVED 817-729-3559 Notes: 4/23/2021 xm 4/23/2021 PLUMBING FINAL Lee Sipe xppnovco 817-729'3559 Notes: w*za/znzz AM 4/23/2021 uu|Lo|wsnmAL~~ m PARTIALesine AppnovxL 817'729'3559 Notes: Final approval Oxpending electrical final 4/�7/aooz xm �2uzz �� uo|um|wsF|wAc"~ Ted Christie PARTIALie AppnnvxL 817-729-3559 Notes: Please correct electrical final requirements. Pending 5/18/2021 AM 5/18/2021 au|Lo|mGp|wAL*~ oa,nnG,ahpm Appwovso 817-729`3ss9 Printed: Thursday, O7October, aVll 3cf3 Sopsn/ow Permit Inspections City of Tukwila 12/4/2020 AM 12/4/2020 BUILDING FINAL** Bill Centen CANCELLED 817-729-3559 Notes: 12/4/2020 AM 12/4/2020 EMERGENCY LIGHTING Jim Benner CANCELLED 8177293559 Notes: CANCELLED 2/19/2021 AM 2/19/2021 FRAMING Lee Sipe PARTIAL APPROVAL 817.729.3559 Notes: P/A wall framing Phase 2 west area, contingent on electrical approval. 2/24/2021 AM 2/24/2021 FRAMING Lee Sipe NOT APPROVED 817-729-3559 Notes: Not ready 2/25/2021 2/25/2021 SPRINKLER COVER AARON JOHNSON PARTIAL APPROVAL Notes: Cover approved for Phase 1&2 under F20-0159. 2/26/2021 AM 2/26/2021 1 FRAMING Bill Centen CANCELLED 817-729-3559 Notes: 2/26/2021 AM 2/26/2021 LATH GYPSUM — BOARD Bill Centen PARTIAL APPROVAL 817-729-3559 Notes: *Phase 2 wallboard is approved. Ok to mud/tape 1. Phase 3 is not ready 3/15/2021 AM 3/15/2021 SUSPENDED CEILING Bill Centen PARTIAL APPROVAL Phase 1 & 2 - Ok to cover Notes: 10:30 3/29/2021 AM 3/29/2021 SPRINKLER COVER Andy Nevens APPROVED Notes: Phase 3 ok to cover. 4/22/2021 4/22/2021 SPRINKLER FINAL Unassigned APPROVED Notes: Approved see applicable sprinkler permit. 4/22/2021 4/22/2021 FIRE D PERMIT FINAL AARON JOHNSON APPROVED Notes: Fire final approved. Printed: Thursday, 07 October, 2021 2 of 3 rk SUPERION Lighting Summary LTG -SUM ianc Formstor Comrnercial Buildings ncludinq includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are wite- protected. Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Department -',' • ' ' 1.'- Use ; Company Name: Company Address: 2441 Crown Pointe Brnp 4173 Applicant Name: Michael Romes Applicant Phone: 920-445-5007 Applicant Email: mromes@nextore.com fr Project Description D New Building 0 Addition Include PF?0J-SUM form (included in envelope .rrnsfYfk.firteamjap01' Alteration CI No Lighting Scope • Ince forms. Interior Lighting System Description 0 Interior Lighting Plans Induded Interior lighting is based on LED light fixtur-O Ees(4 sensors. APPROVED . APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 0 upancy ,........... Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method 0 Building Area Method Ga Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls 13 • To required All C405.2.1- C405.2.8 Lighting Controls DC405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Controls (LLLC) Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced Digital Lighting comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in (Melling units comply wth: • No Dwelling 0 C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Units 0 C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 R404.1 Residential High Efficacy Lighting. Dwelling unit lighting complies Wth WSEC Residential provisions in lieu of WSEC Commercial provisions. Exterior Lighting System Description 0 Exterior Lighting Plans Included There is no exterior lighting on this project. Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage Interior lighting CI 1 1 interior lighting form, exterior lighting tables Exterior fixture Inettage 1P'' '414P±4.74 lighting 13 in CORRECTION LTR# I MAR 05 2020 PERMIT CENTER Lighting Summary, cont. LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includina R2, R3, R4 over 3 stori Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 Change of Space Use 0 Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Povier and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces inhere less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then provide separate lighting povter compliance forms for the Mc) retrofit conditions. Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting poKer compliance form. Refer to Section C503.6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3. Lighting Power Interior lighting 50% or more of existing are replaced 0 Less than 50% of existing are replaced 0 Lamp and/or ballast replacement only : Parking garage Exterior lighting 13 0 0 0 — existing total wattage not increased III III • 50% or more replaced - Total lighting povter of new + existing total LPA per Sections 0405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting pot4er of new + existing the total lighting poorer prior to alteration. Include new + existing Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE or 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires for interior spaces installed inettage for exterior luminaires. -to -remain fixtures shall comply Kith + existing -to -remain fixtures in or LTG-EXT form. -to -remain fixtures shall not exceed -to -remain fixtures in the Proposed LTG-EXT form. and parking garages, and total Lighting Controls Interior lighting New wiring installed to serve added : Parking garage Exterior lighting fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) New or moved lighting panel fr; • Interior space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or relocated 0 New wiring or circuit - For interior lighting, provide required occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive specific lighting controls per C405.2.5. For exterior lighting, New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls time svtitch controls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting space. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 manual controls per C405.2.3, controls per C405.2.4 and application provide required controls per C405.2.7. as noted for New Wiring and automatic controls that apply to a new interior do not apply to reconfigured . No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. • a 1 Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG-INT-SPACE 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mali Date 2/28/2020 Calculation Area NOTE 9 New Construction Q Addition - o Addition 0 Spaces where < 50% of 0 Spaces where a !30% of 0 Spaces where the Use For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type 0 Standard 0Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting To comply with C406,3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. User Note e Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE' Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling Height �� 2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) 102, 104, 105, 108, 109, 113, 114,115 Health care facility: Exam/treatment 8' -0" 695 1 . 330 858 111,112 Restroom: all other 8' -0" 100 0.780 78 106 Office: Enclosed 8' -0" 199 0.890 133 103 Seating area, general 10' -0" 129 0. 430 55 110 Corridor. all other 9'-0" 385 0.530 204 116 Health care facility: Medical supplies 9' -D" 49 0. 590 29 101 Sales area 10'-6" 2448 1.270 3109 101 Sales area 12' -7" 259 1 .270 323 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG-INT-DISPLAY NOTE8 Total Area Retail Display 4159 LTG-INT-DISPLAY Allowed Watts Allowance from 1969 6758 Proposed Lighting Wattage NOTES Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NJTE 4, 5, 6 Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture ric)TE7 Watts Proposed 102 2x2 LED Lens (G2L & G2LE) 2 16 32 104, 105, 108' 109,113,114,115 LED Downlight (DBW) 16 17 272 111,112 2x2 LED Lens (G2LE) 2 16 32 106 2x2 LED Lens (G2L & G2LE) 2 16 32 103 LED Downlight (DBW) 6 17 102 110 2x2 LED Parabolic (A2L & A2LE) 4 15 69 110 LED Downlight (DBW) 6 17 102 116 LED Downlight (DBW) 3 17 51 101 LED Twin Adjustable Downlight- Emergency (M2E) 21 40 890 101 LED Twin Adjustable Downlight (M1 & M3E) 12 34 908 Proposed Retail Display Lighting from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 3000 4935 (Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES WITH C406.3 Note 1 - List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 wattc!rinaal fnnt nr pntar the aattana limit of nermanent rurrpnt limitinn rlevira Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Enter all proposed lobby art/exhibit display fixtures in LTG-INT-DISPLAY form only. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Alloined Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and oross interior areas. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG-INT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington Slate EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings nduding includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all Al Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Lenscrafiers 0505 Southcenter Mali Date 2/28/2020 General Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting poKer allovence is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise. Only Sales areas illuminated Wth eligible merchandise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allovence OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, vhichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting vettage that exceeds this allovience is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use User Note Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area Type NOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (wattsif12 x area) NOTE 3 101 Retail 1: All unclassified retail display 2448 0 . 60 1469 Total Retail With Display Area Maximum 2448 Total Watts Base Allowance Allowance NOTE 4 1469 Retail Display Lighting Retail Display 500 1969 Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) NOTES Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts per . FNOTE 7 ixture Watts Proposed Retail 1 101 220.-0" Track, LED (El , E2, & E3) 1 3000 3000 RETAIL DISPLAY WATTAGE ALLOWANCE - PER LPA Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG-INT-DISPLAY NOTE 8 Total Retail Proposed Display Watts Retail Display Power Allowance NOTE 9 3000 1969 Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 3000 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop door menu. Only retail sales areas that comply Wth C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting poKer alloKences per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this retail sales area in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Pover Allovience. Note 4 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 5 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 6 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire Aettage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries Wth screwin lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input mettage of the fixture (not the lamp vietfage). For low Itnitane linhtinn enter the meal -Lane nf the trencfnrmer Fru- line irnItarte frank/hi clicternc enter the Lerner nf the ettenherf IVVV vvitoyc !?II, cluci urc vklitayctiff LII tC,ItiJIIlltI. I VI IlIIG VC1IIct&C ticat.rvlauJinciy OyOl1l, cmci IIIG 14:11VGI lit III G OLIOI1ICIJ luminaire wattage or 50 tiatts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE Note 9 - Retail display lighting potier allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display AlloKance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 10 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in the project that has seperately controlled art/exhibit display lighting. A lobby area title (Column A) and the gross interior sf of the lobby area are are both required to generate the maximum display allowance. Note 11 - Lobby art and exhibitdisplay wattage allegiance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 W/ft2. Note 12 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 13 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 14 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allotiance is automatically entered in LTG-INT-SPACE. Interior Display Lighting -. Space -by -Space LTG-INT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all Al Revised July 2016 Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 General Note - In Lobby areas, an additional mattage alloviance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits Only Lobby areas Kith eligible display lighting may use this additional alloKance. Proposed display lighting for each Lobby area may not exceed this alloKance, Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Lobby Area NOTE 10 Lobby Description includi (plan # & room #) Gross Interior Area in ft2 Maximum Display Watts Allowed Per Area NOTE 11 Proposed Display Lighting Total Per Area NOTE 12 Total Lobby with Display Area NOTE 14 Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage '1' Location (plan #, Lobby Area room #) Fixture Description NOTE 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Proposed Display Watts Interior Lighting Power Allowance * See footnotes on previous page Lighting! Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes 0405.2 Lighting controls, general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken E002, E200 No 0405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameters NA 0405.1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 0405.2.2.2 C4052,4 0405.2.5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whether combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specific application it serves E002, E200 Yes C405.2.2.1 0405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior light reduction controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls E002, E200 Yes 0405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor, time switch or digital timer switch) for all lighting zones; Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies E002 E200 Yes C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50%-on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100%-on per exception E200 E200 NA 0405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% Yes 0405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft. E002, E200 YES 0405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate digital timer switch control includes: manual on/off, time delay, audible and visual indication of impending time-out E200 NA C405.2,4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA 0405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone NA C405.2,5 Additional controls - Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific application lighting controls per this section Yes C405.2.5 - Items 1&2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method E200 E002, E200 Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG-CHK and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C405.2.5 Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room NA C405.2.5 Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non -Indicate visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include sq. tt. area of each lighting control zone: on plans that non -visual lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA C405.2.5 - Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Yes C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting 9 9 Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination; Provide calculation of lighting power density of total egress lighting; If total egress lighting power densityisgreater than 0.02 W/s 9 9 9q ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off control E200 E200 E200 E002, E200 NA C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served; For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/closing time; For all other exterior lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening, or based upon motion sensor NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 Yes C405.2.5 (listed after C405.2.7) Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; Verity that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% E200 E200 ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - ENHANCED DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS NA C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 3 LTG-CHK and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes C405.4,1 C405.4,2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently E001 E200 Yes C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per side) E200 NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units - lamp efficacy If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404,1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in project (min 75% to comply with exception). Interior Lighting Power Calculation • Indicate compliance path taken NA C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does nol exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area; identify locations of building areas on plans Yes C405.42,2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage; identify locations of space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY Yes C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 25% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in interior fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this efficacy rating (min 95% to comply with option) EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY NA C405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category NA Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ NA C405.5,1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule NA C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Lenscratters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements 'n the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit docurnents Location in Documents Building Department Notes LIGHTING ALTERATIONS Yes 0503.6 Interior and park ng garage lighting fixture alterations Where 50% of existing luminaires in interior space(s) or parking garage are replaced; indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing -to - remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG- INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed per compliance path Where < 50% of existing luminaires in interior space(s) or parking garage are replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage in each space prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-INT-SPACE form; indicate proposed total lighting wattage in alteration area does not exceed total existing lighting wattage prior to alteration NA C503.6 Exterior lighting fixture alterations Where 50% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed Where < 50% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceed total existing wattage prior to alteration Yes 0503.6 Interior lighting wiring alterations Where new wiring is installed to serve new interior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to a new circuit; indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - manual (C405.2.3); occupancy sensor (C405.2.1); daylight responsive (C405.2.4); specific application (C405.2.5); exit signs (C405.3) NA C503.6 Exterior lighting wiring alterations Where new wiring is installed to serve new exterior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to new circuit; indicate exterior lighting controls are provided (C405.2.7) Yes C503.6 Lighting panel alterations Where a new lighting panel is installed or an existing panel is moved (all new raceway and conductor wiring); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as wiring alterations; time switch controls and manual light reduction controls (C405.2,2) Yes C503.6 Interior space reconfiguration Where interior space(s) is reconfigured (permanently installed walls or ceiling -height partitions); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as lighting panel alterations NA C504.2 Lighting repairs Identify existing luminaires being upgraded with bulb and / or ballast replacement; indicate fixture alteration does not increase existing fixture wattage NA 0505.1 Change of space use Identify spaces on plans where the building area type or space use type is being changed from one type to another per Tables C405.4.2(1) or (2) Indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed per compliance path RECEPTACLES Yes C405.10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptacles on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc; Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptacle zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day control E201 E002, E201 Lighting, Motor, and Electrical State Energy Code Compliance Permit Checklist, Pg. 5 LTG-CHK Forms for Commercial Buildings including 82, R3, 84 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 2015 Washington Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS TRANSFORMERS, ELECTRIC METERS, INTERIOR TRANSPORTATION NA C405.6 Electrical transformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception taken NA C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter Yes C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception applied M001 NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoccupied for a period of 15 minutes or more NA 0405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA 844; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405.9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive DOCUMENTATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS TO SUPPORT COMMISSIONING (Cx) NA C408.3 Scope of electrical power and lighting systems commissioning Indicate that all electrical systems (receptacles, transformers, motors, vertical and horizontal transportation) for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned; Where total building lighting load is > 20 kW, or where total lighting load of luminaires requiring daylight sensing and / or occupancy control > 10 kW, indicate that all automatic lighting control systems are required to be commissioned; or provide building lighting power calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception; NA C405.13 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate Cx requirements in plans and specifications for all applicable electrical and lighting control systems per C408; Include general summary with at minimum Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final electrical inspection NA 0408.3.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION Yes C103.6.3 Project close out documentation requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation is required including WSEC lighting compliance forms and calculations that document all interior and exterior lighting area and / or surface types, lighting power allowances and installed densities E001 " is selected fo ny question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance For r 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary MECH-SUM Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Project Information Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Dept. Use Company Name: Company Address: 2441 Crown Pointe 173 Applicant Name: Michael Rome s JVDQR Applicant Phone: 920.445-5007 CODE COMPLIANCE Project Description Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided ❑ Total Bldg Performance (TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM, MECH-CHK, and C407 Energy Analysis forms required. ❑ New Building ❑ Building Addition ❑ Tenant Improvemen ❑ syArpfkRovey System APR 2 2 2020 p City of Tukwila Changes Design Load Calculations ❑' Load calculation summary ❑ MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment ventilating needs. If a toad calculation summary is provided with the compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. BUILDING DIVISION or serving the building heating, cooling permit documents that includes all applicable Mechanical Schedules ❑ Mechanical Plans 0 MECH-EQ Forms (TBD) Indicate location of equipment compliance information. If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however, include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. Dedicated Outdoor Air System Requirements and High Efficiency VAV Alternate 0 DOAS is required per C403,6 effective July 1, 2017 (office, retail, education, library and fire station occupancies) All occupied, conditioned areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning Ian operation. Space conditioning fans cycled off when no heating or cooling is required. ❑ Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 1) El Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403,7 in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception ❑ DOAS included in project, although not required (occupancy not office, retail, education, library or fire station) ❑ DOAS related allowances included in project: ❑ Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40% per C402.4,1.4 with 100% of conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. ❑ Exception to air economizer per C403.3 Exception 1, include MECH-ECONO form. Fan Power ❑✓ Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling 1l yes, provide a MECH-FANSYS -SUM form. ❑ For one or more systems, the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC system exceeds 5hp. If yes, provide a seperate MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold, Refer to Section C403.2.1 1 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. HVAC Hydronic Systems ❑ Hydronic chilled water ❑ Water -loop heat pump j No hydronic systems ❑ Hydronic heating water ❑ Geothermal C406 Additional Efficiency Options - Mechanical ❑ C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems Requires 90% of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9) or air -to -water heat pumps and heat recovery chillers. All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7) must be 15% more efficient than minimum requirements. All stand alone supply, return, and exhaust fans over 1hp must have FEQ z 71 and must be selected within 10% of maximum total or static pressure. ❑ C406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) Requires 90% of conditioned floor area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. ❑ C406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90% of floor area be in occupancy types listed in C406.7. 1 and that 60% of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump, waste heat recovery or solar water -heating systems. RECF[VED CORRESTION LTR# bt9OLu CITY OF TUKWtLA MAR 05 2020 PERMIT CENTER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary, pg. 2 MECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all RI Revised January 2017 Service Water Heating Systems Equipment Type (s) LJ Hot water heating tank(s) 0 Instantaneous El No service water systems [I] Dedicated boiler ri Heat exchange from space heat boiler or central hot water/steam Distribution Type (s) 0 Circulation System 0 On -demand Commissioning Commissioning is required 0 Mechanical systems If required, commissioning Exceptions to commissioning for: per C408.2 0 Service water heating systems per C408.4 shall be performed for all applicable systems regardless of individual equipment capacity. requirements: of all mechanical space conditioning systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h heating. Mechanical systems commissioning not required. water heating system in building does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h. Service water heating not required. is Total output capacity cooling or 300,000 Btu/h 0 Capacity of largest service systems commissioning Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Space Type Location in Plan(s) Space(s) Served Area Served, square feet Heating Capacity, Btu/h (Note 4) Cooling Capacity, Btu/h (Note 5) Peak Space Conditioning Capacity, Btu/h-sf Compliance Check Notes Note 4 - Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi -Heated space(s) in btuh. Note 5 - Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s) in Btu/h. Not allowed for semi -heated spaces. Enter 0 if no cooling. Note 6 - Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building. Intalled peak space conditioning capacity, heating or cooling, may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h`sf, Note 7- Reler to Section C402,1.1.1 and Semi -Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 Btu/h*.st Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi -heated. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 3 Of 12 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The lollowing information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the . .. Washington Slate Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type NA C403.1 Exempt process equipment Identify equipment to be used in manufacturing, industrial or commercial processes that do not provide space conditioning; identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception Yes C403.2.1 Load calculations Provide load calculations performed per ASHRAE Sld 183 or equivalent, using design parameters per C302 and Appendix C; include load adjustments to account for energy recovery M001 Yes C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Indicate that output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems are no greater than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads; note exceptions taken M001 Yes C403.2.3 C403.2.3.2 C403.2.13,1 HVAC equipment performance requirements (efficiency) Provide equipment schedules on plans or complete MECH-EQ forms indicating type, capacity, rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all healing and cooling equipment; include supply and OSA clms and operating hours for all air systems; identify healing and cooling equipment that does not have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency (manufacturer rated) M001 NA C405.8 C403.2,14 Electric motor efficiency List all motors a 1/12 hp (that are not integral to a rated piece of equipment) in (he mechanical or electrical equipment schedules on plans; indicate hp, rpm, number of poles and rated efficiency, or exception applied For fractional hp motors (1/12 - 1 hp), indicate whether they are an electronically commutated motor, have rated efficiency ol at least 70%, or exception taken Yes C403.2.11.1 Fan power limitation For all HVAC fan systems that provide heating and / or cooling, provide system total nameplate hp in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp › 5hp, verity fan system motor hp or bhp complies with Ian power limits per equations in Table C403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH- FANSYS form for each system NA C403.2.11.2 Motor nameplate hp For all applicable HVAC systems with total tan motor hp > 5hp, indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp, note exceptions taken NA C403.2.11.3 Fan efficiency For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, identify in equipment schedule all fans required to comply with fan efficiency grade and indicate rated FEG is a 67, or exception taken; indicate these fans are sized so total efficiency is within 15% of the fan maximum total efficiency NA C403.2.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust tan efficacy For all exhaust fans < 400 clm in Group R occupancies, indicate in equipment schedule the fan flow rate and efficacy (clm/watt), or exception taken; refer to Table C403.2.11.4 (CE-57) NA C403,2.13 Variable flow capacity - fans For fan, motors a 7.5 hp. indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for an HVAC system refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3 Maximum air cooled chiller capacity For chilled water plants and buildings with > 500 tons ol cooling capacity, indicate air-cooled chiller capacity is s 100 tons, or exception taken NA C403.4 Large capacity cooling systems For buildings with a 300 tons of cooling capacity, indicate method of multi -stage or variable capacity control (VSD, multiple staged compressors, or max capacity of any single unit < 66% of the total) NA C403.2.3.1 Non-standard water-cooled centrifugal chillers For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not designed for operation at standard conditions, provide calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements NA C403.2.13.1 C403.4.3.2 Centrifugal fan open -circuit cooling towers For open -circuit centrifugal fan cooling lowers with a 1,100 gprn capacity, indicate cooling towers comply with efficiency requirements tor axial fan open circuit cooling towers NA C403.4.2 C403.4.2.5 Large capacity boiler systems For single boilers with, 500,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate multi -stage or modulating burner For boiler system (single or multiple) with > 1,000,000 Blu/h capacity, indicate turndown ratio per Table C403.4.2.5 and method (multiple single input boilers, modulating boilers, or combination) NA C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - pumps For pump motors z 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for a hydronic system refer to Hydronic System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3 Gas and oil -fired forced air furnace and unit healers For forced air furnaces with capacity a 225,000 Btu/h and all unit heaters, indicate in equipment schedule intermittent ignition or HD, flue or draft damper, and rated jacket loss NA C403.2.4.8 Combustion heating equipment For combustion heating equipment with output capacity > 225,000 Btu/h, indicate modulating or staged combustion control Yes C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating / cooling equipment Verify all packaged electric equipment with > 6,000 Blu/h cooling capacity and any amount of heating is a heat pump; include in equipment schedules MOD1 NA C403.2.12 Healing outside a building Indicate systems providing heating in non -enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate on plans the type, duty and exhaust air rale of each kitchen hood, refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements Yes C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air, exhaust and relief dampers Indicate locations of OSA intake, and exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans; indicate whether dampers are Class 1 motorized, or gravity and exception taken (include leakage rating, cfm/s1); refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements for OSA dampers M200 NA C403.2.4.3 Return air dampers Indicate locations ol return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation; verify dampers are motorized; indicate whether dampers are Class 1. or within packaged equipment eligible for leakage rating exception (include leakage rating, cfm/s1) 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 Over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 4 of 12 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington Slate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8, R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Lenscratters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate location al stairway and shaft vent dampers on plans; verity dampers are Class 1 motorized; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation dampers For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; identity isolation zone areas on plans and locations of associated isolation dampers in HVAC distribution system; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements NA C403.2.3.4 Humidification For cooling systems with humidification equipment that are also required to have air economizer, indicate humidifier is adiabatic (direct evaporative or fog atomization), or exception taken Additional Efficiency Package Option, More Efficient HVAC Equipment & Fan Performance - Must comply with all 3 provisions to be eligible NA C406.2.1 C403.2.3 HVAC system selection To comply with additional efficiency package option, calculate the percentage of heating and scoring equipment in the project (based on output capacity) that do not have a corresponding WSEC listed efficiency; shall be less than 10% to comply NA C406.2.2 C403.2,3 Minimum equipment efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that all fisted healing and cooling equipment have a rated efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by al least 15% NA C406.2.3 C403.2.11.3 Minimum fan efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate rated FEG of stand alone fans is a 71; indicate these tans are sized so the fan efficiency al design conditions is within 10% of the maximum total or static efficiency HVAC System Controls Yes C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls (thermostats and humidislats) Indicate locations of thermostatic and humidity control devices and the zones they serve on plans, including perimeter system zones M200 Where adjacent (neighboring) zones are controlled by separate thermostats (including perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss), and are connected by permanent openings > 10% of either zone sf area, indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones from operating in conflicting modes (one in heat, other in cool); applies to adjacent perimeter zones, adjacent nonperimeter zones, and adjacent perimeter and nonperimeler zones If applying Exception 2 to nonperimeter zones adjacent to perimeter zones, indicate that setpoints and deadband settings in these zones are coordinated so cooling in a nonperimeter zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent perimeter zone temperature in healing NA C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat Indicate staged heating operation with compression as the first stage of heating and supplemental heating controlled with outdoor lock -out temperature set to 40°F or less NA C403.2.4.1_2 Deadband Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with 5°F minimum deadband for systems that control both heating and cooling C403.2.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap restriction (thermostats) II separate healing and cooling systems with separate thermostatic control devices are used to serve a zone, indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve on plans Indicate a limit switch, mechanical stop or DDC control with programming to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling Yes C403.2.4.2 C403.2.4.2.1 C403.2.4.2.2 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with required automatic setback arid manual override functions, setback temperatures, and control method (automatic time clock or programmable controls); note exceptions taken M001 Yes C403.2.4.2.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equipment start lime required to bring each area served up to design temperature just prior to scheduled occupancy M001 C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air dampers Indicate automatic controls configured to close OSA damper during unoccupied equipment operation; not including economizer cooling, night flush or IMC required OSA / exhaust NA C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate method of activation of stairway and shalt vent dampers (fire alarm or interruption of power) NA C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation controls For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; indicate controls that allow for independent space conditioning of isolation zones; or exception taken NA C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch controls configured to automatically shut off healing system when area served is unoccupied NA C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling, and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40°F NA C403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system controls Indicate automatic controls to shut off system when outdoor temperature exceeds 40°F, or conditions protect fluid from freezing NA C403.2.4.9 Group R1 hotel / motel guest rooms For hotels and motels with over 50 guest rooms, indicate automatic controls serving guest rooms that are capable of setback (heating) and set-up (cooling) of temperature setpoinl by at least 5°F; indicate control method - activated by room entry or occupancy sensor 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms tor Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 Sto es and all R1 - Page 5 of 12 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington Slate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Pro ect Title: Lenscratters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for comptiance wilh the rnechanicat systemsand equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions, Applicable yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C403.2.4.10 C403.2.4.11 Group R2 / R3 dwelling units, Group 112 sleeping units For primary space conditioning system, indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats capable ol Iwo setback periods per day; for all thermostats indicate purpose (healing only, cooling only, or both), required temperature range and al minimum a 10°F deadband; or exception taken Yes C403.2.6 C403.2.11.4 Ventilation IndicateIrrdicaIe mslhodof ventilation air delivery (natural or mechanical) for each zone M200 If mechanically delivered, indicate that systems are configured to provide not more than 150% of, but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC, ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code (WAC, OSHA, etc); or exception taken M001 If delivered via natural ventilation, identify required elements per IMC including mirlimum openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces NA C403.2.6.2 Demand controlled ventilation Identify spaces > 500 si with occupant load > 25 people/1,000 sf per IMC; for each space indicate whether it is served by an HVAC system with total design OSA > 3,000 ctm, and / or the system has airside economizer or automatic modulating OSA damper; indicate OSA controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception NA C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors For gyms, classrooms, auditoriums and conference rooms > 500 sf, indicate occupancy -based OSA control when space is unoccupied and method (closes OSA damper or shuts-o11 equipment); or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when space is partially occupied NA C403.2.6.4 C403.2.6.4.1 Enclosed loading dock ventilation For enclosed loading docks, indicate ventilation / exhaust system method of activation (gas detection system for CO and NO2, or occupancy sensors), and control method (staged or modulating) NA C403.2.6.4 C403.2.6.4.2 Enclosed parking garage ventilation For enclosed parking garages, indicate ventilation / exhaust system activated by gas detection system for CO and NO2, and control method (staged or modula(ing); or exception taken NA C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Provide calculations that show a balanced accounting of total kitchen exhaust (include all hoods) with % of: supply air, transfer air from adjacent spaces, and make-up air; if applicable, indicate that direct make-up air to each hood does not exceed 10% of hood exhaust For kitchens with total hood exhaust exceeding 2,000 cfm, indicate exhaust air rate per Table C403.2.7.1 and compliance method (DCV, energy recovery, or transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted) NA 0403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Refer to Systems Requiring Energy Recovery for requirements NA C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - HVAC system fans For HVAC tan motors a 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD, or equivalent control method that reduces design air volume by 50% at 1/3 static design pressure); note exception taken Yes C403.3.1 DX air handler variable cooling control (Under Integrated Economizer) For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity a 65,000 Blu/h, indicate number o cooling stages provided and method (multiple compressors and / or variable speed compressors); indicate minimum displacement (capacity reduction) as % of full load M001 Indicate control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) M001 NA C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control For DX air handling units with cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan a 0.25 hp, indicate whether system is single zone or multiple zone and related control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) For mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature - Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control; indicate minimum fan speed is 5 66% of full speed drawing 5 40% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only For other mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control space temperature by modulating airflow (in lieu of, or in addition to, controlling capacity in response o space temperature) - Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow; indicate minimum fan speed is .5 50% of full speed drawing s 30% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only; or exception taken NA C403.2.4.12 DDC system capabilities Provide central and zone level DDC controls as required based on system applicahion, capacity or size thresholds and other qualification per Table C403.2.4,12.1 Identity all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and graphical display Ducting Systems Yes C403.2.8. 0403.2.8.3 Duct construction Indicate on plans that all ductwork is constructed and sealed per IMC M002 For OSA ductwork, also indicate on plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC M002 NA 0403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low, mediurn and high pressure ductwork on plans NA C403,2.8.3.3 High pressure duct leakage test lndicale high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test resufls to jurisdiction when completed 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 6 of 12 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington Slate Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including 82 & 83 over 3 stories and all 81 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Lenscratters 0505 Southcenter Mall Dale 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Yes C40328.1 .. C403.2.8.2 Duct insulation For supply and return ductwork located in unconditioned space or outdoors, indicate R-value of insulation on ductwork on plans; identify climate zone; note exceptions taken M001 For supply ductwork located in conditioned space, identify it design supply temperature is ‹ 55°F or > 105"F and indicate R-value of insulation on this ductwork on plans; note exception taken For OSA ductwork, shafts and plenums, indicate R-value of insulation on these elements on plans per Table C402.1.3 for steel -framed walls; note exception taken M200 Piping Systems Yes 0403.2.9 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range ol fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation (in inches) on hydronic piping plans; or exception taken P001 Yes .9. C403.21 Piping insulation exposed to weather Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage / degradation on hydronic piping plans P001 Economizers NA 0403.3 Air economizer required Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EO forms all cooling systems requiring air economizer controls Provide MECH-ECONO form indicating systems utilizing air economizer exceptions, including those with water -side economizer in lieu of air economizer; indicate on plans eligible exception(s) taken and measures to comply with exception(s) NA C403.3.1 Integrated economizer operation - air and water Indicate air and water -side economizers are configured lor partial cooling operation even where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load NA C403.3.2 Economizer healing system impact - air and water Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building healing energy usage during normal operation NA C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA and return air dampers are configured to provide up to 100% OSA for cooling NA C403.3.1 C403.3.3.2 Integrated air economizer Verify mechanical cooling controls are interlocked with air economizer controls so the outside air damper remains in 100% open position when mechanical cooling is also required to meet the cooling load, until the leaving air temperature is c 45°F For systems with cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h, verify that control of economizer dampers is not based only on mixed air temperature; or exception taken NA C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high limit per Table C403.3.3.3 NA C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems where water -side economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% design cooling capacity at 50°F db / 45°F wb OSA temperatures NA C403.3.4.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate pressure drop across precooling coils and heat exchangers in water economizer system do not exceed pressure drop limit NA C403.3.1 DX air handling equipment control For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity a 65,000 Blu/h, refer to HVAC System Controls lor requirements C403.2.4.7 DX equipment economizer fault detection and diagnostics For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity a 54,000 Btu/h, provide a lault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system to monitor economizer system operation and report faults Systems Requiring Energy Recovery NA C403,5.1 Energy recovery (ER) - ventilation / exhaust systems For systems with design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations For rooms served by multiple systems with aggregate design OSA > 5,000 dm, or aggregate design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403,5,1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by z 50% based on della between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with total lab exhaust > 5,000 cfm, indicate method ol energy recovery used to pre -condition laboratory make-up air; ER effectiveness (min 25°F); or alternative method per exception (VAV exhaust, semi -conditioned makeup, or GERM calculation) NA C404,10.4 (under C404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured lo decrease the exhaust air temperature al design conditions by a 36°F NA C403.5.2 Energy recovery - steam condensate systems For buildings with on -site steam heating systems, indicate condensate water ER For buildings that use oll-site generated steam where condensate is not returned to the source, indicate on -site condensate water ER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compban Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and ail R1 - Page 7 of 12 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Lenscrafers 0505 Southcenter Mall Dale 2128/2020 The fotowing information is necessary 10 check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requiremenls of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have 2 500800 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service water healing, space heating, or dehumidification reheating) For buildings with >_ 40,000 sl conditioned floor area and with 2 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy #or service wafer healing and also for space healing, or dehumidification reheating NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Blu/h of heal rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Bluth, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heal rejection load or pre -heal service water to 5°F) Hydronic System Controls NA C403.2.13 C403.4.2.7 Variable flow control - hydronic system pumps For hydronic system pump motors 2 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires 2 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify whether hydronic coifs have DDC controls and associated manner of pump speed control (dilferential pressure, zone hydronic demand, etc) NA C403.2.5 C403.4.2.4 Hydronic system setback and part load controls For boilers that provide building heating, indicate controls that provide heating water temperature setback based on outdoor temperature For heating and chilled water systems 2 300,000 Bluth, indicate systems are configured to automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand; or exception taken. Ef system pump motor hp 2 3 hp, also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by 2 50%. For chilled water systems (2 300,000 Btu/h, pump motor hp 2 3 hp) that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners, indicate VSD or staged pumps in chilled water system and heal rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open, or to maintain a minimum differential pressure; or exception taken NA C403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers NA C403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass, provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation; indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.4.6 NA C403.4.2.2 Two -pipe changeover systems Indicate changeover deadband (min 15°F), heating / cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range (imit 30°F) NA C403.4.2.6 Chiller / boiler plant pump isolation Indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut -oft flow through individual chillers and boilers when not in use NA C403.2.13.1.1 C403.4.3.1.1 C403,4.3.1.2 Heat rejection equipment - variable flow control For cooling towers with fan motors 2 7.5 hp, indicate VSD and method to adjust fan speed (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature / pressure of heat rejection device) For multiple -cell heal rejection equipment with VSD, indicate controls that ramp aft fans in unison NA C403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment - cooling tower flow turndown Indicate open -circuit cooling towers with multiple pumps or VSD control are designed so all cells can be run in parallel NA C403,4.2.3.1 Water loop heal pump - deadband Indicate capability of central equipment to provide minimum 20°F water supply lemperature deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes; or exception taken NA C403.4.2.3.2.1 Water loop heal pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 4 Indicate type of cooling tower (open- or closed-circuit) in equipment schedule; indicate method used to limit system heat loss when heat rejection is not needed NA C403.4.2.3.2.2 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 5 For open- or closed-circuit cooling lowers, provide a heal exchanger that separates the cooling tower and heat pump loop NA C403.4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump - isolation valves For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power> 10 hp, indicate 2-way isolation valves on each heat pump and variable flow system control Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems (DOAS) - Optional through 6/30/16, Prescriptive 7/1/2016 Yes C403.6 C403.6.3 Dedicated outdoor air systems For buildings with office, retail, education, library and fire station spaces, identify These spaces on plans; indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; or document compliance with C403.6.3 Impracticality; or exception taken (buildings complying with C402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) Yes C403.6.1 Energy recovery ventilation with DOAS For all DOAS systems, indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations. Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by 2 50% based on detia between OSA and return air enthalpies et design conditions. Yes C403.6.2 Healing / cooling system controls with DOAS Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone level healing and cooling (fans, hydronic pumps, primary air dampers, etc) are configured to shut off, and central equipment is configured to turn down, when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve M002 II applying Exception to heating / cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband periods, include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 8 of 12 Mechanical PermitPlans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 ProjectTitle: Lenscrallers 0505 Southeenter Mall Dale 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the VVashinglon Slate Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Yes C402A.1.4 C403.6 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with DOAS Indicate that all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 M200 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Dedicated Outside Air Systems (DOAS) Yes C406.6 Building provided with DOAS To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that 90% or more of all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403,6 M200 Multiple Zone Air Systems NA 0403.4.4 Air systems serving multiple zones Identify supply air systems serving multiple zones and the zones they serve on plans; indicate whether system is VAV and method of primary air control; or provide supporting documentation for applied exception to VAV NA 0403.4.4 VAV systems serving multiple zones Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that list all VAV air terminals and types For each air terminal include: maximum airflow rates for primary supply air during zone peak heating and zone peak cooling; maximum airflow during reheating, retooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation, and the basis for these values; if IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates, provide calculation on plans NA 0403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal units Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supply air before reheating or recooling NA C403.4,4.2 Dual duct systems - terminal units For systems with separate warm air and cool air ducts, indicate terminal units are configured to reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct NA C403.4.1.1 C403* 4* 1 .2 VAV system static pressure sensors - sensors and DDC set points Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch; verily controller setpoinl pressure al each sensor is S 1.2 inch w.g. For systems with zone level DDC, indicate controls are configured to monitor zone damper positions and reset static pressure setpoinl based on the zone requiring most pressure; include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives reset logic, and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset logic NA C403.4.4.3 Multiple -zone VAV system ventilation optimization controls For systems with zone level DDC controls, indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency; or exception taken NA 0403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls automatically reset supply air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air temperature' or exception taken Multiple Zone HVAC Systems, High Efficiency VAV - Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2, must comply with all 16 provisions NA C403.7, Item 1 Air economizer Indicate system is configured for 100% air economizer operation and complies with all related economizer requirements per C403.3 (without economizer exceptions) NA C403.7, Item 2 Direct digital controls (DOC) Provide DDC controls for all components of system; identify all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and graphical display NA C403.7, Item 3 Outdoor airflow measurement and reduction For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 elm, indicate outdoor airflow monitoring station that measures OSA intake under all load conditions; indicate control sequence that increases or reduces system OSA cf m based on VAV terminal leedback of ventilation efficiency (per C403.4.4.3 without exceptions) or DCV (per C403.2.6.2) NA C403.7, Item 4 Supply airflow measurement For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable of measuring supply air delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions NA C403.7, Item 5 Zone isolation and maximum area served Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is s 50,000 st, or one entire floor, whichever is greater; in addition if a system serves > 25,000 sf, that includes areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously, indicate zone isolation controls per C403.2.4.4 NA C403.7, Item 6 Interior / exterior zone design supply air temperature Verify that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized per design supply air temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones NA C403.7, llem 7 Maximum air terminal inlet velocity Identity air terminals with minimum primary airflow setpoints > 50% et maximum setpoinl in equipment schedule or MECH-EQ form; indicate air terminal inlet velocity does not exceed 900 Ipm NA C403,7, Item 8 Sequence ot operation Indicate DDC system sequences of operatioe are designed and conligured per ASHRAE CPC 36 NA C403.7, Item 9 Maximum allowable system brake horsepower Verity fan system bhp is 5 90% of the bhp limit per Option 2 equation in Table C4012.11.1(1), provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system NA C403.7, Item 10 Fan -powered terminal unit motor and control Indicate all series and parallel terminal tans have electronically commutated motors; indicate DDC control system is conligured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; indicate fan speed during periods of low heating, low cooling, or ventilation only is s 66% of peak design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all RI - Page 9 of 12 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 20 5 hin ton State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/2 2 020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington Slate Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in pennit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes NA C403.7, Bern 11 Application of single duct and fan -powered terminal units Indicate VAV terminal types on plans; verify fan -powered terminal units only serve perimeter zones with envelope loads; verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units NA C403.7, Item 12 Fan -powered terminal unit primary air reset Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air ctm setpoint of all fan -powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband, based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction NA 0403.7, Bern 13 High occupancy space controls For spaces, 150 sf with occupant density z 25 people / 1000 sf, indicate space is served by a dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoin also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints by Z 5°F NA C403.7, Item 14" Dedicated HVAC systems For server, electronic equipment, telecom or similar spaces with cooling loads , W/sf, indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HPVAV systems serving rest of building; indicate dedicated HVAC systems have air economizer controls or energy recovery per 0403.3 Exception NA C403.7' Item 15 Central plant efficiency Indicate whether systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant, or a high efficiency chilled water plant f complying via high efficiency heating water plant: Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by heating water system with either gas -fired boiler(s) with thermal efficiency z 90°/o, air -to -water heat pumps, or heat recovery chillers ..... 1 complying via high efficiency chilled water plant: Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25% per Table C403.2.3(7) (note water-cooled IPLV is max, all others are min); indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant is 5 20% of total plant capacity, or provide thermal storage sized for c 20% of total plant capacity NA C403.7, Item 16 Fault detection and diagnostics Indicate DDC system includes a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system configured to monitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers and VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV system HVAC Equipment Energy Use Metering NA C409.3.1 HVAC equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, verify energy use metering of all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling, dehumidification and ventilation will be provided per 0409; indicate equipment eligible for exception Documentation and System Specific Requirement To Support Commissioning NA C408.2 Scope of mechanical systems commissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems, equipment, and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or ccntiguration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned; For buildings with z 240,000 Btu/h total output cooling capacity or Z 300,000 Blu/h total output heating capacity, indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; or provide building heating / cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception NA C403.2.10 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per 04085 required for all applicable mechanical systems; Include general summary with al a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per 0103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. Yes C408.2.2 Air system and hydronic system balancing Indicate in plans that air arid fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances defined in the specifications; indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then adjusted lo meet design flow conditions M002 Ves 0408.2.2.1 Air system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and air handling equipment requiring system balancing M200 NA 0408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate. balance and measure flow across all hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including healing and cooling coils and pumps Yes C408.2.3 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems M002 Project Close Out Documentation Yes C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements dn icale in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all mechanical components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations M002 2015 Washington Stale Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 10 of 12 Service Water Heating Permit Plans Checklist SWH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall Date 2/28/2020 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type YES C404.2 SWH equipment type and efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard P001 NA C404.2.1 High input -rated SWH systems For individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with e 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate thermal efficiency 2 90%; or exception taken For buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHW equipment e 1,000,000 Btu/h (exclude < 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation), indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency e. 90%; or exception taken If applying Exception 1 for site -solar or site -recovered energy, provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate YES C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge P200 NA C404.5 Insulation under electric water heater !For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors, indicate R-10 insulation under equipment Piping Systems YES C404.6 Insulation of piping Indicate thickness of piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9; verify insulation is provided - from the water heater to the final fixture in a line, from the inlet / outlet piping at water heater to heat trap (up to 8 feet), and on piping that is heat traced; note exceptions taken P001 YES C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot water source to hot water fixture (maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1); provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total length and i or volume P200 Service Water Heating System Controls Yes C404.7.1 C404.8 Heated -water circulating systems For circulation systems with dedicated return piping, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand and when the desired water temperature is met P001 For circulation systems with cold water supply piping serving as the return, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand, or when temperature of water entering the cold water supply pipe is 2 104°F NA C404.7.2 Heat trace system controls For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water in piping, indicate controls are configured to de -energize system when there is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is met NA C404.7.3 Controls for hot water storage For systems with separate water heater and storage tank, indicate controls are configured to limit operation time of pump after end of heating cycle to s 5 minutes NA G403.2.13 C403.4.2.7 Variable flow control - pumps For SWH, pool / spa and pressure boosting pump motors 2 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires e 30% design wattage at 50%design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify basis of pump speed control (differential or static pressure setpoint, pressure, zone load demand, etc) Pools and Permanent Spas - Equipment and Controls (Sections are under C404.11) NA C404.10.1 Pool heating equipment efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating equipment; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard; for heat pump water heaters indicate COP e 4 NA C403.2.13 Variable flow control - pumps Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls NA .. C404101 C404.10.2 Pool heater on / off controls Indicate automatic on / off control based on scheduling and readily accessible on / off switch on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting; note exceptions taken NA C404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in -ground permanent spas, indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, indicate cover shall include insulation a R- 12 NA C404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with insulation 2 R-12 NA C404.12 Energy consumption of portable spas Indicate portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP-14 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 11 Of 12 Energy Recovery (ER) Systems - Service Water Heating and Pool Systems NA C404.10.4 (Section under C404.11) Pools arid permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by 2 36°F NA C403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have 2500000 Blu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water For buildings with z 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with z. 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water NA C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and , 1,500,000 Btu/h of heal rejection capacity and design SWH load , 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to preheat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heat rejection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F). NA C404.10 Drain water heat recovery units For systems incorporating drain water ER, indicate system design complies with CSA B55.2 (or CSA 55.1 for Group R); indicate potable waterside pressure loss at design flow is < 10 psi Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering NA C404.9 SWH energy usage in dwelling units For Group R•2 multi -family buildings with central SWH systems, provide metering of hot water energy usage per dwelling unit; indicate metering and data reporting method NA C409.3.2 SWH equipment energy use metering For new buildings , 50,000 sf arid building additions > 25,000 sf, with total SWH equipment capacity ?. 50 kW ( a 170,600 Btu/h), verily energy use metering of all SWH equipment will be provided per C409 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Reduced Energy Use In Service Water Heating - Must comply with both provisions to be eligible NA 0406.7,1 Eligible building type To comply with additional efficiency package option, verify that a 90% of the conditioned floor area of the building is one or more of the occupancies identified in this section, OR; Provide whole building energy analysis per C407 that demonstrates the SWH load in the building is 2 10% of total building energy loads NA C406.7.2 C403.5.4 Load traction To comply with additional efficiency package option, provide documentation that verifies 60% of building annual SWH energy is provided by high elficiency sources (heal pump water heater with COP ? 3, waste heal recovery, solar water -heating system); For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h ol heal rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Blu/h (per C403.5.4); provide documentation that verifies 100% of building annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other high efficiency source Documentation and Specific System Requirements to Supporting Commissioning NA C408.4 Scope of service water heating systems commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned;+D7 For buildings where the largest SWH system has ? 200,000 Btu/h total output capacity, indicate that a/ SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. NA C408.4.1.3 Scope of pool and permanent spa systems commissioning Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity is required to be commissioned; -- dentify all pool healing and energy recovery equipment and controls that the WSEC defines as being capable of and / or configured to perform specific functions, NA C404.13 C408.1.1 C406.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C406 is required for all applicable service water healing systems; lnclude general summary with al a minimum ol Items 1 thru 4 ol the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative descriplicn of activites, responsibilities ol the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4,2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. „. C408.4.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems Project Close Out Documentation NA C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all SWH components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System PowerAllowance MECH-FANSYS-SUM 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2 17 Project Title; Lenscrafters 0505 Southcenter Mall , Date 2/28/2020 For Building Dept, Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capability to provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. System or Primary Supply Fan ID Speed Control (Note 1) Description (Note 2) System Total Nameplate HP (Note 3) Fan Power Calculation Required (Note 4) RTU-1 CV PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNIT 1.16 No FC-1 CV SPLIT AIR HANDLER/HEAT PUMP UNIT 0.57 No Note 1 - Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.11,1 Exception 1. Single zone VAV systems shall comply as CV. Note 2 - Describe system type and list all fans (or groups of fans) associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Include all supply, return/relief, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans, and series fan -powered terminals. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3 - Enter the total nameplate hp of all tans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Note 4 - This form automatically identifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance (Yes), or this information is not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that is 5 hp or less (No) MECH-FANSYS Forms A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp. Select (Add Fan System Form) to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E32 of the added form, 711 N. Fielder Road • Arlington, TX 76012 • T: 817.635.5696 • F: 817.635.5699 LensCrafters #79779 Southcenter Mall Seattle WA REVISION #3 and #4 Bulletin DATE: 8/28/2020 NATURE OF REVISION: Owner Comments — all changes clouded. REGISTERED AACNITLCT Co !AND M0 GA ST,q_■ATE OF SH,iINGTON Note to Building Department: -This bulletin is being made available to describe the proposed owner comments / changes received after permit approval was received. -No changes are being proposed to egress, occupancy, number of plumbing fixtures, and or construction type. Scope of work notes: - Prototype updates to finishes, display fixtures, and display graphics are proposed throughout. - A gypsum board ceiling is to be installed in additional areas (hallway and misc. exam rooms). Permit drawings indicated lay -in ceiling these areas. -The lighting and HVAC distribution has been completely revised for the public areas. G001 -Revision record adjusted. • .L G002 -Minor update to responsibility scheduliR EvisioN No.., A002 and A003 -Phasing plans have been adjusted throughout. AD100 -Misc. note corrections / updates. A100 -Fixture plan updates have been made throughout (millwork, graphics, etc.) A101 -Dimension and coded note updates have been made throughout. A101.01 -Misc. updates to door schedule. A102 -Lighting and diffuser updates have been made throughout. -Gyp. brd. ceilings to be installed in OD hallway and misc. OD rooms. A103 -Misc. finish plan updates throughout. A103.01 -Misc. finish schedule updates. A104 -Misc. plan updates. A200 -Elevations adjusted per plan and finish updates. RECEIVED CITY OF 1 U (W LA SFP 2 3 MO PERMIT CENTER A201 -Elevations adjusted per plan and finish updates. A300 -Elevation adjusted per LED and light box location updates. -General notes adjusted. A301 -General notes adjusted. A400 -Detail #1 and #5 adjusted. A400.1 -Misc. detail updates. A401 -Details #15 adjusted. A402 -Detail #8 adjusted. A403 -Details #5 and #6 adjusted. A404 -Misc. detail updates throughout. A405 -Misc. detail updates. A406 -Misc. detail updates. Reference MEP revision bulletin 0 711 N. Fielder Road • Arlington, TX 76012 • T: 817.635.5696 • F: 817.635.5699 March 3, 2020 Re: Lens Crafters Southcenter Mall 416 Southcenter mall Seattle, WA 98188 Application Number D19-0411 To Lee Sipe: This set of documents is in response to your comments dated January 22,2020. Items have been clouded and marked with the delta symbol and noted as revision #2. Building Review Notes: 1. Building Codes referenced shall be 2015 IBC, 2017 NEC, 2015 UPC, 2015 WSEC. Please change Codes on plans. Response: (G001) Codes have been updated on the title sheet to reference the above mentioned codes. 2. Sheet A103.1 reference entrance door swing. Entrance doors must swing in the direction of egress. IBC 1010.1.2.1 Response: (A101, A101.01, A103.1) After additional field infoimation the existing door is double acting and can swing in the direction of egress. Per discussions with plans reviewer we have also replaced existing thumb turn with keyed lock and unlock from both sides of the entry doors. A locked / unlocked indicator will be installed on the tenant side of the entry doors. 3. Sheet A101, Provide cut detail @ entry door & store front. Response: (A301) A section cut through the entry doors and storefront has been added. 4. Separate racking permit is required. Response: A separate racking permit will be submitted under separate submittal. 5. Sheet A101, cut detail 3A/A400 referenced at back restroom wall, there is not a detail shown on sheet A400. Is this detail referenced to detail 3? Response: The detail callout 3A/A400 is calling out detail #3 on Sheet A400. The "A" indicated before the detail number indicates the size of the metal studs. Detail #3 on sheet A400 has a box indicating that "3A"== 6" stud size and "3"=3 5/8" stud size. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CORRECTION LTR# 0 MAR 05 2020 PERMIT CENTER Misc. Notes: A. New sheets A001 thru A003 have been added to the construction documents which describe the proposed phasing of demolition and new construction for the planned open remodel for building department review. B. A revision bulletin is also included which describes the owner comments / updates which have been made as a part of this revision #2 submittal Thank you, 8897 Cortland Morgan, AIA .>I.T RED AliCiliTECT CORTLAND NI o ROAN STATE OF WALit-Ti'GICIN • • 711 N. Fielder Road • Arlington, TX 76012 • T: 817.635.5696 • F: 817.635,5699 LensCrafters #79779 Southcenter Mall Seattle WA REVISION #2 Bulletin DATE: 3/2/2020 NATURE OF REVISION: Owner Comments — all changes clouded. Note: the changes listed below describe the owner comments / updates that have been made as part of the revision #2 submittal to address building department comments. G001 -Revision record adjusted. A001 THRU A003 -New sheets added top set. Phasing plans for open remodel included in const. docs. AD100 -Misc. note updates. AD101 -Misc. note updates. A100 -Light box locations adjusted. - Misc. graphic updates. A101 -Light box locations adjusted. - Misc. graphic updates. A101.01 -Misc. updates / additions to door schedule. -Storefront Entry Door Hardware adjusted. A102 -Track Iight locations adjusted throughout. A103 A103.01 A104 A200 A201 CORRECTION LTR# -Misc. finish plan updates. - HWB-100 base adjusted (it is now 3/14" h. x %" mdf.) -Misc. plan updates. rIECEIVED -Elevations adjusted per plan updates. CITY OF TUIVNILA - Elevations adjusted per plan updates. MAR 05 2020 0411 PERMIT CENTER 4. A300 -Elevation adjusted per light box location updates. A301 -Section thru entry doors added to set. A400 -Misc. detail updates / new details added. A401 -Misc. detail updates. A402 -Misc. detail updates. -Detail #8 new HWB-100 base details added to sheet. A403 -Misc. detail updates. A404 -Misc. detail updates. -New light box details added to sheet. A405 -Misc. detail updates. A406 -Misc. detail updates. Reference MEP revision bulletin Thank you, Cortland Morgan, AIA 0 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development January 22, 2020 TIM SCHENK I120E80ST#211 BLOOMINGTON, MN 55420 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D19-0411 LENSCRAFTERS - 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Dear TIM SCHENK, Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: LEE SIPE at (206)-431-3656 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to a preferably maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size; larger sizes may be negotiable. "New revised" plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" (If applicable) For Engineers: "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seaUstamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020). Architects: "date" only not required (WAC 308-12-081). (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Building Codes referenced shall be 2015 IBC, 2017 NEC, 2015 UPC, 2015 WSEC. Please change Codes on plans. 2. Sheet A103.1 reference entrance door swing. Entrance doors must swing in the direction of egress. IBC 1010.1.2.1 3. Sheet A 101, Provide cut detail @ entry door & store front. 4. Seperate racking permit is required. 5. Sheet A 101, cut detail 3A/A400 referencedat back restroom wall, there is not a detail shown on sheet A400. is this detail referenced to detail 3? Note: Contingent on response to these corrections, further plan review may request for additional corrections. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D19-0411 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP • PERMIT NUMBER D19-0411 DATE: 09/23/2020 PROJECT NAME: LENSCRAFTERS SITE ADDRESS: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter Revision # before Permit Issued X Revision #1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Atu /di/i0Z6 Building Division Op aS Aial3)-0)'0 Public Works gi Fire Prevention Structural ,41 / VA Planning Division Permit Coordinator 1111 PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 09/24/2020 Structural Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required r DUE DATE: 11/19/2020 Approved with Conditions Fire Fees Apply Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg D Fire 1:1 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PERMIT COORD COPY ti PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0411 DATE: 03/0512020 PROJECT NAME: LENSCRAFTE RS SITE ADDRESS: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: But ding Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 0310 9/20 20 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) DUE DATE: Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) 04/21/2020 Fire Fees Apply Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping E PW 0 Staff 'nit:As: 12/18/2013 PLANPTik CQCRD COPY IEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0411 DATE: 12/31/2019 PROJECT NAME: LENSCRAFTERS SITE ADDRESS: 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: (') Building Division on Public Works Fire Prevention Structural 'jMgft tJIO Planning Division in Permit Coordinator 1 PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 12/31/19 Structural Review Required REVIER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) DUE DATE: 1/28/2020 Approved with Conditions E Denied (ie: Zoning Issues Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bld Fire 0 Ping D PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PROJECT NAME: Lmscrit SITE ADDRESS: 4 IV roipt- vasty' 74.4 it ORIGINAL ISSUE DA PERMIT NO: REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITI LS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS el `01-3-2020 Summary of Revision: VAA) If Pt()) iskr•Ye• af4 Selo cittolito , 10 Received b : REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received b : (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Receivedby: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax etc. Date: 1\ Plan Cheek/Permit Number: 13t— 0'40 ID Response to Incomplete Letter # D Response to Correction Letter # Revision #344 after Permit is Issued fl Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner fl Deferred Submittal # Project Name: LEriSCI2APTE-125 e Scs41-14CU-0€11— MOLL Project Address: (-4k(3 5 uj 11-xe4ox. Contact Person: TipA 5 ct-kErsiki. Summary of Revision: see ACIACAACI9 &jtSr4eiVq.Ertri rad in PaCirittEtr Phone Number: J2.3(L.C.604(1 RECEIVE CITY OF TUK A SFP 23 2070 RMIT CENTER GOOI ,Gp-oot, fa0(32.. Acio3 A.) t Qq, rz&t.a3, AA,Qel 41.41.1 102- ik73, Alg3. Sheet Number(s): A 2.C11, 2V. A-30a: ant, gv-tat, A403.t. MAGI, A4O2., 441:13 14.44(14 /410 pr-1006, "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: tg— Entered in TRAKiT on q...):- W: Wornair CorduziTemplatcslFormARci62. Subrninal FormAnc Rcvisorl: Angus; 2015 Date: 3 k51:214 City of Tukwila REVISION SUBMITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan CheeldPermit Number: D19-0411 0 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit is Issued El Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner 0 Deferred Submittal # Project Name: Lenscrafters Project Address: 416 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: TIM SCA-lane- RECEIVED MAR 05 2020 Community Development Phone Number: SZ73(15-.6Q4+0 Summary of Revision: Se€ AirACIAW The5133r(SE. LeiretZ1vfl/40,itrt-CC Apt ikatrg RGYIE34 01111neY15 5€e". pati5t0or gkiu.kistsi Fu(L cimuff€5 ENE U3 P4stecc.atrg Pad' Sheet Num ber(s): CNINFLEM. SET "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revi io Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 51—Entered in TRAKiT on CAUsers bill.ADesktop \Revision Submittal Form doe Revised: August 2015 CANYON CONTRACTING CORP° Page 1 of 2 L&I regional offices are closed to public visits until further notice. Offices can still help you by phone from 8 am. o 5 p.m. weekdays (except state holidays). Use the phone number for your closest regional office (httos://lni.wa.00v/aoen/contacti(toffice-locations), or you can call the Office of Information and Assistance at 360-902-5800. CP Labor & Industries (htlps://lni.wa,govl CANYON CONTRACTING CORP Owner or tradesperson Principals BROWNE, MICHELLE LEE, PRESIDENT BROWNE, MATTHEW DEREK, SECRETARY Doing business as CANYON CONTRACTING CORP WA UBI No, 602 654 687 2821 SKYE ROAD WASHOUGAL, WA 98671 360-837-2204 CLARK County Business type Corporation icense Verili the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Cc nstruction Contractor Active Meets current requirements, License specialties GENERAL License no. CANYOCC945PB Effective — expiration 10/12/2006-05/18/2021 Bond TRAVELERS CAS & SURETY CO Bond account no. 104801509 Received by Led 10/12/2006 Insurance Employers Mutual Casualty Co Policy no. 4X45262 $12,00.00 Effective date 10/06/2006 Expiration date Until Canceled $1,000,000.00 RdOeived by L&I 11/01/2019 Effective date 11/24/2019 hups://secureini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI-602654687&LIC=CANYOCC945PB&SAW= 8/26/2020 CANYON CONTRACTING CORP Expiration date 11/24/2020 Page 2 of 2 Insurance history Savings ... No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No ai tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Certifications & Endorsements OMWBE Certifications Women Business Enterprise (WBE) Apprentice Training Agent No active Washington registered apprentices exist for this business. Washington allows the use of apprentices registered with Oregon or Montana. Contact the Oregon Bureau of Labor & Industries or Montana Department of Labor InclUstry to verify if this business has apprentices. orkers' Comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. LAI Account ID 136,503-00 Doing business as CANYON CONTRACTING CORP Estimated workers reported Quarter 2 of Year 2020 "Less than 1 Workers" L&I account contact T4 / CASSANDRA SMITH (360)902-5632 - Email: SMCA235@lni.wa.gov Account is current. Public Works Requirements Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects, Required Training— Effective July 1, 2019 Needs to complete training. Contractor Strikes No strikes have been issued against this contractor. Contractors not allowed to bid No debarments have been issued against this contractor. Workplace Safety & Health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. No inspections during the previous 6 year period. haps://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI-602654687&LIC=CANYOCC945PB&SAW= 8/26/2020 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION MAIN TO REMAIN. 1 I@ KEY NOTES - FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS, RE -WORK PIPING AS REQUIRED. 2. ANY SHUTDOWN OFTHE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DURING INSTALLATION OF TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES WILL REQUIRE A 24-HOUR NOTICE TO ALL OTHER TENANTS WITHIN THE SYSTEM AND SHALL BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE MANAGER OF TENANT CONSTRUCTION. 'D FIRE PROTECTION -DEMOLITIONLd NE)JORE ecs�v�,os®Psebv.�,ewaww •.,oe,rsscuo . •bGrt+rwy&wtEalGat/,RCW26 •al i%ay A1A'eN STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: C� LU O!Q � O : t6 s v0 O J i a3 N yOR- 0 N � J to a LU ¢ o Revisions: Mark Date BY Qi 12-1 -,9 1NDEOROCOMME_ 2-2810 SWIDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A Architect! Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 3/2/20 EXPIRES r2-0@'21 Architect/ Engineer lob No,: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 ` 1 1 / Nect -we praj Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title FIRE PROTECTION RECEIVED :ITY OF •riUKWI►LA DEMOLITION PLAN MAR 0 5 2020 Date Sheet PERIMIT CENTER Draw12B-9-19 SEPARATE S FP100 PERMIT AND BAFF APPROVAL PR FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CONCEA NSE HEAD O SUPPL FACTORY PAI WED STOM COLOR FACE PLATES FOR THE RECESSED I1EAD PLACE ORDER FOR CE PLATES FATLY IN 108. COLOR TO MATCH ADJA TCEILING COLOR. 2 SEMI RECESSED CHROME QUICK RESPONSE HEAD NEW FIRE PROTECTION PIPING EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING DOWN U PIPE RISERS 7 ,r POINT OF CONNECTION (PO ) �f CAPPED PIPING NOTE PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE JUNCTION BOXES ARE LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR OTHER FIRE WALL SCOPE: OVERVIEW: THE WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS REFLECTING THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK FOR THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. ACTUAL AND FINAL DESIGN INCLUDING ANY SUBMITTALS AND ALL RELATED COSTS, ARE TO BE BORNE BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR THE SCOPE OF THIS INSTALLATION IS TO MODIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE TENANT SPACE AND INSTALL NEW SPRINKLER HEADS FOR THIS TENANT FROM THE EXISTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. DURING BIDDING, VISIT PROJECT FACIUTY AND REVIEW THE DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER TRADES TO DETERMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE SCOPE AND EXTENT OF THE REQUIRED WORK. REFERTO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15300 FOR ADDITIONAL CRITERIA HEADS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EXACT PLACEMENT AND CODE COMPLIANCE. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. WHERE APPLICABLE, ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED ABOVE HUNG CEILINGS AND WITHIN CHASES AND FURRED -IN PASSAGES. PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, ETC NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT OR DRILLED WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE - 1 KEY NOT 1. PROVIDE NEW SPRINKLERS IN SPACE NOT HEAD AND CEILING APPEARANCE FIREPR( WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR CALCULATI IN SOFFITS. EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION MAIN TO REMAIN. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, APPROVALS, INSPECTIONS AND TESTS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVALS FROM STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. OBTAIN ALL APPROVALS PRIOR TO UNDERTAKING ANY WORK. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SIGNS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SYSTEM ACCESSORIES. DURING BIDDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET WITH THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT AND LANDLORD TO REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS AND TO DETERMINE THE CRITERIA AND ALL RELATED DETAILS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE APPROVAL OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND COVERAGE CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS AND CRITERIA DURING BIDDING SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF COMPLYING WITH THE CRITERIA WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE GOVERNED BY ALL APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF DIVISION 1 AND DIVISION 15 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PIPE SUPPORTS: HANGERS, CLAMPS, RODS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES OF AN APPROVED TYPE AND IN SUFFICIENT NUMBER TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ROUND WROUGHT U-TYPE APPROVED ADJUSTABLE HANGERS. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY INDIVIDUAL QUALIFIED BY THE STATE ALL SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED IN CEILING TILE SHALL BE CENTERED IN 2X2 TILE. BUILDING IS MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY. ACCEPTANCE TESTING SHALL INCLUDE HYDRO -TESTING OF PIPING AT 200 PSI FOR 2 HOURS, OPERATIONAL TEST OF FLOW SWITCH, VIA THE INSPRS TEST CONNECTION. OPERATIONAL TEST OF TAMPER SWITCHES. MAIN DRAIN TEST OPERATIONAL TEST OF CONTROL VALVES, WHILE UNDER SYSTEM PRESSURE PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES TO BE FIRE -CAULKED PER AN UL LISTED DETAIL, TO BE SHOWN ON THE SHOP DWGS. DESIGN APPROACH: INDICATE HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS FIRE RATING INSPECTION BUREAU AND ALL CODES. SUBMIT SHOPDRAWINGS. VERIFY AVAILABLE WATER SUPP LY STATIC, RESIDUAL PSI, AND GPM OF FLOW NUMBERS WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR PRIOR TO BID PIPING TO BE STEEL WITH COMPATIBLE FITTINGS PER NFPA 13. USE SCH-40 FOR BRANCHLINES, AND SCH-10 FOR MAINS. OTHER DEVICES AND MATERIALS TO BE PER NFPA 13. THE LANDLORD REQUIRES NOTICE PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK ON THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH LANDLORD AND FOR ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS WITH DRAIN DOWNS AND REFILLING OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR MUST BE USED FOR ALL SPRINKLER & ASSOCIATED WORK. COORDINATE WITH GC FOR INSTALLER INFO, VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BIDS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF THE CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXIS. FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXIS. CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT, CLARIFICATIONS MADE BYTHE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNERAFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT THE CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOTWITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT,. LAYOUT OF ALL MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE CAREFULLY PLANNED AND COORDINATED WITH EACH OTHER AND ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS TO ENSURE THAT CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED WILL BE MAINTAINED. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN ADVANCE IF POTENTIAL CONFLICTS MAY EXIST, MODIFICATIONS TO WORK IN PLACE DUE TO FAILURE TO PROPERLY COORDINATE LAYOUTS WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE ATTHE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND RECEIVE THEIR APPROVAL BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION CAN BEGIN. APPROVED DRAWINGS MUST BE AT THE JOB SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE APPROVAL LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT. SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER AND THE LOCAL FACTORY MUTUAL OFFICE TO RECEIVE THEIR APPROVAL BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION CAN BEGIN. APPROVED DRAWINGS MUST BE AT THE JOBSITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PLUMBING HEATING AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, PIPING, AND CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS TO ASSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND NEEDED ROOM TO INSTALL RESPECTIVE SYSTEMS. ALLCONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND ROOF, PATCH TO MEET CODES. ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS, INCLUDING RELATED DUCTS, PIPING, VENTS, WIRING, CONTROLS, VALVES, ETC_., SHALL COMPLY WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) ARTICLE 110, PARR 110-16, SUB. a, AND ARTICLE 384, PAR. 384-4. EACH DISCIPLINE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE ABOVE NEC ARTICLES. PERM11T CENTER FIRE PROTECTION -PLAN SEP4RATE q_0 PER".11T AND DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: hk iNB<MRE •cav�x.r w onaswo ,, Ir zbsana .xc � • D , •6Gzvrcry&rotEat Wab/. CTOa25 •,11�i31AAJ STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: Q� O d O .S20 O O � G' Ca O o CD <L CD Lu Revisions: Mark Date BY A1248.19 LAWWRDCOMMEMS A2-28-20 BUIMING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 ' 3/2/20 EMPIRES 12�-21 Amhited / Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision Noy 05 Nextom Project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF FP200 C ked By , MPR r A. 'DOCUMENTS', AS USED HEREIN, SHALL COMPRISE THE ENTIRE INTEGRATED SET OF ALL WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS RELATED TO THE PROJECT, INCLUSIVE OF, BUT NOT EXCLUSIVE TO, ALL CONTRACTS, SUBCONTRACTS, DRAWINGS, SKETCHES, MEMORANDA, ADDENDA, SPECIFICATIONS, MANUALS, POLICIES, RULES AND REGULATIONS, LANDLORD DESIGN CRITERIA, SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, PERMITS, APPROVALS, REGULATIONS AND CODES. 'PROJECT', AS USED HEREIN, SHALL REFER TO THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF PROVIDING A FINISHED FACILITY, READY AND USEABLE FOR ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, ANY DISCREPENCIES FROM PLANS SHALL BE CONVEYED TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION. SUBMISSION OF BID SHALL CONSTITUTE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. & ALL MATERIALS AND/OR LABOR FOR THE PROJECT WHICH IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR IS REASONABLY INFERABLE THEREIN AS BEING NECESSARY TO PRODUCE A FINISHED PROJECT, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WHETHER OR NOT THE WORK IS EXPRESSLY COVERED IN THE DOCUMENTS. THIS APPLIES TO ALL WORK, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THOSE ITEMS INDICATED N.I.C. ("NOT IN CONTRACT") OR BY OTHERS. THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS SHALL ALWAYS BE THE GOAL. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COORDINATION BETWEEN SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, VENDORS OR ANY OTHER PARTIES SUPPLYING GOODS OR SERVICES TO THE PROJECT. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE GIVEN TO ANY PARTY WHO HAS BID FROM AN INCOMPLETE SET OF DOCUMENTS OR WITH INSUFFICIENT FAMILIARITY WITH THE PROJECTOR THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS THEREOF, BETWEEN THE OR DISCREPANCIES IN THE EVENT OF INCONSISTENCIES DOCUMENTS, CODES, CRITERIA OR REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF SUCH DISCREPANCIES OR INCONSISTENCIES. D. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. TO VERIFY BOTH EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITHIN 24 HOURS OF STARTING ANY PROJECT. THE G.C. SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INITIATING CONSTRUCTION. E. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING A CURRENT SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS ON SITE AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INDICATE ON THESE PLANS ALL APPROVED CHANGES TO THE WORK. THIS SET OF DRAWINGS SHALL BE UPLOADED VIA PROJECT READY IN PDF FORMAT TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE MARKED UP TO REPRESENT A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE SET OF "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS. ANY AND ALL CHANGES SHALL BE NOTED ON SAID PLANS. F. IF ANY ERRORS, DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS APPEAR OR ARE EVIDENT ON ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, VENDOR OR SUPPLIER SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. G. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS SUBMITTED IN WRITING AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. AY F CONTRACT AWARD R F: WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS O N OR BEFORE THE SOONER O H. THE GENERAL CON TRACTOR VIDEO O T BE USED ON OR THE START OF THE PROTECT, PROVIDE TOALLAL NEXTORE AND KEEP CURRENT, A LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS NEXTORE P O THE PROTECT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A COPY OF THIS LIST TO THE NEXTORE PROTECT MANAGER AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION, AND A COPY IS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE CLOSEOUT PACKAGE FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. I. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT, VERIFY AND INVENTORY ALL SHIPMENTS OF NEXTORE SUPPLIED MATERIALS, INCLUDING THOSE TO AND FROM ANY OFF SITE WAREHOUSE FACILITIES. THIS INCLUDES VERIFYING PACKING LISTS AGAINST PROJECT TO THE NEXTORE IN ANY DAMAGES ORSHORTAGES N ILLS LADING AN D NOTING AND REPORTING A OR DER FORMS AND B ALL ASSOCIATED SHALL BEAR ANY AND (VERY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MANAGER. IF NOT DONE WITHIN 24 HOURS DEL COSTS, INCLUDING EXPEDITED FREIGHT CHARGES, ES, MEET THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING DAMAGE REPORTS AND MAINTAINING PACKING MATERIALS FOR RETURN SHIPMENT OF DAMAGED ITEMS. MANUALS, WARRANTY DOCUMENTS M S AND MISCELLANEOUS J. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL HANDBOOKS, MAN U PAPERWORK, INCLUDING ALL PACKING I T AND BILLS OF LADING IN A MA RKED BINDER. THIS BINDER S O BE TURNED OVER TO I SLIPS THE STORE GENERAL MANAGER AT PROJECT COMPLETION. COPIES OF THOSE ITEMS AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR INCLUSION IN THE CLOSEOUT PACKAGE SHALL BE MADE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS NEEDED FOR THIS SUBMISSION- K. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (C OF 0), LIEN WAIVERS, WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS. THE ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS TO BE LEFT WITH THE STORE GENERAL MANAGER. L.TRASH AND DEBRIS G THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CLEAN AND DISPOSAL OF ALL S A T SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BOXES/CRATES/TRASH OF TEN N SU GENERATED BY ALL TRADES. GC. TO REMOVE/DISPOSE OF ALL REQUIRED. ITEMS, INCL. DISPLAY FIXTURES & HARDWARE. DAILY CLEANQ M. THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH FACE OF WALL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED N. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM NEXTORE OR NEXTORPS ARCHITECT. O. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN EGRESS AT ALL TIMES DURING STORE OPERATION / CONSTRUCTION. P, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION TIMES AND NOISE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START, NO EXTRA COSTS WILL BE ALLOWED TO ACCOMMODATE ANY RESTRICTIONS OR LIMITATIONS. Q. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN ALL SURFACES / FIXTURES PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND TO EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF A PROFESSIONAL CLEANING COMPANY TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE TENANT OF AN ABSOLUTELY CLEAN STORE. (2) CLEANINGS REQUIRED. (1) PRIOR TO PUNCH & (1) AT TURNOVER. THE FINAL CLEANING IS TO BE PERFORMED NO MORE THAN ONE DAY PRIOR TO THE TURN OVER. IF AN UNTIDY STORE IS TURNED OVER, NEXTORE RESERVES THE RIGHT, WITHOUT NOTICE TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, TO EMPLOY PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICES AND DEDUCT THE COST PLUS 15% FROM THE BALANCE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. R. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, MERCHANDISE, CARPET, ETC., INCLUDING THE WORK OF OTHERS, THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. S. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ACTIVITIES WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, AND COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD, ALL INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES. ANY SHUT DOWNS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR T. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A LANDLORD AND CODE COMPLIANT TEMPORARY BARRICADE AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER, UNLESS THE PLANS SPECIFICALLY CALL OUT FOR THIS WORK TO BE BY OTHERS. AND LOCKS UNLESS THE PLANS WITH DOORS FRAMES A , GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INST ALL A TEMPORARY ENTRANCE, U. GENE I SPECIFICALLY CALL OUT FOR THIS WORK TO BE BY OTHERS. V. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA, THE LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS, NEXTORE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, NEXTORE'S STANDARD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND ACCEPTED BEST CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FILE ANY NEEDED "NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT" OR OTHER FILINGS RELATED TO THE PROJECT IN THE APPROPRIATE OFFICES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO POST SUCH NOTICES AT THE JOB SITE. W. ALL WOOD CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BLOCKING, SHALL BE FIRE RESISTANT TREATED (FRT). ALL NEW FRAMING AT THE STOREFRONT AND / OR ABOVE THE CEILING SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE. X. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK, COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD OR ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AND BEAR THE COSTS FOR, ALL EXPLORATIONS / X-RAYS REQUIRED FOR CUTTING/CORING OF THE SLAB OR EXCAVATING. Y. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL THEIR WORK AND THE WORK OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS WITH THE STRUCTURE AND SHELL BUILDING ELEMENTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS AND THE BUILDING SHELL, Z. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CONCEALED BLOCKING AND SIGNAGE FOR SAME AS REQUIRED. QUANTITIES, SIZES AND LOCATIONS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS ARE ONLY SUGGESTED QUANTITIES, SIZES AND LOCATIONS, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT OF ANY BODY HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL PREVAIL. AA. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, INSTALL, LOCATE, RELOCATE, RECONFIGURE THE FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE U IRED BY THE INTENT O ALARM SYSTEMS AS RE BODY HAVING DOCUMENTS OR ANY CODE OR F THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCU Q I YTHE GENERAL JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORK SHALL BE'DESIGN BU LD B G CONTRACTOR, UNLESS CALLED OUT TO BE PERFORMED SPECIFICALLY BY OTHERS IN THE DOCUMENTS (SEE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM / FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES. GC TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REQUIRED VENDOR. AB. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, PROVIDE AND INSTALL ANY AND ALL DUST PROTECTION, REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. AC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL FLOOR PREPARATION AS NEEDED TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH FINISHED FLOORING MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. AD. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF ALL CEILING WORK WITH THE MEP DRAWINGS. AE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF ALL LIGHTING WITH THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS / REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. AF. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SUPPORTS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. AG. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS AND FIRE PROOFING IN ALLINSTANCES, AN. ALL PENETRATIONS OF DEMISING WALLS, ROOF AND FLOOR SHALL BE FIRE SAFE / PROOF PER CODES / LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL PREVAIL. Al. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE, UNLOAD, AND PROVIDE SAFE STORAGE OF ALL NEXTORE / NEXTORE SUPPLIED AND / OR INSTALLED MATERIAL, TRASH REMOVAL OF ALL BOXES / CRATES CONTAINING NEXTORE / NEXTORE SUPPLIED AND J OR INSTALLED MATERIAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLOORING, MILLWORK, LIGHTING, HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. AJ. NOTICE OF INCIDENT: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, VIA ELECTRONIC MEDIUM AND NEXTORE STANDARD NOTIFICATION AND REPORTING FORMS, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY INCIDENT INVOLVING THE PROJECT WHICH RESULTS IN CONTACT WITH ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR AS CALLED OUT IN NEXTORE'S OR THE LANDLORDS RULES, REGULATIONS OR POLICIES. AK. WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOS, DAILY REPORTS, SAFETY INSPECTIONS, SCHEDULE UPDATES, CHANGE ORDER LOGS, RFI LOGS, AND TOOL BOX TOPICS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER VIA PROJECT READY AS REQUIRED IN THE DOCUMENTS OR DIRECTED BY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. AL. FOR THOSE PROJECTS THAT ARE "OPEN REMODELS"; STORES WILL REMAIN OPEN DURING REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS WHILE CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. ALL DISTURBANCES TO SURROUNDING BUSINESSES AND AREAS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. WORK DURING AN OPEN REMODEL IS TYPICALLY PERFORMED "AFTER NORMAL OPERATING HOURS." GC MUST COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER AND OR STORE OPERATIONS MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. THERE SHALL BE NO UP -CHARGE SUBMITTED, ALLOWED, OR CONSIDERED FOR ANY SUCH AFTER HOURS WORK. SAFETY: SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ASSOCIATES AND CUSTOMERS SHALL BE THE NUMBER ONE PRIORITY FOR ALL CONTRACTORS ON H ANY NEXTORE PROJECT. OSHA REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE SCOPE OF WORK EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY NOT BE LISTED SEPARATELY. CONTRACTOR $H SITE AT ALL TIMES IT SPECIFIC SAFETY PLAN ON A MAINTAIN A COPY OF THEIRS E S E SHALL 1-LCI-STI.1-G001-REV00 1. BUILDING PERMIT AND CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY: A. THE GC SHALL CONTACT THE NEXTORE P.M. OR THE PERMIT EXPEDITOR TO SECURE THE PERMIT. PERMIT SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A VISIBLE, LOCATION AT THE SITE. PERMITS SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE GC AND SUBMITTED TO TENANT AS A NET COST. B. THE GC SHALL ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. C. THE GC SHALL DETERMINE IF THE INSPECTORS WILL BE CHECKING LAB / LENS PROCESSING ROOM EQUIPMENT FOR UT OR ETL LABELS AND NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT TEAM NO LATER THAN 4 WEEKS BEFORE "PUNCH". D. IF REQUIRED, A "TEMPORARY C OF O" OR BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVAL SHALL BE RECEIVED TO SET DOWN EQUIPMENT. 2. DIMENSIONS: THE WORD'HOLD' REFERS TO A CRITICAL DIMENSION AND MUST BE ADHERED TO. IF THESE DIMENSIONS CAN NOT BE MET, CALL THE NEXTORE P.M. FOR DIRECTION. 3. ON -SITE COMMUNICATION: A. THE GC SHALL CONTACT THE NEXTORE P.M, TO RESOLVE ALL FIELD ISSUES. B. GC TO HAVE CELL PHONE WITH VOICEMAIL CAPABILITIES. C. GC TO HAVE LAPTOP ON SITE WITH WIR CAPABILITIES. 4. CHANGE ORDERS: NO ADDITIONAL COSTS OR DESIGN CHANGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE NEXTORE P.M. AND THE EXECUTION OF THE NEXTORE CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE, PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH WORK, CHANGE ORDER WORK COMPLETED WITHOUT SIGNED APPROVAL TO DO SAME, IS DONE SO AT THE GC'S RISK. 5. SUBCONTRACTOR COORDINATION: THE HALL GIVE SUBCONTRACTORS FOR T E GC S THE GC MUST BE PRESENT AT ALL TIMES O HE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. APPROPRIATE NOTICE BEFORE REQUIRING THEM ON SITE, COORDINATE INSTALLATION DATES, AND COMMUNICATE SITE SPECIFIC DETAILS. THE GC SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND DIVISION OF WORK WITH THE NEXTORE P.M. SUBCONTRACTORS SHOULD CONTACT THE GC FOR SCHEDULE CLARIFICATIONS. MILLWORK / CASEWORK: GC SHALT- COORDINATE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO WALL CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE THE AREA READY PRIOR TO FIXTURE DELIVERY. READY SHALL BE DEFINED AS FLOORING DOWN THRU-OUT THE RETAIL AND H D AND LIGHTING TIN SOFFITS BUILT OUT DRYWALLED FINISHED, PA INTED R TOR OD RECEPTION LIGHTING OPTOMETRIC DOCTOR ELECTRICAL AND RECEPTION MUST BE FINISHED AND PAINTED C FIXTURES INSTALLED, ALL WALLS IN THE RETAIL AND OD R ECE , ALL MECHANICAL ROUGH -OUTS MUST BE COMPLETED, STORE MUST BE SECURED FROM THE OUTSIDE. ONCE THE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MILLWORK DROP / INSTALL DATE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED, ANY CHANGES TO THE ESTABLISHED DATE MUST BE COMMUNICATED AT LEAST 7 DAYS PRIOR. I 6. DATA-POS PHONES: NEW T.I. & RELO STORES: BACKBOARD TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 7 CALENDAR DAYS OF THE CONSTRUCTION START DATE. ACCESS TO BACKBOARD SHALL BE AFFORDED TO ALL TENANT VENDORS. TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC AND DATA CABLING INSTALLED ONE WEEK BEFORE "PUNCH" FOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION AND TESTING. CONTACT NEXTORE P.M. IF NEEDED. DURING THE OPEN TEMPORARY REMODEL STORES: GC TO COORDINATE ALL E PORARY AND PERMANENT DATA AND PHONE CABLING REMODEL KEEPING STORE POS AND PHONE SYSTEMS ON LINE AND ACTIVATED AT ALL TIMES, COORDINATE WORK WITH TENANT LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR. 7. ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING DELIVERIES GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF DELIVERIES, FOR THE OFF-LOADING OF SAME, AND TO VERIFY / REPORT ANY DAMAGE AND FOR THE SAFE STORAGE OF ALL MATERIALS RECEIVED. THE GC SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQU , 8. METER INSTALLATION (WATER / ELECTRIC / GAS): UTILITY ACCOUNT TRANSFER / SETUP (FOR CORPORATE NEW AND RELOCATION STORES ONLY): GC SHALL CONTACT THE NEXTORE RETAIL STORE MAINTENANCE HOTLINE (513)765-3500 UPON ARRIVAL AT THE SITE. GC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY UTILITY COSTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. GC TO CONTACT NEXTORE TO CONVERT METERS T NEXTORE NAME IMMEDIATELY UPON CONSTRUCTION START UP. GC TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATIO WHEN CALLING: A. STORE ADDRESS AND SPACE # B. UTILITY COMPANY (S) NAME AND PHONE # (I.E., GAS, ELECTRIC, WATER AND POSSIBLY SEWER) C. METER AND SOCKET # (IF USED) D. EXPECTED "PUNCH" DATE (TIMING FOR NEW INSTALLATION OR UTILITY ACCOUNT TRANSFER WILL BE EXECUTED ON/OR BEFORE THE "PUNCH"DATE). 9. TURNOVER PROCEDURE: A. THE GC SHALL CALL THE THE NEXTORE P.M. TO CONFIRM THE TURNOVER DATE NO LATER THAN 10 WORKING DAYS BEFORE TURNOVER. B. ALL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS, INCLUDING ITEMS ON THE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE ARE TO BE COMPLETED BEFORE TURNOVER DAY. C. THE GC AND NEXTORE P.M. TO CONDUCT THE PUNCH WALKTHROUGH, NOTING ALL DEFICIENCIES AND TIMING FOR RESOLUTION. D. A "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" DOCUMENT WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE GC. THE GC SHALL REMAIN ON SITE UNTIL ALL "PUNCH LIST" ITEMS ARE COMPLETE AND THE NEXTORE PM HAS SIGNED OFF CONFIRMING COMPLETION OF THE "PUNCH LIST". E, A COPY OF THE "CONFIRMED COMPLETION OF PUNCH LIST" WILL BE GIVEN TO THE NEXTORE P.M. 10. SETDOWN FOR NEW COR PORATE STORES: NEXTORE'S NEW STORE R TEAM WILL DELIVER ALL REMAI NING TO OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 0 THE ST ORE ON THE EVENING OF "TURNOVER" DAY. THE GC SHALL BE ON SITE ON THE DAY AFTER "TURNOVER", WITH ONE (1) PLUMBER AND ONE (1) ELECTRICIAN TO ASSIST THE SETDOWN TEAM TO RESOLVE ANY ISSUES. THE GC SHALL SUPPLY DUMPSTER FOR REMOVAL OF SETDOWN DEBRIS. It SOUND SYSTEM: A. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO CONTACT SOUND VENDOR 4 WEEKS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED DATE TO ARRANGE FOR INSTALLATION. B. REMODELS AND RELOCATIONS: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL, STORAGE AND REINSTALLATION OF SYSTEM (INCLUDING CD PLAYERS AND SPEAKERS) AT NEXTORE STORES DURING DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. 12. SECURITY ALARM TRANSFER/MODIFICATION A. ALARM TRANSFER / MODIFICATION - GC SHALL CONTACT THE SECURITY VENDOR DURING ANY POINT IN CONSTRUCTION THE GC DETERMINES THEY WILL NEED TO DISABLE OR RELOCATE ANY ALARM SYSTEM COMPONENTS. GC SHALL AWAIT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE "NEXTORE SECURITY LIAISON" BEFORE TAKING ANY ACTION ON THE SECURITY SYSTEM. B. CAMERAS - GC SHALL CONTACT THE "NEXTORE LOSS PREVENTION MANAGER" TO COORDINATE THE REINSTALLATION OF SECURITY CAMERAS ON REMODEL OR RELOCATION STORES THAT ALREADY HAVE CAMERAS IN PLACE AND ARE BEING DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 13. AIR BALANCE REPORTS: G.C. RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN AIR BALANCING THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. REPORT FROM A VENDOR INDEPENDENT FROM 2-LCI-ST1.1-G001-R EV00 THIS PROJECT IS THE REMODEL OF AN EXISTING LENSCRAFTERS TENANT. NO CHANGE IN USE GROUP, CONSTRUCTION TYPE AND OR OCCUPANCY THE SCOPE OF THIS BUILD -OUT WILL INCLUDE: • CONSTRUCTION OF NEW NON LOAD BEARING WALLS • NEW STOREFRONT FINISHES • NEW FLOORING FINISHES • NEW CEILING • NEW FURNITURE AND FIXTURES • NEW OD OFFICE EQUIPMENT • NEW SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS • UTILITY WORK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE PROJECT SCOPE • GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL APPLICABLE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. • CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LANDLORD, LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACT pOCUMENTSSH ALL CONSTITUTE THE DRAWINGS, SP ECIFICATIONS BY TENANT AND THE OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. • IN THE EVENT THAT THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER, NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER, AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR DIRECTION PRIOR TO BIDDING OR PROCEEDING WITH THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. • THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW ALL ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. 3-LCI-STi.1-G001-REV00 R SA r - Y 4': j��f�k �r ( C 1 S LANDLORD WESTFIELD CONTACT EMAY YEE STREET ADDRESS 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL CITY, STATE, ZIP SEATTLE, WA 98188 PHONE 773.372.0565 EMAIL emily.yee@um.com 4-LCI-STIJ70I-REVO1 RETAIL AREA OD SPACE BACK F ! R-ROOM O HOUSE GROSS LEASEABLE SPACE . I 8-LCI-STI.1-GO01-REV00 I CONSTRUCTION TYPE: II-B FULLY SPRINKLERED M (MERCANTILE). REMODEL SCOPE EXISTING OCCUPANCY: EXISTING TENANT "LENSCRAFTERS" PROPOSED OCCUPANCY: M (MERCANTILE) NO CHANGE BUILDING' 20151NTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MECHANICAL: 2015 SEATTLE MECHANICAL CODE FIRE: 2015 SEATTLE FIRE CODE PLUMBING: 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ELECTRICAL 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE ENERGY: 205 S NG O 1 WA HI T N STATE ENERGY CODE ACCESSIBILITY CODE: ICC A117.1/ ADA SPRINKLERED: YES FIRE ALARM: YES FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: YES EGRESS: OCCUPANT LOAD: TABLE 1004.1.2 SALES AREAS 2,866 SY, / 60 = 48 OD AREA 1303 S.F. / 100 = 14 NON -SALES 429 S.F. J 300 = 2 TOTAL AREA 4,598 S.F. GROSS 64 OCCUPANTS EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT: 1005.3.2 - 0.2 INCHES PER PERSON (SPRINKLERED) 1.) EGRESS COMPONENTS (SPRINKLERED) 0.2 INCHES PER OCCUPANT x 64 OCCUPANTS = 13' (REQUIRED) 2.) ACTUAL WIDTH PROVIDED: 102" CLEAR NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: TABLE 1006.2.1 COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL 75 FEET MAXSPRINKLERED OCCUPANT LOAD < 50 PEOPLE (2) EXITS REQUIRED (2) EXITS PROVIDED TABLE 1017.2 MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200 FEET SPRINKLERED REVI IONS Np,changes snail be made to titfl ecip" of work without prior approval Of tiSi4 Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a nou 01201 submittal and may Inciuda additionrd 0i fau dial L cTi 1J } to R: z" pp fl sl 1 Y" S f 1 7� i 6 NAME SOUTHCENTER MALL STREET ADDRESS 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL CITY, STATE,, ZIP SEATTLE WA 98188 5-LCI-5T1.1-G001-REV00 DEPARTMENT TUKWILA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT STREET ADDRESS 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD #100 CITY, STATE, ZIP TUKWILA, WA 98188 PHONE 206-431-3670 9-LCI-S T1.1-G001-RE V00 PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS 64 OCCUPANTS 32 MALE 32 FEMALE MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURES TABLE 2902.1 (MERCANTILE / BUSINESS OCCUPANCY) 1.) WATER CLOSETS AND LAVATORIES: A MALE AND FEMALE RESTROOM WITH ONE WATERCLOSET AND ONE LAVATORY PROVIDED 2.) DRINKING FOUNTAIN: HI-LO PROVIDED 3.) SERVICE SINK: 1 PROVIDED EDOORSARE DING DEPARTMENT GRESS PLAN SHEET A103.1 ISTING IN -SWING ENTRY SIGNATED TO REMAIN. TES ON EGRESS PLAN) GC MUST HAVE WESTFIELD STAMPED DRAWINGS ON SITE AT ALL TIMES AND WILL PUNCHLIST OFF OF WESTFIELD STAMPED DRAWINGS ONLY. REACH OUT TO THE REQUIRED VENDORS FOR THE FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLERS TO GET THE DRAWINGS IN FOR PERMIT ONCE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING IS SCHEDULED. IF PLACING NEW EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF, SUBMIT CRANE ORDER TO GET THAT APT LIFT PLAN AS O MALL FACILITIES IN 0 APPROVED THROUGH OUR RISK MANAGEMENT DEPT FOR ANY ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE INSTALLED ON THE ROOF. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 �m (5 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1 ,..,.. s d r ss a _ o rW� �i as s2' vsF .tit. Hx � ■1' J l3.� - 1 , k or i .., _. ra�r H �r its; �S3"+y-Si DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT NEXTORE NEXTORE 6 CREAMERY BROOK 4000 LUXOTTICA PLACE EAST GRANBY, CT 06026 MASON, OH 45040 516.393.2484 513.765.6000 NOTE: ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE NEXTORE STORE PLANNER FOR APPROPRIATE DIRECTION OF COMMUNICATION, NEXTORE PROJECT MGR. NEXTORE STORE PLANNER JASON STANLEY FLAVIANA DEE 818-688-7286 860-431-9700 JSTANLEY@NEXTORERETAILCOM FDEE@NEXTORERETAILCOM NEXTORE PROJECT PLANNER BRANDY ACETI 860-431-9640 BAC ETI@N EXTORERETAIL.COM 11-LCI-STI.1-G001-R EV00 ,r- s x SIGNAGE - SPRINKLER - FIRE ALARM 3 „ ' "51G1 ACHE TI KEOFF SCHEi5 JILE CODE DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PROVIDED SIGNAGE VENDOR? LC05-EL-LC-16 LENSCRAFTERS SIGN @ STOREFRONT 1 YES LC05-EL-EE-8 EYE EXAMS SIGN @ STOREFRONT 1 YES RB-MTL RAYBAN METAL EDGE -LIT ILLUMINATED LOGO 1 YES OAK-EL-HLt OAKLEY EDGE -LIT HORIZONTAL LOGO - NA LOCATIONS 1 YES LC05-OAK-S-FL-E OAKLEY SUSPENDED FACE LIT ELLIPSE 1 YES LC05-EL-LC-10 LENSCRAFTERS LIT LETTERS, (@ BACKWRAP) 1 YES LC05-LC-EE-TNT-6 EYE EXAMS LIT LETTERS (@ OD ENTRANCE, TYP.) - 1 YES LC05-EL-LL-INT-6 LENS LAB LIT LETTERS 1 YES LC05-GR39 LAB WINDOW CRASH GRAPHICS 1 YES LC05-GR15 DOCTORS & HOURS VINYL GRAPHIC (1-DOOR STATES) 1 NO LCOS-GH16 DOCTORS HOURS SLAT SIGN 7 NO LC05-GH23 DR./OPT. LICENSE CERTIFICATE SNAP FRAMES 4 N LCE5-GH30 OD AREA SNAP FRAMES N LC05-GH24 ONE SIGHT WALL SNAP FRAMES N LCOS-GR32-C DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - CONTACTS 1 Nb LC05-GR32-PS DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID -PRE-SCREEN 4 NO SE-GH-CHART CHART HOLDER 2 NO LC05-GR32-EX1 DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXAM 1 1 NO LO05-GR32-EX2 DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXAM 2 1 NO LC05-GR32-RR DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - RESTROOM 2 NO LC05-GR32-EM DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EMPLOYEES (DOOR -MOUNTED) 1 NO LC05-GR32-P DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - PRIVATE (DOOR -MOUNTED) t NO LC05-GR32-EX DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXIT, 1 in...... .... i Permit No. jdj- Plan review approval is saons Approval of cons n t)thor[Ze the violation 6uai Receipt * 3 8 NORTH PROJECT LOCATION E'L'E,4r4r&TL 4 >#n,T t ,k 1 JSi -t SHEET TITLE ACTIVEIR,v REVISION 4 ARCHITECTURAL G001 GENERAL INFORMATION / COVER SHEET 4 G002 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & TYPICAL INFO 4 G003 SPECIFICATIONS 1 OF 4 G004 SPECIFICATIONS 2 OF 4 G005 SPECIFICATIONS 3 OF 4 G006 SPECIFICATIONS 4 OF 4 - SHEET REMOVED A002 PHASING PLAN 4 A003 PHASING PLAN 4 AD100 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 4 AD701 EI DEMOLITION CEILING G PLAN 2 A100 FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN 4 A101 CONSTRUCTION - FLOOR PLAN 4 A101.01 DOOR SCHEDULES & HARDWARE 4 A102 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4 A103 FINISH PLAN 3 A103.01 FINISH SCHEDULE / EGRESS PLAN 4 A104 ELECTRICAL & DATA LOCATION PLAN 4 A200 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4 A201 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4 A300 STOREFRONT ELEVATION 4 A301 STOREFRONT DETAILS 4 A400 SECTIONS & DETAILS 4 A400.1 SECTIONS & DETAILS 3 A401 SECTIONS & DETAILS nECEIMFL4 A402 SECTIONS & DETAILS CITY OF TUKWILA 4 A403 SECTIONS & DETAILS 4 A404 SECTIONS & DETAILS 4 A405 SECTIONS & DETAILS pEglVI CENTE 4 A406 SECTIONS & DETAILS 4 A407 CEILING DETAILS MECHANICAL / ELECT. / PLUMBING 1 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 3 2 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 3 0 HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN 4 0 BE001 HVAC PLAN 4 4 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 3 2 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 3 E003 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 4 E004 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 4 E005 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 3 E100 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 3 E200 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 4 E201 ELECTRICAL POWER/SYSTEMS PLAN 4 4 Pool PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 3 P002 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS 3 P100 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN 3 P200 PLUMBING PLAN 3 FIRE PROTECTION RL FP100 RRE 3 FP200 E 4 RW DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. i\S<MRE O amowmn O.......... ox 06Geamxy ercok Eas<Crarby. CiEC1- 0.11 o)411- STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4,*416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD 0 I-n d 0 v_0 O x 0 _J C errors and O G currents does .,� � Died code or v D - dCoY and O p o: �L M M 0 n x J v O <C O �f Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 0 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q814-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C NO C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT Seal 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8 7 3 CDR aU (4 JSCh1 Architect/ Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 BrandDesignType SEPARATE PERMIT REQ IRED FOR: LC.05 ff Mechanical ISSUED FOR: L-' ®construction (Plumbing F Gas Piping City of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION Title GENERAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF GOO1 Checked By CM t r T- TENANT NOTE: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ITEMS ON THIS SCHEDULE FOR GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR ACCURACY PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE LL= LANDLORD REPORTED TO LUXOTTICA PROTECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. JQQ���`�J S,�P..F`'��?PC0 �0(•�PP MW=MILLWORKER N/A- NOT APPLICABLE BUILDING PERMIT T GC GC SHALL AMEND / PICK UP PERMIT & PAY ADD TL FEES; FEES BILLABLE TO NEXTORE AT NET COST; VIA CHANGE ORDER Al PROFESSIONAL CLEAN-UP, FINAL CLEANING GC GC (2) CLEANINGS REQUIRED. (1) PRIOR TO PUNCH & (1) AT TURNOVER DEMOLITION GC GC FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SEE PLANS FOR SCOPE TEMPORARY FACILITIES / UTILITIES GC GC GC IF REQUIRED OTHER PERMITS, FEES, INSURANCE GC GC INCLUDING ALL LOCAL PEST CONTROL RE UIREMENTS PERMITS, VERIFY REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY BARRICADES (W/ LUX BRAND SPECIFIC LOGO) T T COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. TRASH REMOVAL AND DUMPSTERS GC GC VERIFY TOWN AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. GC. TO REMOVE/DISPOSE OF ALL BOXES/CRATES/TRASH OF TENANT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ITEMS, INCL- DISPLAY FIXTURES & HARDWARE. DAILY CLEAN REQUIRED. CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING uykt. Y tif,; ® G.C, TO FIELD VERIFY EXIST. COND. TO DETERMINE EXTENT OF SCOPE, GC TO REPORT TO PROJECT MANAGER. CUTTING OF EXISTING SLAB -TRENCHING OR CORE DRILLING GC GC GC COORD. W/ LANDLORD & AFFECTED TENANTS. VERIFY W OPERATIONS PRIOR TO ANY CORING OR TRENCHING. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE & REINFORCING GC GC GC SIDEWALK / ENTRY N/A CONCRETE PATCH AND REPAIR GC GC r� .GC GC GC GC EEE� I I IN/A N/A BASE BUILDING STRUCTURAL STEEL rNY,`Kk 1) STRUCTURAL STEEL AS REQUIRED FOR TENANT BUILD -OUT GC GC GC METAL FABRICATIONS N/A EXPANSION JOINTS GC GC GC IF REQUIRED #ET-AtSTAIRS N/A N/A BLOCKING (INCL. FOR FIXTURES, SHELVES, SIGNS GC GC GC FIRE RETARDENT WOOD AND OR METAL PER AUTHORITY JURISDICTION / LL ROUGH CARPENTRY, FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER & PLYWD GC GC GC FLOOR PROTECTION (IF REQUIRED) GC GC GC DURABLE PROTECTION REQUIRED. PROVIDE WALK -OFF MAT AT BOTH SIDE OF ENTRY POINT(S) OF CONSTRUCTION AREA FINISH CARPENTRY GC GC GC FLOOR PREP GC GC GC SEALANTS, INSULATION, FIRE CAULKING & BLOCKING GC GC GC SEE SPECIFICATIONS SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS GC GC GC IF REQUIRED BY LL THROUGH PENETRATIONS FIRE STOP SYSTEM GC GC GC PATCHING OF EXISTING SHALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR USING LL VENDOR IF REQUIRED BATT INSULATION AND/OR SOUND ATTENUATION GC GC GC WATERPROOF MEMBRANE GC GC GC EXTENT OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SHALL BE VERIFIED W LL BY THE GC NEW DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE GC GC GCj I I UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A101.01) PANIC / SECURITY ALARM GC GC GCj I IF REQUIRED - SEE PLANS AND DOOR SCHEDULE ALL DOOR LOCK CORES AND KEYS T GC GC ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES GC GC GC MILLWORK MIRRORS T GC MW N/A N/A SECURITY ALARM & SYSTEM T GC T EXTERIOR & INTERIOR METAL STOREFRONT CLADDING T T T GC TO PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICING NEW STOREFRONT ALUMINUM FRAME OR CHANNELS NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING NEW STOREFRONT SWINGING DOORS AND HARDWARE i SEEURITYPEM INTERIOR GLAZING CHANNELS & GLASS GC GC GC RESTROOM MIRRORS GC GC GC SLIDING CLOSET DOORS GC GC GC 777777777 .r 7I< DEMISING PARTITIONS AND GYP tV hkt . ,s; ® GC SEE PLANS FOR SCOPE OF WORK GC GC GC SEE PLANS FOR SCOPE OF WORK. DRYWALL CEILING, WALLS, ENCLOSURES & REQ'D FRAMING GC GC GC PER USG AESTHETIC ASSEMBLIES, ALL WALLS (INCLUDING EXISTING TO REMAIN), SHALL RECEIVE "LEVEL 4" FINISH, & CEILING "LEVEL 5" ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES & GRID GC GC GC SEE FINISH SCHEDULE PAINTING, FINISHING, VARNISH, SEALER, ETC. GC GC GC FLOOR TRANSITIONS/VINYL TILE / VINYL WALL BASE GC GC GC VINYL BASE @ ROUND COLUMNS CARPETING T GC GC PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE T GCIGCI GC MUST INSTALL FLOOR PER FLOORING MFG SPECS. GROUT AND THINSET FOR TILE & ACCESSORIES GC GC GC `' eieee T GC GCI PROFESSIONAL WALL COVERING VENDOR REQUIRED T GC GCI PROFESSIONAL WALL COVERING VENDOR REQUIRED WAtIF-9FFFd&F GC GC GC STOREFRONT BULKHEAD - MALL 1 ® GC WALL BASE GC GC GC FIBERGLASS REINFORCE PANELS GC GC GC LAMINATE WALL CAPS PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS GC GC GC RECLAD EXISTING STOREFRONT WITH NEW METAL FINISH T GC T GC TO PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICING RETAIL WALL SIGNAGE T T T G.C. TO COORDINATE SIGN INSTALLATION GRAPHIC HOLDER T GC GC SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION GRAPHICS T GC T SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE T GC GC SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION STORAGE AREA SHELVES & SURFACE MTD. STANDARDS GC GC GC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS GC GC GC SUGGESTED LOCATION ON PLAN - VERIFY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS GLAZING FILM - GRAPHIC T T T STOREFRONT SIGNAGE T T T T GC GC T T T WHEN APPLICABLE AWN+N65 T T T WHEN APPLICABLE - RESTROOM ACCESSORIES & HARDWARE GC GC GC BLOCKING TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. T GC GC LOCKERS T GC GC LED PANELS & ACCESSORIES T GC T GC TO PROVIDE SECURE AREA FOR STORAGE, GC TO DISPOSE OF PACKAGING FOLLOWING VENDOR UNPACKAGEING. (GRAPHIC) BOXES T GC TO INSTALL PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. rtvSIGN t „iG,.0 ,G�3}}C MILLWORK (RETAIL) T GC T RECEIVED & OFFLOADED BY G.G. / UNCRATED & INSTALLED BY TENANT MILLWORK (O.D.) T GC T RECEIVED & OFFLOADED BY G.C. / UNCRATED & INSTALLED BY TENANT OD EQUIPMENT T T T G.C. TO COORDINATE POS EQUIPMENT T GC T IG.C. TO COORDINATE LENS PROCESS EQUIPMENT T T T MERCHANDISE PROPS T GC GC FURNITURE (CHAIRS, BENCHES, TABLES, ETC.) T GC GC STAPLES ACCESSORIES T GC GCI SEE SHEET A100 DOCTOR'S CERTIFICATES/ LICENSE FRAMES T GC GC LAB TABLE T GC GCI ASSEMBLY OF LAB TABLES TO BE BY G.C. MILLWORK (EMPLOYEE AREA) T GC GC METAL STORAGE CABINETS FOR LENS AND LAP TOOLS T GC GC G.C, TO COORDINATE REFRIGERATOR & MICROWAVE T GC GC LENS DELIVERY DROP BOX T GC GC WHEN APPLICABLE DISPLAY MONITORS T T T a.. # L n 4 3°U rvv { 1 < i d S f i D L � T T TENANT `Y 0J gJ pQP GC= GENERAL CONTRACTOR Le'QQ'Q.V`� LL= LANDLORD MW= MILLWORKER N(A= NOT APPLICABLE GC COORDINATE WITH TRADES FOR SIZE AND LOCATION. ACCESS PANELS ROOF WORK GC GC TO COORD. W/ LANDLORD WHEN REQUIRED HVAC DISTRIBUTION, DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS GC PLUMBING FIXTURES OD SINKS, DRAINS, FAUCETS JGCGC GC GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS FLOOR DRAINS / PIPING / SUPPORTS GC GC TO CLEAN OUT EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS WATER AND SEWER CONNECTION GC 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF WORK SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS GC BY L.L. DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR AT G.C. EXPENSE. GC RESP. FOR MODIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND APPROVALS. WATER HEATER GC HVAC UNIT(S) & CURBS -RTU, VAV, HAV, ETC. T GC GC ...-.,_. NON-TRANE EQUIPMENT GC GC GC CONTROLS FOR HVAC UNIT(S) T GC GC WHERE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IS NOT BEING USED. GC TO ITEMIZE THIS COST ZONE CONTROL DAMPERS W/ THERMOSTAT N/A STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR AIR HANDLERS GC GC GC CURBS & STRUCTR. SUPPORTS FOR CONDENSING UNITS N/A WATER METER GC GC GC ® SEE'GENERAL CONTRACTOR NOTES' ON SHEET G001 - GAS METER A N/A - TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN T GC GC-- ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM T T T GC TO PROVIDE FIELD WIRING WHEN NEEDED AND IF APPLICABLE T T T WATER COOLER AND/OR DRINKING FOUNTAIN GC GC GC SMOKE DETECTORS GC GC GC IMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN GC GC GC a z "S:aRi1L ,.,;.>, ,,,.,:.`. ,,,., ,x .,. „' CONNECTION AND WIRING @ MILLWORK THROUGHOUT „, GC 09 GC GC RE 'tl:.%'f4z ALL MILLWORK LIGHTING IS PLUG & PLAY. FOLLOW UP REQUIRED BY NEXTORE ELECTRICAL SERVICE, FEEDERS, CONDUIT, METERS GC GC GC ® SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL PANELS / TRANSFORMERS GC GC GC GC TO REFER TO ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL WIRING CIRCUITING,RECEPTACLES, IT ECE CLES, SWITCHES GC GC GC RECEPTACLES IN MILLWORK GC GC GC EMERGENCY LIGHTING T GC GC EXIT SIGNS T GC GC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM GC GC GCI I I PROVIDE NEW DEVICES AND/OR MODIFY AS REQUIRED. UTILIZE LANDLORD REQUIRED FIRE ALARM VENDOR. NEW LIGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS T GC GC SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS V V V TELEPHONE& DATA BACKBOARD TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO SPACE GC GC GC ® COORDINATE SCOPE WITH ELECTRICAL TELEPHONE WIRING TO SPACE GC GC GC ® WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED, COORDINATE SCOPE WITH ELECTRICAL TENANT TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT T GC T. ® G.C. TO COORDINATE TELEPHONE WIRING GC GC GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED CONDUITS - DATA, COMMUNICATION, ALARMS, PHONES GC GC GC POS AND DATA WIRING GC GC GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED WIRELESS EQUIPMENT T T T JACK TERMINATION & FACEPLATE - DATA GC GC GC JACK TERMINATION & FACEPLATE - PHONE GC GC GC SECURITY - FACILITY (HARDWARE & WIRING) T GC T WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED DATA AND PHONE DISCONNECT/RECONNECT AT REMODELS FOR RELO CASHWRAPS/FITTING COUNTERSPOS GC GC G.C. TO COORDINATE -WORK COMPLETED BY TENANT LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR. AND DATA WIRING (TEMPORARY) GC GC POS AND DATA WIRING (PERMANENT) GC GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED WIRING TO WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS GC GC BACKBOARD TERMINATION - DATA GC GC IGC BACKBOARD TERMINATION - PHONE T T BUZZER AT REAR DOOR GC GC TRAFFIC COUNTER T GC LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR TO SET DATA CABLING BY G.C. COUNTER PRODUCT SECURITY SYSTEM GC GC GC TO COORDINATE W VENDOR LOW VOLTAGE TEST REPORT GC GC 1-LCI-STI.1-G002-REV00 PULL SIDE X PUSH SIDE ---- I 118 min I I i E N i 1455 E � •- I I m i l i I I I i I NOTE: x 12 in. (305 mm) if the door has both a closer and a latch Front Approaches - Swinging Doors I II II Eo ]3;760: Cabinet Heights PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE 54 min, ---- --- -1370 > o I I I I I I NOTE: x=36 in. (915 mm) minimum if y = 60 in.11525 Tim) : NOTE: y=48 in. (7220 mm) if y 60 in. (1525mm) x =42 in. 5 mm) minimum minimum if door has both a = latch and a closer Hinge -side Approaches - Swinging Doors NOTE: All doors in alcoves shall comply with clearances for front approaches. X 24 min. PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE _____--- 24 min. _-__ 610 610 E X I of I I I I I I Latch -side Approaches - Swinging Doors 17 min. 430 EN.Eo _ I Clear E o Floor E .o ) a n I Space I Counter Sp- - - 30 min. 760 E L min. 19 max. 1220 485 - Suggested 6 max. Toe Clearance Supply Lines Knee Clearance 150 8 min 17 min. Law. Depth 205 430 Base Height Lavatory Clearances NOTE: LAVATORY HAS LEVER (OR EQUAL) FAUCET HARDWARE SEE PLUMBING SHEET. PIPES UNDER THE SINK ARE INSULATED BY GC. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED I NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 2-LCI-ST1. nEC£IVEED CITY OF TILIK ILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ADJ. ADJACENT A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CLG. CEILING C./. CONTROL JOINT COL. COLUMN CONIC. CONCRETE CONT- CONTINUOUS DIM. DIMENSION DWG. DRAWING EA EACH ELEC. ELECTRIC EQ. EQUAL EQUIP. EQUIPMENT EXT'G. EXISTING F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIN. FINISH HER. FLOOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD H.M. HOLLOW METAL. HT. HEIGHT HVAC HEATING/VENT,/AIR CONDITIONING TNT. INTERIOR LAM. LAMINATE LOC. LOCATION MEP MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING MECH, MECHANICAL MTL. METAL MISC, MISCELLANEOUS N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE NO. NUMBER O.C. ON CENTER PL. PLASTIC RM- ROOM R.O. ROUGH OPENING SHLV SHELVES SIM. SIMILAR STL STEEL STRL. STRUCTURAL TME. TO MATCH EXISTING T,O.W. TOP OF WALL TYP, TYPICAL U.L. UNDERWRITERS LABORITORIES U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT VERTICAL W/ WITH WD WOOD T THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL IAC 400.310 REQUIREMENTS UNDER IAC 400.320(n) - TENANT FINISHING WORK AND LAC 400.320(h) - BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE. 2. THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS UNDER ADAAG 413 - NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADAAG 140 - BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE, 1 ALL DOORS LEADING TO REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND SPACES SHALL BE A MIN. OF 3'-0" WIDE, HAVE LEVER OPERATED HARDWARE (OR EQUAL), HAVE A MIN. OPENING FORCES OF 5 LBF, AND FULLY COMPLY WITH IAC 400.310 ij) 4- ALL NEW OR ALTERED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL AND OPERATING MECHANISMS WILL COMPLY WITH IAC 400.310(r) (FRONT REACH BETWEEN IS- ANF 48" A.F.F.) 5. ANY NEW EMERGENCY WARNING ALARMS, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL BE BOTH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL AND COMPLY WITH IAC 400.810(s). THE VISUAL ALARMS WILL BE FLASHING TYPE WHERE THE FLASHING IS SYNCHRONIZED AND IN COMPLIANCE FOR INTENSITY AND FREQUENCY. 4-LCI-ST1, GENERAL LANDLORD NOTES: 1.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN AND TECHNICAL CRITERIA AND CENTER'S RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY FROM LANDLORD' TENANT COORDINATOR OR MALL FACILITIES MANAGER AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN PRIOR TO START OF JOB. WHERE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH CODES OR ORDINANCES, THE STRICTEST INTERPRETATION SHALL APPLY. 23ENANT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. 33ENANT GC REQUIRED TO CONDUCT A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AT A MINIMUM 3 DAYS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION WITH FACILITIES MANAGER AND ABIDE Y ALL L CURRENT "TENANT CONTRACTOR SAFETY STANDARDS" AND "TENANT CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS"AS ISSUED BY THE LOCAL CENTER MANAGEMENT TEAM. 4.13ARRICADE GRAPHICS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BARRICADE INSTALLATION. GRAPHICS MUST BE APPROVED BY DISTRICT MARKETING MANAGER MICHELLE GILES (MGILES@WESTFIELD.COM 206-802-6048). 5.TENANT GC REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE FINAL SET OF DRAWINGS CONTAINING ALL COMMENTS INCLUDING WESTFIELD, CITY AND TENANT AS WELL AS WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL STAMP AND CITY PERMIT STAMP AT PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AND MAINTAINED AT WORK SITE AT ALL TIMES. 63ENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQ'D, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS. TALL REUSED ITEMS/FINISHES MUST BE RETURNED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. APPROVAL BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED. 8.NO ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE, GRAPHICS OR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE PERMITTED TO BE AFFIXED TO OR ON THE APPROVED DESIGN, DISPLAYED OUTSIDE OF THE PREMISES OR PLACED WITHIN OR ON TOP OF COUNTERS AND SNEEZE GUARDS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD, ALL LANDLORD APPROVED SIGNAGE, PROMOTIONAL OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE PROFESSIONALLY PRINTED AND MOUNTED. 9.WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL REQUIRED PRIOR TO BARRICADE TAKE DOWN, TENANT GC TO SCHEDULE PRELIMINARY PUNCH WALK WITH WESTFIELD TC ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SCHEDULED BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. blq- o 411 DESIGN ENGINEERINGCONSTRUCTION GO 5 UCTION MANAGEMENT' O-w ,ro vare Won as O+t isi3) ]65 uow y 6C,eamey e,cok [azt GreMy. Ci ttO O.t 18so)a3i-9IW STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: QO � O O Ln ,, O V 0 O c J N 01 ' V v— M O C)_ 33 V 0 N X O Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C NO C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 "m" REGlSiERztl �)\n6'rIEE�T CORTLANfl MORGARI STATE 9F V"SHlr�+GT(3f2 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Constmction RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & TYPICAL INFO Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF G002 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: DIVISION 01000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 GENERAL NOTES PART 1-GENERAL A. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLIMENTARY, SPECIFIC INFORMATION MAY BE FOUND IN EITHER OR BOTH. B. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SCAFFOLDING, CRANES, EQUIPMENT FASTENERS ETC. NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION AND FINAL COMPLETE TURNOVER OF AN OPERATIONAL RETAIL FACILITY. C. THE TENANT HAS INDICATED AN INTENTION TO USE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS DOCUMENT A-107 "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" AS PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS WORK. D. ALL PERSONS INTENDING TO PROVIDE GOODS OR SERVICES IN CONNECTION w/THE WORK ARE ADVISED TO READ AND UNDERSTAND THE APPLICABLE ADA DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. E. THE TENANT HAS AWARDED SEPARATE CONTRACTS FOR SOME CONSTRUCTION WORK THAT WILL BE CONDUCTED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST COOPERATE WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS SO THAT WORK UNDER THOSE CONTRACTS MAY BE CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY, WITHOUT INTERFERING WITH, OR DELAYING WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. F. PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE A MEETING WITH LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE TO REVIEW AND ESTABLISH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: ALL CONSTRUCTION, SCHEDULES, WORKMAN PARKING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS, SAFETY PROTECTION, TRASH REMOVAL, SECURITY, AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR FINAL LANDLORD SIGN -OFFS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ITEM THAT MAY AFFECT THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS, OR RESULT. G. ANY ITEMS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD, INSPECTORS, OR ANY OTHER AUTHORITY THAT AFFECTS THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS, OR RESULTS IN ADDITIONAL COSTS OR SCHEDULE DELAYS SHOULD NOT BE PERFORMED UNTIL RECEIPT OF APPROVAL BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ALL CHANGES MUST IMMEDIATELY BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR REVIEW. SUBMISSION SHALL INCLUDE A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK REQUESTED, SIGNED BY THE REQUESTING AUTHORITY, IN ADDITION, SUBMISSION MUST INCLUDE A COST BREAKDOWN AND THE IMPACT TO THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 0100S CONTRACTORS USE OF THE PREMISES. PART 1-GENERAL A. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL CONTRACTORS BIDDING ON THIS PROJECT SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS AND TO CHECK FOR ANY INTERFERENCE BETWEEN THEIR WORK AND THAT OF OTHER TRADES AND/OR APPARENT VIOLATIONS OF LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS BEFORE ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT WITH EITHER THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR TENANT, 1. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID TO ACHIEVE THE FINAL PRODUCT INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLO WING: CONC RETE FLOOR PREP FLOOR SLAB X-RAYING DEMISING CONDITION, REQUIRED D FIRE PROOFING WALL GYPSUM BOARD EXTENT AND CO Q , ELECTRICAL PANELS, ELECTRICAL, WATER, SEWER, VENTS AND TELEPHONE CONDUITS, ANY LANDLORD REQUIRED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM OR TIE-INS TO BLDG. MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TENANT'S EQUIPMENT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT IN WRITING BEFORE ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT WITH THE TENANT IF ANY INTERFERENCE OR VIOLATIONS APPEAR AND DEPARTURE FROM THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS IS REQUIRED. 3. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ARCHITECT AND TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITH THE AFOREMENTIONED NOTIFICATION SHALL RESULT IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEING HELD RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLETE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT HIS/HER OWN COSTS WITH NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSES (EXTRAS) BEING INCURRED BY THE TENANT. EXTRAS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS THAT WERE READILY VISIBLE OR DETERMINED, 4. ALL SUB TRADES SHALL COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS OR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS OCCURRING ABOVE OR BELOW THE LEASED PREMISES AND SHALL MAKE CHANGES FROM TIME TO TIME AS REQUESTED TO ACCOMMODATE SUCH WORK OR CONDITIONS AT NO CHARGE TO TENANT. 5. CONTRACTORS SIGNS OR SIGNS OF ANY KIND MAY NOT BE DISPLAYED ON BARRICADES 6. THE G.C. SHALL BUILD ON SITE A TEMPORARY LOCKABLE STORAGE AREA. G.C. SHALL ACCEPT ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS AND STORE THEM SAFELY IN SUCH SPACE. A. LAYOUT OF WORK 1. IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ADVISE TENANT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN OVERALL WIDTH, LENGTH, AVAILABLE CEILING HEIGHTS, COLUMN LOCATIONS, STOREFRONT, UTILITY LOCATIONS, ETC. 2, EXERCISE PROPER PRECAUTION TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LAYOUT OF CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY TENANT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERROR RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO EXERCISE SUCH PRECAUTION. SUCH ERROR WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUBSEQUENTLY AS A BASIS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION, 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO LAYOUT WORK AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LINES, MEASUREMENTS OF THE BUILDING, UTILITIES, AND OTHER WORK EXECUTED UNDER THE CONTRACT. 4. SHOULD A CONTRACTOR FIND DISCREPANCIES IN, OR OMISSIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, OR SHOULD HE BE IN DOUBT AS TO THEIR MEANING, HE SHALL AT ONCE NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT. C. CODES AND STANDARDS 1. ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL ORDINANCES, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, LATEST EDITION. SEE TITLE SHEET FOR SPECIFIC EDITIONS. 2. DESIGN LOADS: LOADS AND CODE RESTRICTIONS FOR ALL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND ALL GOVERNING CODES. D. TRASH REMOVAL 1. ALL TRADES SHALL CONFINE CONSTRUCTION WORK TO WITHIN LEASED PREMISES AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL WORK IN AN ORDERLY MANNER REMOVING TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM PROJECT ON A DAILY BASIS INCLUDING TRASH AND DEBRIS GENERATED BY TENANT SUPPLIED AND/OR INSTALLED ITEMS, AT NO TIME WILL PIPES, WIRES, BOARD, OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS CROSS PUBLIC AREAS WHERE HARM COULD BE CAUSED TO THE PUBLIC. 2. MALL DOORS ARE NOT TO BE PROPPED OPEN BY CONSTRUCTION WORKERS AT ANY TIME. 3. THERE WILL BE NO STORAGE OF MATERIAL OR RUBBISH IN CORRIDORS OR OTHER LANDLORDAREAS AT ANY TIME. IF DEBRIS IS FOUND IN THIS AREA, IT WILL BE REMOVED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR THAT IS RESPONSIBLE. 4. ALL SUB TRADES SHALL COORDINATE REMOVAL OF DEBRIS AND GARBAGE GENERATED BY THEIR TRADES WITH THE G.C. 5. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS INCLUDING PACKAGING MATERIAL OF MILLWORK, E. ROOF CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR, IF SO REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD, ENGAGED BY TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR WILL, AT SUBTRADES WRITTEN REQUEST AND COST, PROVIDE THE OPENINGS, ANCHORING DEVISES, CURBS, FLASHINGS, PATCHING, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR TENANTS EQUIPMENT SO AS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY AND GUARANTEE OF THE ROOF. ALL SUBTRADES SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF SUCH OPENINGS, ETC. IN THEIR PROPOSALS TO TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DURING BIDDING. SUBTRADES SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND/OR ROOFING CONTRACTOR AND ALSO REIMBURSE HIM FOR SAME. 3. ROOF REPAIRS OR PENETRATIONS REQUIRED BY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT (CUTTING OF ROOF AND DECK MATERIAL AND/OR REPAIR OF THE SAME) SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. F. DELIVERIES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING ALL TENANT PROVIDED ITEMS AT THE JOB SITE INCLUDING A HEAVY AMOUNT OF MILLWORK WHICH IS TENANT SUPPLIED. THESE TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS SHALL BE THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD, STORE, AND DELIVER TO PROPER STORE AREAS WHEN REQUIRED. SEE TITLE SHEET, "GENERAL NOTES", FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES, PROCEDURES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ACCEPTABLE HOURS FOR DELIVERY AND LOCATION OF DELIVERY OF BUILDING PRODUCTS AND TENANTS ITEMS WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. 01041 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1-GENERAL A. ALL PROJECT COORDINATION SHALL BE THROUGH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AS LISTED ON TITLE SHEET. B. COMPLY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S PROCEDURES FOR INTRA-PROJECT COMMUNICATIONS; SUBMITTALS, REPORTS AND RECORDS, SCHEDULES, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, RECOMMENDATIONS; AND RESOLUTION OF AMBIGUITIES AND CONFLICTS, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS. 01200 PRICE, PAYMENT, AND CONTRACT PART 1-GENERAL A. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL PREPARE A BID, WHICH SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTAINED WITHIN BID DOCUMENT PACKAGE. B. PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR PROJECT WILL BE ON A MONTHLY SUBMITTAL OF AIA DOCUMENT #G702 AND #G703 "APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT" UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUESTED BY TENANT, G CONTRACT SHALL BE AIA DOCUMENT #A107 "STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR". 01400 QUALITY/GUARANTEE PART 1-GENERAL A. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED BY TRADESMEN AND MECHANICS QUALIFIED, THROUGH EXPERIENCE, IN THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES. SAID CONTRACTORS SHALL REMOVE AND REPLACE WITHOUT DELAY AND WORK CONTRARY TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHEN SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, 01426 PROCEDURES PART 1-GENERAL A. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING STANDARD PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES USING FASTENERS, ADHESIVES AND METHODS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER AND INDUSTRY MANUALS. 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1-GENERAL A, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PROVISIONS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES INCLUDING ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING, HEAT, VENTILATION, TELEPHONE SERVICE, WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES. G.C. TO INCLUDE A FULL TIME PHONE AND FAX ON SITE CAPABLE OF INCOMING CALLS DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. JLUffl, Mw ) 01542 CRANES AND HOISTS PART 1-GENERAL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUB -CONTRACTOR ARE RESPONSIBLE AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CRANES, HOISTS, SCAFFOLDING, PLATFORMS, ETC., REQUIRED FOR ERECTION OF BUILDING COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL RELATED FEES, PERMITS, ETC. PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND EXISTING IN -PLACE WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 01700 CLEANING / ADJUSTING / MAINTENANCE / WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL A. FINAL CLEANING 1. REMOVE WASTE AND SURPLUS MATERIALS, RUBBISH AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROM SITE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICE TO EXECUTE FINAL CLEANING PRIOR TO TURN -OVER- SEE TITLE SHEET, "GENERAL NOTES", FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. ADJUSTING 1. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 MIT DATA BOUND IN 8-1 2x11 INCH TEXT PAGES THREE D SIDE RING SUB OU / G BINDER WITH DURABLE PLASTIC COVERS. 2, PREPARE BINDER COVER WITH PRINTED TITLE "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", WITH TITLE OF PROJECT, LOCATION AND DATE, AND SUBMIT TO TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. D- WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1. EXECUTE AND ASSEMBLE TRANSFERABLE WARRANTY DOCUMENTS FROM SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND MANUFACTURERS. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 02000 - SITE WORK 02060 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1-GENERAL A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1. THIS SECTION IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE OF WORK TO BE REMOVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. CONSULT DEMOLITION PLANS INCLUDED WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SITE SPECIFIC ITEMS. 3. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING INTERIORS, IF REQUIRED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INTERIOR PARTITIONS, CABINETS, SUSPENDED CEILING TILE, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, ETC., AS REQUIRED, AS SHOWN OR AS DIRECTED. 4. ALL ITEMS INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO BE DEMOLISHED OR REMOVED TO BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF IN COORDINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LANDLORD PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE RELOCATED OR REINSTALLED TO BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER RE -USE. ANY ITEMS STORED DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE PROTECTED TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT 6, ALL ITEMS INDICATED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN, SHALL BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER CONTINUED RE -USE. PROTECT ALL ITEMS SUFFICIENTLY DURING CONSTRUCTION TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT. 7. COOPERATE AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, THE TENANTS OF THE ADJACENT SPACES AND THE TENANT, IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. 8. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SPECIFIC DEMOLITION ITEMS UNDER THOSE TRADES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK AND INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS FROM REQUIRED EXITS. INCLUDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND LAND -LORD REQUIREMENTS. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, REPAIR, RESTORE, AND REPLACE WHERE ANY SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CUT ALL NECESSARY OPENINGS, AND PATCH/REPAIR/SEAL SAME TO DEGREE NECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL REQUIREMENTS. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL PROTRUSIONS, MARKS, CRACKS OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF A DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED CONDITION SHALL BE ELIMINATED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ANY PARTS WHICH ARE SPLIT, CRACKED, CHIPPED, SPALLED, BROKEN, MISSING, OR OUT OF LINE OR ADJUSTMENT, MECHANICALLY OR STRUCTURALLY UNSAFE OR UNSOUND, BENT, TORN OR OTHERWISE DEFICIENT OR INJURED IN ANY MANNER, SHALL BE REMOVED, REPLACED, RESTORED OR REPAIRED. LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT, AND TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MUST BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY STRUCTURAL OR SAFETY DEFECTS, AND ONLY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF THE DEFECT(S) ARE LIMITED TO COSMETIC FINISHES. C. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT ANYUTILITY OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH MIGHT PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER MALL SPACES OR TENANTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE. D. ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES, DRAIN LINES, AND ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS SHALL BE CAPPED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED IN A MANNER TO MEET ALL LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SEVERE DISCREPANCIES OR IRREGULARITIES DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION WHICH MIGHT AFFECT THE CURRENT STORE DESIGN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO AVAILABLE HEIGHT FOR INTENDED CEILING ELEVATION, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND RECESSED LIGHTING. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ERECT CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AND DEBRIS/DUCT SCREENS PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING, REPAIRING AND LEVELING OF THE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB, REPAIR OF DEMISING WALLS AND ROOF DECK AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION.000RDINATE WITH LANDLORD RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMING ANY AND ALL ROOF WORK. DIVISION 03000 - CONCRETE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL A, PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONCRETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF "AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE" CODES AND STANDARDS INCLUDING ACI 301, ACI 315, AND ACI 318. C. CONCRETE STRENGTHS ARE AS FOLLOWS: CLASS 13000 PSI INTERIOR SLABS (OR MIN.REQUIRED PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS.) D. REINFORCEMENT (PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) L BONDING AGENT (IF REQUIRED) 1. "SONOBOND" EPDXY CONCRETE BONDING AGENT OR EQUAL a. MANUFACTURER: CHEMTREX, INC. 889 VALLEY PARK DRIVE SHAKOPEE, MINNESOTA 55379-1854 2. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION PROCEDURE ASTM C881 F. VAPOR BARRIER 1. SLAB ON GRADES TO RECEIVE 6 MIL. CLEAR OR BLACK POLYETHYLENE FILM WITH MINIMUMOF 12" OVERLAP. TAPE ALL SEAMS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONCRETE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR STRENGTH, CONSISTENCY PROPORTIONS AND HANDLING OF CONCRETE. B. VERIFY THAT COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE IS IN PLACE AND READY TO SUPPORT PAVINGAND IMPOSED LOADS. C. VERIFY GRADIENT AND ELEVATIONS OF BASE ARE CORRECT. THICKNESS AND REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. D. IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, PROTECT PAVEMENT FROM MECHANICAL INJURY. E. DEPOSIT CONCRETE WITHIN ANY ONE SECTION CONTINUOUSLY SO THAT NO CONCRETE WILL BE PLACED ON OLDER CONCRETE WHICH HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY TO RESULT IN SEAMS AND PLANES OF WEAKNESS WITHIN SECTION. F. PLACE SLABS FOR FULL THICKNESS IN ONE OPERATION, WITHOUT CHANGES IN PROPERTIES; SCREED TO PROPER ELEVATION; FLOAT AND LIGHTLY TROWEL. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, WHEN CONCRETE HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY TO RING UNDER TROWEL, GIVE SLAB SECOND TROWELING TO PRODUCE SMOOTH, DENSE SURFACE. DUSTING OF SURFACES WITH CEMENT IS PROHIBITED. % OPTIMUM DENSITY. PROVIDE MIN. 6" COMPACTED G. COMPACT SUB GRADE FOR SLABS ON GRADE TO 95 CRUSHED GRAVEL SUB -BASE AT ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW CONCRETE, H. FINISHES 1. GIVE TYPICAL INTERIOR FLOOR SLABS A STEEL TROWEL FINISH WITH CLASS A TOLERANCE (TRUE PLANES WITHIN 1/8 IN 10 FT. AS DETERMINED BY A 10 FOOT STRAIGHTEDGE PLACED ANYWHERE ON SLAB IN ANY DIRECTION). I. PROVIDE SAW CUT CONTROL JOINTS 1/8" WIDTH x 1" DEEP AT MAXIMUM 400 SQUARE FOOT AREA. J. APPLY BONDING AGENT (AS SPECIFIED) TO ADJACENT CONCRETE SURFACES IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. K. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL:1/2" PRE MOLDED ASPHALT IMPREGNATED FIBERBOARD, SAME DEPTH AS CONCRETE. 03732 CONCRETE REPAIR PART 1-GENERAL A. THE EXTENT OF CONCRETE REPAIR WORK INCLUDES REMAINING FLOOR AREAS AFTERDEMOLITION PROVIDING A LEVEL FLOOR THROUGHOUT TO RECEIVE FUTURE FINISHES. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF ITEMS AND FINISHES BY OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING THOSE ITEMS AND FINISHES PROVIDED AND/OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. C. FLOOR LEVELER CONCRETE TO BE INSTALLED AT LOW AREAS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH CRACKS AND BROKEN CONCRETE WITH FLOOR PATCH TROWELED SMOOTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. UNDERLAYMENT COMPOUND TO BE FREE FLOWING, SELF -LEVELING, PUMPABLE, AND CEMENT -BASED FOR APPLICATIONS FROM ONE INCH THICK TO FEATHERED EDGES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A, CONCRETE REPAIR 1. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL VISITING THE SITE AND DETERMINING CONDITIONS TO DECIDE METHODS OF REPAIR. COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. 3. THOROUGHLY CLEAN FLOOR SLAB REMOVING CONDITIONS THAT WILL AFFECT BOND INCLUDING RESIDUE FROM REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES, UNDERLAYMENTS, STAINS, OILS, ETC. 4. REMOVE HIGH FLOOR LEVELS AND LOOSE CONCRETE. 5. ROUGH IN CONCRETE IN AREAS WHERE PATCHING IS REQUIRED, SUCH AS CRACKED, SPALLED, OR HOLES DUE TO REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. 6. GRIND HIGH SPOTS. 7. AT LOCATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN EXISTING SLAB, CONTINUE JOINTS THROUGH NEW FLOOR IN LEVELING AREA. SAW CUT JOINT OR PLACE 1/16" WIDE METAL BAR IN THE JOINT LOCATION COINCIDENT WITH EXISTING. 8. TRENCH ONLY AT SLAB ON GRADE. VERIFY AND GET APPROVAL OF TRENCH OR CORE LOCATIONS WITH THE LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE AND MALL STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETING ANY WORK. CORES TO BE SEALED WATERPROOF. SEE SECT. 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" FOR ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING INFORMATION. CLEAN AREAS REMOVING ALL WASTE MATERIAL, BROOM CLEAN. I NUV i 6 DIVISION 04000 - MASONRY NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DIVISION 05000 - METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORT MEMBERS, ANGLES, PLATES, ANCHOR BOLTS REQUIRED FOR THE CONNECTION, SETTING AND BEARING OF COMPLETE STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. SEE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS J STANDARDS. C, THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE PROJECT IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND TO INSURE STABILITY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS AND ADEQUACY OF TEMPORARY SUPPORT DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY BRACING, GUY OR TIE DOWNS MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL IS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF APPLIED, THEY SHALL BE REMOVED AS CONDITIONS PERMIT AND SHALL REMAIN CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY. D. PROVIDE OPENINGS AND SPECIAL FRAMING REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES. MECHANICAL FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS, AND STRUCTURE RELATED TO MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN SIGN -OFF FROM MECHANICAL AND OTHER TRADES FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS BEFORE PROCEEDING Q OCEED NG WITH SUCH WORK. ARCHITECT'S OR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF ERECTION AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM THIS RESPONSIBILITY. E. VERIFY THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. F. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT INDICATING SHOP AND ERECTION DETAILS, INCLUDING CUTS, CONNECTIONS, HOLES, THREADED FASTENERS AND WELDS. G. PRE -ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN SHOP TO GREATEST POSSIBLE EXTENT TO MINIMIZE FIELD SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR RE -ASSEMBLY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION. H. WELDING PROCEDURES, WELDERS, WELDING OPERATIONS AND TACKERS SHALL BE QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS-D1,1- "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE", L FABRICATOR SHALL BE A MEMBER OF AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, J. FABRICATE STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS" AND "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE". 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, FABRICATOR SHALL DESIGN / DETAIL CONNECTIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH AISC STANDARD FOR FORCES AND MOMENTS SHOWN, 2. WHERE FASTENING SPACINGS OR SIZES ARE NOT SHOWN, CONTRACTOR SHALL USE SPACINGS AND SIZES OF BOLTS, SCREWS, WELDS, ETC., WHICH WILL DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE MEMBERS BEING FASTENED. THUS FAILURE DUE TO OVER -STRESSING MUST OCCUR IN THE MEMBERS BEFORE OCCURRING IN THE FASTENINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. PRE -ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN SHOP TO GREATEST POSSIBLE EXTENT TO MINIMIZE FIELD SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR RE -ASSEMBLY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION. B. SHOP CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED. C. FIELD CONNECTIONS: HIGH STRENGTH FASTENERS SHALL BE USED FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS. 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL FY 36 KSI STEEL, ASTM A36. 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING: FY 46 KSI COLD -FORMED TUBING EXCEPT ROUND, ASTM A500-68, GRADE B. 3. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, GRADE B. 4. ANCHOR BOLT: CONFORM TO ASTM A307. 5. WELDING ELECTRODES: ASTM A233, E-70 OR BETTER. 6. HIGH STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS: ASTM A325 OR A-490. 7. METAL STUDS: SIZE ACCORDING TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS x 20 GAUGE STEEL AT 16" O.C. TRACKS TO BE ANCHORED BY MEDIUM POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS @ 24" O.C. nEECEEIVE D 8. EXTERIOR / INTERIOR METAL STUDS: SIZE ACCORDING VTY OF TUKkv11 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS X 25 GAUGE AT 16" O.C.. 9. SHOP PAINT PRIMER: STANDARD PRIMER: sFP 23 2020 a. SSPC PAINT 15 b. TNEMEC 1009 GRAY METAL PRIMER PERMIT CEENTE C. MARTIN-SENOUR CO. #664 RED OXIDE ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER d. PRATT AND LAMBERT NOXIDE 107, ONE DAY PRIMER -GRAY. E. STEEL SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE FROM OIL, DIRT, LOOSE MILL SCALE AND ANY OTHER SUBSTANCE THAT WOULD IMPAIR WELDING, PERFORMANCE OF FRICTION -TYPE BOLTED. 05400 METAL FRAMING LIGHT GAUGE (COLD -FORMED) METAL FRAMING PART 1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING MEMBERS FOR INTERIOR WALL PARTITIONS AND CEILING SUSPENSION COMPONENTS. 1. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE ALL TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS, BRACES, CLIP ANGLES, ACCESSORIES, FASTENERS, ETC. FOR EACH TYPE OF FRAMING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. a. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE - DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES SHALL COMPLY WITH AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS". C. MATERIALS: 1. 18 GAUGE AND LIGHTER COMPONENTS: FABRICATE COMPONENTS OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, ASTM A446 FOR GALVANIZED FINISH WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 33,000 PSI. e aroo w.arwi.:..u,�on�wo o�(snloss.co» y 64rezmay e*mk eertcm:br,ttornz 0�1 (et%a3s.mw STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD r 0- Do O--I- 0 O V0 OC x C) Q,2 4 IU O0- a J) o J �o <C o Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Ae-v-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Seal C N � C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 RLCI TERID p`¢ (i 11l;F!?xE:T 2 STAT 1',r `e'lkSN!i tiTJtr' Architect / Engineer Job No.; 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: L�R Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.O ISSUED FOR: 21 Construction Title SPECIFICATIONS 1 OF 4 Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF G003 Checked By CM REVIEWED FOR LIANCE CODE COMPIIED SPECIFICATIONS (2 OF ) - N0V 16 2020 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: City of Tukwila NE)ODRE BUILDING DIVISION ' 2. 16 GAUGE AND HEAVIER COMPONENTS: FABRICATE COMPONENTS b. CERTIFICATES: FURNISH AFFIDAVIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OFFICIAL PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION b. MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER COMPANY, INC., NORCROSS, GA D. IT IS THE GLAZING CONTRACTORS SOLE RES •4w E". nPl-NIwnOH- e.;Is,31]ss.- e°"°°^"�a'°'kE'nG, y,CT° 6 0.1 fi 1431- OF STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, ASTM A446 FOR GALVANIZED STATING THAT MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A. REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MIGHT UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP., ROCK HILL SC THAT THE GLASS IS SIZED TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS, POSITIVE AND FINISH WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 50,000 PSI. SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT MOISTURE CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT, IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. C. FINAL FINISHES MUST MATCH EXACTLY. COLORS TO BE AS NEGATIVE LIVE LOADS, ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF GLASS AS 3. METAL STUDS: AISI "C" TYPE STRUCTURAL STUDS; SIZES, GAUGES DOES NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED LIMITS; INCLUDE CHEMICAL USED AND B. CLEAN AND PRIME JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. STORE #79779 AND SPACINGS SHOWN OR REQUIRED IF NOT SHOWN; WITH 1-5/8" RETENTION OBTAINED FOR PRESSURE TREATED MATERIAL. INCLUDE THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAME. E. MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR STOREFRONT GLASS: SOUTHCENTER MALL (41MM) MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH, 1J2" (13MM) MINIMUM RETURNS AND "QUALITY MARK" OF ASSOCIATION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE C. PROTECT ELEMENTS SURROUNDING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION 1. KAWNEER (SEE PARAGRAPH 3 OF THIS SECTION) TRIFAB II 451 SERIES, 1. CLEAR GLASS - ASTM C1048, FT -FULLY TEMP., QUALITY-q3 GLAZING SPACE " #41 6 PRE -PUNCHED HOLES FOR UTILITY INSTALLATION. TREATMENT. FROM DAMAGE OR DISFIGURATION. (MULLION, RAIL, POST AND BASE SIZES AS PER PLANS AND DETAILS) FOR SELECT. SEATTLE, WA 98188 a. 18-22 GAUGE (0.05" / 1.2MM - 0.03" / 0.8MM): ASTM A446/A446M C. DELIVER TREATED MATERIALS BUNDLED AND MARKED TO IDENTIFY D. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INFILL WITH 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. 2. THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 KSI (228 MPA). TREATMENT. INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL INTERNAL SUPPORT FRAMING, RELATED 3, EACH INDIVIDUAL PANE TO RECEIVE TEMPERED STAMP INDICATING b. 12-16 GAUGE (0.11"/2.7MM - 0.06"/1.5MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE d. STORE TREATED MATERIALS FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION AND E. INSTALL JOINT BACKING. FLASHINGS, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. SUCH. Construction for: A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 40 KSI (276 MPA). PROTECT FROM MOISTURE; PROVIDE WELL VENTILATED DRY STORAGE. F. APPLY SEALANT WITHIN RECOMMENDED APPLICATION 3. MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER COMPANY, INC., NORCROSS, GA F. MATERIAL FOR EXTERIOR STOREFRONT IN METAL GLAZING SYSTEM. 4. TRACK: ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 e. HANDLE TREATED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA TEMPERATURE RANGES. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN SEALANT UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP., ROCK HILL, SC 1. INSULATED GLASS UNITS - LOW E - TYPE SG-B - ASTM E774 AND KSI (228 MPA); FORMED STEEL: CHANNEL SHAPED; SAME WIDTH AND STANDARDS. IN ADDITION TO USED IN TREATMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL CANNOT BE APPLIED WITHIN THESE TEMPERATURE RANGES. 4. FINAL FINISH MUST MATCH EXACTLY COLORS AS SPECIFIED ON E773 DOUBLE PANE WITH GLASS ELASTOMER EDGE SEAL; OUTER PANE OF QVQ GAUGE AS ADJACENT STUDS. EXCEPTION: TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK MATERIAL FOR FIELD TREATMENT \ MATERIAL OF CUTS. FINISH SCHEDULE, IF EXACT COLOR IS NOT AVAILABLE THROUGH CLEAR GLASS, INNER PANE OF LOW E CLEAR GLASS ON CLEAR COLOR 0 0 (RUNNERS) REQUIRING ATTACHMENT OF METAL PANELS SHALL BE f. FIELD CUTS AND HOLES: FIELD -TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA END OF DIVISION MANUFACTURER PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD PAINT. GLASS. - MINIMUM 14 GAUGE (0.08"J1.9MM). M-4. C. GLAZING a. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS UNITS WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN OR o 5. FASTENINGS: DIVISION 08000 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 1. EXTERIOR -112" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS FOR INFILL INTO GLAZING AS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL CODES. 11, p a. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SELF -DRILLING, SELF -TAPPING TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS. 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES FRAME. U. V SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. NON -CORROSIVE. PART 1 - GENERAL PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION o 0 b. ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS, DRILLED PART 2 -PREPARATION /EXECUTION A. INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE AND RELATED PARTS PART 2 - PREPARATION J EXECUTION A. VERIFY THAT OPENINGS FOR GLAZING ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND J EXPANSION BOLTS, OR SCREW WITH SLEEVES. AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY A. VERIFY DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND ATTACHMENTS AND SHIMS WITHIN TOLERANCE. u 2 C. WELDING: COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE". A. SET MEMBERS LEVEL AND PLUMB, IN CORRECT POSITION. SCHEDULE. TO PERMIT SUFFICIENT ADJUSTMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES OF GLAZING CHANNELS OR RECESSES ARE A. MANUFACTURERS: B. COORDINATE PARAPET AND FLASHING NAILER INSTALLATION WITH B. LABELED DOORS: WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE U.L. LABEL DOORS IRREGULARITIES, CLEAN, FREE OF OBSTRUCTIONS THAT MAY IMPEDE MOISTURE - � 1. MILCOR J DIVISION OF INRYCO, INC. BY BOSTWICK STEEL FRAMING, INSTALLATION OF ROOFING. SEE SECTION 01005, E, "ROOF CUTTING AND AND FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. SUCH B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND MOVEMENT, WEEPS ARE CLEAR, AND READY TO RECEIVE GLAZING. O o THE CECO ALLIED STRUCTURAL INDUSTRIES; DIETRICH INDUSTRIES OR PATCHING". TO RECEIVE LABELS ATTACHED STATING RATINGS. PROCEDURES. C. CUT GLASS PANES TO ACCURATE SIZES ALLOWING FOR EDGE u ED .� EQUAL. C. INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS WITH C. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB AND SQUARE AS SPECIFIED C. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN FRAMING AND BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL CLEARANCES AND TOLERANCES. p o PLYWOOD SHEATHING MATERIAL WHERE REQUIRED. SIZE THE BACK AND AS DETAILED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. BE SEALED TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT INSTALLATION. D. INSTALL SEALANTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER WHICH ARE n x 06100 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING BOARD BY 12 INCHES BEYOND SIZE OF ELECTRICAL PANEL. D. INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES FOR INSTALLATION D. INSTALL SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS AT PERIMETER OF COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS THEY WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH. _J � � PART 1 - GENERAL AT DRYWALL AND METAL STUD PARTITIONS. "TYPE FRAME. E. REMOVE GLAZING MATERIALS FROM FINISH SURFACES. V) o CD A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, GROUNDS AND 06210 MILLWORK AND FINISH CARPENTRY 1. DOORS - 1 3/4" THICK FLUSH MOUNTED B" AS F. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. CLEAN GLASS AND UJ `L IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, PART 1 - GENERAL MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT. SURFACES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND 08710 DOOR HARDWARE ADJACENT SURFACES, CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM AND SIMILAR WORK. A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISHED TRIM, CABINETRY, COUNTERS, RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. PART 1 - GENERAL 1. BLOCKING AND GROUNDS AT STOREFRONT GLAZING, LOCATIONS DOORS, AND ALL FINISH ITEMS SUCH AS LAMINATES AND FINISH DOOR a. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE. A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE FOR INTERIOR AND 08835 MIRROR Revisions: AT WEATHER AREAS, AND IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE HARDWARE, AS INDICATED AND DETAILED ON PLANS. b. PROVIDE 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES, AND 14 GA. EXTERIOR DOORS, ROLLING GRILLES AND WINDOWS. PART 1 - GENERAL PRESSURE TREATED. B. SEE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS, SIZES, REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. B. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS, MANUFACTURERS AND A. FURNISH AND INSTALL CUSTOM FITTED MIRRORS INCLUDING Mark Date By 2. USE NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) WOOD DIMENSIONS. 2. FRAMES - 2" FRONT FACE -16 GA. HOLLOW METAL WITH MODEL NUMBERS. MASTIC AND ATTACHMENT CLIPS AS SIZED AND DETAILED IN DRAWINGS A 12-18-19 ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING ANY C. FOLLOW AWI (ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE) CONTINUOUSLY WELDED CORNERS. SURFACES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED C. FOLLOW DHI (DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE) STANDARDS AND AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. REFER TO TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES LANDLORD COMMENTS WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, FURRING, PLYWOOD, TRIM AND GROUNDS. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS. AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. GUIDELINES AND AWI (AMERICAN WOODWORKING INSTITUTE) FOR TENANT -PROVIDED MIRRORS IN LAVATORY. VERIFY WITH TENANT'S NEW LUMBER TO BEAR GRADE AND TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATION UNDER a. PROVIDE 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES AND 14 GA. STANDARDS FOR HARDWARE INSTALLED ON WOOD DOORS. PROJECT MANAGER. Q 2-28-20 WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. D. FIRE RATED HARDWARE SHALL FOLLOW GUIDELINES AS B. CONSULT NAMM (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MIRROR BUILDING DFPARTMENT COMMENTS a. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT FOR WOOD SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. A. DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL ITEMS UNTIL BUILDING AND ROOMS b. INSTALL ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR 4" DOWN FROM HEAD AND ESTABLISHED BY: MANUFACTURING) FOR TIPS FOR CARE AND HANDLING OF MIRRORS. 1) PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: RECEIVING SUCH ARE COMPLETED AND THOROUGHLY DRY AND FREE OF WELDED -IN BASE ANCHOR AT EACH JAMB. 1, NFPA 80 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS. C. PRODUCT: 0 914.2020 OWNER COMMENTS a) MOISTURE CONTENT: AFTER TREATMENT, THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE EXCESSIVE MOISTURE. 2. NFPA 101 - LIFE SAFETY CODE. 1. CLEAR FLOAT TYPE WITH COPPER/SILVER COATING. UNLESS NOTED CONTENT OF WOOD MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: B• MILLWORK AND CABINETRY MAY BE SHOP OR FIELD ASSEMBLED AT PART 2 - PREPARATION /EXECUTION 3. NFPA 252 FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. OTHERWISE, ALL EDGES SHALL BE POLISHED. B-27-2020 i. LUMBER, 2 INCHES AND LESS IN THICKNESS: 19 PERCENT. CONTRACTORS OPTION. A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI-100. 4. UL 10B - SAFETY FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. D. MIRROR ADHESIVE: CHEMICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH MIRROR OWNER COMMENTS ii. PLYWOOD: 15 PERCENT C. INSTALL ITEMS IN A RIGID, STRAIGHT, PLUMB, LEVEL MANNER B. COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR 5. UL 305 - SAFETY PANIC HARDWARE. COATING AND WALL SUBSTRATE. ZL b) FLAME SPREAD: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS TO HAVE FLAME ACCURATELY FITTED AND SCRIBED TO ABUTTING SURFACES. PLACEMENT. E. FURNISH OWNER WITH MAINTENANCE DATA, MAINTENANCE SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS IN A 30 MINUTE TEST WITH NO EVIDENCE D. COUNTERSINK NAILS AND SCREW HEADS AND PATCH AND SAND C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF PROCEDURES, MANUFACTURERS WARRANTIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION, ASTM E 84, ADDITIONALLY, SMOOTH. DOORS AND HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE AND ON F. FINISHES: AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULES, A. VERIFY AREAS RECEIVING MIRRORS ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES AND FLAME FRONT NOT TO PROGRESS MORE THAN 10112 FEET BEYOND E. CUTTING AND REPAIRING OF THIS WORK FOR ACCOMMODATION DRAWINGS. G. KEYING ARE READY TO RECEIVE MATERIAL. Architect J Engineer of Record CENTER LINE OF BURNER AT ANY TIME. OF WORK BY OTHERS SHALL BE DONE AS PART OF MILLWORK FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE KEYING AND MASTER B. PLACE PLUMB AND LEVEL WITHOUT VISIBLE DISTORTION. c) SMOKE DEVELOPED: INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS, WHERE RESPONSIBILITY, KEYING WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. STORE, PROTECT, AND INSTALL MIRRORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED, TO HAVE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT CONFORMING TO F. FINISH WOODWORK SHALL BE DRESSED AND SANDED, FREE FROM 08110 INSULATED STEEL DOORS 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CONSTRUCTION CORES NAMM. ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR "FLAME SPREAD" PLUS SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25 OR LESS, ASTM E 84. MACHINE AND TOOL MARKS, ABRASIONS, RAISED GRAIN OR OTHER DEFECTS. PART 1 - GENERAL A. NON -RATED THERMALLY INSULATED STEEL DOORS AT EXTERIOR DURING CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACE WITH PERMANENT AT END OF JOB PRIOR TO TURN -OVER. D. SET MIRRORS WITH EDGE CLEARANCE FREE OF SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING COUNTERTOPS OR BACKSPLASHES. b. CERTIFICATES: FURNISH AFFIDAVIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OFFICIAL G. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT, OPENINGS. H. SEE SECTION ON ALUMINUM ENTRANCES FOR HARDWARE SPECIFIC E. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. STATING THAT MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1. DOORS THERMALLY INSULATED L-16 WITH POLYSTYRENE CORE TO THOSE DOORS F. CLEAN MIRRORS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT MOISTURE CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT, 06424 LAMINATES (R=7.7): SDI-100 GRADE AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT, CINCINNATI, I. MANUFACTURERS: C 0 R T L A N D DOES NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED LIMITS; INCLUDE CHEMICAL USED AND PART 1 - GENERAL OHIO, OR EQUAL. FRAMES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT 1. HINGES: STANLEY EBB 179 AVERAGE FREQUENCY, OR EQUAL. END OF DIVISION M 0 R G A N RETENTION OBTAINED FOR PRESSURE TREATED MATERIAL. INCLUDE THE A. INSTALL HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. EXTERIOR DOORS TO RECEIVE TAMPERPROOF BUTTS AND/OR LATCH A R C H I T E C T "QUALITY MARK" OF ASSOCIATION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE SCHEDULE AND AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. a. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE. GUARDS. 09120 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS TREATMENT. b. PROVIDE 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT CLOSER AND LOCKS AND 8 2. LOCKS ETS/LATCH ES: SCHLAGE D-SERIES, SPARTA DESIGN w/ROSE, PART 1 - GENERAL C. DELIVER TREATED MATERIALS BUNDLED AND MARKED TO IDENTIFY PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES. OR EQUAL. LOCKSETS TO RECEIVE INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CYLINDERS A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS WITH EXPOSED SUSPENSION 711 N. FIELDER RD. TREATMENT, A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 2. FRAME -12 GA. COLD ROLLED STEEL, ARC WELDED AT CORNERS TO ACCEPT "BEST CORE". SEE KEYING NOTES THIS SECTION. GRID, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ARLINGTON, Tx 76012 d. STORE TREATED MATERIALS FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION AND FOR ADHESIVE AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION, AND GROUND SMOOTH AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT OR EQUAL. 3. CLOSERS: NORTON - POWER ADJUSTABLE CLOSER FOR BARRIER B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND ACOUSTIC PANELS AS LISTED ON PH: (817) 635-5696 PROTECT FROM MOISTURE; PROVIDE WELL VENTILATED DRY STORAGE. B. SEE MILLWORK SECTION FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND REFERENCES, FRAMES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON FREE OPERATION. SERIES 8301 BE OR EQUAL. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. FAX: (817) 635-5699 e. HANDLE TREATED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. 4. THRESHOLDS, SWEEPS AND WEATHER STRIPPING: C. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND STANDARDS. IN ADDITION TO USED IN TREATMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL END OF DIVISION a. PROVIDE 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT CLOSER AND LOCKS AND 8 GA. THERMAL BARRIER SADDLE THRESHOLD - PEMKO #252X2AFG, FINISHES. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES, CEILING ASSEMBLIES ARE TO Seal MATERIAL FOR FIELD TREATMENT \ MATERIAL OF CUTS. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES. MAXIMUM HEIGHT 112", OR EQUAL. CONFORM WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES DESIGN FOR ONE HOUR f. FIELD CUTS AND HOLES: FIELD TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA DIVISION 07000 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION b. INSTALL MINIMUM THREE (3) JAMB ANCHORS AND BASE ANCHORS DOOR BOTTOM SWEEP - PEMKO #315CN, OR EQUAL. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 8e97 M 4. 07200 INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING EACH SIDE. RIGID JAMB WEATHERSTRIP - PEMKO #303AV, OR EQUAL. 1 I t PART 1 - GENERAL 5. STOPS, KICKPLATES AND SILENCER; PART 2 -PREPARATION /EXECUTION ,, 3. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS. A. FOR INSULATION REQUIRED AT DUCKWORK, PLUMBING LINES, ETC. SEE MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION WALL STOP IVES #407, OR EQUAL A. AT TIME OF COMPLETION, DELIVER TWO PACKAGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO THE TENANT OF EACH TYPE OF MATERIAL t A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI 100. FLOOR STOP IVES #436, OR EQUAL USED, FOR FUTURE REPLACEMENT USE. cD Lr"-,(+![S 1%IC:"i, B. BATT INSULATION B. COORDINATE WITH MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR DOOR SILENCER - IVES #20, OR EQUAL B. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635 FOR INTERMEDIATE - DUTY CLASS SYSTEM. SIZE SiaiE OF 06100 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL 3 1/2" MIN. THERMAL BATT TYPE INSULATION PLACEMENT. KICKPLATE - IVES #8400, 8" HIGH X FULL WIDTH OF DOOR, OR ATTACHMENT DEVICES FOR FIVE (5) TIMES DESIGN LOAD. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE PART 1 - GENERAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR AS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WHERE C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF EQUAL SCREW TO MATCH KICKPLATE. ONE-WAY VIEWER (PEEP) - IVES GALVANIZED CARBON STEEL, ASTM A641, SOFT TEMPER, PRE -STRETCHED, 12 GA A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, GROUNDS AND SHOWN AND AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE. #696, OR EQUAL. MINIMUM. IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, 2 EXTEND FROM FLOOR TIGHT TO ROOF DECK ABOVE. FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH Architect Engineer JobNo.: 029 CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM AND SIMILAR WORK. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL .004 MIL. VISQUEEN VAPOR BARRIER AT PART 2 PREPARATION 1 EXECUTION GOVERNING REGULATIONS, FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENT AND WITH Nextore store Design Revision No.: 1. BLOCKING AND GROUNDS AT STOREFRONT GLAZING, LOCATIONS EXTERIOR WALLS ON WARM SIDE OF STUDS. 08400 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED NDUSTRY STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. AT WEATHER AREAS, AND IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PART 1 - GENERAL SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERNAL D. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636, WITH PRESSURE TREATED. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE OVER ENTIRE FLOOR OF REST ROOMS A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL ALUMINUM/GLASS DOORS, DOOR REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE AND RECESSED ITEMS. HANGERS SUPPORTED ONLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. OCJ 2. USE NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) WOOD BELOW FINISH FLOORING AND UP WALL A MIN. 4". (ONLY WHERE REST HARDWARE SPECIFICALLY SUPPLIED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER, EXTRUDED B. VERIFY THAT DOORS AND FRAMES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK LOCATE HANGERS NOT LESS THAN 6" FROM EACH END AND SPACE 4'-0" ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING ANY ROOMS ARE LOCATED ABOVE ANOTHER FLOOR.) APPLY PER ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAMES COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES AND GLASS AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED. ALONG EACH CARRYING CHANNEL OR DIRECT -HUNG RUNNER. SECURE Numbe project Number 79779 WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, FURRING, PLYWOOD, TRIM AND GROUNDS. MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND CAULK AS REQ'D. TO MATCH AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. C. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WIRE HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO NEW LUMBER TO BEAR GRADE AND TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATION UNDER ADJACENT FINISHES. 1. ALUMINUM/TEMPERED GLASS ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE INSTRUCTIONS. STRUCTURES TO INSERTS, EYE -SCREWS, OTHER DEVICES WHICH Brand Design type: WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. D. G.C. SHALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLASH AND CAULK ALL KAWNEER (SEE PARAGRAPH 2 OF THIS SECTION) SERIES 350 (SIZES OF D. USE TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE ITEM MANUFACTURER. N ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. RA LC.05 a. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT FOR WOOD SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS SO THAT ODORS OR LIQUIDS WILL NOT VERTICAL STILE AND TOP RAIL AS PER PLANS AND DETAILS) SINGLE E. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. E. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING FOR: 1) PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: PENETRATE THE SLAB AT THESE OPENINGS. SUCH SLEEVES SHALL BE ACTING WITH 112" TEMPERED GLASS INFILL SET WITH ELASTOMERIC AREA AND AT LOCATIONS WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ®SoUED a) MOISTURE CONTENT: AFTER TREATMENT, THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE LANDLORD STANDARD DETAILS GASKETS. 08800 GLAZING ACOUSTICAL UNITS. CONTENT OF WOOD MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: a. HARDWARE - TO INSURE SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY, THE PART 1 - GENERAL F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN COORDINATION WITH I. LUMBER, 2 INCHES AND LESS IN THICKNESS: 19 PERCENT. 07900 JOINT SEALERS / CAULKING FOLLOWING SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE DOOR SUPPLIER A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF GLASS, GLAZING SUSPENSION SYSTEM, WITH EDGES CONCEALED BY SUPPORT OF ii. PLYWOOD:15 PERCENT PART 1 - GENERAL J INSTALLER CHANNELS, SEALANT, SETTING BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN SUSPENSION ,MEMBERS, SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS TO FIT ACCURATELY AT title b) FLAME SPREAD: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS TO HAVE FLAME A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL, SEALANTS HINGING -TOP PATCH AND BOTTOM PIVOTS AND DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS. RECEIVED SPECIFICATIONS SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS IN A 30 MINUTE TEST WITH NO EVIDENCE AND JOINT BACKING FOR JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. CLOSERS - NORTON SERIES 1600 - ONE PER DOOR LEAF B. SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR SIZE AND NUMBER OF PANES. G. INSTALL HOLD-DOWN CLIPS IF REQUIRED BY C06TY OF TLIK IL.A OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION, ASTM E 84, ADDITIONALLY, 1. SILICONE SEALANTS (TYPE S): ASTM C920, SINGLE COMPONENT, PUSH/PULL - KAWNEER 7-2" C. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION CONTAINED IN H. GWB CEILINGS AND SOFFITS TO BE GIVEN A FLAT AND SMOOTH 2 OF 4 FLAME FRONT NOT TO PROGRESS MORE THAN 101/2 FEET BEYOND NON -SAGGING, NON -STAINING, NON -BLEEDING; FOR USE AS GENERAL LOCKS - DEADLOCK: "BEST CORE" THE FGMA (FLOAT GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) GLAZING AND FINISH TO ACCEPT PAINT FINISH. REFER TO SECTION 09250 ",yW2- Y020 CENTER LINE OF BURNER AT ANY TIME. CAULKING. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. MANUFACTURER BY THRESHOLD - MILL FINISH ALUMINUM MAXIMUM 112" HIGH SEALANT MANUALS AS WELL AS SIGMA (SEALED INSULATED GLASS BOARD SYSTEMS". C) SMOKE DEVELOPED: INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS, WHERE GE SILICONES OR EQUAL.2. JOINT BACKING: ROUND, OPEN CELL MANUFACTURE. ASSOCIATION) FOR INSULATED GLASS. PERtJlIT CENTER Date Sheet 12-9-19 SPECIFIED, TO HAVE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT CONFORMING TO POLYETHYLENE FOAM ROD. Drawn By ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR "FLAME SPREAD" PLUS SMOKE DEVELOPED 25 OR LESS, ASTM E 84, 0 STAFF checked By G004 RATING OF CM 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS LEVEL 5 GYPSUM BOARD FINISH SPECIFICATION: A. ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER ALL FLAT JOINTS AND ONE SEPARATE COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER INTERIOR ANGLES. FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE COVERED WITH THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND. A THIN SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OR A MATERIAL MANUFACTURED ESPECIALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE, SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE, THE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. NOTE: IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE PREPARED SURFACE BE COATED WITH A DRYWALL PRIMER PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FINISH PAINT. PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL AND SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING, CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, PARTS, MATERIALS, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. GYPSUM DRYWALL: ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE "X" AS NOTED ON NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN, REST ROOMS TO RECEIVE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. C. FASTENERS: DRYWALL SCREWS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. D. PROVIDE MATERIALS, JOINT COMPOUNDS, TRIM, EDGES, BEADS, ETC. FROM A SINGLE SOURCE SUPPLIER. ALL TRIM SHALL CONSIST OF A TAPERED, GROOVED, AND PREPUNCHED FIN FOR SCREW ATTACHMENT AND TO ACCEPT BONDING AGENT, ALL BUTT JOINTS ARE TO BE NEAT WITH TIGHT JOINTS, AND ALL CORNERS ARE TO BE MITERED. ALL EDGES, BEADS AND TRIM TO BE PRE -FINISH ALUMINUM. E. JOINT TREATMENT: U.S. GYPSUM OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPOUNDS AND PERFORATED TAPE. 1. ERECT GWB IN A SINGLE LAYER IN THE MOST ECONOMICAL DIRECTION WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING, 2. WALLS, CEILINGS AND SOFFITS, AND ALL TRANSITIONS IN SAME, SHALL BE GIVEN A SMOOTH FINISH. 3. CORNER BEADS SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL EXTERNAL ANGLES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. INSTALL CASING BEADS AT ALL EDGES OF DRYWALL WORK EXCEPT WHERE TERMINATION IS COVERED BY OTHER FINISH. CASING BEADS SHALL BE MITERED AT CORNERS AND INSTALLED NEATLY, FINISHED WITH COMPOUND. 4. JOINTS BETWEEN BOARDS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH TAPE EXCEPT WHERE CONTROL JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. TAPE FIELD JOINTS, INTERIOR CORNER JOINTS AND WALL TO CEILING JOINTS. FILL JOINTS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND EMBED TAPE THEREIN. COVER TAPE WITH BEDDING COMPOUND AND TAPER TO FEATHER EDGES. FILL SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND FEATHER THE EDGES. ALLOW TO DRY. S. COVER TAPED AND FILLED JOINTS AND FILLED SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH TOPPING COMPOUND APPLIED IN THREE COATS. PERMITTING THE PREVIOUS COAT TO DRY PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE SUBSEQUENT COAT, 6. SAND JOINT AND SCREW HEAD AREAS LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS AND AFTER THE FINAL COAT SO THAT A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE IS PRODUCED WITH THE PAPER SURFACE OF THE WALLBOARD FREE OF SCUFFING. F. PATCH AND/OR REPAIR EXISTING DRYWALL TO REMAIN TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. LEVEL ANY UNEVEN OR ROUGH SPOTS AND FINISH SMOOTH. BULGES AND VISUAL DEPRESSIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. G. INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD AT ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE TILE OR MARBLE, OR AS SHOWN ON =DRAWINGS. H. ACCESS PANELS: 1. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND SITE CONDITIONS (COORDINATE SIZE REQUIREMENTS, NUMBER OF PANELS REQUIRED AND LOCATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND ALL MECHANICAL TRADES). 2. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE FLUSH TYPE (NO EXPOSED FLANGES) STYLE AS MANUFACTURED BY: INTEX FORMS INC. - GLASS FIBER (GFRG) FLUSH ACCESS PANEL PHONE NUMBER: 650-654-7855 (SIZE AS REQUIRED) 3. PANELS TO BE FACTORY PRIMED (WHITE) READY TO RECEIVE FINAL FINISH PAINT BY G.G. 09300 TILE AND MARBLE PART 1-GENERAL A. MARBLE/CERAMIC/QUARRY TILE: REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. B. INSTALL GROUT AS RECOMMENDED BY THE TILE MANUFACTURER. COLOR OF WALL GROUT TO BE INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. IF NO COLOR IS INDICATED, A GROUT TO MATCH TILE IS TO BE USED. C. ALL CERAMIC TILE BASES INSTALLED SHALL BE SANITARY COVE TYPE. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. BEFORE SETTING ANY TILE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE HIMSELF THAT NO TILES WILL HAVE TO BE REMOVED AFTER INSTALLATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CUTTING, FITTING, DRILLING AND GRINDING OF THE WORK, WHERE NECESSARY IN RELATION TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, SHALL BE PERFORMED SO THAT THE WORK WILL BE NEATLY AND ACCURATELY DONE AND CUT EDGES SHALL BE UNIFORM, B. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS UNDER AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI A-137.1 FOR CERAMIC TILE MATERIAL AND ANSI A-108 FOR INSTALLATION, C. INSTALL PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. D. LAY OUT TILE PATTERN SYMMETRICALLY WITH EVEN JOINT ON ALL FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES. ALIGN JOINTS WITH MALL PATTERN, WHERE APPLICABLE. E. CUT AND DRILL TILE AS REQUIRED WITHOUT MARRING TILE, GRIND AND FIT AROUND FIXTURES, ETC.. LEAVE COMPLETED WORK FREE FROM CRACKED, BROKEN, OR DAMAGED TILE. F. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING OR UNLIKE FINISHES SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH. NO REDUCER STRIPS PERMITTED IN STOREFRONT AREA. H. PROTECT HEAVILY TRAVELED, NEWLY TILED AREAS AS REQUIRED. I. INSTALL TILES USING THINSET METHOD WITH 1/16" JOINTS AT WALLS AND FLOORS. J. SEAL/WAX ALL TILE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 09650 VINYL RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL A. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 1/8" X 12" X 12" VINYL RESILIENT TILES, AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. INSTALL 4" HIGH X 1/8" THICK, TOP SET, COVED VINYL BASE, AT ALL WALLS IN AREAS TO RECEIVE VINYL TILE FLOORING, AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. C. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS AND MANUFACTURER PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. PREP SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW VINYL TILE. B. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS WITH WATERPROOF TYPE ADHESIVES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACES INVOLVED. C. SLOPE FLOOR TILE TO DRAINS. SUBSTRATE MUST ALSO BE SLOPED TO DRAIN. ALL VCT SHALL BE CLEANED, SEALED, AND WAXED BY G.C. PRIOR TO TURNOVER. 096S2 WOOD FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL A. FINISHED WOOD FLOOR AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES. INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. MATERIALS SHALL BE LISTED WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AS TO FIRE AND SLIP RESISTANCE. C. ARCHITECTURAL TRIM, i.e. REDUCER STRIPS, BANDS, PICKETS, ETC., SHALL BE OF SAME MANUFACTURER AND FINISH AS WOOD FLOOR. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BROOM CLEAN FLOORING AS IT IS INSTALLED. PROTECT FLOORING IMMEDIATELY WITH BROWN KRAFT PAPER AND INSTALL MASONITE, ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OR OTHER PROTECTIVE FLOOR PANELS OVER ENTIRE WOOD FLOOR. B. NO FLOORING TO BE EXPOSED UNTIL LAST DAY OF FIXTURING AND PROP INSTALLATION. C. FLOOR CLEAN-UP: FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF WORK BY OTHER TRADES, THE PROTECTIVE COVERING PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION SHOULD BE REMOVED; FOLLOWED BY SWEEPING, VACUUMING AND/OR DRY MOPPING TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE DEBRIS, 09680 CARPET PART 1-GENERAL A. CONDITION CARPET AND ADHESIVES FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS AT A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 65 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. THE FLOOR SHOULD ALSO BE CONDITIONED AT A TEMPERATURE ABOVE 65 DEGREES F FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, THE FLOOR MUST BE SWEPT FREE OF DUST AND DEBRIS. B. NEW CONCRETE MUST BE CURED PREFERABLY FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE INSTALLING CARPET. CHECK THE SLAB FOR ALKALINITY, WHICH SHOULD BE LESS THAN 9.0 pH IF NECESSARY, NEUTRALIZE THE FLOOR WITH AN ACID WASH OF 10 PARTS WATER TO ONE PART MURIATIC ACID AND RINSE THOROUGHLY. A SEALER SHOULD BE USED TO INSURE A GOOD BONDING SURFACE. EXISTING CONCRETE MAY REQUIRE RESEALING TO ASSURE A PROPER SURFACE. C. REMOVE, REPLACE OR PATCH OLD VINYL TILE OR LINOLEUM, STRIP OLD WAX BY MOPPING WITH AMMONIA AND WATER, AND FILL IN GROUT LINES ON CERAMIC FLOORS WITH A LATEX FLASHING COMPOUND, AS APPLICABLE. D. REMOVE ANY FINISHES, WAXES, PAINT, ETC. FROM WOOD FLOORS. THE SURFACE MUST BE LEVEL AND CRACKS MAY REQUIRE A FLASHING COMPOUND. PLYWOOD OR PARTICLE BOARD MAY BE NECESSARY TO OFFSET UNEVEN FLOORS, BUT MUST BE PRIMED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. E. CUT -BACK ADHESIVE MUST BE FLASHED OVER, USING A NOTCHED TROWEL, PATCH AND LET CURE. SMOOTH OVER WITH A SECOND COAT OF PATCH, USING THE FLAT SIDE OF THE TROWEL TO FILL IN THE RIDGES. ALLOW THE NEWLY FLASHED FLOOR TO CURE. F. CARPET CONTRACTOR TO ESTABLISH HIS OWN TAKEOFFS AND COORDINATE HIS TAKEOFFS WITH THE AMOUNT SHIPPED BY TENANT AND CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES, G. INSTALL PER FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH SEAM LAYOUT PRIOR TO CUTTING / INSTALLATION. H. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. H. PROVIDE DIRECT GLUEDOWN INSTALLATION USING MATERIAL AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. SEAL ALL SEAMS WITH SEAM ADHESIVE. I 09700 LAMINATED WOOD FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL A. WOOD LAMINATE FLOORING: REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. B. PREP FLOOR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. C. INSTALL COMPLETE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ALL TRANSITION STRIPS AND EXPANSION JOINTS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE AND STORE MATERIAL. G.C. MUST OPEN BOXES A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF INSTALLATION TO ACCLIMATE PRODUCT TO TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY OF AREA TO RECEIVE INSTALLATION, B. PREPARE SUBFLOOR OR EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. INSTALL POLYETHYLENE FILM ON CONCRETE SUBFLOOR, D. INSTALL "WHISPERWALK". E. INSTALL LAMINATE FLOORING AS A "FLOATING" FLOOR. BEGIN INSTALLATION ALONG WALL WITH TONGUE FACING WALL ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PROCEDURES. APPLY GLUE TO GROOVES WITH PLANKS IN PLACE ON FLOOR. ENSURE JOINTS ARE COMPLETELY SEALED WITH GLUE. DO NOT NAIL, SCREW OR FASTEN FLOORING TO SUBFLOOR. F. PROVIDE ADEQUATE EXPANSION SPACE AT PERIMETER, COLUMNS, AND AT ALL ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. G. INSTALL SPECIFIED BASE OR TRIM AT PERIMETER, COLUMNS, AND AT ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. H. NO FLOORING TO BE EXPOSED UNTIL LAST DAY OF FIXTURING AND MERCHANDISE INSTALLATION. I. FLOOR CLEANUP: FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF WORK BY OTHER TRADES, THE PROTECTIVE COVERING PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION SHOULD BE REMOVED; FOLLOWED BY SWEEPING, VACUUMING AND/OR DRY MOPPING TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE DEBRIS. 09910 PAINTING AND FINISHING PART 1-GENERAL A. THE INTENT IS TO PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THIS PROJECT. FINISH APPEARANCE MUST BE UNIFORM, SMOOTH, AND FREE OF ANY RUNS, SAGS, AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY IF THE NUMBER OF COATS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL COVERAGE IS SATISFACTORY. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PAINT COLORS, MANUFACTURER, ETC. B. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS. ALTERNATES ARE NOT PERMITTED. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED FREE OF LOOSE DIRT AND DUST BEFORE WORK IS STARTED. WASH ALL METAL SURFACES WITH MINERAL SPIRITS BEFORE APPLYING FINISHES. WHERE RUST OR SCALE IS PRESENT, WIRE BRUSH OR SAND CLEAN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. B. PAINTED DRYWALL TO RECEIVE ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT. TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT. TOUCHUP ALL SUCTION SPOTS OR HOT SPOTS AFTER APPLICATION OF FIRST COAT AND BEFORE APPLYING SECOND COAT, TO PRODUCE AND EVEN RESULT IN THE FINISH COAT. DRY ALL COATS THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLYING SUCCEEDING COATS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RECOAT TIME. SEAL ALL DRYWALL SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS. C. PUTTY ALL NAIL HOLES, COUNTERSUNK SCREWS, BOLTS, CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. D. SAND ALL WOOD SURFACES SMOOTH AND EVEN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. E. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR SUCH ITEMS. F. PAINT ALL EXPOSED PIPING, ACCESS DOORS, VENTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED. G. SAND ENAMELED FINISHES APPLIED TO WOOD OR METAL BETWEEN COATS WITH FINE SANDPAPER TO PRODUCE EVEN SMOOTH FINISH, H. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM, SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. MAKE EDGES ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING, L SEAL TOPS, BOTTOMS AND EDGES OF ALL DOORS. J. CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE ONE QUART EACH COLOR OF PAINT FOR FUTURE TOUCH-UP. K. PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR LEAVING SITE AND AFTER ALL FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED AND STORE IS CLEANED, CONTRACTOR TO WALK SITE AND TOUCH-UP PAINT DAMAGED DURING FINAL DAYS OF PROJECT. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 10000 - SPECIALTIES 10520 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CAPABLE OF EXTINGUISHING CLASS A, B. AND C FIRES, IN QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. (COORDINATE IN FIELD.) MANUFACTURER: J.L. INDUSTRIES; COSMIC SERIES OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL MOUNTING BRACKETS AT HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF GOVERNIN AUTHORITIES. B. SECURE MOUNTING BRACKETS TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB, TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. ALL SALES AREAS AND PUBLIC AREAS TO HAVE RECESSED BRASS CABINETS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL A. TENANT TO SUPPLY A.D.A. APPROVED TOILET ACCESSORIES AND GRAB BARS INCLUDING ALL SET SCREWS AND ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. G.C. SHALL INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORY UNITS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, USING FASTENERS AND IN WALL BLOCKING AS RECOMMENDED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS PLUMB AND LEVEL, FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED, IN A TAMPERPROOF MANNER WITH SPECIAL HANGERS, TOGGLE BOLTS, OR SCREWS. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 11000 - EQUIPMENT 11001 EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT WORK AND PLACEMENT WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT. B. ALL EQUIPMENT WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL C. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED, UNLOADED, UNPACKED OR UNCRATED AND PLACED ACCORDING TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION OF TENANT SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE INCLUDED IN GENERAL BID. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANYDAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOKUP OF ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK. D. ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, INSTRUCTION BOOKLETS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION SHALL BE NEATLY BOUND AND TURNED OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE TURNOVER. E. STEAM PRESS SUPPLIED BY TENANT SHALL BE INSTALLED BY G.C.'S CERTIFIED STEAM FITTER/PLUMBER FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS. 11110 MISCELLANEOUS PART 1 - GENERAL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL TRAFFIC COUNTING SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 1. THE SYSTEM'S TRANSMITTER AND REFLECTOR ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT EACH PUBLIC ENTRANCE, 52" A.F.F., AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. DOOR SWING NOR ANY OTHER OBSTRUCTION SHOULD BLOCK THE "BEAM" PATH. 2. THE SYSTEM'S RECEIVER IS TO BE INSTALLED IN CASH -DESK CABINETRY. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL FULL HEIGHT, WHITE CORNER GUARDS WITH WHITE ADHESIVE WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. END OF DIVISION JFOFt REVIEWEPUANCE CODAPPR veD t�dv 16 2020 nECEIVE7 CITY OF TUICNILA ,FP 2 3 7070 PERMIT CEMTER J��q-a�rr DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 1\EXMRE •a�E�.���,rlxr�=o�a��«,� 7 e.,r=euas� y saeamery e,mk Em,c�a,k8. eiaois p.i �aso�aa,-grco STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4-P416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: 0 ° o ou? 00 -c c O 0 aJ � } U v— ro O � 2, LO GO o � J Qo LLJ d Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 TANDLORD COMMENTS Q2.2s-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8 27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record C m � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (317) 635-5699 Seal $89 REGISTEREB Rc ifl T EGT v 9 940 COBTLANO I,11 IG.v L STATE flF >?$AS:41EitziDl`i Architect / Engineer Job No.; 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LCD5 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title SPECIFICATIONS 3OF4 Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF 0005 Checked By CIA DIVISION 1S000A - PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE PLUMBING DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1.ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S SCOP - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORk WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1.SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1.DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDE[ AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICE! WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES, ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE, PART 2 - MATERIALS A. GENERAL 1. PROVIDE STOP VALVES AT EVERY FIXTURE ON BOTH HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY LINES. VALVES, ESCUTCHEONS, FITTINGS, ETC. MUST BE CHROME PLATED. WHERE EXPOSED, CHROME PLATED PIPE IS TO BE USED. 2. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET AND SELF SEALING LAP (AS1/SSL). 2.1 DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING UP TO 3/4 INCH DIAMETER - 1/2 INCH THICK. 2.2 FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PRE -MOLDED FIBERGLASS FITTINGS AND COVERED WITH A PRE -FORMED PVC FITTING COVER. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE PLUMBING INSTALLATION, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALLY ENFORCED CODES AND STANDARDS. 1.1. VERIFY FINAL ROUGH IN WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO WALL INSTALLATION. 2. PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED CONCEALED - SURFACE MOUNTED PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. ALL EXPOSED OR ACCESSIBLE P-TRAPS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH BOTTOM CLEANOUT PLUGS. 4. INSULATE EXPOSED P-TRAPS, HOT AND COLD VALVES AND PIPING SERVING HANDICAPPED LAVATORIES. 5. IF SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS INDICATED TO BE A RETURN AIR PLENUM. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE, OR HAVE A MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. WIRING SHALL BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE PER NFPA 70. 6. ALL CLEANOUTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL. B. INSULATION 1. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS, 2. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO VALVES DIVISION 15000B - MECHANICAL I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1.ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1.ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1.SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1.DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. flR1i=115M9L A. GENERAL 1. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 2. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES. 3. INSULATION SHALL BE BY OWENS-CORNING, KNAUF, OR MANVILLE. 4. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED VI. AIR DISTRIBUTION A. AIR DISTRIBUTION 1. DUCTWORK (ROUND OR RECTANGULAR OR SPIRAL) SHALL BE OF GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE SMACNA MANUAL AND SEALED. 2. CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES SHALL BE MADE BY UNIFORM TAPER SECTION WITH A MAXIMUM INCLUDE ANGLE OF DIVERGENCE OF 15DEGREES. 3. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS MAY BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK BUT IT'S USE IS LIMITED TO STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL RUNS. ALL CHANGES OF DIRECTION IN A DUCT SYSTEM (GALVANIZED OR FLEXIBLE) SHALL BE MADE WITH AN APPROPRIATE GALVANIZED ELBOW. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEXIBLE DUCT IS 5'-0", 4. FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS: MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO DIFFUSER TO BE T-0". VIII. TESTING AND BALANCING A. SYSTEM TO BE TESTED AND BALANCED WITH A REPORT SHOWING ACTUAL AIR FLOWS AT NEWLY INSTALLED DIFFUSERS. AIR FLOW TO BE WITHIN 15% OF THE DESIGN VALUE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE THIS AIR QUANTITY CANNOT BE MET, ADJUST UPSTREAM DAMPERS UNTIL IT IS MET. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH MACY'S OPERATIONS. DIVISION 16000 - ELECTRICAL PARTI- GENERAL A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1.ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. 5. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE, LIGHTING, AND RELATED WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR THE USE OF ALL TRADES DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1.ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH, 2. DURING BIDDING: 2A VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1.SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1. DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. WIRING DEVICES 1. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE, NEMA 5-20R, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. 1.1. SPECIFICATION GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHALL BE HUBBELL #5362 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, HEAVY DUTY, WHITE. 1.3. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFI) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE TOGGLE OPERATED, QUIET TYPE, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 120/277 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. THREE WAY AND FOUR WAY SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2.1. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1221 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 1201277V, WHITE. 2.2. THREE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1223 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120/277V, WHITE. 3. DIMMERS SHALL BE LEVITON SLIDING DIMMER SWITCH, OF A RATING, VOLTAGE AND WATTAGE SUITABLE FOR LOAD SERVED. COLORS OF DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL WHITE. 4. COMBINATION WALL DIMMER/OCCUPANT SENSOR SHALL BE LUTRON MAESTRO 0-10V DIMMER WITH INTEGRAL PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANT SENSING, AVAILABLE IN 1-WAY OR 3-WAY CONFIGURATIONS. COLOR TO BE WHITE. VERIFY LOAD SERVED IS COMPATIBLE PRIOR TO ORDERING. 5. WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. 6. COVERPLATES FOR POWER, DATA & TELEPHONE SHALL BE LEVITON OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHITE, PLASTIC. LIGHTING CONTRACTORS SHALL BE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRICALLY HELD,120V, COIL, 20A. REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER OF POLES. LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE LOAD CENTERS (PANELS). 1. BRANCH CIRCUIT LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT TYPE, WITH MAIN LUGS OR MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE AS INDICATED, BRANCH OVERCURRENT DEVICES AS NOTED AND AN EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR, ALL IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURE. MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY SHALL BE 10,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 120/208V, AND 14,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 277/480V APPLICATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LOAD CENTERS MUST BE SELECTED TO FIT IN A STANDARD STUD WALL. 2. LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, ITE/SIEMENS AND WESTINGHOUSE/CUTLER HAMMER. A. FIXTURES AND LAMPS 1. ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.. D. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1, PROVIDED BY MACY'S. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL MISCELLANEOUS 1. ALL CONDUIT RUN IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED. 2. 2. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARDS WITH BRANCH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, FEEDER DEVICES, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND STARTERS SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16. 3. INSTALL HANDLE GUARDS ON ALL BREAKERS FOR NIGHT LIGHTING, EMERGENCY AND SIMILAR CIRCUITS. 4. ALL FLUSH MOUNTED ;LOADCENTERS SHALL HAVE (3) 3/4" EMPTY CONDUITS INSTALLED TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR FUTURE USE. 5. THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC. SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REASONABLE CHANGES IN LOCATION UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING -IN, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. B. GROUNDING 1. GROUNDING OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MEANS OF AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED WITH ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE (SUCH AS ARTICLE 517). C. TESTS 1. TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS, AND PROPER FUNCTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. D. DEMOLITION 1. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IF APPLICABLE, SHALL BE PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila `BUILDING DIVISION � RECEIVED CITY OF T UKWILA SFP 2 3 wo PERMIT CENTER l�l-0 yll GENERAL LANDLORD NOTES: 1.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN AND TECHNICAL CRITERIA AND CENTER'S RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY FROM LANDLORD'. TENANT COORDINATOR OR MALL FACILITIES MANAGER AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN PRIOR TO START OF JOB. WHERE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH CODES OR ORDINANCES, THE STRICTEST INTERPRETATION SHALL APPLY. 23ENANT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT, 33ENANT GC REQUIRED TO CONDUCT A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AT A MINIMUM 3 DAYS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION WITH FACILITIES MANAGER AND ABIDE BY ALL CURRENT "TENANT CONTRACTOR SAFETY STANDARDS" AND "TENANT CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS"AS ISSUED BY THE LOCAL CENTER MANAGEMENT TEAM. 4.BARRICADE GRAPHICS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BARRICADE INSTALLATION. GRAPHICS MUST BE APPROVED BY DISTRICT MARKETING MANAGER MICHELLE GILES (MGILES@WESTFIELD.COM 206-802-6048). TENANT GC REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE FINAL SET OF DRAWINGS CONTAINING ALL COMMENTS INCLUDING WESTFIELD, CITY AND TENANT AS WELL AS WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL STAMP AND CITY PERMIT STAMP AT PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AND MAINTAINED AT WORK SITE AT ALL TIMES. 63ENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQ'D, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS, TALL REUSED ITEMS/FINISHES MUST BE RETURNED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. APPROVAL BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED. 8.NO ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE, GRAPHICS OR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE PERMITTED TO BE AFFIXED TO OR ON THE APPROVED DESIGN, DISPLAYED OUTSIDE OF THE PREMISES OR PLACED WITHIN OR ON TOP OF COUNTERS AND SNEEZE GUARDS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD. ALL LANDLORD APPROVED SIGNAGE, PROMOTIONAL OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE PROFESSIONALLY PRINTED AND MOUNTED, 9.WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL REQUIRED PRIOR TO BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. TENANT GC TO SCHEDULE PRELIMINARY PUNCH WALK WITH WESTFIELD TC ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SCHEDULED BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION \MpANAGEMENT: rk\EX M 9aWp ticaPltte. Maxo.6.ONs5p50 0.1111W6sf0>J 06Creameyor FatC y.CT0 6 O•t (B50)<319>ro STORE #79779 SOUTHICENTER MALL SPACE 4t416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD 0-O O � O � -C v 0 U. O C x O N J a1 .&-- N v- co O p ns If O X � J LV1 Qo �t Revisions: Mark Date BY a12-18.19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS A2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Qq 8-y-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 6 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8 7 -_ t;FGi7rDl r CTATE --�dx Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 0i r Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title SPECIFICATIONS 40F4 Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF 0006 Checked By CM EXIT /#2 8 0 0 ui EXIT #3 DEMOLITION PLAN (PHASE 11 DEMOLITION PLAN (PHASE 2) SCALE: 1/8" = T_' to A. SEE SHEET D-100 FOR PLAN DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS NOT SHOWN ON PHASING DEMOLITION PLANS B. SEE SHEET D-101 FOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS NOT SHOWN ON PHASING DEMOLITION PLANS C. ALL TEMPORARY BARRICADES TO BE CONSTRUCTED AND REMOVED AFTER HOURS. 1. LEASE LINE, TYPICAL, VERIFY IN FIELD. 2. EXISTING CASEWORK AND ASSOCIATED WIRING TO BE REMOVED. 3. EXISTING FLOOR FIXTURES TO BE RELOCATED. 4. NEW BARRICADE. 5, VERIFY WITH LANDLORD REQUIRED OPAQUE GRAPHIC AND OR CONSTRUCTION PAPER TO BE APPLIED ON INTERIOR OF EXISTING STOREFRONT GLASS THIS AREA. 6. EXISTING CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP TO REMAIN 7. NEW NON -LOCKABLE DOOR. 8. REMOVE SECTION OF EXISTING DEMISING WALL FOR NEW TEMPORARY EXIT PER CONSTRUCTION PLAN, 9. TEMPORARY BARRICADE TO BE REMOVED. 10. TEMPORARY DOORS TO BE RELOCATED. 11. EXISTING DISPLAY FIXTURE TO REMAIN, 12, RELOCATE EQUIPMENT INTO NEW EXAM ROOM. 13. TEMPORARY DEMISING ALCOVE WALLS TO BE REMOVED. 14. TEMPORARY ALCOVE EXIT DOOR TO BE REMOVED. 15. TEMPORARY DOORS TO BE REMOVED. NEW CONSTRUCTION PHASE 1 w ADJACENT TENANT ) 'N, REGRESS PATH 3-I \ \ 2 oIGNA\ I ®—I GE ( YP,) J 4 EXIT #2 EGRESS PATH — EXIT #2 _I 0 0 0 O a O 8 16 SCALE: 1/8' = 1'-0* 11111m I C .e �gg 00 ® EGRESS PATHj °n SCALE: 1/8' = T-0" MALL CORRIDOR C w ADJACENT TENANT _,�4 7/8" IA400 11 1 � # JI I I U { 9 b k k > l {£ I" tY C, .'�? , , A. SEE SHEET A101.01 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. B. SEE SHEET A400 FOR WALL SECTIONS, iB I I EXIT #1 I I 0 O v Z 0 8 1. TEMPORARY REAR EGRESS ALCOVE. 2. TEMPORARY BARRICADE. 3. ALIGN FINISH FACE OF TEMPORARY (1) HR. FIRE RATED WALL WITH FINISH FACE OF PERMANENT INTERIOR WALL. SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN A101 FOR WALL LOCATIONS. 4. TEMPORARY DOOR. 5. RELOCATED BACKWRAP, 6. RELOCATED CASHWRAP. 7. RELOCATED DISPLAY FIXTURES. 8. LEASE LINE. 9. EXISTING CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP. 10. EXISTING DISPLAY FIXTURE. 11. NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION. S ALCOVE DETAIL (PHASE 1) SCALE: 1/4° = x -- — — i6 10 I - '1� I I I l I I EXIT #1 EGRESS PATH .� EXIT SIGNAGE i — — 1T 7 2 7 0 o V MALL CORRIDOR NEW CONSTRUCTION PHASE 2 8 A. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO AN EXIT IS LESS THAN 250' WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM (PER TABLE 1017.2 IBC 2015) B. MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL 75' (PER TABLE 1006.2.1 IBC 2015) C. A MINIMUM 3'-8" WIDE EGRESS WIDTH IS TO BE TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE EMPLOYEE AND CUSTOMER AREAS AT ALL TIMES D. EXIT SIGNAGE MUST BE IN PLACE AS SHOWN ON PLANS AT ALL TIMES. E. EMERGENCY LIGHTING MUST BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT TENANT SPACE. AT EACH WORK PHASE G.G. TO VERIFY EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS PROVIDED TO COMPLY WITH 1008.3.5.2015 IBC F. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH A MINIMUM 2-A RATING ARE TO BE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN THE CUSTOMER / EMPLOYEE AREA AND IN THE WORK AREAS. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CANNOT EXCEED 75'. EMPLOYEE / CUSTOMER AREAS AND WORK AREAS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED SEPARATE. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS MUST BE AVAILABLE BOTH AREAS WITHOUT TRAVELING FROM ONE AREA TO ANOTHER TO GAIN ACCESS TO FIRE EXTINGUISHER G. SPRINKLER COVERAGE TO BE IN PLACE AT ALL TIMES AT AREAS AVAILABLE TO EMPLOYEES AND CUSTOMERS. REFERENCE MP201 V19--DN// REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUK1'4ILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER REVISION #4 NOTE: 4 ENTIRE SHEET REVISED REVISION #2 NOTE: 2 NEW SHEET ISSUED DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: t\DTORE o O„(s,31>ss.5nu ®1Cc' awk FxtG aNry. Claw425 o.i (9EOIa3t�5loo STORE: #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD QO O Lr) 00 V 0 O O J OJ 4— c6 O um O /) CD Q UJ Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Qz 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A¢ 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record Seal C N0 C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 17 COR L1 ID STATI Of t rac W,� ,.tt (1 1 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title PHASING PLANS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A002 Checked By CM DEMOLITION AREA DEMOLITION AREA PHASE 3 MALL CORRIDOR PHASE 3 P/%" %/, yx 0 0 IF= 7- 1 L — zw 14 0 13 I A 9 9 C- -L- n- 1 L EXIT #2 F;m4l 'I r! ME MALL CORRIDOR EXIT #2 DEMOLITION _PLAN (PHASE 1) SCALE 1/' T MALL CORRIDOR n. T I MALL CORRIDOR DEMOLITION PLAN (PHASE 4�1 sc'L =,_w SCALE: EXIT #1 0 U z 0 0 O EXIT #2 CONSTRUCTION AREA PHASE 3 ADJACENT TENANT] C 8 milk- 11I. CONSTRUCTION AREA PHASE NMI WWI EGRESS PATH le x -y EG rESS P�T7 MAIL CORRIDOR NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 3) SCALE: 1/4"= T-O' w ADJACENT TENANT - SEE SHEET A002 FOR GENERAL AND KEYED NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION PHASING PLANS. * SEE SHEET A002 FOR BARRICADE NOTES. EXIT SIGNAC EGRESS PATH 0 I MALL CORRIDOR ummalsimmamnei'ma affla: w-, SCALE: 1/4* = T-0' N nECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA RFP 2 3 2020 VERIFY REQUIRED BARRICADE TYPE WITH PERMIT CENTER LANDLORD AND CONST. MGR. FOR N, STOREFRONT RECLAD SCOPE OF W REVISION #4 NOTE: 4 ENTIRE SHEET REVISED REVISION # 2:NOTE NEW SHEET ISSUED RNAVICkwww" 70150 CiGb26 °., (Bm)e3t�5rpJ STCJRE #7 779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE --/7L-416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD -t- LNU Z5 0 LO LD ':3- 0 Immmism 0 0,- x 0 :3 m 2 U U OE 0- V) 0 x :3 z Ul CD < C) CD Revisions: Mark Date By LANDLORD COMMENTS 2-28-RD BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS AVa 2020 OWNER COMMENTS A8-27-2020 OWNERCOM CUTS A Architect / Engineer of Record - m� C 0 R T L A N M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 88, wni &i V;L1 2 STLA D P,IORGAN ATE OF vi'WIRG103 Architect Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: Construction Title PHASING PLANS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF Checked By A003 Cm LANDLORD NOTES: ,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MALL FACILITIES 48-HOUR ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 2.CARE SHALL BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR ALTER ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. LANDLORD SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY IF ANY DAMAGE OCCURS OR IS DISCLOSED DURING DEMOLITION. SALT WALLS AND CEILINGS THAT ARE REMOVED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCONNECTING AT THE SOURCE AND REMOVING OR CAPPING ANY ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, GAS LINES AND MECHANICAL DUCTWORK THAT IS DISCLOSED AND NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. REROUTE AND CONTINUE ANY SYSTEM THAT MUST BE RETAINED FOR ADJACENT TENANT SPACES THAT ARE NOT IN THESE PLANS. 4,ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED. 5.ALL GAS WATER AND DRAIN LINES SUPPLYING EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED AND CAPPED ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW FLOOR, IF CONTINUITY OF SYSTEM MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR USE BY ADJACENT TENANT SPACES, CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE, AS NECESSARY, TO BE BEHIND NEW CONSTRUCTION. 6.0ONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM SITE, ALL RUBBLE AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION AND DISPOSING OF IT IN A PROPER MANNER. PROVIDE HAUL ROUTE TO MALL MANAGEMENT FOR REMOVAL OF RUBBLE OR DEBRIS. PROTECT MALL FLOOR WITH MASONITE OR SIMILAR WHEN USING CARTS, DOLLIES OR OTHER TRANSPORTATION METHODS. DEBRIS REMOVAL MUST NOT BE VISIBLE IN THE MALL COMMON AREA DURING BUSINESS HOURS. TNOTIFY MALL MANAGEMENT OF ANY SPRINKLER REWORK TWO BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE. SPRINKLER DRAIN DOWN FEE MUST BE PAID IN ADVANCE DURING PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. &ENSURE SPACE IS COMPLETELY SEALED DURING DEMOLITION SUCH THAT DUST DOES NOT TRAVEL THROUGH THE COMMON PLENUM TO ADJACENT TENANT SPACES OR MALL COMMON AREA. 9.PROTECT ANY VENTS, VERIFY WITH MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO COVERING RETURN VENTS, 10,SPRINKLER AND RESTORATION COMPANY MUST BE ON STANDBY DURING DEMOLITION. 11PROTECT MALL FINISHES - PATCHBACK AS NECESSARY. CONTACT FACILITIES FOR MALL TILES. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR CEILING AND NEUTRAL PIER PAINT SPEC. 12.GC TO CONDUCT DEMOLITION WALK-THROUGH WITH TC AND MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO ANY NEW WORK. COORDINATE CEILING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS WITH MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW CEILING. • BARRICADE GRAPHICS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE TENANT UPON COMPLETION OF THE BARRICADE INSTALLATION, OR UPON FULL EXECUTION OF THE TENANT LEASE. • BARRICADE GRAPHICS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE TENANT COORDINATOR FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, ALL GRAPHICS ARE TO BE ORDERED THROUGH BOSTON BARRICADE. • ANY REQUIRED BARRICADE AND OR GRAPHICS TO BE SUPPLIED BY VENDOR OTHER THAN BOSTON BARRICADE DUE TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, SHALL BE COORDINATED, SUPPLIED, AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3-LCI-STI.I-AD100-REV00 LEANNE CRYTS JIM PAGANO SENIOR ACCOUNT MANAGER EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT BOSTON BARRICADE COMPANY, INC. BOSTON BARRICADE COMPANY, INC. 115119TH STREET 115119TH STREET VERY BEACH, FL 32960 VERY BEACH, FL 32960 P:772-569-7432 P: 772-257-7170 E: LCRYTS@BOSTONBARRICADE.COM D JPAGANO@BOSTONBARRICADE,COM 4-LCI-STI.I-AD100-REV00 V W X LEASE DIMENSION ADJACENT TENANT ( 1 10 27 27 27 XI� I iF----------------------- -- - -- - - - - - - - 30 /x I 1I------------------------------- I_��/ LF------------------ J 23 NOTE: THIS IS A REMODEL PROJECT. GC TO VERIFY WITH NEXTORE CONST. MGR. ANY ITEMS WHICH �ARE TO BE REUSED AND OR BE RELOCATED, VERIFY DISPOSAL OF ANY ITEMS WITH NEXTORE CONST. MGR. i I i i� � I I I I r� 26 30 1 I I I I NOTE: I- j IF GYP. BD. COLUMN ENCLOSURE EXTENDS TO / I I DECK ABOVE IT IS TO REMAIN (TYPICAL ALL L V I COLUMN ENCLOSURES). NOTIFY NEXTORE j ((�j, ( H ( CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF EXISTING ENCLOSURE WILL AFFECT NEW LAYOUT. 28 I I SUBMIT BARRICADE GRAPHICS TO: z3 / % I Elissa Cotero L _ J L _ J Marketing Manager- Westfield Southcenter 2800 Southcenter Mall I Seattle, WA 98188 E. elissa.cotero@urw.com j L T. 206.246.0423 - M. 206.612.8483 T ll I 27 I I 25 25 o/ 3 / II ____� \\ --�/ (-_----// / EXISTING"LENSCRAFTERS' C_ I / I- -LEVEL ONE OF ONE I I -FULLY SPRINKLERED O I _ I L-------------------- �- /��-4,598 GROSS SQ. FT. I I 23 I ( \VA\ / TYPICAL I THROUGHOUT I 26 UNLESS NOTED rTI / \\ _ 777 -1 / \ \/,/ OTHERWISE C �I� �I� �Ir �I� �/ 2 / 30 lI II ,_� to t 11I III i I I P n NOT E. II 1 REFERENCE SHEETS A001, THRU A003 FOR PHASING PLANS/ OPEN REMODEL. F---- \\ �/ I I I \ < I 2 I i If vvvvv L I I - - - - - - - 11 22 25 13 - - J------� I F= ==� �\ FI -__�________ L'--- I II I F-� I-_� I 131 I I I I I I I I I 30 I II I II I L__J I 13 I I__ 11 II II SERVICE CORRIDOR UO NOTE: EXISTING DETER FILES TO BE SAVED FOR USE IN NEW STORE. GC TO COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM. DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = T-0" NOTE: PHASED / OPEN REMODEL PROPOSED. SEE PHASING PLANS FOR STOREFRONT BARRICADE NOTES 1 II II rl II II II II US REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION �. y RECEIVED CITY Or- *LSS\4J".L p � eFP 23 2020 PERMIT CENTER !gjm SU;aSJ kY1 ��� „ ,?z9y�"i`1T':. - - CENTER LINE EXISTING WALLS LEASE LINE EXISTING FULL HEIGHT GLASS CONSTRUCTION TO BE AREA NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK - - - - - DEMOLISHED "¢ INDICATES EXISTING DEMISING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUESTED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES WHERE APPLICABLE. 5-LCI-STt.1-AD100-REV00 c9, F>T' yl T 1. LEASE LINE, TYPICAL. VERIFY IN FIELD. 2. . 3. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN. GC TO PROTECT THROUGH ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION, PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. 4. 5. . 6. REMOVE EXISTING PERIMETER WALL PANEIESHARREORS & GRAPI lies. 7. DASHED LINES INDICATE EXISTING WALLS, DOORS AND MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM FOR ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE TO BE REUSED OR RELOCATED. 8. EXISTING Beep AND 1 1AREWARE TO BE RENIEWED. 9. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE, PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR TO ORIGINAL CONDITION AND RE -SEAL ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS TO BE REUSED UTILIZING LANDLORD'S WATERPROOFING SPECIFICATIONS. PREP FOR NEW FINISHES. 10. EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN. PROTECT IN PLACE AND KEEP INTACT ANY EXISTING FIRE RATINGS, PREPARE ALL EXSTNG SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED. 11. EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. 12. . 13. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ANY FLOOR DRAINS TO BE REMOVED. WASTE AND VENT LINES BELOW FLOOR SHALL BE CAPPED BELOW FLOOR LEVEL AND ABANDONED. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR SHALL BE REMOVED, PLUS ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL AS IS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF THE NEW WORK. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PLANS. 14. 15. . 16. A ` . , 17. . 18. . 19. NEW DEWSING WAH: !NSTAEHED PYLE Y0 6" NIETAL S:rU9 & 5,9" GYP. BE).VM,I:L 9PEN TE) STUD eN TENANT SIDE GG 20. . 21. EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING TO REMAIN. 22. EXISTING SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 23. HATCHED AREA REPRESENTS EXISTING RAISED PLATFORM TO BE REMOVED. 24. EXISTING 42" X 54" BRICK PIER TO REMAIN. 25, EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN AND COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO REMAIN. U.N.O. 26, EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THIS AREA TO REMAIN. 27. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN. 28. EXISTING ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE.j)1q_0q11 . 29. REMOVE EXISTING FINISH AT NEUTRAL PIER, EXISTING REVEAL TO REMAINPATCH AND REPAIR GYP BOARD TO RECEIVE NEW PAINTED FINISH. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. 30, INDICATES EXISTING BEARING STUD LOCATION FOR STOREFRONT FRAMING TO REMAIN. A. THE G.C. SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC AND/OR WORKMEN ON THE JOB AND TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS OR INJURY TO ANY PERSON ON, ABOUT, OR ADJACENT TO THE PREMISES. THE G.C. SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATIVE TO SAFETY AND THE PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTS. B. THIS DEMOLITION PLAN IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ENTIRE SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS. DO NOT REMOVE OR DEMOLISH ANYTHING WITHOUT VERIFYING AND COORDINATING WITH ALL GENERAL TRADES AS TO HOW THEY RELATE TO THE OVERALL PROJECT. C. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING OR DEMOLISHING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL INTERFERE WITH THEIR NEW WORK AND ANY TEMPORARY BRACING OR PERMANENT SUPPORT STRUCTURES. D. WHEN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, POWER, AND LIGHTING IS REMOVED, STUB BACK AND CAP AS REQUIRED IN AREAS BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NEW WORK. E. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING MATERIAL, CAP EXISTING MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES FLUSH WITH EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON A-0.1 FOR FLOORING PREPARATION. F. AT THE G,C: S OPTION, DEMOLISH OR REMOVE MORE OR LESS EXISTING WORK, PROVIDED THAT SUCH VARIATION WILL EXPEDITE THE PROJECT AND NOT INCREASE THE EXPENSE TO THE OWNER OR VIOLATE ANY CODES. THESE OPTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE LUXOTTICA'S PROJECT MANAGER'S APPROVAL. G. COORDINATE ANY SYSTEMS SHUTDOWNS WITH LANDLORD & INCLUDE COSTS OF SHUTDOWN IN THE BID. H. EXCEPT AS NOTED, G.G. SHALL INCLUDE COSTS TO CUT, PATCH AND/OR REPAIR EXISTING WORK AND EXISTING FACILITIES WHICH MAY BE DISTURBED DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK IN BID PACKAGES, I. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS, THOSE ITEMS WHICH ARE REMOVED, AND ARE NOT RELOCATED OR REUSED, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE G.C. J. ANY EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS; REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. K. ANY EXISTING RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS; REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. L. G.C, TO REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT SIGNAGE; COORDINATE ELECTRICAL SERVICE W/ NEW STOREFRONT SIGNAGE, PATCH AND REPAIR STOREFRONT SUBSTRATE AS REQUIRED. M. REMOVE ALL WALL VINYL FROM WALLS (AS REQUIRED) AND PREP WALLS FOR NEW FINISHES, IT G.C. TO INSPECT ALL EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN AND ENSURE THAT THEY ARE UP TO CURRENT SPECIFICATIONS. O, REMOVE WINDOW CRASH GRAPHICS P. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY BARRICADE. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD. Q. IN RELOCATION STORES, G.C. TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING FIXTURE FROM OLD SPACE. R. SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SIGNAGE IN OLD (OR TEMPORARY) SPACE AT END OF PROJECT, AS REQUIRED BY LEASE REQUIREMENT. S. ALL EXISTING TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED. T. REMOVE ALL INTERIOR GRAPHICS AND WAYFINDING, TYPICAL IN ALL AREAS (RETAIL, EMPLOYEE, OD). DO NOT REMOVE FROM LENS PROCESSING AREA. U. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS MEETS AND ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI STANDARD FOR THIN SET TILE AND THE LATEST EDITION OF TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. IF THERE ARE ISSUES OR DEFICIENCIES, CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. V, TEMPORARY BARRICADE • TEMPORARY BARRICADE SHALL. BE CONSTRUCTED PER LL REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY BARRICADE IS TO BE 100%COMPLETE AND READY FOR GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED NO MORE THAN (2) DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. G.C. TO CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON COMPLETION TO COORDINATE GRAPHICS INSTALLATION, TEMPORARY BARRICADE MUST BE PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH (2) COATS OF EITHER EGGSHELL OR SEMI -GLOSS FINISH ONLY. • GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING BARRICADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE BARRICADE WHEN 100%OF STOREFRONT OR JOB IS COMPLETED ON THE EVENING BEFORE G.C.'S PUNCHLIST IS COMPLETED, PRIOR TO OWNER VERIFICATION, AND AFTER LL APPROVAL IS RECEIVED. CARE IS TO BETAKEN WHEN DISSEMBLING AND REMOVING BARRICADE, ON INTERIOR SIDE (STORE SIDE), PAPER WINDOWS WITH WHITE CONSTRUCTION PAPER OVERGLAZING ONLY. TRIM 1/2' OFF EDGES AND TAPE CONTINUOUSLY AROUND PERIMETER WITH WHITE TAPE. G.C. IS TO RESTORE NEUTRAL PIERS), !, MALL FLOORING & BULKHEAD TO A LIKE NEW CONDITION AND FINISH WHERE APPLICABLE. i DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NS<MRE 0-wxoni<a 11-11-1 e.t 1 ♦.rls,'il iss.com �6C ,mery Brook Fau G,aMy. Ci e�26 d.i VaWl+i,-9'tW STORE #79779 SQUTHCENTER MALL SPACE --/-f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O QO O dam' 00 LL O C x O J CD u v- @ o� O CD trJ � LIJ Q Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 FANDLORDCOMMENTS 2-28-2o BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 8-is-2020 _ OWNER COMMENTS 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 I Architect / Engineer of Record I Seal C N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 ��arsr�reJ� fiGPts+E�i L/ SP�rE i1F k{�S�t1GTQt! Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF AD100 Chec ed B� y CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: IU-5 112" B'-0" T-11' NOTE: REFERENCE MEP DRAWINGS AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR INFORMATION DESCRIBING RE -USE AND OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING HVAC AND OR SPRINKLER SYSTEM. —__—— II --'r----------7-----T----,---- --------I- I 7-7---I---T-7- --I T -- - I -I--T-I- - - I__ I I -I e I---I---I---�---I---I---I---I---I---I---1---L--I----I--�----�---I---�--I---I I (�I-- I T ��� IC I I I CAI I (S� I IC I I IREM (S� ��I I LL_J-_-__L-J___1__L-J__ +� ! ! I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I nl I I �---q---�--�---F--t---I---I--1---I-- �--1---I---r--f--1---I---1---I---I---1----I---f--I----I-I I ail I I 01 I I -I-- I pl1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1, I I 1 1 I L' I 1 I I I 11 I I ! I I 1 6c I I I 1 I I ( I I 1 11 L-F-- L------I --j--- ---1---I-- - 1 -1 -- - -- I --t- --+ --I-- --I-I I (-----{--�- ----7 I I I I L`C I T l I I I I --I- - I--"�V-TI- - r �-1-- --I-- F� g �-I I 1 I I 7--T---1---I---�-�-I t---�---1-- ---- -- ----�---I-cNOTE: --1 --I-- -- - f -I- --i --I --1� (► I ( I t REFERENCE SHEETS A001, THRU n I I I I I I I I 1 I III 1 1 I I I U I I I I I I I A003 FOR PHASING PLANS/ I I I I I I III ( ( C--t---------- -- --I— — OPEN REMODEL. I I ( I I � \��//�-- �--I \/ I I — 1---1--T- --I i L -� I I I 1 I (s C I I I I _Ji I I III ( I I r l z I I- I -4-- --�-- I-- 1 -- ----I---I - ---- ---+---- I I I I I I I I to'-slrz" I-----+--{---{-_� 1 __ _ �k j I (J� I 1 I I--------- - `- -- -4-- - -- L - -I- - --1! ----------- 1I I /v I I I I i i I v vv I LL_J/—�L__L—_1--1--L_J---1�-c----------7r�\7\81_01 —�\\ I\ I I 1 1 1 `° I (s� I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I \ \\\ �-I---1---I----1---r--—--+--f--- —--N ----J---1---1--J-—I�J� �, \ <� --- --I r - - ----j I � -----------L - - - I I I I I I I I I I �� I I I ( I I I L 1-----I---- - - - - - ----- \ \\� I �ii-- - -- i --f - --� ----�----- - - - - \\ //- I / �__J I I �__J I 1---1---I---7--1--1 \\/ v� ---- - / 1 �// / \/ \ I --I--I--T--1 --I { I I�/ (/v I � �v vIv 1 I I I I I I 1 I I _J t_-- --- 1-- 1 - -I - I--J I / -�-- I�---J---\ \ - -- I --I-- --I / -- I I / � I 1 I -\ \ -t-- I--- - -- - -- \ T� \ I -- A-L � ia- --1 - I-�-f \ I --rt \ \--- I --I-- -- --- '��}v/ I ------------------I B — — -- ----- — -- \ i -- i --1----I----I—' —I -- i---I� �4I _—------I—_-I=�-�_— -- ---- — I c:� I I-+a+- I--�-- I I(_ I _ _I r ,_ T �-I� T ��. I/ 1 I I I I -- 1 -1-- I -- L-1-I L- --- - -�- F- --1---I---I - 1--1`l 1 �`� I r -I (-- - --- 1--I--� r`J I I c✓ T-111/2" d101-5112" 3 T-11112" DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" - - - CENTER LINE EXISTING WALLS - - - LEASE LINE CONSTRUCTION TO BE - -- - DEMOLISHED EXISTING BULKHEAD - - - - - CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING AIR DEVICE TO BE DEMO C° 1 EXISTING LIGHTING TO BE DEMOLISHED �� EXISTING SPRINKLER TO BE DEMO L__--J 3-LC I-ST1.1-AD101-REV00 1. U.N.O., REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING ITEMS, INCLUDING EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGS, CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, SPRINKLER HEADS, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES, REMOVE WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. BACK TO SOURCE. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2. REMOVE MEMBRANE PRESSED PANELS AND ATT-AEI 1MENT ELIPS. �EEIA EXISTING 5,98G.W.B. EVER EXISTING ?,!ETA' FRAMNd6 3. LEASE LINE 4. EXISTING G.W.B. SOFFIT TO BE REMOVED, S. 6. SHADING INDICATES EXISTING G.W.B. CEILING TO REMAIN. 7. 8. 9. EXISTING STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION, GLAZING SYSTEM TO BE REMAIN, TYP. 10, EXISTING STOREFRONT SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED. 2-LCI-STI.I-AD101-REVOO A. THE G.C. SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC AND/OR WORKMEN ON THE JOB AND TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS OR INJURY TO ANY PERSON ON, ABOUT, OR ADJACENT TO THE PREMISES. THE G.C. SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATIVE TO SAFETY AND THE PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTS. 2(.{� B. THIS DEMOLITION PLAN IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ENTIRE SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS. f" DO NOT REMOVE OR DEMOLISH ANYTHING WITHOUT VERIFYING AND COORDINATING WITH ALL GENERAL - TRADES AS TO HOW THEY RELATE TO THE OVERALL PROJECT. C. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING OR DEMOLISHING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL INTERFERE WITH THEIR NEW WORK AND ANY TEMPORARY BRACING OR PERMANENT SUPPORT _ t STRUCTURES. =_ D. WHEN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, POWER, AND LIGHTING IS REMOVED, STUB BACK AND CAP AS REQUIRED IN AREAS BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NEW WORK X I E. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING MATERIAL, CAP EXISTING MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES FLUSH WITH EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON - A-0.1 FOR FLOORING PREPARATION. F. / G. AT THE G.C: S OPTION, DEMOLISH OR REMOVE MORE OR LESS EXISTING WORK, PROVIDED THAT SUCH VARIATION WILL EXPEDITE THE PROJECT AND NOT INCREASE THE EXPENSE TO THE OWNER OR VIOLATE / ANY CODES. THESE OPTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE LUXOT 11CA'S PROJECT MANAGER'S APPROVAL. / H. COORDINATE ANY SYSTEMS SHUTDOWNS WITH LANDLORD & INCLUDE COSTS OF SHUTDOWN IN THE BID. I. EXCEPT AS NOTED, G.C. SHALL INCLUDE COSTS TO CUT, PATCH AND/OR REPAIR EXISTING WORK AND EXISTING FACILITIES WHICH MAY BE DISTURBED DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK IN BID PACKAGES. J. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS, THOSE ITEMS WHICH ARE REMOVED, AND ARE NOT RELOCATED / OR REUSED, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE G.C. K. ANY EXISTING LIGHTING, CEILING, SOFFITS AND CEILING TILE TO BE REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. L. WINGS M. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY BARRICADE. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED nECEIVEtD CITY OF T UI WILA: NOV 16 2020 SFp 2 3 2020 1-LCI-STI.I-AD701-REV00 PERMIT CENTER City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION °�46�Ceeex1,<c=1a1Mn11CaT6C1Wo26 .O.ptt e2cI'll iSTORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL S PAC E 41E416. SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O O_ � O LU O 00 Up LL o L_ J 0 ED 4 @ O � �cu O � D O Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-79 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-2a-20 WILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record Seal C N � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 - IIEOISF D �.'W" it L GOR11Ir,,r) d STAT! t1f ' _ Architect/ Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF AD101 Checked By CM A. ALL METAL BENCH COUNTERTOPS AT SINK LOCATIONS H. G.C. TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRACING, AS REQUIRED, IN SHALL RECEIVE A MARINE EDGE. WALLS TO SUPPORT WALL CABINETS AND FIXTURES. B. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL I. G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL LOCKSET OPERATIONAL DETAILS. BY TENANT ONLY. C. NEW SIGN BY SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR TO BE INSTALLED. 1. G.C. TO SIGN FOR PACKAGES WITH A NOTE "SUBJECT TO SIGNAGE TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL SIGNAGE CODES. CONCEALED DAMAGES" ON IT. SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL. K. IN RELOCATIONS, SOME EXISTING OD EQUIPMENT AND TABLES TO BE RELOCATED AND REUSED. VERIFY ITEMS D. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. L. E - EXISTING TO REMAIN. E. G.C. TO REFERENCE FIXTURE CONTRACTORS SHOP R = EX STING TO BE RELOCATED. DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL FUT= FUTURE EQUIPMENT FIXTURES, WALL CABINETS, BASE CABINETS, AND COUNTERTOPS. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE M. G.C. TO INSTALL LOCKERS IN EMPLOYEE AREA PER CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE PROPER FIT OF ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COMPONENTS, N. REFER TO 3/A-403 FOR ACCESSIBILITY ACCESS SIGNAGE F. G.C. TO ENSURE FIXTURES ARE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. O. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. G. DO NOT SILICONE CAULK LENS PROCESS ROOM TABLES OR BACK SPLASHES TO THE WALL. INSTALL PER MFG 4 INSTRUCTIONS. EXAM 05 CLG. HT.=8'-0" F - - - - LEASE LINE a FULL HT. GLASS NEW WALLS EXISTING WALLS dtnn tLv.nnnn NEW WALL W/ SOUND BATTS _ _ _ _ _ NEW/EXTG. BULKHEAD URGENT CARE LAB 102 CLG. HT.=9'-0" B �P ��iii►i`' BACK XB-FILE-av OF HOUSE 7 " JE � - 06 CLG. HT.=B'-0" m ' 28 4 ail xe-TRASH L LC05- 32-EXI \ SE- -CHART R ^o \ I 1 oo-s9el 1e4Tn O (1st" I- ,, .w \ DETER STORAGE 4 a 20 � k; 116 8 sLem Ex w3-zea�-so�1 p;Matc v vs� m ,> CLG. HT.= 9'-0" I = xll I I J n I LB06 24 �N�59 1 CONTACT LENS ROOM e 8 sa3z-W ( I 3 13 20 n 8 I- 104 CLG. HT. 9'-0' t2 GiEcrcSa I I m = I I m 20 14 8 18 aN3- 0311-00 05311-W 8 \ 5806 00 OD RECEPTION/ _ 1 WAITING AREA - 24 03 6 20 Lo CLG. HT.=10'-0' \ m 5 4 ( V 8 J 9zH0-sm9 1 6 I W ateso 1 00.218E MALE es -rhos v v v v v� vv RESTROOM OD OSBt CLG. HT.=B'-0" we :/-%''��> \ r 8- ASti> yy l w9 10 ALCOVE 108 1 \ 0 i I a4y v CLG. HT.=8'-0" (� - - _ - _ J \ %OOH BX FEMALE WC \ 20 14 RESTROOM /rl/ xo=rRas ---1 13 v $ 111 16 1 v 4 CLG. HT. =8'-0° 1 1 1 n2Q FQ,o v 2 HALLWAY #z 110 I\ d_�1-• I 11 v 9 010 CLG. HT.=9'-O" f- - \ L EO1WB vvv v v vv l tC05-GH30 LC05-GH30 \ EQ105C \ HALLWAY #1 1 CLG. HT.=9'-0" 3 sa-zsa -so�T 18 8 41', 1a12 1 o (g 207 4 8 -Im 1 \ >� 1a, 8 .i^ 16 6 RE E FUTURE J/�/{^(o' v J PTEST ��� „ 3 I "3`� I ,ti FUTURE PRE -TEST EXAM 14 DID - CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0' FIXTURE - FLOOR PLAN 1 SCALE 114'=1 0' - PRE -TEST 109 CLG. HT. =8'-0' os3n W ................................... W-usso REFERENCE A100 TO LOCATE CENTERLINE 8'-8 5/8" I CU1 779-03-00 I o43zt/\o-/W'�/V) CU79T79-02-W `�-" 00-0 Eb0 I 9" I 11" RETAIL RAY -BAN SALES AREA AREA 101 1016 CLG. HT.=10'-6' CLG. HT.=10'-6" 1" T-11" 10 E DI 9 I °05 31-W ' -OI1 -C" -L Ct a FIG -0t 19 22 ( 23 E � A1co � TYP A RAY AN >� - W- zo O 20 �qi �'yv 1J, 05311-00 05311-(0 - o B O B 05305-00 �/ 2 05305 D0 20 3 D AIW ,. TMP.,,., W.IOVSO 25 e W-L06S0 m W-3 1/4" 00-OLESO ti 24 OAKLEY AREA 101C CLG. HT.=10'-6" N _ �i o o 05803 CO 48" CLEAR SPACE 2'-5 1/2" 9'-21/4' 6'-11/8" a i v _ 05803 W 05803-W SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION I II II zz 1 II II y07 I I ' 1 5 INTERIOR STOREFRONT P- 1CIA CLG. HT.=12'-7" g1 o _ m J FQ I - I C B 9,too ( Q LB10 I 1 REVISION #3 PLAN NOTE: CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE THROUGHOUT REVIEWED FOF CODE COMPLIAN APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISR C T RECEIVED CITY of 1 U1G%41LA SFP 23 2020 PERMIT CENTER C WAYFARER LOCATION 1• t. 3 �t jff DLOCI \ u+ o3nooai o)maol a v 4 0 \ �J 6'-O 1/4" 8'-0 5/8' 9'-7 1/4" IT-7 5/8' LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX CODE DIMENSIONS (inch) POSITION CODE DIMENSIONS (inch) POSITION LB01 4-4'WxT-09/32'H OAKLEY CORNER LB06 T-119/32-Wx4'-811/16'H ODBACKWRAP LB02 2'-3' W x T- 6 3/8-H OAKLEY CORNER LB07 4'-6'W x 12'-13/4'H 4 STOREFRONVIA L603 4'-4'W x T-0 9/32'H OAKLEY CORNER LB08 6'-2'W x 11'6' H STOREFRONT LB04 OAKLEY CORNER O 6'-2'W x 10'-0 3/4'H LBOS O 4'-3'W x 9'-6 3/4'H WAITING AREA LB10 5'-0' W x 12'-1 3/4' H STOREFRONT REQUIRES NEXTORE APPROVAL 4 I NOTE. IN -WALL BLOCKING LOCATIONS TO BE VERIFIED WITH SHOP DRAWINGS (NO EXCEPTIONS) CONSULTANT R� EFERTOREELECTED AWAITING CONFIRMED CEILING PLAN SHEET A102 FOR CEILING TYPE AND 3/4"xB"F.R.T.PLY . IN -WALL BLOCKING HEIGHT. CONT. IN -WALL BLOCKING LOCATIONS FROM NEXTORE. BEHIND PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES @ 8'-6" F,F. 3/4' x 8" F.R.T. PLY. CONT. (BETWEEN STUDS) IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND PERIMETER WALL = FIXTURES E 3/4" x 20" F.R.T. PLY. CONT. (BETWEEN STUDS) IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND PERIMETER WALL - FIXTURES N , 054IB- 03400-01 1. GRAPHIC PACKAGE ITEMS; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON 14, '.. G002 AND GRAPHICS SCHEDULES FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. REFER TO 8E5!F. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AS APPLICABLE. 15 LED WALL 2. CENTER MILLWORK, LED WALL, AND GRAPHICS ON THIS LINE. 16. NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES TO BE 3. DOCTOR'S EQUIPMENT. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON INSTALLED. SEE ENLARGED RESTROOMS PLANS AND TYPICAL �GO\02. RESTROOM ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A-403 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4. COAT HOOK AT 48' AND 60' TO CENTERLINE OF HOOKS. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET G002 S. SHELVING ON STANDARDS; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON 17. EXISTING JETERS TO BE RELOCATED AS SHOWN. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM. SHEET G002 6. 2A-10BC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE MARSHAL. 18. ACCESSIBLE COUNTER TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, & LOCAL CODES. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET. (SUGGESTED PLAN.) 19. INSTALL WALL FIXTURES SEQUENTIALLY STARTING AT THIS POINT. RE 7' PLUMBING FIXTURES FIELD VERIFY LENGTH OF WALL REQUIRED FOR FIXTURES, PRIOR TO PROTECT IN P___ FRUETION, MI? RNEFA if) INSTALLATION. REPORT TO PROJECT MANAGER. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT OF FIXTURES. 20. HANGING WAYFARER GLASSES PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED 8. APPLY PAINTABLE CAULK WHERE MILLWORK MEETS GYP BD. WALL. BY GC. SEE C/A100 AND DETAIL 15/A402. 9. NEW BLADE SIGN. SEE STOREFRONT BETAIES FGRADEIFFRTNAE !NFeRMAFIBN: 21. 10. SEE PERIMETER WALL FIXTURE SECTION D/A100. SEE ALSO 22. ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A200. POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 11, EDGE OF FIXTURE TO AHGN wiTi I eElFsIBE EB6E eF FbeeR TRANSITION 23. MONITOR. SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. 12. CONTRACTOR TO BOLT SAFE TO FLOOR, CHECK WITH SAFE 24. LIGHTBOX. SEE ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS. MANUFACTURER FOR KIT OR BOLTING INSTRUCTIONS. 25. MIRROR SMART SHOPPER WITH TOUCH MONITOR. 13. 26. COLUMN TO RECEIVE MIRROR FINISH. SEE PLANS. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: t\D<MRE o caw w.m4aa Waco. rwa,o". ox <swo • ,15teINNIA] i ' 06Geamcry &wkEastGrakry. Cio(026 •.I (86o)a3t9lW STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O � O O r) � O V 0 O C J @ l v- ct3 Ono If �° � J CD O Q O UJ mmummmmmmmmom Revisions: Mark Date By 12-18-i9 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENTCOMMENTS Q8-14.2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal REGISTERED ARCHITECT CORTLAAD MORG N STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A100 Checked By CM BACK OF HOUSE 106 CLG. HT.= 8'-0" JETER v STORAGE 116 , CLG. HT. =9'-W CONTACT LENS ROOM 104 CLG. HT. =9'-0" OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA 103 CLG. HT.=10'-D" N V is � 3 W URGENT EXAM 3 CARE LAB 06 102 CLG. HT.=B'-0" pNT. 32 CLG. HT.=9'-0° 32 0 F.D. +{-9'-3" 4 718" 8'-0" HOLD F.D. +{- 8'-61/4" 71/4" T-8" 11'-21/2° 3'-5 a MIN. z v v 4 v - o 33 a � I .. I � �) .-•_ .0 , � � I � z Awo Aaa aoa n i:. \ r1 ...'jT. . 1 I a �. ✓, \.,. A r A oa a 1 4_ _ Aa°o IF L 363.8 1.: 38 8i 27 ®� 36 �I Z ! L � - i-- 3 ,. - 1 - 0 I- ' \�., .8 O .. _,oa _I I 21/4" C U 24 1 t05.3/4" Aaoo : I 34 T�ALIGN -'-I- A 00 32 0 Aa04 o� I J, =�10 3,:5„ I 47/8" g,_0" 43 9 32 0 j '° J 9 - - - Aaoa SIM. SIM- -� 77 I i I�ml 1 4 1 1 I� 42 43 -5 I C' r -t-m v 1 9 43 0 32 4- MIN. z ALIGN - -- Z Q j ED. I I T2 U4° o i 13'-11" 31-0 3/4" 0 w v d 4 24 �- � G 104A ,oa - YP: OPP. ' TYP,. .. .. I 36 38 32 F..D:. 6-01/2' -1 "•1. 91/4' 47{84, MALE I� RESTROOM 112 CLG-HT. 8'-0" x Aay 0 40 1 aA Aaoa . 18 ALCOVE 1 \ _AacD 38 III _ 108 CLG. HT.=B'-0" 1 A 0 :... 712 Aa00 1 6 F.D. +/-5'-0^ '.YT PINT 16 3B (5,_0„ MN.) FEMALE I tT RESTROOM 1 7116 40 .N&S 378". 4 718'- I CLG. HT.=8'-0" 1 40 1 1 VT. PINT. f h III I HALLWAY#2 1 31 to I �• I 1 CLG. HT.=9'-0" I 1 47/8" 47/8" fl z Lif 20 37 io7 _. iI I ».. HALLWAY#1 107 I CLG. HT.=9'-0" �LIGN II „3 0 L �-- ' I Aa00 _ va A1. 32 + 2,-6„ ) FUTURE PRE -TEST f F) t /+ 2.6° CLG. HT.=8'-0" ,ice z Q 1 X RETAIL RAY -BAN SALES AREA AREA 101 1018 CLG. HT.=10'-6" CLG. HT. =10'-6" i0 91 3/ "WALL Aa°6 FIN. SrE DTLS. 91 � " 9'-3" F.D. +/- 15'-6" 5'-0" 1 3!4" WALL MIN. �, N FIN. SEE DTLS. N TY TYP. 41 TYP. -Iiwrvrt)rjlvl rvvlc. 1 -. ASAP G.C. TO LOT (CHALK LINE) I CENTERLINE OF EXIS ING ENTRY DOORS I e-. AND ROOM #108 PARTITIONS SO AS TO NOTE: SHADING THIS AREA FIELD VERIFY T ISDJ NSION. IF FIELD INDICATES LOCATION EXISTING r GYP. BRD. CEILING TO REMAIN VERIFIED DI E LESS THAN 5'-0" NOTIFY NEX IRETRUCTION F m = I MANAGER AAJ RE(Z 3T DIRECTIVE. 29 30 31 I j TYPICAL THROUGHOUT EQ, EQ. 3 43 9 ( 2 I A5°5 24 REVISION #3 NOTE: V-1 1/2" DIMENS ONS ADJUSTED - ,a THROUGHOUT �^ � ��♦ A75- U 1 � 7 CD 7-�L.. 7 1 - FACE OF EXISTING CONST. SEE z zo a A405 DEMO. PLAN AAW Aaoa A- I F.D. o _---------- -- +l-4 ^ - 43 Inn q 12" O _ 4 7/8" 4 7/8" 4 7/8"11 v EQ. (F.D. +/4-71/2") EQ. (F.D. +/4-71/2") 8'-0" HOLD 1' 8" 71'-2 1/2" 32 FUTURE 32 PRE -TEST EXAM PRE -TEST 114 113 109 4 CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0" 1 CONSi'RUCi'ION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" ------------- ` 9'-3" 12'-4" 1 OAKLEY 5'-F W AREA EQ. FIN. OPENING EQ. 101C SEE ELEV. AND CLG. HT.=1U-6° DETAILS i A300 INTERIOR STOREFRONT 101A CLG. HT.=12'-7" 1 IN 16 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila L BUILDING DIVISION nECEi`iFD CITyOF it>I,:%VILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERTAIT CENTER - CENTER LINE '17T7TI��T717LIiRFQS7 NEW WALL W/ SOUND BATTS - - - - LEASE LINE EXISTING WALLS NEW WALLS _ _ _ NEW/EXTG. BULKHEAD 5-LCI-A101-REV 0.0 1. LEASE LINE, TYP. 2. ,. . 3. APPLY WHITE SILICONE CAULK ALONG JOINTS AT ALL WET AREAS. 4. NEW CONSTRUCTION AROUND EXISTING COLUMNS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE MIN. UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED. 5. EDGE OF CEILING SOFFIT ABOVE, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 6. NEW FLOOR DRAIN, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 7. LOCATION OF NEW STUB -UP CONDUIT. REFER TO A104 AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.. B. NEW PLUMBING CHASE, METAL STUDS & 5/8" TYPE W MR (MOISTURE RESISTANT) GYPSUM BOARD ON PLUMBING FIXTURE SIDE, REFER TO APPLICABLE DETAILS. 9. LIGHTBOX MOUNTING, SEE DETAILS. 10 EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION. G.C. TO PATCH/REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING & LEVEL 4 FINISH, TYP. 11. EILEAR TEMPERED GLAZING IN PREFINIS 12. J13. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 14. NEW PHONE BOARD (2) 4'x8' PLY INSTALLED B' SIDE VERTICAL @ 18 AFF. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 15. RECESSED RECEPT"' EE)O DI FFE r ECTR 16. REFER TO 4/A403 FOR GRAB BAR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 17. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL 2x8 BLOCKING FOR GM DESK CENTERED AT 12" ARE AND 30" AFF., LOCATE GM DESK PER FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN A100. 18. HVLO WATER FOUNTAIN. RE:2/A-403 AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 19. GC TO DEMARCATE IN CAUTION TAPE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE AT THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AS INDICATED. MUST BE 42" CLEAR FROM FACE& 30" CLEAR SIDE TO SIDE, ABOVE AND BELOW. 20. DETEX-THRIFLOCK RELATCHING EXIT. INSTALL IF NOT EXISTING. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 27. DEREIENGIE? 22. \ FIRE RATING AS REQUIRE-9 PER 1HRISDIE-ION. 23. " 24. DIMENSION THIS AREA IS TO FACE OF MIRROR, SEE DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 25. . 26. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN. SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR RECLAD SCOPE OF WORK. 27. NEW LAB GLASS POCKET DOOR WITH CRASH GRAPHIC VINYL. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 28. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO BE PAINTED AND HAVE WALL BASE APPLIED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MALL SURFACE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REP. SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL .-1 INFORMATION. 29. WHERE EXISTNG CONSTRUCTION IS TO REMAIN (AND WILL BE VISIBLE). G.C. TO PATCH/REPAIR AS REQUIRED FOR LEVEL 4 FINSH. 30. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW FRAMING AND GYP. BRD. AS / IF REQUIRED DUE TO NEW CEILING HEIGHTS THROUGHOUT. REFERENCE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 31. WITHIN (2) DAYS OF POSSESSION OF TENANT SPACE: G.C. TO VERIFY IF ACCESS TO ANY EXISTING CLEAN -OUTS AND OR VALVES THIS AREA MUST BE MAINTAINED. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE ANY REQUIRED ACCESS WITH LANDLORD REP. AND NEXTORE CONST. MGR.. 32. AT FRAMING LAYOUT STAGE THIS DIMENSION TO BE FIELD DETERMINED. IF FIELD VERIFIED DIMENSION IS LESS THAN DIMENSION SHOWN NOTIFY NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND REQUEST DIRECTIVE, 33. AT LTEA..0VERIFY EIH AND ECTOCAN BE NSTAED HS ARRA ASSHOWNOORDINATWITELECTRICAL DRWIGSANELRICIAN. 34. WALL MOUNT MONITOR / LED SCREEN THIS ROOM TO BE INSTALLED CENTERED ON LAB DOOR OPENING AS SHOWN, 35. REFERENCE SHEET A100 FOR INFORMATION DESCRIBING SALES AREA MILLWORK WHICH REQUIRES IN -WALL BLOCKING. 36. REFERENCE ELEVATIONS FOR REQUIRED IN -WALL BLOCKING THIS ROOM. 37. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL A NEW ADDRESS VINYL FOR THE BACK DOOR. MUST PURCHASE THROUGH THE MALL. 38. SHADING THIS ROOM INDICATES G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 39. FACE OF RAY BAN WALL FINISH. SEE DETAILS. 40. THIS ROOM TO RECEIVE WALL. TILE FINISH FROM FLOOR TO CEILING. INSTALL ON 5/8" CEMENT BOARD (INSTEAD OF 5/8" GYP. BRD). THIS DIMENSION IS TO FACE OF WALL TILE. 41. REFERENCE SHEET A100 FOR INFORMATION DESCRIBING RAY BAN SALES AREA MILLWORK WHICH REQUIRES hN-WALL BLOCKING. 42. LED WALL. SEE ELEVATION AND DETAILS. 43. NOTE: AT VIDEO WALL AND LED WALL LOCATIONS G.C. TO INSTALL 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. MAX... SEE DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. / 17- �� q // A. GC TO MAINTAIN ALL DIMENSIONS AS SPECIFIED FOR LENS PROCESS ROOM. NOTIFY LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OF HOLD DIMENSIONS. B. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY PREPARATION OF THE FLOOR SLAB AND PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED AT THE ENTRANCE TO PRODUCE A FLUSH CONDITION BETWEEN THE STORE CLOSURE LINE AND THE EXISTING MALL FLOORING. C. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FO R INSTALLING ALL FINISH FLOORING. GC IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINISH WALL MATERIALS BEHIND AND UNDER ALL MILLWORK. D. GC SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL BLOCKING IN ALL WALLS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL SHELVING AND CABINETS. ANCHOR BLOCKING W/ SCREWS AT TOP MIDDLE AND BOTTOM (NO SILICONE). REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. E. ADEQUATE ACCESS PANELS OR DOORS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO TENANT WORK FOR INSPECTION SERVICE AND REPLACEMENT OF BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE PLACEMENT WITH LANDLORD'S ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE. F. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS G. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SUBMITTED TO LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. H. ALL MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES ARE TO BE FOLLOWED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON THIS PROJECT. I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING THE REPRESENTATIVE LISTED AS SOON AS CONTRACTS ARE AWARDED TO COMMUNICATE DESIRED SCHEDULE DATES AND PROJECT INFORMATION. J. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL UPCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH THE DELAY OF ORDERING SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. K. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION. L. ALL TENANT FURNISHED ITEMS (MATERIAL AND LABOR) TO BE SCHEDULED, COORDINATED & SUPERVISED BY GC. M. G.C. TO POST A SIGN ABOVE ENTRY DOORS WITH ONE INCH LETTERS STATING'THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". WHEN UNLOCKED, DOORS MUST SWING WITHOUT OPERATION OF ANY LATCHING DEVICE. (NOTE: DEADBOLTS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON SECOND EXIT DOOR.) N. FIRE MARSHAL TO DETERMINE FINAL LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 0. CAULK AROUND FRP TO THE WALLS WITH WHITE SILICONE CAULKING. P. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS- Q. I. R. ALL GYP. WALL BOARD TO BE FINISH LEVEL 4. CEILING GYP. TO BE LEVEL 5 FINISH. S. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS MEETS AND ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI STANDARD FOR THIN SET TILE AND THE LATEST EDITION OF TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. IF THERE ARE ISSUES OR DEFICIENCIES, CONTACT LUND FTICA PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. T. ALL NEW DOORS TO BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE HINGE SIDE IS 4" FROM NEARTEST WALL, U.N.O. 3-LCI-A101-REV 0.0 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NB<TORE sawow"�,avlma.ma:o,,,oe<sao O"Ie Qrs 06[reamery6rmk [m<GraNry. Ci06P16 Y+t IeW)a3)-9'/W STORE #79779 SOUTHICENTER MALL SPACE '#416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O QCD � O l7� O LL.0 C O O J � O � DID O x � J CD LU n O Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 18 19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS e-is-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS L Architect / Engineer of Record (z NO C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED A( 11s CT CORTLAND F10RCAN STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect {Engineer lob No 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A101 Checked By CM , E tt Ya `t x a ii TyT s r� i 'a +. t a yr E uas s t » n nt SUPPLY DESCRIPTION FINISHED SIZE DOOR FRAME LATCH FUNCTION FIRE DOOR JAMB HEAD JAMB SYM. FIN./ USE / TYPE WIDTH FIGHT. THK. MAT. THRESH. DEVICE LOCK LABEL TYPE TYPE TYPE SIZE REMARKS 'I MAT. FIN./ INSTALL COLOR COLOR G.C. TO ENSURE DOOR AND HARDWARE ARE IN GOOD WORKING O EXISTING ENTRY DOOR PR. +/-3'-0" +/-8'-0" EXIST. EXIST. ALUM. & EXISTING EXIST. EXISTING NONE EXISTING NEW NONE EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING ORDER. REPAIR / REPLACE MATERIALS AS / IF REQUIRED. G.C. TO EXISTING DOUBLE ACTING ALUM. CYLINDER INSTALL NEW CYLINDER PER CONST. MGR. SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS 2 3 GLASS 2 FOR RECLAD AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION GC O URGENT CARE LAB 4'-0" (CLR. 8'-101/2" (CLR. 112' TEMP. 3 NO NONE NONE NONE A (CLEAR 11/A404 6 4 SEE PLAN �✓' 4 POCKET GLASS DOOR. 11/A404 GC OPENING OPENING) GLASS GLASS GC O DETER CLOSET T-0" T-0" 13/4" w..D/ FROSTED TEMP. MATCH ADJACENT MATCH ADJACENT NO SEE HARDWARE SCHED SEE HARDWARE NONE G (FROSTED 7/A402 7/A40 SEE PLAN POCKET GLASS DOOR. REFERENCE 7/A402 3 GC WALLS WALLS . SCHED. LASS_), GC O GYP. OPENING (CONTACT LENS ROOM) SEE PLAN T-2" (CLR. OPENING) NA - - MATCH ADJACENT NO NONE NONE NONE NONE 5 5 SEE PLAN MUD -IN JAMB CAP. SEE JAMB TYPE 5 THIS SHEET GC WALLS G.C. O CONTACT LENS CLOSET PR" +/-2'-10" T-0" TBD METAL) FROSTED TEMP. REFINISHE BYPASS REFINISHE NO SEE HARDWARE SCHED. SEE HARDWARE NONE H (FROSTED 5 2 SEE PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR OPENING SIZE FOR PAIR OF DOORS. (DOOR WIDTH TO BE FIELD VERIFIED] GC SEE RMKS, GLASS SCHED. GLASS) 3 EXAM #1 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. AND 6-0" A.F.F. G.C. t0fi EMPLOYEE AREA T-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER DUMMY NONE D 1 1 SEE PLAN 2 INSTALL TEMPERED GLASS LITE AS SHOWN GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS G.G. TO ENSURE DOOR AND HARDWARE ARE IN GOOD WORKING 1O EXISTING SERVICE DOOR +/-T-0" +/-7'-0" EXIST. EXIST. " MATCH ADJACENT EXIST. MATCH ADJACENT NONE EXISTING EXIST. EXIST. EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING NG ORDER. REPAIR / REPLACE MATERIALS AS / IF REQUIRED, G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL A NEW ADDRESS VINYL FOR THE BACK DOOR. EXISTING N. WALLS WALLS 2 MUST PURCHASE THROUGH THE MALL. G.C. i08 ALCOVE 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. AND 6'-0" A.F.F. G.C. 03 O PRETEST 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. AND 6'-0" A.F.F. GC ° O GYP. OPENING (RESTROOM HALLWAY) SEE PLAN T-2" (CLR. OPENING) NA MATCH ADJACENT NO NONE NONE NONE NONE 5 5 SEE PLAN MUD -IN JAMB CAP. SEE JAMB TYPE 5 THIS SHEET GC 4 WALLS 3 G.G. O FEMALE RESTROOM 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER PRIVACY NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS G.C. O MALE RESTROOM 3'-0" T-0" 1 3(4" WOOD SOLID CORE MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER PRIVACY NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN GC WALLS WALLS COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. AND 6'-0' A.F.5(NOTE: CLOSER NOT TO BE INSTALLED THIS DOOR TO COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY G.C. a O EXAM #2 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO (EVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS I I REQUIREMENTS) G.C. na FUTURE PRETEST T-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. AND 6'-0" A.F.F. G.C. O FUTURE PRETEST 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C t 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, 6C SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. AND 6'-0" A.F.F. G.C. ons BARRICADE 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO (EVER NONE NONE C (SIM.) 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, GC CORE WALLS METAL WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. REFERENCE DOOR #106 HARDWARE (SIM.) G.C. O TEMPORARY REAR EXIT DOOR 3 -0 T-0" 1 3/4' HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER PANIC/ ALARM 45 MIN. E 1 1 SEE PLAN TEMPORARY EGRESS DOOR DURING PHASING CONSTRUCTION. GC WALLS WALLS 4 t-LCIST17-A--REVOO ,'xx . u „✓ .'„%✓. i. 4 ... x t.. 5 k ����i �L it .. ,, :•, , 1t . ,. .. ,.+. ..>a 4 '` , ti:. :.:.. _, , ..., x . 5.+- , :.. i" MUD -IN )-BEAD G.C. TO SEND DETAIL TO DORMA REPRESENTATIVE /DISTRIBUTOR FOR 3 5/8' METAL. STUD WALL 3 5/8' METAL STUD DOOR PANEL PROPER QUOTE AND SUPPLY OF REQUIRED W/ 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. WALL W/ 5/B' TYPE 3 5/8' METAL STUD WALL COMPONENTS. PROVIDE DOORMOTION EACH SIDE °X" GYP. BD. EACH W/ 5/8' TYPE °X° GYP. BD. WHEN APPLICABLE. SIDE EACH SIDE (2) 6" X 20 GA. METAL POCKET DOOR STUD BOX BEAM WITH FRAME MUD -IN 3 5/8°,16 GA. TRACK (2) 6- X 20 GA. METAL CLOSUR JAMB TOP & BOTTOM STUD BOX BEAM WITH 4 BLOCKING AS NEEDED 3 5/8',16 GA. TRACK TOP & BOTTOM 3 5/ ETAL— °L°TRIM _ - (2AMB TU WALL FRY REGLET DRML-625 RETURN OR EQUAL v ANCHOR JGA / 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYP. BD.EACH " (2) 20 GA. SI MTL.STUDS -- 3/4° DEEP REVEAL. CREATE WITH 3/4" MDF. BLOCKING, PAINTED 3/4' METAL CLAD CASING BY OCKET DOOR--G.C. FINISH=M-109 410 SCREWS@ FRAME EZYJAMB MUD -IN EZYCAP16 GA. M, p 12' O.C. AND HARDWARE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GC. DORMA (CE-R) RECESSED STOP, & CASING. BY PASS SIDING ' SIZE: SUBJECT TO WALL THICKNESS. SLIDING POCKET DOOR DOOR HARDWARE DOOR PANEL HARDWARE 112' TEMPERED HEAD AND JAMB SIMILAR HEAD HEAD AND JAMB SIMILAR MONOLITHIC GLASS DOOR PANEL BY G.C. INTERIOR DOOR HEAD -SLIDING METAL CASING OPENING HEAD D OOR DOOR -POCKET 3-1-CISTI7-A--REVOt 1 O EXISTING V.I.F. G.C. TO REPLACE IF REQUIRED TO BE IN LIKE NEW CONDITION FURNISH &INSTALL BY G.C. ® FURNISH BY TENANT &INSTALL BY G.C. ® FURNISH & INSTALL BY LANDLORD. o O del O 03 O O ^ Wp O 105 O 106 e a O p> z z O 810 .+ ., ,.. Y, Jx., 31•`�, ' '¢O -0 1O i�O x a g O �® 02 g'„O O ,O 0 O wa O Ra O EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) O 3 O PIVOT HINGES: SPECIFIED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. SHOP DRAWINGS TO BE APPROVED. 4 BUTT HINGES (1-112 PAIR PER DOOR) STANLEY HARDWARE F138-179, 4-1/2' x 4-1/2" FINISH - US26D Z NON -REMOVABLE PIN HINGES MUD -IN JAMB CAP. SEE JAMB TYPE 5 THIS SHEET EXISTING (SEE STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR SPECIFICATIONS & DIRECTIONS OF FINISHES) O STORE ID, SPACE, BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS, NEW ADDRESS VINYL FOR A K R , MU PURCHASE THROUGH TH MAIL O PANIC / ALARM SEC. DEVICE. DETEX V4xEB. USED AT DOORS OPN'G. TO INTERIOR. VERIFY MODEL 3IS COMPATIBLE WITH PROJECF CONDITION PRIOR TO ORDERING O PANIC / ALARM SEC. DEVICE. TRIDENT MODEL TEL-210. USED AT DOORS OPENING TO EXTERIOR, VERIFY MODEL # IS COMPATIBLE WITH PROJECT CONDITION PRIOR TO ORDERING THRESHOLDS PEMKO MFG. CO. #175A / ALUMINUM, ALLOY 6063-76 FOR EXTERIOR DOOR CONDITIONS W WEATHER STRI PIN NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTSINC. #162 DKB Al HEAD & JAMB #15 DKBN OR APPROVED EQ. AT BOTTOM FOR EXTERIOR DOOR CONDITIONS PEEP HOLE SCHLAGE WIDE ANGLE DOOR VIEWER #SC698 B 619 NICKEL. INSTALL AT REAR SERVICE DOOR(S) O — ALUMINUM FRAMED DOOR W/ GLASS. KAWNEER 190 NARROW STILE W/ 10" BOTTOM RAIL z KAWNEER DOORS - ANODIZED ALUMINUM HARDWARE: PUSH-CP, PULL-CS-9 (ARCHITECT'S CLASSIC) 190 g GLASS DOOR PULLS C.R. LAURENCE PRODUCTS 30LPBS, BRUSHED STAINLESS 30' EXTRA LENGTH LADDER STYLE BACK-TO-BACK PULL HANDLE SET (VERIFY FINISH PRIOR TO ORDERING - TO BE POWDERCOATED TO MATCH FINISH M-109) FRAMELESS GLASS DOOR HARDWARE SET BY STOREFRONT VENDOR. (U.N.O.) GLASS WITH EXPOSED EDGES, TO BE FLAT POLISHED; SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISH; TAPERED BOTTOM RAIL: FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT SECURITY GATE THE SLIDING DOOR COMPANY: SOLO PANEL SYSTEM W/ FROSTED GLASS; SILVER FRAME; SQUARE DESIGNER HANDLE EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) Q LAJ "CLASSROOM"- BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 93K-7-R-15-D-STK FINISH - US26D - KEY OPERATED ON OUTSIDE ONLY = ® ® ® 2 "PASSAGE"- BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 93K-0-N-15-D-STK FINISH - US26D - NO KEY ON EITHER SIDE "PRIVACY"- BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 93K-0-L-15-D-STK FINISH - US26D PUSH BUTTON ON INSIDE, KEY ON OUTSIDE tA z DUMMY DOOR LEVER BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 73KC-0-1DT-15-D-STK (7KC SERIES) FINISH - US26D SINGLE SURFACE MOUNTED LEVER FOR A NON -LATCHING DOOR HAFELE DOOR,: EDGE PULL HA-911.26.310 OR EQ. DOOR PULL: HAFELE STAR TECH FLUSH DOOR PULL #902.000 1,0 EXTERIOR LOCK CORES INSTA-KEY p INTERIOR LOCK CORES BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 9K SERIES CONSTRUCTION CORE PROVIDED AT PUNCH 2 GENERAL LOCK; DOOR HOOKBOLT; AHB118 AUDU 3 THE SLIDING DOOR COMPANY: SQUARE DESIGNER HANDLE; SILVER LOCK TO BE KEYED ON BOTH SIDES WITH A LOCKED INDICATOR ON THE INTERIOR TENANT SIDE 2 EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) UJ DOOR CLOSERS 4400 SERIES YALE COMMERCIAL (MOUNT ON NON-PUBLIC SIDE OF DOOR). ALUMINUM 689 • 0 O ® ® A ® ® 0 p CLOSER - PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY STOREFRONT VENDOR (GC) 3 - d HEAD CLOSER: (EXTERIOR ENTRY DOOR) CONCEALED CLOSER LCN 5030 WITH A HOLD OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, SINGLE ACTION. EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) KICKPLATE (MATCH STYLE OF EXISTING SURROUNDING DOOR HARDWARE) p STANLEY DOOR SYSTEM; H X 10"H X 1/8" S I AINLESS SiEEL INS I ALLED P' FROM BOTTOM OF D N PU H SIDE 3 ® ® 0 -6 A # - WALL BUMPERS R E S IVES 407 1 2" CONCAVE. W5406 407CVX' COLOR: US26D j FLOOR STOPS IVES #436; SATIN CHROME WALL STOP (MATCH STYLE OF EXISTING SURROUNDING DOOR HARDWARE) DUST PROOF STRIKES IVES #DP1 DP126D SATIN CHROME 3 COAT HOOK: BOBRICK B-76727 DOUBLE ROBE HOOK; SATIN STAINLESS STEEL (1 AT 4'-0' AND 1 AT 6-0" A.F.F.) 3 ® 0 L it✓' '.»+ � >J. ,,., :v ~:. , ,. r .,. a:z xi t .. f ,k t. n , .( SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR PREFAB /PREFINISHED SLIDING GLASS POCKET DOOR SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FLUSH), SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FLUSH), SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FLUSH) HOLLOW CORE METAL DOOR (FLUSH) NOTE: ALL HARDWARE AND BOTTOM RAIL FINISHES ARE TO (FLUSH),W/ TEMPERED GLASS SINGLE PANE, W/ BY-PASS DOOR KIT. SEE W/ PAINT GRADE VENEER W/ PAINT GRADE VENEER. HOLLOW PAINT GRADE VENEER. HOLLOW HOLLOW METAL FRAME WITH MATCH M109. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR PAINT GRADE VENEER DOOR AND HARDWARE (INSTALL SILENCERS) METAL FRAME WITH SILENCERS. METAL FRAME WITH SILENCERS. SILENCERS. (PROVIDE KICKPLATE TO ORDERING (INSTALL SILENCERS). SCHEDULE (PROVIDE KICKPLATE ONLY IF (PROVIDE KICKPLATE ONLY IF ONLY IF SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED) 3 q 4 4 6 4" 8" CLOSER TOP PAT( FI N 7 n.°z 2 WITH PIV (f0�' METAL FROSTED / FRAME SLIDING o / TEMPERED - I GLASS DOOR = 1 / GLASS AS / - SCHEDULED / PEEP HOLE VIEWER GLA HEDULED FRAMELESS GLASS DOOR \ \ PANIC "VERTICAL PUSH/PULL p o SEE PLAN _ SEE PLAN \ _ t tot.m \ _ HARDWARE IBOTTOM RAIL CYLINDER LOCK 6" HIGH TAPERED CONTINUOUS RAIL'M109' O O O O FINISH 3 1. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL, OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. 2. EXIT DOORS (INCLUDING EXISTING DOORS) SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 36" IN WIDTH HAND NOT LESS THAN 6-8" IN HEIGHT. PROJECTIONS INCLUDING PANIC HARDWARE, SHALL NOT REDUCE THE OPENINGS TO LESS THAN 32' IN CLEAR WIDTH. 3. HEIGHT OF THRESHOLDS AT EXIT DOORS SHALL BE 1/2" MAXIMUM. 4. CARPET PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2" MAXIMUM. 5. AISLES LEADING TO REQUIRED EXITS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 44". 6. GLASS DOORS, ADJACENT PANELS, AND ALL GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 24" OF ADJACENT FLOORS SHALL BE TEMPERED GLASS. 7. PROVIDE EXIT SIGNS AND DIRECTIONAL EXIT SIGNS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLAN. EXIT SIGNS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 6" HIGH BY 3/4' STROKE BLOCK LETTERS ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 8. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BY TWO ELECTRIC LAMPS OR SHALL- BE OF APPROVED SELF -LUMINOUS TYPE. IF TWO LAMPS ARE USED, POWER SUPPLY TO ONE OF THE LAMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES WIRING SYSTEM, POWER SUPPLY TO THE OTHER LAMP SHALL BE FROM STORAGE BATTERIES. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, 9. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM AND SHALL PROVIDE A VALUE OF ONE FOOT CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. 10. ALL DOORS TO BE OPERABLE IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL AT ALL TIMES. 5-LCISTI7-A--REV00. 1. DOORS: GENERAL SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING CODE & CURRENT EDITION OF THE LIFE SAFETY CODE. 2. REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED, EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS AND SURFACE BOLTS OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF DEVICE THAT MAY BE USED TO CLOSE OR RESTRAIN THE DOOR OTHER THAN BY OPERATION OF THE LOCKING DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE EXIT DOORS ARE SUED IN PAIRS AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS ARE USED THE DOOR LEAF HAVING AND AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL HAVE NO DOOR KNOB OR SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRED MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. 3. DOOR HARDWARE. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRED TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE LEVER -OPERATED MECHANISMS, PUSH -TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U-SHAPED HANDLES ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. WHEN SLIDING DOORS ARE FULLY OPEN, OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES. HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBLE DOOR PASSAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48" (1220 MM) ABOVE FINISHES FLOOR. 4. CLEAR WIDTH. DOOR WAYS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF 32 IN. (815 MM) WITH THE DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES, MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE OPPOSITE STOP. 5. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS. FLOOR WITHIN THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. 6, THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS. THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/4 IN. (19 MM) IN HEIGHT FOR EXTERIOR SLIDING DOORS OR 112 IN. (13MM) FOR OTHER TYPES OF DOORS. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 7. DOOR CLOSURES, IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM A THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN. Q5 MM) FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. REVIEWED FOR CODE COIUIPLIANCE [iEGI1lEr, 8. DOOR OPENING FORCES. THE MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: CITY E I, (i��ti'IL.Ft APPROVED (1) FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE THE MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. NOV 16 2020 (2) (2) OTHER DOORS. (a) EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS: (RESERVED). (b) INTERIOR HINGED DOORS: 5 LET (22.2N). City of Tukwila (c) SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LEE (22.2N). BUILDING DIVISION THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT MAY HOLD THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. ,;FP 23 9070 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CON TR TI N MA A S UC O N CEMENT: *—L.—".1,1a 101asow •.,Isstrss-saw 96 Creamery-1, Em10,a ,r, Crv'lE6 e.I 1-1319- STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O :O It O _ p O cf 11)2 N J O CL O � J N O CD Q O mmoommmmmmm Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB 14-m20 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Seal C NO C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CORTLAND FAORGAN STATE OF @VASt1if`;GTON Architect Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: I IM L Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title DOOR SCHEDULES & HARDWARE Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A101.01 Checked By CM 6-LCISTI7-A--REV00 ' #. 3•x tir 4 1 n t' a L s r s r s �•.. & t "i -Y ,aE- 7 •', 'iL'�`- `s #t a #. rtt r a J rt � • 1 � r t r 7 3 M r. NO E: ,.., .L",.:: j„�.'=�T.. r, <.z,', .". +.3 ^`1 �.-~��., 'cs E. ,,.,,: ,:vif,,.: .. ,,,,.r#;z J.. ,,.. ,:.. ,, .•r..::, _.., ....x. ,., I D Y LUXOTTICA. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO A. EMERGENCY (ENT) LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CIRCUITED WITH AN "UNSWITCHED HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BATTERY PACK EVEN N. ENSURE E T SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION NA ALL LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURN SHE I L THIS PLAN INDICATES SUGGESTED LOCATIONS WHEN LUMINAIRE IS OFF. ENSURE THE ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY, IF THIS IS THE CASE, CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL THE LIGHTING DISTRIBUTOR FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF ONLY OF SECURITY CAMERAS AND SPEAKERS. G.C. B. ALL NIGHT -LIGHT (NL) LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCHING LIGHTING FIXTURES. IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, G.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH LUXOTTICA. MUST OBTAIN CONFIRMED SPEAKER AND CAMERA C. IT SHALL BE THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE G.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS 1. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LUMINAIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY LOCATIONS FROM NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL -VOLTAGE WITH BATTERY BACKUP (120/277 VOLT INPUT). INSTALL A CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM WHERE THE USE MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. D. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXITJEMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO OF INDIVIDUAL BATTERY UNITS ARE PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LUXOTTICA NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. IF PLAN LOCATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION, J. G.C. SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM, E. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, G.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE K. G.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT L. CEILING GRID SHALL BE CENTERED IN ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. NOTE: REFERENCE SHEET A407 FOR LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. M. DOWN LIGHTS SHALL BE CENTERED IN TILE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SUSPENDED CEILING INSTALL DETAILS F. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO ISO'-O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 250'-0' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. A. E.G. G. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU-WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS g . TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES _ -- SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THRU-WIRING, ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. ,^, V YP I URGENT RETAIL LRAY-BANEXAM CARELAB SALES AREA NOTENEW LIGHTS AT STOREFRONT12 C AC-4 105 102 C GYP-3 C GYP-3 101 -- TO BE INSTALLED WITH CONSISTENT CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT.=9'-0" CLG. HT.=10'-6" CLG. HT.=10'-6" DIMENSION FROM GLAZING TO EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL CENTERLINE OF LIGHT FIXTURE. EQ. EQ. 16 16 TYPICAL -------------- ------- - ---- - -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - --- ® \ I III tg�1� \ 4 TYP. e2 e2 TYR j r / _ a �! . D� / III Wl e e e e2 e - ei I N e ei e2 e / /e / �/ / e /e e / /, /� - - /� /I i / NOTE' REFERENCE AD200 FIN. OPN'G - x c� ' / / -k �/ � - 24 I E6.1 m EQ. - r 8 tD t(2" I (' -B° 1p ;// �,'^'%' I // // /I 1' % / AND A101 FOR INFORMATION 5 }g A.F F. ( 3 L - _ t / / / DESCRIBING LOCATION OF < TYP 17 DBW TYP. Dew Iv , (SEE DTLS) ( ' / r / .// �� . - / / TYP - - _j m 29 TYP. y 25 / I / / / - j EXISTING CEILING AT BACK STOREFRONT TO REMAIN OF HOUSE 106 � / 111 _ 12 C AC-2 m ,� 28 \ {, e2 e3 e2ie c CLG. HT.=8'-0" ga /i DETER C _' -' En 28 29 / L_ //. / _ / /_/«� 1L<�. P -/ / / _ _ _ _ 6,-�„ n4. O C GYP-2 EQ. ; EQ. O w Q � ' w H1ce �t{i3E x1Rw i r / _ w i J I 1 � / e3 e2 e2 e2 e3 w OoE ` 2`°"� A .// ',/1�w �z /e' / ,/ t --- m CONTACT -FULLo . V` / / / ✓. / �/% / / - /� // O�/ LENSROOM TILE 4 nmo I \ // I I I/ m3 Cy C GYP-3 104 ( �/./f)//- I I I I I I mp /�.�\\ I / //' //1- _1- _ /!// ---- _----;-- - , TYP. f ,� .// / 3'-3' EQ. EQ. I1 L \T6p_!«.,-«. 17 O - / / o -{-j Mt ��� A / / / - /��� I i OD RECEPTION/ -- 7 O. j I 7' 2 A.F.F.. (SEE DTLS) 3 ,,7 { e-5 1 e3 e3 I - - e3 WAITING AREA Q `•= i I TYP. r d 1'-0 '2" /' e2 `Y 1 I e e2_.1. e2 e2 e I T P e , /Y/a /' / d - - ��„ i 4 C GYP-3 103 �= U 00 _-_ pp _- _ 63 �xiawei ' 4 I CLG. HT.=10'-0" p m m x1Rw "' I _ FIN. OPN'G = 8'-101/2" CI - I _ _ _ _-I / J/ //. /. r A.F.F.. (SEE DTLS.) ., -- - - -� - - - - - - - - -- CI / / 4 N ~INTERIOR C-- (---- - I / l ,��' STOREFRONT XiRW� , MALE � � � ��� � I � I 77 7 TYP. 11 TYP. ( .//p // �/ Z t r 101A C GYP-2 RESTROOM \ -' \ ' I ' d I ' I 24 TYR. /' / / / / // / CLG. HT.=12'-7112 CLG. HT.=8'-0" \ 11 o EQ. EQ- ` { e1 e3 ,e e2 e3 e2 e2 e2- e3 d /� / // /- / \ e e I / e e r e I e / f/. /% �: 0 2'-3" I CAL {gyp®{j v A2L-ENT ( m°O DEVI DBWR�� 12 C AC-4 ALCOVE I 108 CLG. HT.=8'-0" EQ. EQ. III hd i I I I I I I ei ei e3 e3 e3 e I3 e3 FEMALE V 11 ' I IIII �Yr e2 e e I I e2 a e2I e2 e2 e I e RESTROOM \ I TYP. I m III U1 , // I--- -I---f- --- --------T- I d 1z C Ac-2 111 O {I ( a i--- 4 _ �xo 9 � z II 1�' . a 25 CLG. HT.=B'-0" Aaoa �- w N DEW BW t 1`_ �' ( _ - ' - - - - -, I Q. ' HALLWAY#2 � � a 4 n m � E` ��.�g, _ _ p� o EEQ C GYP-3 110 CLG. HT.=9'-0" \ Tt \ III - \ ( d I ALIGN V 7 - r w -2' A.F.F.. (SEE DTLS.) L 5;4' �- \ e1 e2 e2 _ ,e2 e2 / ✓3 / V 4'-4" d { 2 e2 1 e 15 HALLWAY#1 TQ m-----6-- I -- 5 C GYP-3 107 d MEW TYP. L L- ' ' l T CLG. HT.=9'-0" �- I I I - 3,_2 1-42 - 7 3 �',� I / 1 r / , / / dID V /- v DaleW 0 AI TYP. TYP. IdL 0 7 III ht e1 et et e2 e1 .- et el el e2 -A 68W � \ +1� \ / O \ TYP. i° �-h{kil tffCCI e / e fw I e I \� FUTURE /`� ' _ I ° �,��: Vat/ ( 1 (N I -_ .i'r/Y/ PRE -TEST _ CLG. HT.= 8 -0 FUTURE PRE -TEST EXAM 0(7 AC-4 114 12 C AG-4 113 CLG. HT.= 8'-0' CLG. HT.= 8'-0' REFLECTED CEILING PLAN c�nl riin"-r_n^ I EQUAL 1 11 16 6 EQUAL EQUAL 16 EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL TYP. NOTE: THE INTENT FOR THE F.D. OAKLEY AREA C P-128 PRE -TEST DIMENSION THIS AREA IS TO BE WITHIN CLG. HT= 7'-7"n C=0 +/-6" OF DIM. 'A".. FIELD VERIFY LIGHT C GYP-2 101C CLG. HT.=8' 0' TRACK INSTALL LOCATIONS AND NOTIFY CLG. HT.=10'-6" NEXTORE CONST, MGR. IF FIELD VERIFIED REVISION #3 PLAN NOTE: DIMENSION IS NOT WITHIN 6" OF "A" CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE DIMENSION AND REQUEST DIRECTIVE j/ .� THROUGHOUT 3 REVIEWEED FOR L CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED Nov 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION - - 16 NOTE: NEW LIGHTS AT STOREFRONT TO BE INSTALLED WITH CONSISTENT DIMENSION FROM GLAZING TO CENTERLINE OF LIGHT FIXTURE. TYPICAL axil`ti31� h J 7+i °n; +-+"^ c t' `t 3 2 ij YPESCRIPTIONREMARKS 7�LA2L E-f',vtL 7LOUVER DEEP WHITE 9-CELL PARABOLIC L - EM ©Dew DBW 6" INCANDESCENT CAN DOWNLIGHT WITH LED LAMP, (BLACK BAFFLE, WHIT ) OD�y DCW 6" INCANDESCENT CAN DOWNUGHT WITH LED DCW/EM LAMP, (CLEAR REFLECTOR, WHITE RING) Ml RECESSED ADJUSTABLE 2-LIGHT DOWNUGHT, O M2 RECTANGULAR, PAINTED TRIM TO MATCH CEILING. NTO M3 CHICAGO ADD "CP" HOUSING Et -Q- E2 TRACK LIGHT HEAD. COLOR TO MATCH TRACK. E55a-t 554TEMi ��� 4 (EhA E FR6EtdH�� THREE CIRCUIT TRACK (LENGTH) = LENGTH OF TRACK �P SPEAKER SEE DETAIL 3/A407 3 ODRa SECURITY CAMERA �x1Rw X1RW WHITE, SEMI RECESSED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM LED EDGE LIT EXIT SIGN, RED LETTERS, CEILING MOUNTED =DGE--nWIT, 4 2' x 2' SUPPLY DIFFUSER 2' x 2' RETURN DIFFUSER l' x T SUPPLY DIFFUSER V x T RETURN DIFFUSER 18" x 18" CEILING ACCESS PANEL. FINISH TO MATCH CEILING FINISH SPRINKLER HEAD EX EXISTING FIXTURE TO REMAIN '@i`gSwr 1:1 3 ;, • ,�^a,e'��3..., �§ �i„�',:„.�i�`"�4��i1�('lit1�i, .,�.-,'a11 e, .0 `� <rfi:.•r('-`^^i„Jw *"t �a� :+���': `+`�;., ,,`Y ���S,,'{ �.,".'.i 3 1, 18"xl8" CLG. ACCESS PANEL. HOLD TIGHT TO AND LEVEL WITH CEILING FINISH. MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH, Z TRAFFIC COUNTER (FLUSH MOUNT SHOPPER TRAK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 3, PREFERRED LOCATION OF MUD -IN INVISIBLE SPEAKER. VENDOR TO PROVIDE FINAL LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM.. SEE 10/A402 4. PREFERRED SECURITY CAMERA LOCATION. VENDOR TO PROVIDE FINAL LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED CENTER OF TILES AS SHOWN U.N.O. 6. OUTLINE OF FIXTURES BELOW (TYP. SHOWN AS SMALL DASHED LINES). 7. PROPOSED SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION, REFERENCE FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. INSTALL CEILING MOUNT ITEM CENTERED ON OAKLEY MILLWORK AS SHOWN. 9. 10. 11. HVAC DIFFUSER, TYP. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS & INFO. 12. CEILING TILE/GRID TO BE INSTALLED CENTERED IN ROOM AS SHOWN. 13. e �,. „ E.., .. 6. „" " RER O/A409 14. 15. INSTALL EXIT SIGN CENTERED ON DOORS AS SHOWN, 16. VOID AREA 17. WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. 18. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN SEE SIGN SOP DRAWINGS 19. INTERNALLY !ILLUMINATED 20. 21. ILLUMINATED SIGN SUSPENDED ON AN ANGLE FROM CEILING ABOVE. INSTALL CENTERED ON 'OAKLEY" CEILING AS SHOWN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NOTE: ABOVE CEILING BLOCKING REQUIRED - REFERENCE SHOP DRAWINGS. SEE SUSPENSION DETAIL 9/A402 22. G.C. TO REVIEW MEP DRAWINGS AND SITE CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE LOCATIONS FOR ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS IN THE SALES AREA GYP, BD. CEILING. NOTIFY NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITH REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND REQUEST DIRECTIVE. 23. DECORATIVE SUSPENDED WAYFARER GLASSES, PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO A100. 24. DIFFUSERS IN CEILINGS ARE TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH. 25. PAINT TRANSITION TO ALIGN WITH FLOORING TRANSITION BELOW. SEE PLANS. 26. CENTERLINE OF OAKLEY SIGNAGE. 27. EA F 28. APPROXIMATE LOCATION MECH. UNIT ABOVE. 29. INDICATES APPROXIMATE LOCATION 24" X 24' ACCESS PANEL 50 AS TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO MECH. UNITS ABOVE CEILING AS/IF REQUIRED. COLRD. WITH MECH. SUB.. COORDINATE IN FIELD. ACCESS PANEL NOTE: HOLD TIGHT TO AND LEVEL WITH CEILING FINISH. MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH. 30, 12" X 12' CLG. ACCESS PANEL. HOLD TIGHT TO AND LEVEL WITH CEILING FINISH. MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH. CONTRACTOR SHALL OMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE EN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULA 'LANDLORDS CRITERIA. CTOR SHALL HAVE DRAWINGS, SHOP DRAWINGS, APPLICATIONS AND SUBMITTALS PREPARED CENSED PROFESSIONAL, WHO IS APPROVED ',THE LANDLORD, ALL DRAWINGS AND CONSTR L BE IN COMPNA L CODES, REGULATIONS, INSURANCE ASSOCIATIONS AND RATI AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL PERMITS, TESTS, SHUT DO CERTIHCATIONS TO PROVID. IN PLACE SYSTEM. FOR EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK AND MODIFY THE SYSTEM IF NECESSARY FOR THE NEW SPACE CONFIGURATION. MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL PREPARE DESIGN/SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE SYSTEM AND SUBMIT SUCH DRAWINGS TO THE LANDLORD AND BUILDING AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA, STANDARD 101, AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION.DESIGN STANDARDS: �-REFERENCE FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FP100. CONCEALED HEADS TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILIy� r - INSTALL SPRINKLER HEADS ALIGNED WITH OTHER CEILING ITEMS AS SHOWN / PERMIT CENTER Dlq.oq j DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: �'®`\ ® !d I \ Y ahro O ....... .. •zu.ar s,�r.[xi�cawy. cr om26 e.+0-11-wm STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: C> Qo Uj O � 00 U 0 v 0 U. O C: X O J N CE, v-- ctS No J.0 O � B O )o Qo LU d- Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 3 8-id-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C N C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 88 RFCI3TE7?ED �ACt'liFCT srn a Architect! Engineer fob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 131 Construction Title REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A102 Checked By CM F VT-106 BACK OF HOUSE 8 VB-101 106 W P-100 F TF-109 1ETER STORAGE B FWB-100 116 CLG. HT, 9'-W W P_155 CONTACT F C-105 LENS ROOM B FWB-100 104 CLG. HT.= 9'-0" W P-155 F TF-109 B FWB-100 W P-155 OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA 103 CLG. HT.=10'-0" F TF-109 B WT-100 MALE RESTROOM N WT-100 112 CLG. HT. =8'-0" F C-105 ALCOVE B FWB-100 108 CLG. HT.=8'-0' W P-155 F TF-109 B WT-100 FEMALE RESTROOM N WT-100 111 CLG. HT.=8'-0" HALLWAY #2 F TF-109 110 _�-- CLG. HT.=9'-0' B FWB-100 W P-155 HALLWAY#1 �F-109 107 B fW6-100 CLG HT.=9'-0" W I P-155 F C-105 FUTURE PRE -TEST 8 FWB-100 115 - W P-155 CLG. HT.=B'-0" NOTE: SEE 8/A402 FOR FWB-100 BASE DETAIL (TYP.) C-105 F TF-110 F TF-109 F TF-107�AREA V WB-100 URGENT B FWB-100 B FWB-100 RETAIL B NONE N EXAM CARE LAB SALES AREA P-155 105 102 W P-155 W PF-155 101 WBWP-102 CLG. HT.=B'-0" CLG. HT,9'-0" CLG. HT.=10'-6" CLG. HT,=10'-6" W I TRIPS W PF-155 - 111 H PF-155 �' L- ---_J r 414 128 4/i Z�t/ 311 / Lj. / �/// / F I TF-107 NOTE: F C-105 F C-105 F C-105 GC TO PROVIDE DIMENSION FROM FACE OF FUTURE GYP. BD. TO FACE OF GYP. BD. FOR B FWB-100 PRE -TEST B FWB-100 EXAM PRE -TEST B FWB-100 CONSULTANT TO REVIEW TILE LAYOUT W P-155 114 W P-155 113 109 W P-155 PRIOR TO TILE INSTALL. CLG. HT, 8'-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0' CLG. HT, 8'-0' ILF k- / W BWP-102 / / C 20 NOTE: SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR RECLAD SCOPE OF WORK INFORMATION. A J / NOTE: A SMOOTH TRANSITION MUST BE PROVIDED THIS AREA MALL FLOOR AND TENANT FLOOR MUST BE FLUSH WITH ONE ANOTHER (NO TRIPPING HAZARDS). LIPS OF MORE THAN 1/16" AND SLOPES OF MORE THAN 1/2" PER / FOOT ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE) F TF-107 _ I.-.- .. - _ t- IPq 1 // i/, / F ROUGHOUT ENTIRE LEASE SPACE FULL TILES // '/ / L'ES/ //// //// // // INTERIOR B STOREFRONT g107� ALL ROOMS WITH PORCELAIN TILE // j j/ / /// �/, IOTA W CLG. HT, 12'-7" W P-152 / ------------- - W t/1" 52 12 0// / jjj 2es 20 / 20 , / _ PF-155 12 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL CORNER GUARD (WHITE FINISH) AT MOP SINK. 2. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONCRETE AS REQUIRED PER LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER'S APPROVAL PREPARE CONCRETE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH. (TYP. ENTIRE LIMITS OF LEASE LINE) 3. , 4=, . 5. G.E. T9 INSTALL CE)RHER GUARD, GG 100, REFER TOA 103.1 FeR 5PEEIFIEA`HeH7 6. GENTER TILE GROUT ON EENTERHN&OFENTR*8eERS- 7. 8. EXSTIN6 ,,NISI !ES TO REMAIN.. 9. G.C. TO MAINTAIN 1/8" GROUT JOINT FOR FLOORING 10. WALL FINISI 1 & BASE TE) CONTINUE TO FAEE ISE ELATING: 12. FLOOR TRANSITION TO ALIGN W/ CORNER OF WALL AND OR WALL FINISH 13. 14. , 15. . 16. FLOOR TRANSITION TO BE CENTERED ON DOOR. 17. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE INFORMATION THIS AREA. 18. 19. TILE PATTERN TO BE CENTERED ON DOOR OPENING (USE FULL TILE) AS SHOWN. 20. PAINT RECESS AREA FLAT BLACK PRIOR TO INSTALL OF LIGHT BOX OR LED PANELS THIS AREA. 21. EXISTING MALL FLOORING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 22. FLOOR TRANSITION THIS AREA TO ALIGN WITH CEILING FINISH TRANSITION ABOVE. SEE REF. CLG. PLAN. 2� 33. 0 R TRANSITION THIS AREA TO ALIGN WITH FACE OF MIRROR. SEE DETAILS. `I4. THIS ROOM / ALL WET AREAS MUST BE WATERPROOFED 12" UP WALLS ABOVE SLAB TO WESTFIELD WATERPROOFING STANDARDS - CIM 1000 TROWEL GRADE - AND UNDERGO A 24-HOUR FLOOD TEST AT A 4" BENCH MARK -WESTFIELD REP MUST WITNESS PRIOR TO AND AFTER THE 24-HOUR PERIOD - WATERPROOFING REPORT BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED CONSULTANT A. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY PREPARATION OF THE FLOOR SLAB AND PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED AT THE ENTRANCE TO PRODUCE A FLUSH CONDITION BETWEEN THE STORE LEASE LINE AND THE EXISTING MALL FLOORING. B. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL FINISH FLOORING, G.C. IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINISH MATERIALS BEHIND AND UNDER ALL MILLWORK. C. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULE ON SHEET G003 & 0004 D. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET G001, E. ALL TENANT FURNISHED ITEMS (MATERIAL AND LABOR) TO BE SCHEDULED, COORDINATED AND SUPERVISED BY G.C. F. CAULK AROUND FRP TO THE WALLS WITH WHITE SILICONE CAULKING. G. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR FINISHES, GO TO PREP EXISTING DOORS PRIOR TO RE -FINISHING. H. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS MEETS AND ARE INCOMPLIANCE WITH ANSI STANDARD FOR THIN SET TILE AND THE LATEST EDITION OF TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. IF THERE ARE ISSUES OR DEFICIENCIES, CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. I. ALLOW (2) WEEKS DRY TIME FOR ALL PAINTED WALLS BEFORE APPLYING GRAPHICS. L' kyry i4ri 43'3 E"�:J^7 '`2,at Y"S "w•, Fs"C 3 M�S"F4jm-. ;, EuPINES,,,1'S' S} T iT j,6'E,•Ta"xf'""y� F XXXX B XXXX W XXXX T XXXX C XXXX FLOOR BASE WALL TRIM CEILING (SEE RCP FOR LOCATION) 'wEil F`�r � T I T � P � ? T a ae T,",aka ,_� ,sT., t L.,1RIC- a MATERIAL FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DENSITY PLASTIC LAMINATE 80 (BONDED) 95 (BONDED) CARPET 26 - 75 450 OR LESS VINYL TILE 0.45 450 OR LESS LAY -IN CEILING 25 10 150 245 VINYL BASE . 0.45 450 OR LESS 0"nEblA`{Ny 1t, R'T,,s 1'L'4LKSg $.y i - LEASE LINE FULL HT. GLASS NEW WALLS EXISTING WALLS NEW WALL W/SOUND BATTS _ _ _ _ _ NEW/EXTG-BULKHEAD REVISION #3 P {` CHANGESBEEN THROUGHOUT OAKLEY AREA .x REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE' APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF T UIQ% ILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUUCCt\DODRE TIONMANAGEMENT. LionizammmmmwAm q nox w". off tSWP O+t tztzt>sssW� O6C �ry &mkfaSt GeaM/, Ci Om25 O.t (85o)ait-9rC0 STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE 436416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: ceCD QUO O Lr) 00 V 0 O J cB N� � V v- (B O � c13 g O � J t/t O CD LIJ Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 18 19 tANDLORDCOMMENTS 2a2 20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27.2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal ee;l nb Architect / Engineer Job No, 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title FINISH PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A103 Checked By CM SCALE: 1/4' = T-0" ✓:: >k. t.' i, f'. N G''ti4" r'?} Sh '.`F. �v'`Er5 } n"Sk4' . .T v" 7Y n } C r." sx.. 'i r r £. r' ..._ � L'1 ITEM MARK DESCRIPTION 4 MFG./PHONE # MODEL #/COLOR ALT. #1 REMARKS Z FIBERGLASS LL EL F.R P. WALL PANELS .R.P. ACCESSORIES: INSIDE CORNER -#M350, OUTSIDE CORNER -#M360, GC GC GC REINFORCED PLASTIC FRP-2 x x MARLITE (800) 377-1221 P100 WHITE NONE DIVIDERS-#M365, EDGING -#M370. NOT USED IN PUBLIC ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS PAINT P-100 PAINT (FLAT) (EXTRA WHITE) SHERWIN WILLIAMS (800) 474-3794 INTERIOR READY MIX LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC EXTRA WHITE, SW7006 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS PAINT P-128 PAINT (DARK GREY) BENIAMIN MOORE (866) 708-9180 INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC COLOR: TEMPTATION BM-1609 DOORS &TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS vt PAINT P-155 PAINT (IVORY WHITE) BENIAMIN MOORE (866) 708-9180 INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC w COLOR: IVORY WHITE 925 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS PAINT P-152 PAINT (DARK SLATE) BENIAMIN MOORE (866) 708-9180 INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN GELLING SHEEN: FIAT GC GC GC Z COLOR: FRENCH BERET 1610 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS p PLASTER FINISH PF-155 PLASTER FINISH (IVORY WHITE) CUSTOM COLOR: TO MATCH NONE BENIAMIN MOORE IVORY WHITE 925 J CHAIR RAIL CR-100 CHAIR RAIL JOHNSONITE TENANT FURNISHED CHR-01-C (SNOW WHITE) NONE EXAM ROOM ONLY BEHIND GUEST CHAIR GC GC GC Q BRICK WALL PANEL BWP-102 FLEXIBLE BRICK WALL PANEL BRICK WEB (801) 542-7050 OLD MILL THIN BRICK SYSTEMS NONE MORTAR COLOR: RED GC GC GC COLOR: CASTLE GATE CERAMIC FLOOR TILE TENANT FURNISHED FLORIM CASA DOLCE; LIMESTONE TAUPE NONE T GC GC WALL TILE WT-100 (21CM X 40CM, 81/4" X 16" )10MM THK. GROUT: LATICRETE SPEC. PRO PREMIUM 24 INSTALL MUST INCLUDE M'PAS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD, FLOOR STRETCHER BOND PATTERN NATURAL GREY PREP & ADHESIVE. 1/8' GROUT JOINT. GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC FLUSH WALL BASE FWB-100 3/4" x 3 1/4" MDF FLUSH WALL BASE BY GC NONE PRIMED & SPRAY PAINTED TO MATCH THE COLOR OF THE & 3/4' REVEAL WALL THE BASE IS SET ON. HARDWOOD BASE HWB-100 1x1 HARDWOOD BASE (DRY: 3/4"x3/4") BY GC NONE PRIMED & SPRAY PAINTED TO MATCH COLOR OF WALL THE GC GC GC N BASE IS SET ON. (NO PINE) m VINYL WALL BASE VB-101 VINYL WALL BASE IOHNSONITE CDC DISTRIBUTORS COVE WALL BASE NONE GC GC GC (513) 560 -1040 20 CHARCOAL - 4" HIGH ARMSTRONG RAFFIA STREAM DIAMOND 10 VINYL TILE VT-106 VINYL TILE ARMSTRONG (877) 276-7876 RAIN Z5901 - 304.8mm x 609.6mm x 3.18mm NONE GC GC GC WATERPROOF FLOOR WM-100 WATERPROOF FLOOR MEMBRANE DUR-A-FLEX (800) 253-3539 DARK GREY / POLY CRETE SLB FLOOR - LAB ROOM/USE WHEN REQUIRED GC GC GC MEMBRANE DARK GREY / POLY CRETE WR NONE WHEN NOTED ON DRAWINGS WATERPROOF FLOOR WATERPROOF FLOOR MEMBRANE CUSTOM BUILDING (800) 272-2757 REDGARD CRACK PREVENTION AND USED IN RESTROOMS AND REFRACTION ROOMS WHEN REQUIRED BY GC GC GC MEMBRANE WM-107 PRODUCTS WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE NONE LANDLORD. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WATERPROOF FLOOR WM-102 WATERPROOF FLOOR MEMBRANE SHERWIN WILLIAMS (800) 474-3794 SHERWIN WILLIAMS ARMOR SEAL NONE GC GC GC MEMBRANE COLOR: HAZE GREY WALK -OFF MAT MAT-1 ULTRA ENTRY MAT MATS INC. 800-628-7462 PANEL COVER: GREY; INSERT: NEW YORK INSET TO FLOOR GC GC GC COLLECTION; COLOR: CHARCOAL NONE USED AT ENTRY DOORS IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. V Z TILE FLOOR CERAMIC FLOOR TILE TENANT FURNISHED FLORGRES; FLOWTECH BURNISHED INSTALL MUST INCLUDE M'F'R'S. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD, FLOOR T GC GC TF-107 (60CM x 120CM, 23 5/8" x 471/8") GROUT: LATICRETE SPEC. PRO PREMIUM #45 RAVEN NONE PREP & ADHESIVE. 118' GROUT JOINT, GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC O O TILE FLOOR TF-109 TENANT FURNISHED FLORIM CASA DOLCE; LIMESTONE TAUPE NONE T GC GC CERAMIC FLOOR TILE GROUT: LATICRETE SPEC. PRO PREMIUM 24 INSTALL MUST INCLUDE MIT R'S. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD, FLOOR (60CM X 120CM, 23 5/8" X 471/8") NATURAL GREY PREP & ADHESIVE 1/8' GROUT JOINT. GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC TILE FLOOR TF-110 CERAMIC FLOOR TILE TENANT FURNISHED FLORIMCOLOR CASADOLCE;C D,IORETE NONE INSTALMUST INCLUDE McTFloO, FLOOR ROUTONT.RECOMMENDED T GC GC ( 60CM X 120CM, 23 5/8" X 471/8") ROUT: 3 COLOR 07 PE7ROL10. GROUT: LATICRETE 53 PREP IGE ROUT ANINSTALLATION PREP & ADHESIVE. Us' GRouuaNT. GROUT AND SEALANT BY cc TWILIGHT BLUE CARPET C-105 CARPET MOHAWK/ TENANT FURNISHED PLATEAU It DC147; COLOR: 557 LAKE T GC GC KARASTAN NONE V) CEILINGS AC-2 2' x 4' LAY -IN; 15/16" GRID CERTAINTEED (800)233-8990 BET-197 (BAROQUE) WHITE NONE CLASS A', REFERENCE "LUXOTHCA" AS ACCOUNT NAME GC GC GC L_U USED IN BOH 4 2' 2' TEGULAR TILE WITH 15/16" GRID ARMSTRONG (800) 442-4212 LYRA TEGULAR, 2'x2'x5/8" #8360PB NONE CLASS "A", REFERENCE "LUXOTTICA" AS ACCOUNT NAME GC GC GC V) CEILINGS AC x BLIZZARD WHITE 15/16' EXPOSED TEE GRID z SYSTEM MAIN BEAM #7301ZW 2' CROSS TEE #XL7328ZW LL la 4' CROSS TEE #XL7342ZW z WALL ANGLE #7800ZW V CEILINGS GYP-2 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING -LEVEL 5 FINISH USG PAINT: P-152 / BM FRENCH BERET 1610 GC GC GC CEILINGS GYP-3 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING - LEVEL 5 FINISH USG PAINT: P-155 / BM IVORY WHITE 925 GC GC GC SCHLUTER SCHIENE, MINIMAL HEIGHT AS APPROPRIATE TRANSITION STRIP TS-1 TRANSITION STRIP (CARPET TO TILE) WWW.SCHLUTER.COM 1-800-472-4588 FOR FLOORING TRANSITION ALUMINUM (-A); NONE GC GC GC 1/4' THICK EDGE. N ROD SEARCHANY p- TRANSITION STRIP TS-4 TRANSITION STRIP (TILE TO VINYL) JOHNSONITE CDC DISTRIBUTORS PART # CTA-XX-K / #20 CHARCOAL IO TE BETWEEN PORCELAIN TILE &VINYL GC GC GC r. (513) 560 -1040 RSEABou�caosuon+ DISTRIBUTER DISTRIBUTER Z TRANSITION STRIP TS-5 TRAN ITI N STRIP (TILE TO MALL TILE S O (F R 1-80D-472-4588 SCHLUTER-DECO ALUMINUM -A HEIGHT ASAPPROPRIATE (> NONE STOREFRONT ENTRY BETWEEN RETAIL TILE AND MALL TILE GC GC GC O FLOORING) WWW.SE W W W.SCHLUTER.COM FOR FLOORING TRANSITION,1/4'THICK ALUMINUM EDGE F_ Z Q TRANSITION STRIP TS-6 TRANSITION STRIP (VINYL TO CONCRETE) IOHNSONITE ROD SEABOLT coc DlsrRleuroes PART # RRS-XXC / #20 CHARCOAL ANY JOHNSONITE FLAME SPREAD: ASTME-84 75 OR LESS, CLASS B SMOKE GC GC GC (uenlaob�#ccGcosTtoM DISTRIBUTER DEVELOP:NA, FUEL CONTRIBUTED: NA GLAZING FILM Gr-2 GLAZING FILM - OPAQUE BLACK OUT 3M (866) 499-8857 3635-22B BLACK MATTE NONE STOREFRONT WINDOWS WHERE SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE GC GC GC GLAZING FILM GF-3 WINDOW FILM (LOW -EMISSIVITY) 3M (866) 499-8857 PRESTIGE SERIES PR70 (CLEAR) NONE USE WHEN SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE GC GC GC C9 3M SCOTCHSHIELD - ULTRA SERIES ULTRA S800 G.C. TO PROVIDE AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS PER MFG. SPEC, GC GC GC Z GLAZING FILM GF-4 SECURITY FILM - WINDOW GLAZING 3M 1(866) 499-8857 8 MIL. SINGLE SIDED (INTERIOR SIDE ONLY) NONE WHERE SECURITY SHUTTERS ARE NOT INSTALLED, GLAZING FILM GF-5 GLAZING FILM - LIFESTYLE IMAGES TENANT T T T CANNON GREY GC RESPONSIBLE FOR NEW AND OR REFURBISH OF CONSTRUCTION GC GC GC METAL CLADDING M-109 METAL PANEL (GREY) PR6MATICPOWDERS.COM g66-774-7b28 PSS 2748 SOLID TONE - MATTE FINISH NONE FOR STOREFRONT VENDOR TO APPLY FINISHES. w METAL CLADDING M-110 METAL PANEL (CHAMPAGNE) T.B.D. NONE GC GC GC FABRIC AWNING FAB-100 FABRIC AWNING SUNBRELLA SLATE 4684-0000 NONE AWNING FRAME: ALL EXPOSED SURFACES PAINTED MATTHEWS PAINT, ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE, MP 10269 DARK SLATE, MATTE FINISH. SILICONE MILDEW RESISTANT SEALANT DOW CORNING (989) 496-7887 WHITE NONE APPLIED ALONG ALL JOINTS IN AND AROUND SINKS, FRP GC GC GC SILICONE CORPORATION DOW CORNING® 786 JOINTS, VINYL BASE ALONG THE FLOOR OF THE LENS PROCESS ROOM MOP SINK. PRIMER/SEALER LATEX PRIMER / SEALER FOR DRYWALL ClIDULUX PAINTS (502) 969-0181 # 1020-1200PVA NONE ONE (1) COAT REQUIRED GC GC GC V PRIMER/SEALER LATEX PRIMER / SEALER FOR METAL ICI DULUX PAINTS (502) 969-0181 DEVGUARD #4120 NONE ONE (1) COAT REQUIRED GC GC GC PRIMER/SEALER LATEX PRIMER / SEALER FOR WOOD ClIDULUX PAINTS (502) 969-0181 WOOD UNDERCOATER NONE ONE (1) COAT REQUIRED GC GC GC J _L 1-LC05-A103-REV09 +/-74'-0" VIC I — Ili ® i . to „� \ 7- 7 EXIT #1 EX�T SI G NAGS. P L E��RN l_' J TRAVEL DISTANCE +/-60' FLJ FQ TO] \ I i NOTE: i���I�_J Z -EXISTING DOUBLE ACTING ENTRY DOORS IN i TO REMAIN F- 13 xR;-SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR 2 RAIL OF DOORS STATING "DOORS TO ® L 1I REMAIN OPEN WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIED" w ® % -NEW LOCK CORE TO BE INSTALLED WITH KEYED ACCESS ON BOTH SIDES AND A "L042KE�J" INDICATOR ON THE TENANT _ _ d � I° 'l o �— TNnTERIORISIDE. H ® ® F-- LLI J L-i L L__t I! t- - _ TEY LB01 LB02 LB03 'M EGRESS PLAN SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 0 w SFP 2 3 2020 PERPAIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: INE)JORE O anrowror<a a:xe. Maven on ssoeo o`I G+TI Trs-� ore ameY Book East Gram. CT— 0`0.)a YAY STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: ae O Q d' CD ,* O V0 0c � O 0 I N LU v cB O Cl- 2�, LB C6 51 N XO -0 Z p _J V1 O LU<C o d Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-19-t9 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Qa to-zozo OWNER COMMENTS Qq 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record (z NO C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 88 REGISTERED fi,p,C'E3TECT �n CDRTI 4Aii7 MORGiAANN STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title EGRESS PLAN / FINISH SCHEDULE Data Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A103.01 Checked By CM City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION °p 15�1I Ao-3iH-e� FILE g S — jai ,y °I L_ �o (i r m �+ LC05-GR32-EXi rKi 00 98t g w3-UTD-5031 � HRIT ON --ss I 05832-W LIGHT BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS i f ID0 05311-W OS311-00 L RA 8 OS8C5-W CONDUIT TO BE IN WALL AND ROUTE THRU � —LIGHT BOX. SIDE OF DESK SEE SEE ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS g DRAWINGS tr2H9-SOLI � 00-4L850 QT2t8l ~�)) \ .- 00-0584 I f 1 I� 3 tlttQ3 __J L J if GS-F=B t870-W NOTE: DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DISPLAY FIXTURES U.N.O. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS/DETAILS FOR DEVICE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALL LOCATIONS. EQ. IEQ. 1'-1 1/4' EQ., 2'-11/4" T-21/4' I T-21/4' 12'-11/4" EQ. I EQ , 2'-11/4" 1 T-21/4" ( 2'-2114" h7I1 m >> 1 7— 1 "T' 1 I" 111 fIlN dIl 12'-6 3/4' 0o- oEso 053» W - 4, - _ L _oo uEsa _ INDICATES FLOOR POWER AND OR DATA. SEE r-61/2" T-23/4' CU]179 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 03-00 4'-71(4" (TYPJ Ti rl I I -1 O I I O I I) I ( I 01 I I I I I SEE ELECTRICAL I ( I SEE ELECTRICAL T-11" 3'-11" 8 DRAWINGS I __L0J grDRAWINGS o0-oeEso �L�oJ IGU]77904-00 J z I I aW CU79779-02-00 ��>arJo � D Etn II y� o i g_I= oP ill a g � 1 II LCOS-GR32-E%2 L L Sd-2fFI9-SODI om( \ ca 11 Dt \v°�l L —tat ;o ELECTRIC / DATA LOCATION PLAN ScntE: va•=r-o• 034�Co LN #3 NOTE:R UPDATES MADE GHOUT SHEET oo-0eE<o Ila, j, —6 r-112" z -1 T-51(2"� _ 0531i-00 t ii. 05311-00 o�ousso I oo-uEso—� 0 L_J L_J �) 05305�00 /;-. 05305 00 2'-11/4" T-21/4" 3� 21/4" 2'-11/4"� EI EQ I Ea Q 2'-11/4" 3'-21(4" 2'-21/4" ��— 1'-11/4, EQ LIGHT BOX. — SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS'' ff LB0100912o �B o-tn ll1Y 1° I §I�i C@ III v 7'-21'2" 2^ v LIGHT BOX - SEE ELECTR DRAWINGS m LB03 10" LED WALL. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 7 J* L LIGHT BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY CP WK WILA SFP 23 2070 PERMIT CENTER o.Wo w.rnca vitte. Ma.�n on aswo 0..in..... cm ',. osc�."m"„a��aEMrO,a�.crosozs o.��9zo�<s>o, STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #4116 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: 0 :o oLn Lp U. o Cf J N ne 4— ccs If- 0 � J /T O Lija0 Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-1a 19 L4NDLORDCOMMENTS 2 28 20 BVIRDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-1a-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Ae-n-zo2o OWNERCOMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C N C 0 R T L A N O M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8 R`GISTrno f, 1ssY,r;;cr con�I� oT+c�r`v STET 0, 1�A3NI7FwTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 construction Title ELECTRIC / DATA LOCATION PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A104 Checked By CM SEE SHEET A201 FOR KEY NOTES (TYP.) TYP. 4 ;asaso-oo B mm TYP. 05401 00 e a 05401-00 X5431-00 n 5450-00 s GEN-DIGM01-00 g f 1 RETAIL SALES AREA SCALE: 1J4" = 1'-0" �_ P-155 RB-MTL 03450-0O 3 \ / LCOS-GH24 tetz-m b OPEN TO - HALLWAY #1 / � li OP3f'sa - / I _ J'"-� B a W8100 3 TYP.'yµ OD RECEPTION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" 1 CONTACT LENS ROOM SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0° 3 W P-155 �I I / o OPENN io CLgsi SLIDING DOORS L,( B SCALE 1 CONTACT LENS ROOM TYP. AT RAY BAN /-\ w rA FAA -1 Mal FINISH OPENING DIMENSION �xL�1 44 4L 0 O f t L Lcosr,R . LC5T1.1-GH16 P. . . . . . . . . . . . . -SLIDING POCKET 13 DOOR 6 OD RECEPTION 4 SCALE: 114° = T-0" 1� CONTACT LENS ROOM SCALE: 1J4" W BWP-102 3 F----I-----r--- TYPBoom. AT RAY t E BAN 17 W P-152 W P-152 W P-152 W PF-155 _-- r W 4 , — — "Mal m MAS 1' ,I 4 ��� 0 B FWB100 3 B FW6100 B FW6100 B 13 m B FWB100 RETAIL SALES AREA 2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' OD RECEPTION SCALE:1/4" =1'-0" W P-155 OPEN TO OD RECEPTION E 13 CONTACT LENS ROOM SCALE: 1/4' = T-0° OD RECEPTION SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" W P-155 �2 3 I I LCO5 G.32 EXi \ o-. o / REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE /APP'RmOVZ—D NOV 16 2020 OD RECEPTION City of Tukwila SCALE:1/4" = T-0" BUILDING DIVISION DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: tNB<MRE ==7]mw ®a=�n_aPIMe. —0H1,W O 6 Cream 8—& Ea11 ev,, CT-6 STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD �CD O � 0 O m = v 0 C 00 N N V 4 M On r6 M .2 O GO X � J CD <C CD d LLJ Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNERCOMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record (z N C 0 R T L A N D M D R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal REGISTERED ARCHITF..^..T Architect / Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: Lc .0 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By checked GAFF A200 CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: W P-155 i I itILI 853-W VINYL SCALE: 114" = T-0" BACK OF HOUSE EXAM ROOM 11 SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0° FINISH OPENING DIMENSION I OPEN :ET DOOR 1 GRAPHIC LAB _ SCALE: 1/4" = 1-1 BACK OF HOUSE SCALE: 1J4" = 1'-0° 3 W P-155 15 15 = �✓ m LCI-GH30 - O � o 1856-00 1856-00 1856-00 _ i855 W SINK'SK-7'—/ RE: PLUMBING B B FW8100 DRAWINGS Aaoo C12)EXAM ROOM O w —OPEN L LAB--------- SCALE:1/4" = 1-1 SCALE:1/4" = T-0' 9 10 xB-SHElF24 MICRO O %&L K NB -LOCK XB A"', PHONE BOARD, PAINT P-100, REFER B VB-101 TO ELECTRICAL DWGS BACK OF HOUSE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" 13 EXAM ROOM SCALE: OF RECESSED 30X.RE:ELEC SS ALCOVE/ PRE -TEST SCALE 1/1 24"x24"xt/8" PLEXI SHIELD. COORDINATE DIMENSION FROM BACK WALL INFIELD PLEXI TO PROTECT WALL FROM SWING OF EQUIPME ARM. FASTEN TO STUDS C TOGGLE BOLT (8) SCREWS 1 EXAM ROOM SCALE: MOP SINK BACK OF HOUSE 5 SCALE:1/4° = T-0" *ALCOVE/ PRE -TEST SCALE:1/4" 1 FUTURE PRE -TEST SCALE:1/4" =1'-0" ,,=VIEV�SD FOR coop CO,0�gpl_IA CE APpROVED �IOV 16 2Q20 City of Tukw!13 BUILDING D!® ELECTRICAL PANELS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 16 FUTURE PRE -TEST SCALE 1. SEE DETAIL 2 A482 FE)R GUTSIDE SOFFIT CORNER DETAIL & FINi5i IDS 3. INSIDE WALLS AND CEILING TO BE PAINTED P-128 4. S. . 6. RETURN WALL TO BE BWP-102 7. IN -WALL BLOCKING. SEE SECTION D/A100 8. FLOOR TILE, WALL FINISH & CEILING FINISH TRANSITIONS TO ALIGN. SEE SHEET A103 & A103.01 FOR FINISH PLAN & FINISH SCHEDULE. 9. MILL FINISHED ALUMINUM DOUBLE SLOTTED STANDARDS & BRACKETS, SECURELY FASTEN TO STUDS OR TOGGLE BOLT TO WALL BY G.G. 10. 3/4" THICK X 12" DEEP WHITE MELAMINE SHELVING, FINISHED ON ALL SURFACES. FASTEN SHELVES TO BRACKETS. BY G.C. 1. 12. ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE. SEE PLANS. 13. LIGHT BOX. SEE PLANS. 14. LED WALL AND / OR MONITOR. SEE PLANS. PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING. 115. INDICATES CENTERLINE OF 6" X 20 GA. IN -WALL BLOCKING_ SEE 10/A400. 16. R{TURN WALE Te BE FAINTED PF i5l) TT 6" X 20 GA IN -WALL BLOCKING TO BE INSTALLED CENTERED WITH TOP OF DISPLAY FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL E/A100. s MUM - CITY OF TUli6kILA r •d�w.an,a vane. rwaanoNaswo *-,1sslr _ O6Creamery e,eet East Grandy, CTCW26 O.t(86rya3t�4+W STORE #79779 SOLITI ICENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: QCD �CD LJJ Q V O Pu vp U. C O 0 23 N + v M m v_ O x � J li G:) Q CD d- Revisions: Mark Date By QIZ-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 Egg 9 rlel_.REll CORTLAP;7 1;ORGAiq STATE CF w;Js m,4GT(m Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: I L, J Nextom project Number 79779 Bmnd Design Type: LC.O5 ISSUED FOR: M Construction Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1 SSCALE TOREFRONT Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By Check STAFF A201 By CM GC TO ENSURE — METAL PANELS RETURN AND DIE BACK INTO WALL. GC TO SUPPLY AND - INSTALL NEW 1/2' CLEAR ANODIZED REVEAL (COORDINATE WITH ON SITE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) -ING NEUTRAL — TO BE PAINTED HAVE WALL APPLIED TO CH EXISTING +CET MALL ACE FINISHES. IRDINATE WITH e tl NOTE: ALL EXISTING METAL FINISH TO BE 17 ) 8 RECLAD AND INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND KNOWLEDGEABLE MANNER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE REQUIRED PREP WORK. INDICATES ASSUMED LOCATION EXISTING SEAM IN EXISTING METAL PANEL FINISH TO BE FIELD VERIFIED W M-109 (TYP.) NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE TO BE SUBMITTED - z I SEE SHOP DRAWINGS SEE SHOP DRAWINGS —NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE TO BE SUBMITTED 3 UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. GC TO UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. GC TO < EQ� E0. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SIGN VENDOR. 0 2 COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SIGN VENDOR. SUBMIT SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS 1 1 Oz 2 SUBMIT SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO LL FOR APPROVA®. A301 ABOI TO LL FOR APPROVAL. / / / / l / i / i /j kLBol FH PFnIN n i I LIGHT BOX BEHIND GLAZING. SEE PLAN, AND 9/A70.4 AND 0/A10.4 l ,/ NOTE: EXISTING EXPOSED METAL TRIM TO RECEIVE M-109 FINISH STOREFRONT ELEVATION NEW BREAK METAL W M-109 i / a EXISTING TYP. / DIMENSION I ° 1. 16 I EXISTING THICK PANEL TYPICAL --� �-- 3 / 16" DETAILS KALE: N.T.S. NOTE: EXISTIN GLAZING CLIPS TO RECEIVE 109 FINISH (STORE ^ ONT VENDOR 70 DETERMIN METHOD AND- ERIFY APPROVAL WITH NEXT RE CONSTRUCTIO MANAGER). LEAVE NO SHAR i EDGES. H DISPLAY FIXTURES — (NOT LED SCREEENDS). SEE PLAN EXISTING STOREFRONT GLA�SS- (W ! M-109 NOTE: ALL EXISTING METAL FINISH TO BE— RECLAD AND INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONALI AND KNOWLEDGEABLE MANNER.FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE REQUIRED PREP WORK. IMPORTANT NOTE: NOTE: THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED TO DESCRIBE THE EXISTING STOREFRONT FINISH WHICH IS TO RECEIVE A NEW BREAK METAL FINISH. EXISTING CONDITIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED. NEW BREAK METAL CO I / \ O 0 / \ m / \ O Q/ \ o / \ z I \ / \ / EXISTING STOREFRONT GLASS INSTALLATION NOTES -THE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH IS TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER EXISTING METAL FINISH. IF A NEW SUBSTRATE IS TO BE USED G.C. MUST OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT OF RECORD PRIOR TO INSTALL OF SUBSTRATE AND METAL FINISH. NO EXCEPTIONS. -BREAK METAL TO BE INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND KNOWLEDGEABLE MANNER. LEAVE NO SHARP EDGES -OIL CANNING OF FINISH WILL NOT BE PERMITTED -"RETURN' BREAK METAL AS SHOWN ON ENLARGED DETAILS -PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH AS REQUIRED -NOTE: NEW BREAK METAL CANNOT EXCEED .063' THICKNESS NEW BREAK METAL —1 W 1 M-109 > NOTE: EXISTING EXPOSED METAL TRIM TO RECEIVE M-109 FINISH. (STOREFRONT VENDOR TO DETERMINE METHOD AND VERIFY APPROVAL WITH NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER). LEAVE NO - SHARP EDGES. THIS AREA SERVICE WCTION TO AN AND ' SIGN VENDOR SUPPLY AND INSTALL ADDRESS SIDE ELEVATION NUMBER HERE 4"H, AERIAL FONT, WHITE.18" AFF FROM TO BOTTOM OF LED WALL "BEHIND" GLAZING. REF. PLANS. NUMBERS, RIGHT JUSTIFIED LANDLORD REQUIREMENT: B"FROM NEUTRAL PIER. IMAGES TO BE STATIC IMAGES AND TRANSITION TIME TO BE LIMITED TO 10 SECONDS MINIMUM BETWEEN SLIDES AK METAL M-109 REVIEVVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE RECEIVED APPROVED CITY OF i t3,CWILA NOV 16 2020 SFP 23 2070 City of Tukwila PERMIT CENTER BUILDING DIVIvir <! /9— 0 q11 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT; NB<MRE O sawL�.artcav�aa. ua:m ox nsaw •.s lsrxlxssaxa Y sc .,mena,ae. rase.,�M,«osozs d.Lle m<ni�ww STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #41 6 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O 0- cl 3 L O it — Up Q O O � B L6 Ln x z -0J C/T O <C o UJ Revisions: Mark Date By a12-18-,9 LANDLORD COMMENTS 2 28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-NA 2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q Architect / Engineer of Record C N � C0RTLANO M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 RECISTEREa i. cNlTrCT CORTI AND moRGAN STATE OF WASHINGTOu Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 construction Title STOREFRONT ELEVATION Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A300 Checked By CM x T1 NOTE: VERIFY APPROVED ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE METHOD WITH LANDLORD REP. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. 10 -6" A.F.F. ;TALLATION NOTES 1E NEW BREAK METAL FINISH IS TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER [STING METAL FINISH, IF A NEW SUBSTRATE IS TO BE USED G.C. MUST ITAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT OF RECORD PRIOR TO ;TALL OF SUBSTRATE AND METAL FINISH. NO EXCEPTIONS. BEAK METAL TO BE INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND OWLEDGEABLE MANNER. LEAVE NO SHARP EDGES IL CANNING OF FINISH WILL NOT BE PERMITTED IETURN" BREAK METAL AS SHOWN ON ENLARGED DETAILS 3EPARE EXISTING SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH REQUIRED OTE: NEW BREAK METAL CANNOT EXCEED .063" THICKNESS N.F.F. L__J STOREFRONT SECTION 1 SCALE: 3/4" = T-0" ��C2 TFNANT SPAC;F c)IDF STOREFRONT SECTION AT ENTRY SCALE: 3/4" = T-0" O CODED NOTES DESIGN ENGINEERING ONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 1. EXI5TIN6 MALL GON5TRUGTION TO REMAIN. TENANT 6,G, TO • ` TOUGH -UP A5 REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH ON SITE MALL MANAGER. e <a^awxve�e, Ma,m oxawaa O•,cs,3lsss�m 2, EXI5TIN6 MALL DIFFUSER TO REMAIN. ee c,eamensukaa„ .eraoz a•+ta m<a.wm 3. EXISTING ROOF DEGK CON57RUGTION ABOVE TO REMAIN, STORE #79779 4. EXI5TIN6 BASE BUILDING 5TRUGTUFZE TO REMAIN. SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 5. EXI5TIN6 MALL BULKHEAD GONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY G.W.B. EXI5T5 THIS AREA FROM BOTTOM BULKHEAD TIGHT SEATTLE, WA 98188 TO DECK GON5TRUGTION ABOVE, TENANT 6G. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL IF NOT EXI5TIN6. Construction for: 6. EXISTING MALL PUGTNORK BEYOND TO REMAIN. 1. NEW 3 5/8" X 20 6A METAL FRAMING AT 16" O.G. 8. NEW 5/8" TYPE W 6.N.8. ON FRAMIN6 A5 REQUIRED. PAINT AS Q 56HEDULED. O 2 9. EXISTIN6 G.W.B. ON FRAMING TO REMAIN. PAINT AS 56HEDULED. 00 10. EXISTIN6 STOREFRONT FINISH (METAL) TO BE REGLAD WITH M-109 �2 O C 11. EX6TIN6 STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM TO REMAIN, C) 12. LEASE LINE. VERIFY LOCATION WITH ON SITE LANDLORD REP. WHERE OGGUR5, 15. EXISTING LIGHT COVE GON5TRU6TION THIS AREA TO REMAIN. SEE ELEVATION 14. EXISTING STOREFRONT BOX HEADER AND 5UPPORTIN6 BUILT UP "- M O d STUD COLUMN TO REMAIN, 15. NEW 3 5/8" X 20 6A METAL DIA60NAL BRAGING AT 48" O.G. T6 16. EXI5TIN6 GON5TRUCTION TO REMAIN. V1 XO -Q D J v1 CD 11. mAc n^v r -AT_ t_ 1 u PAINT TOP OF CD I < STOREFRONT TO MATCH STO EHE6FB'¢ERE.AR LU \ M-109 18. (4) #10 TEK 5GREW5 (TYP) I 19. NEW SUSPENDED GYP, BD, GEILIN6. Revisions: 15'-6"+/- 2i.F.F. 4 VERIFY INFIELD 20. 3 5/6" X 18 6A. METAL STUDS AND TRACK AT 16" O.G. Mark Date By WITH LANDLORD 21. ATTACH NEW 3 5/8" X 18 6A, TRACK TO EXI5TIN6 FRAMIN6 AT 16" Q 12d8-19 O.G. MAX. WITH (2) #10 TEK SGREN5 (FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LANDLORD COMMENTS NEW ILLUMINATED 516NA6E TO BE UNDER CONDITIONS), SUBMITTED SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. N R COORDINATE 22. 3 5/8" X IS &A. TRAGK NV (1) 0.144" DIA. P.A.F. AT 16' O.G. 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS b INSTALLATION WITH 516N VENDOR. -HILTI X-DNI 32 P8515 (I.G.B.O #238b). 14 TYR 23. 3 5/5" X IS 6A. TRAGK W/ (2) 0.144" DIA. P.A.F. AT 24" O.G. 0 8-14-2020 -HILTI X-DNI 32 P8515 (LG.B.O #2388) owNERCOMMENTS _ 10 W M-109 +lI I++ _-----_--- --12 - A.F.F. 0 OWNERC OWNER COMMENTS tI L ....M-109 Q 10 C / O1 Architect / Engineer of Record ,�19-oyo 8'-O" A.F.F. ---� ENTRY DOORS 12 EXISTING GLAZING CHANNELS TO RECEIVE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. I EXISTING GLAZING TO REMAIN. I i MALL GONGOUR5E 51 DE II ! r,EVlclv,ED FoO CODE COP"'al"LIANCEAPPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 0'-0"+/- A.F.F. EXISTING GLAZING --------- CHANNELS TO FINISH FLOOR RECEIVE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. nECEIVED CITY OF i LBKWILA W 2 3 2020 NEW DETAIL ADDED PERMIT CENTER 5 S�S�10N _ SCA Seal tr�� N 0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 6 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8 RRGISTERED C0R T iArdD NIORG41N ST4i£0ft.9� Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A301 Checked By CM a. a R 5 DIAGONAL METAL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 4'-0" O.C.. SECURE s O s TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER LANDLORD APPROVED METHOD CONT. METAL TRACK (MATCH VERTICAL ° O ° STUD SIZE). ATTACH WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH STUD (4) #10 TEK SCREWS SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL OR GYP. BIRD. CEILING. SEE PLANS 6 A400 OfICC 3 5/8" (OR 6") X 20 GAM735/W 3 16" O.C. w/ 5/W TYPE "X 400.1 SIDES. EXTEND GYP. BD. FINISHED CEILING HEIGH - ESR-3064P. NOTE 0AND MONITOR WALLS INSTALL X 8 GA. STUDS A.) INSTALL 5/8" CEMENT BOARD IN RESTROOM AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW WALL TILE. B.) INSTALL MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BIRD. AT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS (U.N.O.). SEE PLAN. C.) INSTALL SOUND BATTS FROM FLOOR SLAB TO ABOVE FINISH CEILING AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PLAN. D.) REFERENCE PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS FOR REQUIRED IN -WALL BLOCKING LOCATIONS. E.) NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4' TOP & BOTTOM AT MILLWORK LOCATIONS STUD SIZE O/_ CONT. METAL TRACK (MATCH VERTICAL STUD SIZE) SECURE WITH MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. & 1 15/B' 2" FROM EACH END. 1A 6' (ATTACH WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH STUD) OBASE PER FINISH PLAN. REFER TO SHEET A103. NOTE: PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START G.C. TO VERIFY ALLOWABLE FASTENER EMBEDMENT WITH LANDLORD. WALL SECTION SCALE: 3I4°=1'-0" TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL .GONAL METAL STUD BRACING UP 20UGH CEILING TILE AND FACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, REQ'D. FASTEN AT 48' O.C. EXISTING LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM O V 6" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. w/ 5/8" TYPE W GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES EXTEND STUDS AND GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE U.L. DESIGN #U465 NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 FOR TYPICAL NOTES A2 DETAIL ADDED q- TEMPARARY BARRICADE WALL SCALE: 314"=1'-0" STUD STUD FLANGE STUD STUD MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT OR DESIGNATION DEPTH WIDTH GAUGE SPACING MAXIMUM HEIGHT TO DIAGONAL BRACE 362S162-33 3.518" 1.518" 20 16" 17`•6" 362S162.43 3.518" 1.518" 18 16" 191-0" 362S16&54 3.518" 1.518" 16 16" 20'•5" 600SI62.33 6" 1-518" 20 16" 26'-6" 600S162.43 6" 1.5I8" 18 16" 2V-6" 6009162-54 6" 1.58" 16 16" 301•0" 800S162-33 1 & 1.5/8" 20 16" 37•2' 80OS162-43 8" 1.518 18 16" 35.4" 800S152-54 8" 1•SI8" 16 16" 3F-V LIGHT GUAGE FRAMING - CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE LIGHT GUAGE FRAMING SCREW MIL. THICKNESS - GAUGE NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE CONNECTIONS 25GA.---------18MIL 16 GA. •-------54 MIL UNLESS NOTED, LIGHT GUAGE FRAMING 22 GA.---•-•-27 MIL 14 GA. •------- •--68 MIL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE USING#8 SCREWS. 20 GA •--•-•---•••-33 MIL 12 GA.---•---•-•97 MIL 18 GA.--------43 MIL AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHEATHING MATERIAL IS PLACED AGAINST THE SCREW HEADS OF LIGHT GUAGE METAL FRAMING CONNECTIONS, PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS SHALL BE USED SO THAT THE EXAMPLE CROSS REFERENCE: 3518", 18 GA. STRUCTURAL METAL STUD• 362 S 162 • 43 METAL STUD SHEATHING MATERIAL REMAINS STRAIGHT AND I 1__� SMOOTH. STUD (S=STUD) FLANGE STUD DEPTH (r=TRACK) WIDTH THICKNESS =3.625"=1.625" -43 MIL (18 GA.) METAL STUD ICC-ES #ESR-3064P MANUFACTURER BASED ON "CALIFORNIA EXPANDED =3518" =1518" METALS CO. BitEQUAL 2" x 2" 16 GA. CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH (4) FRAMING SCREWS METALSTUD LATERAL BRACING CR 1 1/2" x 16 GA. LATERAL BRACING SUPPORT 6 3 A400 400.1 ERFIFY BARRICADE ° 0 °STRUCTION ORE TION MANAGER. BRACING ATO STRUCTUREREQUIRED. 3 5/W (OR 6") X 20 GAMETAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. w/ 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD, TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT ICC - ESR-3064P NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 E2A TUDSIZE O FOR TYPICAL NOTES 2 112' 3 5/8' 2 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3J4'=1'-0" ONE -SIDE GYP. BD. NOTE: VERIFY APPROVED ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE METHOD WITH LANDLORD REP. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. REFER TO MALL + STRUCTURAL DWGS _+ 3 5/8" X 18 GA. MTL. TRACK @ EXIST. JOIST BEHIND. ATTACH TO T & B +' CHORDS W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS. ATTACH SLIP TRACK METAL STUD ATTACH STUD BRACING WITH WITH A RUNNER TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF + I MINIMUM OF (4) #10TEX SCREWS (2 EA. STRUCTURE PER LANDLORD I INFILL) (TYP.) REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT ATTACH TO ROOF DECK. PROVIDE FIRE BARRIER 3 5/8" x 18 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ SEALANT --DEPTH AS REQUIRED BY 48' O.C. SCREW TO WALL STUDS W/ (4) ASSEMBLY RATING #10 TEX SCREWS MINIMUM (TYPICAL) NOTE: ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALL SHALL BE FIRE 3 X 18 GA. MTL. STUD INFILL @ CAULKED TO MAINTAIN ONE EXIST. JOIST IN FRONT. ATTACH To . HOUR FIRE RATING _ _ + + TRACK W/ (3) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. SIDE. \11MAIL STRUCTURE (TYPICAL) 3 5/8" x 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 12' BRACES PARALLEL O.C.w/5/8" TYPE "X"GYP- BD, BOTH SIDES EXTEND STUDS AND GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE U.L. DESIGN #U465 REFER TO MALL h STRUCTURAL DWGS C MALL DECK (TYPICAL) 3 5/8" X 18 GA. MTL. -I- STUD INFILL EA. SIDE. ATTACH TO T & B O I I CHORDS W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS. +I ATTACH STUD BRACING WITH WITH A + I MINIMUM OF (4) #10 TEX SCREWS (2 EA. NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 I INFILL) IT STUD SIZE 0 FOR TYPICAL NOTES 3 5/8" x 18 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ SA 6' 48" O.C. SCREW TO WALL STUDS W/ (4) #10 TEX SCREWS MINIMUM (TYPICAL) 0 I BASE PER FINISH PLAN. REFER MALL STRUCTURE (TYPICAL) TO SHEET A200 & A201. BRACES PERPENDICULAR 5 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=T-0° DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: rNE<MRE O+�wxwca mMe, raaw�,oxas�o 0+tstJl raS.sox •6Creamey erwk Easc Gra�,Gi Cc�i6 O.t lefA]<3t9iW STORE #79779 6 3 A400 400., SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 0 Construction for: CD ° O ° 0— C) � ' 0 . ° O O 3 5/8" (OR 6") X 20 GAMETAL J O STUDS AT 16" O.C. w/ 5/8" TYPE GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. CIE EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT ]CC - ESR-3064P O s O EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. SEE N : J z PLAN N C:D Q CD UJ 0 2 ..� Revisions: NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 STUD SIZE O FOR TYPICAL NOTES Mark Date By 3A 6' � ID18.19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 3 3 5J8' Q2-28.20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS O Q8-14.2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 B-2.2020 OWNER COMMENTS 3 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3/4°=1'-0° o Architect / Engineer of Record 1 5 +/ 4 1 FAUCET ADA, SS DROP -IN SINK 53' 8° Y ti 0 R M ' 2 2 (V N QQ [) 6" 1'-1° ADA SLOPED PANEL SINK BASE WITH REMOVABLE PANEL. PROVIDE CONCEALED SUPPORTS AND FASTENERS AS REQUIRED DETAIL AT 1855-00 SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE C01IPLIANCE APPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 6 A400 TYPICAL STUD � DIAGONAL METAL STUD BRACING TO FASTEN BLOCKING AT EACH STUD PER DESIGN STRUCTURE ABOVE, AS REQ'D. O FASTEN AT 48" O.C. (TYPICAL) + SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING; REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TRACK PIECE W/ 1-1/4' (MIN.) FLANGES O FOR CEILING HEIGHTS O NOTCHED AS REQUIRED. SIZE AND THIKNESS ARE REQUIRED BY DESIGN. 3 5/8"x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" VH O.C. w/ S/8" TYPE'X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT; REFER TO DWG. A102 AND A200 FOR BULKHEAD HEIGHTS/FINISHES. RECEIVED EQ CITY OF TUKWILA CO. SEP 2 3 2020 CO. PERMIT CENTER DIAGONAL BRACING ATTACHMENT g�A�LLSE_CTIO_N.TEMPORARY DEMISING WALL SCALE:1"=1'-0" TYPICAL BULKHEAD BLOCKING DETAIL LE: N.T.S. SCA C NO C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 7 P,EGISPERED GNiiECT STATE O CO tTLAh7 410RGaN Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC.OS ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Titte SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A400 Checked By CM NOTE: DO NOT FASTEN TO CEILING SEISMIC LOCKING PIN NOTE: DO NOT FASTEN TO CEILING OR ROOF OR ROOF DECK. ATTACH TO DECK. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER STRUCTURE ABOVE PER LANDLORD LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. (TYP.) REQUIREMENTS. (TYP.) 1/2" OR 3/4" EMT -RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (2'-8" MAX. FOR 0 1/2" 0)(4'-0" MAX. FOR 3/4" 0) n I/2 OR 3/4 EMT -RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE MAX.OR 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER ICBO #2244 OR PER LOCAL CODE FOR i/2 MAX,F 314 �)(4 0 F4) WIRE COMPRESSION STRUT . MAIN RUNNER REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC TOP CLIP 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE CROSS TEE RESTRAINT 12'-0" O.C. EACH (MECHANICALLY COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS WAY AND WITHIN 6'4' OF FASTENED) EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" TEE TO MAIN RUNNER EACH WALL Ty O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN V-0" SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS VERTICAL - 12 GA. HANGER OF EACH WALL OF RUNNERS SHALL BE WIRE @ 4'-0" O.C. 3/4" OR 1" EMT - BUTT TIGHT TO ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL 3/4" OR 1" EMT - NOTCH SPRING CLIP 1 5/8" METAL JOIST FRAMING. INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS OVER MAIN RUNNER (USE USE 3/4" WHEN STRUCTURE IS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, a_ 314" WHEN STRUCTURE LESS THAN 2'-8" ABOVE, I" WHEN SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH ABOVE IS 2'-8" OR LESS, HIGHER. BENT TABS, OR OTHER z I I USE I" WHEN HIGHER THAN --- - 1 I I DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR 2 8 ) F-----""��- AND LOCK- NUT AFTER CEILING 2x DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE - `r AXIAL OR COMPRESSION I I DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BULB CLIP I I SYSTEM IS LEVELED (MINIMUM 60 LBS.) BOLT AND LOCK- NUT (MECHANICALLY AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS FASTENED) 45° SECURE SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO MAX LEVELED SUSPENDED MAX. SUPPORT STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS 45° MAX. CEILING DETAIL 45° WIRES TO ABOVE -NOT TO ROOF DECK MAX. STRUCTURAL 45° STEEL 45° MA . .- - 45e— —(3) TURNS MAX. 45° MEMBERS HANGER WIRE MAX. MIN. IN I HANGER WIRE MAX. ABOVE - NOT 1/2" (TYP) TOP CLIP TO ROOF DECK /'7� q NOT TO EXCEED 0-0" 27 SPRING CLIP �iqX 1 5/8" x 16 GA. METAL JOIST SPLAY BRACE WIRE MAIN (4)-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - RUNNER FRAMING @ 45" O.C. ATTACHMENT (4)-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - 8" (MAX.) OR 114 CROSS TEE SPLAYED D FROM EACH OTHER AND 45° FROM HOLES SPLAYED RO° FROM EACH OTHER LENGTH OF DIST. TO 1/211 CEILING PLANE COMPRESSION AND 45° (MAX.) FROM CEILING FIRST MAIN — CONT. HORIZ. STRUT TO PREVENT SUSPENDED POST PLANE SPREADING OF RUNNERS CEILING DETAIL 7/8" CHANNEL FURRING @ 16" O.C. - SECURE TO 1 5/8" METAL JOIST CROSS TEE 7NOTE: HANGER WIRE ALLOWABLE TENSION FRAMING WITH MIN. 8 GA. WIRE MAIN RUNNER #12 170 Ibs. 4'-0" o.c. max. ACOUSTICAL PANEL #10 300 lbs. 5'-0" o.c. max. NOTE: L/R = RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 L/R RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 WALL TRIM SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL @ WALL LAY -IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM GYP. BRD. CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS LAY -IN CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE, SEE DIAGONAL BRACE. SEE VIEWS A -A, B-B 4 C-C FOR SIZE. INSTALL DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48"c/c, U.O.N. -- MAXIMUM LENGTH OF DIAGONAL SIZE VIEW DIAGONAL SINGLE 3 5/8°, 18 GA STUD A -A UP TO 10'-0" WITH 1 5/8" FLANGE WIDTH DEL 3 5/8", 18 GA STUD 5-5 10'-1" TO 14'-01' WITH 1 5/8° FLANGE WIDTH5 DEL 3 5/8", 18 GA STUD C-C 14'-1" TO 21'-0" WITH 2 1/2" FLANGE WIDTHS NOTE: FOR DOUBLE STUD DIAGONALS, "SECOND" STUD SHALL END AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO END CONNECTION, TOP t BOTTOM. SINGLE 3 5/8" DBL 3 5/8", 18 GA. 18 GA. DIAGONAL STUDS WITH 1 5/8" WIDE FLANGES 1 5/8 #12 1 5/6" SCREWS 3 @ 12"c/c VIEW A -A VIEW B-B . 1 • l � � 1 . 1 SCALE: N.T.S. CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR LENGTH5 LONGER THAN 21'-0" NOTE: FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES C D,E,F ,--(4)-#12 SCREWS ,, WALL OR STOREFRONT STUD. ORIENTATION VARIES, SEE OTHER SECTIONS. DEL 3 5/8", 18 GA. STUDS W/ 2 1/2" WIDE FLANGES #12 2 1/2" SCREWS @ 12"c/c VIEW C-C NOT USED SCALE: N.T.S. faEVIEU',cD qN!E CODE CO14ipLIAPPROVED NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDLIG DIVISION nECEIVEC CITY Or T ts11WILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 11100a •-11*0 •aoa�wmm:aciaze rn=:°nor saw e•n:,3l... esue°merye,°a.Ea„c�auv.cTowza e•,cawl<n,.vw STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: LU o! 00 v 0 c 0 0 � � a� v— co oE: o o V)o 10 Cf' Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2 28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS W Architect / Engineer of Record (zNO C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 6 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD, ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 7(j GIST MED Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: �5 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Const—tion Title SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A400.1 Checked By CM NOTE: LOCATE TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL CARPET TO VINYL TILE JOINTS NOTE: LOCATE TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL CARPET TO VINYL TILE JOINTS GLLE DOWN WALK OFF MAT PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES TRANSITION STRIP (TS-1) PER NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING /'� CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO ` l \() NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE LEVEL TRANSITION TO ASH PATCH AS REQUIRED PLANS AND SCHEDULES INSTALL ALL TRANSITIONS AT ) CARPET ON SUBFLOOR TO TRANSITION STRIP (TS-5) PER PROVIDE LEVEL TRANSITION TO ADJACENT FLOORING. CT L ING EXIS NG C NCRETE SLAB WITH FINISH. ADJACENT FLOORING. ; FI H REDUCE DOORS SHALL OCCUR AT ALIGN CARPET PILE HEIGHT WITH CENTERLINE OF DOOR. ADJACENT FINISHED TILE PLANS AND SCH INSTALL WALK OFF M SUB LOOR TRANSITION STRIP 2 R CER STRIP OR TYP. FLOORING TO ALIGN LK PILE HEIGHT T JA T NYL PLANK FLOORING VI YL PLANK FLOORING ALUMINUM OFFSET SADDLE THRESHOLD PORC. TILE ON THIN SET MORTAR BED FINISHE T L RING PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING ROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO P 4 P P P 4 P P 414 4.. P C.�Tl0 THIN SET MORTAR BED CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT — 'J, THRESHOLD. THRESHOLD. p g q q p p q o •- / x ____ GLUE DOWN CARPET PER 4 4 P P 4 4 4 4 P P f4'F — ----- — " --a -�'-- - ° PLANS AND SCHEDULES d LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB q ' a ° LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB q LINE OF EXTG CONCRETE a� SLAB PREPARE EXISTING 1/2° F.R. PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR-VERIFY HEIGHT REQ'D IN FIELD GLUE DOWN CARPET PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES CONCRETE SLAB AS LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB FLASH PATCH AS REQUIRED TO REQUIRED TO PROVIDE CREATE FLUSH CONDITION TILE LEVEL TRANSITION LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB 3 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL 5 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL 4 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL 3 TRANSITION DETAIL C()LO:SIZE FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL 1 SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-5 WALK OFF MAT TO PORCELAIN NOT TO SCALE SCALE HALF SIZE TS-12 CONCRETE TO VINYL SCALE HALF SIZE CONCRETE ATLE: WALK -OFF MAT HALTS-1 CARPET TO TILE NOTE: FLUSH TRANSITION REQUIRED MALL NOTE: LOCATE TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL FLOORING TO TENANT FLOORING CARPET TO VINYL TILE JOINTS ALL TRANSITIONS AT DOORS SHALL OCCUR AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR. TYP. LEASE LINE EXISTING MALL CERAMIC TILE FLOORING GLUE DOWN CARPET PER DO R TS-5 TRANSITION STRIP PER PLANS PLAN SCHEDULE MINUM OFFSET NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO TS-4 TRANSITION STRIP. INSTALL AND SCHEDULES ( TS- RAN TION STRIP. INSTALL RP O UBFLOOR TO ALIGN ADDLE THRESHOLD PROVIDE LEVEL TRANSITION TO ISTING CONCRETE SLAB WITH FINISH. ADJACENT FLOORING.i VINYL ON SUBFLOOR TO ALIGN WITH ADJACENT FINISHED PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES ET HEIGHT WITH VINYL TILE : FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING A T FINISHED FLOORING PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING -12 REDUCER STRIP COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO VINYL FLOORING ALIGN YL FLOORING CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD. NYL PLANK FLOORING OVIDE LATEX LEVELING EX PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO I ml 4 P P P P P PPP 4 P COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB MPOUND REQUIRED 70 EATE FLUSH CONDITION AT RESHOLD. CREATE FLUSH CONDITION ATq THRESHOLD OVER A MIN. OF 24 Q a q ° THIN SET MOi'2TAR BED LINE OF EXISTING CONCRETE CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD OVER A MIN. OF NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING q \\ PORC. TILE ON THIN SLAB F.R. PLYWOOD 'D IN FIELD VERIFY VERIFY HEIGHT OD S BF FIELD ' ° SET MORTAR BED CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED a 4 °�-i LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING TO PROVIDE LEVEL LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED SUBFLOOR-VERIFY HEIGHT TRANSITION TO MALL TO PROVIDE LEVEL REQ'D IN FIELD FLOORING. TRANSITION.10 LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB FLOORTRANSITION DETAIL HALF SIZE CONCRETE TO VINYL 9 FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE: HALF SIZE w g FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-4 TILE TO VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-5 MALL TILE TO TILE FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILSCALE: SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-4 CARPET TO VINYL INTERIOR DOOR rE: REFERENCE DETAILS 12/A401 AND 13/A401 FOR FRP INSTALL DETAILS CTA JOHNSONITE TRANSITION STRIP a I WHITE FRPZ NYL WRAPPED ALUM. INSIDE CORNER Nv FLooR,N� „-.,,,;.•, IF REQUIRED PROVIDE LATEX ALL MOUNTED EYE WASH (EW1) PRE -FINISHED FRP2 / WHITE LEVELING COMPOUND AS 1 7 401 FAUCET EMBOSSED FINISH. (1/8` THK.) WALL PANELS GLUED TO WATERPROOF 5/8° REQUIRED TO CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD OVER A MIN. OF 24". -- GYP. BD. ON METAL FRAMING (SEE FINISH PLAN) PORC. TILE ON THIN j 6" MTL. STUDS W/ 518" TYPE "X" 3 SET MORTAR BED GYP. BD. I o LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB I 4 - ; HAFELEFUTURAPOCKET OR _ FRP2 WAINSCOT DETAIL FLOOR TRANSITION�DESINYLFRAMING KIT, 80/Z 'd'SCALE: HALF SIZE ILE 6" MTL. STUDS W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. I ___-_-----)BASE AS SCHEDULED D F�i1=j I:IEVlrt�tl` MOP SINK'SS'; REFER TO C DE CC,,,PLIANCE l PLUMBING DRAWINGS ��,It'�r-ROVaD D�9 BLOCKING AS � NOV 1 6 2029 Q FLUSH HOLLOW ! �', 2'-0" METAL DOME •1\•. _ ( EQUAL EQUAL City Of TUICWIIa PAINTED MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. ON _ o = OR EQ @ ILDING DIVISION METAL FRAMING, REF: A-103.01 FOR SPEC. m HAFELE FUTURA POCKET DOOR O O I I INISHES PER DWG. A-1.1B CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. "J° MOULD - F LNG KIT, 80/Z - I `? 1 1 5/8" 20 GA. METAL CONTINUOUS I o i CAULK ALUOINTS I AROUNIU TRP2' FURRING CHANNEL - FRP2 5{8" GYP. BD. - i PRE -FINISHED W/ WHITE FULL HEIGHT WALL EXISTING MALL COLUMN EMBOSSED FINISH. (1/8" THK.) WALL I i ANY EXISTING PANELS GLUED TO WATERPROOF 5/8" i i I 1" x 1' ALUMINUM CORNER C7 FIREPROOFING TO GYP. BD. ON METAL FRAMING (SEE FINISH GUARDS (2 REQUIRED) REMAIN INTACT PLAN) RAFFLE DOOR, EDGE PER PLAN z CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINU 1! i 0E1ED PULL HA-911.26.310 MOULD (CONTINUOUS) Er' `� CITY OF' OR EQ. ( MOP SINK'SS', REFER TO a V i�iti SEE SCHEDULE PLUMBING DRAWINGS wN > w PP 2 3 7070 BASE PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE`ep REFER TO SHEET A103.01 1" 14 PERrAIT CENTER 5/8" TYPE °X" GYP. BD. SINGLE SIDE POCKET DOOR HEAD POCKET DOOR DETAIL 16 SCALE: 3/4"=T-0" DETAIL 15 MOP SINK/LOW WALL SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" DETAIL ).ENLARGED13 SCALE: 1 V2° = 1'-0" INTERIOR COLUMN ENCLOSURE WAINSCOT BASE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=T-0" SCALE: 3^=1'-0^ WITH WALL PROTECTION DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: O 11_c =17Pix e,Mawn1_11T1 0 O^t 16r 33]65_W 06Creamxry Broot,Em Grantry. Ci �W36 O.t 166c�43r-Y]W STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE •#416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: w All 00 O U 0 oV) N L � U O � 6 U � O �Ln X � J to O CD d- Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 2 2 28 20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Qa 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C No C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N- FIELDER RD, ARLINGTON, TX 70012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 Tt ?ED 130-11 TA Architect / Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No: \L Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A401 Checked By CM O PAINTABLE l - CAULK V CONSTRUCTION DHESIVE 0 MTL. TRA �Iv E BASE DETAIL - SECTION SCALE: DETAIL PAINT TO MATCH WALL COLOR PAINT P-152 rIm PARTITION WALL FRY-REGLET F-REVEAL MOLDING DRMF-625-75 PAINT P-152 � 3„ 4 PAINT TO MATCH WALL COLOR �� FINISHED 3/4" MDF. PAINT FLOOR TO MATCH WALL COLOR VERTICAL SECTION PARTITION WALL - WALL BASE 8 SCALE: 6" = T-0" A 3'A. HWB100 WALLCOVERING TO END @ CORNER SEE SHEET A103.01 FOR E DRY ALL FINISH SCHEDULE TAPE & JOINT >O 3 COMPOUND 1GIETAL S UD FRAMI W SEE ELEVS EXTEND FINISH TO INSIDE CORNER OF REVEAL C SEE RCP EXTEND FINISH TO TAPE & JOINT DRYWALL INSIDE CORNER COMPOUND CORNER REVEAL OF REVEAL CORNER @ SOFFIT DETAIL - SECTION SCALE: 12" = T-0" ECLISSE POCKET DOOR FRAMING. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 5/8" TYPE'X' GYP. BRD. 3 5/8" X 20 GA. MTL. FRAMING AT 16" O.G. Alm �A - 00 -F/jA 0 Q � vN W 5/W TYPE X GYP BIRD F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED JAMB DETAIL POCKET DOOR DETAIT / d � SEE SHEET A103.01 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE TAPE & JOINT c l 3 COMPOUND v ME AL STUD F MING W SEE ELEVS EXTEND FINISH T INSIDE CORNE OF REVEAL W SEE ELEVS EXTEND FINISH TO TAPE & JOINT DRYWALL INSIDE CORNER COMPOUND CORNER REVEAL OF REVEAL OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL - SECTION SCALE: 12" = 1'-0" (2) 6" X 18 GA. BEARING STUDS WITH (2) 6" X 18 GA. BOX BEAM ABOVE. SEE DETAIL I2/A404. TYP. OPP. 35' FINISH OPENING (36" DOOR) 32' MINIMUM CLEAR REQUIRED (WHEN DOOR IS IN THE FULLY CLOSED POSITION) WOOD DOOR DOOR HANDLE PER DOOR SCHEDULE POCKET DOOR STOP-/ MUD -IN CORNER BEAD (TYPICAL AROUND OPENING BOTH SIDES) 3" I_ METAL STUD FRAMING FRYREGLET SNAP -IN ' REVEAL (DRM-SNAP-IN-375 W / RETAINER) —PAINT LINE PER PLAN (PAINT SNAP -IN PRIOR TO INSTALL) DO NOT TURN CORNER WITH WALLCOVERING — W ? WALL TRANSITION DETAIL WALL COVERING TO PAINT WALL COVERING TO WALL COVERING'. 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL W/ 5/8" TYPE "X' GYP. BD. EACH SIDE (2) 6" X 18 GA. BOX BEAM — ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 8/A404 F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING — POCKET DOOR FRAME AND HARDWARE MUD -IN CORNER BEAD (TYPICAL AROUND OPENING BOTH SIDES) DOOR PANEL 48 L HEAD DETAIL DEMISING WALL 4 PAINT TO MATCH BLOCKING MATERIAL PER LOCAL CODE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED INVISIBLE SERIES SPEAKER INSTALLATION DEIAILVIEVI 14.10 [358] 3g1 Elm WALL COLOR . `._ BY G.C. ABOVE GYP. CEILING, AS FINDICATED ON SHEET A101. 3.ea Ea43 TAPE & JOINT FRY-REGLET ENCLOSURE F REVEALRmr4, MOLDING '4 DRMF-625 75 Ta PAINT P 152 1/B°(3mmjmoxmumroppingrompound Metemro�naa ®buildup over active speaker area AMATCH NVISIBLE SPEAKER SONANCE I54 C. 3/4" MDF. PAINT MATCH 1'-6" BELOW CEILINGTO MIN.@7'-8"A.F.F.WALL arx e„i�ReT sMr r-0RTECw. SUPPLIED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY a CALL (949) A92-7777GCWIRING BY GC. amnSv<.wedl ORW(SffWWWSONANCE.COMIPRODUCTB/INVISI8LE VERIFY REQUIRED OHM SETTING WITH VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION COLOR VERTICAL A SECTION 2 5!5/ GYP. OVER 3 S/8" 20GA. MTL. STD. 1/4" MIRK MIRROR HESIV OVER 112' F O 5 P VE 5/8" 4 A TL. STD. - .=gym L 1, 4 4 SEE PLAN IN 116112 WTIT, r.111 I I I W, " ".." A WIN, I —1/2" MDF PAINT TO MATCH WALL (TYP.) BUILD OUT FOR MIRROR - PLAN SECTION g OAKLEY "O" - SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 112°=T-0" 1 INVISIBLE SPEAKER DETAIL SCALE:1/4" = V-0' HANG-UPS UNLIMITED 310-453-3806 TOGGLE EYE TE-10 CEILING PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC. (TYP. OF 4) - SEE DETAIL_>Ei ---_ _-___�_--- _- WAYFARER DETAIL (D_��I�ING.S. 7'-7=MIN. $r A.F.F. AL HACK CAN HANG-UPS UNLIMITED 310-453-3806 TOGGLE EYE TE-10 PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC. (TYP. OF 4) 30 w 1/8" FERRULE AND STOP SET BY GC o- (rYP.) 1/16° WIRE ROPE BY GC f' VI 1I `_DiO GODt CO `s,iDLIA 111- EXIST. WAYFARER ATTACHMENT PONRECEIVED CITY OF itdKWILA �i�� 1 6 2�2� HANGING WAYFARER GLASSES CFp 2 3 2020 city of Tukw la PERMIT CENTER BUIL0!i•!.O DiVIGi1_ N 9 q11 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: ND<MRE •4aro wxmcaaue uesony.CT 0 •.,1 )41. [ate •6Creamery Brock, Ean Granby <i 0602 •.1I060)43�9AU STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: ce�o o� 00 m� v 0 if x O J C N .G � V v- c6 Oa Ln O � z -03 J to O LU <C CD Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMME NITS Q2-11-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB-14-202D OWNER COMMENTS Qq 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C: N o C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 889 _ RE RED CIj EO_, uEli i T cORTt�'`�? o ST 1i' Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type, LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFFey A402 Checked CM DOORS CLOSERS. DRINKING FOUNTAIN NOTES FOR LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN: ENTRANCES. THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS CANNOT EXCEED 8.5 ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR 1. THE SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER 4 INCHES MIN. IN HEIGHT. THE IN A " ANY DOORS. REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY REQUIRED UP TO 15 POUNDS TO BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. A PRIMARY ENTRANCE IS DEFINED S, ... DOO S Q Q ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM FROM SPOUTS WITHIN 3 INCHES OF THE FRONT Of ENTRANCE TO A FACILITY WHICH HAS A SUBSTANTIAL FLOW OF PRESSURE. THE PRESSURE IS TO BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN SHALL BE 30 DEGREES MAX. AND FROM SPOUTS PEDESTRIANS TO ANY SPECIFIC MAJOR FUNCTION OF THE FACILITY." HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING BETWEEN 3INCHES AND 5 INCHES FROM THE FRONT OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN REVOLVING DOORS CAN NOT BE USED AS A REQUIRED ENTRANCE FOR DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS SHALL BE 15 DEGREES MAX. MEASURED HORIZONTALLY RELATIVE TO THE FRONT THE HANDICAPPED. RECESSED DOORMATS ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS. IF A DOOR HAS A FACE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE 2. CONTROLS SHALL BE FRONT MOUNTED OR SIDE MOUNTED NEAR THE FRONT DOOR WIDTHS AND HEIGHTS, DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 EDGE. SPOUTS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 36' MEASURED FROM THE FLOOR OR REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A CLEAR OPENING INCHES (75 mm) FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE GROUND SURFACES TO THE SPOUT OUTLET. NOT LESS THAN 34 INCHES WIDE. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING IS OF THE DOOR. MEASURED WITH THE DOOR AT A 90 DEGREE ANGLE FROM ITS CLOSED 3. WALL AND POST MOUNTED CANTILEVERED UNITS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR KNEE POSITION. AT LEAST ONE OF A PAIR OF DOORS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC THRESHOLDS. SPACE BETWEEN i HE BOTTOM OF THE APRON AND THE FLOOR OR GROUND AT DOORS, HAS TO PROVIDE THE 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. DOOR HEIGHTS THRESHOLDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NO MORE THAN 112 INCH HIGH. LEAST 27" HIGH, 30" WIDE, AND 17-19' DEEP. SUCH UNITS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM ARE REQUIRED TO BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES. BEVEL OR SLOPE THE EXPOSED EDGE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30" X 48" TO ALLOW A PERSON IN A WHEEL- CHAIR TO 45 DEGREES SO THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATION APPROACH THE UNIT FACING FORWARD. HARDWARE. EXCEEDS 1/4" INCH. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS REQUIRED TO BE 1. EXIT DOORS, TOILET ROOM AND CHANGING ROOM DOOR TO BE 4. THE FOLLOWING KNEE CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED UNDERNEATH THE FOUNTAIN: CENTERED BETWEEN 30 AND 44 INCHES HIGH. LATCHING AND LOCKING OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, FORCE 27" MIN. FROM THE FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FOUNTAIN WHICH DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF OR NEED OF KEY. EXTENDS 8" MIN. MEASURED FROM THE FRONT EDGE UNDERNEATH THE TRAVEL HAVE TO BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE 2. SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. FOUNTAIN BACK TOWARDS THE WALL; IF A MIN. 9" OF TOE CLEARANCE IS HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER 3. ALL HARDWARE TO BE LEVER TYPE, PROVIDED, A MAX. OF 6" OF THE 48" OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT THE HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE FIXTURE MAY EXTEND INTO THE TOE SPACE. ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS ARE ENTRANCE SIGNS. REQUIRED TO OPERATE AT DESCRIBED ABOVE IN THE DIRECTION OF ALL BUILDINGS ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY EGRESS. PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. LEVER 2'-10" TO I CLEAR 3 -g DOOR/HARDWARE DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN NO SCALE SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" 18" VERTICAL GRAB 60"x56" CLEAR FLOOR BAR FOR THE WATER CLOSET 42" HORIZONTAL GRAB BAR 4SN30" CLEAR FLOOR BEYOND THE ARC OF WATER CLOSET WITH THE DOOR SWING FLUSH HANDLE ON WIDE SIDE OF SPACE 7g" 6'-11" EQ EQ 36" HORIZONTAL GRAB BAR — — — `tilt=rl ltil lti-lliti-t11�Y1-H 11-1 / � \�•�-'�=�rv=�'k-�� v v v ittiTI I t r, I TT'1'.tt-Tl III 1�111111 ( \w-'v�v^_r+cr� VVA illiltl li{ 11%ltlultilull'll-- �1ti111 1t)Ilittyllllitlill ll) tt ttt"it z Llilill lit �Iltilt ,li lYtl11111fit-ii I-T ilnl ... I.I1.. i lln I I vvvvvvvvvvvvvvl \\\\\\\\\\\\\I T J ~ \ ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE. NOTE: RESTROOM-__� sEEDerAL37Aao3 DIMENSIONS ARE - -_1 TO FINISH FACE OF - _--= s ae3 _ 1 WALL TILE LTIT'_M T l=iinT�-Tl1kl�a� / I I11'Cl 'Tt i'-TCI-"i1YtTi,11T1 A A A A A A A A A A A v A\ 1 ilt littlunllut-11 / I EVAAvAvvAvvvAAAI \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ti1111lllll1 iItt ttlll 11l�Llllilttliill �1tyllltltl-141 ttl v v v v v v v A v v v v v v i�Tt,"-rtt"tt4 1t1i11 lit -� vvvvvvvvAvvvvvvI lull ,il�llllilliltltlll lltt) ia. llF1'lii ltttfiiYiill � .r ''" '— i LAVATORY ---t— N R DOOR WALL FLOOR FO I FOR DOOR WALL MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL 5 TURNING DIAMETER HOLDER 30"x48" CLEAR FLOOR FOR THE LAVATORY i �a I, III III L SCALE:112"= T-0" DRINKING FOUNTAIN r� O O p z FPANE �o ,ON m ELEVATION 15" y1 15" O O z o� o w LOW NIGH 30"x48" 5 CLEAR FLOOR AREA PLAN 2 NOTE REMOVED WOMENS MENS �_______---_� x � • s I rpe, I I WOMEN MEN I BRAILLE SIGN PER 2010 ADA REQ'TS MENS/WOMENS RESTROOM SIGNAGE LEVER HANDLE NOTE: ALL SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM WITH ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROPORTION, COLOR CONTRAST AND RELIEF AND GRADE 2 BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS. I I BRAILLE SIGN PER 2010 ADA REQ'TS UNISEX RESTROOM SIGNAGE 3 DISABLED ACCESS SIGNAGE NOT TO SCALE W yJT-t00 3 81/4' X 16° CERAMIC TILE STRETCHER BOND PATTERN (TYPJ Zl(3:CaTta LAV. (SK5)- RE: PLUMBING DRAWINGS TOWEL DISPENSER. MAX, 4'- PROTRUSION 4 J z �I- < 6" TAX. INSULATE HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPING ANCHOR PLATES ARE 12 GAUGE STEEL AND 6" WIDE. (LENGTH VARIES). FURNISHED WITH STAINLESS STEEL MACHINE SCREWS TO ACCOMMODATE WALL FINISHES S S TO 112"THICK. ANCHOR PLATES SECURED TO STUDS BY WELDING, WIRING OR SELF THREADING SCREWS. GRAB BARS LOCATE GRAB BARS AS NOTED IN RESTROOM ELEVATIONS ON A200/A201. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH F T GRIPPING O HE G G SURFACE IS REQUIRED TO BE 30 MM - 45MM, OR THE SHAPE IS TO PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. IF GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BARS IS TO BE 35MM - 45MM. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS GRAB BARS AND ANY SURFACE ADJACENT TO THEM CAN NOT HAVE ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 INCH. TYP. VERTICAL GRAB BAR. STRETCHER BOND PROVIDE BLOCKING AS PATTERN REQ'D.INTERSECTION OF HORIZONTAL AND SLOPING PORTIONS TO 39" - ALIGN WITH FRONT EDGE OF WATER CLOSET. GRAB BAR - PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQ'D 12 MIN. `.2rtAX HI-LO DRINKING MIN' FOUNTAINS ELEVATION A 48°x30'CLEAR FLOOR TYPICAL RESTROOM ELEVATIONS FOR LOW DRINKING 5 FOUNTAIN SCALE: 11W = 1-0° W 1�2 WATER CLOSET. TOILET FLUSH 60"MIN. CONTROL AT WIDE SIDE OF WC 2•_0• PER TAS 604.6. REFER LTOEDGEIFLAV. TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. MIN. ELEVATION B ELEVATION C BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR OR SEAT INDUCED BY THE MAX. BENDING DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 L6. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. ` JORE SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR BY THE APPLICATION OF 250 LEE POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY a<arow+mo °a,. ox <sc+o a+n:,nrss cox RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL NOT eso.anry s,.e,Mc,aw,,<r omze p.rrawl aaszm EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE SEAR STRESS. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICES FROM THE STORE #79779 APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE SOUTHCENTER MALL OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER HAS THE SMALLER SPACE_ # 41 Ei ALLOWABLE LOAD. S EATT L E, WA 98188 TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF A 250 LB, POINT LOAD, PLUS THE MAX. MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF Construction for: A 250 LB. POINT LOAD, SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 118". C1 � :D O O Ln O @ :E LL O c J � T N L.W } ` v O @ d v OX „o LJJQC5 4 NOTE: GC TO ENSURE Revisions: COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL Mark Date By r- GRAB BAR. ACCESSIBILITY CODSE PROVIDE Q 12-18-19 BLOCKING AS LANDLORD COMMENTS Q REQ'D 4 2-28-20 HOOK BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS JC�0AT 000 e-n-zozo O OWNER COMMENTS mS ° O V TOILET PAPER HOLDER ELEVATION D 48"x70" CLEAR FLOOR CENTER UTILITY FORDOOR 4 HOOKAND MIRROR ON DOOR 4 36" MIN. 39"-41" � Z2" MIN. 1'-01, 24° 12" 42" MAX. PA X MIN. IN. �' � � 24" MIN- > 6=-3i w m El v v m u�. EQ. EQ. GRAB BAR GRAB BAR GRAB BAR MIRROR MIRROR & TOILET TISSUE UTILITY HOOK UTILITY HOOK DISPENSER HOOK STRIP 48"x48" CLEAR FLOOR - FOR DOOR _ PLAN VIEW 3 TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS WE 1112mmmmmmmmmmm Architect / Engineer of Record C N � C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 E PH: (817) 635-5696 m FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal R © MOP PAPER TOWEL 8897 2FGI�Tr, , HOLDER DISPENSER r� } r J!^li. VJ vu 1 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 \� -"-- Nextore Store Design Revision No: TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY SCHEDULE 3 O ACCESSORY ID DESCRIPTION MODEL # MANUFACTURER REMARKS 1 42" GRAB BAR 8-5806x42 BOBRICK NEW GRAB BAR IN EXISTING LOCATION. PROVIDE NEW IN WALL BLOCKING. Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 2 36" GRAB BAR 8-5806x36 BOBRICK NEW GRAB BAR IN EXISTING LOCATION. PROVIDE NEW IN WALL BLOCKING. 3 VERTICAL GRAB BAR B-5806x18 BOBRICK ISSUED FOR: 0 Const(nctlon 4 MIRROR B-1651836 BOBRICK ABOVE LAV. REFER TO ELEV "4" THIS SHEET �LlAC�OE Title SECTIONS 5 MIRROR B-165 2460 BOBRICK 6 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER B-543 BOBRICK _ ^rGE, 7 (2) UTILITY HOOKS B-2116 BOBRICK -CITY �yUY quo Y'tU L AND DETAILS 8 HOOK STRIP B-232x24 BOBRICK City of Tukwila [3UILD!i�'^v DNkalON I PERMIT CENTER 9 MOP HOLDER B-222x24 BOBRICK Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By 10 PAPER TOWEL HOLDER KT1024 SIMPLE HUMAN STAPLES #180969 STAFF A403 Checked By CM it AMERICAN STANDARD HERITAGE #5401.172H AMERICAN STANDARD 3 e' MTL. STD. DIAGINAL BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (2) 3 e' X 18GA BEARING + a TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING STUDS. SEE DETAIL 5/A404, TYP. OPP. C1, V MTLSTD.AT16'Q.C.w/eTYPE'X'GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE.I E GY . CEILING BOVE. I 3 5/8' x 20GA MTL STD. -- ....... ... _:. 77 ---META X H ER ABO SEE AT 16' O.C. W/ 5/8' TYPE D)E�I A404 'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. 1_111 EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 2 CEILING ABOVE ® LED BACKWRAP WALL DISPLAY -PLAN 6 (C2) 1.A404 -- 3/4' F.R.T. PLYWOO INSIDE BOX PAINT BLACK. (2)1" HOLES @ TOP BETWEEN EA. VERT. STUD FOR AIRFLOW #12 TEK SCREWS AT ONTINUOUS 3 5/8"x16 GA. ------ LED SC S & BRACKETS 12" O.C. (TYPICAL) TRACK (TOP AND BOTTOM) TOP OF INSIDE F.O. L SEE 8/ 404 z z TYP' 8 N 5/8' MUD -IN J BEAD INSTALL STAN RD OO ¢ VO �� } (TYP. SURROUND) BRIDGING AT '-0" O.C. _ 16 GA. TRACK I �\ I Z w N '110w O w J TYP. 1/8 LED SCREENS &BRACKETS--- ovw --3," MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. TBD NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" " TOP & BOTTOM AT MILLWORK LOCATIONS LED WALL DISPLAY SECTION 1 SCALE: 11/2" = V-0" INSTALL STANDARD — BRIDGING AT 4'-0' O.C. + + + + 3' * MTL STD. DIAGINAL BRACING + + + + AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE s TYPE 'X- GYP. BD. CEILING 3 �-- 3,5 18GA. MTL. STD, AT 16- O.C. w/ y' TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 0 ',I / ,. CEILING ABOVE. METAL BOX HEADER ABOVE, SEE DETAIL 5/A404 8'-11' A.F.F. FIN 3/4' F.R.T. PLYWOOD INSIDE BOX PAINT BLACK LED SCREENS & BRACKETS. REFERENCE DETAILS 7/A404 z O x z 0 -v 44" L . 2 RQ'D. 3 e' MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. 3 '.. NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4' TOP & BOTTOM AT MILLWORK LOCATIONS T I Tim L�-D WALL DISPLAY SECTION q' :11'-0" L— BOX BEAM - SEE PLAN AND SECTIONS FOR SIZES JAMB ASSEMBLY (SEE PLAN DETAIL FOR # OF STUDS SIZE TYP. 1/8 AND STRUCTURAL STUD ORIENTATION) 16 GA. TRACK NOTE: FASTEN BUILT-UP MEMBERS 1/2" DIA. EXPANSION BOLTS X 2 TOGETHER AT 12" O.C. MAX. 3/8" EMBEDMENT. (MIN. 2 PER BEARING STUD LOCATION, TYP.) PDX HEADER DETAIL LIGHTBOX Z GRAPHIC Q a ALIGN BOTTOM OF — LIGHT BOX WITH TOP OF METAL REVEAL AT ADJACENT BASE 3/4" MDF. PAINT TO — MATCH WALL COLOR. COUNTERSINK ALL FASTENERS. FILL & SAND, PRIOR TO FINISHING. 112" F.R.T. PLYWOOD /8" GYP. \ BRD. LIGHTBOX & GRAPHIC 4 SUPPLIED BY TENANT. DETAIL REVISED RECEIVED & INSTALLED BY G.C.. VERTICAL SECTION 9 RECESSED LIGHT BOX - VERTICAL SECTION SCALE: 6. = 1'-0" LED SCREENS & BRACKETS - SEE ELEVATION 7/A404 4 P w 8'-6" FINISH OPENING 11/2' 20GA. ANGLE (TYP. SURROUND) 3/4' FRT PLYWOOD IN BOX OUT PAINTED TO MATCH WALL. 4 "" CLR. ROD. - FOR LED PANELS 12" �� 5/8' GYP. OVER 3 5/8" x II II 18GA. MTL. STD. BOTTOM OF OUTSIDE F (2) 8' x 18GA METAL BOX HEADER ABOVE, SEE DETAIL 5/A404 3 5/8' x 18GA MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. w/ 5/8' TYPE X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE. —3/4' F.R.T. PLYWOOD INSIDE BOX OUT PAINTED BLACK OVER 3 5/8' METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. GC TO CORE 2"0 HOLES \ 78" V-54" 78-5 " 1'8" 78" 1'-54" 71 1 FOR VENTILATION 1 �) 5/8" GYP. PAINTED TO 3 MATCH WALL UYP. ALL SIDES) 5{8' GYP. OVER 3 5/8" MTL—=r STD. li LED - SIDE DETAIL VATION_ SCALE: 3"=1'-0" T4_�-- = 1'-0" TRIM MOLDING (TYP. AROUND) eRECESSED LIGHT BOX - PLAN SECTION SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" (2) 3 5/8" X 18 GA. BEARING STUDS WITH (2) W 18 GA. BOX BEAM ABOVE. SEE 5/A404. TYP. OPP. VDETAIXL 12 AEO' _ Sim, I -1V r I I (�'�i iiYl///il•1�1r (Ilff/�riF%///�1 rr (II�G���'///el•1r�c� III�� n n _IGHTBOX & GRAPHIC ;UPPLIED BY TENANT. RECEIVED & INSTALLED BY S.C.. Illailo]kV,1216111[Lil NOTE: G.C. TO SEND DETAIL TO DORMA .�21�REPRESENTATIVE / DISTRIBUTOR FOR PROPER 4'-0" FINISH OPENING11121 � QUOTE AND SUPPLY OF REQUIRED COMPONENTS. PROVIDE DOORMOTION WHEN APPLICABLE, 4 TEMPERED GLASS POCKET DOOR DETAIL 3" =1._D„ 11-1 (2) 3 8' X 18GA BEARING STUDS. SEE DETAIL 5/A404. TYP. OPP. i :__ "'2 I Oi CODE CC LIANCE NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION f SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN F WALL PARTITION CALLOUTS bt 4r 3 5/8' x 20GA MTL. STD, AT 16- O.C. W/ 5/W TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE. WEIVED CITY OF T tSi<L ILA SEP 2 3 2020 5/8" GYP. OVER 3/4" MDF OVER 3 5/8" 20GA. MTL. STD. GEN-DIGM01-00 3'-5" BUILD OUT FOR GEN-DIGM01-00 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NB<MRE O amo r-1, u�mo C1 a"Iml�s e.�t. eanaaxy.aowzs @.l level - STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD g- O O� V 00 O if xo 61 N }' v O � G O On x to CD Q Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 0 2-2a 20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q847-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C N � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 889 '"a...r, u nrPliT .ELT CCIRTLA� 1- ���0 STATE OF Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SECTIONS & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A404 Checked By CM -3 g' MTL. STD. DIAGINAL + + + + BRACING AT 48' O.C- ATTACHED TO + + + STRUCTURE ABOVE + +' --METAL BOX HEADER �„ w SOFFIT ABOVE. SEE PLAN I INDICATES LIGHT BOX. ABOVE. SEE DETAIL I INSTALL i° BELOW KNISH 5/A404 i CEILING HEIGHT. SEE DETAILS 9/A404 AND 10/A404 I a'-7" W. 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYP. BED. (TYP. EQ. I, FIN. OPENING EQ. (U.N.O.) ° 4 v 3 S/8" X 20 GA. METAL 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD STUDS AT 16" O.C. (TYP. OVER 5/8" GYP. BIRD. U.N.O.) ' p 4 R ESSED LIGHT BOX ,_„ SIM. 1 EXISTING O� � 3 A400 CONSTRUCTION CL x w on z w T O M w iO p Z_ INDICATES EXISTING 0 3 8' L. STD. AT 16' O.C. °i N CONSTRUCTION TO tO z W/5' YPE'X' GYP. BD. ON z_ REMAIN. (TYP.) E SIDE. INDICATES LIGHT BOX. INSTALL 1" BELOW FINISH 3 8' MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. CEILING HEIGHT. SEE DETAILS 9/A404 AND w/e TYPE'X'GYP. ED. ON 10/A404 ONE SIDE. 4 7/8" 4 7/8" 4 EXISTING STRUCTURE TO 4 REMAIN. (TYP.) p w BASE PER FINISH PLAN. + + + + ,REFER TO SHEET A103. l LIGHT BOX SECTION 2 PLAN DETAIL 1 SCALE: 1112" = P-0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" J-CHANNEL MIRROR 17 TYP. A405 ;HARP CORNER) OPP MATTE BLACK SIDE. INDICATES LIGHT BOX. INSTALL 1" BELOW FINISH CEILING HEIGHT. SEE DETAILS 9/A404 AND 10/A404 GC TO CORE 2" 6 HOLES \ FOR VENTILATION ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" SEE PLAN TYP. 4ORNERS YP. DI roR DIMENSION A405 OPP, LL CEILING SIDE. @ 11'-3" A.F.F. DETAIL PLAN SECTION 3 11 SCALE:12' = P-0" INTERIOR MIRRORED COLUMN ENCLOSURE 1 SCALE 11l2" = 1'-0" NTERIOR MIRRORED COLUMN ENCLOSURE B.O. MIRROR 1 I @ 2" A.F.F. � COLUMN ELEVATION 1 7 SCALE: 112" = 1'-0" 3/4" DEEP REVEAL. CREATE WITH 3/4" MDF, PAINTED P-152 IZ•7 r��lr:� PAINTED WALL F - REVEAL FLUSH BASE ELEVATION / //�— PORTAL DETAIL �.� SCALE: HALF SIZE m TY 0c S11 TYP. TYP. 17 OPP. 11 ALL A405 SIDE. A40S CORNERS 14 PLAN SECTION SCALE:1112' = T-0' INTERIOR MIRRORED COLUMN ENCLOSURE PAINT P-152 (TYPICAL) LINE OF — CASING AE 3/4" MDF BUILT UP STUD COLUMNS (TYP. OPP.) 3/4" META CLAD CAS BY G.C. FINISH M-" (TYP. ALL FRY REGLET "L" 3/4" DEEP TRIM DRML-625 REVEAL, RETURN OR CREATE W EQUAL (TYP. 3/4" MDF. OPP) SHORT — — — PAINT P-1' (TYPICAL) i• E-VIz-'V CODt_ CO ,PLI/ONCE AEyt i o�,x`D NOV 16 H2O City of Tukwila BUILDN'Q1 DIVISION UZ CEILING PER— " PLANS I�— C.R. LAURENCE CO., D645BL CRL POLISHED 1/4" STANDARD 2 X 4 F.R.T. ALUMINUM J-CHANNEL. (ATTACH TO CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING WITH MIN. 1" BETWEEN STUD EMBEDMENT) WOOD BLOCKING FOR MIRROR J CLIP 1/4' MIRROR OVER ATTACHMENT CTYP. MIRROR ADHESIVE OVER 5/8' FRT PLYWOOD C.R. LAURENCE CO., D636BL CRL POLISHED 1/4' STANDARD ALUMINUM J-CHANNEL. (ATTACH TO WOOD BLOCKING WITH MIN, 1" EMBEDMENT) B.O. MIRROR @ 2" A.F.F. 15 SECTION SCALE11/2" = 1'-0° INTERIOR MIRRORED COLUMN ENCLOSURI BOX BEAM SUPPORTED BY BUILD UP STUD COLUMNS AIT T— FRY REGLET "L" TRIM I DRML-625 RETURN OR I EQUAL (TYP. OPP) I I 3/4" METAL CLAD CASING BY G.C. FINISH M-109 (TYP. ALL SIDES) t11 POWDER COATED MATTE BLACK V16" METAL SURROUND POWDER COATED MATTE BLACK 1/16" METAL BASE wp 2 020 PERMIT N7 -------------- 3/4" DEEP REVEALS CREATE WITH 3/4" 1 MDF. SHORT PAINT I P-125 (TYPICAL) 3/4" MDF DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: i\B<MRE O aOP]turoni(a Rare. Mzson Ox 4<On0 O.115131 ifsfiCOJ 06C ryerook East Granb,. Ctti436 •.t IB W)a3191t4 STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD :(D o Ln 00 Vp xx O J Q) U v- C6 O � 20 1-- 0 O � J /1 <C o Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q3 8-14-2020 — OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C NO C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED � B ST14TE OF 7s ,' ;;� C orj Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Desgn Tvve: LCZ ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SECTIONS & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A405 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 3' MTL. STD. DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 3 e' MTL STD. AT 16- O.C. w/ 8' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE. 3 A406 (METAL BOX HEADER ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 5/A404 7'-7- AF.F. -� 2 z MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C, w/ e' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 3 e MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. w/ g' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP, BD, TO SOFFIT ABOVE. NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" TOP & BOTTOM AT LLWORK LOCATIONS DIAGONAL PATTERN REPRESENTS APPROXIMATE EXTENT OF EXISTING BASE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 3 e MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. w/ 8' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO SOFFIT ABOVE. OAKLEY WALL DISPLAY SECTION 1 SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" 3 DETAIL 5/8' GYP. BD. (BOT SIDES) OVER 3 5/8' METAL STUDS AT 1 (2) 3 5/8' x 18 GA BUILT STUD COLUMN PER DETAIL 5/A404 3 A406 I (2) 3 5/8' x 18 GA BUILT UP 1 STUD COLUMN PER '' A406 A406 DETAIL 5/A404 LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ----- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- N = (2)10' x 18GA METAL 3 5/8' MTL STD. AT 16- " BOX HEADER ABOVE. O.C. w/ 518' TYPE 'X' GYP. 1 5/8' MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. SEE DETAIL 1/A405 BD. ON ONE SIDE. ' 21/2' MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO SOFFIT ABOVE. I ,. - 9 DIAGONAL LINES REPRESENT EXTENT OF EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION OAKLEY WALL DISPLAY PLAN G SCALE: 1 1/2" = T-0" + + I + + 112' BRICK VENEER C 1/2' MDF OVER 5/8' MDF PAD -OUT. INSTALL STANDARD --- BRIDGING AT 4'-0' O.G. 3," MTL. STD. DIAGINAL BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE e' TYPE'X' GYP. BD. CEILING 3 $' x 18GA. MTL. STD. AT 16- O.C. w/e' TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE. METAL BOX HEADER ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 5/A404 3/4' F.R.T. PLYWOOD INSIDE BOX PAINT BLACK. 1/2" MDF OVER 5/8" MDF PAD -OUT. BRICK END WALL DETAIL 13 SCALE: 3"=T-0` LED SCREENS & BRACKETS tD SEE 8/A404 Z I— w Z Z Q O d U UJ OwOz w 14 A406 How w O1 w LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE TO ALIGN WITH BACK SIDE OF GYP 38' x18GA.MTL. STD. AT16'O.C. ERE). AS SHOWN --------- y 3 5/8' MTL. STD. AT 16- O.C. w/ - 5/8' TYPE W GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE. TBD (2) 3 e' X 18GA BEARING STUDS. SEE DETAIL 5/A404. TYP. OPP. NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" TOP & BOTTOM AT MILLWORK LOCATIONS LED WALL DISPLAY SECTION I SCALE: 1112" = T-0' 11/8" x 11/8" x 1/8" 5/8" x 4" MDF\ 1/2" BRICK VENEER OVER ANGLE @ EA. STUD 1/2" MDF OVER POWDER COAT 5/8" MDF PAD -OUT. BRICK END WALL DETAIL 14 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" 9'-14. GC TO CORE 2"0 HOLES \ A" T-54" 78" 1'-54" 78" 1' 54" 7$" FOR VENTILATION 15 IN ' „%////.sal ml -1 1M 1a 1 m 1 mom im Ii�yGG--'• IP ' ;;g�� pppp5 ��:Y��"—"��/i�,��%�:%L/,y//��—/,1�:Y�'io�� 11L"!C'Y.1LTf'� WEEMME 11 /��•�I�t�'/Di���"�E��l I0/�/��//��//M�.//�//.//.//.��rx,��N�I{V����{�V�L//�//{{f//pp}}L///��/��// immI�IN/.11�1� �/y///'ldil/��ry�/J/,� 1 a ELEV7� KALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" I— CFF C-nNCTRI IfTInN PLAN 5/8' TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE ----- 1/2' BRICK VENEER EXISTING — 5/8' x 4' MDF FLOOR TO SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO D EMISING WALL ' CEILING AT EACH STUD CEILING ABOVE. 1/2' MDF mtv mmmm NMI e o 0 0 LED SCREENS & BRACKETS - SEE J b z 3/4' F.R T PLYWOOD INSIDE 5 (2) 3 8 X 18GA BEARING STUDS. ELEVATION 15/A406 a BOX OUT PAINTED BLACK OVER SEE DETAIL 5/A404. TYP. OPP. 17 3 5/8' x 18GA. METAL STUDS AT A406 � 16' O.C. (2) 8- X 18 GA METAL BOX IV 3 5/8' MTL. STD. O.C. HEADER ABOVE. SEE DETAIL i.It rL..la t'4iti E 5/8`TYPE'X' GYP. BD -ON ONE E 5/A404. CCD' CO3`vIPLi.A NCE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 'TY /.. Pi'e" -, :"'a` D i CEILING ABOVE. 44 EQ 8'-6' FINISH OPENING 11 . � --- I EQ S j� LED WALL DISPLAY - PLAN 1('�V SCALE:1112" = 1'_0" [vim r t v 6ucu City of Tulkwila alllLDIiv!G DIV(SIONI CEIVFD IF TUKWILA 0 awo w.omra viaa.Nssm oN aswo Opt tsls)rss-soon Y sueameY e�ook Fan G�aWj. Ci aeoxz •.t fe5%<stv%W STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O _ Z3 CD O L, O v p LL O O J CU v— i6 O � Ln XX n O < o LU Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS az 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A _ Architect / Engineer of Record Cz N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 f'sC' 2E0 S1 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SECTIONS & DETAILS axe Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A406 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400.1 FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING DETAILS/SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. (TYPICAL LAY -IN AND GYP. BD. CEILINGS) VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING/SUPPORTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, WATER HEATERS, TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, CONDUIT, ETC. WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT. ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED. CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS. FIGURE 2 LATERAL FORCE BRACING 45° OR LESS THIS DOCUMENT PROVIDES THE IBC -REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS. INCORPORATION OF THIS DOCUMENT WILL PROVIDE A MORE UNIFORM STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION AND INSPECTION. THIS DOCUMENT IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) WITH REGARD TO THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, E, AND F FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND RELATED ITEMS. UNLESS SUPPORTED BY ENGINEERING, THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (SDC) D, E AND F PER THE IBC. MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED. GENERAL RECOM MENDATIONS REFERENCED SOURCES PER HIERARCHY: 2009IBC (INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE), • AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM C 635, ASTM C 636, ASTM E S80/ASTM E S80ML AMER CAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE7-05) AND CEILINGS AND INTERIOR SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATION (CISCA). • PARTITIONS THAT ARE TIED TO THE CEILING AND ALL PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 6 FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL BE LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE. BRACING SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SPLAY BRACING SYSTEM. SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.81 • FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON BRACING OF NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS REFER TO NWCB TECHNICAL DOCUMENT 4200-501 • ALL MAIN BEAMS ARE TO BE HEAVY DUTY (HD). SOURCE ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 a • All CROSS TEES SHALL BE R E CAPABLE OF CARRYING THE DESIGN LOAD WITHOUT EXCEEDING DEFLECTION EQUAL TO 1/360 OF ITS SPAN. SOURCE CISCA ZONES 3-4 • THESE RECOMMENDATIONS ARE INTENDED FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS INCLUDING GRID, PANEL OR TILE, LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS WEIGHING NO MORE THAN 4LBS PER SQUARE FOOT. SOURCE ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.1 • ALL WIRE TIES ARE TO BE THREE TIGHT TURNS AROUND ITSELF �?6 mmi WITHIN THREE INCHES. TWELVE GAGE HANGER WIRE SPACED 4 FOOT ON CENTER (FIGURE 1). SOURCE ASTM C 6361TEM 2.3A • CHANGES IN CEILING PLANES WILL REQUIRE POSITIVE BRACING, SOURCE: ASCE 7-05135.62.2 IF n 12 GAGE SPLAYED OR LESS BRACE WIRES RICH 3 MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS FOR VERTICAL STRUTS EMT CONDUIT V2' EMT conduit up to 5'-10' 3/1 EMT conduit up to T-8' I` EMT conduit up to T-9' METAL STUDS Singie i-518' metal SIR (20 RU e) uP W IZ-0, Back-to-back 1-5/8metal stud 0 au ( e) up to 15'-0' SURE, 2 1/2' me[ai stud (20 au e) 1111 IT-9 B ck-o a k21 ' a t tic 2 eta st 25m I ud au e 9) u tots'-0' P SOURCE: PORTLAND BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTE: PLENUM AREAS GREATER THAN 15'-0' WILL REQUIRE ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS. FIGURE 4a ATTACHED WALL MOLDING REQUIREMENTS minimum 2' (50 DI FIGURE 4b UNATTACHED WALL MOLDING REQUIREMENTS minimu>� 2' (50 mm) DESCRIPTION THE CEILING CONSISTS OF HANGER WIRES ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, MAIN RUNNERS ATTACHED TO THE HANGERS, AND CROSS FURRING ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNERS. APPROPRIATE THE OR CEMENT BOARD PANELS ARE SCREW ATTACHED TO RECEIVE FINAL DECORATION SUCH AS DRYWALL TREATMENT, VENEER PLASTER, ACOUSTICAL TILES, ACRYLIC PLASTER SYSTEM, AND CERAMIC TILE- I COMMON USES SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD OR CEMENT BOARD CEILINGS ARE PRIMARILY USED TO PROVIDE FLAT PLANE CEILINGS IN MOST TYPES OF BUILDINGS, THESE MAY BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION, CONCEALMENT, AND ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT. LIMITATIONS: CARE MUST BE TAKEN IN CHOOSING THE CEILING SURFACE FOR AREAS EXPOSED TO HIGH HUMIDITY IT IS DIFFICULT TO ADAPT THIS FRAMING SYSTEM TO CURVED, BARREL VAULT, OR DOME TYPE CEILINGS. LIMITED ACCESS CAN BE PROVIDED WITH THE INSTALLATION Of ACCESS PANELS. THE LEVELS OF ABUSE AND PENETRATION RESISTANCE IS NOT THAT OF A SUSPENDED METAL LATH AND PLASTER CEILING. ADVANTAGES: PROVIDES FLAT MONOLITHIC CEILING SURFACES AT THE LEAST COST. CAN BE ADAPTED TO SEVERAL GYPSUM ASSOCIATION AND U.L. FIRE RATED FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ACOUSTICAL TILE AND ACOUSTICAL PLASTER PROVIDE GOOD SOUND ABSORPTION. VERSATILITY THESE CEILINGS ARE BEST INSTALLED IN FLAT PLANES, HOWEVER, INSTALLING FACETED CEILINGS OF VARIOUS SHAPES AND AT ANY ANGLE, ALLOWS NUMEROUS DESIGN OPTIONS. THE USE OF CEMENT BOARD PANELS ALLOWS THE USE OF THIS SYSTEM IN HIGH HUMIDITY AREAS. A VARIETY OF TEXTURES ARE AVAILABLE. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: 1. HANGERS: SIZES BASED ON STATIC LOADS DEVELOPED BY STANDARD MAXIMUM CEILING SPACING AND LIMITED TO A SAFETY FACTOR OF 63, BUT NO LESS THAN 12 GAUGE WIRE. CEILING WEIGHT DETERMINES THE SIZE AND SPACING OF HANGER WIRE. 2. RUNNERS AND CROSS FURRING: DEFLECTION IS LIMITED TO 1/360 OF THE SHORTEST SPAN UNDER THE CEILING LOAD. LATERAL FORCE BRACING (FIGURES 2 AND 3) • CEILINGS CONSTRUCTED OF LATH AND PLASTER OR GYPSUM BOARD, SCREW OR NAIL ATTACHED TO SUSPENDED MEMBERS THAT SUPPORT A CEILING ON ONE LEVEL EXTENDING FROM WALL TO WALL SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM THE LATERAL FORCE BRACING REQUIREMENTS. SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 • LATERAL FORCE BRACING IS THE USE OF VERTICAL STRUTS (COMPRESSION POSTS) AND SPLAY WIRES (SEE FIGURE 2. J FOR CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 1,000 SQUARE FEET, HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT OF THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM (LATERAL FORCE BRACING) SHALL BE PROVIDED SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 C LATERAL FORCE BRACING SHALL BE 12 FEET ON CENTER (MAXIMUM) AND BEGIN NO FARTHER THAN 6 FEET FROM WALLS. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE FOUR 12 GAGE WIRES ATTACHED TO THE MAIN SEAM, WIRES ARE ARRAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER AND AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45° FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING, SOURCE CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL DESIGN LOAD, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2, WHICHEVER IS GREATER (FIGURE 6b). SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 'POWDER DRIVEN SHOT -IN -ANCHORS" WHEN USED FOR SEISMIC APPLICATION AS PART OF THE PRESCRIPTIVE PATH IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D, E AND F SHALL HAVE AN ICC-ES APPROVAL FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS AND SHALL REQUIRE "SPECIAL INSPECTION" IRRESPECTIVE OF THE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY CATEGORY THE STRUCTURE IS IN, ANCHORS FOR KICKER WIRES (SPLAYED WIRES INSTALLED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN SEISMIC RESTRAINT) ARE EXEMPT FROM REQUIREMENT. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION. SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE WITHIN 2 INCHES OF THE CONNECTION OF THE VERTICAL STRUT TO SUSPENDED CEILING. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 RIDGED BRACING MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF SPLAY WIRES. SOURCE: ASCE SECTION 13.5.622 WITH PLENUMS LESS THAN 12 INCHES TO STRUCTURE ARE NOT REQ UIRED UIRED TO Q HAVE LATER L FORCE BRACING. SOURCE: PORTLAND BUILDING DEPARTMENT • VERTICAL STRUTS MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. SOURCE: CISCA 3-4 • IHE VERTICAL STRUT MAY BE EMT CONDUIT, METAL STUDS OR A PROPRIETARY COMPRESSION POST (SEE FIGURE 3) • CEILINGS WITH INTERSTITIAL SPACES LESS THAN 12 INCHES TO FRAMING ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE LATERAL FORCE BRACING FIGURES 4a AND 4b WALL MOLDINGS ( ) WALL MOLDINGS (PERIMETER CLOSURE ANGLES) ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A HORIZONTAL FLANGE 2 INCHES WIDE. ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING, THE OTHER END SHALL HAVE A 3/4 INCH CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND FREE TO SLIDE. SOURCE: A5CE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.G.2.2 1, • WHERE SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION HAS, BEEN PROVIDED TO THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, PERIMETER CLIPS MAY BE SUED TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 2-INCH CLOSURE ANGLE. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION • THE GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS (POP RIVETS OR APPROVED METHOD). SOFFITS EXTENDING TO A POINT AT LEAST LEVEL WITH THE BOTTOM PLANE OF THE GRID AND INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE ARE DEEMED TO BE EQUIVALENT TO WALLS. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION SPREADER BARS(FIGURE4b) • SPREADER (SPACER) BARSHALL BE SHABE USED TO PREVENT THE ENDS OF THE MAIN bar or other suitable BEAMS AND CRO55 TEES AT PERIMETER WALLS FROM SPREADING OPEN DUPING A SEISMIC EVENT. PERIMETER WIRES SHALL NOT BE IN LIEU OF SPREADER BAPS. Lind to keep perimeter SOURCE: C15CA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 s from spreading apart • SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT PERIMETERS WHERE RUNNER5 ARE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO CLOSURE ANGLES. • WIRE TYING 15 AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO SPREADER BARS. • SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRED IF A 90 DEGREE INTERSECTING CRO55 OR MAIN 15 WITHIN 8 INCHES OF THE PERIMETER WALL. • WHERE SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED TO THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, PERIMETER CLIPS MAYBE U5ED TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SPREADER 5AR5. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODE5 DIVISION TO REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 1.1 ASTM STANDARDS 1.1.1 ASTM C-754 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING TO RECEIVE SCREW ATTACHED GYPSUM PANELS 1.12 ASTM C-840 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD (SEC.15) 1.13 ASTM C-841 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LATHING AND FURRING (SECS. 7,2 & 7.4) 1.1.4 ASTM C-844 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BASE TO RECEIVE GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER (SEC.15) 1.2 RELATED STANDARDS: 1.2.1 GA 216 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD (SEC.12) 12.2 GA 600 FIRE -RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL 12.3 GWB-1 NORTHWEST WALL & CEILING BUREAU GUIDE SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD-4 VP-1 NORTHWEST WALL & CEILING BUREAU GUIDE SPECIFICATION FOR VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS. L2.51CBO EVALUATION REPORT ER-4071 1.2.6 MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION OF CEMENT BOARD TO CEILINGS. 20 MATERIALS: 2.1 HANGER WIRE FOR CEILINGS WEIGHING 4 LBS PST OR LESS SHALL BE #12 GA DIAMETER GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 2.2 HANGER WIRE FOR CEILINGS WEIGHING UP TO 10 LBS SHALL BE A9 GA GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 23 MAIN RUNNERS (CARRIERS) SHALL BE 1-112 X 16 GAUGE COLD ROLLED CHANNELS WEIGHING 475 LBS. PER THOUSAND LINEAL FEET. GALVANIZED OR CORROSION INHIBITING COATING FOR EXTERIOR OR HUMID CONDITIONS. 2.4 FURRING SHALL BE 7/8' X 25 GAUGE HAT SHAPED SECTIONS. GALVANIZED OR CORROSION INHIBITING COATING FOR EXTERIOR OR HUMID CONDITIONS. 2.5 TIE WIRE SHALL BE 16 GAUGE AND/OR 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 3.0 INSTALLATION: 3.1 WIRE HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO, OR PRE -INSTALLED IN STRUCTURE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE CEILING WEIGHT, PLUS SAFETY MARGIN, WITHOUT DEFLECTION. THE HANGER ATTACHMENT SHALL DEVELOP FULL HANGER STRENGTH. HANGERS SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND WITHIN A RATION OF FEE OF PLUMB. AVOID HANGER SPLICES, HANGER WIRES SHALL NOT CONTACT MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL ITEMS ABOVE THE CEILING. HANGER WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 4' OC, AND SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6' OF THE ENDS OF MAIN RUNNERS. 3.2 MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE SPACED AT 4' OC MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6' OF PARALLEL WALLS. ATTACH HANGER WIRES TOT HE MAIN RUNNERS WITH A SADDLE TIE THAT PREVENTS SETTLING, UPLIFT, OR TWISTING OF THE MAIN RUNNERS. SPLICE FURRING WITH A NESTED 12- LAP AND A DOUBLE WRAP WIRE TIE AT EACH END. MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO WITHIN +/-1/8' OF A FLAT PLANE. 3.3, CROSS FURRING SHALL BE SADDLE TIED TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH i WIRE # i6 GAUGE W E OR 7W0 STRANDS OF 18 GAUGE WIRE OR APPROVED CLIPS, SPLICE FURRING WITH AN 8' NESTED LAP SCREWED OR WIRE TIED AT EACH END. THE REQUIRED FURRING SPACING IS 24' OC FOR 5/8' THICK GYPSUM PANELS AND 16' OC FOR 12- THICK GYPSUM PANELS. FOR OTHER COMBINATIONS AND THICKNESS OF GYPSUM PANELS OR FOR CEMENT BOARD APPLICATIONS, SEE THE APPROPRIATE RELATED REFERENCE STANDARD OR MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS. 3.4 WHEN THE STRUCTURE FROM WHICH THE CEILING IS SUSPENDED IS CAPABLE OF MOVEMENT INDEPENDENT OF THE STRUCTURE SUPPORTING ABUTTING WALL AND PARTITIONS THE CEILING FRAMING SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO OR IN CONTACT WITH THE WALLS. INSTALL GYPSUM OR CEMENT PANELS TO THE CEILING WITH LONG DIMENSIONS PERPENDICULAR TO FURRING MEMBERS. PANEL ENDS SHALL OCCUR OVER FURRING MEMBERS UNLESS DICTATED BY OTHERWISE BY FIRE OR SOUND RATED SYSTEMS. 3.1 ACCESSORIES: ACCESSORIES APPROPRIATE TD THE CEILING TYPE SHALL BE SUED, AND BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE RELATED REFERENCE STANDARD. 3.6 GENERAL INFORMATION: LARGE SUSPENDED CEILINGS, MORE THAN 50 LINEAL FT. IN ONE DIMENSION OR MORE THAN 2500 SF, SHOULD NOT CONTACT ABUTTING WALLS OR COLUMNS, CONTROL JOINTS SHOULD BE USED TO MAINTAIN PANEL DIMENSIONS OF 50 LF. OR LESS, AND TO DIVIDE CEILING AREAS INTO MAXIMUMS OF 2500 SF. FRAMING SHOULD BE BROKEN OR SPLICED AT CONTROL JOINTS. FLEXIBLE SEALANT OR FOAM TAPE MAY BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE CASING BEAD AND THE ABUTTING SURFACES. ADDITIONAL CARRIERS AND FURRING CHANNELS AND HANGER WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FRAME AROUND CEILING PENETRATIONS, SUCH AS LIGHT FIXTURES, ACCESS PANELS AND DUCT WORK. FOR CEILING WEIGHING MORE THAN TUE. PER SF, USE 20 GA FURRING AT REDUCED SPACING. SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING NO SCALE 4.0 ALTERNATE CEILING FRAMING FOR LIMITED CEILING WIDTHS, ALTERNATE FRAMING CONSISTING OF FURRING CHANNEL OR METAL JOIST SECTIONS MAY BE INSTALLED AS A SIMPLE SPAN BETWEEN RUNNERS ATTACHED TO OPPOSITE WALLS. THIS SYSTEM MAY BE USED ON CEILING THAT DO NOT REQUIRE PENETRATIONS LARGE ENOUGH TO INTERRUPT THE. FRAMING, AND DO NOT CARRY HEAVY FIXTURE LOADS, 4.1 MATERIAL: 4.1.1 RUNNERS: SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AND GAUGE AS FRAMING MEMBERS. ANGEL RUNNER MAY BE USED TO SUPPORT HAT CHANNEL FRAMING. 4.1.2 FRAMING: THE FOLLOWING TABLE LISTS THE MAXIMUM SINGLE SPAN FOR FRAMING MEMBERS INSTALLED AT 16' OR 24' OC TO RECEIVE SINGLE LAYER CEILING PANELS. MEMBERS MAX. SINGLE SPAN 7/8' X 25 GA HAT CHANNEL 4'-O' i-5/B' X 25 GA C SECTION T-O' 2-112' X 25 GA C SECTION 6'-0' 3-1/2' X 25 GA C SECTION 8'-0' 4.2 INSTALLATION: 42.1 ATTACH RUNNERS TO WALLS WITH 2 FASTENERS AT EACH WALL STUD 42.2 CUT FRAMING MEMBERS TO WITHIN 1/4° OF CEILING WIDTH 4.2.3. ATTACH FRAMING TO RUNNERS WITH SCREWS AT BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM FLANGES 50 FINISHING 5.1 APPLICATION OF PANELS AND FINISHING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE RELATED SPECIFICATION. HANGER (SUSPENSION) WIRES (FIGURES 5A AND ED) -- PLUMB 1 6 J 1f • HANGER AND PERIMETER WIRES MU5T BE PLUMB WITHIN I IN G UNLESS (FIGURE \ I Sa) COUNTER SLOPING WIRES ARE PROVIDED (FIGURE SIR). SOURCE: ASTM C G3G j SECTION 2.1 .4 MAXIMUM 8' • HANGER EA RE5 SHALL BE 12 GAGE AND SPACED 4 FEET ON CENTER OR 10 GAGE SPACED 5 FEET ON CENTER. SOURCE: ASTM C G3G • ANY CONNECTION DEVICE AT THE SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CAPABLE - - - - - OF CARRYING NOT LE55 THAN 100 POUNDS. SOURCE: C15CA ZONES 3-4 • POWDER DRIVEN 5HOT-IN-ANCHOR5 ARE AN APPROVED METHOD OF ATTACHMENT FOR HANGER WIRES. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION FIGURE 5a • TERMINAL ENDS OF EACH MAIN BEAM AND CRO55 TEE MUST BE SUPPORTED WITHIN B INCHES OF EACH WALL WITH A PERIMETER WIRE (SEE FIGURE 4 t 5b). 3' 06mmm\ SOURCE: C15CA ZONES 3-4 / • VARES SHALL N01 ATTACH TO OR BEND AROUND INTERFERING MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT. A TRAPEZE OR EQUIVALENT DEVICE SHALL BE USED WHERE OBSTRUCTIONS PRECLUDE DIRECT SUSPENSION, TRAPEZE SUSPENSIONS SHALL A MINIMUM OF BACK-TO-BACK I-1/4°COLD-ROLLED CHANNEL5 FOR SPANS (MINIMUM 45`BE MINIMUM 45' EX48 INCHES. SOURCE: CI5CA ZONES 3-4 NGLE ANGLE ELECTRICAL FIXTURES • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LE55 THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL HAVE ONE 12 GAGE HANG WIRE CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THIS FIGURE Sb •COUNTER SLOPING V/IRE MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE: C15CA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 POUNDS AND LE55 THAN 5G LBS. SHALL HAVE TWO 12 GAGE WIRES ATTACHED AT OPPOSING CORNERS OF THE LIGHT VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ATTACHMENT FIXTURE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIPES MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS. SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY DIRECTLY SHOT -IN -ANCHOR 1 314' FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MUST BE TAUT. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE • PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE CEILING CLIP I STRUCTURE ABOVE U51NG A 9 GAGE WIPE OR AN APPROVED ALTERNATE SUPPORT WITHOUT U51NG THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR DIRECT SUPPORT. 3 TURNS SOURCE: C15CA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 VERTICAL HANGER WIRE • TANDEM FIXTURES MAY UTILIZE COMMON WIKE5. FIGURE 6a MECHANICAL SERVICES • TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHING 20 LBS. BUT NOT MORE THAN 5G 1135. MUST HAVE TWO 12 GAGE WIPES CONNECTING THEM TO THE CEILING SYSTEM HANGER5 OR THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 5G USE. MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPOPTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MUST BE TAUT. SOURCE; C15CA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS (FIGURE 7) • FOR CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 2,500 SQUARE FEET, A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT OR FULL HEIGHT WALL PARTITION THAT BREAKS THE CEILING SHALL BE PROVIDED UNLESS ANALYSES ARE PERFORMED OF THE CEILINGS BRACING SYSTEM, CLOSURE ANGLES AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE. SOURCE: A5CE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.G.2.2 At • THE LAYOUT AND LOCATION OF THE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT SHALL BE PER THE DESIGNER OF RECORD AND NOTED ON THE PLANS. IF A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT 15 REQUIRED BY THE DESIGNER, THE DESIGNER MAY USE THE GENERIC JOINT DETAILED IN THI5 DOCUMENT OR A PPOPKETARY JOINT. THE AMOUNT OF FREE MOVEMENT (GAP DESIGN) SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCH, SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION. • IN LIEU OF SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS. THE CEIUNG MAY BE DIVIDED INTO AREAS LE55 THAN 2500 SQUARE FEET BY THE USE OF PARTITIONS OR SOFFITS AS FOLLOWS: PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF G INCHES ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE PLANE OF THE GRID AND SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. SOFFITS SHALL EXTEND TO A POINT AT LEAST LEVEL WITH THE BOTTOM PLANE OF THE GRID AND SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACED TO THE 5TRUCTURE ABOVE. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON BUILDING CODES DIVISION • OTHER THAN PARTITIONS AND SOFFITS, SEISMIC JOINTS MAY NOT BE USED AS MINIMUM RIVET PART OF A FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY UNLESS SUBSTANTIATING FIGURE 7 COCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON BUILDING CODES DIVISION. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT DRILL -IN EXPANSION ANCHOR RT7 III/ STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 45' STEEL STRAP 1' WIDE x 2' LONG x 12 GAGE MINIMUM 4 3 TURNS SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE FIGURE 66 LACING A-W OC SPACING 4'-a' OC. MA%. SPRINKLERS 1-t2'CHANNEt OGM GYPSUM BASE OR GYPSUM PANELS REGULAR OR FOIL -BACK MAR. SPACING 16' OR z4'o c j MAX SPACING 24' FOR CEILING WITHOUT RIGID BRACING, SPRINKLER HEAD PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2 INCH OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1 INCH IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. FLEXIBLE HEAD DESIGN THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1 INCH FREE MOVEMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED A MI N AS ALTERNATE. SOURCE: ASCE 7-0513.5.6.2.2 e GLOSSARY FOR THIS DOCUMENT (REGIONAL TERMINOLOGY MAY VARY) CROSS TEES LATERAL FORCE BRACING PERIMETERVARES THE CROSS,MEMSER THAT THE BRACING METHODUSED HANGER WIRES PLACED INTER LOCKWIN THE MAIN BEAMS, ALSO WOWNAS TOPREVENTCEILI,NGUPLIFT ORRESTRICTLATERAL WITHIN EIGHT INCHES OF THE SURROUNDING WALLS. CROSS RUNNERS OR CROSS MOVEMENT DURING T-BARS. SEISMIC EVENT. LATERAL PLENUM DIFFUSER FORCE BRACING CONSISTS OF VERTICALSTRUTSANDSPIAY THE SPACE ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING, A CIRCULAR OR WIRES, RECTANGULAR METAL GRILL USED FOR THE PASSAGE OF MAIN BEAM SLACK WIRE A 12 GAGE WIRE THAT IS NOT AIR FROM A DUCTED SYSTEM. THE PRIMARY SUSPENSION TIGHT OR TAUT, ESSENTIAL5ERVICEBUILDINGS MEWERSEEPORTEDS1 HAN'GERYARES,ALSORNOWN SPREADER OR SPACER BAR ANY BUILDINGS DESIGNED TO AS THE MAIN RUNNER A BAR WITH NOTCHES TO BE USED BY PUBLIC AGENCIES AS A FIRE STATION, POLICE CARRYINGTEE,CARRYING RUNNER OR MAINS, PREVENT THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM FROM SEPARATING, STATION EMERGENCY ALSO CALLED A STABILIZER OPERATIONS CENTER STATE PATROLOFFKE, SHERIFF'S MOLDING/CLOSURE ANGLE A LIGHT GAUGE METAL ANGLE BAR OFFICE, OR EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION DISPATCH OR CHANNEL FASTENED TO THE PERIMETER WALL OR SPLAY WIRES WIRES INSTALLED AT AN CENTER, PARTITION TO SUPPORT THE ANGLE RATHER THAN GRID PERIMETER ENDS OF AN ACOUSTICALCOLING GRID PERPENDICULAR TO THE GRID, THE MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS VERTICAL STRUTS TEFS OF THE SUSPENSION PERIMUERCLIPS THE RIGID VERTICAL MEMBER SYSTEM. PROPRIETARY ANGLE BKE USEDINLATERA F RCE 11ANGERl41RE TATTACHEDDIRECRYOTEH WALL MOLDIN O R G{LL SUE BRACING OF THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. ALSO KNOWN A AS SOFT ANGLE WHICH ALLOWS FOR COMPRESSION POSTS, ANMCGAGE ANNEALED WIRE USED AS 34'MOV M NTINTH SEISMIC PODS SEISMIC PRIMARY SUPPORT FOR THE GRIP SYSTEM ALSO CALLED EVENT OFS SEISMIC A NIT' E E E C PROPERLY AND UT. MA 5 COMMON MATERIALS ARE ELECTRICAL SUSPENSION WIRES. WITHINTERLOCKS GRIDSSTEM WITH ENDS OF GRID SYSTEM. CONDUIT METAL P OPRIE STUDS OR PROPRIETARY PRoouas, UPGRADING OF EXISTING CEILINGS • CEILINGS WITHOUT SEISMIC BRACING: WHERE EXISTING CEILINGS ARE WITHOUT SEISMIC BRACING, THE CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE WITH C CURRENT REQUIREMENTS H U ODE EQU ENTS WHEN 50%OR MORE OF THE CEILING TILE IS ALTERED, REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS PART OF A GENERAL SPACE ALTERATION, OR IF ALL OF THE CEILING SYSTEM IS REMOVED. -SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE MEANS INSTALLATION OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WHERE REQUIRED IN NEW CONSTRUCTION: -LATERAL FORCE BRACING (SPLAYED WIRES) -COMPRESSION STRUTS -SLACK WIRES ON ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS -THIS REQUIREMENT DOES NOT TRIGGER THE NEED FOR: -2 INCH CLOSURE ANGLE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION It -SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS -1 INCH MOVEMENT IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND SPRINKLER PENDANTS -THESE UPGRADES ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN: -REMOVING PORTIONS OF TILES OR PANELS AND/OR GRID TO ALTER DUCTWORK, SPRINKLER PIPE, ETC. -PORTIONS OF A CEILING ARE REMOVED ONLY TO FACILITATE THE `I � INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER PIPING REl•/� EI V Ell CiTY OF i LV KWILA A °. _r _ CO�.•L.IrTIJCE i B e-'ViI.L7 NOV 16 2020 City of Tukwila WILD!,' 'dO DIVISION - • CEILINGS WITHOUT COMPRESSION STRUTS: WHERE EXISTING CEILINGS HAVE SEISMIC sFP 2 3 2020 BRACING BUT DO NOT HAVE COMPRESSION STRUTS AT THE CENTER OF THE p SPLAYED WIRES, THE ADDITION OF COMPRESSION STRUTS WILL ONLY BE REQUIRED PERMIT CENTER WHEN AND WHERE THE GRID IS REPLACED, ALTERED, RAISED OR LOWERED. PERMIT CENTER / • ■ p nav aacaewa. Mawnox4s4�o O•t tslatTss�s� O 6Creamcry Bmak Emt G,akry. <L O.t (BEO)43I�4iW STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: QO UjQ LCttl- Itt- Up U. J CO N a-+ V 4 TO OQ CO O p �Z) J n Q CD Q C) LU Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28.20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect 1 Engineer of Record C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD, ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 I '1 t 6S " 1 ' {p Architect / Engine Ecr•Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design TYPe: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title CEILING DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A407 Checked By CM NO SCALE l �V THERMOSTAT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THE NETWORK YOU WILL CONNECT THE THERMOSTAT TO IS PRIVATE, SO ITS NAME IS NOT BEING BROADCAST. YOU MUST CONTACT MARK BECKER IN STORE MAINTENANCE (MBECKER@LUXOTTTICARETAILCOM) AND IF UNAVAILABLE, BILL SALSAMO IN ENERGY & ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES (WBALSAMO@WXOTTICARETAI L.COM) TO RETRIEVE THE NETWORK NAME YOU WILL CONNECT THE THERMOSTAT TO HVAC CONTRACTOR: 1. TAKE A PHOTO OF THE BACK OF EVERY WI-FI T-STAT THAT IS INSTALLED, SHOWING THE MAC ADDRESS, CRC 10, AND 4 DIGIT PASSCOOE (DATE CODE), AND E-MAIL (WITH PROJECT MANAGER IN COPY) TO: MBECKER@LUXOT'TICARETAILCOM., ANDTO W BALSAMO@ LUXOTTICARETAILCOM. 2. WHEN INSTALLATION IS COMPLETED, EMAIL A LIST OF THE THERMOSTATS SHOWING THE AREA OF THE STORE WHERE EACH T-STAT IS INSTALLED, ANC EACH T-STAT'S MAC ADDRESS, CRC ID AND 4 DIGIT DATE CODE. 3. A STICKER WITH THE MAC ID AND CRC ID OF EACH T-STAT IS PACKED WITH THE T-STAT, AND 15 TO BE PLACED ON THE BACK OF THE T•STAT, NOT ON THE FACEPLATE. E-MAIL THE T-STAT LIST AND THE PHOTOS TO MBECKER@LUXOTTICARETAIL.COM , COPYING BALSAMO@LUXOTTICARETAIL.COM, AND THE NEXTORE PM, FOR EACH STORE ON ONE E-MAIL TO ALL. ONE PHOTO PER T-STAT IS REQUIRED. IT IS IMPORTANT TO PHOTGRAPH THE BACK OF EACH T-STAT, SO THAT THE MAC ID, CRC 10, AND THE DATE CODE ARE READABLE. THE THERMOSTAT MUST BE CONNECTED TO OUR WI-FI NETWORK DURING INSTALLATION. TO PERFORM THIS STEP, YOU MUST USE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATATION: • THE NETWORK NAME A.K.A. SSID, 15 PRIVATE AND NOT BEING BROADCAST. CONTACT MARK BECKER: MBECKER@LUXOTTICARETAILCOM, AND HE WILL E-MAIL YOU THE NETWORK NAME AND SECURE PASSPHRASE (A.K.A PASSWORD). • DO NOT GIVE THE PASSPHRASE TO ASSOCIATES. IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND TO BE KEPT THAT WAY. • DO NOT GIVE THE 4 DIGIT DATE CODE TO ASSOCIATES- IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND TO BE KEPT THAT WAY THERMOSTAT SET POINT INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL LOCATIONS: FAN TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED PERIOD. LENSCRAFTERS OCCUPIED COOLING SET -POINT ALL AREAS (EXCEPT LAB) = 72*F COOLING SET -POINT FOR LAB = 70*F HEATING SET -POINT ALL AREAS (EXCEPT LAB) = 68*F HEATING SET -POINT FOR LAB = 66*F FOR LABS: TIME PERIOD BEGINS 2 HOURS BEFORE STORE OPENS FOR BUSINESS (DUE TO LAB OCCUPANCY) OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS=+/-2*F FROM PROGRAMMED SET -POINTS OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS OF PROGRAMMED SET -POINT =4 HRS. LENSCRAFTERS UNOCCUPIED HEATING = 60 DEGREES (LABS 60 DEGREES) COOLING = 80 DEGREES (LABS 78 DEGREES) TIME PERIOD BEGINS AT STORE CLOSING TIME OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS=+/-2*F FROM PROGRAMMED SET -POINTS OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS OF PROGRAMMED SET -POINT = 4 HRS. ALL OTHER BRANDS OCCUPIED COOLING SET -POINT ALL AREAS (EXCEPT LAB) = 72*F HEATING SET -POINT ALL AREAS (EXCEPT LAB) = 68*F TIME PERIOD BEGINS 1HOUR BEFORE STORE OPENS FOR BUSINESS OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS=+/-2*F FROM PROGRAMMED SET -POINTS OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS OF PROGRAMMED SET -POINT =4 HRS. ALL OTHER BRANDS UNOCCUPIED HEATING = 60 DEGREES (LABS 60 DEGREES) COOLING = 80 DEGREES (LABS 78 DEGREES) TIME PERIOD BEGINS AT STORE CLOSING TIME OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS=+/-2*F FROM PROGRAMMED SET -POINTS OVERRIDE ADJUSTMENTS OF PROGRAMMED SET -POINT = 4 HRS. MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPERATURE ��� CONTROL - USING WIRELESS THERMOSTAT HVAC SYMBOLS SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER - ARROWS INDICATE +® PATTERN. NO PATTERN SHOWN EQUALS 4-WAY, OR AS NOTED ©® RETURN AIR OR EXHAUST GRILLE (SEE TAG) 12 D ROUND DUCTWORK. DIAMETER IN INCHES. 20s z RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. SIZE IN INCHES, FIRST NUMBER IS SIDE SHOWN. DIFFUSERIGRILLE LABEL: A A- TYPE/DESIGNATION B 8-AIRFLOW(CFM) ® POINT OF CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING {j MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER Q# --► SHEET KEYNOTE REFERENCE 1-LCM-H200-REV 0.0 TO SUF'PMTNG STRICTLWAL c OF BOLTS f0j,LyRg-"- CAy c OF AfY*LE d CABLE SFIACIE FA eve OF i\FA blue OF DUCT �II�I DUGT6IZE IIIl2� MS B� SEE FM L � n 9-9 OR 9.4 SEE FM 9-1 OR 9-2 t OTES' TO CM HrER 9 FOR GE�RAI. REGUORISMENTS 2. WHEN A COMBINATION OF DUCTS 16 USED IN LIEW OF ONE DUCT, AT LEAST 2 SIDES OF EACH 04I0T MOT Be CONNECTED TO VIEFITICAL OR HORZONTAL ANGLES AND THE COMBINED UVOW SHALL Not' SOCF.ED THAT 0IVfl1 S THE TABLE (ADD HORIZOWAL AM." F iISlA71111D) 3. SEE TABLE S-L 6-L OR 1-1 FOR VERTICAL. HANGERS, DIAGONAL AND 14ORZOWAL SPACES, BOLT SIZES, CONNECTION TO SrFiucr RAt. SUPPORTS. t IErVER$ AND 6PACSG OF BRACING M 01 p ' SEISMIC DUCTWORK BRACING - RECTANGULAR DUCT _cm ECCENTRIC REDUCER RECTANGULA ROUND DUCTWORK I~�I DUCTWO VARIES 2" MINIMUM BALANCING COLLAR DAMPER BALANCING DAMPER RECTANGULAR TO ROUND 45' LATERAL FITTING "BUCKLEY FITTING" RECTANGU DUCTWORK ROUND DUCTWORK BRANCH DUCT HEIGHT DIMENSION 2" LE55 THAN MAIN DUCT HEIGHT DIMENSION BALANCING BALANCING DAMPER DAMPER RECTANGULAR TO RECTANGULAR CONICAL FITTING A DUCT BRANCH TAKE -OFF DETAIL SCALE: NONE SUPPLY AIR DUCT, INSULATE PER SPEC. HIGH EFFICIENCY FITTING INSULATED RIGID ROUND DUCTWORK. INSULATION TO HAVE FOIL FACING (TYP.) INSULATED FLEX. DUCT (5 FEET MAX.) SHALL BE 1.5 x R, INSULATED 90 DEGREE SHEET METAL ELBOW VOLUME DAMPER TO BE WITHIN 12" OF DRAW BAND HYP.) MAIN DUCT ACOUSTICAL CEILING / CEILING DIFFUSER HVAC DETAIL NOTES: 1. SEE HVAC DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SIZES DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE APPLIE5 TO RECTAW5U AR PtrT ONLY - ROUIN=A�Al_ DUCT SHALL U5E LONr2 RADIUS, 5ENDS 1/2W I/3WR fr, SHALL EQUAL R SHALL EQUAL OR BE GREATER W VADIE OR BE GREATER THAN 1/3W. SHORT RADIUS ELBOW WITH ONE VANE THAN 1/6W. 5HpRT RADIUS ELBOW WITH TWO VANES w R IRSHALL EQUAL ORE E GREATER THAN W. STANDARD RADIUS ELBOW RADIUS ELBOW DETAIL DSCALE: NONE SUPPLY DUCT BRANCH DUCT WIRE -SOFT MAXIMUM DAMPER DIFFUSER LOCKING GEAR NOT TO SCALE. VERIFY ACTUAL DETAILS CONTROLLER WITH MANUFACTURER INSTALL GEAR ON BOARD IN BACK OF HOUSE, ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING (SEE PLANS) YOUNGS REGULATOR INSTALLED ON BOARD SCALE: NONE DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT MAX 7MCACI'M MUM MAXIMUM ELEC CONTROL HEATER TAG�WTERIO MANUFACTUR MODEL STATIC �V.LTA:IFIMIER CFM HEAT VOLTAGE VOLTAGE NOTES ERV-1 850 MICROMETAL FWVH111H6000AH5 C.375 208/1/60 14.7A 20A 850 850- 1,2,3,4 NOTES: 1. ENTHALPYSTYLE VENTILATOR 2. UNIT SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY WHEN EITHER SYSTEM THERMOSTAT IS IN OCCUPIED MODE. 3. UNIT WEIGHT IS 430 LBS. 4. UN IT IS SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. - --a -------------- Outside Air/Ventilation Calculation - Mechanical Code Vbz = Rp*Pz+Ra*Az Room# Area Classification Area Az PPL per 1000SF Zone Population Pz Vent Air PerPerson Rp Vent Air Per Area Ra Vent Air Required Vbz Exhaust Rate per SF Comment Retail Sales 2613 15 40 7.5 0.12 613.56 Dressing Rooms 0 0 0 0 0 0.25 Shipping/Receiving 0 0 0 0.12 0 Storage Rooms 47 0 0 0 0.12 S.64 Toilet Room 100 0 0 0 0 0 200 1 Corridors 310 0 0 0 0.06 18.6 Reception 202 30 7 5 0.06 47.12 Office SpacesR 5 1 5 0.06 13.64 Work Room/prep 10 7 5 0.18 150.38 Totals: 55 848.94 Comments: 1. 50 din per toilet fixture for continuous exhaust; 70 cfm otherwise Page 1 Commercial Heat Loss and Heat Gain Calculation 3/2/2020 For: LC 0505 Southcenter Sales Tukwila, WA Design Conditions: Seattle -Tacoma; Latitude: 47; Time 1:00 PM Indoor: Outdoor: Summer temperature: 75 Summer temperature: 80 Winter temperature: 72 Winter temperature: 26 Relative humidity: 50 Summer grains of moisture: 64 Daily temperature range: 22 Building Component Sensible Latent Total Total Gain Gain Heat Gain Heat Loss (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) Floor 2,613 sq.ft. 0 0 0 1,053 Ceiling 2,613 sq.ft. 9,564 0 9,564 10,818 PeopleNent 40 people 10,000 8,000 18,000 0 Ventilation 614 cfm 0 0 0 31,068 Infiltration Summer 0 cfm 0 0 0 0 Infiltration Winter 117.5 cfm 0 0 0 5,946 Lights 12,122 watts 41,215 0 41,215 0 Miscellaneous 8,200 0 8,200 0 Miscellaneous (2) 2,120 0 2,120 0 Whole Building -Ail Components 71,099 8,000 79,099 48,885 16.6 tons ) Page 1 Commercial Heat Loss and Heat Gain Calculation 11/8/2019 For: LC 0505 Southcenter BOH Tukwila, WA Design Conditions: Seattle -Tacoma; Latitude: 47; Time 1:00 PM Indoor: Outdoor: Summer temperature: 75 Summer temperature: 80 Winter temperature: 72 Winter temperature: 26 Relative humidity: 50 Summer grains of moisture: 64 Daily temperature range: 22 Building Component Sensible Latent Total Total Gain Gain Heat Gain Heat Loss (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) Floor 1,444 scift 0 0 0 1,671 Ceiling 1,444scift 5,285 0 5,285 5,978 People/Vent 15 people 3,750 3,000 6,750 0 Ventilation 236 cfm 0 0 0 11,942 Infiltration Summer b Cfm 0 0 0 0 Infiltration Winter 65 cfm 0 0 0 3,289 Lights 2,350 watts 7,990 0 7,990 0 Miscellaneous 9,600 0 9,600 0 Miscellaneous (2) 3,370 1,200 4,570 0 Whole Building -All Components 29,996 4,200 34,195 22,880 13 tons ) CEILING EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TAG ISTYLE ICFM IMANUFACTURERIM0112L I STATIC IVOLTAGE I POWER INCITES CEF-1 ICEILING I 100 NUTONE lAEN11O 1 0.3751 120 104W I1 NOTES: 1. CONTROL FAN WITH ROOM SWITCH GENERAL NOTES - APPLIES TO ALL SHEETS A. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REFLECT A SYSTEM DESIGNED AROUND SPECIFIC REFERENCE PRODUCTS, THE SELECTION OF WHICH HAS IMPACTED THE DESIGNS OF OTHER TRADES. IF ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS ARE SUBMITTED OR BID, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL DIFFERENCES AND IMPACTS WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR TO BID, INCLUDING COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REQUIRED CHANGES TO OTHER TRADES, NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED FOR CHANGES REQUIRED TO OTHER TRADES IF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT IS BID OR INSTALLED AT THE G.C.'S OPTION. B. EXISTING MECHANICAL INFORMATION IS BASED ON LIMITED EXISTING BUILDING DRAWINGS AND FIELD WORK. THE G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR ACCURACY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR REVISIONS TO THE DESIGN TO CORRECT FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS NOT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, C. G.C. SHALL NOTIFY TENANT, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY SITUATIONS THAT MODIFY OR INCREASE THE SCOPE OF WORK FROM WHAT IS DESCRIBED IN THE DOCUMENTS. D. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING/PATCHING RELATED TO THEIR WORK. E. IF SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS INDICATED TO BE A RETURN AIR PLENUM, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE, OR HAVE A MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. WIRING SHALL BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE PER NFPA 70. F. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF MECHANICAL WORK WITH ALL DUCTWORK, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND OTHER CEILING BUILT-IN FIXTURES. CONTACT ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY SHOULD ANY CONFLICT ARISE. G. MOUNTING OF ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING MUST BE DONE PER BUILDING GUIDELINES AND LOCAL CODES AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORT WITH BUILDING MANAGER AND NEXTORE REPRESENTATIVE. H. NO PVC PIPING ALLOWED IN PLENUM AREAS. I. DUCT SIZES INDICATED REPRESENT CLEAR INTERIOR SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS. J. ALL DUCTWORK CONCEALED ABOVE CEILINGS, AND ALL OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS, SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED. IF DUCTWORK IS RUN IN A NON -CONDITIONED SPACE ALL DUCTWORK MUST BE INSULATED WITH 2' FIBERGLASS INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER. K. BRANCH DUCTS SERVING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE SIZED TO MATCH DIFFUSER NECK SIZE INDICATED. L. ALL ROUND DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE LONG SWEEP, 1-12 TIMES THE CENTERLINE RADIUS, M. G.C. MUST REPLACE ALL AIR FILTERS IN HVAC UNITS WITH NEW CLEAN FILTERS BEFORE AIR BALANCING AND PRIOR TO FINAL TURNOVER TO TENANT. N. IT IS THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH MAKE THEM READILY AND SAFELY ACCESSIBLE FOR ROUTINE MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REQUIRING ANY EXTRAORDINARY MEASURES. O. THE TENANT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHECK CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHOULD THE TENANT FIND CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY, HE WILL NOTIFY G.C. OF SUCH WORK IN WRITING AND EXPECT COMPLIANCE PERFORMED WITH DUE DILIGENCE. IF ANY CORRECTIVE WORK IS DEEMED TO BE NECESSARY, THE COST OF REINSPECTIONS WILL BE BORNE BY THE G.C. IF WORK IS REQUIRED BY TENANT IN ORDER TO IMPROVE, CHANGE OR CORRECT AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS DUE TO: PART MALFUNCTION, WARRANTY OR OTHER INABILITY TO PROVIDE THE COMFORT CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE STORE, G.C. SHALL BE DIRECTED BY TENANT TO ADDRESS THIS WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER. IF IT BECOMES EVIDENT THAT THE G.C. CAN NOT ACCOMPLISH THE TASK, THEN AFTER 72 HOURS OF WRITTEN NOTICE, THE TENANT MAY AT HIS DISCRETION TAKE OVER SUCH WORK AND BACK CHARGE THE G.C. FOR ANY CORRECTIVE WORK THAT WAS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP AND/OR ADHERENCE TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. P. DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE ROUTED OVER ELECTRIC PANELS AND TRANSFORMER. INDOOR AIR HANDLER SCHEDULE - HEAT PUMP SYSTEM UNIT DATA UNIT BASE FILTER NOMINAL REQUIRED NOMINAL NUMBER MFR MODEL CFM CUM OUTSIDEAIR VOLTAGE FC-1 TRANE 4TWA406OA3-TEM4AOC6OSS1S 2" 1 2000 1 1870 1 236 CFM 1 208/1/60 HANGER ROD 1MTH STIFFENER ANCHORAGETO STRU TUBE BREAK STRENGTH CERTIFIED, PRE - STRETCHED GRIPPLE BRACE ANGL GRIPPLE SEISMIC SEISMIC CABLE (30°4ID°) FASTENER SEE DETAIL ROUND DUCTWORK DUCT CLAMP (BYOTHERS) HANGER BRACE GL SECTION (BYOTHERS); (30°-sv) VIEW DUCT SHALL SE TIGHTLY CLAMPED / I LOOPED THROUGH SIDE NEW AGRIPPLE SEISMIC GRIPPLE SEISMIC DETAIL STANDARD (GSS) X.I.AH. FITI.SOROR RETROFIT (GSA) OFIT (GSA) BRACKETBRACKET 0LTHOLEASPER READED ROO GIA) .. GAPT e angle 45°n• TOP VIEW PROVIDE FOR ALL ROUND DUCTWORK, 12 INCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER. LOCATION ON THE PLAN IS INDICATED WITH THE FOLLOWING SYMBOL: \ M 017 I SEISMIC DUCTWORK BRACING - ROUND / OVAL DUCT EXTERIOR CONDENSING UNIT DATA _ BASE COOLING EFFICIENCY MODEL CAPACITY (TONS) RATING (SEI 4TWA406OA3000A 1 5 114.5 NOTES: 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DISCONNECT AND STARTER FOR UNIT. 2. PROVIDE SEISMIC RATING OF UNIT IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODE 3. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN AND SUMP PUMP WITH BACKUP ALARM. COORDINATE WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR 4. UNIT IS A DUAL STAGE COMPRESSOR/DUAL STAGE REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT. 5. PROVIDE MIXING BOX FOR UNIT. 6. EQUIPMENT IS SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR iAS FIRED ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE COOLING DATA TAG MODEL TONS I E.A. I L.A. I MBH I MBH SEER FAN CFM O.A. ESP OB/WB DB/WB TOTAL SENS. HP TA VOLTAGE I AMPS I MCA I MOCPI WEIGHT I NOTES CCCIE CCi .' P L 1 A N CE NDV 16 NO MCA ' MAX FUSE I PHASE I WE SEP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER WIDTH NOTES: TAND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE UNIT WITH TWO STAGE HEAT, ANDCOOUNG, HAIL GUARD FOR CONDENSING UNIT COIL AND WITH COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY SENSING ECONOMIZER. OF CURBING IS OF SUFFICIENTSIZE AND SUITABLE FOR THE NEW UNIT INSTALLATION. HIRE LANDLORDS RO ING CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ROOF CURBI .CHANGES, INCLUDINGTHEIRCOSTSINYOURBID. 4. PROVIDE UNIT WITH FACTORY ROOF CURB ADAPTOR RAILS. % . 5. PREVIOUS UNIT WEIGHT WAS APPROXIMATELY 1620LBS. O"h 06/// 6. MODIFY EXISTING ROOF CURBING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL UNIT ON EXISTING CURBING. HIRE LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ROOFCURBWG CHANG , INCLUDING THEIR COSTS IN YOUR BID. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: •a¢otwetaw caa. tRasm oR<sao i-t (snlrbs-�A 06Creamaybcck Eas Gxty. CLO5:36 •-t {86�<3191ro STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. CD Cl L0 ,It O V 0 C: O V) OJ L N a-+ V O �j- �� t0•�-, V) 79 O X -0 :3 _I lln Q LU Q o ,b. Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB-14-2020 OWNERCOMMENTS Q8-21-2020 OWNER COMMENTS a Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal _ woAjLb Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: M Construction NOTES Title MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF M001 Checked By MPR 1- _ _ ___ I__ - CPI IT CVCTFNA IINITC MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOUND IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS (AIA) (NSPE)(NEQ AND ANY OF THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. REFER TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AIA FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING;', SAFETY, COORDINATION & COOPERATION, WORKMANSHIP, PROTECTION, CUTTING AND PATCHING, DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK, PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS, STORAGE, ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, ETC. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL LOCALLY ENFORCED, '.. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES INCLUDING ANY SPECIAL THE TENANT REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO THOSE SPECIFIED. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, '.. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR '.. COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, INSTALLING, CONNECTING, AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS A PART OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE''. DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS '.. OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF A SIMILAR CHARACTER SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE TENANT A COMPLETE, CODE APPROVED AND OPERATIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 2. CAREFULLY READ SPECIFICATION FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK SO AS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL TRADES' WORK SCOPE. CONSULT WITH OTHER TRADES TO INSURE PROPER LOCATIONS AND AVOID INTERFERENCES. ANY CONFLICT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TENANT BEFORE WORK IS COMMENCED. 3. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES AND SITE SO AS TO COMPARE THEM WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NOTE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OTHER WORK THAT WILL BE REQUIRED, AND THE NATURE OF THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE TO ALL CONTRACTORS BY REASON OF THIS FAILURE TO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION OR OF ANY ERROR ON HIS PART. 4. ALL EXISTING UTILITY AND MECHANICAL SERVICES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. CORRECTIONS TO THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 5. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE THE OPENINGS WITH THE GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR. THE FINAL LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL DUCT AND LOUVER OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 6. THIS CONTRACT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES REQUIRED FOR ALL REQUIRED MECHANICAL DEM OLITION OF THE EXISTING AREAS BEING RENOVATED. a. THE DEMOLITION SHALL CONSIST O THE F P REMOVAL PROPERLY DISPOSED OFF E COMPLETE SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, MATERIALS, ETC. NOT REQUIRED IN THE FINAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEMS FOR THE NEW RENOVATED AREAS. E. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE CAPPED BELOW THE FLOOR. C. ALL ABOVE GROUND SERVICES SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THEIR RESPECTIVE MAIN AND CAPPED OR IF THE MAIN IS NOT REQUIRED, THE MAIN SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. d. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE ARCHITECT" AND THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. T ALL WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PARTS, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND TENANT. WHERE AN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER HAS A WARRANTY THAT EXCEEDS ONE YEAR, THAT WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. C. DOCUMENTS 1. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS EXISTING CONDITIONS OR COORDINATION ISSUES REQUIRE CHANGES, THESE CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. ANY INCIDENTAL ITEMS OR LABOR, ETC. NOT INCLUDED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR THE DRAWINGS BUT REASONABLY IMPLIED AS NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL APPARATUS SHALL BE INCLUDING IN BID. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED EVEN THOUGH NOT MENTIONED IN BOTH. 4. IF ERRORS ARE FOUND IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN THE SAME, OR BETWEEN THE FIGURES ON THE DRAWINGS, AND THE SCALE OF SAME OR BETWEEN THE LARGER AND SMALLER DRAWINGS, OR IN THE DESCRIPTIVE MATTER ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE TENANT FOR REVIEW AND FINAL DECISION PRIOR TO THE BID DUE DATE. 5. THE BIDDING OF THIS WORK WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, WHERE MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER IS MENTIONED ANY ONE MAY BE UTILIZED. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MAY BE OFFERED ONLY AS AN ALTERNATE TO THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. a. SUBSTITUTIONS (1) THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS INDICATED. (2) THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL, WITH HIS BID QUOTATION, A LIST OF ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THOSE ON WHICH THE ORIGINAL DESIGN WAS BASED. A FULL DESCRIPTION OF ALL PROPOSED SUBSTITUTED ITEMS, THE CHANGE TO THEIR BID PRICE OR OTHER REASONS FOR SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL ACCOMPANY THE BID. ALL ACCESSORIES, FEATURES, ETC., SUPPLIED WITH THE SUBSTITUTED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. (3) IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS WITH THEIR BID THE TENANT SHALL. CONSIDER THE BIDDER TO BE PROPOSING THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. (4) SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO EACH SECTION FOR ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. D. COORDINATION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A VISIT TO THE JOB SITE AND TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL TRADE WORK CURRENTLY EXISTING AND WORK WHICH MAY BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONTRACT AWARD. RELOCATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, TO AVOID THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING SITE BEFORE STARTING ANY FABRICATION OR DOING ANY WORK IN THE FIELD AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT AND PROPER MEASUREMENTS OF HIS WORK ALONG WITH RESOLUTIONS FOR ANY CONFLICT OF SPACE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3, WHERE THE WORK OF TWO OR MORE TRADES INTERFERE WITH EACH OTHER AND A DEVIATION FROM DESIGN IS NECESSARY, NEITHER WORK SHALL PROCEED UNTIL THE TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE CONFLICT AND THEY HAVE RENDERED A DECISION AS TO WHAT CHANGES SHOULD BE MADE. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. 5. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT ALL WORK AT THE PROJECT BE DONE AS SUCH TIME AND IN SUCH MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATIONS OF THE FACILITY. A WORK SCHEDULE SHALL BE ARRANGED WITH THE TENANT TO FACILITATE WORK WITH A MINIMUM OF INTERFERENCE WITH THE TENANT'S OPERATIONS. 6, AREAS TO BE USED FOR STORAGE SHALL BE ONLY AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. ALL STORED MATERIAL SHALL BE RELOCATED OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. 7, DAILY, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXCESS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY HIS WORK. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK, CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOUND PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK, FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN THE TENANT'S EMPLOYMENT OF A SEPARATE SERVICE TO OBTAIN THIS CONDITION AND REDUCING THE FACTOR'S CONTRACT AMOUNT BY THE COST OF SUCH A SERVICE. 8. EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR THROUGH THE NEGLECT OF HIS, OR HIS SUB -TRADE'S PERSONNEL. ALL PATCHING, REPAIRING, REPLACEMENT AND PAINTING, ETC. SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT BY THE CRAFTSMEN OF THE TRADES INVOLVED. THE COSTS OF SUCH WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. E. METHODS 1. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN OPEN TRENCHES. FLOORS SHALL BE SAW CUT. PIPING SHALL BE LAID ON AN APPROPRIATELY GRADED 6" BED OF CLEAN AND DRY SAND. ENGINEERED FILL SHALL BE USED TO BACKFILL TO 6" ABOVE THE PIPING. BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH UTILIZING THE EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF APPROVED BY THE T T T THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE T TENANT. IF ARCHITECT O R THE ENGINEERED FILL ACC EPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE UTILIZED TO BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH 8ACKFILL SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN 9" LIFTS WITH ALL LIFTS COMPACTED TO 95% PROCTOR. PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. 2. EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM ANY CEILINGS, OTHER PIPING, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK, ROOF DECK, OR JOIST BRIDGING, ITEMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM ACCEPTABLE STRUCTURAL BUILDING COMPONENTS AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 3. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE REQUESTING GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. II. INSULATION A. GENERAL 1, INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND IF ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES, 2. CLEAN AND DRY SURFACES PRIOR TO INSULATING. 3. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS ANC SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. T INSULATION JACKET AND FITTING COVER MUST BE PLENUM RATED. 5, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE INTEGRITY OF THE VAPOR -BARRIER BE MAINTAINED. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF THE VAPOR BARRIER BY STAPLES, HANGERS OR WHERE OTHERWISE DAMAGED. 6. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES. T INSULATION SHALL BE BY OWENS-CORNING, KNAUF, OR MANVILLE. B. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED PER REQUIREMENTS OF ASHRAE 90.1, CHICAGO ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE, NEPA, AND LOCAL CODES. THE FIRST 10 FEET OF RETURN DUCTS SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED FOR ACOUSTICAL ATTENUATION. OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES SHALL ALWAYS BE INSULATED WITH EXTERNAL INSULATION. PIPING SYSTEMS ALWAYS REQUIRING INSULATION INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, CONDENSATE, REFRIGERANT, CHILLED WATER, HEATING HOT WATER, CONDENSER WATER, AND STEAM. INTERNALLY INSULATED DUCTS SHALL HAVE 1 INCH THICK, 1-1/2 LB DENSITY ACOUSTICAL INSULATION (AIR SIDE BLACK COATED TO MEET NFPA. INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SMACNA GUIDE AND THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DUCT SIZES NOTED ON DRAWING ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INSULATION WRAP SHALL BE FIBERGLASS, FOIL BACKED WRAPPING. WHERE DUCTS OR PIPING IS EXPOSED, AND REQUIRES INSULATION, PROVIDE FIBERBOARD RIGID INSULATION AND PAINT. PAINT COLOR SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, LANDLORD, AND TENANT. WHERE DUCTS OR PIPES ARE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING, AN ALUMINUM JACKET SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED OVER THE INSULATION, AND SEALED WEATHERTIGHT, B. HVAC 1. INTERNALLY INSULATE WITH 1 INCH THICK, 1-1/2# DENSITY ACOUSTICAL INSULATION (AIR SIDE BLACK COATED TO MEET NFPA) ALL DUCTWORK NOTED AS REQUIRING SUCH. INTERNAL INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SMACNA GUIDE AND THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DUCT SIZES NOTED ON DRAWING ARE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS. 2. ALL SUPPLY AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH 21NCH OF 0.75 LB/CU.FT. FIBERGLASS, FOIL BACKED DUCT WRAPPING. C. PIPING 1, ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET AND SELF SEALING LAP (ASJ/SSL). 2. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PRE -MOLDED FIBERGLASS FITTINGS AND COVERED WITH A PRE -FORMED PVC FITTING COVER. Ill. SPRINKLER A. GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEPA 13, THE BUILDING TENANT'S INSURANCE COMPANY, THE LOCALLY ENFORCED BUILDING CODE, LOCAL BUILDING AND FIRE OFFICIALS AND ALL OTHER LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED, STATE LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. 3. THIS WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, EQUIPMENT, ETC., REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 4. SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE CENTERED IN LAY -IN CEILING TILES. HEADS ARE TO BE SPACED SYMMETRICALLY WITH LIGHTING AND OTHER CEILING FIXTURES WHEN INSTALLED IN DRYWALL CEILINGS. 5. DETERMINE VOLUME AND PRESSURE OF INCOMING WATER SUPPLY FROM WATER FLOW TEST DATA. REVISE DESIGN WHEN TEST DATA BECOMES AVAILABLE PRIOR TO SUBMITTALS. 6. SUBMITTALS a. SHOP DRAWINGS: (1) PREPARE AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS. (2) SHOW PLANS, CROSS SECTION, ELEVATIONS, DETAILS AND JOB CONDITIONS, RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER WORK. PIPE SIZES, ELEVATIONS ABOVE FLOOR, HEAD LOCATIONS, INSPECTORS TEST CONNECTION, SPRINKLER ENTRANCE, VALVES, ALARMS, BACKFLOW PREVENTER, FLOW SWITCH AND SUPERVISORY DEVICES. (3) SUBMIT DATA ON THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: (a) PIPING AND COUPLINGS. (b) WET ALARM VALVE. (c) BACKFLOW PREVENTER. (d) VALVES AND SUPERVISORY DEVICES. (e) SPRINKLER HEADS AND ESCUTCHEON PLATES. (i) SUPPORTS, HANGERS AND ACCESSORIES. (g) SEISMIC CALCULATIONS (4) SUBMIT AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FROM THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL. (5) ONCE THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION HAS APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL SEND EIGHT SETS OF APPROVED STAMPED PLANS AND EQUIPMENT CUTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. (6) PLANS SUBMITTED WITHOUT ALL HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS WILL BE RETURNED "REJECTED". PROVIDE INDEPENDENT HYDRAULIC CALCULATION SHEETS. (7) ALL SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER LICENSED WITH THE STATE WHERE THE STORE IS LOCATED. (8) AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, PROVIDE TENANT WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS INCLUDING "AS -BUILT' RECORD DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED PLANS. B. CRITERIA 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR ANY ADDITIONAL CRITERIA (PIPE SIZING; PIPE SCHEDULE OR HYDRAULIC). 2. DESIGN AND INSTALL THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND PIPING TO CONFORM WITH NFPA 13, ORDINARY HAZARD DESIGN WITH A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 130 SQUARE FEET PER SPRINKLER HEAD IN SALES AREAS AND 100 SQUARE FEET PER HEAD IN STOCK AREAS. 3. THE PROJECT AREA CURRENTLY HAS AN EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLED WITH FLUSH SPRINKLER HEADS INSTALLED ON A STANDARD GRID PATTERN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND MODIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING AND HEADS. THIS WORK SHALL INCLUDE THE RAISING OF ANY EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING WHICH INTERFERES WITH DESIGNED CEILING ELEVATIONS. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR CEILING ELEVATIONS. PROVIDE ANY AUXILIARY DRAIN PIPING REQUIRED FOR ANY TRAPPED SPRINKLER PIPING. 4. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR CEILING ELEVATIONS. C. COMPONENTS 1. PROVIDE A WATTS REGULATOR NO. (007-11 3/4 TO 2.5" 009 2" TO 10') DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY BACKFLOW PREVENTER IN THE PIPING TO THE SPRINKLER HEADS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE CONNECTION TO THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM. 2. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: POTTER-ROEMER OR EQUAL SERIES S020, 4 x 21h x 2Yz, WITH ALL STANDARD FEATURES, "AUTO. SPKR.- LETTERING, AND THREAD TO MATCH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. - FLUSH MOUNTED FIRE DEPARTMENT INLET CONNECTION WITH WALL PLATE WITH 'AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER' IDENTIFICATION, ALL BRASS CONSTRUCTION AND POLISHED BRASS FINISH. CONTACT THE FIRE DEPARTMENT TO VERIFY FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TYPE AND TREAD PATTERN TO MATCH THAT OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE 4" UL LISTED CHECK VALVE WITH BALL DRIP PIPED TO DRAIN. D. SUPERVISION: 1. THE RISER CONTROL VALVE AND ALL ZONE VALVES SHALL HAVE ELECTRIC SUPER VISION TO SIGNAL THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. TAMPER SWITCHES PROVIDED BY SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. 2. MECHANICAL: ALL OTHER VALVES SHALL BE PADLOCKED IN STANDARD OPERATING POSITION, WITH 2 KEYS PER PADLOCK AND ALL PADLOCKS SHALL BE KEYED THE SAME. CHAIN AND PADLOCK ALL VALVES OVER 2" SIZE, E. PIPING 1. PIPING SHALL BE BLACK STEEL PIPE PER NFPA 13. 2. PIPE HANGERS FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGERS WITH APPROPRIATE CLAMP (DEPENDING ON STRUCTURE). ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A MAXIMUM OF 10' CENTERS. F. SPRINKLER HEADS 1. SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH CEILINGS SHALL BE CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP, DIVISION OF TYCO. SERIES TY-L,'h" ORIFICE, RECESSED, POLISHED CHROME PENDANT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD WITH TWO PIECE FACTORY WHITE METAL ESCUTCHEON. 2. SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL. BE CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP, DIVISION OF TYCO. ROYAL FLUSH II SERIES RFII, 165 F, WITH A WHITE CEILING PLATE. 3. SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE SHALL BE BRASS UPRIGHT CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP. DIVISION OF TYCO SERIES TY-L, IW ORIFICE, 165 F. 4. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE DESIGN BUILD PER BUILDING CRITERIA, LOCAL CODES AND LUXOTHCA STANDARDS. IV. PIPING A. GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE PIPING INSTALLATION, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALLY ENFORCED BUILDING CODE, THE MECHANICAL CODE. (PING N 2. TEST ALL P I ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. FURNISH ACCESS DOORS FOR VALVES. 4. THIS GENERAL CONT RACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SERVICES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHETHER PROVIDED BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS INSTALLATION WITH THE APPROPRIATE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND SHALL REVISE THE DESIGN AS REQUIRED TO MATCH THE EQUIPMENT BEING SUPPLIED. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO CONNECT ALL EQUIPMENT TO THE PIPING SYSTEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO; CONDENSATE, REFRIGERANT, CHILLED WATER, HEATING HOT WATER, CONDENSER WATER, STEAM, ETC. 5. FIRE STOPPING - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPE AND UL CONSTRUCTION DESIGN NUMBER. FOR RATED MASONRY WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER C-AJ-1175. FOR RATED GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER W-L-1003. & CONDENSATE DRAINS, CONDENSER WATER UP TO 2" ABOVE GRADE AND UNDER 125 PSIG 1. ASTM ESE, TYPE L, HARD DRAWN COPPER PIPE; AND ASME B16.18, CAST BRASS, OR ASME B16.22, SOLDER WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS. f V. HVAC EQUIPMENT A. INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS, REQUIREMENTS AND ANY ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATIONS. B. HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE "STARTED UP" BY A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN. ALL FACTORY STARTUP FORMS SHALL BE COMPLETED AND TURNED OVER TO THE TENANT WITH ALL COMPLETED WARRANTY CARDS PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL, C. REUSE OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT, CLEAN, AND REPAIR ANY HVAC EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REUSED. A. AIR DISTRIBUTION A. AIR DISTRIBUTION 1. DUCTWORK (ROUND OR RECTANGULAR OR SPIRAL) SHALL BE OF GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE SMACNA MANUAL AND THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE / SEAL SCHEDULE: a. DUCTWORK BETWEEN AHU (ROOFTOP UNIT) AND VAV BOXES - 3" W.G. POSITIVE PRESSURE, EAL CLASS A. In. OTHER SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK - 2" W.G. POSITIVE PRESSURE, SEAL CLASS B. c. RETURN & EXHAUST DUCTWORK - 2' W.G. NEGATIVE PRESSURE, SEAL CLASS B. 2. ROUND DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE LONG SWEEP TINT 1-1 2 CENTERLINE / ES THE CE ERL NE RADIUS UNLESS CLEARANCE IS NOT AVAILABLE AT WHICH TIME MITERED ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES SHALL BE UTILIZED. 3. RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES. TURNING VANES SHALL BE FASTENED WITH A DOUBLE ROW OF SCREWS. 4. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE RTU. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WITH 3' WIDE DOUBLE NEOPRENE COATED FLAME RETARDANT, NFPA 90A APPROVED, FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 24 GAGE, 3" WIDE SHEET METAL COLLARS PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EACH SIDE. 5. MITERED OFFSETS GREATER THAN 30 DEGREES IN EITHER DIRECTION SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES SHALL BE MADE BY UNIFORM TAPER SECTION WITH A MAXIMUM INCLUDE ANGLE OF DIVERGENCE OF 15DEGREES. 7. RECTANGULAR BALANCING DAMPERS - RUSKIN MD25 SHALL BE SINGLE BLADE UP TO 6' IN HEIGHT AND 36" IN WIDTH, AND RUSKIN MD35 MULTI -BLADE FOR LARGER SIZES. ALL ROUND BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE COMMERCIAL GRADE SINGLE BLADE UP TO 16, IN DIAMETER SHALL INCORPORATE LOCKING TYPE INDICATING ADJUSTMENT. BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL BRANCH DUCTS OFF MAIN AND ON ALL TAPS OFF DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 8. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS MAYBE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK BUT IT'S USE IS LIMITED TO STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL RUNS. ALL CHANGES OF DIRECTION IN AN DUCT SYSTEM (GALVANIZED OR FLEXIBLE) SHALL BE MADE WITH AN APPROPRIATE GALVANIZED ELBOW. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEXIBLE DUCT IS T-0'. 9. FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS SHALL BE ATCO RUBBER PRODUCTS, INC. MODEL UPC #070, INSULATED (11=4.2), U.L. 181 RATED AND CLASS 1 AIR CONNECTOR. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO DIFFUSER TO BE S'-O'. 10. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR A U.L. APPROVED INSTALLATION. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE TYPE 'B' (BLADES AND FRAME COMPLETELY OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM) FOR ALL WALL ASSEMBLIES AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE APPROPRIATE WALL SLEEVE AND ANGLES PER UL 555. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL FIRE RATED WALLS. VERIFY FIRE RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND RATINGS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. FOR ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS PROVIDE RUSKIN TYPE "LR' FIRE DAMPERS. SEE DETAILS ON DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 11. DOUBLE THICKNESS INSULATED ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL FIRE DAMPERS FOR ACCESS TO FUSIBLE LINK. DOOR SHALL BE SIZED TO ALLOW FOR EASY SERVICE AND ACCESSIBILITY. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" IN THE LONGEST DIMENSION. 12. PROVIDE 3'x3'xl/4' ANGLE FRAMING AROUND THE ROOF OPENINGS FOR THE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. 13, SUPPORT ALL SHEET METAL AND EQUIPMENT FROM ANGLE IRON CONNECTED TO STRUCTURAL STEEL. DO NOT SUSPEND DUCT OR EQUIPMENT FROM METAL DECK OR JOIST BRIDGING. 14. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE CLEAR, INTERIOR DIMENSIONS, VII. CONTROLS A. CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PLENUM RATED CABLE WITH COLOR CODED 18 AWG WIRES (MINIMUM). B. CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING BETWEEN THERMOSTAT AND EQUIPMENT (AIR HANDLER, ROOFTOP UNIT, CONDENSING UNIT, ETC.). C. CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A 120 (24) VOLT SUPPLY AIR DUCT MOUNTED IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR. DETECTOR SHALL BE WIRED, BY THE ELECTRICAL (CONTROLS) CONTRACTOR, TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON ACTIVATION. D. THERMOSTATS 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A HONEYWELL 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE HEATING/COOLING THERMOSTAT AND CLEAR LOCKABLE COVER WITH APPROPRIATE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN THERMOSTAT, (FURNACE AND CONDENSING UNIT) ( ROOFTOP) AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM. WIRING SHALL BE MINIMUM 18 AWES. 2, THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DOCUMENTS. 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROGRAM THERMOSTAT PER THE TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS AND TRAIN TENANT'S PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION AND PROGRAMMING OF THE THERMOSTAT AND SYSTEM. 4. SEE THERMOSTAT PROCUREMENT DETAIL FOR SPECIFICS ON THE THERMOSTAT TO BE USED AND REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION. VII]. TESTING AND BALANCING A. TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED, IS IN FULL WORKING ORDER AND ALL EQUIPMENT START-UP HAS BEEN COMPLETED. ALL HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PUT INTO FULL OPERATION AND THE OPERATION OF SAME CONTINUED DURING EACH WORKING DAY OF THE TESTING AND BALANCING. B. AN INDEPENDENT'AABC' OR'NEBB' CERTIFIED AIR AND WATER BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST AND BALANCE THE SYSTEM AND REPORT RESULTS TO THE ENGINEER TENANT AND THE LANDLORD. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF THE CERTIFIED BALANCING ENGINEER AND BY QUALIFIED BALANCING TECHNICIANS. 2. METHODS AND FORMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AGENCIES RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. 3. COMPLY WITH ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS PERTAINING TO MEASUREMENTS, INSTRUMENTS, TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. 4. ALL QUANTITIES SHALL BE WITHIN 10%OF THE DESIGN VALUES. S. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY SHEAVE CHANGES REQUIRED ON THE HVAC UNIT. C PERFORMANCE TEST 1. AFTER ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED, TESTED AND BALANCED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN THEY SHALL BE OPERATED AND PLACED UNDER SURVEILLANCE FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST ONE (1) DAY, THIS MAY INCLUDE THE DAY OF STARTUP, TO VERIFY THAT ALL EQUIPMENT IS PRODUCING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATION OF THE EQUIPMENT DURING THE ENTIRE PERIOD. 2. TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH ALL CONTROLS IN THE AUTOMATIC POSITION AND BUILDING LIGHTS, DAMPERS, ETC. POSITIONED TO SIMULATE NORMAL OPERATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEM. 3. DURING THE TEST, CONTROL SETTINGS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS TO PRODUCE THE BEST BALANCED SYSTEM OPERATION. THEIR FINAL SETTING OF EACH OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROL SHALL BE RECORDED, THEY SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THERMOSTATS, LIMIT CONTROLS, AND OTHER SIMILAR ITEMS. 4. SHOULD COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OCCUR AT SUCH TIME THAT THE REQUIRED PERFORMANCE TEST MUST BE CONDUCTED DURING A SEASON WHEN THE FULL OPERATION OF EITHER THE HEATING OR COOLING SYSTEM CAN NOT BE CHECKED, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE TEST AND RECORD ALL SUCH DATA AS IS AVAILABLE WITH SYSTEM OPERATING AUTOMATICALLY UNDER THE PREVAILING WEATHER CONDITIONS. THAT PART OF THE SYSTEM WHICH CAN NOT BE TESTED SHALL BE DELAYED UNTIL THE WEATHER IS APPROPRIATE, AT WHICH TIME THE REMAINING PART OF THE REQUIRED TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED AND DATA RECORDED ACCORDINGLY. S. GC TO PROVIDE A REPORT OF TESTS SHOWING ACCEPTABLE COMPLETION TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. D. ACCEPTANCE AND CHECK-OUT - GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT, AS MAYBE REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER FOR THE PURPOSE OF VERIFYING PROPER OPERATION AND INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK AT THE TIME OF REQUEST FOR ACCEPTANCE. PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNITS I. SPLIT SYSTEM UNITS I. ROOFTOP PACKAGED HVAC UNITS A. NSTRUCTION: STEEL CABINET, FILTERS, ELECTRIC HEAT, AND CONTROLS. B. BE ER: EVAPORATOR BLOWER TO BE DIRECT DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL, DYNAMIC LY A. UNIT SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED AIR TO AIR ELECTRIC COOLING, GAS / ELECTRIC BALA CED, MULTI -BLADE, FORWARD CURVED, CLASS 1. HEATING UNIT WITH REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, AIR HANDLING SYSTEM CASING AND CONTROLS. C. DX SYS M: FULLY HERMETIC COMPRESSORS WITH CRANKCASE HEATERS, I ERNAL THERMA OVERLOAD, SINGLE REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT AND HEAD PRESSU E B. CABINET SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, BONDERIZED AND COATED WITH BAKED CONTROL COMPRESSOR TO HAVE FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY. ENAMEL. UNIT SHALL BE ARRANGED FOR ALL EXTERIOR CONNECTIONS TO BE WITHIN D. HEATER AND VER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION -PRIMARY SHALL BE B LT IN ROOF CURB. CABINET SHALL BE LINED WITH 1' THICK NEOPRENE -COATED FIBERGLASS AUTOMATIC R ET THERMAL CUTOUTS. SECONDARY SHALL BEAN I EPENDENT WITH EASILY REMOVABLE SERVICE PANELS TO ALL OPERATING COMPONENTS. MANUAL RESET HERMAL CUTOUTS. PROVIDE AIR FLOW SWITCH T DEENERGIZE HEATER ON LOSS FAIR FLOW. UL LISTED AND UL APPROVED. C. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE RECIPROCATING SERVICEABLE HERMETIC COMPRESSORS, CONDENSERS, INTERWINDED CIRCUIT EVAPORATOR COIL, EXPANSION E. CONTROLS: VALVES, SERVICE VALVES, VIBRATION ISOLATORS, CRANKCASE HEATERS, SIGHT 1, CONTROLS- CTORY INSTALLED AND WIRED. FAN N-OFF CONTROL, GLASSES, FILTER DRIERS, HOT GAS MUFFLERS, AND REFRIGERANT PIPING. SAFETY MANUAL RESET IGH LIMIT RESET. CONTROLS SHALL INCLUDE FUSIBLE PLUG, LOW AND HIGH PRESSURE THERMOSTATS, COMPRESSOR MOTOR OVERLOADS, TIMER TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING 2. INDOOR FAN REL - FACTORY INSTALLED, COMPRESSORS. 3. PROVIDE AUXILIARY NTACTS FOR REQUIRE INTERLOCKS. D. CONDENSER FANS SHALL BE VERTICAL DISCHARGE PROPEL LER LLER TYPE DIRECT DRIVEN BY INHERENTLY PROTECTED, PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED MOTORS. F. LIFTING AND PLACING OF UNITS HALL BE BY GEN AL CONTRACTOR. E. COILS SHALL BE ALUMINUM PLATE FINS MECHANICALLY BONDED TO SEAMLESS G. WIRE HEATERS TO ENERGIZE ONLY HEN HVA NIT FAN STARTER IS ENERGIZED. COPPER TUBES WITH ALL JOINTS BRAZED. COILS SHALL BE COATED WHEN WITHIN H. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CONDE ING U TS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FIVE (5) MILES OF COAST. UNITS TO BE INSTALLED ON EQUIPME RA S PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. F. INDOOR BLOWER SHALL BE FORWARD -CURVED, CENTRIFUGAL, BELT -DRIVEN TYPE, 1. INSTALL TRAPPED DRAIN LINE FROM DRA PANS TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN OR MOP EQUIPPED WITH PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED BEARINGS. SINK. 1. MOUNT AND WIRE UNIT CONTROLS. G. CONTROLS: K. MOUNT SPLIT SYSTEM UNITS RE RANT PIPI ON PIPE SUPPORTS NEATLY 1. THE COOLING SYSTEM SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH HIGH PRESSURE RACKED. SEAL WALL PENETRATIO AIR AND WA ER TIGHT. THERMOSTATS, LOW PRESSURE THERMOSTATS, LOSS -OF -CHARGE L. ROOF AND WALL PENETRATIO TO BE MADE WEA HERTIGHT, PROTECTION, INDOOR COIL FREEZE THERMOSTATS, AND CURRENT AND TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE OVERLOAD DEVICES. M. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO AKE POWER CONNECT] S TO UNITS. 2. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE WIRED TO PREVENT COMPRESSOR RESTART UNTIL N. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS ESPONSI FO R OR INSTALLIN ALL CONTROLS CONTROL L RESET OF CIRCUIT BREAKER. WIRING AND TO MAKE O ERATIONAL. O. CONDENSING UNITS A D AIR HANDLER UNITS SHALL BE FU LSSED BY OWNER 3. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL " " HEATING COOLING SSENSOR(S) (S) AND "T" NATIONAL ACCOUNT EPRESENTATIVE, FOR REPRESENTATIVE ONTACT KRIS RYAN THERMOSTAT(S) PER PLAN TO PROVIDE CONTROL OF STAGED COOLING AND 866-415-2499. STAGED HEATING WITH AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER AND "FAN OW CONTROL. MOUNT DEVICES AT 48' AFF TO BOTTOM PER ADA. PROVIDE INITIAL N JAL REFRIGERANT PIPING STEM PROGRAMMING OF SYSTEM. COORDINATE PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE, AND PROGRAMMING A. PIPE TYPE L- R HARD DEHYDRATED SCALE FREE COPPER TUBING. FI INGS SECTION BELOW. WROUGHT PPER, SOLDER TYPE. 4. WHEN THERMOSTAT/SENSOR CALLS FOR COOLING, FIRST STAGE OF B. SHUT -OF ALVES IN REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE SIMILAR TO HENRY, COMPRESSOR SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED, BALAN D-ACTING DIAPHRAGM TYPE WITH BRASS BODY WITH SOLDER TY ENDS. AFTER TEN MINUTES, SECOND STAGE OF COMPRESSOR SHALL ENERGIZE C. PROP LY CLEAN ENDS OF ALL TUBING BEFORE SOLDERING. ALL JOINTS SHAL BE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. MA WITH "SILFOS". S. WHEN THERMOSTAT/SENSOR CALLS FOR HEATING, FIRST STAGE OF HEAT D. D RING CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE PRECAUTION TO MINI ZE SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. AFTER TEN ONTAMINATION OF SYSTEM BY DIRT, SCALE, MOISTURE OR OTHER FOREIGN MA R MINUTES, SECOND STAGE OF HEAT SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE ALL FOREIGN MATERIAL AND MOISTURE IN THE SYSTEM SHALL BE REMOVED, TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OIL FOR COMPRESSOR AND PROPER REFRIGERANT CHARGE FOR THE SYSTEM. 6. FAN SHALL ENERGIZE AND RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. 7. HVAC CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL ELEMENTS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED, AND IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. H. PROGRAMMING OF CONTROLS/SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROGRAMMING OF HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE BELOW OPERATION. 2. SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT - UNOCCUPIED SETPOINTS SHALL BE 78°F COOLING AND 60"F HEATING. WARM-UP/OCCUPIED SETPOINTS SHALL BE 72°F COOLING AND 68°F HEATING. SETPOINTS SHALL BE LOCKED OUT TO PREVENT ADJUSTMENT MORE THAN 3°F UP OR DOWN FROM DEFAULT. 3. ALL SETPOINTS ARE ADJUSTABLE - PRIOR TO PROGRAMMING OF CONTROLS SYSTEM, VERIFY SETPOINTS WITH TENANT CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 4. UNIT OPERATION - DURING OCCUPIED HOURS, FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY ("FAN OW) AND UNIT SHALL STAGE COOLING OR HEATING. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS, FAN SHALL RUN ONLY WHEN HEATING OR COOLING ARE CALLED FOR ("FAN AUTO'). S. OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED/WARM-UP - UNOCCUPIED MODE SHALL BE SET FOR ONE HOUR AFTER MALL CLOSING TO ONE HOUR PRIOR TO MALL OPENING. UNOCCUPIED MODE SHALL HAVE MANUAL OVERRIDE. 6. REFER TO CONTROLS SECTION ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. L PROVIDE CIRCUIT TO PREVENT COMPRESSOR SHORT CYCLING AS A RESULT OF A RAPID CHANGE IN THERMOSTAT SETTING AND AUTOMATICALLY PREVENT COMPRESSOR RESTART AT LEAST FIVE MINUTES AFTER SHUTDOWN. J. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL CONTROLS, CONTROL WIRING AND TO MAKE OPERATIONAL. K. ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE TRANE AS FURNISHED BY OWNER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE, AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. UPON DELIVERY OF UNITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT IS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ACCESSORIES AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE REPORTED TO TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN THE FIRST TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS AFTER DELIVERY. D/9-0 r 7t"CEIVE.r CITY Ch 'i 13ltWILA i!na UANCE SFP 23 2020 PERMIT CENTER Ci`y of Tukv'ri!a "1 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: smommaimmm NB<M1 11116116- -I( 0_ mo 1_ O"1(se1>ssw.o 66Crerenery_1.c,'Cf__1<3i�9R0 e STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. O_ ,t :DO Ln 00 , L v 0 O: x O J M N 7. ce= (3),.., v v- (6 Oa v , - � r� O V J -0 Z3 D J l /) O Lij Q C) Revisions: Mark Date By ,& 12-18-19 LAN'DLORDCOMMENTS Q2 28 20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-M-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 8 n-202o OWNER COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Rornes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal _-Anj-- V81218120 Architect I EngineerJob No.: 029 NexMre Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS sm® o® Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF M002 Checked By :r MPR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD aan��:r•T•v� 5TON MIN O.A. 236 CFM TO SUPPLY DIFFUSERS BACKDRAFT DAMPER TO SUPPLY DIFFUSERS /.a IUIN MIN O.A. 614 CFM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: EQUIPMENT: ERV-1 SERVES AS THE DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEM. ERV-1 IS INDEPENDENT OF THE RTU OPERATION. RTU-1 AND RTU-2 SERVE TO PROVIDE COMFORT TO THE SPACE AND USE OUTSIDE AIR ONLY IN ECONOMIZER MODE AS AN ENERGY SAVING STRATEGY WHEN OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE APPROPRIATE FOR ECONOMIZER OPERATION. OCCUPIED: ERV ENERGIZES, BRINGS PRECONDITIONED AIR TO SPACE VIA HEAT EXCHANGERS. INLINE DUCT HEATER ENERGIZES WHEN PRECONDITIONED AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 65 DEGREES F. CONDITION #1: SPACE TEMPERATURES ARE MET. ERV PROVIDES MINIMUM VENTILATION AIR TO SPACE AT 65 DEGREES F. CONDITION #2: SPACE SENSORS CALL FOR COOLING. ERV DE -ENERGIZES HEATER. RTU DECIDES BASED ON OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS WHETHER TO USE ADDITIONAL OUTSIDE AIR VIA ECONOMIZER CYCLE OR MECHANICAL COOLING. THE RTU OPERATES IN THAT MODE UNTIL SPACE COMFORT LEVEL IS MET. CONDITION #3: SPACE SENSORS CALL FOR HEATING. ERV ENERGIZES HEATER TO MAINTAIN 65 DEGREE F DISCHARGE, RTU FOR SPACE ENTERS HEATING MODE UNTIL SPACE COMFORT LEVEL IS MET. UNOCCUPIED: ERV DE -ENERGIZES. SPACE RTU'S MAINTAIN MINIMUM OR MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES IN SPACE AS DEFINED BY SET BACK OPERATION, NO OUTSIDE AIR FROM THE DOAS IS USED TO MINIMIZE THE EFFECT OF HUMIDITY IN THE SPACE. RTU'S WILL DETERMINE, BASED ON OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY, WHETHER TO USE ECONOMIZER COOLING OR MECHANICAL COOLING. A HVAC CONTROL DIAGRAM SCAL[: NONE DEMOLITION NOTES: M Date: Welghl Olbs (U6) pkg (Metric) Part Number. CRBK-PRCCCFA-1411 M MICI OIIiI@1tI RTU: Submitted to: Approved by: Notes: Knockdown Structurally Calculated Curb - 14 Inches Tall Non Insulated Full Perimeter Knockdown Structurally Calculated Curb, California State Standard, High Seismic Criteria, Includes Hold -Down Brackets, "Structurally" Stamped By A Professional Engineer, Without Pitch, Insulated Deck Pan IFAppiicable, Includes Wood Nailer & Hold Down Brackets. Meets Seismic Requirements for 2016 CBC 8 2015 ISO. Wind Design Criteria: 60 Foot Tall Building Maximum, Exposure C, 155 MPH - 3 Second Gust Speed, Risk Category IB 8 IV, �ao P i O CIIRBENOOETAI4 MICROHOLI)OETAIL r KNOCKgOytltd CURR gm "BouRB a, $JpY4 earn gORNEROETALL ATTAcipaissr AIL ate' ae C r n MicroMetI Corporation HonAGE DFE �C-D.E. STO ROOF:^' P uwi�cxvu�ewa , dP A-I.D.. S -I.D. D- O.D. E F G H I 80.50 46.37 49.37 83.50 18.50 34.37 18.25 34.37 1.50 m.m. ,mnvmnum'm+a✓m"a,«.,urn.am—mm,mwmraremenwm�avu.awaea,vma.wu.m—. Mum asm,:ODOtA �c,arrt®.em ucmm.a u ++. s xrau„rcwo.w=.«vaeemuA, tbn,n� WpiA NUiarepolia 3N0 N.Sl,aeeWnCAva„ kda,uRaas IN ash 000.M0.1C.aVAC-Sparks pp55arNem Way, SpafFs, NV 89131_BOp.O&.dMMC-LmpNew_1(If KMsk BNtl., lmpulew.TX t56pR 003240Aetq A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL APPLICABLE). ALL SYSTEM SHUT -DOWNS AND DISRUPTION OF BE FAMILIAR WITH THE LIMITS OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED FOR SCHEDULED AFTER NORMAL BUILDING HOURS OR AS ALL TRADES. COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH REQUIREMENTS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY OWNER. OF NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO INITIATING WORK, I, PRIOR TO DEMOLITION FIELD VERIFY AND IDENTIFY ANY B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IN SERVICE THAT IS SERVED COMPLETE REMOVAL AND DISCARDING OF ALL DEMOLITION BY SYSTEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY WASTE INCLUDING ANY UNFORESEEN ITEMS WITHIN THE SCOPE SUCH CONDITIONS AND REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE THE OF THE PROJECT. SERVICES AS DIRECTED. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS J. MEET WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDLORD PRIOR WITH CONTINUING OWNER OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT TO DEMOLITION TO IDENTIFY WHETHER EXISTING MATERIALS SPACES. ALL DEMOLITION WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, ETC, ARE CONSIDERED SALVAGE OR OWNER AND CONDUCTED UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS. DEBRIS. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM SITE AND DISPOSE OF IN AND APPROVED MANNER AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. D. REPAIR/PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION OF VARIOUS CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ANY K. TERMINATE DEMOLISHED SYSTEM SERVICES IN A CONCEALED REQUIRED OPENING WITH RESPECTIVE TRADES. FOR ANY WORK LOCATION IN AN APPROVED MANNER. COORDINATE WITH NEW THAT SHALL OCCUR OUTSIDE OF DEMOLITION AREA, AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN SPACE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. L. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO WORK. E. PROPERLY CAP, PLUG AND CONCEAL ANY PIPING LEFT IN PLACE. CAP ABANDONED SEWER PIPING A MINIMUM OF 8" BELOW M. VERIFY EXTENT OF DEMOLITION OF SANITARY SEWER, FINISH FLOOR PATCH AND REPAIR SLAB. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PRIOR TO WORK. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES, F, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REMOVE ALL NOT STANDARDS AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. USED WATER PIPING, WASTE AND VENT, DUCTWORK EQUIPMENT IN THE REMODEL AREA. N. WHERE REQUIRED, COORDINATE EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL TERMINATION REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, G. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR WHETHER TO DISPOSE HVAC OUTLETS REMOVED OR RE -USE. H. DEMOLISH EXISTING AS REQUIRED PER NEW CONSTRUCTION AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT AND/OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. AVOID DISRUPTION OF SERVICES DURING BUSINESS HOURS (IF 'me OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE ELECTRICAL DUCT HEATER SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL DATA TAG MFR MODEL MIN. CFM AIR FLOW DUCT NOTES No. CFM SIZE VOLTAGE KW AMPS MOGP (V/4/Hz) EDH-1 INDEECO SLIP IN - 275 850 14"X12" 208/3/60 4.5 12.5 20 1,2,3 OPEN NOTES 1. TRANSITION DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED FOR HEATER INSTALLATION. 2- PROVIDE SCR TYPE HEATER WITH CONTROLS AND RELAYS TO WORK WITH THERMOSTAT TYPE SYSTEM CONTROLS. 3, UNIT IS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. LANDLORD COMMENTS DATED - 11/25/19 -ENSURE SPACE 15 COMPLETELY SEALED DURING DEMOLITION SUCH THAT DUST DOES NOT TRAVEL THROUGH THE COMMON PLENUM TO ADJACENT TENANT SPACES OR MALL COMMON AREA. -PROTECT ANY VENTS, VERIFY WITH MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO COVERING RETURN VENTS. -SPRINKLER AND RESTORATION COMPANY MUST BE ON STANDBY DURING DEMOLITION. -IF ANY NEW ITEMS ARE PLACED ON THE ROOF, THEY SHOULD BE IN THE SAME LOCATION AND CURBS. IF THEY ARE NOT IN THE H SAME LOCATION, THEY MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED ON SITE BY MALL FACILITIES. -IF PLACING NEW EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF, SUBMIT CRANE LIP( PLAN ASAP TO MALL FACILITIES IN ORDER TO GET THAT APPROVED THROUGH OUR RISK MANAGEMENT DEFT FOR ANY ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE INSTALLED ON THE ROOF. -VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING/SUPPORTING HVAG EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, WATER HEATERS, TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, CONDUIT, ETC. WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT, ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED. CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS, ® KEY NOTES - DEMOLITION 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED RUN OUT DUCTWORK TO MAIN DUCTWORK. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RETURN GRILLS. 3. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING TOILET EXHAUST FANS. SALVAGE EXHAUST DUCTWORK FOR REUSE AT NEW LOCATION. 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK. S. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING BRANCH DUCTWORK. 6. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT. SALVAGE EXISTING PLENUM IF POSSIBLE. 7. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM INDOOR AHU AND EXTERIOR HEAT PUMP UNIT. 8. REMOVE EXISTING OUTSIDE HEAT PUMP UNITS AND REFRIGERANT PIPING TO INDOOR UNIT. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD. 9. REMOVE PORTION OF DUCTWORK FOR INSTALLATION OF MIXING BOX. VERIFY IN FIELD. I I ( — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ------------------------ -- I 3 1 IJ'i �O 17 I I II II II (I SQIeI ICI I II I I I PN _ 1 I D .R h' n A _ I ( I 1 1 36'Xtd' @12'-0j' A.F.F. I L — �36'X1�11'-i Y' A.F.F. I I i I I I I 12•X62' RETURN I )14'-2} AF.F. I I I I i N1 53'X20' @12'- LL I I L- a 6 �- rr —'I 1 1 @ T 26'X531 SUPPLY O o tI L — — — — I—--------------1 1------ —�` // 1> I I -- �I H-C � -o I� J-� l / ��11 II I I II h I/ ILQ U---J < I I I I I Q5 -F-T LY" s — 4-t \------- I \\� �\ \ (= I \ ------------I a --------I \ I x) � 64 - - - - �� 7- ` --I-1 ---- --- ___ z1� I vv`v 1 \ F- t � FYI,I I I -I- O � -t - - - �� Q2 r i -1 I 1 - f I--------- ro10----- I-I------�// [) I I I I j I j j I 11 II .I II o r I ZIDI i 10'X0' UP i t I I � 2 i O THRU DECK l i zo (I I I L___J tag j I 010' @12'- ' A.FF. I I I I — 17 RECEIVED CITY OF T t5Kti ILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTNE)J011qC Y aa3p Lwamu vsx. Mas»0445090 O^1613)M5{ap Q 6Gearary3,akian Gra-,ry.Ci MC2 o.I IEGL^,a3,9im STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Constructionforfoor�r- %fAll Cie LU a oj- V_00 O G tin 4- cQ O CT Lj � J n O - J c/ O Q NT LLI Revisions: Mark Date By A LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8.27.2020 OWNER COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920)445-5007 Seal -- 4 �S`ytONAL G, 8/28/20 EXPIRES Tt-0A'21 Architect / Engineer Job NO 029 Nextore Store Design ReAslon No.: 05 Nextoreproject Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN HVAC -DEMOLITION } fuPP � 11 LJ H10V 16 21-20 City Of TWkWila QUILU."'!G CI'U121CA! Rate Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF M100 Checked By MPR INSTALL HOOD LEVEL ANDSECURE TO CURB BIRD SCREEN WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS 24" INSULATED ROOF NEOPRENE GASKET BY CURB FURNISHED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR ppp���111 HVAC CONTRACTOR - L�1 COUNTERFLASHING BY AND INSTALLED BY (P'O(( HVAC CONTRACTOR GEN. CONTRACTOR 1" EXTERNAL INSULATION EXTEND TO ECONOMIZER/MIXING BOX /� 2" DEEP SOLDERED DRAIN PAIN 2' 4-r INTAKE HOOD DETAIL SCALE ):ONE INSTALL HOOD LEVEL AND SECURE TO CURB WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS 24" INSULATED ROOF CURB FURNISHED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GEN. CONTRACTOR t r EVILtr r mof c'C1w mwmim cn%nEcrrc IA Rar fi'7Z77?ATraW OF ELECmRiL CUNW17S WILL 615 AGaPrAAF. 2. OLOr SMxCE &7200M S WL J£ M7J9ED NV INSTALLED PIER LOCAL ciYLS. NOTE ............. PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE JUNCTION BOXES ARE /�==NOTES: LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR OTHER FIRE WALL. NCE REPORT TO STATE EQUIPMENTTION INCLUDING MODEL NUMBER,UMBER, RATED AND TESTED AMP DRAW,OND TESTED VOLTAGE AND ANYIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO DESIGN AIR FLOW. FILTER MEDIA PRIOR TO TURN OVER T EXAM A>ECAL ROOFTOP UNIT DETAIL Jos CA1E CLG. HT.=8'-0" BIRD SCREEN NEOPRENE GASKET BY HVAC CONTRACTOR COUNTERFLASHING BY HVAC CONTRACTOR „ I ( BACK BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER OF HOUSE INSECT SCREEN 106 CLG. HT.=8'-O' 15 RELIEF HOOD DETAIL DETER E STORAGE scut NONE 116 CLG. HT.=9'-0' THREADED ROD TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (TYP) SEISMIC BRACING CONTACT LENS ROOM (.I.�,P) 104 CLG. HT.=9'-0" FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION (TVP FOR ALL CONNECTIONS) SUPPLY AIR DUCT WITH LOW LOSS FITTING, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZE. R.A. DUCT. SEE FLOOR Lj �I11 PLANS FOR SIZE. SIDE ACCESS DISPOSABLE DIRECT DRIVE FAN WITH FILTERS. INTERNAL VIBRATION ISOLATION SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONDENSATE DRAINS AIR HANDLER INSTALLATION DsCAtE. NONE GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE MOUNTING MFR MODEL No. MODULE SIZE FINISH NOTES S1 SUPPLY MATCH TITUS TMS 24" X 24" PAINT TRIM TO 2,3 AIR CEILING MATCH CLG S4 SUPPLY MATCH TITUS TMS 12" X 12" PAINT TRIM TO 2 3 AIR CEILING MATCH CLG SDS-L SUPPLY MATCH TITUS FL15-HT/ 1.5" SLOT PAINT TRIM TO MATCH CLG 1,4 AIR CEILING L = LENGTH SDR-L RETURN MATCH TITUS FL15-HT/ 1.5" SLOT PAINT TRIM TO 1 AIR CEILING L = LENGTH MATCH CLG R1 RETURN MATCH TITUS 5OF 24" X 2411 PAINT TRIM TO 2 AIR CEILING MATCH CLG R1T RETURN MATCH TITUS 50F FIELD CUT PAINT TRIM TO 2 AIR CEILING MATCH CLG N TE ACES ORES 1. UTILIZE BORDER 66 WITH H1 CLIP OR BORDER 77 AS FIELD CONDITIONS DEMAND. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S P ENUM BOX R FIELD CO ST U , AT CO TR CTOR'S OP 10 AND G VE FIE D CON ITT NS. 2, RAPID MOUNT FRAME (IF SURFACE MOUNTING) 3. SECTORIZING BAFFLES FOR DIRECTIONAL CONTROL WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 4. PROVIDE YOUNGS REGULATOR TO CONTROL BALANCING DAMPER. LOCATE CONTROLLER ABOVE CEILING AT ACCESS PANEL OR ABOVE ADJACENT ACT CEILINGS. : MANUFACTURER LISTED IS TO GIVE DIRECTION ON STYLE AND QUALITY. IT IS NOT THE INTENT OF THE IG TO SINGLE LINE SPECIFY A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER. IF SUBSTITUTING, PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO DRE PM FOR APPROVAL. M00 A LC05 DIFFUSER SCHEDULE OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA 103 CLG. HT.=10'-0" MALE RESTROOM 112 CLG. HT.=8'-0" ALCOVE 08 CLG. HT. =F-O" FEMALE RESTROOM 11 CLG. HT.=8'-0" HALLWAY #2 110 CLG. HT. =9'-0" HALLWAY #1 1 I 107 CLG. HT. =9'-0" I FUTURE PRE -TEST T15 CLG. HT.=8'-0" l6 I m- O m IIn©Bannnl� nnnnomnn_� III,_I� I' 9 KEY NOTES - MECHANICAL PLAN 9 KEY NOTES - MECHANICAL PLAN (CONT) 1. PROVIDE DAMPERS PER DETAIL. 16. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LANDLORD 2. PROVIDE DUCT TAKE OFFS PER DETAIL. HIGH EFFICIENCY FITTINGS SHALL BE PRIOR TO ROUGH IN, HIRE LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR (AT THIS ROOF W uNir USED. SEE DETAIL. CONTRACTORS EXPENSE) FOR ALL ROOFING CHANGES. 3. INSULATE ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK PER APPLICABLE ENERGY/MECHANICAL 17. ROUTE CONDENSATE FROM NOTED UNIT TO LOCATION OF MOP SINK. CODE - MOST RESTRICTIVE TO GOVERN. 18. NOT USED. INTEGRAL Ra270P wwr CUMDEAS4 7E DRAW. 4. REMOTE SENSOR. CONNECT TO MAIN THERMOSTAT. CONDENSATE DRAM PIPE SIZE SHALL BE NO 5. DAMPER IS INSTALLED ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. PROVIDE YOUNGS 19. PROVIDE BACKDRAFT DAMPER IN SUPPLY DUCTWORK BEFORE LESS JNAN ORA1N CO. ON UNIT. REGULATOR AND BOWDEN CABLE. SEE DETAIL. PROVIDE CABLE OPERATED FANCOIL/ERV UNIT. INTERLOCK DAMPER WITH FAN OPERATION ON THE OPEN 10 ATMOSPHEW DAMPERS WHERE DAMPERS ARE INSTALLED OVER GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. UNIT. 6. PROVIDE SCREEN OVER RETURN OPENING. 20. RELIEF HOOD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO REFER TO SPEORCAnCVVS FOR 7. EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN, ROUGH IN. HIRE LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR (AT THIS CONDENSATE MA7ERTAL REOUIZUENTs 8. CONNECT NEW FAN TO EXISTING LANDLORD EXHAUST DUCTWORK. 3 CONDENSATE LINE SHALL Rav OR ROOF 9. REVISE EXISTING GAS LINE AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO NEW RTU. 21. GROUP DAMPER ACTUATORS AT BOARD ABOVE CEILING, AND ACCESSIBLE TO 7NENEAW57-000FARAW AT 10. FIELD FABRICATE DUCT TAKE OFF/TRANSITIONS FOR SIZES INDICATED. FROM BELOW. SLOPE OF NO Less IMAM r/e' PER 11. NOT USED. FOOT: REFER TD PLUMBING PLANS FVR ROUAVr SI2IEE AND DJSafARCE 10S,4 DOW 12. EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. OF CONDENSATE 13, CONNECT OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK FROM ERV-1 TO SUPPLY DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF THE BACKDRAFT DAMPER. (�"i RTU CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL 14. NOT USED. U W 15. INSTALL EXTERIOR HEAT PUMP UNITS IN SAME LOCATION AS EXISTING. X scnLE NONE ROUTE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIMILAR TO EXISTING. URGENT RETAIL RAY -BAN CARELAB SALES AREA AREA 102 ( 101 101E CLG. ITT. =9'-0' CLG. HT.=10'-6" CLG. HT.=10'-6' I 3 EX , i� 1 I '. fa��\t7l t le �I - LL il x SDR-3 1 R1T I 8" DIA " DIA SDS-2 75 CFM 8" DIA R1T 12 R7T 1 1 i "IA 4 100 CF %I�mom 8" DIA DIA I �I I��ii1/ml3 _ SDS-2 6" DIA 1 75 CFM p O O SDR-4 SDR-4 U-1 S 21 DBt Im O,® SDR-8 O � 10" DIA T-DB1 EX 36'X12' @11'-I* A.F.F. 8" DIA 8" DIA SDS-6 300 CFM DB1 SDS-6 8" DIA 8" DIA 300 CFM / DB1 - 1 2 (TYP) D82 12" DIA 12" DIA 10" DIA 10" DIA 10" DIA 10" DIA SDS-8 SDS-8 400 CFM 400 CFM 12" DIA a DB3 _ \ 12" DIA ITYP) OB3 DB2\OS � lJ (t YP) 12" DIA ` 10 10" DIA 10" DIA 10" DIA 10" DIA SDS-8 450 CFM SDS-8 450 CFM B o 8" DIA 10'X10' EXHAUST UP RU DECK SDR-4 t SDR-4 FUTURE OAKLEY PRE -TEST EXAM PRE -TEST AREA 114 113 109 9 101C CLG. ITT. =8'-0" CLG. HT.=&-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HF.=10'-6' HVAC - PLAN INTERIOR STOREFRONT 101A CLG. HT.=12'-7" f :7. u Cc[;- C V LIATi4ur-- ROV 16 21020 Cify of Tak !a C1JILO:. Y CIIIi_.Intil [;ECEIVE'D CITY or- 'f UKWILA SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER 1 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTND<MRE •,am����na•.e M,w,oxasoao ••anal rss�cco 06CreamAy &mI-G-,.. CT STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Constructions for. O 0- O O 't O LL..{-..+ 0 N O cf J ED -C QJ a U C) � '0 ED If 6 Q N Q Q Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 18 19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920)445-5007 Seal 8/28/20 EXPIRES T!'" -7] Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 N.tore project Number 79779 Brand Desion Type: LC .0 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title HVAC PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF M200 Checked By ' MPR v DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCITON AREA PHASE 3 1 T %/////f% mi . III IMF." MALL CORRIDOR DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA (PHASE 1) v w T DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA T MALL CORRIDOR MALL CORRIDOR PHASE 3 MALL CORRIDOR 3 DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA (PHASE 3) 0 0 O MtiLL CORRIDOR 4 DEMOLITION PHA ) /////o/////////�/// ////!//:,%////1/ /%/�/O//////////// X �pv4 a i ■ 0 ° m a s ■ � a ■ a ■ a � � a m a 0 ■ ■ ■ e p 0 a a Z 0 Ov ° a ■ a � s a a a ■ ■ ■ m ■ a ■ m /a■ve DEMOLITION AND NEW MALL CORRIDOR CONSTRUCTION AREA PHASE 2 2 DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA (PHASE 2) GENERAL NOTES t. REFERENCE THE PHASING PLANS CREATED BY THE ARCHITECT FOR MORE SPECIFIC PROJECT INFORMATION. 2, PROVIDE BRANCH DUCTING TO DIFFUSER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION AREAS. ALL BRANCH DUCTS TO HAVE MANUAL DAMPERS FOR BALANCING PURPOSES, 3. PROVIDE AIR AT THE INDICATED RATE SHOWN ON THE PLAN. 4. DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE NEW AND SHALL BE USED AS FINAL INSTALLED DIFFUSERS AT THE END OF USE OF THE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTED AREA. 5. RETURN GRILLS SHALL BE OPEN TO THE PLENUM, OR CONNECTED TO EXISTING RETURN DUCTWORK IN THE SPACE THAT HAS DUCTED RETURNS. 6. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE USED AS FINAL INSTALLED FIXTURES AT THE END OF USE OF THE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTED AREA. 7. ALL SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORDS SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, AT THIS CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. INCLUDE THEIR WORK IN YOUR BIDS. 8. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RECESSED OR SEMI -RECESSED TYPE AS INDICATED ON THE FIRE PROTECTION PLANS WITH FACTORY PAINTED CUSTOM COLOR FACE PLATES. PLACE ORDER FOR FACE PLATES EARLY IN JOB. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. 9. ALL NOTES AND GENERAL CONTENT FROM THE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS SHALL APPLY TO THE PHASING CONSTRUCTION AREA AS APPLICABLE. KEY NOTES - MECHANICAL/PLUMBING/FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 1. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCTING TO DIFFUSER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED AND CONNECT TO SALES FLOOR SUPPLY DUCT THAT IS AT LEAST 12" DIAMETER, ALL BRANCH DUCTS TO HAVE MANUAL DAMPERS FOR BALANCING PURPOSES. CCU Cv:% �IAiac� IIECEIVED CITYCF-iUIWILA Itlov 16 2"uD SFP 23 2020 C �/ of Tutv,:l*l PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NBaDRE •450luecnu Poax. Max:n O.i a6� •��(513I]666To 061 1 e1 mx —1 1111-y. CTW26 ••t (fl6z 43i-9]D] STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Constructions for Ltd' J CD Z� o� 00 Tof v O O o o J �0 Q7 OC)_ C" 1UZ L � O to p Q Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A2-28 20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS a8-14.2020 OWNER COMMENTS _ 8-27-202C OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal aa�o as 8/28/20 w Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Neutore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title MECHANICAL/ PLUMBING/FP PHASING PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF MP201 Checked By MPR A LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE - LENSCRAFTERS INLINE ALL NEW FIXTURES ARE OWNER SUPPLIED, EC INSTALLED T S RI N NU A E DEL M8 R LAMP FIXTURE WrTTS NOTES I IS C L L E PEMIF A21. 2OW RECESSED 2X2 LED PANEL ENVISION LED-BPL-2X2-PC-CCT-HL-20-30K WHITE 120V 2OW LED CHIP, 0-10V DIMMING 1 20 Az 20W RECESSED 2X2 LED PANEL W/1320 LUM RESTICKERED (20W) INCANDESCENT CAN WITH L RL38-ICESA (HOUSING); CTR3802-P-W (BLACK 2 1 F R i 3 D G2L INOTUSED 62LE NOT USED Ml 2 LAMP, WITH BLACK TRIM BLACK INTERIOR, LED DOWNLIGHT, 15 DEGREE OPTIC VIABIZZUNO MINITRAFFIC-Ml BLACK 120V 16.81N, 300DK, 92 CRT 2 33.6 M2E NOT USED M3 2 LAMP, WITH BLACK TRIM BLACK INTERIOR, LED DOWNLIGHT, 31 DEGREE OPTIC VIABIZZUNO MINITRAFFIC-M3 BLACK 120V 16.8W, 3000K, 92 CRT 2 33.6 El SLACKTRACK HEAD, 15 DEGREE OPTICS VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK - El BLACK 120V 20.SW, 3000K, 92 CRT 1 1 20.5 Era IBLACKTRACK HEAD, 24 DEGREE OPTICS VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-E2 BLACK 120V 20.5W, 3000K, 92 CRT 1 20.5 E3 BLACK TRACK HEAD, 31 DEGREE OPTICS VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-E3 BLACK 120V 20.SW, 3000K, 92 CRT 1 20.5 I## TRACK, BLACK FINISH, FIELD CUT TO MATCH SIZE ON PLANS, PROVIDE END FEEDS AND CONNECTORS AS REQUIRED VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-T1, T2, T3, T4, T# BLACK 120V N/A X1RW WHITE, SEMI -RECESSED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM LED EDGE UT EXIT SIGN, RED LETTERS, CEILING MOUNTED UGHTALARMS SPLEDWRCD(WHITE) WHITE 120/277 LEDW/UNIT 3 1 CLP-#A TRACK CURRENT LIMITER PANEL THE"If" INDICATES THE AMPACITY OF THE CURRENT LIMITER. SEE PLANS. ACUITY/SILVER BULLET 3 STANDARD 120V N/A T 4 - 0 7 - P-5 ( - - A 1 -1 (1)-SM CONTROLS COS CEI LING OCCUPANCYSENSOR SENSORSWITCH CM-PDT-10 WHITE OS WALLOCCUPANCY SENSOR MS-A102-WH WHITE O50 IWALLOCCUPANCYSENSOR/DIMMER �LLFMON LUTRON MS-Z101 WHITE D ISLIDEDIMMER GREENGATE WBSD-010SLD-W WHITE NOTES: 1. SEMI RECESSED EDGE UT EXIT SIGN WITH RED LETTERS FOR CEI UNG MOUNTING. WHITE FINISH FOR CANOPY WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. REDLEDINCLUDED. 2. POWERS FIXTURES IN THE EVENT OF A POWER FAILURE. SEE WIRING DETAIL. GENERAL: SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE WALL OCCUPANCY SENSORS, DIMMERS, AND/OR COMBINATION SENSORS/DIMMERS. SEE PLANS FOR EXACT QUANTITY. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIORTO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT, CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS (ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) - HOMERUN TO PANEL AND CIRCUIT INDICATED OD RECESSED DOWNLIGHT. DESIGNATIONS VARY - SEE PLANS. XX-## ® ILLUMINATED "EXIT" SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURE. CEILING MOUNTED OR � WALL MOUNTED. PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED ON PANEL CIRCUIT FLOOR PLANS. ---- INFLOOR/UNDERFLOOR CONDUIT/WIRE Q WIFI QM MOTION DETECTOR O JUNCTION BOX TC LIGHTING TIME CLOCK DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE, 20 AMPERE, MOUNTED AT 18" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: �7 V DATA OUTLET: MOUNTED AT 18" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. "2" INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBER PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING AND 3/4" CONDUIT TO "E" EXISTING TO REMAIN ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR HEIGHTS. "WP" INDICATES WEATHERPROOF COVER "D" DEDICATED CIRCUIT /""� SWITCHED WIRING "GFP INDICATES GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER TYPE °R" INDICATES RECESSED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, GROUNDING` 1' HOMERUN TYPE, 20 AMPERE, MOUNTED AT 18" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 725 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMPERE MOUNTED ® MOTOR IN FLOOR BOX. "CLG" INDICATES MOUNTED IN CEILING DOOR BELL EXTERIOR PUSH BUTTON ® COMBINATION DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND VOICE/DATA OUTLET T cJ DOOR BELL TRANSFORMER AND SIGNAL MOUNTED IN FLOOR BOX. ® DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMPERE O SPEAKER MOUNTED IN FLOOR BOX. ® COMMUNICATIONS FLOOR BOX SECURITY CAMERA SWITCH - SINGLE POLE TOGGLE TYPE - 120/277 VOLT, 1-HP RATED, 20 AMPERE, MOUNTED AT 48" AT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE ONLY SHOWN FOR PREFERENTIAL LOCATION. FINAL LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY LL AND "3" INDICATES THREE WAY SWITCH FIRE ALARM ENGINEER- VERIFY PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. "4" INDICATES FOUR WAY SWITCH °C" INDICATES SWITCH MOUNTED 8" ABOVE COUNTER a FIRE ALARM MANUAL. PULL STATION MOUNTED AT 48" AFF. 'OS" INDICATES OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH "D' INDICATES DIMMER SWITCH - WATTAGE AS INDICATED ON PANEL FIRE ALARM AUDIOVISUAL ALARM SIGNAL WALL MOUNTED AT 80" AFF. SCHEDULE. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL INCLUDE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR ❑V FIRE ALARM VISUAL ONLY ALARM SIGNAL WALL MOUNTED AT 80" AFF. 'MS'SWITCH USED AS A MASTER OVER OTHER SWITCHES IN THE ROOM Q CLG FIRE ALARM VISUAL ONLY ALARM SIGNAL CEILING MOUNTED OS CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANT SENSOR CLG FIRE ALARM AUDIOVISUAL ALARM SIGNAL CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE: "AD" INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE °a" INDICATES SWITCH CL CONTROL. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION. ® FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR TL TRACK AND TRACK MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE (DESIGNATIONS VARY - �- FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR - DUCT MOUNTED #T-S SEE PLANS) DIVISION 16000 - ELECTRICAL PARTI- GENERAL A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. 5. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE, LIGHTING, AND RELATED WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR THE USE OF ALL TRADES DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1. SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVELOF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY CLARIFYE CABLING & NETWORKING QA CHECKLIST To be completed by project Monager on Monday the week of the CLARIFYE Installation Ifanyaf the tasks orlabe/sore not completedmonctly, escalate to the onstefleet Renewot Managerimmedid". ' (k' Confrm the modem is extended Into the ODC (If the Internet service does not have a modem and Is Is just a jack, conflrm the Jack is patched over to the DOC) Confirm the modem 4labeled as the "CLARIFYE Modem" Confirm the DDC has a 48 port patch panel Installed Confirm there is a switch in the DEC labeled as"Donor Switch"AB, { ft L Confirm Cisco Meraki wireless router mounted to the wall W from the flooron the centerline above the DDC Confirm the Cisco Meraki wireless router is labeled asthe "CLARIFYE Router° Confirm there is a 6 port data jack Y10" from the floor and 8" from the centerline of the DDC Confirm there is a power outlet 5'10"from the floor and W from the centerline of the DOC Confirm Cisco Merald wireless motoris onlineWith a solid white status light -the Conflme Recessed Entertainment Box is Installed 6'r from the floorand T 4" from the right hand all when facing the box Confine the cable runs bathe wireless access points are to the cored locations and labeled on the ceiling Version:3/23/2018 RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1. DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. PART 2-PRODUCTS A. WIRING DEVICES 1. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE, NEMA 5-20R, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. I.I. SPECIFICATION GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHALL BE HUBBELL #5362 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, HEAVY DUTY, WHITE. 1.3. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFI) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE TOGGLE OPERATED, QUIET TYPE, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 120/277 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. THREE WAY AND FOUR WAY SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2.1. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1221 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120/277V, WHITE. 2.2. THREE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1223 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120/277V, WHITE. 3. DIMMERS SHALL BE LEVITON SLIDING DIMMER SWITCH, OF A RATING, VOLTAGE AND WATTAGE SUITABLE FOR LOAD SERVED. COLORS OF DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL WHITE. 4. COMBINATION WALL DIMMER/OCCUPANT SENSOR SHALL BE LUTRON MAESTRO 0-10V DIMMER WITH INTEGRAL PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANT SENSING, AVAILABLE IN 1-WAY OR 3-WAY CONFIGURATIONS. COLOR TO BE WHITE. VERIFY LOAD SERVED IS COMPATIBLE PRIOR TO ORDERING. 5. WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. 6. COVERPLATES FOR POWER, DATA & TELEPHONE SHALL BE LEVITON OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHITE, PLASTIC. 7. LIGHTING CONTRACTORS SHALL BE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRICALLY HELD, 120V, COIL, 20A. REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER OF POLES. B. LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE LOAD CENTERS (PANELS) 1. BRANCH CIRCUIT LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT TYPE, WITH MAIN LUGS OR MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE AS INDICATED, BRANCH OVERCURRENT DEVICES AS NOTED AND AN EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR, ALL IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURE. MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY SHALL BE 10,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 120/208V, AND 14,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 277/480V APPLICATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LOAD CENTERS MUST BE SELECTED TO FIT IN A STANDARD STUD WALL. 2. LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, ITE/SIEMENS AND WESTINGHOUSE/CUTLER HAMMER, C. FIXTURES AND LAMPS 1. ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.. D. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. ALL WORK RELATED TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WILL PROVIDE SPECIFICS ON THE SYSTEM. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL MISCELLANEOUS 1. ALL CONDUIT RUN IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED. 2. 2. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARDS WITH BRANCH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS. PANELBOARDS, FEEDER DEVICES, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND STARTERS SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16. 3. INSTALL HANDLE GUARDS ON ALL BREAKERS FOR NIGHT LIGHTING, EMERGENCY AND SIMILAR CIRCUITS. 4. ALL FLUSH MOUNTED;LOADCENTERS SHALL HAVE (3) 3/4" EMPTY CONDUITS INSTALLED TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR FUTURE USE. 5. THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC. SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REASONABLE CHANGES IN LOCATION UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING -IN, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. B. GROUNDING 1. GROUNDING OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MEANS OF AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED WITH ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE (SUCH AS ARTICLE 517). C TESTS 1. TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS, AND PROPER FUNCTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. D. DEMOLITION 1. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IF APPLICABLE, SHALL BE PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. Date Completed: Completed By: I GENERAL NOTES I A. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. B. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. IF PLAN LOCATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. C. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, E.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. D. E.C. SHALL RELAMP ALL FIXTURES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING BUT NOT DURING HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. E. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE 412 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. F. E.C.'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY NEXTORE. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY, IF THIS IS THE CASE, CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL THE LIGHTING DISTRIBUTOR FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, E.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH NEXTORE. G. E.C. SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. H. E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. 1. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE BOX TO THE FINISHED FLOOR ARE AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLAN: SWITCHES-48% ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLETS-18% TOP OF PANELBOARDS-6-6", TIMECLOCKS 5-0". FOR ALL LENS PROCESSING ROOM OUTLET MOUNTING HEIGHTS SEE EQUIPMENT WIRING SCHEDULE. J. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MILLWORK, INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 12'-0". K. IF INSTALLATION VARIES FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS FROM THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUBMITTING SAME TO NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. L. IT IS THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROPERLY BALANCE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE PHASES OF THE SYSTEM (WITH -IN 10%). M. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. N. ALL OUTLETS IN THE LENS PROCESSING ROOM ARE TO BE LABELED WITH PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER 0. THE E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. P. SEE DATA RISER ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, Q. PROVIDE POWER, TELEPHONE AND DATA CONDUIT WITHIN FLOOR, BETWEEN FIXTURE AND NEAREST WALL AS INDICATED ON PLANS. METHOD OF CORE DRILLING SHALL BE PER BUILDING REQUIREMENTS. ALL CORE DRILL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE CONDUIT PER NEC PROVIDE FOR X-RAY OF FLOOR WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. >�-z1 1 } - E k "` ~W ." #eE , ?k 1 T ¢,." protest DDCPatrh Panel 2 F "? '1 rewaafldadsare '< .T it(fat x Cp)![FtmaB pbkttxn"; h Txy'x ,� `L ). lf°rtatdV„T#tl, bofil, tes{gd 6Y , P1A.P38 PIA -PIE Pretestl DOC Patch Panel 2 PIC-PID PSC-PSD pretest DEC Patch Panel 2 P1E-P1F PIE-PSF Alcove Or Pretest 2 ODCPnch Panel 2 P2A-P28 PMA1`21 Alcove Or Pretest 2 DEC Patch Panel 2 P2C-P2D P2C-P2D Alcove Or Pretest 2 DDC Patch Panel 2 P2E-P2F P2E-P2F Pretest DDC Patch Panel 2 P3A-P3B P3A-P38 Pmast3 DOC Patch Panel 2 P3C-P3D P3C-P3D Preteat3 DEC Patch Panel 2 P3E-P3F P3E-P3F OD Reception DDC Patch Panel I R3 RI OD Reception DDC Patch Panel 1 R2 R2 OD Reception DEC Patch Panel 1 R3 R3 Exam Deskl ODC Patch Panel 2 EIA&EIB EIA&Eta Exam 1 Recessed Box DDC Patch Panel I E1C E1C Exam Desk DEC Patch Panel 2 E2A IS, E2B EZA&E28 Exam211ecessed Box DOC Patch Panel 1 E2C E2C Exam Desk 3 DOC Patch Panel 2 E3A & E38 EA & GO Exam311ecessed Box DEC Patch Panel 1 E3C E3C Wireless Acces Point 1 DDC Patch Panel 1 APE API Wireles Access Point 2 DDC Patch Panel I AP2 AP2 6-Pmt Data Jack Above DDC DOC Patch Panel 1 1 1 6-Port Data Jack Above DEC DOC Patch Panel 1 2 2 6PmtData Jack Above DDC DDC Patch Panel 1 3 3 6-Port Datalack Above DDC DDC Patch Panel 1 4 4 6-Part Data Jack Above DDC DDCPatchPanel 1 5 5 6-Port Datalack Above DOC DDC Patch Panel 1 6 6 LensCrafters Backboard DDC Patch Panel 1 CM CM LensCrafters Ba--ld DEC Patch Panel I. BB BB CLARIFYE CHECKLIST REV O.O.Arx m1�1 nECEIVED CITY OF iUKWILA ;=o< SFP 2 3 2020 cll, c" ccc' LPL{�li'Svr PERMIT CENTER NOV 16 NZ20 City of Tukvilla E,UILUNIG DIVISION DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTNBOORE 04S0 tunmv ese. Maw, ONdSWa 0-,aa)]65 Y scre„nwre,ax sas mr.er. crtsczs 0-t lase, a' STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4P416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. O O O (6 -C .L) p O no tll U v- c6 O CL c ED 'AO D J to O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12.18 '9 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS QB-22-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal 4' F Q71ST6�� �4W �SSIGNAL 0, 8/28/20 EXPIRES 12.0" Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand cession Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: M Construction Title ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E001 Checked By MPR 04 4 V O M O 05803-00 LC-05803-00 CASH DESK RIGHT ----------- II L.- - 2'-2" - - L ----------- ---- 2 5 t 6 r 1 32' 4 1' LC-05806-00_OD RETAIL CASI-IDE-Z LELT___ 1 1 05832-00 LC-05832-00 BACKWRAP CABINET OD AREA 00411-01 -- 91. 2'-3" V-6" - ---- J OUTLET TO BE SWITCHED. 71 U— IT 00411-01 00422- 03400 01 S-00411-01 WALL UNIT 54" OKC-00422-00_CUSTOM RB-03400-01 WALL UNIT 48" Electrical Re uirements Driver #1 (wattage): 90 W Driver #2 watta e 90 W Driver #3 tag : SOW Driver #4(wattage): Total LED Lighting Watts 238 W 5'-5" _= finished floor I C7C7 C7C7 t—JL� OO C7Q C7C7 �)-t-7C7 C7C7 moo.- L—.--_.._-_ 5'-5" finished floor _ _ LuxuRY - -- 05432-01 05431-00 05401-00 LC-05401-00 WALL UNIT 48 LC-05431-00 WALL UNIT 24 LC-05432-01 WALL UNIT 24 LAC WITH MIRROR 02/24/2020 WITH MIRROR 02/24j202 0; i mpopoiTim�iYl_ mulailre Y 05450-00 LC-05450-00 MIRROR 24 Rol �1 11 ` • •'CA. • 2'_3" 4'_51„ 24/7 24/7 1-0 05821-00 LC-05821-00 BACKWRAP CABINET 4X55" DVD-R INTECH RACKORAT CAMERA PHONE BOARD -SEE PLANS El (QUANTITY ON PLAN) — ®® QUADRUPLEX ® ® F RECEPTACLE MONITOR 1. EXTEND CABLE TO PROPOSED HEAD END EQUIPMENT LOCATION. PROVIDE ENOUGH EXCESS CABLE TO REACH ANY WALL IN BACK ROOM. COIL AND MARK CABLE AS CCTV. HEAD END EQUIPMENT LOCATION MUST BE WITHIN 10' OFTHE'NETWORK SWITCH ACCESS'. 2. FOR CAMERAS, PROVIDE WHITE PLENUM RATED CAT 6 CABLING, COIL 15' OF CABLING AT EACH CAMERA LOCATION FOR CONNECTIONS. 3. PROVIDE R)-45 CONNECTORS AT CAMERA LOCATIONS ONLY. CONNECTORS NOT NEEDED AT THE HEAD END EQUIPMENT LOCATION. OOS CCTV SYSTEM RISER LIGHTING INVERTER, LINE VOLTAGE IN, LINE VOLTAGE OUT 120V AC AREA LIGHT SWITCH, OCCUPANT SENSOR ETC. NEUTRAL GROUND �23 23� �T 00216-00 )0216-00 _ 54" LIGHTBOX APHIC ICROWA\ - FRIDGE PLAN VIEW 2 OUTLETS WITH (4) USB PORTS - HUBBELL US615X2W 24"W X 8" D SHELF O MICRO p FRIDGE MICROWAVE AND FRIDGE FURNISHED AND �i INSTALLED BY TENANT. DUPLEX OUTLET ON DEDICATED 20A CIRCUIT ELEVATION E010 MICROWAVE, EVAT ONREFRIGERATOR, USB EDWARDS #852 -24V.SYSTEM CONNECT TO 120V AC, SWITCHED NEAREST 120V, 24V CONVENIENCE SEC RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. N NON -SALES SALES BUZZER ( AREA EMERGENCY 120V TO 24V SYSTEM BUZZER (ABOVE AT CASH LIGHT FIXTURES. NEUTRAL TRANSFORMER IN REAR DOOR} WRAP NEMA 1ENCLOSURE EDWARDS EDWARDS EDWARDS #592 #340-4G5- #340-4G5- AREA NON -EMERGENCY 24VAC 24VAC LIGHT FIXTURES. EMERGENCY LIGHTING WIRING SCHEMATIC - EOOO DOOR ENTRY BELL SYSTEM RISER WHEN INVERTER IS APPLIED Eooa E006 3 3 3 17-1 2 $ 1 9 m o o m o s o s a m 9 9 B e m e s FLABEL L L L SW2 SW3SW4SW5SW6 SS W7 SW8 SW1W9 LABEL TO BE PRINTED (WITH A LABEL MAKER), BLACK INK ON CLEAR BACKGROUND. TEXT OF LABEL TO MATCH TEXT OF DESCRIPTION SHOWN IN COIL PORTION OF DETAIL. EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE COIL CIRCUIT B-24 B-26 B-28 B-30 B-32 B-34 B-36 B-2 DIGITAL TIMER SWITCH FOR COIL BYPASS. SET TIMER TO 2 HOURS, SWITCH ALLOWS STORE OCCUPANTS TO BYPASS THE TIMED SCHEDULE FOR A SET TIME PERIOD. LOAD DESCRIPTION SWITCH # ~STOREFRONT LIGHTING STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES SALES PERIMETER OUTLETS SALES TRACK SALES TRACK SALES TRACK S sT 3 SALES TRACK TAG EQUIPMENT FURNISH BY: INSTALLED BY: 1 2 WALL SHELF AMPLIFIER VENDOR VENDOR VENDOR VENDOR 3 SPEAKER WIRE VENDOR VENDOR 4 SPEAKER VENDOR VENDOR 5 SPEAKER BAFFLE I VENDOR I VENDOR E007 SOUND SYSTEM RISER SIGN POWER CIRCUIT; 2 CHANNEL, SEE PANEL SCHEDULE ASTRONOMIC CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL COIL CIRCUIT SEE PLANS SEE PLANS �I SEE PLANS ROUTETHROUGH I) SWITCHING FOR SEE PLANS INDEPENDENT, �I SEE PLANS SECONDARY CONTROL. SEE MASTER SWITCHING � I �I SEE PLANS DETAIL. SEE PLANS �i SEE PLANS �I 10-POLE SQUARE-D LIGHTING CONTACTOR ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR "A" 8-POLE SQUARE-D LIGHTING STORE EXTERIOR SIGN CONTACTOR ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR "B" CONTACTOR TO BE SQUARE D OR EQUAL, 20A CONTACTS, ELECTRICALLY HELD IN NEMA1 ENCLOSURE. INSTALL ABOVE CEILING (WHEN A CEILING IS PRESENT) WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE. COIL CIRCUIT B-4 B-22 A-40 A-42 B-25 8-POLE SQUARE-D LIGHTING CONTACTOR ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR C" st CCr!✓ � CC,* �;6V 16 no Ciy of Tu!<.v!ila GUILD! ,!O Di'ldi` 21 CiECEIVELD1 CITY CF i i.IVNIL A SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTumammmmmm= In MD(MIRE ann mm .4fCOl o Y:ax.Masvte sm O-1i ]65390 06Crea.rcy Bccic Fast La°by. Ci p6926 ®•i (E6�<3�9]ro STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Constructions for. u v ! CL rh � O O � 00 U O 0 0 --I ED C GIG GIU r- U — ra O EO (O UO O :3_ � O <t doh' Revisions: Mark Date By Qj �2 t8-99 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Qp 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, W154173 (920) 445-5007 8/28/20 EXPIRES i2-0D41-1 Architect ( Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No, 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title ELECTRICAL DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E002 Checked By MPR E033 SWITCH BANK AND ASSOCIATED CONTACTORS, PHOTOSWITCH WHEN EXTERIOR CONTROL IS REQUIRED E033 I I I I I I I �II I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I +i iI iI iI I I I I i I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 14— I I I 1 I I I I HI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I K 1} I P-1-21�_lI Im ° cI o+„a. NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL FPAEL PLAN FOR START POINT. COORDINATE WITH THE GC. LOAD CALCULATE AT FOUR LOADS AT VA PER CIRCUIT AND ONE LOAD AT 768 5 CIRCUITS REQUIRED. 4W x 9H LED WALL (LW02) 91. 1,_3„ O O O ® OOO OO - 00361-00 OKC-00361-00 OAKLEY PRESCRIPTION TA SIGN IS INSTALLED IN BACKWRAP AND POWER IS SUPPLIED FROM BEHIND BACKWRAP. O Goo [�K IL OKS-00201-00 OAKLEY SIGN HORIZONTAL LC-05305-00 SELECT TABLE SINGLE PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND SWITCH IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION, ABOVE CEILING, TO FEED SIGN. Jpower supply J from the ceiling GVI ENQMS 05865-00 02201-00 ryn r RB-MTL DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NB<MPtE Oaxoiaasti v:,. um oassoan •., Is,37>6s.sxo GFi 06 CreaTay&cck Ea 7'by.CT,-6 0., GFI STORE #79779 4 - S(4UTHCENTER MALL o ,3" 4," SPACE #4'16 — 41" 13" SEATTLE, WA 98188 — Construction for. 5'-1" GFI ---1 GFI Z VimZ3 CD o U. l7 p 3 XB-FILE-4V 13 q OPTICAL STATION EID1 CONTACT LENS E703 CONTACT LENS E1oa o 0 E1 O ELECTRICAL INFORMATION E103 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION E104 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION O 2:1M � •V O n X SEE PLAN -Q �. � J L/i CD Qo -- - ®� Uj VERIFY INSTALLATION OF DEVICES WITH GC OUTLINE OF LOW PROFILE PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. DEVICES ARE TO BE LEVITON 47617-REB, ACCESSIBLE - DO NOT INSTALL BEHIND DOORS Revisions: WHITE FINISH, RECESSED OR FILE CABINETS. o e o Mark Date By ENTERTAINMENT BOX. SE-OD03 SE-OD03 Q 12.8-19 4 IANDLORDCOMMENTS WALL JACK 1 1/2" CONDUIT ROUTED a c NSTALLATIONR PHONE ■ 40. 05370-00 NO Electrical Requirements PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXAND SWITCH INACCESSIBLE LOCATION, ABOVE CEILING, LING, TO FEED SIGN. J LENSCC RAFTErRS 05860-00 LC-05860-00 LC SIGNAGE SMALL 05303-00 00300-00 7"If _ NO Electrical Requirements ® _ 02/24/20: 00300 00 CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX TO JUNCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK. PROVIDE PULL STRING, VERIFY INSTALLATION OF DEVICES WITH GC PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. DEVICES ARE TO BE ACCESSIBLE - DO NOT INSTALL BEHIND DOORS OR FILE CABINETS. WALL JACK FOR PHONE INSTALLATION. ..... ......... 4 SE-O Ol_L 11/2••CON DUITROUTED ELEVATION ELEVATION CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX TO JUNCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK. PROVIDE PULL STRING. Gfi--- ---w0O 3E_OD03-- SE-OD03 EQ100A EQ6A SE-OD01 OPTOS ! _ PLAN PLAN 1/2" CONDUIT ROUTED 7NCEALED FROM JTERTAINMENT BOX TO INCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK PROVIDE PULL STRING. REFRACTION ROOM EQUIPMENT SE-OD01 DOCTOR'S DESK OUTLINE OF LOW PROFILE LEVITON 47617-REB, WHITE FINISH, RECESSED ENTERTAINMENT BOX. 1 1/2" CONDUIT ROUTED CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX TO JUNCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK. PROVIDE PULL STRING. '4 Hov 16 2423 st:. Ci`y cf TUkS ;,la I'_;,i'I!wi`�P nneign CITY LZi~'fi3KWILA SFP 2 3 ,2020 —PERMIT CENTER y 2-2&20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Rolnes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920)445-5007 Seal '& _ 4'�� . FSSrONAL Vtia 8/28/20 EXPwEs 1ZU9.21—� Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Contraction Title ELECTRICAL DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By Checked By STAFF E003 MPR ROOM LCO01 (E ECT ICAL INFORM)ATIION ( / ) , ' 1"') /j c 0 PATCH PANEL "PPA" - 24 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) OS LABEL DESC IPTI N OS LABEL DESCRIP ION OS LABEL DES RIPTIO OS LABEL DESCRIPTION 1 PPA1 WORK COUNTER 7 PPA7 WORK COUNTER 13 PPA13 EXAM ROOM 01 - WALL PHONE 19 PPA19 I SPACE 2 PPA2 WORK COUNTER 8 PPA8 WORK COUNTER 14 PPA14 EXAM ROOM 41 20 PPA20 SPACE 3 PPA3 WORK COUNTER 9 PPA9 RECEPTION DESK 15 PPA15 EXAM ROOM #2 - WALL PHONE 21 PPA21 SPACE 4 PPA4 WORK COUNTER 10 PPA10 RECEPTION DESK 16 PPA16 EXAM ROOM #2 22 PPA22 PACE 5 PEAS WORK COUNTER 11 PPA11 RECEPTION DESK 17 PPA17 SPACE 23 PPA2 SPA E 3 6 PPA6 WORK COUNTER 12 PPA12 SPACE 18 PPA18 SPACE 24 PPA24 SPACE ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN, ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS, WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR, PROVIDE 1-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL. 0 PATCH PANEL "PPB" - 24 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) OS LABEL DESCRIPTION 05 LABEL DESCRIPTION OS LABEL DE RIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTION 1 PP81 SPACE 7 PPB7 SPACE 13 PPB13 CONTACT LENS 19 PP819 SPACE 2 PPB2 SPACE 8 PPB8 SPACE 14 PPB14 CONTACT LENS 20 PP020 SPACE 3 PPB3 SP CE 9 PPB9 TRAFFIC COUNTER 15 PPB15 SPACE 21 PP921 SPACE 4 PP64 SELECTION TABLE 10 PPB10 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT 16 PPB16 SPACE 22 PPB22 SPACE 5 P O DI CA 3 11 PPB11 SPACE 17 PPB17 SPACE 23 PPB23 SPACE 6 PP16 SPACE 12 PPB12 SPACE 18 PPB18 SPACE 24 PP824 SPACE ROUTE CATEGORY-6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR, PROVIDE J-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL. p PATCH PANEL "PPC" - 24 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) �OS LABELI DESCRIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTI N 1 PPC7 IF SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 7 PPC7 IF SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 13 P C13 IP SURVEILLA C CA R 19 PPC1 SPACE 2 PPC2 IF SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 8 PPC8 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 14 PPC14 IP SURVOH CE CAMERA 20 PPC2 SPACE 3 PPC3 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 9 PPC9 IF SURVEILLANCE CAMERA -5 PC1 P PALE 3 21 PPC2- SPACE 4 PPC4 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 10 PPC10 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 16 PPC1 SPACE 22 PPC2 SPACE 5 PPC5 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 11 PPC11 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 17 PPC1 SPACE 23 PPC23 SPACE 6 PPC6 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 12 PPC12 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 18 PPC1 SPACE 24 PPC2 SPACE ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR PROVIDE 1-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL. p PATCH PANEL "PPD" - 48 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) OS LABELI DESCRIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTION OS LABEL DESCRIPTION O LABEL DESCRIPTION 1 PPD7 I PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 13 1 PPD13 SALES AREA LED WALL 25 PPD25 SALES AREA CASH DESK 37 PPD371 SPACE 2 PPD2 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 14 PPD14 SALES AREA LED WALL 26 PPD26 SALES AREA CASH DESK 38 PPD38 SPACE 3 PPD3 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 15 PPD15 SALES AREA LED WALL 27 PPD27 SALES AREA CASH DESK 39 PPD39 SPACE 4 PPD4 PE METE DIS LAY CASE 16 PP 16 LES A A l L 28 PPD28 SALES AREA CASH DESK 40 PPD40 SPACE 5 PPDS P RIMETER DISPLAY CASE 17 PD17 SALES AREA LED WALL N 29 PPD29 SPACE 41 PPD41 SPACE 6 PPD6 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 1 18 PPD18 SALES AREA LED WALL 30 PPD30 LAB 42 PPD42 SPACE 7 PP 7 P 3 18 PP019 SPACE 3 31 PPD31 LAB 43 PPD43 SPACE 8 PPD 8 SPACE 20 PPD20 SPACE 32 PPD32 LAB 44 PPD44 SPACE 9 PPD9 SPACE 2- PP 2 S E AR A CA H DE K 33 PPD33 LAB 4 45 PPD45 SPACE 10 PP 70 SP 22 PPD22 SALES AREA CASH DESK 34 P2234 -'PAC 46 PPD46 SPACE 11 PPD71 SALES AREA LED WALL 23 PPD23 SALES AREA CASH DESK 35 PPD35 SPACE 47 PPD47 SPACE 12 PPD12 SALES AREA LED WALL 24 PPD24 SALES AREA CASH DESK 36 PPD36I ACE 148 1 PPD481 SPACE ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR PROVIDE J-HOOKS AT BET INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL. LCO02 I NETWORK DIAGRAM LENSCRAFTERS EQUIPMENT FURNISHED INSTALLED DATA/TECH RACK EC EC DATA WIRING EC EC PATCH PANELS EC EC DATAJACKS EC EC TRAFFIC COUNTER VENDOR VENDOR DATA WIRING EC EC SURVEILLANCE CAMERA VENDOR VENDOR DATA WIRING EC EC SOUNDSYSTEM VENDOR VENDOR RECEPTACLES(UNSWITCHED) EC EC HEAD END EQUIPMENT VENDOR VENDOR SPEAKER WIRING (ACT CEILING) VENDOR VENDOR SPEAKER WIRING (GYP CEILING) VENDOR VENDOR RACEWAYSYSTEM TO SPEAKERS WHEN A GYP CEILING IS INSTALLED, PROVIDE PULL WIRE EC EC SPEAKER VENDOR VENDOR LED WALLS RECEPTACLES(UNSWITCHED) EC EC DATA OUTLETS, TERMINATED AND TESTED EC EC DATA WIRING BACK TO PATCH PANEL EC JEC POWER WIRING BETWEEN COMPONENTS VENDOR VENDOR DATA WIRING BETWEEN COMPONENTS VENDOR VENDOR MEDIA PLAYER VENDOR VENDOR MEDIA PLAYER SHELF EC EC PROGRAMMING VENDOR VENDOR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD EC EC CONDUIT FROM LL ROOM TO TENANT SPACE EC/LL PER LEASE EC/LL PER LEASE WIRING FROM THE LL ROOMTO THETENANTSPACE EC EC PLYWOOD BACKBOARD EC EC BACKWRAP EQUIPMENT D-LINKSWITCH VENDOR VENDOR EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS CATEGORYISCABLE: GENERAL CABLE 7141849 PLENUM RATED, BLUEJACKET EC EC LC AND LCMONLY: CATEGORY 6MODULAR JACK (WHITE): PANDUIT06XSSTGW EC EC 24 PORT PATCH PANELS: PANDUITDP24GX88TGY EC EC 48 PORT PATCH PAN ELSE PANDUITDP486X88TGY EC EC EQUIPMENT RACKS EC EC WALL MOUNTED RACK: MIDDLE ATLANTIC WM-15-18 (30"H X 20"W - 15RU) EC EC 1U VENTED SHELF: MIDDLE ATLANTIC UIV ISP VENTED SHELF EC EC 2U VENTED SHELF: MIDDLE ATLANTIC U2V 2SP Vented Shelf EC EC HORIZONTALCABLE MANAGEMENT: PANDUITWMPFSE EC EC VERTICALWIRE MANAGEMENT: LEVITON494OL-VFR EC EC WIRING FROM LL TELEPHONE ROOM TO SPACE: 25 PAIR, CATEGORY Se, PLENUM EC EC GenSPEED® 5000 Category 5e 25-Pair Backbone Cable, Grey D-LINK ATTHE BACKWRAP: VENDOR VENDOR FACEPLATES EC EC TESTING AND REPORTS TESTING OF DATA AND VOICE OUTLETSAND WIRING EC EC POE REPORT SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH CATEGORY 6 STANDARD EC EC PDF REPORTTO SHOW OUTLET LOCATION ANDTESTING RESULTS EC EC LENSCRAFTERS INUNE ONLY - DOCTOR'S DATA CABINET (DDC) PHYSICALCABINET NEXTORE GC PATCH PANELS EC EC WIRING FROM PHONE BOARDTO PATCH PANELS EC EC ALL STATION CABLING EC EC MAIN PHONE BOARD DIGITAL EQUIPMENT MIRAKI ROUTER VENDOR VENDOR 66 BLOCK OR BISQUITJACK UTILITY UTILITY CONNECTION BETWEEN THE 66 BLOCK AND PATCH PANEL VENDOR VENDOR ANY ROUTERS OR SWITCHES VENDOR VENDOR PATCH CABLES BETWEEN PATCH PANELS AND ELECTRONICS VENDOR VENDOR ANY PATCH CABLES VENDOR VENDOR PORT PATCH PANEL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR THE ONLY EXCEPTION IS THE DOCTORS DATA CABINET WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT. 2. PLENUM RATED 4 PAIR CAT6 CABLE TO BE BERK-TEK LANMARK-1000; RATED CMP FOR PLENUM & OSP WHERE USED BELOW SLAB. 3. HOME RUN CABLE TO BACKBOARD 3.1. LABEL, TERMINATE AND TEST IN PATCH PANEL. 3.2. CONTINUOUS RUN -NO SPLICES 4. SEE ELECTRICAL/ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. S. EACH COMPUTER (#21) OR FUTURE COMPUTER OR ACCURT AT A FITTING COUNTER REQUIRES A HOME RUN CAT6 ABLE TO THE BACKBOARD PATCH PANELS. 6. ROUGH INTO BE A 4 X 4 BOX WITH SINGLE DEVICE PLASTER RING IN WALL AS PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WITH MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. WHEN CEILING IS PRESENT ('n RACK MOUNTED 48 PORT PATCH PANELS. QUANTITY OF PATCH PANELS TO MEET PROJECT REQUIREMENTS - SEE PLANS FOR DATA COUNTS. MINIMUM ONE 48 PORT PATCH PANELS REQUIRED. GROUND BAR - PROVIDE #1/0 COPPER TO SERVICE — GROUND. QUAD OUTLET ON DEDICATED 20A CIRCUIT FOR VOICE/DATA EQUIPMENT RACK MOUNTED SHELVES OPEN RACK - 24" WIDE X 36" HIGH (NOMINAL) CABINET - WITH DOOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. I TECH PLAN VIEW MINIMUM 10 - ONE INCH CONDUITS FROM 15 INCHES BELOW CEILING TO 24 INCHES ABOVE CEILING FOR CABLE PASSAGE. PROVIDE LONG RADIUS BEND AT THE ABOVE CEILING LOCATION TO ALLOW FOR SMOOTH CABLE PULL. BUSH CONDUIT ENDS TO PREVENT CABLE DAMAGE. - 48 IN WIDE X 96IN HIGH Xi INCH DEEP FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, DEMARC PHONE PATCH PANEL ASSUMING MINIMUM POINT OF ENTRY ' I DEMARC AND CROSS CONNECT �E u PROVIDE S"WIDE VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT: RACEWAY WITH SIDE FINGERS FOR CABLE PASSAGE. RACEWAY TO HAVE COVER LEVITON4940L-VFRORSIMILAR RACK MOUNTED PATCH PANEL FOR SURVEILLANCE CAMERAS. 24'PORTTYPICAL. VERIFY WITH ACTUAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS (ONE PORT REQUIRED FOR EACHCAMERA) QUAD OUTLET ON DEDICATED 20A CIRCUIT FOR SECURITY EQUIPMENT '.. RACK MOUNTED SHELF FOR SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, OUTLET TO BE SEPARATELY CONTROLLED WITH A RELAY FOR FIRE ALARM CONNECTION (TO SHUT DOWN POWER TO SOUND SYSTEM WHEN FIRE ALARM IS ACTIVATED). PLAN TUBE RACK MOUNTED: SHELF FOR SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT. 36" LONG X 4" DIA PVC TUBE FOR AS BUILT PLANS (BY GC) FLOOR LABEL CABLE WITHIN 21NCHES OF TERMINATION. WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT RACK, — CHATSWORTH 11960-712, 19" WIDE, 12" DEEP, 24.5" HIGH, BLACK. PANDUIT 24 PORT MODULAR PATCH PANEL. MODEL CPP24FMWBLY PANDUIT 24 PORT MODULAR PATCH PANEL MODEL CPP24FMWBLY PANDUIT 24 PORT MODULAR PATCH PANEL MODEL CPP24FMWBLY PANDUIT 48 PORT MODULAR PATCH PANEL MODEL CPP48FMWBLY ® PATCH PANEL "DDC" - 48 PORT (LOCATED IN PRETEST ROOM) S LABEL DE CRIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTION OS LABEL DESCRIPTION OS LABEL DES RIPTION 1 WI I DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK123 IE PRETEST ROOM #1 25 P3E PRETEST ROOM #3 37KlAEXAM ROOM #1 2 WJ2 DDC &PORT DATA JACK1F PRETEST ROOM #1 26 P3F PRETEST ROOM #3 38EXAM ROOM #1 3 WJ3 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK2A PRETEST ROOM #2 27 P4A PRETEST ROOM #4 39EXAM ROOM #1 4 W14 CDC 6-PORT DATA JACK2B PRETEST ROOM #2 28 P48 PRETEST ROOM #4 40EXAM ROOM #2 5 WJ5 CDC 6-PORT DATA JACK2C PRETEST ROOM #2 29 P4C PRETEST ROOM #4 41EXAM ROOM #2 W16 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK2D PRETEST ROOM #2 30 P4D PRETEST ROOM #4 42EXAM ROOM #2 7 AP1 CEILING ACCESS POINT2E PRETEST ROOM #2 31 ME PRETEST ROOM #4 43SPACE 8 AP2 CEILING ACCESS POINT2F PRETEST ROOM #2 32 ME PRETEST ROOM #4 44SPACE 9 PIA PRETEST ROOM #1 3A PRETEST ROOM #3 33 x�c SPACE 4SSPACE 10 Pi6 PRETEST ROOM #7 3B PRETEST ROOM #3 34 laa SPACE 46 R7 RECEPTION DESK 11 PIC PRETEST ROOM #1 3C PRETEST ROOM #3 35 mx SPACE 47 R2 RECEPTION DESK 12 PID PRETEST ROOM #1 24 P3D PRETEST ROOM #3 36 — SPACE 1481 R3 I RECEPTION DESK ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR PROVIDE J-HOOKS AT BET INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL MEWRAKI ROUTER MOUNTED TO WALL ABOVE IPAD CHARGING CABINET, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CLARIFYE DATA INSTALL TEAM IPAD CHARGING CABINET PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CLARFIYE DATA INSTALL TEAM 6• CKT #2 DRYWALL RING FOR NETWORK — CABLING. ALL CLARIFYE NETWORK CABLES TO BE ROUTED TO THIS LOCATION. BOH-DDC 48-PORT CAT6 PATCH P) SUPPLIED AND INSTALLE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTC 2RU WALL MOUNTING B PATCH PANEL CLARIFYE 8-PORT N ETHERNET SWITCH 2 GANG DRYWALL F LOCATE IN NON DE'. BEHIND DDC. DOCTOR SWITCH CLARIFYE MODEM NON DEMISING WALL BEHIND DDC. FIELD LOCATE 2 GANG CKT#1 DRYWALL RING IN THIS WALL. CLARIFYE SWITCH CLARIFYE ROUTER F1 MERAKI M5200 MERAKI MX64 MANAGED ROUTER SWITCH DDC TOP SHELF -TOP VIEW NON DEMISING WALL BEHIND DDC.— FIELD H LOCATE GANG DRYWALL RING IN DOCTOR ROUTER DOCTOR SWITCH LINKSYS E2500 K OGS1008-G DDC MIDDLE SHELF -TOP VIEW NON DEMISING WALL BEHIND DDC. FIELD LOCATE 2 GANG DRYWALL RING IN THIS WALL. DOC SIDE VIEW (CROSS SECTION) OPTICIAN'S NETWORK CAT6 (QUANTITY AS NEEDED), PLENUM RATED CABLE. 4X4 BOX IN WALL WITH SINGLE GANG ACTIVATIO OUTLET. \ FOR DATA OUTLET. \l. (2) CAT6 TERMINATE TO DDC 48 PORT PATCH PANEL TCH PANEL "DDC" PANDUIT 48 PORT MODULAR PATCH PANEL. MODEL CPP48FMWBLY PANDUIT WBH3, WALL MOUNT, HINGED BRACKET, INSTALLED IN \ DDC CABINET. \ \ PATCH PANEL"DDC" [THE EQUIPMENT IS ALL BY GC/EC. NOTE THE SPECIFIED PATCH PANELS ARE MODULAR SO THE PANDUIT CAT6 JACK IS REQUIRED WITH THIS SYSTEM. THE JACK SNAPS INTO THE PATCH PANEL. COMMUNICATIONS RISER LC003 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION PHONE BOARD, INSTALLED 24 INCH AFF TO BOTTOM. DDC BOTTOM OF CABINET -TOP VIEW C00 / WHERE FREE AIR WIRING IS PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL JURISDICTION, UTILIZE J-HOOKS SPACED PER TIA/FICA STANDARDS. WHERE CONDUIT IS REQUIRED, SIZE PER FILL CHART. ROUTE CONDUIT 6" ABOVE WALL AND BUSH END. SIZE CONDUIT PER FILL CHART. /— LABEL CABLE WITHIN 21NCHES OF TERMINATION. i TERMINATE REQUIRED NUMBER OF JACKS AND ® C`L(41,v` TESL ® ® .,,...'_D PLATE FINISH TO MATCH ® ® r'tr=, NOV 16 ADJACENT RECEPTACLE L1.'2U FINISH. City of TGkwils BUILD"INi0 DIVISION I RECtiVlri� CITY OF YU KNti IL A SEP 2 3 2020 I MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CONDUIT FILL (AUGMENTED CAT6) PI t.RMIT CENTER 3/4" C 2 DATA CABLES 1"C 4 DATA CABLES 1 1/4"C 7 DATA CABLES 1 1/2"C 10 DATA CABLES ( 2"C 18 DATA CABLES CONDUITS TO BE 3/4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR LANDLORD, ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT. W1 0 "Offi DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: •aaoi,,.�r, naa. uam onaswa 0.16�3)resrxo - y s<rea:myenck FssiGruny. c�aei5 0.1 te6E1<nsim STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. h® 0_ L'U13 CD 2 d- (D 0 I®y o l.J C O O ED CD !� 4— EO O� 0 0 O En x to O CD CD Uj Revisions: Mark Date By 12-18=9 LANDLORD COMMENTS a2.28-M BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8.14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS B-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS a Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal _ em.aAa - 1 1'ER� }4'�� G� `rtONA4 8/28/20 EXPIRES 12'OB'21� Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nutore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Neztore project Number 79779 Brand Desion Type: LC.OS ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title ELECTRICAL DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Dravrn By STAFF E004 Checked By MPR. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION N.ANAGEMENT: LC-05432-00 WALL UNIT 24 LAC nLC 05401-00WALLUNIT48WITHMIRROR ELECTRIC ONE LINE DIAGRAM NOTE FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS -1— 1I I 05432-00 ElectriE57,7cal uirements {e , Dever#2 (wattage): 9 OW Driver #3 (wattage): 90 W Driver #4 (wattage): Total LED Light nWatts 238 W PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO LANDLORD TENANT PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL NOTE: STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING NEW VERIFY THAT THERE ARE WPJGFI RECEPTACLES NEAR WHERE JUNCiIONBOXESARE CONDITIONS Oaxolam�, µrim oeasaa 0, 6,npsz C.:.o NEW 35A(NF/WPJ3P NEW RTU AND NEW HEAT PUMP. IF NOT, PROVIDE NEW WP/GFI RECEPTACLES, CIRCUIT TO A-6. LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING 'Crea�rauks a.1 e.t,r <merm O xr.aosozs SOA/NF1WP/3P OTHER FIRE WALL. NEW RTU-1 NEW HP - (OUTDOO1R) FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL \ \ 11�" _ _ 3'33 _ _ _ r c (4) # 600 MCM & (1) #3 GRD IN 3-1(2" C BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. SPACE #416 S EATT L E, WA 98188 Construction for: NEW (3) #8 (1) #10 GRD IN 3/4" C. NEW ROOF 20A/NF/WP/iP NEW (3) #8 & WITH 15A FUSES (1) *10 GRID NEW FC-1 IN 3/a^ c. (INDOOR) I I I/ =1 �1 Lm�Q6 �i EX. (4) # 600 MCM N31/2"CD CEILING NEW (3) /2" GRD IN 1/2" C. Q1q FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS ) (fig i T-5" -- ���—� - �� -�, EXISTING METER &400 AMP FUSED DISCONNECT. TENANT VERIFY CONDITION. #F696 O 40400 PROVIDE SPLICE BOX TO EXTEND CONDUIT AND RELOCATED TIME CLOCK TO CONDUCTORS NE RELOCATED PANELS. RELOC. NEW PANEL W PANEL'B' 120/208V, TC 120/208V, RELOC. 3 PHASE, 4W 3 PHASE, 4W FACP 400A MC8 400AMP MLO 0 LQ - d- O _C U [] p C x O J DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. --- — T r L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — J BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES ANDS-' ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOTWITHSTANDING. THE U v- 2 O CL finished floor CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIESL, BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. cp EXISTING LANDLORD ELECTRICAL SERVICE' (4) #600 MCM & (1) #3 EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE 120/208V, 3PH, 4W GRD & (1) #3 ISOLATED GROUND IN 3-1/2" C. FIRST FLOOR x :3 JL/) Q CD `t ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY PANELS "A" & "B" LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD (KW) DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND FACTOR (KW) LIGHTING 1.66 1.25 2.08 TRACK LIGHTING 3.66 CURRENT LI MITED 3.66 -- 05401-00 NOTES: 1, ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SERIES RATED. (1) #1/0 GRD IN 1" C TO BUILDING STEEL PER N.E.C. = SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES 0.72 1 0.72 SIGN 1.20 1.25 1.50 RECEPTACLES 44.58 Q0K=100%; >10k=10k+50D%>10k 27 29 Revisions: Mark DateBy 2. IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THESE PLANS, PLEASE CONTACT THE ENGINEER LC-05432-00 WALL UNIT 24 LAC LC-05401-00 WALL UNIT 48 WITH MIRROR 3- PANELBOARDS, METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES. ETC ...THAT ARE EQUIPMENT 1.50 1 1.50 LIKELY TO REQUIRE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICING, A i2-ta-�9 COMMISSIONING NOTE: WATER HEATING 6.00 1.25 7.50 1 LC-05431-00 WALL UNIT 24 WITH MIRROR UGEN-DIGM01-00 MIRROR SMART SHOPPER w/MONITOR 46" TOUCH 4'-3' i'-10" 2 GEN-DIGM01-00-LOC8 GEN-DIGM01-00 MIRROR SMART SHOPPER W/MONITOR 46" TOUCH Electrical Reauirements a wDDvr#tta e): 90 Wve#1 1 OW Total LED Lighting Watts I 119 W s.� LC-05431-00 WALL UNIT 24 WITH MIRROR OR MAINTENANCE WHILE ENERGIZED SHALL BE FIELD MARKED SET TIMECLOCKS TO CONTROL DISPLAY WINDOW TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS PER NEC 110.16. CIRCUITS AND SIGNS PER MALL OPERATION HOURS. RB-02704-00_ SMART SHOPPER FOR SHOP IN SHOP LC-05305-00 SELECT TABLE SINGLE I "" ' " ' ' " I LC-05305-00 SELECT TABLE SINGLE I OKC-00361-00_OAKLEY PRESCRIPTION T OKC-00361-00-OAKLEY PRESCRIPTION T. LC-05450-00 MIRROR 24 05450-00 LC-05450-00 MIRROR 24 COL Cli ': ! t 1V MV162>'0 City Of TukvL I!a CU1!LDi 'G DIVISION HVAC Panel Name: RELOCATED PANEL A Voltage: 120/208 Amps: 400 MAIN: MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER WATTS PER PHASE Load, Phase A: 27432 Load, Phase B: 33895 Load, Phase C 28039 1.25 OF LARGEST 30.05 MOTOR TOTALS: 89.37 TOTALS: 'S(208V) 248.35 AMPS(208V) Panel Type: PANELBOARD AIC Rating: 10K NOTE: ALL BREAKERS SHOWN BOLD TO BE NEW SALES TRACK 20/11 1 2 LS(2 NEW FC-1 (INDOOR) SALES TRACK 20(1 3 4 SALES TRACK 20111 5 6 1 2011 IRECEPTACLES -ROOF TOP SALES TRACK 20/1 7 8 30/3 NEW HP-i (OUTDOOR) SALES TRACK 20/1 9 10 OD 20/1 11 12 'T, RP 20/1 13 14 50/3 �n/� NEW RTU-1 RF('GPTA(`.1 GC _ RFFRIr�F1i SHOW WINDOW 20/1 15 16 LES-SHOW WINDOW 20/1 �nl� 17 �o 18 �n DOCTORS CABINET Name: NEW PANEL B 120/208 400A MLO MAINLUGONLY Voltage(350 for 120/208) 360 Amps per Phase A: 76 Amps per Phase B: 94 Amps per Phase C: 78 OFLOAD HEATER ACLES - LED WALL ACLES - LED WALL ACLES - LED WALL ACLES - LED WALL LIGHT BOX Panel Type: PANELBOARD AIC Rating: 10K 2011 3 4 20/1 5 6 40/2 7 8 9 10 20/1 11 12 20/1 13 14 20/1 15 16 20/1 17 1 18 20/1 19 20 70/11 21 1 22 20/1 F23 24 33 1 34 moloomiffAmom 6011 41 1 42 360 RECEPTACLES -PHONEBOARD 20/1 43 44 360 RECEPTACLES -PHON EBOARD 20/1 45 46 SPARE 20/1 47 48 1500 1500 ERV HEATER ]SW 2013 49 50 51 52 53 54 9017 11786 Load Characteristics: Total Load, Phase A: Total Load, Phase B: Total Load, Phase C: 5605 Totals Voltage (360 for 120/208) 13517 Amps per Phase A: 17906 Amps per Phase B: 10645 Amps per Phase C: 360 38 50 30 33.83 2.28.20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 76.07 !16.96 Q8-to-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2a2n OWNER COMMENTS ER PHASE Q B C Architect / Engineer of Record CAB ,1aj;!, 310 Michael Romes, PE LAB"�li� 360 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd LAB 180 CONTACTS 36D Suamico, WI 54173 CONTACTS Sol 360 (920) 445-5007 DISPLAY DISPLAY DISPLAY ION BACKWRAP ION DESK ION DESK 'RAP BACKWRAP FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FLOORTABLE FLOOR TABLE CENTER 8_/28/20 EXPIRES ir*M 1 Architect / Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextom project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E005 Chec Bead y MPR GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES A. IN EVERY INSTANCE OF DEMOLITION AND/OR REMODELING, THE E.C. SHALL FIGURE A COMPLETE JOB AS NONE OTHER SHALL BE ACCEPTED. B. THE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY AS A GUIDELINE FOR DEMOLITION. THE E.C. MUST VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING TO VERIFY ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE JOB & INCLUDE THE COST OF SUCH WORK IN HIS BID. C. THE E.C. SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING SERVICES TO & IN THE EXISTING AREA AS REQUIRED. D. IF NECESSARY, THE E.C. SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES IN THE EXISTING AREAS. E. THE E.G. SHALL DISCONNECT & REMOVE ELECTRIC SERVICE TO ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED AS A RESULT OF THE REMODELING. F. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETE INCLUDING CONDUIT & WIRE. G. FLUSH MOUNTED WALL OUTLETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE WALL PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT WALL FINISHES. H. ANY EXISTING CONDUIT, WIRING AND/Oft ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL DEVICES BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE REWORKED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED TO RETURN TO ITS FORMER EXISTING OPERATING CONDITION. L ANY CIRCUITS FEEDING THROUGH DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT BEING RELOCATED, REWORKED, OR ABANDONED & SERVING OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES, AND/OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY PROVIDING 1-BOXES OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHOD AS REQUIRED. J. ALL WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ETC., BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE RETURNED TO FINISHED CONDITIONS TO MATCH EXISTING BY THE E.C. & HE SHALL DO HIS OWN CUTTING & PATCHING AS NECESSARY UNDER HIS CONTRACT. K. EXISTING MATERIALS SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. IF NOT REQUIRED BY OWNER, THE E.C. SHALL REMOVE THESE MATERIALS FROM THE PREMISES. L. NO CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, OR CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 1 1/2" OF THE LOWEST POINT OF THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECKING, NOR SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED CONCEALED WITHIN METAL -CORRUGATED ROOF DECKING. THE E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, AND CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. M. ALL CONDUIT AND CABLING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. THE E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT AND/OR CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. N. E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR (4") INCHES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH '.. ANY SAW CUTTING. (D KEY NOTES - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 1. DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE EXISTING PANELBOARDS AND TIMECLOCKS. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. REMOVE DEVICES ON WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED. VERIFY EXACT QUANTITY ON SITE. 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, SWITCHES ETC AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE ELECTRICAL AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THESE PLANS. 5. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES. 6. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING CEILING FAN. SALVAGE CIRCUITS FOR REUSE. 7. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING PHONE BOARD. ALL EQUIPMENT ON PHONE BOARD TO BE SALVAGED AND RELOCATED TO NEW PHONE BOARD LOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATION. B. EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN. MOVE DEVICE IF THE DEVICE INTERFERES WITH NEW STORE FRONT. VERIFY IF THE DEVICE IS A L.L. DEVICE AND IF SO CONTACT LL BEFORE MOVING. 9. DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES FOR RELOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATION. 10. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY DEVICE. 11. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE POWER TO EXISTING WATER HEATER. 12. EXISTING DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON TO REMAIN. 13. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPEAKERS. 14. DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE EXISTING DOOR BELL SYSTEM FOR RELOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATION. TY.'BtSC6Nl{.'1`�CNH'R�NTOV'ET3'P007ER�fi61=XiS1`IiQZ`ic+(EL`KrANiCAI UNITS. SALVAGE EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS IF POSSIBLE WITH NEW MECHANICAL UNITS, 18. EXISTING MALL LIGHTING TO REMAIN. MOVE LIGHTING IF THE LIGHT INTERFERES WITH NEW STORE FRONT. CONTACT L.L. BEFORE MOVING. 19. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT. T T T I II--------------------------- ------------------------------ 4 I I I L-_J (SZ re -I m m (S'% 11m ffE so IRE 4 i I I I 7 1 L_J I IL_1l L_J L_J `- I i L_J L_J I I I I I I I 1_ 3 _A_ IL_ I I _0_ Z -1 Q c I I I I L_J 1 t7I �I I I to N I I I 1- -1 MOTION I)ETECTOR M❑ V❑ FA. STROBE L _ J WIFI ❑W I I IN a. J I i1 1 rt-I i V-n r-� r--I r--1 r--1 - i 1-- -� T 1 t - —I— 1 - 1 L-L.'LJ _�J /L_4 L_J L_J L_J is F P 1 I l ) I / // F---_1 is (I _) \�__—// L------/ / I --I 2 3 4 9 10 t3 I I ---- i (�, I I) ----------------------\\ l r-t ------------ -I r--- -� \ . / / I 1 I I I fS I I 1 LC� �1 LC �� 2 3 4 9 >/ r r I I r (2 3 d 9 TYP.) 4 / / I {FYP.) I I I I I I L_J L---� L_J III III I I OO 1 I I I ------------- ��\ /i/ //�`NN 2 3 4 9 I I 2 3 4 9 I II 11 % +�' I �\ `--J/ // I- I (TYP.) _ .J L_ _ — (TYP.) I I I / `\ < 1 I I I I I I I 2 GYP.) j I a /�i/ \\\ \\\ I \\\ I I 1 I I \\ \` I I \/ I 1 \\ f----i --� L--1--- / \ \ / (TYP.) L. J" �— —_ F --_—) \`\ \ L------------------) I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I( \T 9 / I \\ 1 I I z (TYP.>4 -- JS --- T-1 1 1 f 1-----------�-- //,, Ir\\ /F— -- i�\\ tF—, ��i L—J �I it 1 ■ I I ❑ II ❑ II ❑ 11 /ice-- I II I F-7 ❑ r--I I L_2 J zP14 1I{I 11- I I v I rTI-I PL_J 111 I 1 I 1 II 11 1 1 I II 2 3 4 9 I I L_J I I 2 3 4 9 I( () j I L_J I L_LJ__� I I (TYP.) M I i i 2 3 4 9 I i (TYP.) (iYP.) I (v I I I 0 I I I I I d I I 1 1 td 18 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NB<ml O+�oi�,omrn v.�. uam °aasoeo e.ilsel>ss-6ca ®6Gearery &cct Ean CrantY. <TW.",26 a-1 (Fbu)t3�9Iro STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE 4-416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. All ceW 0-O n Umj O dam' Cz 0 _V O C 0 0 J ce U O � �. �r tN Q J O Lij<C o Revisions: Mark Date By 12-18-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS a2-28.20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Q8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS a Architect / Engineer of Record 17 Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920)445-5007 Seal IONAL 8/28/20 SPIRES 2.01141 ---� Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Notate, Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 16 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 construction nEC'E1VED CITYOF-iLKWILA rtle ELECTRICAL SEP 23 2020 DEMOLITION PLAN U., lama 4:" J Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn BY 6 Checked AFF E100 MPR Cij,y of PUIILD'i"o DIVI IOISj ELECTRICAL - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/1=1'-0' GENERAL (VOTES A. EMERGENCY EM LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT WIRED TO A CENTRAL INVERTER SYSTEM NOR SHOWN WITH "NC SHALL BE CIRCUITED WITH AN "UNSWITCHED HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BATTERY PACK EVEN WHEN LUMINAIRE IS OFF. B. ALL NIGHT (NL) LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCHING C. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. '.. D. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING ''.... MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. IF PLAN LOCATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, '... IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. E. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, E.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES '.. USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF '... PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION, F. E.C. SHALL RELAMP ALL FIXTURES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING BUT NOT DURING HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. G. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS '... MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 '.. CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. '..,... H. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU-WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR'', VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. I. E.C.'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS '.. FURNISHED BY NEXTORE. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUSTABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. J. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LUMINAIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. K. E.C. SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. L. E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. '... m LIGHTS aowa Powe Pe ,y WATTSTOPPER OS e9ma MODEL W2000A <voc WATTSTOPPER O ai MODEL W2000A OS m LIGHTS BZ W m ro.e,va�k MULTIPLE SENSOR, MULTIPLE POWER PACK (CONFIRM WITH CURRENT MANUFACTURER LITERATURE) LIGHT rFos I OS: OCCUPANT SENSOR, WALL MOUNTED, WHITE I I L-- UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT WALL SENSOR/DIMMER COMBINATION NOTE: ALL WIRING BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR E002 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEMATICS E002 ENERGY CODE - COMMISSIONING 1 COMMISSIONING AGENT TO CONFIRM THE FOLLOWING IN THE OFFICE AREA: 1.1. OCCUPANCY SENSORS DETECT MOTION AND ENERGIZE THE LOCAL SWITCHING. 1.2. OCCUPANCY SENSORS DE -ENERGIZE AFTER NO MOTION IS DETECTED AFTER A 30 MINUTE DELAY. 2. COMMISSIONING AGENT TO CONFIRM THE FOLLOWING IN THE SALES AREA: 2.1. SIGNS, PERIMETER SHELVING AND SALES FLOOR DISPLAY CABINETS ARE ENERGIZED AND DE -ENERGIZED WITH THE TIMER SWITCH OR CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY TIMECLOCK. ENEY CODE - COMMISSIONING SMALL E012 PRO LANDLORD NOTES LANDLORD REVIEW COMMENTS 11/25/19 • IF USED - SPEAKERS SHOULD BE RECESSED - NOT SURFACE MOUNTED. • IF USED ANY PEOPLE COUNTER SYSTEMS MUST BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW AT STOREFRONT. • ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST BE EDGE LIT AND HAVE RECESSED BASE - NO SURFACE MOUNTED. • CUT SHEETS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST BE SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL. LIGHTING AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING POWER DENSITY _OCATION AREA EMERGENCY FIXTURE DESCRIPTION WATTS QUANTITY CONTROLS EMERGENCY LI TOTALWATTS iALES 2448 SQ. FT. 2-LAMP LED ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT 40 21 TIMECLOCK 840 JACK OF ROUSE 14S7 SQ. FT. LED 2X2 16 7 OCCUPANCYSENSOR 112 3ACK OF NOTE CIRCUITS WERE TAKEN FROM PICTURES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECTORY CARDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO WORK WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS THAT MAY EXIST IN THE AREA AS WELL AS CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO REMAIN POWERING EXISTING EQUIPMENT. RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN A PLENUM SPACE SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. NG EMERGENCY LIGHTING SPACE TOTAL LIGHTING POWER POWER DENSITY(W/SF; FT.) WATTS DENSITY (W/SF•FT. 0.34 2337 0.95 0.21 10S7 0.72 W - Fe z z d 3 z t EXAM 105 CLG. HT.=8'-0" RELOCATEDTIMECL CK I 1 URGENT CARE LAB 102 CLG. HT.=9'-O" I RETAIL SALES AREA 101 CLG. HT.=10'-6` - -- m / o 1 I .77 m �T ti et : a e2 �-\ - DJ------\`. _-_DBW _._..._ ri e e e e2 e el e2 BACK 4, '� OS (TYP) Bw DBW os CISI OF HOUSE CLG. HT.=B'-0" ( - -- - - / - E033 e e3 e3 A2L-EM mP)O - - / f e 82 e e 3 A Q ti/ ROUTE TO - 1ETER _9-t3 , ,9 __ •_. __..- /) Qe (- I H "SWV' A-9 1 5 6 o STORAGE CLP,SA P)-6A(1)-7(1)-10 1) m I 6AMP RP10 RO TE TO S ITCH "SWS" 116 A-9,A-11 RP2, RPi 7 A-1 5 CLG. HT.=9'-0" -- O �jlp, , 7A P CONTACT LENS ROOM A-11 I t e e3 _ _ f e2 e f e r- 04 OS 1 CLG. HT.=9'-0" ,ROUTEfO m3 En ( SWITC 1 u I A31 L OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA- / t e3 e3 e3 103 i f e2 ( e CLG. HT.=10'-0" -, E m S m X1RW - i MALE \ 0 0- MEW , 3 RESTROOM 112 - -_®- - /_--L_U CLG. HT.=8'-0• ` ',.""`' �`-� Opp,---- / `�-- t 1 e e3 O -- OS ----------..----- e eLE e t ,,QQ,�'' A2ap+v DBW DEW ALCOVE------ 108 - ----- / 9 I m m I �--- - `. ---- �. CLG. HT.=8'-0" _...---L-_-- _ FEMALE „'�, �.\ I:, t et e3 e3 e3 ESTROOM ._.. OS e2e a Q e2 8 e 111 CIS to p - - -- CLG. HT. =8'-0° _ _. Az�n m . 4 HALLWAY #2 �. Dew 110 j Jl-__ ! 1 ROUTE TO CLG. HT. =9'-0" , SWITCH "SW6" A-5. 1 5 :10AMP�. et e e e e OS f g _e - c If - HALLWAY #1 I ®O(TYP) OS 4 ao o- . o o T0 m m VRw 1 CLG.. HT.=9'-0" l5 .... DBW... BW �• D . _ oew %� A_ (', oaw ! - - �t-� � ,_„ )-. \ ( t et 1 i fete e e e1 etI e e1 1 e e. FUTURE PRE -TEST L. " B I ) - CLG. HT.=8'-0" 7C\ �°° (9 KEY NOTES - LIGHTING PLAN 1. CIRCUIT VIA MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. SEE DETAIL E033. 2. NEW LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. SEE DETAIL E033, IF LOCATION IS UNDESIRABLE, FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, 1 ROUTE UNSWITCHED CONNECTION TO EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY DOWNUGHTS. WHERE FIXTURES ARE SWITCHED, ROUTE ADDITIONAL POWER FROM THE SAME CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHING FOR POWER LOSS SENSING. ''... 4. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF OF ROOM LIGHTING. SEE DETAIL E002. 3 E:X OUTED THROUGH CLP-6A(2)-7A(1)-10A(2)(CURRENTLIMITING SUBPANEL.RES ON THIS RUN ARE BACKED UP BYAN INVERTER.SEE DETAILFOR WIRING INVERTER WITH A SWITCH. RGENCY BATTERY UNITR2ANDRP74WRE TO CIRCUIT SHOWN. COORpINATEINSTALLATION LOCATIONTORE PROJECT MANAGER. MOUNT BELOW CURRENT LIMITING PANEL. SEE E004. RAY -BAN AREA '.. 101B CLG. HT.=10'-6" e -ter- FUTURE PRE-TEST EXAM PRE -TEST ff�j 114 113 109 CLG. HT.=8'-O" CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT.=T-0" CLG. HT.=10'-6" ELECTRICAL -LIGHTING I state u<• =1.0• I S e C ROUTET e SWITCH" A-9 1 RP10 : O 3 e X1RW' c e OEAGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 11711111177 NS00mr- •unoL�ro�nae, uam oRasoc� •-�61irrss-sxn 06C exrayaeek Fas Gea'M, Ct06�2 0-i ryW")<T-9Yro STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. Q CD � OLn "j- O t0 �E v0 U. O i X O Ln J S a1 G +� V v- ED O � 18 �m TO ) O N CD Q doh' Revisions: Mark Date By Al2-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Qq 8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record - 17 Michael Romes, PE INTERIOR 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd STOREFRONT Suamlco, WI 54173 101A (920) 445-5007 CLG. HT.=12'-7" Seal _ AdmftA _ 1CNAL �y0 -8/-2 78/20 Trw"n i M3 Architect/ Engineer lob No: 029 16 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 M3 nECEIVED Nextore project Number 79779 CITY OP TidKWILA Brand Design Type: LC.05 SEP 2 3 2020 ISSUED FOR: PERMIT CENTER 0Construction Title -� ROUTE TO SWITCH ' ELECTRICAL A 15� - - _ LIGHTING PLAN Pate Sheet 12-9-19 t1riv 16 ^,m Drawn By _ STAFF E200 Checked By MPR E3 IiLt : 'U DIVISION 9 KEY NOTES - ELECTRICAL PLAN FIRE ALARM DEFERRED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS The fire alarm plans provided in this set of drawings is for design intent. r Contractorshall engage the fire alarm contractor when required, the Landlord required contractor The Genera' ene a)( q q 1 NEW WATER HEATER LOCATION shall be used) to complete the installation that is compliant with applicable codes - 2, INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED AUDIO SYSTEM INCLUDING CABLE, BACK BOXES, SPEAKERS AND VOLUME CONTROL. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUITS FOR ALL Include submittals to the jurisdiction as required to secure permit and certificate of occupancy. Include all design WIRING IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY, LOCAL CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE ALL WORK REQUIRED FORA COMPLETE SYSTEM IN and jurisdictional fees as required for this work. BID. WHERE A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS PRESENT, PROVIDE RELAY TO DISCONNECT POWER TO MUSIC SYSTEM WHEN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS IN ALARM. 3. LOCATION OF THE DOCTOR'S DATA CABINET (DDC). SEE DETAIL LCO02 FOR DEVICE INSTALLATION. 4, TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD: 4'x8'x3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD, MOUNT TIGHT TO THE CEILING. PROVIDE PHONE BOARD FOR RETAIL SALES SIDE OF SPACE AND DOCTORS/REFRACTION SIDE OF SPACE. SEE DETAIL LC003. 5. PROVIDE POWER AND TELE/DATA FOR FLOOR FURNITURE FEEDS. PROVIDE DEVICES AND DEVICE QUANTITIES AS SPECIFIED IN FIXTURE CUT SHEETS PROVIDED BY FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EC SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE. 6. EC SHALL PROVIDE DATA CABLE FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO 24" ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO SHOPPERTRAK SYSTEM(BY OTHERS). PROVIDE MINIMUM 6 FT COILED CABLE AT BOTH ENDS. SHOPPERTRAKER MUST BE RECESSED STYLE. 7. LOCATION OF CDC (24-PORT CAT 6 PATCH PANEL, CLARIFYE 8-PORT MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH, DOCTOR SWITCH, DOCTOR ROUTER CLARIFYE MODEM & CLARIFYE ROUTER). GC SHALL INSTALL A DRYWALL RING BEHIND DDC. ALL DATA LINES RUNNING TO AND FROM CDC SHALL RUN THROUGH DRYWALL RING. OUTLETS IN WALL NEED TO BE LOCATED AT 18" AF.F, BEHIND THE DDC. ALL CABLE SHALL BE LEFT HANGING LOOSE FOR LUXOTTICA I.T. TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. ALL CABLES SHALL BE LABELED PER PLAN, SEE DETAIL LC002. 8. EC SHALL PROVIDE A-CAT6 DATA CABLE FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO 24" ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO WIRELESS ACCESS POINT, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR INSTALLATION. 9. FAN TO BE CONTROLLED WITH LIGHT SWITCH FROM ROOM. 10. PROVIDE A RECESSED CLOCK STYLE OUTLET BOX FOR THE RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET AT THE LED WALL. VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR 20A SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. SWITCH SHALL SHUT-OFF SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. LABEL SWITCH FOR WHAT IT SERVES. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE AREA IN THE BACK OF THE STORE OR AT AN ACCESS PANEL LOCATION AND GROUPED TOGETHER. 12. PROVIDE CORE DRILLING OR TRENCHING (AS APPLICABLE) FOR POWER AND TELE/DATA. E.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL CORE DRILLING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. PROVIDE DEVICES AND DEVICE QUANTITIES AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE. 13. FINISH OF FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE BRUSHED ALUMINUM. COORDINATE WITH THE G.C. PRIOR TO PURCHASING. 14. CONTROL CIRCUIT THROUGH LIG HTING HTING SWITCH BANK. SEE DETAIL E033. 15. INSTALL LEVITON LOW PROFILE RECESSED ENTERTAINMENT BOX AT LOCATION INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR SUPPLY TO DIGITAL EYE CHART. EXACT DIMENSION IS CRITICAL. PROVIDE THE DEVICES INDICATED . PROVIDE ALSO A 1 1/2" CONDUIT FROM BOX TO JUNCTION BOX UNDER THE EXAM DESK. SEE DETAIL LC001. 16. DOOR STROBE/BELL SYSTEM IS COMPRISED OF (3) COMPONENTS. (1) SERVICE DOOR PUSH-BUTTON, (1) STROBE/BELL LOCATED ABOVE GENERAL MANAGER'S (GM) DESK AT AN ELEVATION OF 8'-0", AND (1) TRANSFORMER LOCATED NEXT TO STROBE/BELL. SEE DETAIL E006. 17. PROVIDE NEC 517 REDUNDANT GROUNDING FOR RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES/DIMMERS IN THIS ROOM, PROVIDE BONDING TO ALL METAL PARTS OF THE RACEWAY SYSTEM TO ENSURE THAT THE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACTS AS A GROUNDING PATH, AND PROVIDE A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. BOND THE CONDUCTOR AND THE RACEWAY TO THE RECEPTACLES TO CREATE A REDUNDANT PATH TO GROUND. USE HOSPITAL GRADE MC CABLE WHEN MC CABLE IS THE WIRING METHOD USED. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HOSPITAL GRADE, 18. PROVIDE "RECESSED" FLOOR BOX/POKE THRU AT THIS LOCATION - SEE DETAIL E008. 19. INDICATED RECEPTACLE WILL BE SERVED BY TWO CIRCUITS. LABEL EACH DUPLEX OUTLET WITH THE CIRCUIT SERVING IT. 20, SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT PLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES, 21. SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKER. SPEAKERS, WIRING AND ACCESSORIES ARE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR COORDINATE WORK WITH THE VENDOR PRIOR TO CEILING INSTALLATION. SEE DETAIL E007. 22. PROVIDE FLOOR BOX "RECESSED" PER DETAIL E008. PROVIDE CORE DRILLING OR TRENCHING (AS APPLICABLE) AND ROUTE CONDUITS TO WALL. CONNECT TO 24 HOUR CIRCUIT AND ROUTE CAT 6 CABLING TO TECH RACK LOCATION AND LABEL ENDS OF CABLING. 23. G.C. SHALL PAINT SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. 24. PROVIDE 120V POWER TO DOOR DETER SYSTEM. 25. PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS RACK AT TELEPHONE BOARD. SEE DETAIL LC002. 26. PROVIDE WIRING FOR TENANT INSTALLED SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAIL E005. 27. ALL OUTLETS TO MATCH FINISH OF ADJACENT SURFACE. UTILIZE LEVITON REND SYSTEM. PROVIDE CLEAR LABEL WITH BLACK TEXT, 1/4" HIGH, ON 3 D OUTLETS. LABEL TO READ "SWITCHED". 28 NOT USED. F ES REQUIRED, LOCATIONS, AND INSTALLATION DETAILS AT NOTED LOCATIONS WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO PURCHASE. LA 30. VERIFY PCEMENT OF DEVICES FOR OAKLEY WALL DISPLAY CABINETS WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 31. PROVIDE POWER TO RAYBAN ILLUMINATED SIGN. 32. PROVIDE POWER TO OAKLEY ILLUMINATED SIGN. 33. ALL FIRE ALARM WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY THE LL FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AT TENANT EXPENSE. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED SUBMITTALS AND CONNECTIONS/REPROGRAMMING TO THE LANDLORD PANEL, AS APPLICABLE. NE T 34, PROVIDE MC CABLE WHIP TO BASE OF LIGHT BOX, FROM SWITCH ABOVE CEILING, AND CONNECT 0 SWITCH IN THE LIGHT BOX SUPPLIED BY THE LIGHT BOX MANUFACTURER). WIRE FROM THE INTERNAL SWITCH TO THE DRIVERS IN THE LIGHT BOX FRAME, WHICH IS A LISTED WIRE WAY. DRIVERS AND LEDS ARE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE LIGHT BOX MANUFACTURER. ALL 120V CONNECTIONS ARE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 35. RELOCATED EXISTING BELL/TRANSFORMER. 36. COORDINATE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF J-BOX FOR RECEPTACLES WITH POCKET DOOR, ERV HEATER B-49,51,53 208V, 3-PHASE, 2013 BREAKER 4#12 - 1/2"C 12.5 MCA EXAM 105 md CLG. HT.=B'-0" a ERV-1 B-39,41 4FT X 8FT PHONE 208V, 1-PHASE, BOARD INSTALLED AT aZQ. 20J2 BREAKER 1E AFF TO BOTTOM. w 3#12 - 1/2"C z —__ 141M A BACK V,/P/GFI OF HOUS A-1 106 CLG. HT.=B'-0" HP-1 208V, 3-PHASE, 35/3 BREAKER JETER 3#8,1#10-3/4"C STORAGE 21 MCA 116 CONTACT LENS ROOM f u1 CLG HT 9 0 (1) 1" FOR POWER AND (1) 1" FOR DATA OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA f-� CLG. HT.=10'-0' MALE RESTROOM CLG. HT.= 8'-0" ALCOVE o� CLG. HT.=8'-0" FEMALE RESTROOM 111 — CLG. HT. =8'-0" HALLWAY #2 110 CLG. HT.=9'-0" HALLWAY #1 107 CLG. HT. 9'-0` FUTURE PRE -TEST 115 CLG. HT.=8'-0" RP A-13 120V, 20/1 BREAKER 3912 - 1/211C 42 1 MCA / ` - 208V, 1-PHASE,F 15/2 BREAKER 3#12 - 1 2"C 8MCA[:� 0 , 3- HAS 5 /3 BR KE I3#$ 1#1 ,. B-8 B-8 ose,.: - J 14 34 42 MCA- �V (CLG) 0 f'�y�� 3 A 40 ROUTE TO SWITCH "SW3 - o"a� APT I _ B-1 CLG - W - ® R1 R2,R3 PPA9,10,11 ND(CLG) 3 ROUTE TO SWITCH "SW3" J 14 34 9Z�,0 Say, 3#12- (9104 W. �11 1V, -PH E, _ BREAKER 3#12 - 1/2" (9104 WA S >O(CLG) FUTURE PRE -TEST 114 CLG. HT.= 8'-0" xI p31 P7A,P1B (CLG) Q 33 (TYP)I 17 AP2 A-29 (CLG)7 oI A, B ALL OUTLETS TO MATCH FINISH OF ADJACENT SURFACE. UTILIZE LEVITON RENU SYSTEM. PROVIDE CLEAR LABEL WITH BLACK TEXT, 1/4" HIGH, ON ALL SWITCHED OUTLETS. LABEL TO READ "SWITCHED" URGENT CARE LAB 102 B-7,9 208V, 1-PHASE, 40/2 BREAKER B-28 a 3#8 1#10 - 3/N'CROUTE TO 6KW ® SWITCH "SWT'_ B-26 14 ROUTETO SWITCH "S PPCI ' CLG) RETAIL SALES AREA 1" FOR POWER AND 1" FOR DATA 11 141 J _ A-41 11) 1" FOR POWER AND 27 (7) 1" FOR DATA T B-13 0 1 ` \zi PP012 i B-13 = I -14 PPC5 B-11 3/(CLG) 16 PPD21,22, 3,24 t216 I ' B-11 18 I - O10(�P) PPD25,26 7,28 PPD11 -14 - (CLG) PPC9 PPC10 (TYP) 26 (CLG) (CLG)�PO 8 P A-3 I14 11 B-28 14 ROUTE TO A-3t WJ2 SWITCH "SW3" "/\/''�/y W14, P WJ6 i �/ P2EP2F A-29 Q(CLG) B-30 14 ROUTETO SWITCH "SW3" Q(CLG) P2C, D .., = 29^ .t--'(D 1" FOR POWER - �a•ss �, 17 20 �� :OA-12, PP V W . Q(CL ( � � A 23: l: f 17 4 " LC 1 a L• � A 27 � '- P4E,P41 ® i 4 EXAM PRE -TEST 113 109 CLG. HT.=8'-0' CLG. HT. =8'-0' &VIxlu COORDINATION NOTES C01. DO NOT ROUGH IN ANY RECEPTACLES OR DATA OUTLETS ON THE SALES FLOOR WITHOUT FIRST CONFIRMING EXACT LOCATION WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. CO2. DO NOT PURCHASE FLOOR BOXES WITHOUT FIRST VERIFYING FINISH (FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD) FOR A PARTICULAR BOX IN A PARTICULAR LOCATION. CIRCUITS WERE TAKEN FROM PICTURES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECTORY CARDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO WORK WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS THAT MAY EXIST IN THE AREA AS WELL AS CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO REMAIN POWERING EXISTING EQUIPMENT. NOTE CIRCUITS WERE TAKEN FROM PICTURES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECTORY CARDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO WORK WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS THAT MAY EXIST IN THE AREA AS WELL AS CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO REMAIN POWERING EXISTING EQUIPMENT. RAY -BAN AREA PPD13,14 :B-17 PPD15,16 SEE DETAIL oO E007 (TYP.)-\ _ % 13 18 B-2 00 ROUTETO (1) 1" FOR POWER SWITCH "SW3" ROUTETO SWITCH "SW9" B-3 11 14 I EX C F P EX ( (CLG) PPC8 PPC7 (CLG) 18 ct B-25 ROUTE TO ( SWITCH "SW3" W3" � U J 14 34 I a E066 4 13 T8 19 RO ET B-4 13 18 19 V SWI3 ROUTE SWITCHO Id W3" A-42 ROUTETO SWITCH B-38 B 40 ,_._a_ _ B-4 ROUTE TO ' 1z 1 0 SWITCH 'SW3" _ (1) 1" FOR WE PB 6 22 (1) 1" FOR POWER AND -n B-36 11 14 32 (1) 1" FOR DATA ~ ROUTE TO �, f SWITCH "SW3' PC72 (CLs�-.�\ (CLG} PPC13 29 29 (ryp) ' CI pp B-44 - ' wo PPCt - 14 B-32- ROUTETO SWITCH "SW3" 14 B-34- ROUTE TO ELECTRICAL - POWER/SYSTEMS SCALE: III =1'-0' — 18 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT; NB<FORE 9 a(COLwa�3ufla. Naun OM45Uf0 0•,Rt3)i655.•ro e screamma�ooc ran c,aaa<,osrss O.i,ssry.n,.sroo STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE -*416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. O Q 't :) CD 2 O U 0 :- C O O N W i U v- r0 O O n J 111 (::) Q CD Revisions: Mark Date By Qj 12--"8 14 tANDLORDCOMMEWS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q844-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Qq 8-21-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record — 17 Michael Romes, PE RIOR 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd '.EFRONT Suamico, WI 54173 T HT.=12',7" (920) 445-5007 Seal 1 � �S`rrONAL0, 8/�28/20 EXPIRES Architect! Engineer Job No.: 16 029 NeMore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 27 14 34 Brand Design Type: A-41 J A-1714 LC.05 B-27 1 1 CL-t-' -- ROUTE TO ROUTETO SWITCH"SW2" ISSUED FOR: SWITCH "SW3" B-27 = -(1) 1" POWER El Construction ROUTE TO ` W SWITCH fiEC..EIVED I"SW3" C Y OF TLC IWILA, Title SEP 23 2020 ELECTRICAL 14 ROUE O 11 14 32 POWER/SYSTEMS SWITCH "SW3" RMIT CENTER OAKLEY _.. PLAN AREA 101C CCL C%j �_YE_f(�;!'JuG Date Sheet �.i�i-'sEZ WJ 12-9-19 CLG. HT.=10'-6" Drawn By &&In STAFF 1'tuV 1_ U K113 Chec ByeTc d E201 amr' ih Of R+wHa MPR CiAMNI )EMOUTION AND NEW CONSTRUCITON AREA PHASE 3 MALL CORRIDOR DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA (PHASE 1) v T T V w IDEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA MALL CORRIDOR MALL CORRIDOR PHASE 3 ss= EXIT #1 O O g EXIT #2 MALL CORRIDOR �1 DEMOLITION AREA (PHASE 4) x 1png ♦ a ■ 18 s ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ° a EXIT #1 ■ ■ ■ ■ . 4 ■ ■ O ■ tT Z O ■ O ® ° ■ ■ s ■ ■ ■ —■ i6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ A ■ •AEs°■� DEMOLITION AND NEW MALL CORRIDOR CONSTRUCTION AREA PHASE 2 DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION AREA (PHASE 2) DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRICTION MANAGEMENT: NDaORE •acos�n��a maa.va�-, oaasono O'�ISn})65650 •5creamayerxk Eaccrrey, CioSnts •-11E 7an5)ro STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 \} SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. LLJ J Qo aT � o �0 o VT (D o0- V 0 v x � J n CJ Q C) Revisions: Mark Date By Q12= 8-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Q2.20-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS e-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE THE PHASING PLANS CREATED BY THE ARCHITECT FOR MORE SPECIFIC PROJECT INFORMATION. 2. PROVIDE CIRCUITS AS INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION AREAS. 3. WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY A/V AND VISUAL DEVICES FOR THE VARIOUS PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. CONNECT TO EXISTING SYSTEM. USE CEILING DEVICES. SUBMITTO JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. UTILIZE DEVICES COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING SYSTEM. REUSE DEVICES WHEN THAT OPTION IS AVAILABLE. Seal 4. ALL NOTES AND GENERAL.CONTENT FROM THE ELECTRICAL PLANS SHALL APPLY TO THE PHASING CONSTRUCTION AREA AS APPLICABLE. ® KEY NOTES - ELECTRICAL PLAN DOFF �JSp��� 1, PROVIDE SELF CONTAINED TWO HEADED EMERGENCY BATTERY UNITS FOR EGRESS PATH'S ESTABLISHED BY THE ARCHITECT S PHASING PLANS FOR EACH PHASE, CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE AND INSTALL ELF S S CONTAINED EBU'S AT A SPACING RATE OF t ON L A ONE EBU PER W OF EGRESS PATH, OR TIGHTER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR AS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ. S/28/20 2- EMERGENCY LIGHTING FOR THE EGRESS PATH FOR FINISHED PHASE AREAS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING i�i1Pi1 PLANS. IF REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY EBU'S FOR ANY AREAS THAT DO NOT MEET CODE. REMOVE Architect! TEMPORARY EBU'S AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 3. PROVIDE A2L/A2LE, G2L/G2LE, DBW, TRACK LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC (AS DETERMINED BY THE FIXTURE TYPES USED ON THE Engineer Job No.: ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN) FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION AREAS. FIXTURES TO BE USED AS FINAL INSTALLED FIXTURES AT THE END 029 OF EACH PHASE, IF POSSIBLE. Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 4. PROVIDE NEW ELECTRICAL PANELS AND TECH RACK AS PART OF PHASE 1 CONSTRUCTION (AS DETERMINED BY THE ELECTRICAL PLANS), [..fit ... a1.-• _ ' _ MV161L J Gift' pf Tukvtila GUIL[>P'O CiVlSt+��1 05 Neztore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: nEGCIVED LC.05 CITY OF T UIiVVI .A ISSUED FOR: ® Construction SFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER Title ELECTRICAL PHASING PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E202 Checked By MPR PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOUND IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS (AIA) (NSPE)(NEC) AND ANY OF THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. REFER TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AIA FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING; SAFETY, COORDINATION & COOPERATION, WORKMANSHIP, PROTECTION, CUTTING AND PATCHING, DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK, PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS, STORAGE, ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, ETC. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL LOCALLY ENFORCED, FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES INCLUDING ANY SPECIAL THE TENANT REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO THOSE SPECIFIED. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK, THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, INSTALLING, CONNECTING, AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS APART OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY SIMILAR INSTAL LATIONS. LLATIONS. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF A SIMILAR CHARACTER SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE TENANT A COMPLETE, CODE APPROVED AND OPERATIONAL PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 2. CAREFULLY READ SPECIFICATION FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK 50 AS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL TRADES' WORK SCOPE, CONSULT WITH OTHER TRADES TO INSURE PROPER LOCATIONS AND AVOID INTERFERENCES. ANY CONFLICT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TENANT BEFORE WORK IS COMMENCED. 3. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES S AND SITE SO AS TO COMPARE THEM WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NOTE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OTHER WORK THAT WILL BE REQUIRED, AND THE NATURE OF THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE TO ANY CONTRACTOR BY REASON OF THIS FAILURETO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION OR OF ANY ERROR ON HIS PART 4. ALL EXISTING UTILITY AND MECHANICAL SERVICES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. CORRECTIONS TO THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 5. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE THE OPENINGS WITH THE GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR. THE FINAL LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL DUCT AND LOUVER OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR 6. THIS CONTRACT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES REQUIRED FOR ALL REQUIRED PLUMBING DEMOLITION OF THE EXISTING AREAS BEING RENOVATED. a. THE DEMOLITION SHALL CONSIST OF THE COMPLETE REMOVAL (PROPERLY DISPOSED OFF SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) OF ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, MATERIALS, ETC. NOT REQUIRED IN THE FINAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS FOR THE NEW RENOVATED AREAS. b. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE CAPPED BELOW THE FLOOR c. ALL ABOVE GROUND SERVICES SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THEIR RESPECTIVE MAIN AND CAPPED OR IF THE MAIN IS NOT REQUIRED, THE MAIN SHALL BE REMOVED IN IT'S ENTIRETY. d. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE ARCHITECT AND THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALL WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PARTS, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND TENANT, WHERE AN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER HAS A WARRANTY THAT EXCEEDS ONE YEAR, THAT WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. C. DOCUMENTS 1. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS EXISTING CONDITIONS OR COORDINATION ISSUES REQUIRE CHANGES, THESE CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. ANY INCIDENTAL ITEMS OR LABOR, ETC. NOT INCLUDED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR THE DRAWINGS BUT REASONABLY IMPLIED AS NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL APPARATUS SHALL BE INCLUDING IN BID. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLE MENTEACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED EVEN THOUGH NOT MENTIONED IN BOTH. 4. IF ERRORS ARE FOUND IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN THE SAME, OR BETWEEN THE FIGURES ON THE DRAWINGS, AND THE SCALE OF SAME OR BETWEEN THE LARGER AND SMALLER DRAWINGS, OR IN THE DESCRIPTIVE MATTER ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE TENANT FOR REVIEW AND FINAL DECISION PRIOR TO THE BID DUE DATE. 5. THE BIDDING OF THIS WORK WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHERE MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER IS MENTIONED ANY ONE MAY BE UTILIZED. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MAY BE OFFERED ONLY AS AN ALTERNATE TO THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. a. SUBSTITUTIONS i. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS INDICATED. ii. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL, WITH HIS BID QUOTATION, A LIST OF ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THOSE ON WHICH THE ORIGINAL DESIGN WAS BASED. A FULL DESCRIPTION OF ALL PROPOSED SUBSTITUTED ITEMS, THE CHANGE TO THEIR BID PRICE OR OTHER REASONS FOR SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL ACCOMPANY THE BID. ALL ACCESSORIES, FEATURES, ETC., SUPPLIED WITH THE SUBSTITUTED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. iii.IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS WITH THEIR BID THE TENANT SHALL CONSIDER THE BIDDER TO BE PROPOSING THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. iv. SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO EACH SECTION FOR ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A VISIT TO THE JOB SITE AND TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL TRADE WORK CURRENTLY EXISTING AND WORK WHICH MAY BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONTRACT AWARD. RELOCATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, TO AVOID THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING SITE BEFORE STARTING ANY FABRICATION OR DOING ANY WORK IN THE FIELD AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT AND PROPER MEASUREMENTS OF HIS WORK ALONG WITH RESOLUTIONS FOR ANY CONFLICT OF SPACE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. WHERE THE WORK OF TWO OR MORE TRADES INTERFERE WITH EACH OTHER AND A DEVIATION FROM DESIGN IS NECESSARY, NEITHER WORK SHALL PROCEED UNTIL THE TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE CONFLICT AND THEY HAVE RENDERED A DECISION AS TO WHAT CHANGES SHOULD BE MADE, 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES, ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. 5. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT ALL WORK AT THE PROJECT BE DONE AS SUCH TIME AND IN SUCH MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATIONS OF THE FACILITY. A WORK SCHEDULE SHALL BE ARRANGED WITH THE TENANT TO FACILITATE WORK WITH A MINIMUM OF INTERFERENCE WITH THE TENANT'S OPERATIONS. 6. AREAS TO BE USED FOR STORAGE SHALL BE ONLY AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. ALL STORED MATERIAL SHALL BE RELOCATED OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. 7. DAILY, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXCESS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY HIS WORK. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK, CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOUND PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN THE TENANT'S EMPLOYMENT OF A SEPARATE SERVICE TO OBTAIN THIS CONDITION AND REDUCING THE FACTOR'S CONTRACT AMOUNT BY THE COST OF SUCH A SERVICE. 8. EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR THROUGH THE NEGLECT OF HIS, OR HIS SUB -TRADE'S PERSONNEL. ALL PATCHING, REPAIRING, REPLACEMENT AND PAINTING, ETC. SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT BY THE CRAFTSMEN OF THE TRADES INVOLVED. THE COSTS OF SUCH WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. E. METHODS 1. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN OPEN TRENCHES. FLOORS SHALL BE SAW CUT. PIPING SHALL BE LAID ON AN APPROPRIATELY GRADED 6" BED OF CLEAN AND DRY SAND. ENGINEERED FILL SHALL BE USED TO BACKFILL TO 6" ABOVE THE PIPING. BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH UTILIZING THE EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR THE TENANT. IF THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, ENGINEERED FILL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE UTILIZED TO BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH. BACKFILL SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN 9" LIFTS WITH ALL LIFTS COMPACTED TO 95 % PROCTOR. PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. 2. EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM ANY CEILINGS, OTHER PIPING, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK, ROOF DECK, OR JOIST BRIDGING. ITEMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM ACCEPTABLE STRUCTURAL BUILDING COMPONENTS AS DETERMINED BYTHE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 3. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE TENANT'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE REQUESTING GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. II. INSULATION A. GENERAL 1. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. C ICES. 2. CLEAN AND DRY SURFACES PRIOR TO INSULATING. 3. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 4. INSULATION JACKET AND FITTING COVER MUST BE PLENUM RATED. 5, IT IS ESSENTIAL THATTHE INTEGRITY OF THE VAPOR -BARRIER BE MAINTAINED. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF THE VAPOR BARRIER BY STAPLES, HANGERS OR WHERE OTHERWISE DAMAGED. 6. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES. 7. INSULATION SHALL BE BY OWENS-CORNING, KNAUF, OR MANVILLE. B. PLUMBING 1. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET AND SELF SEALING LAP (ASJ/SSL). a, DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING UP TO 1 1/21NCH DIAMETER - 1 INCH THICK INSULATION. 2. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PRE -MOLDED FIBERGLASS FITTINGS AND COVERED WITH A PRE -FORMED PVC FITTING COVER III.PLUMBING A.GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE PLUMBING INSTALLATION, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALLY ENFORCED BUILDING CODE, THE PLUMBING CODE, THE AMERICAN DISABILITIES ACT GUIDELINES, ANSI A117.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED AND THE UNIFORM FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (UFAS). GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL PLUMBING ROUGH IN DIMENSIONS MEET THE ABOVE NOTED REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY FINAL ROUGH IN WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BACKFILLING OR WALL INSTALLATION. 2. TEST ALL SEWER AND WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. FURNISH ACCESS DOORS FOR WALL CLEAN OUTS AND VALVES IN WALLS. 4. ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFIED HERE -IN ARE BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUGHING IN ALL SERVICES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHETHER PROVIDED BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS INSTALLATION WITH THE APPROPRIATE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR PROPER ROUGH IN INFORMATION AND SHALL REVISE THE DESIGN AS REQUIRED TO MATCH THE EQUIPMENT BEING SUPPLIED. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO CONNECT ALL FIXTURES TO THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO; ALL WATER OR NATURAL GAS CONNECTIONS FROM APPROPRIATE STOP OR VALVE, ALL DIRECT SANITARY CONNECTIONS, ALL INDIRECT WASTE CONNECTIONS TO FLOOR DRAINS OR SINKS FROM SINKS OR EQUIPMENT, COOLER AND FREEZER COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING, ETC. 5. FIRE STOPPING - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPE AND UL CONSTRUCTION DESIGN NUMBER. FOR RATED MASONRY WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER C-Al-1175. FOR RATED GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER W-L-1003. B. PIPING 1. PIPE HANGERS FOR THE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGERS WITH APPROPRIATE CLAMP. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A MAXIMUM SPACING OF: a. 6' CENTERS FOR PIPING 3/4" AND SMALLER b. & CENTERS FOR 1" PIPING, c. 10' CENTERS FOR PIPING LARGER THAN 1". d. PIPING ABOVE THE ROOF SHALL BE SUPPORTED PER THE DETAIL ON THE DRAWINGS. e. PIPE HANGERS FOR INSULATED PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE SIZED FOR THE GROSS OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF THE PIPE AND INSULATION. SEE INSULATION SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. C. SANITARY AND VENT 1. ALL PIPING SHALL PITCH TO ITS APPROPRIATE MAIN AT NO LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE. 2. UNDERGROUND WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON HUB AND SPIGOT PIPE WITH COMPRESSION GASKET JOINTS. 3. ABOVE GROUND WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE HUB AND SPIGOT CAST IRON PIPE WITH LEAD AND OAKUM JOINTS AND BE HUNG PER C.I.S.P.I. REQUIREMENTS. D.DOMESTIC WATER 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE BUILDING TENANT AND THE LOCAL WATER COMPANY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A NEW WATER METER. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THE FEES/COSTS AND INSTALLATION OF A NEW WATER METER AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND THE ASSOCIATED REMOTE READER THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL WATER COMPANY. LOCATE REMOTE READER AT BUILDING TENANT'S AND WATER COMPANY'S DIRECTION. 2. TEST WATER PIPING TO HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE OF 100 PSIG. FOR TWO HOURS. STERILIZE ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.W.W.A. STANDARDS. 3. ABOVE GROUND WATER PIPING, 3" AND SMALLER, SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN COPPER PIPE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95-5 SOLDERED JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE COPPER PRESS FITTINGS (PROPRESS SYSTEM) AS MANUFACTURED BY VIEGA. FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE MATERIAL AND SIZING REQUIREMENTS OF ASME B16.18 OR ASME B16.22. 0-RINGS FOR FITTINGS SHALL BE EDPM. INSTALLATION OF FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO CODE AND THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS. WATER PIPING JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS SHALL BE PER THE LOCALLY ENFORCED PLUMBING CODE SECTION 605.22. 4. DOMESTIC WATER VALVES SHALL BE MILWAUKEE VALVE #BA-100 OR #BA-150 BALL VALVE. ALL VALVES SHALL BE LEAD-FREE. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE O NOTE: ALL SPECS MAY NOT BE USED IN EVERY STORE. GENERAL NOTE: FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. SUPPLIED/ ITEM MARK DESCRIPTION INSTALLED MFG./PHONE # MODEL # / COLOR REMARKS BY "CADET RIGHT HEIGHT" ADA 16-1/2" H. ELONGATED PRESSURE -ASSISTED TOILET WITH FLUSHOMETER TANK. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED WC ASSOCIATED TRIM, FITTING AND HARDWARE. SEAT SHALL PC/ PC AMERICAN STANDARD (800) AMERICAN STANDARD WATER CLOSET (ADA) WHITE SOLID PLASTIC WITH OPEN FRONT LESS COVER PROVIDE V 217-1929 #2467.016 / WHITE POWER FLUSH COMPLETE WITH CHROME SUPPLY AND SERVICE STOP. VITREOUS CHINA SINKS SK3 ROUND SINK FOR CONTACT LENS T / PC JUST SINKS (847) 678-5150 SINK: CLF-ADA-10 GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. INSTALL MIXING VALVE BELOW FIXTURE, CONNECT TO SUPPLY PIPING AT FIXTURE, SET WATER TEMP. @ 110- F USING FAUCET. JUST # 1-981 TMV-1. WALL HUNG, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY, 4" O.C., CENTER SET FAUCET, WRIST BLADE HANDLES, AMERICAN J.R.SMITH 700 FIXTURE SUPPORT OR APPROVED APPROVED EQUAL FLR SK5 STANDARD HERITAGE #5401.172H; FLOW RESTRICTOR, POP PC ( PC AMERICAN STANDARD AMERICAN STANDARD #0355.012 / MTD TYPE FOR HIGH BACK LAVATORIES. INSTALL MIXING VALVE BELOW UP DRAIN, 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" CONNECTOR PIECE, 1-1/2" (800) 217-1929 WHITE VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURE, CONNECT TO SUPPLY PIPING AT FIXTURE, SET WATERTEMP. @ TAILPIECE, P-TRAP, TUBE -TO -WALL, ESCUTCH 110' F USING TMV-1. SK7 30" SINK FOR BOH-SU30 T / PC ELKAY SINK: LLVR2117STRAINER 1135, , `SELECT 1-HOLE DRILLING CONFIGURATION. G.C. TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. INSTALL MIXING VALVE BELOW FIXTURE, CONNECT TO FAUCET: DELTA 101DST SUPPLY PIPING AT FIXTURE, SET WATERTEMP. @ 110° F USING TMV-1 WALL HUNG, BARRIER FREE, ELECTRIC,120V 60Hz 1PH, 3-WIRE BI-LEVEL WATER EWC2 GROUND CORD; PLATINUM VINYL FINISH; 8.0 GPH; SELF- CONTAINED REFRIGERATION CONTROLS, PUSH BAR CONTROLS PC/PC ALS HHALLS EY TAYLOR HAC8FSBL-Q ADA PV NOT USED UNLESS FORCED 8Y LL/CODE; MAINTAIN 6" MIN, TO WALL ON COOLER AT FRONT AND SIDE; 3/8" SUPPLY CONNECTION; 1-1/2" OD 574-3500 SIDE FOR VENTILATION MOUNTING HEIGHT PER CODE. WASTE CONNECTION ONE PIECE MOLDED STONE MOP BASIN W/ 10" HIGH SINK: MSB2424, FAUCET: #830-AA MOP SINK MS SIDES FOR RECESSED INSTALLATION, 3" BASIN DRAIN W/ PC / PC FIAT PRODUCTS (912) W/ WALL BRACE, 30" HOSE COORDINATE LOCATION OF MOP HOLDER W/ LENS PROCESS SERVICE SINK STRAINER 432-0525 BRACKET: #932-AA, MOP HANGER ROOM MGR; ALSO PROVIDE'SK-5' WHEN REQUIRED #889-CC WATER HEATER WH STORAGE WATER HEATER, TANK SHALL BE GLASS DEL-0 A LO S6.OKW HEATING ELEMENT, 208V/1P REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR LOCATION LINED, 150 PSI WORKING: PRESSURE. DRAIN PC/ PC AO SMITH COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER INDIRECTLY TO MOP SINK BELOW. HEATER EYE WASH EW-1 EYE WASH, WALL MOUNTED, AUTOFLOW 90 DEGREE PC/ PC GUARDIAN G1848LH-L WITH AUTOMATIC MOUNT ON WALL BY MOP SINK AT 48" AFF TO SWING DOWN WITH TEMPERING VALVE EQUIPMENT TEMPERING VALVE G3600LF CENTERLINE, PIPED IN WALL PIPING SUPPORTS WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PC / PC WATTS/GRAINGER (800) 323-0620 #3A559 CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN W/ DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE, FLOOR DRAINS FD TAP FOR TAP PRIMER, WEEP HOLES, 3" OUTLET & 6" NICKEL PC / PC 1.R SMITH (334) 277-8520 J.R. SMITH # 2005-A-06 BRONZE ADJUSTABLE STRAINER FLOOR CLEANOUTS FCO REFER TO SHEET P002 PC / PC J.R. SMITH (334) 277-8520 4000 SERIES REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR LOCATION WALL CLEANOUTS WCO REFER TO SHEET P002 PC/ PC J.R. SMITH (334) 277-8520 4400 SERIES REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR LOCATION VALVES TMV-1 EYEWASH STATION THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PC / PC GUARDIAN G360OLF RECIRCULATION PUMP RP RECIRCULATION PUMP PC / PC BELL BE GOSSETT NBF 22U DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP. PROVIDE CHECK VALVE AND ACCESSORIES TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE CONTROLS TO START WATER FLOW BASED ON DEMAND, AND TURN OFF FLOW BASED ON LACK OF DEMAND AND TEMPERATURE HAS BEEN MET. HOT WATER SUPPLY OUTLET, SEE PLANS -------- COLD WATER SUPPLY INLET, SEE PLANS SHUT-OFF VALVES UNION OR APPROVED FLEX CONNECTOR, TYPICAL - FULL LINE SIZE COPPER RELIEF DRAIN TO HUB DRAIN OR MOP SINK ------ HOSE BIB DRAIN VALVE BEYOND ASME PRESSURE & TEMP- ERATURE RELIEF VALVE - GALVANIZED SHEET METAL OR OTHER CORROSION -RESISTANT MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION WATERTIGHT PAN. - SUPPORT WATER HEATER ASSEMBLY FROM PLATFORM. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR HW WATER HEATER SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE jPROVIDE EWH WITH EXPANSION TANK ON COLD WATER SUPPLY SIDE,QA AMTROL ORE EQUAL UNISTRUT P-1000T CHANNEL, BOLT TO WALL STRUCTURE WITH (2) 3/8" BOLTS, MINIMUM P1458 BRACKET, (3) 1/2" BOLTS AND NUTS, TYPICAL OF 2 LOCATIONS 2" X16 GA. GALVANIZED SHEET METAL STRAP FULL LINE SIZE COPPER RELIEF DRAIN TO MOP SINK HANGERRO D4P;uV LOCKING NUT SUPPORT NUT CGS C .NC' HEAVY DUTY CLEVIS HANGER MATERIAL TO MATCH PIPE. p' PIPE City] of TuVWi!31 CLEVIS HANGER DIViC'ON' SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS NO VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION UN INSULATED PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL LSCALE: NONE HANGER ROD -� LOCKING NUT SUPPORT NUT -� HEAVY DUTY CLEVIS HANGER. MATERIAL TO MATCH PIPE -. PIPE FIBERGLASS INSULATION PER SPECS 180° RIBBED 18GA. SHIELD SIMILAR TO ANVIL #168 INSULATED PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL '� SCALE: NONE TABLE C4032A MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION TI IUrXNFSS IthirJmnac in im llumP DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: O a50twomu Nxe. Masco OH95Pf0 O.f (Sn)]65650 .6Gearcykok Ean Ga^Ly, CT ttwRb 0+t (86.^/t31-9)ro STORE 479779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. O CL O O dam' 00 �2O O O _1 0 N Ce-C aJ a V O � L6 i5 O /) CD to O Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 8-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A8-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, Wl 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal _ SL STRIP To�� J41tiq A `�wi S'r/OUALG 8/28/20 DtPN2E5 t2o92t��� Architect / Engineer Job No.: TYPICAL) 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 nECEIVE D Nemmproject l!TY i)F'il*a r1itt-A Number 79779 Brand Design Type: SFP 23 2020 LCM PERMIT CENTER I ISSUED FOR: ® Construction FLUID OPERATING TEMPERATURE UNULATKM COMUCTPAIY N F`IPE OR TUBE SIZE 0rmhes) RAMM10 )USAGE m Canduetnrty a Btu-wLkh-its-°F'1 Mean Ratagl Temperature, •F <1 1Eo[1-172 1-il2 to [d dto[8. &. > 350 032 -034 250 4-5 5.0 5-0 5.0 5.0 251-350 029-0.32 200 3.0 4.0 45 45 4.5 201-250 0.27-0.30 150 25 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 141-200 0 25 -0.29 125 15 1.5 2.0 2-0 2.0 105 -140 021-029 100 1.0 1.0 15 1 15 1.5 40-60 021-027 75 0-50-5 1.0 1.0 1.0 <40 0-20-0.26 75 0.5 1.0 1A 1+0 1.5 Title PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF Pool Checked ey MPR LANDLORD NOTES LANDLORD REVIEW COMMENTS 11/25119 DESGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: ® KEY NOTES - SANITARY & VENT 1. ROUTE NEW SANITARY TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. TRENCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PIPING. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. ROUTE NEW VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. 3. ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. Im 1 PLUMBING - PARTIAL WASTE & VENT ISOMETRIC SCALE. NONE • BELOW -GRADE WORK SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF LANDLORD'S BELOW GRADE UTILITIES. ON COMPLETION OF PATCHING OF THE SLAB -ON -GRADE SYSTEM, INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER AND CONCRETE. THE OLD PORTION OF THE MALL HAS A STRUCTURAL SLAB AND NEEDS TO BE VERIFIED WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PENETRATIONS (AT TENANT'S EXPENSE) TENANT SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK. 9 KEY NOTES - SUPPLY 1. LOCATION OF NEW WATER HEATER. CONNECT ALL PIPING, ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES AND DRAIN PAN. INSULATE PIPING AS REQUIRED. ROUTE 3/4" LINE FROM DRAIN PAN TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. ROUTE LINE FROM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. 7 AIC\Ai I— AT—M 1-11. City Of ILIKWII3 CUILCs:i G DIVI 'ION! PLUMBING - SUPPLY ISOMETRIC 2 nEcclvF-r) xALE: v4•=,•.B• CITY OF T UIWILA CFP 2 3 2020 PERMIT CENTER Oarc u...oa aswo O�uslnpcs-cam '6Crcaxxry 6ukFan Ua�hy. Ci WC26 0.1 (66n a31-§J00 STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. 0 LULn Qa o vp x O v v— 10 O r ED m O Fn x V � J InCD p Lu Q q Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLOROCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q8-14-2020 OWNERCOMMENTS Qq B-27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal .� rsTt�� ww¢, eS roNat, �o� 8/28/20 EXPIRES 12•09.211 Architect I Engineer Job No. 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No rayii l Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type, LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title PLUMBING ISOMETRICS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By CheckedsyFF P002 MPR SEALANT FINISHED FLOOR CONCRETE SLAB SAW -CUT 24"X24" AREA OF EXISTING CONCRETE, CENTERED ON DRAIN AND RE -POUR W/ SLOPING SURF. TO DRAIN FURNISH WITH SEDIMENT TRAP STRUCTURE AT UPPER LEVEL TO TENANT'S SANITARY SEWER TYPICAL FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: NONE FLUSH WITH BRONZE TOP FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR OR WALK a v v v 4 BRASS PLUG J INSIDE CAULK AS REQUIRED FITTING OR EXTENSION TO SOIL OR WASTE TYPICAL FLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL 2 SCALE: NONE EXISTING Z' WATER METER IN SERVICE CORRIDOR TO REMAIN. EXISTING REMOTE READER TO REMAIN. STOP VALVE LAVATORY STOP VALVE �CW SUPPLY CLEANOUT PLUG TRAP PRIMER / VALVE / Z ELEVATION k PENETRATE WALL AND ROUTE BELOW SLAB TO FLOOR DRAIN. PROVIDE CHROME ESCUTCHEON. 1/2" TO FLOOR DRAIN SANITARY OR STOI FINISHED FLOOR , TRAP PRIMER DETAIL SCALE: NONE WALL CLEAN OUT DETAIL 11 SCALE: NONE PLUMBING -DEMOLITION 1 SCALE: 1/4 =1-0 SECURED POLISHED :COVER ® KEY NOTES - DEMOLITION 1. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE. REMOVE HOT AND COLD WATER TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE VENT TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE SANITARY TO BELOW EXISTING FLOOR, PATCH FLOOR AND LEVEL TO MATCH SURROUNDING FLOORING AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES. ABANDON UNDER FLOOR SANITARY PIPING IN PLACE. 2. REMOVE EXISTING WATER HEATER MOUNTED ABOVE THE CEILING AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 3. REMOVE EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR LINES AND FIXTURE. 4. REMOVE ALL WATER AND SANITARY CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT. REMOVE HOT AND COLD WATERTO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE VENT TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE SANITARY TO BELOW EXISTING FLOOR, PATCH FLOOR AND LEVEL TO MATCH SURROUNDING FLOORING AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES. ABANDON UNDER FLOOR SANITARY PIPING IN PLACE. 11 I ESIGN ENG'.NEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTmr— mr— t AGO xn04 C$M'J 0.16n)1655� �6Crearay &cok Faa UaRy. Ci WCM 0+r (F6;7 <3,.siOJ STORE #79779 ;OUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 �_'EATTLE, WA 98188 :onstruction for. CL Q 00 u 0 C �x O 47 � tJ u O � J vt CD Q CD Lu Revisions: Mark Date By Qi 12-18-19 EANOLORDCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS QB-14-2020 OWNERCOMMENTS Q8.27-2020 OWNER COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 8/28/20 EXPVRES * 21 ---- 1 Architect / EngineerJob No.: 029 Neutore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: I@ Construction Title PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF P100 Checked By MPR NOTE PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE )UNCTION BOXES ARE LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR OTHER FIRE WALL. NOTE MOP SINK TO BE INSTALLED ON PLATFORM AS REQUIRED TO INSURE EXISTING FOOTING BELOW IS NOT DISTURBED AND PIPING CAN BE ROUTED THRU WALL AS SHOWN. 9 KEY NOTES - SANITARY & VENT 1. ROUTE NEW SANITARY TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS, TRENCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PIPING. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. ROUTE NEW VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. 3• ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. 1 PLUMBING - SANITARY & VENT scALe va•=•r-o• NOTE: THE MIXING VALVE 15 NOT REQUIRED IN THIS EXACT POSITION. IT MUST BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION AND MUST BE WITHIN THE AREA OF THE SERVICE SINK AND WITHIN REACH OF THE OCCUPANTS. MIXING VAL\'" EYEWASH }" HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY MIXED WATER HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY P MIXED WATER 40" - 44" 40" - 44" MOP SINK/SERVICE MOP SINK/SERVICE FLOOR SINK SINK FLOOR P012 7[EYEWASH AT SERVICE SINK PLUMBING CALCULATIONS PLUMBING FIXTURE QTY SAN F.V. EACH SAN F.U. TOTAL C.W F.U. EACH WTR. DMD. TOTAL W.C. (PRESSURE ASSIST) 2 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.0 LAVATORY - SK5 2 1.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 MOP SINK - MS 1 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 FLOOR DRAIN - FD 2 2.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 SINK (SK3, SK7) 4 2.0 6.0 2.0 6.0 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC2) 1 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25 TOTALS MEM 22.5 23.25 SERVICE CONNECTION SIZE SAN. 4" WATER 1" PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE FIXTURE DRAIN HOT COLD VENT SINK SK3 SK7 11/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1-I/2° MOP SINK MS 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" WATER CLOSET WC 4" - 1/2" 2" EXISTING LAVATORY SK5 1 1/4" 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/4" FLOORDRAIN FD 2" FLOOR CLEAN OUT FCO PIPE SIZE - - - WALL CLEAN OUT PIPE SIZE - - - ELECTRIC WATER HEATER WH - 3/4" 3/4" - ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWC2 11/4" - 1/2" 1-1/4- NOTE: (SKI THRU 4) CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO FURNISH ALL LABOR PIPING MATERIALS AND APPURTENANCES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF SINKS, FAUCETS AND DRAINS FURNISHED BY OWNER BASED ON [PC 2015 9 KEY NOTES - SUPPLY 1. LOCATION OF NEW WATER HEATER CONNECT ALL PIPING, ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES AND DRAIN PAN. INSULATE PIPING AS REQUIRED. ROUTE 3/4" LINE FROM DRAIN PAN TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. ROUTE LINE FROM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. INSTALL HEAT TRAPS AT WATER HEATER USING FLEXIBLE PIPING. 2. NEW ISOLATION VALVE. 3. CONNECT NEW COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING COLD WATER SUPPLY. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD. 4. ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. 5. PROVIDE NEW HOT AND COLD ISOLATION VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE. 6. PROVIDE NEW COLD ISOLATION VALVE AT EACH FIXTURE. 7. INSTALL PIPING SUCH THAT THE VOLUME/MAX PIPE LENGTHS IS NOT EXCEEDED PER C404.3.1, 8. INSULATE PIPING ACCORDING TO TABLE C403.2.9. 9. GC TO INSTALL MOP SINK ON PLATFORM THIS AREA AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE EXISTING FOOTING BELOW IS NOT DISTURBED. FROM PREVIOUS FIXTURE TO NEXT FIXTURE TO NEXT FIXTURE 4 .l 3 z 1O (TYP-) 19RECIRCULATION SYSTEM FIXTURE ROUGH -IN NOTES 1. HOT WATER PIPING SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS AND ISOMETRIC IS SHOWN FOR PLAN CLARITY. HOT WATER PIPING SHALL LOOP DOWN INTO WALL AS SHOWN. 2. SIZE DISTANCE PER STATE AND LOCAL PLUMBING CODE FOR MAXIMUM WATER CAPACITY PER PIPE SIZE TO FIXTURE. 3. PIPE SIZE TO FIXTURE PER PLANS. 4. PIPE SIZE FOR HOT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PER PLANS. PLUMBING FIXTURE ROUGH -IN DETAIL WITH RECIRC PUMP 14 SCALE: NONE TABLE C404.3.1 PIPING VOLUME AND MAXIMUM PIPING LENGTHS EXISTING 2" WATER ME IN SERVICE CORRIDOR EXISTING REMOTE READER PIPE SUE WMML(Fed)110-hes} VQW aunrses lrer1but UM 14PMG LIENGIN Ptr51'ie Iavatary faucets 4alterfuhres atwl appliances it4 0.33 6 50 Safi 05 4 50 its 0.75 3 50 in 15 2 43 5A 2 1 32 3M 3 0.5 21 its 4 05 16 1 1 5 05 13 1114 8 0-5 a lii2 11 05 6 2 or larger 18 05 14 PLUMBING SYMBOLS (ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) - 0 ELBOW UP CAP ON END LINE ELBOW DOWN --I WALL CLEANOUT VALVE IN DROP ------- 9 FLOOR CLEANOUT --0 - TEE OUTLET UP ® FLOOR DRAIN WITH P-TRAP TEE OUTLET DOWN --t nn )- r� M/ATER METER I UNION 1j1 :81OD �LUMBINGFIXTURES CT7 BALL VALVE i -POINT OF NEW CONNECTION ------ill---------- CHECK VALVE - - TO EXISTING PIPING OR SYSTEM O/H OVERHEAD - - - - - - SANITARY PIPING(VJ) - SANITARY VENT PIPING M ON DOWN U/G UNDERGROUND COLD WATER (CW) EX EXISTING - HOT WATER (HW) -- DGI VALVE STANDARD P.D.I. WH 201 WATER HAMMER ARRESTER SCHEDULE P.D.I. UNITS A� A O OG OD O O FIXTURE UNITS 1-3 4-11 12-32 33-60 61-113 114-154 155-330 Col 1 I I 1 I A_ i -jI 40T WATER RETURN i CjALANCING VALVE C0ECK VALVE HOT WATER- RETURN LINE 7J2" IB I \✓ I ___ S--- __ K3 i 4 s I I II 3/4' �1 s4/7 I gyp) I �- SK3 - 1 r-r I DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENTNB<r0pi: q amoL�mmr w,ms o8nswn q•Icslaless srco geese ,...ra�aEaa c.�nr. crmez q., las��s�.s�ro STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. %W All Q0 l? � O v_0 Iz Ixi 0 O -x 03 � V v- EO O Q � O � J In d LU Q CD Revisions: Mark Date By 12-t8-19 tANDLORDCOMMENTS Qz 2.28.20 BUILDING DEPARTMEM COMMENTS Q8-U-2020 OWNERCOMMENTS Q8.27.2020 OWNERCOMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record - - - - 1/z -.- Michael Romes, PE 7" 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 3/4" I (920) 445-5007 _ U U-_U we ' Seal 4 6 4 6 SKS I I 'SS' N T c n I FSS, A4 �G, 8/28/20 wC 7 Ell EXPIiE'B g0921 - I 4 6 1 tii __ GIII Architect/Engineer lob No.: 4 s ( II 029 K5 I 3/4" Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 - I -- - , I 1j2" II Nextore project Number 79779 i - - -� - Brand Design Type; LC.05 4 5 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction SECERVEn - CITY OF TUK%V,ILA u SFp 23 20201 Ill �" Title PLUMBING PLANS I PERMIT CENTEJW 1 ;1 i I Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By dBy P2OO PLUMBING - SUPPLY 2 Chr MPR ALe va =1=0• EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION MAIN TO REMAIN. 1 ® KEY NOTES - FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS. RE -WORK PIPING AS REQUIRED. 2. ANY SHUTDOWN OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM DURING INSTALLATION OF TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES WILL REQUIRE A 24-HOUR NOTICE TO ALL OTHER TENANTS WITHIN THE SYSTEM AND SHALL BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE MANAGER OF TENANT CONSTRUCTION. l v 1 nw ❑ nx Li 41 ) 1 z (TYP) a 41 a _ _ 1 (TYP) ❑ ❑ �O O� �I"V 16 220 1 Gi!y of Takvf;!a ,!S DIVISION cl (IYP) nECEttiEi `i ® mP) CITY OF UIQ �O -0O SFP 2 3 20; (a (TYP) PERMIT CEIN FIRE PROTECTION - DEMOLITION I D DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEI : amommmmmm 11 XL— O wco,:,pmm nay. uattnoa<sneo 0•itA�iE4650 O6Gea�ery &cct Fan Grab', <i cfiCM C-, (BEG <3,910p STORE ##79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. O Q CD O Ln 00 U0 c O O J c Q) G tt— t6 ru U iB Qx n J C7 Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLOROCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUIIDiNGDEPARTMENTCOMMENTS Q8-1,1-2020 O—ERCOMMENTS A 8-01-I010 A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Grown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal �SSyONAL �O` 8/28/20 EXPIRES Tb06.21 Architect / Engineer Job Ng.; 029 Nutore Store Design Revision I 05 16 Nextpre Project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction I ii Tid, FIRE PROTECTION 0 DEMOLITION PLAN TER ..®.® Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF FP100 Checked By WER FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CONCEALED QUICK RESPONSE HEAD O SUPPLY FACTORY PAINTED CUSTOM COLOR FACE PLATES FOR THE RECESSED HEADS. PLACE ORDER FOR FACE PLATES EARLY IN JOB. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING COLOR ® SEMI RECESSED CHROME QUICK RESPONSE HEAD NEW FIRE PROTECTION PIPING EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING DOWN UP PIPE RISERS -}—� POINT OF CONNECTION (PE) E� CAPPED PIPING NOTE PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE JUNCTION BOXES ARE LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR OTHER FIRE WALL. SCOPE: OVERVIEW: THE WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS REFLECTING THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK FOR THE FIRE PROTECTIONOACTUAL AND FINAL CONTRACTOR. CTR DESIGN, INCLUDING ANY SUBMITTALS AND ALL RELATED COSTS, ARE TO BE BORNE BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. THE SCOPE OF THIS INSTALLATION IS TO MODIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE TENANT SPACE AND INSTALL NEW SPRINKLER HEADS FOR THIS TENANT FROM THE EXISTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. DURING BIDDING, VISIT PROJECT FACILITY AND REVIEW THE DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER TRADES TO DETERMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE SCOPE AND EXTENT OF THE REQUIRED WORK. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 15300 FOR ADDITIONAL CRITERIA. HEADS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY, FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EXACT PLACEMENT AND CODE COMPLIANCE. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. WHERE APPLICABLE, ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED ABOVE HUNG CEILINGS AND WITHIN CHASES AND FURRED -IN PASSAGES. PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, ETC, NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT OR DRILLED WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE, 1 9 KE 1. PROVIDE NEW SPRINKLERS IN HEAD AND CEILING APPEARA WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE C IN SOFFITS. FIRE PROTECTION DEFERRED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS The fire protection plans in this set of drawings is for design intent. The General Contractor shall engage the fire sprinkler contractor (where required, the Landlord required contractor) to complete an installation that is compliant with applicable codes. Include submittals to the jurisdiction as required to secure permit and certificate of occupancy. Include all and jurisdictional fees as required for this work. EXISTING FIRE MAIN TO REM, OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, APPROVALS, INSPECTIONS AND TESTS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVALS FROM STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. OBTAIN ALL APPROVALS PRIOR TO UNDERTAKING ANY WORK. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SIGNS, PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SYSTEM ACCESSORIES. DURING BIDDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET WITH THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT AND LANDLORD TO REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS AND TO DETERMINE THE CRITERIA AND ALL RELATED DETAILS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE APPROVAL OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND COVERAGE. CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS AND CRITERIA DURING BIDDING SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF COMPLYING WITH THE CRITERIA WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE GOVERNED BY ALL APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF DIVISION 1 AND DIVISION 15 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, PIPE SUPPORTS: HANGERS, CLAMPS, RODS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES OF AN APPROVED TYPE AND IN SUFFICIENT NUMBER TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED- PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ROUND WROUGHT U-TYPE APPROVED ADJUSTABLE HANGERS. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY INDIVIDUAL QUALIFIED BY THE STATE, ALL SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED IN CEILING TILE SHALL BE CENTERED IN 2X2 TILE. BUILDING IS MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY, ACCEPTANCE TESTING SHALL INCLUDE: HYDRO -TESTING OF PIPING AT 200 PSI FOR 2 HOURS, OPERATIONAL TEST OF FLOW SWITCH, VIA THE INSPRS TEST CONNECTION. OPERATIONAL TEST OF TAMPER SWITCHES. MAIN DRAIN TEST OPERATIONAL TEST OF CONTROL VALVES, WHILE UNDER SYSTEM PRESSURE. PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES TO BE FIRE -CAULKED PER AN UL LISTED DETAIL, TO BE SHOWN ON THE SHOP DWGS. DESIGN APPROACH: INDICATE A HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS FIRE RATING INSPECTION BUREAU AND ALL CODES. SUBMIT SHOP. DRAWINGS, VERIFY AVAILABLE WATER SUPPLY STATIC, RESIDUAL PSI, AND GPM OF FLOW NUMBERS WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR PRIOR TO BID PIPING TO BE STEEL WITH COMPATIBLE FITTINGS PER NFPA.13. USE SCH-40 FOR BRANCHUNES, AND SCH-10 FOR MAINS. OTHER DEVICES AND MATERIALS TO BE PER NFPA 13. THE LANDLORD REQUIRES NOTICE PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK ON THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH LANDLORD AND FOR ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS WITH DRAIN DOWNS AND REFILLING OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR MUST BE USED FOR ALL SPRINKLER & ASSOCIATED WORK COORDINATE WITH GC. FOR INSTALLER INFO. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BIDS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF THE CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXIS. FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXIS. CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BYTHE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT THE CONTRACTORS COST, BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. LAYOUT OF ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE CAREFULLY PLANNED AND COORDINATED WITH EACH OTHER AND ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS TO ENSURE THAT CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED WILL BE MAINTAINED. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN ADVANCE IF POTENTIAL CONFLICTS MAY EXIST. MODIFICATIONS TO WORK IN PLACE DUE TO FAILURE TO PROPERLY COORDINATE LAYOUTS WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL AND RECEIVE THEIR APPROVAL BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION CAN BEGIN, APPROVED DRAWINGS MUST BE AT THE JOB SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE APPROVAL LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT. SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER AND THE LOCAL FACTORY MUTUAL OFFICE TO RECEIVE THEIR APPROVAL BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION CAN BEGIN. APPROVED DRAWINGS MUST BE AT THE JOBSITE DURING CONSTRUCTION, PLUMBING, HEATING AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, PIPING, AND CONDUIT INSTALLATIONS TO ASSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND NEEDED ROOM TO INSTALL RESPECTIVE SYSTEMS, ALL CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS AND ROOF, PATCH TO MEET CODES. ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS, INCLUDING RELATED DUCTS, PIPING, VENTS, WIRING, CONTROLS, VALVES, ETC..., SHALL COMPLY WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) ARTICLE 110, PARA. 110-16, SUB- a., AND ARTICLE 384, PAR 384-4. EACH DISCIPLINE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE ABOVE NEC ARTICLES. DES' N ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NEXMIKE •nacoiuma�waa. uam oNeswa 0-�ts3l rsscxa •6Cre-nrey9,cck fa#Grar6y, Ci[5^.16 0-rryw'�e3i9'/00 STORE 479779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4iE4.16 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. CD ne DO O LQ 00 U 0 O J Ol U v— (D O � D r ON L/)o Revisions: Mark Cate BY At2.,8.19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS A2.2&20 BUILDING DEPARTME NT COMMENTS A3 B-14-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A8-2-2020 OWNER COMMENTS A Architect J Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal �" ONAL 8128/20 EXPIRES �0921 Architect / Engineer ob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF FP200 Chec ed Bic y — MPR A C// 1 FIRE PROTECTION - PLAN SCALE. V1 =1' 0' DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: A. 'DOCUMENTS', AS USED HEREIN, SHALL COMPRISE THE ENTIRE INTEGRATED SET OF ALL WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS RELATED TO THE PROJECT, INCLUSIVE OF, BUT NOT EXCLUSIVE TO, ALL CONTRACTS, SUBCONTRACTS, DRAWINGS, SKETCHES, MEMORANDA, ADDENDA, SPECIFICATIONS, MANUALS, POLICIES, RULES AND REGULATIONS, LANDLORD DESIGN CRITERIA, SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, PERMITS, APPROVALS, REGULATIONS AND CODES. 'PROJECT%AS USED HEREIN, SHALL REFER TO THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF PROVIDING A FINISHED FACILITY, READY AND USEABLE FOR ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, ANY DISCREPENCIES FROM PLANS SHALL BE CONVEYED TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION. SUBMISSION OF BID SHALL CONSTITUTE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. ALL MATERIALS AND/OR LABOR FOR THE PROJECT WHICH IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR IS REASONABLY INFERABLE THEREIN AS BEING NECESSARY TO PRODUCE A FINISHED PROJECT, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WHETHER OR NOT THE WORK IS EXPRESSLY COVERED IN THE DOCUMENTS. THIS APPLIES TO ALL WORK, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THOSE ITEMS INDICATED N.I.C. ("NOT IN CONTRACT") OR BY OTHERS. THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS SHALL ALWAYS BE THE GOAL. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COORDINATION BETWEEN SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, VENDORS OR ANY OTHER PARTIES SUPPLYING GOODS OR SERVICES TO THE PROJECT. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE GIVEN TO ANY PARTY WHO HAS BID FROM AN INCOMPLETE SET OF DOCUMENTS OR WITH INSUFFICIENT FAMILIARITY WITH THE PROJECT OR THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS THEREOF. IN THE EVENT OF INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DOCUMENTS, CODES, CRITERIA OR REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF SUCH DISCREPANCIES OR INCONSISTENCIES, D. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. TO VERIFY BOTH EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITHIN 24 HOURS OF STARTING ANY PROJECT. THE G.G. SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INITIATING CONSTRUCTION. E. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING A CURRENT SET OF CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS ON SITE AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INDICATE ON THESE PLANS ALL APPROVED CHANGES TO THE WORK. THIS SET OF DRAWINGS SHALL BE UPLOADED VIA PROJECT READY IN POP FORMAT TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE MARKED UP TO REPRESENT A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE SET OF "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS. ANY AND ALL CHANGES SHALL BE NOTED ON SAID PLANS. F. IF ANY ERRORS, DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS APPEAR OR ARE EVIDENT ON ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, VENDOR OR SUPPLIER SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. G. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS SUBMITTED IN WRITING AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER, H. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, ON OR BEFORE THE SOONER OF: WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS OF CONTRACT AWARD OR THE START OF THE PROJECT PROVIDE TO NEXTORE AND KEEP CURRENT A LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS TO BE USED ON THE PROJECT. PR T THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A COPY OF THIS LIST TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION, AND A COPY IS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE CLOSEOUT PACKAGE FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, I I. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT, VERIFY AND INVENTORY ALL SHIPMENTS OF NEXTORE SUPPLIED MATERIALS, INCLUDING THOSE TO AND FROM ANY OFF SITE WAREHOUSE FACILITIES. THIS INCLUDES VERIFYING PACKING LISTS AGAINST ORDER FORMS AND BILLS OF LADING AND NOTING AND REPORTING ANY DAMAGES OR SHORTAGES TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER, IF NOT DONE WITHIN 24 HOURS OF DELIVERY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY AND ALL AOCIATED COSTS INCLUDING EXPEDITED FREIGHT CHARGES TO MEET THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. THE GENERAL CONTRACSSTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING DAMAGE REPORTS AND MAINTAINING PACKING MATERIALS FOR RETURN SHIPMENT OF DAMAGED ITEMS. J. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL HANDBOOKS, MANUALS, WARRANTY DOCUMENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS PAPERWORK, INCLUDING ALL PACKING SLIPS AND BILLS OF LADING IN A MARKED BINDER. THIS BINDER IS TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE STORE GENERAL MANAGER AT PROJECT COMPLETION. COPIES OF THOSE ITEMS AND DOCUMENTS RE UIRED FOR INCLUSION O EG Q IN THE CLOSEOUT PACKAGE SHALL BE MADE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS NEEDED FOR THIS SUBMISSION. K. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY C OF O LIEN WAIVERS WARRANTIES GUARANTEES AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS. THE ORIGINAL C CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS TO BE LEFT WITH THE STORE GENERAL MANAGER. L. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CLEAN UP AND DISPOSAL OF ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS GENERATED BY ALL TRADES. GC. TO REMOVE/DISPOSE OF ALL BOXES/CRATES/TRASH OF TENANT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ITEMS INCL. DISPLAY FIXTURES & HARDWARE. DAILY CLEAN REQUIRED. M. THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH FACE OF WALL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED N. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE ALTERED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM NEXTORE OR NEXTORPS ARCHITECT. O. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN EGRESS AT ALL TIMES DURING STORE OPERATION CONSTRUCTION. P. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION TIMES AND NOISE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START, NO EXTRA COSTS WILL BE ALLOWED TO ACCOMMODATE ANY RESTRICTIONS OR LIMITATIONS Q. UPON SURFACES / FIXTURES PER A UFFACTURER'SSIINSTRUCTIONS AND IT SHALL BE THERTO EOMPLOY NSIBILITY THE SERVE ES OF AOF THGENEL PROFESSIONACONTRACTORL CAN COMPANY TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE TENANT OF AN ABSOLUTELY CLEAN STORE. (2) CLEANINGS REQUIRED. (1) PRIOR TO PUNCH & (1) AT TURNOVER. THE FINAL CLEANING IS TO BE PERFORMED NO MORE THAN ONE DAY PRIOR TO THE TURN OVER. IF AN UNTIDY STORE IS TURNED OVER, NEXTORE RESERVES THE RIGHT, WITHOUT NOTICE TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, TO EMPLOY PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICES AND DEDUCT THE COST PLUS 15% FROM THE BALANCE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. R. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, MERCHANDISE, CARPET, ETC., INCLUDING THE WORK OF OTHERS, THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. S. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ACTIVITIES WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, AND COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD, ALL INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES. ANY SHUT DOWNS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR T. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A LANDLORD AND CODE COMPLIANT TEMPORARY BARRICADE AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER, UNLESS THE PLANS SPECIFICALLY CALL OUT FOR THIS WORK TO BE BY OTHERS. U. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A TEMPORARY ENTRANCE WITH DOORS, FRAMES AND LOCKS, UNLESS THE PLANS SPECIFICALLY CALL OUT FOR THIS WORK TO BE BY OTHERS. V. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA, THE LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS, NEXTORE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, NEXTORPS STANDARD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND ACCEPTED BEST CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FILE ANY NEEDED "NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT" OR OTHER FILINGS RELATED TO THE PROJECT IN THE APPROPRIATE OFFICES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO POST SUCH NOTICES AT THE JOB SITE. W. ALL WOOD CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BLOCKING, SHALL BE FIRE RESISTANT TREATED (FRT). ALL NEW FRAMING AT THE STOREFRONT AND / OR ABOVE THE CEILING SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE. X. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK, COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD OR ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AND BEAR THE COSTS FOR, ALL EXPLORATIONS / X-RAYS REQUIRED FOR CUTTING/CORING OF THE SLAB OR EXCAVATING. Y. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL THEIR WORK AND THE WORK OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS WITH THE STRUCTURE AND SHELL BUILDING ELEMENTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DRAWINGS AND THE BUILDING SHELL. Z. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CONCEALED BLOCKING AND SIGNAGE FOR SAME AS REQUIRED. QUANTITIES, SIZES AND LOCATIONS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS ARE ONLY SUGGESTED QUANTITIES, SIZES AND LOCATIONS, THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT OF ANY BODY HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL PREVAIL. AA, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, INSTALL, LOCATE, RELOCATE, RECONFIGURE THE FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY THE INTENT OF THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY CODE OR BODY HAVING V THE WORK, ALL FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORK SHALL BE 'DESIGN BUILD' BY THE GENERAL JURISDICTIONO ER E OR . CONTRACTOR, UNLESS CALLED OUT TO BE PERFORMED SPECIFICALLY BY OTHERS IN THE DOCUMENTS (SEE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES. GC TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REQUIRED VENDOR. AB. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, PROVIDE AND INSTALL ANY AND ALL DUST PROTECTION, REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION, AC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL FLOOR PREPARATION AS NEEDED TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH FINISHED FLOORING MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. AD, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF ALL CEILING WORK WITH THE MEP DRAWINGS. AE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF ALL LIGHTING WITH THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS / REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. AP. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SUPPORTS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. AG. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS AND FIRE PROOFING IN ALL INSTANCES. AH. ALL PENETRATIONS OF DEMISING WALLS, ROOF AND FLOOR SHALL BE FIRE SAFE / PROOF PER CODES / LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT SHALL PREVAIL. Ai. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE, UNLOAD, AND PROVIDE SAFE STORAGE OF ALL NEXTORE / NEXTORE SUPPLIED AND / OR INSTALLED MATERIAL. TRASH REMOVAL OF ALL BOXES / CRATES CONTAINING NEXTORE / NEXTORE SUPPLIED AND / OR INSTALLED MATERIAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLOORING, MILLWORK, LIGHTING, HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. AJ. NOTICE OF INCIDENT: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, VIA ELECTRONIC MEDIUM AND NEXTORE STANDARD NOTIFICATION AND REPORTING FORMS, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY INCIDENT INVOLVING THE PROJECT WHICH RESULTS IN CONTACT WITH ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR AS CALLED OUT IN NEXTORE'S OR THE LANDLORDS RULES, REGULATIONS OR POLICIES. AK. WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOS, DAILY REPORTS, SAFETY INSPECTIONS, SCHEDULE UPDATES, CHANGE ORDER LOGS, RFI LOGS, AND TOOL BOX TOPICS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER VIA PROJECT READY AS REQUIRED IN THE DOCUMENTS OR DIRECTED BY THE NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. AL. FOR THOSE PROJECTS THAT ARE "OPEN REMODELS"; STORES WILL REMAIN OPEN DURING REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS WHILE CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. ALL DISTURBANCES TO SURROUNDING BUSINESSES AND AREAS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. WORK DURING AN OPEN REMODEL IS TYPICALLY PERFORMED "AFTER NORMAL OPERATING HOURS." GC MUST COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER AND OR STORE OPERATIONS MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. THERE SHALL BE NO UP -CHARGE SUBMITTED, ALLOWED, OR CONSIDERED FOR ANY SUCH AFTER HOURS WORK. SAFETY: SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ASSOCIATES AND CUSTOMERS SHALL BE THE NUMBER ONE PRIORITY FOR ALL CONTRACTORS ON ANY NEXTORE PROJECT. OSHA REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE SCOPE OF WORK EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY NOT BE LISTED SEPARATELY. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COPY OF THEIR SITE SPECIFIC SAFETY PLAN ON SITE AT ALL TIMES i-LCI-STI.1-GO01-REV00 1. BUILDING PERMIT AND CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY: A. THE GC SHALL CONTACT THE NEXTORE P.M. OR THE PERMIT EXPEDITOR TO SECURE THE PERMIT. PERMIT SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A VISIBLE, LOCATION AT THE SITE. PERMITS SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE GC AND SUBMITTED TO TENANT AS A NET COST. B. THE GC SHALL ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. C. THE GC SHALL DETERMINE IF THE INSPECTORS WILL BE CHECKING LAB / LENS PROCESSING ROOM EQUIPMENT FOR UL OR ETL LABELS AND NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT TEAM NO LATER THAN 4 WEEKS BEFORE "PUNCH". D. IF REQUIRED, A "TEMPORARY C OF 0" OR BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVAL SHALL BE RECEIVED TO SET DOWN EQUIPMENT. 2. DIMENSIONS: THE WORD'HOLD' REFERS TO A CRITICAL DIMENSION AND MUST BE ADHERED TO. IF THESE DIMENSIONS CAN NOT BE MET, CALL THE NEXTORE P.M. FOR DIRECTION. 3. ON -SITE COMMUNICATION: A. THE GC SHALL CONTACT THE NEXTORE P.M. TO RESOLVE ALL FIELD ISSUES. B. GC TO HAVE CELL PHONE WITH VOICEMAIL CAPABILITIES. C. GC TO HAVE LAPTOP ON SITE WITH WIR CAPABILITIES. 4. CHANGE ORDERS: NO ADDITIONAL COSTS OR DESIGN CHANGES WILL BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE NEXTORE P.M. AND THE EXECUTION OF THE NEXTORE CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE, PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH WORK. CHANGE ORDER WORK COMPLETED WITHOUT SIGNED APPROVAL TO DO SAME, IS DONE SO AT THE GC'S RISK. 5. SUBCONTRACTOR COORDINATION: THE GC MUST BE PRESENT AT ALL TIMES FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. THE GC SHALL GIVE SUBCONTRACTORS APPROPRIATE NOTICE BEFORE REQUIRING THEM ON SITE, COORDINATE INSTALLATION DATES, AND COMMUNICATE SITE SPECIFIC DETAILS. THE GC SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND DIVISION OF WORK WITH THE NEXTORE P.M. SUBCONTRACTORS SHOULD CONTACT THE GC FOR SCHEDULE CLARIFICATIONS, MILLWORK CASEWORK: GC SHALL COORDINATE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO WALL CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE THE AREA READY PRIOR TO FIXTURE DELIVERY. READY SHALL BE DEFINED AS FLOORING DOWN THRU-OUT THE RETAIL AND OPTOMETRIC DOCTOR OD RECEPTION LIGHTING SOFFITS BUILT OUT DRYWALLED FINISHED PAINTLIGHTING PANTED AND FIXTURES INSTALLED ALL WALLS IN THE RETAIL AND OD RECEPTION MUST B FINISHED AND PAINT A AN U E S PAINTED, ALL ELECTRICAL D MECHANICAL ROUGH -OUTS MUST BE COMPLETED STORE MUST BE SECURED FROM THE OUTSIDE. ONCE THE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MILLWORK DROP / INSTALL DATE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED, ANY CHANGES TO THE ESTABLISHED DATE MUST BE COMMUNICATED AT LEAST 7 DAYS PRIOR. 6. DATA-POS PHONES: NEW T.I. & RELO STORES: BACKBOARD TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 7 CALENDAR DAYS OF THE CONSTRUCTION START DATE. ACCESS TO BACKBOARD SHALL BE AFFORDED TO ALL TENANT VENDORS. TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC AND DATA CABLING INSTALLED ONE WEEK BEFORE "PUNCH" FOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION AND TESTING. CONTACT NEXTORE P.M. IF NEEDED, REMODEL STORES: GC TO COORDINATE ALL TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT DATA AND PHONE CABLINGDURING THE OPEN REMODEL. KEEPING STORE POE AND PHONE SYSTEMS ON LINE AND ACTIVATED AT ALL TIMES. COORDINATE WORK WITH TENANT LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR. 7. ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING DELIVERIES GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF DELIVERIES FOR THE OFF-LOADING OF SAME, AND TO VE RIFY FY REPORT ANY DAMAGE AND FOR THE SAFE STORAGE OF ALL MATERIALS RECEIVED. THE V GCSHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. 8. METER INSTALLATION WATER/ ELECTRIC / GAS): UTILITY ACCOUNT TRANSFER / SETUP (FOR CORPORATE NEW AND RELOCATION STORES ONLY): GC SHALL CONTACT THE NEXTORE RETAIL STORE MAINTENANCE HOTLINE (513)765-3500 UPON ARRIVAL AT THE SITE. GC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY UTILITY COSTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. GC TO CONTACT NEXTORE TO CONVERT METERS 7 NEXTORE NAME IMMEDIATELY UPON CONSTRUCTION START UP. GC T H WIN O PROVIDE O DET EFOLLO GINFORMATIO WHEN CALLING: T R A. STORE ADDRESS AND SPACE # B. UTILITY COMPANY (S) NAME AND PHONE # (ILE., GAS, ELECTRIC, WATER AND POSSIBLY SEWER) C. METER AND SOCKET # (IF USED) D. EXPECTED "PUNCH" DATE (TIMING FOR NEW INSTALLATION OR UTILITY ACCOUNT TRANSFER WILL BE EXECUTED ON/OR BEFORE THE "PUNCH"DATE). 9. TURNOVER PROCEDURE: A. THE GC SHALL CALL THE THE NEXTORE P.M. TO CONFIRM THE TURNOVER DATE NO LATER THAN 10 WORKING DAYS BEFORE TURNOVER. B. ALL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS, INCLUDING ITEMS ON THE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE ARE TO BE COMPLETED BEFORE TURNOVER DAY. C. THE GC AND NEXTORE P.M. TO CONDUCT THE PUNCH WALKTHROUGH, NOTING ALL DEFICIENCIES AND TIMING FOR RESOLUTION. D. A "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" DOCUMENT WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE GC. THE GC SHALL REMAIN ON SITE UNTIL ALL "PUNCH LIST" ITEMS ARE COMPLETE AND THE NEXTORE PM HAS SIGNED OFF CONFIRMING COMPLETION OF THE "PUNCH LIST". E. A COPY OF THE "CONFIRMED COMPLETION OF PUNCH LIST" WILL BE GIVEN TO THE NEXTORE P.M. 10. SETDOWN FOR NEW CORPORATE STORES: NEXTORE'S NEW STORE TEAM WILL DELIVER ALL REMAINING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS TO THE STORE ON THE EVENING OF "TURNOVER" DAY. THE GC SHALL BE ON SITE ON THE DAY AFTER "TURNOVER" WITH ONE 1 PLUMBER AND ONE 1 O O ELECTRICIAN TO ASSIST THE SETDOWN TEAM TO RESOLVE ANY ISSUES. THE GC SHALL SUPPLY D MP TER FOR REMOVAL U S OOF SETDOWN DEBRIS. 11. SOUND SYSTEM: A. THE GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO CONTACT SOUND VENDOR 4 WEEKS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED DATE TO ARRANGE FOR INSTALLATION. B. REMODELS AND RELOCATIONS: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL, STORAGE AND REINSTALLATION OF SYSTEM (INCLUDING CD PLAYERS AND SPEAKERS) AT NEXTORE STORES DURING DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. 12. SECURITY ALARM TRANSFER/MODIFICATION A. ALARM TRANSFER / MODIFICATION - GC SHALL CONTACT THE SECURITY VENDOR DURING ANY POINT IN CONSTRUCTION THE GC DETERMINES THEY WILL NEED TO DISABLE OR RELOCATE ANY ALARM SYSTEM COMPONENTS. GC SHALL AWAIT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE "NEXTORE SECURITY LIAISON" BEFORE TAKING ANY ACTION ON THE SECURITY SYSTEM. B. CAMERAS - GC SHALL CONTACT THE "NEXTORE LOSS PREVENTION MANAGER" TO COORDINATE THE REINSTALLATION OF SECURITY CAMERAS ON REMODEL OR RELOCATION STORES THAT ALREADY HAVE CAMERAS IN PLACE AND ARE BEING DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION, 13. AIR BALANCE REPORTS: G.C. RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN AIR BALANCING REPORT FROM A VENDOR INDEPENDENT FROM THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. 2-LCI-STI.1-G001-REV00 THIS PROJECT IS THE REMODEL OF AN EXISTING LENSCRAFTERS TENANT. NO CHANGE IN USE GROUP, CONSTRUCTION TYPE AND OR OCCUPANCY THE SCOPE OF THIS BUILD -OUT WILL INCLUDE: • CONSTRUCTION OF NEW NON LOAD BEARING WALLS • NEW STOREFRONT FINISHES • NEW FLOORING FINISHES • NEW CEILING • NEW FURNITURE AND FIXTURES • NEW OD OFFICE EQUIPMENT • NEW SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS • UTILITY WORK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE PROJECT SCOPE • GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL APPLICABLE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. • CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LANDLORD, LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. • THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHAH CONSTITUTE THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS BY TENANT, AND THE OWNER CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. • IN THE EVENT THAT THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER, NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER, AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR DIRECTION PRIOR TO BIDDING OR PROCEEDING WITH THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. • THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW ALL ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. 3-LCI-STI.1-GO01-REV00 J {r. ,.0 s LANDLORD WESTFIELD CONTACT EMILY YEE STREET ADDRESS 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL CITY, STATE, ZIP SEATTLE, WA 98188 PHONE 773,372.0565 EMAIL emitY.Y ee urw.com 4 LCI ST11-GO01-REV00 c ? RETAIL AREA 2,866 OD SPACE 1303 BACK OF HOUSE 7 R-ROOM 429 GROSS LEASEABLE SPACE 4,596 8-LCI-STI.1-GO01-REV00 NAME SOUTHCENTER MALL STREET ADDRESS 416 SOUTHCENTER MALL CITY STATE ZIP • SEATTLE WA 98788 5-LCI-ST7.1-G001-REVOO DEPARTMENT TUKWILA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT STREET ADDRESS 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD #100 CITY, STATE, ZIP TUKWILA, WA 98188 PHONE 206-431-3670 9-LCI-STI.1-G001-REV00 w # - de. � Z 1 1" t i S � R� f v ) ti k r . L L I , '�„R,.x, z r x 1S-„ ..,5, ».G CONSTRUCTION TYPE: II-B FULLY SPRINKLERED PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS M (MERCANTILE). REMODEL SCOPE 64 OCCUPANTS 32 MALE 32 FEMALE EXISTING OCCUPANCY: EXISTING TENANT "LENSCRAFTERS" MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURES PROPOSED OCCUPANCY: M (MERCANTILE) NO CHANGE TABLE 2902.1 (MERCANTILE /BUSINESS OCCUPANCY) I-) WATER CLOSETS AND LAVATORIES: BUILDING: 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2 A MALE AND FEMALE RESTROOM WITH ONE MECHANICAL: 2015 SEATTLE MECHANICAL CODE WATERCLOSET AND ONE LAVATORY PROVIDED FIRE: 2015 SEATTLE FIRE CODE A 2.) DRINKING FOUNTAIN: HLLO PROVIDED 2 PLUMBING: 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 3.) SERVICE SINK: 1 PROVIDED ELECTRICAL 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY D ENERGY: G CODE ACCESSIBILITY CODE: ICC A117.1 / ADA SPRINKLERED: YES FIRE ALARM: YES NOTE TO BUILDING D DEPARTMENT -REFERENCE EGRESS PLAN SHEET A103.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS* ves (MISC. INFO.. EXISTING IN -SWING ENTRY EGRESS: OCCUPANT LOAD: TABLE 1004.1.2 DOORS ARE DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. REFERENCE NOTES ON EGRESS PLAN) SALES AREAS 2,866 S.F. / 60 = 48 OD AREA 1303 S.F. / 100 = 14 EIIIIIIIIIIIIIII NON -SALES 429 S.F. / 300 = 2 TOTAL AREA 4,598 S.F. GROSS 64 OCCUPANTS EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT: 1005.3.2 - 0.2 INCHES PER PERSON (SPRINKLERED) 1.) EGRESS COMPONENTS (SPRINKLERED) 0.2 INCHES PER OCCUPANT x 64 OCCUPANTS = 13" (REQUIRED) 2.) ACTUAL WIDTH PROVIDED: rc r'L O �09 1 102" CLEAR POrrnit NO. Plan review approval is subject t0 errors and NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: OF omissions. Approval of construction documents does TABLE 10 COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL 75 FEET MAX. SPRINKLERED tot authorize the violation of any adopted code or OCCUPANT LOAD < 50 PEOPLE ordinance Receipt of approved Field Copy and (2) EXITS REQUIRED (2) EXITS PROVIDED conditions is,aoknowledged: By, {,(� TABLE 1017.2 Date-- 1 1 MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200 FEET SPRINKLERED v g,- cnf To BUILDING DIVISION 10-LCI-STI.1-GO01-REV00 GC MUST HAVE WESTFIELD STAMPED DRAWINGS ON SITE AT ALL TIMES AND WILL PUNCHUST OFF OF WESTFIELD STAMPED DRAWINGS ONLY. 4CH OUT TO THE REQUIRED VENDORS FOR THE FIRE ARM AND SPRINKLERS TO GET THE DRAWINGS IN FOR RMIT ONCE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING IS HEDULED. IF PLACING NEW EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF, SUBMIT CRANE LIFT PLAN ASAP TO MALL FACILITIES IN ORDER TO GET THAT APPROVED THROUGH OUR RISK MANAGEMENT DEPT FOR ANY ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE INSTALLED ON THE ROOF. REVISIONS No C-:Rr.ceS snap DE made to the scope of woN, wltnout poo aiDDrovai of tite Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new Dian submittal and may include additional plan rev SEPARATE PERMIT IEUIRED FOR: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 13-LCI-STI.1-G001-REV00 �• a S a .. t t 1. 6 .. (yy a 13Y F 1 4a L d X F ins H 3 Sh Y 3 t-r Q 1 l eR �, r( 4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT NEXTORE NEXTORE 6 CREAMERY BROOK 4000 LUXOTTICA PLACE EAST GRANBY, CT 06026 MASON, ON 45040 516.393.2484 513.765.6000 NOTE: ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE NEXTORE STORE PLANNER FOR APPROPRIATE DIRECTION OF COMMUNICATION. NEXTORE PROJECT MGR. NEXTORE STORE PLANNER JASON STANLEY FLAVIANA DEE 818-688-7286 860-431-9700 1STANLEY NEXTORERETAI M @ LCO FDEE@NEXTORERETAILCOM NEXTORE PROJECT PLANNER BRANDY ACETI 860-431-9640 BACETI@NEXTORERETAT COM 11-LCI-STI.1-G00t-REV00 ....` .. a a S c ON SIGNAGE - SPRINKLER - FIRE ALARM 15-LCI-ST7.1-G001-REV00 CODE DESCRIPTION QUANTITY LCST1.I-EL-LC-16 LENSCRAFERS ILLUMINATED LETTERS 1 LCSTLI-EL-EE-6 EYE EXAMS ILLUMINATED LETTERS 1 RB-02211-00 RAYBAN METAL EDGE -LIT ILLUMINATED LOGO 1 LCST1.0-OAK-EL-H OAKLEY EDGE -LIT HORIZONTAL LOGO 1 SE-GR15 DOCTORS & HOURS VINYL GRAPHIC (1-DOOR) 1 - LCI-GH16 GREY ACRYLIC DOCTORS HOURS SLAT SIGN 1 SE-GH23 CERTIFICATE SNAP FRAMES 3 LCI-GH30 SE-GH24 DOCTOR LANE SNAP FRAMES ONE SIGHT WALL SNAP FRAMES 8 1 SE-GH-CHART CHART HOLDER 7 LCST1.1-GR32-C DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - CONTACTS 1 LCST11 GR32-PS DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - PRE-SCREEN 3 LCST1.1-GR32-EX1 DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXAM 1 1 LCS11.1 GR32-EX2 DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXAM 2 1 LCST1.1-GR32-EX3 DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXAM 3 1 LCST1.1 GR32 P DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - PRIVATE 1 LCST1.1-GR32-RR DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - RESTROOM 3 LCST1.1-GR32-EX DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EXIT 1 LCST1.1-GR32-EM DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - EMPLOYEES 1 LCST1.1-GR32-L DOOR SIGN/ROOM ID - LAB 1 Y 1 " 23 i l £' xr 7 § L S {6 5 S^ h �fi SHEET TITLE ACTIVE -__ REVI I N # ARCHITECTURAL G001 GENERAL INFORMATION COVER INFORMATION/ SHEET 2 G002 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & TYPICAL INFO 2 G003 SPECIFICATIONS 1 OF 4 G004 SPECIFICATIONS 2 OF 4 G005 SPECIFICATIONS 3 OF 4 G006 SPECIFICATIONS 4 OF 4 A001 PHASING PLAN 2 A002 PHASING PLAN 2 A003 PHASING PLAN 2 AD100 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 2 AD101 DEMOLITION 1 CE LING PLAN 2 A100 - LOO PLAN FIXTUREFLOOR 2 A101 CONSTRUCTION - FLOOR PLAN 2 A101.01 DOOR SCHEDULES & HARDWARE 2 A102 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 A103 FINISH PLAN 2 A103.01 FINISH SCHEDULE / EGRESS PLAN 2 A104 ELECTRICAL & DATA LOCATION PLAN 2 A200 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2 A201 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2 A300 STOREFRONT ELEVATION 2 A301 STOREFRONT DETAILS 2 A400 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A400.1 SECTIONS & DETAILS A401 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A402 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A403 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A404 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A405 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A406 SECTIONS & DETAILS 2 A407 CEILING DETAILS MECHANICAL / ELECT. j PLUMBING M001 I MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 2 M002 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS M100 HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN 2 M200 HVAC PLAN 2 MP201 PHASING PLAN - MECH. PLUMBING FIRE PROTECTION 2 E001 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 2 E002 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E003 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E004 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SODS ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAIL- 2 E100 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN E200 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 2 E201 ELECTRICAL POWER/SYSTEMS PLAN 2 E202 PHASING PLAN - ELECTRICAL yr ai P001 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 2 PLW2 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS 2 P100 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN P200 PLUMBING PLAN FIRE PROTECTION FP700 FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION PLAN FP2 PROTECT AN A 2 1\y0%k[77� 0-1.1-11«e.rratl-45- 0.tam>6s.6�ro 06C ,,01.k Lint *y CIM 1 •+t la6ala3t.9rp] STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD Q-,zj- D CD UJ 0 d O Vp U. I O O 0 U OU rid - d rid 5 O X Z3 Z3 _ C/t O < O Revisions: Mark Date By 12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 0 2-2B-2o BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CORTLAND MORGAN STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title GENERAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET Date Sheet 12-9 19 Drawn By STAFF G001 Checked By CM e u .S h t i d t • 2' '+ N v1";irs "k' � 5 5 Y `� 1 '}'C `Y it`• ... ... - ... , ` T= TENANT ..... NOTE: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ITEMS ON THIS SCHEDULE FOR J OJ 0A �P GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR ACCURACY PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE pR' p ts0\�V OgR4c� LL= LANDLORD REPORTED TO LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. oRRJEG�`��SP+y� P,SC, p�0,P� MW= MILLWORKER 0 P NIA= NOT APPLICABLE BUILDING PERMIT BUILDING T GC I W' i ,mot at, GC SHALL AMEND / PICKUP PERMIT & PAY ADD'TL FEES; FEES BILLABLE TO NEXTORE AT NET COST; VIA CHANGE ORDER #1 PROFESSIONAL CLEAN-UP, FINAL CLEANING GC GC (2) CLEANINGS REQUIRED. (1) PRIOR TO PUNCH & (1) AT TURNOVER DEMOLITION GC GC I FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SEE PLANS FOR SCOPE TEMPORARY FACILITIES / UTILITIES GC GC GC IF REQUIRED OTHER PERMITS, FEES, INSURANCE GC GC INCLUDING ALL LOCAL PEST CONTROL REQUIREMENTS, PERMITS, VERIFY REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY BARRICADES (WI LUX BRAND SPECIFIC LOGO) T T COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. TRASH REMOVAL AND DUMPSTERS GC GC VERIFY TOWN AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. GC. TO REMOVE/DISPOSE OF ALL BOXES/CRATES/rRASH OF TENANT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ITEMS, INCL. DISPLAY FIXTURES & HARDWARE. DAILY CLEAN REQUIRED. CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING BvC� ,Kk?z >hi$MTTi 0 tE�� T" G.G. TO FIELD VERIFY EXIST. COND. TO DETERMINE EXTENT OF SCOPE. GC TO REPORT TO PROJECT MANAGER. CUTTING OF EXISTING SLAB -TRENCHING OR CORE DRILLING GC GC GC I COORD. W/ LANDLORD & AFFECTED TENANTS. VERIFY W OPERATIONS PRIOR TO ANY CORING OR TRENCHING, STRUCTURAL CONCRETE & REINFORCING GC GC GC SIDEWALK / ENTRY IN/A CONCRETE PATCH AND REPAIR GC GC GC GC GC GC EI:C� N/A GeNERETE N/A BASE BUILDING STRUCTURAL STEEL 3taAk STRUCTURAL STEEL AS REQUIRED FOR TENANT BUILD -OUT GC GC GC METAL FABRICATIONS N/A EXPANSION JOINTS GC GC GC I IF REQUIRED N/A N/A .' ,S: tJ - .,°';; 5 3 XTr e BLOCKING (INCL. FOR FIXTURES, SHELVES, SIGNS �`,;1? GC GC },,, GC TR'.Fs, p"� t �:•,i .Y .i„k„ FIRE RETARDENT WOOD AND OR METAL PER AUTHORITY JURISDICTION / LL ROUGH CARPENTRY, FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER & PLYWD GC GC GC FLOOR PROTECTION (IF REQUIRED) GC GC GC DURABLE PROTECTION REQUIRED. PROVIDE WALK -OFF MAT AT BOTH SIDE OF ENTRY POINT(S) OF CONSTRUCTION AREA FINISH CARPENTRY GC GC GC FLOOR PREP GC GC GC SEALANTS, INSULATION, FIRE CAULKING & BLOCKING GC GC GC I Y: SEE SPECIFICATIONS SPRAYED FIRE RESISTIVE MATERIALS GC GC GC IF REQUIRED BY LL THROUGH PENETRATIONS FIRE STOP SYSTEM GC GC GC BATT INSULATION AND/OR SOUND ATTENUATION GC GC GC WATERPROOF MEMBRANE GC GC GC EXTENT OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SHALL BE VERIFIED W LL BY THE GC NEW DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE GC GC a' F `x UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A101.01) PANIC / SECURITY ALARM IGC GC GC IF REQUIRED SEE PLANS AND DOOR SCHEDULE ALL DOOR LOCK CORES AND KEYS GC GCACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES GC GC MILLWORK MIRRORS T GC MW _ N/A N/A SECURITY ALARM & SYSTEM T GC T EXTERIOR & INTERIOR METAL STOREFRONT CLADDING T T T GC TO PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICING NEW STOREFRONT ALUMINUM FRAME OR CHANNELS NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING NEW STOREFRONT SWINGING DOORS AND HARDWARE 5EGk1RF'4 H,M INTERIOR GLAZING CHANNELS & GLASS GC GC GC RESTROOM MIRRORS GC GC GC SLIDING CLOSET DOORS GC GC GC { } " AStL : € ", DEMISING PARTITIONS AND GYP € low, 100-,"O"t 0 GC tf SEE PLANS FOR SCOPE OF WORK GC GC GC SEE PLANS FOR SCOPE OF WORK. DRYWALL CEILING, WALLS, ENCLOSURES & REQ'D FRAMING GC GC GC PER USG AESTHETIC ASSEMBLIES, ALL WALLS (INCLUDING EXISTING TO REMAIN), SHALL RECEIVE "LEVEL 4" FINISH, & CEILING "LEVEL 5" ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES & GRID GC GC GC SEE FINISH SCHEDULE PAINTING, FINISHING, VARNISH, SEALER, ETC. GC GC GC FLOOR TRANSITIONS/VINYL TILE / VINYL WALL BASE GC GC GC VINYL BASE @ ROUND COLUMNS CARPETING T GC GC PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE T GC GC I GC MUST INSTALL FLOOR PER FLOORING MFG SPECS. GROUT AND THINSET FOR TILE & ACCESSORIES GC GC GC T GC GCI I I PROFESSIONAL WALL COVERING VENDOR REQUIRED T GC GCI I I PROFESSIONAL WALL COVERING VENDOR REQUIRED GC GC GC STOREFRONT BULKHEAD - MALL 0 IGC WALL BASE GC GC GC FIBERGLASS REINFORCE PANELS GC GC GC LAMINATE WALL CAPS PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS GC GC GC RECLAD EXISTING STOREFRONT WITH NEW METAL FINISH T GC T GC TO PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICING RETAIL WALL SIGNAGE T T T G.C. TO COORDINATE SIGN INSTALLATION GRAPHIC HOLDER T GC GC SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION GRAPHICS T GC T SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE T GC GC SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION STORAGE AREA SHELVES & SURFACE MTD. STANDARDS GC GC GC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS GC GC GC SUGGESTED LOCATION ON PLAN - VERIFY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS GLAZING FILM - GRAPHIC T T T STOREFRONT SIGNAGE T T T T GC GC T T T WHEN APPLICABLE ANeN4PdG1, T T T WHEN APPLICABLE RESTROOM ACCESSORIES & HARDWARE GC GC GC GC GC LOCKERS GC GC LED PANELS &ACCESSORIES _L T GC T GC TO PROVIDE SECURE AREA FOR STORAGE. GC TO DISPOSE OF PACKAGING FOLLOWING VENDOR UNPACKAGEING. SIGN (GRAPHIC) BOXES T GC GC GC TO INSTALL PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. h ...,,. MILLWORK (RETAIL) T GC T , Y k a , a. t.;. a ,.wu• „ ,.,,.,.: - ,,. t.* ,a . .: , x,, x ... F t. , v 3„ dx ,, .d c. , ,, ., y, . ",,. ,". RECEIVED & OFFLOADED BY G.C. / UNCRATED & INSTALLED BY TENANT MILLWORK (O.D.) T GC T RECEIVED & OFFLOADED BY G.C. / UNCRATED & INSTALLED BY TENANT OD EQUIPMENT T T T G.C. TO COORDINATE POS EQUIPMENT T GC T G.C. TO COORDINATE LENS PROCESS EQUIPMENT T T T MERCHANDISE PROPS T GC GC FURNITURE (CHAIRS, BENCHES, TABLES, ETC.) T GC GC STAPLES ACCESSORIES T I GC I GC I I I SEE SHEET A100 DOCTOR'S CERTIFICATES / LICENSE FRAMES T GC GC LABBENCH T GC GC MILLWORK (EMPLOYEE AREA) T GC GC METAL STORAGE CABINETS FOR LENS AND LAP TOOLS T GC GC I G.C. TO COORDINATE REFRIGERATOR & MICROWAVE T GC GC LENS DELIVERY DROP BOX T GC GC WHEN APPLICABLE DISPLAY MONITORS T T T + z L x r i 2 a T r �2 T= TENANT J 6A p-E trRP GC= GENERAL CONTRACTOR �RO� LL= LANDLORD MW= MILLWORKER N/A= NOT APPLICABLE t Trt'1Y1 . {. ... , .. ,..,. ,. ACCESS PANELS GC � GC GC .. t. „. Lhs +, .. --. , (. ,.,r...x-a. , .ry ,. ,,, ,}.,, r•.«.—. ..,. , . .. St COORDINATE WITH TRADES FOR SIZE AND LOCATION. ROOF WORK GC GC GC GC TO COORD. W/ LANDLORD WHEN REQUIRED HVAC DISTRIBUTION, DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS GC GC GC PLUMBING FIXTURES GC GC GC OD SINKS, DRAINS, FAUCETS T GC GC GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS FLOOR DRAINS / PIPING / SUPPORTS GC GC GC GC TO CLEAN OUT EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS WATER AND SEWER CONNECTION GC GC GC 0 SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF WORK - SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS GC GC GC BY L.L. DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR AT G.C. EXPENSE, GC RESP. FOR MODIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND APPROVALS. WATER HEATER GC GC GC HVAC UNITS) & CURBS -RTU, VAV, HAV, ETC. T GC GC CONTROLS FOR HVAC UNIT(S) T GC GCI I I I WHERE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IS NOT BEING USED. GC TO ITEMIZE THIS COST ZONE CONTROL DAMPERS W/ THERMOSTAT I I I IN/A STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR AIR HANDLERS GC GC GC CURBS & STRUCTR. SUPPORTS FOR CONDENSING UNITS N/A WATER METER GC GC GC 0 SEE'GENERAL CONTRACTOR NOTES' ON SHEET 5001 AS METER 0 N/A TOILET ROOM EXHAUST FAN T GC GC ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM T T T GC TO PROVIDE FIELD WIRING WHEN NEEDED AND IF APPLICABLE T T T WATER COOLER AND/OR DRINKING FOUNTAIN GC GC GC SMOKE DETECTORS GC GC GC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN GC GC GC 0 CONNECTION AND WIRING @ MILLWORK THROUGHOUT GC , GC GC L 7777777 ALL MILLWORK LIGHTING IS PLUG & PLAY. - FOLLOW UP REQUIRED BY NEXTORE ELECTRICAL SERVICE, FEEDERS, CONDUIT, METERS GC GC GC 0 SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL PANELS / TRANSFORMERS GC GC GC GC TO REFER TO ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL WIRING, CIRCUITING, RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES GC GC GC RECEPTACLES IN MILLWORK GC GC GC EMERGENCY LIGHTING T EXIT SIGNS T FIRE ALARM SYSTEM GC PROVIDE NEW DEVICES AND/OR MODIFY AS REQUIRED, UTILIZE LANDLORD REQUIRED FIRE ALARM VENDOR. NEW LIGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS T JGC SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS V TELEPHONE & DATA BACKBOARD TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO SPACE GC COORDINATE SCOPE WITH ELECTRICAL TELEPHONE WIRING TO SPACE GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED. COORDINATE SCOPE WITH ELECTRICAL TENANT TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT T GC T ® G.C. TO COORDINATE TELEPHONE WIRING GC GC GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED CONDUITS - DATA, COMMUNICATION, ALARMS, PHONES GC GC GC POS AND DATA WIRING GC GC GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED WIRELESS EQUIPMENT T T T JACK TERMINATION & FACEPLATE.- DATA GC GC GC JACK TERMINATION & FACEPLATE - PHONE GC GC GC SECURITY - FACILITY (HARDWARE & WIRING) T GC T WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED DATA AND PHONE DISCONNECT/RECONNECT AT REMODELS FOR RELO CASHWRAPS/FITTING COUNTERS GC GC GC G.C. TO COORDINATE - WORK COMPLETED BY TENANT LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR. POS AND DATA WIRING (TEMPORARY) GC GC GC POS AND DATA WIRING (PERMANENT) GC GC GC WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED WIRING TO WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS GC GC GC BACKBOARD TERMINATION - DATA GC GC GC BACKBOARD TERMINATION - PHONE TT BUZZER AT REAR DOOR GC GC GC TRAFFIC COUNTER T GC GC LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR TO SET DATA CABLING BY G.C. COUNTER PRODUCT SECURITY SYSTEM GC GC GC ll GC TO COORDINATE W VENDOR LOW VOLTAGE TEST REPORT GC GC GC 1-LCI-STI.1-G002-REV00 PULL SIDE ,y Xy_ PUSH SIDE 18 min 1 -1 ----- 1 o E unliV 455 -E N 1 �I I i I I I i i I I i I I I NOTE: x=12 in. (305 mm) if the door has both a closer and a latch Front Approaches - Swinging Doors PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE 54 min. I _137p J' I I X I > o I I 1 I I --( NOTE: x=36 in. (915 mm) minimum if y = 60 in. (1525 mm) : NOTE: y=48 in. (7220 mm) x =42 in. (1065 mm) minimum if y = 60 in. (1525mm) minimum if door has both a latch and a closer Hinge -side Approaches - Swinging Doors NOTE: All doors in alcoves shall comply with dearances for front approaches. X 24 min. PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE ,--------: 24 min. - -610 610 01 I I 1 \ 1 Latch -side Approaches - Swinging Doors 17 min. E ----- 430 Clear Floor Ed Space /////�����min. Counter '------- - 1 r 30 min. �>< 760 E 48 19 max. - 1220 485 j760j[ E v Suggested 6 max. Toe Clearance — �' I Supply Lines Knee Clearance 150 8 min 17 min. Lay. Depth J 205 430 Cabinet Heights Base Height Lavatory Clearances NOTE: LAVATORY HAS LEVER (OR EQUAL) FAUCET HARDWARE SEE PLUMBING SHEET. PIPES UNDER THE SINK ARE INSULATED BY GC. x a S. r � t n s u t R {f �S to Lu t � 1 - ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT LOC. LOCATION ADJ. ADJACENT MEP MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MECH. MECHANICAL CLG. CEILING MTL. METAL C.J. CONTROL JOINT MISC. MISCELLANEOUS COL. COLUMN N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT CONC. CONCRETE N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE CONT. CONTINUOUS NO. NUMBER DIM. DIMENSION O.C. ON CENTER DWG. DRAWING PL. PLASTIC EA EACH RM. ROOM ELEC. ELECTRIC R.O. ROUGH OPENING EQ. EQUAL SHLV SHELVES EQUIP. EQUIPMENT SIM. SIMILAR EXT'G. EXISTING STL STEEL F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER STRL. STRUCTURAL FIN. FINISH TME. TO MATCH EXISTING FLR. FLOOR T.O.W. TOP OF WALL G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TYP. TYPICAL GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD U.L. UNDERWRITERS LABORITORIES H.M. HOLLOW METAL U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE HT. HEIGHT VERT VERTICAL HVAC HEATING/VENT.IAIR CONDITIONING W/ WITH INT. INTERIOR WD WOOD LAM. LAMINATE 3-LCI-STI.1-GO02-REV00 1_ THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL IAC 400.310 REQUIREMENTS UNDER IAC 400.320(n) - TENANT FINISHING WORK AND IAC 400.320(h) - BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE. 2. THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS UNDER ADAAG 4.1.3 - NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADAAG 140 - BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE. 3. ALL DOORS LEADING TO REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND SPACES SHALL BE A MIN. OF 3'-0" WIDE, HAVE LEVER OPERATED HARDWARE (OR EQUAL), HAVE A MW, OPENING FORCES OF 5 LBF, AND FULLY COMPLY WITH IAC 400.310 U) 4. ALL NEW OR ALTERED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL AND OPERATING MECHANISMS WILL COMPLY WITH IAC 400.310(r) (FRONT REACH BETWEEN 15' ANF 48" A.F.F.) 5. ANY NEW EMERGENCY WARNING ALARMS, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL BE BOTH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL AND COMPLY WITH IAC 400.810(s). THE VISUAL ALARMS WILL BE FLASHING TYPE WHERE THE FLASHING IS SYNCHRONIZED AND IN COMPLIANCE FOR INTENSITY AND FREQUENCY. 4-LCI-STI, REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL LANDLORD NOTES: 1.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN AND TECHNICAL CRITERIA AND CENTER'S RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY FROM LANDLORD". TENANT COORDINATOR OR MALL FACILITIES MANAGER AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN PRIOR TO START OF JOB. WHERE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH CODES OR ORDINANCES, THE STRICTEST INTERPRETATION SHALL APPLY. 2.TENANT IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION, ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. 3.TENANT GC REQUIRED TO CONDUCT A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AT A MINIMUM 3 DAYS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION WITH FACILITIES MANAGER AND ABIDE BY ALL CURRENT "TENANT CONTRACTOR SAFETY STANDARDS" AND "TENANT CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS"AS ISSUED BY THE LOCAL CENTER MANAGEMENT TEAM. 4.13ARRICADE GRAPHICS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BARRICADE INSTALLATION, GRAPHICS MUST BE APPROVED BY DISTRICT MARKETING MANAGER MICHELLE GILES (MGILES@WESTFIELD.COM 206-802-6048). 5.TENANT GC REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE FINAL SET OF DRAWINGS CONTAINING ALL COMMENTS INCLUDING WESTFIELD, CITY AND TENANT AS WELL AS WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL STAMP AND CITY PERMIT STAMP AT PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AND MAINTAINED AT WORK SITE AT ALL TIMES. 63ENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQ'D, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS. TALL REUSED ITEMS/FINISHES MUST BE RETURNED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. APPROVAL BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED. 8.NO ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE, GRAPHICS OR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE PERMITTED TO BE AFFIXED TO OR ON THE APPROVED DESIGN, DISPLAYED OUTSIDE OF THE PREMISES OR PLACED WITHIN OR ON TOP OF COUNTERS AND SNEEZE GUARDS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD. ALL LANDLORD APPROVED SIGNAGE, PROMOTIONAL OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE PROFESSIONALLY PRINTED AND MOUNTED. 9.WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL REQUIRED PRIOR TO BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. TENANT GC TO SCHEDULE PRELIMINARY PUNCH WALK WITH WESTFIELD TC ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SCHEDULED BARRICADE TAKE DOWNammmnonn MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER DESI N ENGINEERING N TR TI N N G CO 5 UC O MA AGEMENT: oaobm.^,,,"�areMa:o".o«<swo o.,en126s-b000 o SGeamary8rwk. Eas: GraM,.Ci C6025 O.t(BrAla3�-9�N STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Az 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A IL _ Architect / Engineer of Record Seal \z N C0RTLAND M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 REOISTERF.p� CHITTFC7 CORTLRND MOAGA\ STATE OF WRBHfNGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Ne#ore projett Number 79779 Brand Design Type'. LC.05 ISSUED EOR: 0 Construction Title RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & TYPICAL INFO Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF G002 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: DIVISION 01000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 GENERAL NOTES PART 1-GENERAL A. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLIMENTARY. SPECIFIC INFORMATION MAY BE FOUND IN EITHER OR BOTH. B. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SCAFFOLDING, CRANES, EQUIPMENT FASTENERS ETC. NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION AND FINAL COMPLETE TURNOVER OF AN OPERATIONAL RETAIL FACILITY. C. THE TENANT HAS INDICATED AN INTENTION TO USE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS DOCUMENT A-107 "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" AS PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS WORK, D. ALL PERSONS INTENDING TO PROVIDE GOODS OR SERVICES IN CONNECTION w/THE WORK ARE ADVISED TO READ AND UNDERSTAND THE APPLICABLE ADA DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING, E. THE TENANT HAS AWARDED SEPARATE CONTRACTS FOR SOME CONSTRUCTION WORK THAT WILL BE CONDUCTED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST COOPERATE WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS SO THAT WORK UNDER THOSE CONTRACTS MAY BE CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY, WITHOUT INTERFERING WITH, OR DELAYING WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. F. PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE A MEETING WITH LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE TO REVIEW AND ESTABLISH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: ALL CONSTRUCTION, SCHEDULES, WORKMAN PARKING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS, SAFETY PROTECTION, TRASH REMOVAL, SECURITY, AND DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR FINAL LANDLORD SIGN -OFFS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ITEM THAT MAY AFFECT THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS, OR RESULT. G. ANY ITEMS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD, INSPECTORS, OR ANY OTHER AUTHORITY THAT AFFECTS THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS, OR RESULTS IN ADDITIONAL COSTS OR SCHEDULE DELAYS SHOULD NOT BE PERFORMED UNTIL RECEIPT OF APPROVAL BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ALL CHANGES MUST IMMEDIATELY BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR REVIEW. SUBMISSION SHALL INCLUDE A GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK REQUESTED, SIGNED BY THE REQUESTING AUTHORITY. IN ADDITION, SUBMISSION MUST INCLUDE A COST BREAKDOWN AND THE IMPACT TO THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 01005 CONTRACTORS USE OF THE PREMISES. PART 1-GENERAL A. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL CONTRACTORS BIDDING ON THIS PROJECT SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS AND TO CHECK FOR ANY INTERFERENCE BETWEEN THEIR WORK AND THAT OF OTHER TRADES AND/OR APPARENT VIOLATIONS OF LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS BEFORE ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT WITH EITHER THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR TENANT. 1. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID TO ACHIEVE THE FINAL PRODUCT INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: CONCRETE FLO P FLOOR SLAB X-RAYING DEMISING OR PRE REQUIRED WALL GYPSUM BOARD EXTENT AND CONDITION, REQU FIRE PROOFING, ELECTRICAL PANELS, ELECTRICAL, WATER, SEWER, VENTS AND TELEPHONE CONDUITS, ANY LANDLORD REQUIRED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM OR TIE-INS TO BLDG. MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TENANT'S EQUIPMENT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT IN WRITING BEFORE ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT WITH THE TENANT IF ANY INTERFERENCE OR VIOLATIONS APPEAR AND DEPARTURE FROM THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS IS REQUIRED. 3. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ARCHITECT AND TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITH THE AFOREMENTIONED NOTIFICATION SHALL RESULT IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEING HELD RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLETE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT HIS/HER OWN COSTS WITH NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSES (EXTRAS) BEING INCURRED BY THE TENANT. EXTRAS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS THAT WERE READILY VISIBLE OR DETERMINED. 4. ALL SUB TRADES SHALL COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS OR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS OCCURRING ABOVE OR BELOW THE LEASED PREMISES AND SHALL MAKE CHANGES FROM TIME TO TIME AS REQUESTED TO ACCOMMODATE SUCH WORK OR CONDITIONS AT NO CHARGE TO TENANT. 5. CONTRACTORS SIGNS OR SIGNS OF ANY KIND MAY NOT BE DISPLAYED ON BARRICADES 6. THE G.C. SHALL BUILD ON SITE A TEMPORARY LOCKABLE STORAGE AREA. G.C. SHALL ACCEPT ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS AND STORE THEM SAFELY IN SUCH SPACE, A. LAYOUT OF WORK 1. IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RA WIDTH LENGTH I IN OVERALL TENANT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES ADVISE , AVAILABLE CEILING HEIGHTS, COLUMN LOCATIONS, STOREFRONT, UTILITY LOCATIONS, ETC. 2. EXERCISE PROPER PRECAUTION TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LAYOUT OF CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY TENANT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERROR RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO EXERCISE SUCH PRECAUTION. SUCH ERROR WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUBSEQUENTLY AS A BASIS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO LAYOUT WORK AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LINES, MEASUREMENTS OF THE BUILDING, UTILITIES, AND OTHER WORK EXECUTED UNDER THE CONTRACT. 4. SHOULD A CONTRACTOR FIND DISCREPANCIES IN, OR OMISSIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, OR SHOULD HE BE IN DOUBT AS TO THEIR MEANING, HE SHALL AT ONCE NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT. C. CODES AND STANDARDS 1, ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL ORDINANCES, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, LATEST EDITION. SEE TITLE SHEET FOR SPECIFIC EDITIONS. 2. DESIGN LOADS: LOADS AND CODE RESTRICTIONS FOR ALL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND ALL GOVERNING CODES. D. TRASH REMOVAL 1. ALL TRADES SHALL CONFINE CONSTRUCTION WORK TO WITHIN LEASED PREMISES AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL WORK IN AN ORDERLY MANNER REMOVING TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM PROJECT ON A DAILY BASIS INCLUDING TRASH AND DEBRIS GENERATED BY TENANT SUPPLIED AND/OR INSTALLED ITEMS. AT NO TIME WILL PIPES, WIRES, BOARD, OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS CROSS PUBLIC AREAS WHERE HARM COULD BE CAUSED TO THE PUBLIC. 2. MALL DOORS ARE NOT TO BE PROPPED OPEN BY CONSTRUCTION WORKERS AT ANY TIME. 3. THERE WILL BE NO STORAGE OF MATERIAL OR RUBBISH IN CORRIDORS OR OTHER LANDLORDAREAS AT ANY TIME. IF DEBRIS IS FOUND IN THIS AREA, IT WILL BE REMOVED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR THAT IS RESPONSIBLE. 4. ALL SUB TRADES SHALL COORDINATE REMOVAL OF DEBRIS AND GARBAGE GENERATED BY THEIR TRADES WITH THE G.C. 5. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS INCLUDING PACKAGING MATERIAL OF MILLWORK. E. ROOF CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR, IF SO REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD, ENGAGED BY TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR WILL, AT SUBTRADES WRITTEN REQUEST AND COST, PROVIDE THE OPENINGS, ANCHORING DEVISES, CURBS, FLASHINGS, PATCHING, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR TENANTS EQUIPMENT SO AS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY AND GUARANTEE OF THE ROOF, ALL SUBTRADES SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF SUCH OPENINGS, ETC, IN THEIR PROPOSALS TO TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DURING BIDDING. SUBTRADES SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND/OR ROOFING CONTRACTOR AND ALSO REIMBURSE HIM FOR SAME, 3. ROOF REPAIRS OR PENETRATIONS REQUIRED BY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT (CUTTING OF ROOF AND DECK MATERIAL AND/OR REPAIR OF THE SAME) SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. F. DELIVERIES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING ALL TENANT PROVIDED ITEMS AT THE JOB SITE INCLUDING A HEAVY AMOUNT OF MILLWORK WHICH IS TENANT SUPPLIED. THESE TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS SHALL BE THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD, STORE, AND DELIVER TO PROPER STORE AREAS WHEN REQUIRED. SEE TITLE SHEET, "GENERAL NOTES", FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES, PROCEDURES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES. 2, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ACCEPTABLE HOURS FOR DELIVERY AND LOCATION OF DELIVERY OF BUILDING PRODUCTS AND TENANTS ITEMS WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE- 01041 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1-GENERAL A. ALL PROJECT COORDINATION SHALL BE THROUGH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AS LISTED ON TITLE SHEET. B. COMPLY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S PROCEDURES FOR INTRA-PROJECT COMMUNICATIONS; SUBMITTALS, REPORTS AND RECORDS, SCHEDULES, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, RECOMMENDATIONS; AND RESOLUTION OF AMBIGUITIES AND CONFLICTS, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS. 01200 PRICE, PAYMENT, AND CONTRACT PART 1-GENERAL A. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL PREPARE A BID, WHICH SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTAINED WITHIN BID DOCUMENT PACKAGE. B. PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR PROJECT WILL BE ON A MONTHLY SUBMITTAL OF AIA DOCUMENT #G702 AND #G703 "APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT" UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUESTED BY TENANT. C. CONTRACT SHALL BE AIA DOCUMENT #A107 "STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR". 01400 QUALITY/GUARANTEE PART 1-GENERAL A. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED BY TRADESMEN AND MECHANICS QUALIFIED, THROUGH EXPERIENCE, IN THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES. SAID CONTRACTORS SHALL REMOVE AND REPLACE WITHOUT DELAY AND WORK CONTRARY TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHEN SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED, B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. 01426 PROCEDURES PART 1-GENERAL A. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED USING STANDARD PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES USING FASTENERS, ADHESIVES AND METHODS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER AND INDUSTRY MANUALS. 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART1-GENERAL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PROVISIONS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES INCLUDING ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING, HEAT, VENTILATION, TELEPHONE SERVICE, WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES. G.C. TO INCLUDE A FULL TIME PHONE AND FAX ON SITE CAPABLE OF INCOMING CALLS DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 01542 CRANES AND HOISTS PART 1-GENERAL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUB -CONTRACTOR ARE RESPONSIBLE AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CRANES, HOISTS, SCAFFOLDING, PLATFORMS, ETC., REQUIRED FOR ERECTION OF BUILDING COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND ALL TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL RELATED FEES, PERMITS, ETC. PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND EXISTING IN -PLACE WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 01700 CLEANING / ADJUSTING / MAINTENANCE / WARRANTIES PART 1-GENERAL A. FINAL CLEANING 1. REMOVE WASTE AND SURPLUS MATERIALS, RUBBISH AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROM SITE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICE TO EXECUTE FINAL CLEANING PRIOR TO TURN -OVER- SEE TITLE SHEET, "GENERAL NOTES", FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. ADJUSTING 1. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1. SUBMIT DATA BOUND IN 8-1/2x11 INCH TEXT PAGES, THREE D SIDE RING BINDER WITH DURABLE PLASTIC COVERS. 2. PREPARE BINDER COVER WITH PRINTED TITLE "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", WITH TITLE OF PROJECT, LOCATION AND DATE, AND SUBMIT TO TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. D. WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1. EXECUTE AND ASSEMBLE TRANSFERABLE WARRANTY DOCUMENTS FROM SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND MANUFACTURERS. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 02000 - SITE WORK 02060 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1-GENERAL A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1. THIS SECTION IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE OF WORK TO BE REMOVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. CONSULT DEMOLITION PLANS INCLUDED WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SITE SPECIFIC ITEMS. 3. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING INTERIORS, IF REQUIRED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INTERIOR PARTITIONS, CABINETS, SUSPENDED CEILING TILE, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, ETC., AS REQUIRED, AS SHOWN OR AS DIRECTED. 4. ALL ITEMS INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO BE DEMOLISHED OR REMOVED TO BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF IN COORDINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LANDLORD PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE RELOCATED OR REINSTALLED TO BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER RE -USE. ANY ITEMS STORED DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE PROTECTED TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT 6. ALL ITEMS INDICATED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN, SHALL BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER CONTINUED RE -USE. PROTECT ALL ITEMS SUFFICIENTLY DURING CONSTRUCTION TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT. 7. COOPERATE AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, THE TENANTS OF THE ADJACENT SPACES AND THE TENANT, IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. 8. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SPECIFIC DEMOLITION ITEMS UNDER THOSE TRADES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK AND INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS FROM REQUIRED EXITS. INCLUDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND LAND -LORD REQUIREMENTS. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, REPAIR, RESTORE, AND REPLACE WHERE ANY SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CUT ALL NECESSARY OPENINGS, AND PATCH/REPAIR/SEAL SAME TO DEGREE NECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL REQUIREMENTS. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL PROTRUSIONS, MARKS, CRACKS OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF A DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED CONDITION SHALL BE ELIMINATED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ANY PARTS WHICH ARE SPLIT, CRACKED, CHIPPED, SPALLED, BROKEN, MISSING, OR OUT OF LINE OR ADJUSTMENT, MECHANICALLY OR STRUCTURALLY UNSAFE OR UNSOUND, BENT, TORN OR OTHERWISE DEFICIENT OR INJURED IN ANY MANNER, SHALL BE REMOVED, REPLACED, RESTORED OR REPAIRED, LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT, AND TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MUST BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY STRUCTURAL OR SAFETY DEFECTS, AND ONLY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF THE DEFECT(S) ARE LIMITED TO COSMETIC FINISHES. C. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT ANYUTILITY OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH MIGHT PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER MALL SPACES OR TENANTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE. D, ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES, DRAIN LINES, AND ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS SHALL BE CAPPED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED IN A MANNER TO MEET ALL LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SEVERE DISCREPANCIES OR IRREGULARITIES DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION WHICH MIGHT AFFECT THE CURRENT STORE DESIGN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO AVAILABLE HEIGHT FOR INTENDED CEILING ELEVATION, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND RECESSED LIGHTING. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ERECT CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AND DEBRIS/DUCT SCREENS PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK. 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING, REPAIRING AND LEVELING OF THE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB, REPAIR OF DEMISING WALLS AND ROOF DECK AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF NEW CON STRUCTION.000RDINATE WITH LANDLORD RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMING ANY AND ALL ROOF WORK. DIVISION 03000 - CONCRETE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONCRETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF "AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE" CODES AND STANDARDS INCLUDING ACI 301, ACI 315, AND ACI 318. C. CONCRETE STRENGTHS ARE AS FOLLOWS: CLASS 13000 PSI INTERIOR SLABS (OR MIN.REQUIRED PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS.) D. REINFORCEMENT (PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) E. BONDING AGENT (IF REQUIRED) 1. "SONOBOND" EPDXY CONCRETE BONDING AGENT OR EQUAL a. MANUFACTURER: CHEMTREX, INC. 889 VALLEY PARK DRIVE SHAKOPEE, MINNESOTA 55379-1854 2. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION PROCEDURE. ASTM C881 F. VAPOR BARRIER 1. SLAB ON GRADES TO RECEIVE 6 MIL. CLEAR OR BLACK POLYETHYLENE FILM WITH MINIMUMOF 12" OVERLAP. TAPE ALL SEAMS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONCRETE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR STRENGTH, CONSISTENCY PROPORTIONS AND HANDLING OF CONCRETE. B. VERIFY THAT COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE IS IN PLACE AND READY TO SUPPORT PAVINGAND IMPOSED LOADS. C. VERIFY GRADIENT AND ELEVATIONS OF BASE ARE CORRECT. THICKNESS AND REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. D. IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, PROTECT PAVEMENT FROM MECHANICAL INJURY. E. DEPOSIT CONCRETE WITHIN ANY ONE SECTION CONTINUOUSLY SO THAT NO CONCRETE WILL BE PLACED ON OLDER CONCRETE WHICH HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY TO RESULT IN SEAMS AND PLANES OF WEAKNESS WITHIN SECTION. F. PLACE SLABS FOR FULL THICKNESS IN ONE OPERATION, WITHOUT CHANGES IN PROPERTIES; SCREED TO PROPER ELEVATION; FLOAT AND LIGHTLY TROWEL. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, WHEN CONCRETE HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY TO RING UNDER TROWEL, GIVE SLAB SECOND TROWELING TO PRODUCE SMOOTH, DENSE SURFACE. DUSTING OF SURFACES WITH CEMENT IS PROHIBITED, % OPTIMUM DENSITY. PROVIDE MIN. 6" COMPACTED G. COMPACT SUB GRADE FOR SLABS ON GRADE TO 95 CRUSHED GRAVEL SUB -BASE AT ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW CONCRETE. H. FINISHES 1. GIVE TYPICAL INTERIOR FLOOR SLABS A STEEL TROWEL FINISH WITH CLASS A TOLERANCE (TRUE PLANES WITHIN 1/8 IN 10 FT. AS DETERMINED BY A 10 FOOT STRAIGHTEDGE PLACED ANYWHERE ON SLAB IN ANY DIRECTION). I. PROVIDE SAW CUT CONTROL JOINTS 1/8" WIDTH x 1" DEEP AT MAXIMUM 400 SQUARE FOOT AREA. J. APPLY BONDING AGENT (AS SPECIFIED) TO ADJACENT CONCRETE SURFACES IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. K. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL:1/2" PRE MOLDED ASPHALT IMPREGNATED FIBERBOARD, SAME DEPTH AS CONCRETE- 03732 CONCRETE REPAIR PART 1-GENERAL A, THE EXTENT OF CONCRETE REPAIR WORK INCLUDES REMAINING FLOOR AREAS AFTERDEMOLITION PROVIDING A LEVEL FLOOR THROUGHOUT TO RECEIVE FUTURE FINISHES. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF ITEMS AND FINISHES BY OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING THOSE ITEMS AND FINISHES PROVIDED AND/OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. C. FLOOR LEVELER CONCRETE TO BE INSTALLED AT LOW AREAS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH CRACKS AND BROKEN CONCRETE WITH FLOOR PATCH TROWELED SMOOTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. UNDERLAYMENT COMPOUND TO BE FREE FLOWING, SELF -LEVELING, PUMPABLE, AND CEMENT -BASED FOR APPLICATIONS FROM ONE INCH THICK TO FEATHERED EDGES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONCRETE REPAIR 1. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL VISITING THE SITE AND DETERMINING CONDITIONS TO DECIDE METHODS OF REPAIR. COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. 1 THOROUGHLY CLEAN FLOOR SLAB REMOVING CONDITIONS THAT WILL AFFECT BOND INCLUDING RESIDUE FROM REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES, UNDERLAYMENTS, STAINS, OILS, ETC. 4. REMOVE HIGH FLOOR LEVELS AND LOOSE CONCRETE. 5. ROUGH IN CONCRETE IN AREAS WHERE PATCHING IS REQUIRED, SUCH AS CRACKED, SPALLED, OR HOLES DUE TO REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. 6. GRIND HIGH SPOTS. 7. AT LOCATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN EXISTING SLAB, CONTINUE JOINTS THROUGH NEW FLOOR IN LEVELING AREA. SAW CUT JOINT OR PLACE 1/16" WIDE METAL BAR IN THE JOINT LOCATION COINCIDENT WITH EXISTING. 8. TRENCH ONLY AT SLAB ON GRADE. VERIFY AND GET APPROVAL OF TRENCH OR CORE LOCATIONS WITH THE LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE AND MALL STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETING ANY WORK. CORES TO BE SEALED WATERPROOF. SEE SECT. 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" FOR ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING INFORMATION. CLEAN AREAS REMOVING ALL WASTE MATERIAL, BROOM CLEAN. DIVISION 04000 - MASONRY NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION DIVISION 05000 - METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORT MEMBERS, ANGLES, PLATES, ANCHOR BOLTS REQUIRED FOR THE CONNECTION, SETTING AND BEARING OF COMPLETE STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. SEE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS / STANDARDS. C. THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE PROJECT IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND TO INSURE STABILITY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS AND ADEQUACY OF TEMPORARY SUPPORT DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY BRACING, GUY OR TIE DOWNS MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL IS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF APPLIED, THEY SHALL BE REMOVED AS CONDITIONS PERMIT AND SHALL REMAIN CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY. D. PROVIDE OPENINGS AND SPECIAL FRAMING REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES. MECHANICAL FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS, AND STRUCTURE RELATED TO MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN SIGN -OFF FROM MECHANICAL AND OTHER TRADES FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SUCH WORK. ARCHITECT'S OR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF ERECTION AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM THIS RESPONSIBILITY, E. VERIFY THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. F. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT INDICATING SHOP AND ERECTION DETAILS, INCLUDING CUTS, CONNECTIONS, HOLES, THREADED FASTENERS AND WELDS, G. PRE -ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN SHOP TO GREATEST POSSIBLE EXTENT TO MINIMIZE FIELD SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR RE -ASSEMBLY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION. H. WELDING PROCEDURES, WELDERS, WELDING OPERATIONS AND TACKERS SHALL BE QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS-D1.1- "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE". 1. FABRICATOR SHALL BE A MEMBER OF AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. J. FABRICATE STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS" AND "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE". 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, FABRICATOR SHALL DESIGN / DETAIL CONNECTIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH AISC STANDARD FOR FORCES AND MOMENTS SHOWN. 2. WHERE FASTENING SPACINGS OR SIZES ARE NOT SHOWN, CONTRACTOR SHALL USE SPACINGS AND SIZES OF BOLTS, SCREWS, WELDS, ETC., WHICH WILL DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE MEMBERS BEING FASTENED. THUS FAILURE D OVER -STRESSING T DUE TO O S RESSING MUST OCCUR IN THE MEMBERS BEFORE OCCURRING IN THE FASTENINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. PRE -ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN SHOP TO GREATEST POSSIBLE EXTENT TO MINIMIZE FIELD SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR RE -ASSEMBLY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION. B. SHOP CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED. C. FIELD CONNECTIONS: HIGH STRENGTH FASTENERS SHALL BE USED FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS, 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL FY 36 KSI STEEL, ASTM A36. 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING: FY 46 KSI COLD -FORMED TUBING EXCEPT ROUND, ASTM A500-68, GRADE B. 3. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, GRADE B. 4. ANCHOR BOLT: CONFORM TO ASTM A307. 5. WELDING ELECTRODES: ASTM A233, E-70 OR BETTER. 6. HIGH STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS: ASTM A325 OR A-490. 7. METAL STUDS: SIZE ACCORDING TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS x 20 GAUGE STEEL AT 16" O.C. TRACKS TO BE ANCHORED BY MEDIUM POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS @ 24" O.C. 8, EXTERIOR / INTERIOR METAL STUDS: SIZE ACCORDING TO RECEIVE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS X 25 GAUGE AT 16" O.C., CITY OF UV 9, SHOP PAINT PRIMER: STANDARD PRIMER: MAR 05 2 a. SSPC PAINT 15 b. TNEMEC 1009 GRAY METAL PRIMER ppgR�@tflil. CE C. MARTIN-SENOUR CO. #664 RED OXIDE ZINC CHROMATE PRIW d. PRATT AND LAMBERT NOXIDE 107, ONE DAY PRIMER -GRAY. E. STEEL SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE FROM OIL, DIRT, LOOSE MILL SCALE AND ANY OTHER SUBSTANCE THAT WOULD IMPAIR WELDING, PERFORMANCE OF FRICTION -TYPE BOLTED. D�?_ 05400 METAL FRAMING 01,/ 11 LIGHT GAUGE (COLD -FORMED) METAL FRAMING PART 1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING MEMBERS FOR INTERIOR WALL PARTITIONS AND CEILING SUSPENSION COMPONENTS. 1. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE ALL TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS, BRACES, CLIP ANGLES, ACCESSORIES, FASTENERS, ETC. FOR EACH TYPE OF FRAMING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. a. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE - DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES SHALL COMPLY WITH AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD -FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS". C. MATERIALS: 1. 18 GAUGE AND LIGHTER COMPONENTS: FABRICATE COMPONENTS OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, ASTM A446 FOR GALVANIZED FINISH WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 33,000 PSI. e6Gaamery8rmk,EmtGrarb,,CLMp e.tIBED)ill-9]ro STORE #79779 SOUTMCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: 0 o_ LJJ �� v 0 c 0 C �vI to U 4- co oCIO � o D Cno LUQo �I Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMEMS A . ;, - -- M 1 BUILDING DIVISION I -t Architect / Engineer of Record Seal C m � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 REGISTERED ARCEITECT q LAhD MOR�AtJOF WASRINGTGN CrEchg1t / Engineer lob No.: R 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.; 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Coostrucd.n Title SPECIFICATIONS 1 OF 4 u Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF 0003 Checked By CM �" �•I ,- �I ( 1 r��a i ;�.Y4 I ' t�,., � �� t-. ".. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 2. 16 GAUGE AND HEAVIER COMPONENTS: FABRICATE COMPONENTS OF STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, ASTM A446 FOR GALVANIZED FINISH WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 50,000 PSI. 3. METAL STUDS: AISI "C" TYPE STRUCTURAL STUDS; SIZES, GAUGES AND SPACINGS SHOWN OR REQUIRED IF NOT SHOWN; WITH 1-5/8" (41MM) MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH, 1/2" (13MM) MINIMUM RETURNS AND PRE -PUNCHED HOLES FOR UTILITY INSTALLATION. a. 18-22 GAUGE (0.05" / 1.2MM - 0.03" / 0.8MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 KSI (228 MPA). Or. 12-16 GAUGE (0.11"/2.7MM - 0.0671.5MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 40 KSI (276 MPA). 4. TRACK: ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 KSI (228 MPA); FORMED STEEL: CHANNEL SHAPED; SAME WIDTH AND GAUGE AS ADJACENT STUDS. EXCEPTION: TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK (RUNNERS) REQUIRING ATTACHMENT OF METAL PANELS SHALL BE MINIMUM 14 GAUGE (0.0871.91VIM). 5. FASTENINGS: a. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SELF -DRILLING, SELF -TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. NON -CORROSIVE. b. ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS, DRILLED EXPANSION BOLTS, OR SCREW WITH SLEEVES. C. WELDING: COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE", A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. MILCOR / DIVISION OF INRYCO, INC. BY BOSTWICK STEEL FRAMING, THE CECO ALLIED STRUCTURAL INDUSTRIES; DIETRICH INDUSTRIES OR EQUAL. 06100 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING PART 1- GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, GROUNDS AND IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM AND SIMILAR WORK. 1, BLOCKING AND GROUNDS AT STOREFRONT GLAZING, LOCATIONS AT WEATHER AREAS, AND IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. 2. USE NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) WOOD ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING ANY WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, FURRING, PLYWOOD, TRIM AND GROUNDS. NEW LUMBER TO BEAR GRADE AND TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATION UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. a. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT FOR WOOD SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 1) PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a) MOISTURE CONTENT: AFTER TREATMENT, THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: i. LUMBER, 2 INCHES AND LESS IN THICKNESS: 19 PERCENT. ii. PLYWOOD:15 PERCENT b) FLAME SPREAD: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS TO HAVE FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS IN A 30 MINUTE TEST WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION, ASTM E 84, ADDITIONALLY, FLAME FRONT NOT TO PROGRESS MORE THAN 101/2 FEET BEYOND CENTER LINE OF BURNER AT ANY TIME. c) SMOKE DEVELOPED: INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS, WHERE SPECIFIED, TO HAVE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT CONFORMING TO ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR "FLAME SPREAD" PLUS SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25 OR LESS, ASTM E 84. b. CERTIFICATES: FURNISH AFFIDAVIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OFFICIAL STATING THAT MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT MOISTURE CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT, DOES NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED LIMITS; INCLUDE CHEMICAL USED AND RETENTION OBTAINED FOR PRESSURE TREATED MATERIAL. INCLUDE THE "QUALITY MARK" OF ASSOCIATION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE TREATMENT. C. DELIVER TREATED MATERIALS BUNDLED AND MARKED TO IDENTIFY TREATMENT. d. STORE TREATED MATERIALS FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECT FROM MOISTURE; PROVIDE WELL VENTILATED DRY STORAGE. e. HANDLE TREATED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARDS. IN ADDITION TO USED IN TREATMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL MATERIAL FOR FIELD TREATMENT \ MATERIAL OF CUTS. f. FIELD CUTS AND HOLES: FIELD -TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA M-4. 3. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS. 06100 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, GROUNDS AND IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM AND SIMILAR WORK. 1. BLOCKING AND GROUNDS AT STOREFRONT GLAZING, LOCATIONS AT WEATHER AREAS, AND IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. 2. USE NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) WOOD ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING ANY WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, FURRING, PLYWOOD, TRIM AND GROUNDS. NEW LUMBER TO BEAR GRADE AND TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATION UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. a. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT FOR WOOD SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 1) PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: a) MOISTURE CONTENT: AFTER TREATMENT, THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: i. LUMBER, 2 INCHES AND LESS IN THICKNESS: 19 PERCENT. ii. PLYWOOD: 15 PERCENT b) FLAME SPREAD: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS TO HAVE FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS IN A 30 MINUTE TEST WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION, ASTM E 84, ADDITIONALLY, FLAME FRONT NOT TO PROGRESS MORE THAN 101/2 FEET BEYOND CENTER LINE OF BURNER AT ANY TIME. c) SMOKE DEVELOPED: INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS, WHERE SPECIFIED, TO HAVE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT CONFORMING TO ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR "FLAME SPREAD" PLUS SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25 OR LESS, ASTM E 84. b. CERTIFICATES: FURNISH AFFIDAVIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OFFICIAL STATING THAT MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT MOISTURE CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT, DOES NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED LIMITS; INCLUDE CHEMICAL USED AND RETENTION OBTAINED FOR PRESSURE TREATED MATERIAL. INCLUDE THE "QUALITY MARK" OF ASSOCIATION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE TREATMENT. C. DELIVER TREATED MATERIALS BUNDLED AND MARKED TO IDENTIFY TREATMENT. d. STORE TREATED MATERIALS FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECT FROM MOISTURE; PROVIDE WELL VENTILATED DRY STORAGE. e. HANDLE TREATED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARDS. IN ADDITION TO USED IN TREATMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL MATERIAL FOR FIELD TREATMENT \ MATERIAL OF CUTS. f. FIELD CUTS AND HOLES: FIELD -TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA M-4. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. SET MEMBERS LEVEL AND PLUMB, IN CORRECT POSITION. B. COORDINATE PARAPET AND FLASHING NAILER INSTALLATION WITH INSTALLATION OF ROOFING. SEE SECTION 01005, E, "ROOF CUTTING AND PATCHING". C. INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS WITH PLYWOOD SHEATHING MATERIAL WHERE REQUIRED. SIZE THE BACK BOARD BY 12 INCHES BEYOND SIZE OF ELECTRICAL PANEL. 06210 MILLWORK AND FINISH CARPENTRY PART1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISHED TRIM, CABINETRY, COUNTERS, DOORS, AND ALL FINISH ITEMS SUCH AS LAMINATES AND FINISH DOOR HARDWARE, AS INDICATED AND DETAILED ON PLANS. B. SEE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS, SIZES, DIMENSIONS. C. FOLLOW AWI (ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE) ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL ITEMS UNTIL BUILDING AND ROOMS RECEIVING SUCH ARE COMPLETED AND THOROUGHLY DRY AND FREE OF EXCESSIVE MOISTURE. B. MILLWORK AND CABINETRY MAY BE SHOP OR FIELD ASSEMBLED AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. C. INSTALL ITEMS IN A RIGID, STRAIGHT, PLUMB, LEVEL MANNER ACCURATELY FITTED AND SCRIBED TO ABUTTING SURFACES. D. COUNTERSINK NAILS AND SCREW HEADS AND PATCH AND SAND SMOOTH. E. CUTTING AND REPAIRING OF THIS WORK FOR ACCOMMODATION OF WORK BY OTHERS SHALL BE DONE AS PART OF MILLWORK RESPONSIBILITY. F. FINISH WOODWORK SHALL BE DRESSED AND SANDED, FREE FROM MACHINE AND TOOL MARKS, ABRASIONS, RAISED GRAIN OR OTHER DEFECTS. G. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT. 06424 LAMINATES PART 1-GENERAL A. INSTALL HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE AND AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ADHESIVE AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION. B. SEE MILLWORK SECTION FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND REFERENCES. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 07000 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING PART 1-GENERAL A. FOR INSULATION REQUIRED AT DUCKWORK, PLUMBING LINES, ETC. SEE MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. B. BATT INSULATION 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL 31/2" MIN. THERMAL BATT TYPE INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS OR AS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WHERE SHOWN AND AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2. EXTEND FROM FLOOR TIGHT TO ROOF DECK ABOVE. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL .004 MIL. VISQUEEN VAPOR BARRIER AT EXTERIOR WALLS ON WARM SIDE OF STUDS. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE OVER ENTIRE FLOOR OF REST ROOMS BELOW FINISH FLOORING AND UP WALL A MIN. 4". (ONLY WHERE REST ROOMS ARE LOCATED ABOVE ANOTHER FLOOR.) APPLY PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND CAULK AS REQ'D. TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES, D. G.C. SHALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLASH AND CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS SO THAT ODORS OR LIQUIDS WILL NOT PENETRATE THE SLAB AT THESE OPENINGS. SUCH SLEEVES SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE LANDLORD STANDARD DETAILS 07900 JOINT SEALERS / CAULKING PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL, SEALANTS AND JOINT BACKING FOR JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 1. SILICONE SEALANTS (TYPE S): ASTM C920, SINGLE COMPONENT, NON -SAGGING, NON -STAINING, NON -BLEEDING; FOR USE AS GENERAL CAULKING. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES, MANUFACTURER BY GE SILICONES OR EQUAL.2. JOINT BACKING: ROUND, OPEN CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM ROD. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. B. CLEAN AND PRIME JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. PROTECT ELEMENTS SURROUNDING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION FROM DAMAGE OR DISFIGURATION. D. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. E. INSTALL JOINT BACKING. F. APPLY SEALANT WITHIN RECOMMENDED APPLICATION TEMPERATURE RANGES. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN SEALANT CANNOT BE APPLIED WITHIN THESE TEMPERATURE RANGES. l►GGIe7so719iy[97►1 DIVISION 08000 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL A. INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE AND RELATED PARTS AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. LABELED DOORS: WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE U.L. LABEL DOORS AND FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. SUCH TO RECEIVE LABELS ATTACHED STATING RATINGS. C. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB AND SQUARE AS SPECIFIED AND AS DETAILED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES FOR INSTALLATION AT DRYWALL AND METAL STUD PARTITIONS. 1. DOORS -1 3/4" THICK FLUSH MOUNTED "TYPE B" AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT. SURFACES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE. b. PROVIDE 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES, AND 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. 2. FRAMES - 2" FRONT FACE -16 GA. HOLLOW METAL WITH CONTINUOUSLY WELDED CORNERS. SURFACES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. PROVIDE 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES AND 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. b. INSTALL ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR 4" DOWN FROM HEAD AND WELDED -IN BASE ANCHOR AT EACH JAMB. PART 2 - PREPARATION /EXECUTION A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI-100. B. COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE AND ON DRAWINGS. FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. 08110 INSULATED STEEL DOORS PART 1-GENERAL A. NON -RATED THERMALLY INSULATED STEEL DOORS AT EXTERIOR OPENINGS. 1. DOORS THERMALLY INSULATED L-16 WITH POLYSTYRENE CORE (R=7.7): SDI-100 GRADE AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT, CINCINNATI, OH10, O Q R EQUAL. FRAMES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE. b. PROVIDE 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT CLOSER AND LOCKS AND 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES. 2. FRAME -12 GA. COLD ROLLED STEEL, ARC WELDED AT CORNERS AND GROUND SMOOTH AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT OR EQUAL. FRAMES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. PROVIDE 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT CLOSER AND LOCKS AND 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES. b. INSTALL MINIMUM THREE (3) JAMB ANCHORS AND BASE ANCHORS EACH SIDE, PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI-100. B. COORDINATE WITH MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE. FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. 08400 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1-GENERAL A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL ALUMINUM/GLASS DOORS, DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICALLY SUPPLIED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAMES COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES AND GLASS AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 1. ALUMINUM/TEMPERED GLASS ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE KAWNEER (SEE PARAGRAPH 2 OF THIS SECTION) SERIES 350 (SIZES OF VERTICAL STILE AND TOP RAIL AS PER PLANS AND DETAILS) SINGLE ACTING WITH 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS INFILL SET WITH ELASTOMERIC GASKETS. a. HARDWARE - TO INSURE SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY, THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE DOOR SUPPLIER /INSTALLER HINGING - TOP PATCH AND BOTTOM PIVOTS CLOSERS NORTON SERIES 1600 - ONE PER DOOR LEAF PUSH/PULL KAWNEER "F-2" LOCKS - DEADLOCK: "BEST CORE" THRESHOLD - MILL FINISH ALUMINUM MAXIMUM 1/2" HIGH b. MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER COMPANY, INC., NORCROSS, GA UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP., ROCK HILL SC C. FINAL FINISHES MUST MATCH EXACTLY. COLORS TO BE AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. B. ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAME. 1. KAWNEER (SEE PARAGRAPH 3 OF THIS SECTION) TRIFAB II 451 SERIES, (MULLION, RAIL, POST AND BASE SIZES AS PER PLANS AND DETAILS) FOR INFILL WITH 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL INTERNAL SUPPORT FRAMING, RELATED FLASHINGS, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. 3. MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER COMPANY, INC., NORCROSS, GA UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP., ROCK HILL, SC 4. FINAL FINISH MUST MATCH EXACTLY COLORS AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH SCHEDULE, IF EXACT COLOR IS NOT AVAILABLE THROUGH MANUFACTURER PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD PAINT. C. GLAZING 1. EXTERIOR -1/2" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS FOR INFILL INTO GLAZING FRAME. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND ATTACHMENTS AND SHIMS TO PERMIT SUFFICIENT ADJUSTMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE IRREGULARITIES. B. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROCEDURES. C. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN FRAMING AND BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL BE SEALED TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT INSTALLATION. D. INSTALL SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS AT PERIMETER OF FRAME, 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS, ROLLING GRILLES AND WINDOWS. B. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS, MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS. C. FOLLOW DHI (DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE) STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES AND AWI (AMERICAN WOODWORKING INSTITUTE) STANDARDS FOR HARDWARE INSTALLED ON WOOD DOORS. D. FIRE RATED HARDWARE SHALL FOLLOW GUIDELINES AS ESTABLISHED BY: 1. NFPA 80 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS. 2. NFPA 101 - LIFE SAFETY CODE. 3. NFPA 252 - FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. 4. UL 10B - SAFETY FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. S. UL 305 - SAFETY PANIC HARDWARE. E. FURNISH OWNER WITH MAINTENANCE DATA, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, MANUFACTURERS WARRANTIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS. F. FINISHES: AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULES. G. KEYING 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE KEYING AND MASTER KEYING WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CONSTRUCTION CORES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACE WITH PERMANENT AT END OF JOB PRIOR TO TURN -OVER. H. SEE SECTION ON ALUMINUM ENTRANCES FOR HARDWARE SPECIFIC TO THOSE DOORS L MANUFACTURERS: 1. HINGES: STANLEY FBB 179 AVERAGE FREQUENCY, OR EQUAL. EXTERIOR DOORS TO RECEIVE TAMPERPROOF BUTTS AND/OR LATCH GUARDS. 2. LOCKSETS/LATCHES: SCHLAGE D-SERIES, SPARTA DESIGN w/ROSE, OR EQUAL. LOCKSETS TO RECEIVE INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CYLINDERS TO ACCEPT "BEST CORE". SEE KEYING NOTES THIS SECTION, 3. CLOSERS: NORTON - POWER ADJUSTABLE CLOSER FOR BARRIER FREE OPERATION. SERIES 8301 BF OR EQUAL. 4. THRESHOLDS, SWEEPS AND WEATHER STRIPPING: THERMAL BARRIER SADDLE THRESHOLD - PEMKO #252X2AFG, MAXIMUM HEIGHT1/2", OR EQUAL. DOOR BOTTOM SWEEP PEMKO #315CN, OR EQUAL. RIGID JAMB WEATHERSTRIP - PEMKO #303AV, OR EQUAL. S. STOPS, KICKPLATES AND SILENCER; WALL STOP IVES #407, OR EQUAL FLOOR STOP IVES #436, OR EQUAL DOOR SILENCER IVES #20, OR EQUAL KICKPLATE IVES #8400, 8" HIGH X FULL WIDTH OF DOOR, OR EQUAL SCREW TO MATCH KICKPLATE. ONE-WAY VIEWER (PEEP) - IVES #696, OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE AND RECESSED ITEMS. B. VERIFY THAT DOORS AND FRAMES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED, C. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. USE TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE ITEM MANUFACTURER. E. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 08800 GLAZING PART 1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF GLASS, GLAZING CHANNELS, SEALANT, SETTING BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN AND DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR SIZE AND NUMBER OF PANES. C. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION CONTAINED IN THE FGMA (FLOAT GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) GLAZING AND SEALANT MANUALS AS WELL AS SIGMA (SEALED INSULATED GLASS MANUFACTURE. ASSOCIATION) FOR INSULATED GLASS. D. IT IS THE GLAZING CONTRACTORS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THAT THE GLASS IS SIZED TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS, POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE LIVE LOADS, ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF GLASS AS CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. E. MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR STOREFRONT GLASS: 1. CLEAR GLASS - ASTM C1048, FT -FULLY TEMP., QUALITY-q3 GLAZING SELECT. 2. THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 3. EACH INDIVIDUAL PANE TO RECEIVE TEMPERED STAMP INDICATING SUCH. F. MATERIAL FOR EXTERIOR STOREFRONT IN METAL GLAZING SYSTEM. 1. INSULATED GLASS UNITS - LOW E - TYPE SG-B - ASTM E774 AND E773 DOUBLE PANE WITH GLASS ELASTOMER EDGE SEAL; OUTER PANE OF CLEAR GLASS, INNER PANE OF LOW E CLEAR GLASS ON CLEAR COLOR GLASS. a. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS UNITS WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN OR AS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL CODES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY THAT OPENINGS FOR GLAZING ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND WITHIN TOLERANCE. B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES OF GLAZING CHANNELS OR RECESSES ARE CLEAN, FREE OF OBSTRUCTIONS THAT MAY IMPEDE MOISTURE MOVEMENT, WEEPS ARE CLEAR, AND READY TO RECEIVE GLAZING. C. CUT GLASS PANES TO ACCURATE SIZES ALLOWING FOR EDGE CLEARANCES AND TOLERANCES. D. INSTALL SEALANTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS THEY WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH. E. REMOVE GLAZING MATERIALS FROM FINISH SURFACES. F. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. CLEAN GLASS AND ADJACENT SURFACES, 08835 MIRROR PART 1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL CUSTOM FITTED MIRRORS INCLUDING MASTIC AND ATTACHMENT CLIPS AS SIZED AND DETAILED IN DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. REFER TO TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES FOR TENANT -PROVIDED MIRRORS IN LAVATORY. VERIFY WITH TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. B. CONSULT NAMM (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MIRROR MANUFACTURING) FOR TIPS FOR CARE AND HANDLING OF MIRRORS. C. PRODUCT: 1. CLEAR FLOAT TYPE WITH COPPER/SILVER COATING. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EDGES SHALL BE POLISHED. D. MIRROR ADHESIVE: CHEMICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH MIRROR COATING AND WALL SUBSTRATE. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY AREAS RECEIVING MIRRORS ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE MATERIAL. B. PLACE PLUMB AND LEVEL WITHOUT VISIBLE DISTORTION. C. STORE, PROTECT, AND INSTALL MIRRORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAMM. D. SET MIRRORS WITH EDGE CLEARANCE FREE OF SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING COUNTERTOPS OR BACKSPLASHES. E. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. F. CLEAN MIRRORS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. END OF DIVISION / 09120 T CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS DI 0� PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS WITH EXPOSED SUSPENSION GRID, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND ACOUSTIC PANELS AS LISTED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, C. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND FINISHES. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES, CEILING ASSEMBLIES ARE TO CONFORM WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES DESIGN FOR ONE HOUR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. AT TIME OF COMPLETION, DELIVER TWO PACKAGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO THE TENANT OF EACH TYPE OF MATERIAL USED, FOR FUTURE REPLACEMENT USE. B. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635 FOR INTERMEDIATE - DUTY CLASS SYSTEM. SIZE ATTACHMENT DEVICES FOR FIVE (5) TIMES DESIGN LOAD. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE GALVANIZED CARBON STEEL, ASTM A641, SOFT TEMPER, PRE -STRETCHED, 12 GA MINIMUM. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENT AND WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. D. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636, WITH HANGERS SUPPORTED ONLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. LOCATE HANGERS NOT LESS THAN 6" FROM EACH END AND SPACE 4'-0" ALONG EACH CARRYING CHANNEL OR DIRECT -HUNG RUNNER. SECURE WIRE HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYE -SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES WHICH ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. E. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND AT LOCATIONS WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL UNITS. F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN COORDINATION WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM, WITH EDGES CONCEALED BY SUPPORT OF SUSPENSION ,MEMBERS, SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS TO FIT ACCURATELY AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS. G. INSTALL HOLD-DOWN CLIPS IF REQUIRED BY CODE. H. GWB CEILINGS AND SOFFITS TO BE GIVEN A FLAT ANDIftEWVIED FINISH TO ACCEPT PAINT FINISH. REFER TO SECTION 092Q1MQFUf, K\V1LA BOARD SYSTEMS". MAR 05 2020 PERMIT CENTER eaaro ,aalwa.Mawre < o 0-,"e1r6- e6<reemuyBrcokEattGraN+fi<rM026 e.f 10[a1a3.ifC0 STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL S PAC E --AE41 6 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: a Q. CD o CD 00 U O 0c U 4- c6 o E: 21, o N O D__J ) o UJ40 d Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record (z NO C0RTLAND M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTERED HITECT V ORTLAN' MOA� NATE OF EYASHIidGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: rffi 1-1-J Nextore project Number 79779 Brend Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title SPECIFICATIONS 2OF4 Date Shell 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF G004 Checked By CM I DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS LEVEL 5 GYPSUM BOARD FINISH SPECIFICATION: A. ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER ALL FLAT JOINTS AND ONE SEPARATE COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER INTERIOR ANGLES. FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE COVERED WITH THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND. A THIN SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OR A MATERIAL MANUFACTURED ESPECIALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE, SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE. THE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. NOTE: IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE PREPARED SURFACE BE COATED WITH A DRYWALL PRIMER PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF FINISH PAINT. PART 1-GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL AND SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING, CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, PARTS, MATERIALS, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. GYPSUM DRYWALL: ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE "X" AS NOTED ON NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN. REST ROOMS TO RECEIVE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. C. FASTENERS: DRYWALL SCREWS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. D. PROVIDE MATERIALS, JOINT COMPOUNDS, TRIM, EDGES, BEADS, ETC. FROM A SINGLE SOURCE SUPPLIER. ALL TRIM SHALL CONSIST OF A TAPERED, GROOVED, AND PREPUNCHED FIN FOR SCREW ATTACHMENT AND TO ACCEPT BONDING AGENT. ALL BUTT JOINTS ARE TO BE NEAT WITH TIGHT JOINTS, AND ALL CORNERS ARE TO BE MITERED. ALL EDGES, BEADS AND TRIM TO BE PRE -FINISH ALUMINUM. E. JOINT TREATMENT: U.S. GYPSUM OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPOUNDS AND PERFORATED TAPE. 1. ERECT GWB IN A SINGLE LAYER IN THE MOST ECONOMICAL DIRECTION WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING, 2. WALLS, CEILINGS AND SOFFITS, AND ALL TRANSITIONS IN SAME, SHALL BE GIVEN A SMOOTH FINISH. 3. CORNER BEADS SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL EXTERNAL ANGLES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. INSTALL CASING BEADS AT ALL EDGES OF DRYWALL WORK EXCEPT WHERE TERMINATION IS COVERED BY OTHER FINISH. CASING BEADS SHALL BE MITERED AT CORNERS AND INSTALLED NEATLY, FINISHED WITH COMPOUND. 4. JOINTS BETWEEN BOARDS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH TAPE EXCEPT WHERE CONTROL JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. TAPE FIELD JOINTS, INTERIOR CORNER JOINTS AND WALL TO CEILING JOINTS. FILL JOINTS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND EMBED TAPE THEREIN. COVER TAPE WITH BEDDING COMPOUND AND TAPER TO FEATHER EDGES. FILL SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND FEATHER THE EDGES. ALLOW TO DRY. 5. COVER TAPED AND FILLED JOINTS AND FILLED SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH TOPPING COMPOUND APPLIED IN THREE COATS. PERMITTING THE PREVIOUS COAT TO DRY PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE SUBSEQUENT COAT. 6. SAND JOINT AND SCREW HEAD AREAS LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS AND AFTER THE FINAL COAT SO THAT A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE IS PRODUCED WITH THE PAPER SURFACE OF THE WALLBOARD FREE OF SCUFFING. E PATCH AND/OR REPAIR EXISTING DRYWALL TO REMAIN TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. LEVEL ANY UNEVEN OR ROUGH SPOTS AND FINISH SMOOTH. BULGES AND VISUAL DEPRESSIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. G. INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD AT ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE TILE OR MARBLE, OR AS SHOWN ON =DRAWINGS. H. ACCESS PANELS: 1. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND SITE CONDITIONS (COORDINATE SIZE REQUIREMENTS, NUMBER OF PANELS REQUIRED AND LOCATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND ALL MECHANICAL TRADES). 2. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE FLUSH TYPE (NO EXPOSED FLANGES) STYLE AS MANUFACTURED BY: INTEX FORMS INC. - GLASS FIBER (GFRG) FLUSH ACCESS PANEL PHONE NUMBER: 650-654-7855 (SIZE AS REQUIRED) 3. PANELS TO BE FACTORY PRIMED (WHITE) READY TO RECEIVE FINAL FINISH PAINT BY G.C. 09300 TILE AND MARBLE PART 1 - GENERAL A. MARBLE/CERAMIC/QUARRY TILE: REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. B. INSTALL GROUT AS RECOMMENDED BY THE TILE MANUFACTURER. COLOR OF WALL GROUT TO BE INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. IF NO COLOR IS INDICATED, A GROUT TO MATCH TILE IS TO BE USED. C. ALL CERAMIC TILE BASES INSTALLED SHALL BE SANITARY COVE TYPE. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. BEFORE SETTING ANY TILE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE HIMSELF THAT NO TILES WILL HAVE TO BE REMOVED AFTER INSTALLATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CUTTING, FITTING, DRILLING AND GRINDING OF THE WORK, WHERE NECESSARY IN RELATION TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, SHALL BE PERFORMED SO THAT THE WORK WILL BE NEATLY AND ACCURATELY DONE AND CUT EDGES SHALL BE UNIFORM. B. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS UNDER AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI A-137.1 FOR CERAMIC TILE MATERIAL AND ANSI A-108 FOR INSTALLATION. C. INSTALL PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. D. LAY OUT TILE PATTERN SYMMETRICALLY WITH EVEN JOINT ON ALL FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES. ALIGN JOINTS WITH MALL PATTERN, WHERE APPLICABLE. E. CUT AND DRILL TILE AS REQUIRED WITHOUT MARRING TILE, GRIND AND FIT AROUND FIXTURES, ETC.. LEAVE COMPLETED WORK FREE FROM CRACKED, BROKEN, OR DAMAGED TILE. F. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING OR UNLIKE FINISHES SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH. NO REDUCER STRIPS PERMITTED IN STOREFRONT AREA. H. PROTECT HEAVILY TRAVELED, NEWLY TILED AREAS AS REQUIRED. I. INSTALL TILES USING THINSET METHOD WITH 1/16" JOINTS AT WALLS AND FLOORS. J. SEAL/WAX ALL TILE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 09650 VINYL RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL A. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 1/8" X 12" X 12" VINYL RESILIENT TILES, AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. INSTALL 4" HIGH X 1/8" THICK, TOP SET, COVED VINYL BASE, AT ALL WALLS IN AREAS TO RECEIVE VINYL TILE FLOORING, AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. C. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS AND MANUFACTURER. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. PREP SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW VINYL TILE. B. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS WITH WATERPROOF TYPE ADHESIVES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACES INVOLVED. C. SLOPE FLOOR TILE TO DRAINS. SUBSTRATE MUST ALSO BE SLOPED TO DRAIN, ALL VCT SHALL BE CLEANED, SEALED, AND WAXED BY G.C. PRIOR TO TURNOVER. 09652 WOOD FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL A. FINISHED WOOD FLOOR AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES. INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. MATERIALS SHALL BE LISTED WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AS TO FIRE AND SLIP RESISTANCE. C. ARCHITECTURAL TRIM, i.e. REDUCER STRIPS, BANDS, PICKETS, ETC., SHALL BE OF SAME MANUFACTURER AND FINISH AS WOOD FLOOR. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BROOM CLEAN FLOORING AS IT IS INSTALLED. PROTECT FLOORING IMMEDIATELY WITH BROWN KRAFT PAPER AND INSTALL MASONITE, ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OR OTHER PROTECTIVE FLOOR PANELS OVER ENTIRE WOOD FLOOR. B. NO FLOORING TO BE EXPOSED UNTIL LAST DAY OF FIXTURING AND PROP INSTALLATION. C. FLOOR CLEAN-UP: FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF WORK BY OTHER TRADES, THE PROTECTIVE COVERING PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION SHOULD BE REMOVED; FOLLOWED BY SWEEPING, VACUUMING AND/OR DRY MOPPING TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE DEBRIS. 09680 CARPET PART 1-GENERAL A. CONDITION CARPET AND ADHESIVES FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS AT A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 65 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. THE FLOOR SHOULD ALSO BE CONDITIONED AT A TEMPERATURE ABOVE 65 DEGREES F FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE FLOOR MUST BE SWEPT FREE OF DUST AND DEBRIS. B. NEW CONCRETE MUST BE CURED PREFERABLY FOR 90 DAYS BEFORE INSTALLING CARPET. CHECK THE SLAB FOR ALKALINITY, WHICH SHOULD BE LESS THAN 9.0 pH IF NECESSARY, NEUTRALIZE THE FLOOR WITH AN ACID WASH OF 10 PARTS WATER TO ONE PART MURIATIC ACID AND RINSE THOROUGHLY. A SEALER SHOULD BE USED TO INSURE A GOOD BONDING SURFACE. EXISTING CONCRETE MAY REQUIRE RESEALING TO ASSURE A PROPER SURFACE. C. REMOVE, REPLACE OR PATCH OLD VINYL TILE OR LINOLEUM, STRIP OLD WAX BY MOPPING WITH AMMONIA AND WATER, AND FILL IN GROUT LINES ON CERAMIC FLOORS WITH A LATEX FLASHING COMPOUND, AS APPLICABLE. D. REMOVE ANY FINISHES, WAXES, PAINT, ETC. FROM WOOD FLOORS. THE SURFACE MUST BE LEVEL AND CRACKS MAY REQUIRE A FLASHING COMPOUND, PLYWOOD OR PARTICLE BOARD MAY BE NECESSARY TO OFFSET UNEVEN FLOORS, BUT MUST BE PRIMED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. E. CUT -BACK ADHESIVE MUST BE FLASHED OVER. USING A NOTCHED TROWEL, PATCH AND LET CURE. SMOOTH OVER WITH A SECOND COAT OF PATCH, USING THE FLAT SIDE OF THE TROWEL TO FILL IN THE RIDGES. ALLOW THE NEWLY FLASHED FLOOR TO CURE. R CARPET CONTRACTOR TO ESTABLISH HIS OWN TAKEOFFS AND COORDINATE HIS TAKEOFFS WITH THE AMOUNT SHIPPED BY TENANT AND CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. G. INSTALL PER FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH SEAM LAYOUT PRIOR TO CUTTING / INSTALLATION. H. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. H. PROVIDE DIRECT GLUEDOWN INSTALLATION USING MATERIAL AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. SEAL ALL SEAMS WITH SEAM ADHESIVE. 09700 LAMINATED WOOD FLOORING PART 1-GENERAL A. WOOD LAMINATE FLOORING: REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. B. PREP FLOOR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. C. INSTALL COMPLETE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ALL TRANSITION STRIPS AND EXPANSION JOINTS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE AND STORE MATERIAL. G.C. MUST OPEN BOXES A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF INSTALLATION TO ACCLIMATE PRODUCT TO TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY OF AREA TO RECEIVE INSTALLATION. B. PREPARE SUBFLOOR OR EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. INSTALL POLYETHYLENE FILM ON CONCRETE SUBFLOOR. D. INSTALL "WHISPERWALK". E. INSTALL LAMINATE FLOORING AS A "FLOATING" FLOOR. BEGIN INSTALLATION ALONG WALL WITH TONGUE FACING WALL ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PROCEDURES. APPLY GLUE TO GROOVES WITH PLANKS IN PLACE ON FLOOR. ENSURE JOINTS ARE COMPLETELY SEALED WITH GLUE. DO NOT NAIL, SCREW OR FASTEN FLOORING TO SUBFLOOR. F. PROVIDE ADEQUATE EXPANSION SPACE AT PERIMETER, COLUMNS, AND AT ALL ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. G. INSTALL SPECIFIED BASE OR TRIM AT PERIMETER, COLUMNS, AND AT ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. H. NO FLOORING TO BE EXPOSED UNTIL LAST DAY OF FIXTURING AND MERCHANDISE INSTALLATION. L FLOOR CLEANUP: FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF WORK BY OTHER TRADES, THE PROTECTIVE COVERING PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION SHOULD BE REMOVED; FOLLOWED BY SWEEPING, VACUUMING AND/OR DRY MOPPING TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE DEBRIS. 09910 PAINTING AND FINISHING PART 1-GENERAL A. THE INTENT IS TO PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THIS PROJECT. FINISH APPEARANCE MUST BE UNIFORM, SMOOTH, AND FREE OF ANY RUNS, SAGS, AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY IF THE NUMBER OF COATS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL COVERAGE IS SATISFACTORY. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PAINT COLORS, MANUFACTURER, ETC. B. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS. ALTERNATES ARE NOT PERMITTED. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED FREE OF LOOSE DIRT AND DUST BEFORE WORK IS STARTED. WASH ALL METAL SURFACES WITH MINERAL SPIRITS BEFORE APPLYING FINISHES. WHERE RUST OR SCALE IS PRESENT, WIRE BRUSH OR SAND CLEAN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. B. PAINTED DRYWALL TO RECEIVE ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT. TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT. TOUCHUP ALL SUCTION SPOTS OR HOT SPOTS AFTER APPLICATION OF FIRST COAT AND BEFORE APPLYING SECOND COAT, TO PRODUCE AND EVEN RESULT IN THE FINISH COAT. DRY ALL COATS THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLYING SUCCEEDING COATS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RECOAT TIME. SEAL ALL DRYWALL SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS. C. PUTTY ALL NAIL HOLES, COUNTERSUNK SCREWS, BOLTS, CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. D. SAND ALL WOOD SURFACES SMOOTH AND EVEN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. E. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR SUCH ITEMS. F. PAINT ALL EXPOSED PIPING, ACCESS DOORS, VENTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED. G. SAND ENAMELED FINISHES APPLIED TO WOOD OR METAL BETWEEN COATS WITH FINE SANDPAPER TO PRODUCE EVEN SMOOTH FINISH. H. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM, SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING, MAKE EDGES ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING. I. SEAL TOPS, BOTTOMS AND EDGES OF ALL DOORS. J. CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE ONE QUART EACH COLOR OF PAINT FOR FUTURE TOUCH-UP. K. PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR LEAVING SITE AND AFTER ALL FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED AND STORE IS CLEANED, CONTRACTOR TO WALK SITE AND TOUCH-UP PAINT DAMAGED DURING FINAL DAYS OF PROJECT. DIVISION 10000 - SPECIALTIES 10520 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1-GENERAL A. PROVIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CAPABLE OF EXTINGUISHING CLASS A, B, AND C FIRES, IN QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. (COORDINATE IN FIELD.) MANUFACTURER: J.L. INDUSTRIES; COSMIC SERIES OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL MOUNTING BRACKETS AT HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF GOVERNIN AUTHORITIES. B. SECURE MOUNTING BRACKETS TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB, TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. ALL SALES AREAS AND PUBLIC AREAS TO HAVE RECESSED BRASS CABINETS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL A. TENANT TO SUPPLY A.D.A. APPROVED TOILET ACCESSORIES AND GRAB BARS INCLUDING ALL SET SCREWS AND ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. G.C. SHALL INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORY UNITS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, USING FASTENERS AND IN WALL BLOCKING AS RECOMMENDED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS PLUMB AND LEVEL, FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED, IN A TAMPERPROOF MANNER WITH SPECIAL HANGERS, TOGGLE BOLTS, OR SCREWS. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 11000 - EQUIPMENT 11001 EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT WORK AND PLACEMENT WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT. B. ALL EQUIPMENT WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL C. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED, UNLOADED, UNPACKED OR UNCRATED AND PLACED ACCORDING TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION OF TENANT SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE INCLUDED IN GENERAL BID. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANYDAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOKUP OF ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK. D. ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, INSTRUCTION BOOKLETS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION SHALL BE NEATLY BOUND AND TURNED OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE TURNOVER. E. STEAM PRESS SUPPLIED BY TENANT SHALL BE INSTALLED BY G.C.'S CERTIFIED STEAM FITTER/PLUMBER FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS. 11110 MISCELLANEOUS PART 1-GENERAL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL TRAFFIC COUNTING SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 1. THE SYSTEM'S TRANSMITTER AND REFLECTOR ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT EACH PUBLIC ENTRANCE, 52" A.F.F., AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. DOOR SWING NOR ANY OTHER OBSTRUCTION SHOULD BLOCK THE "BEAM" PATH. 2. THE SYSTEM'S RECEIVER IS TO BE INSTALLED IN CASH -DESK CABINETRY. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL FULL HEIGHT, WHITE CORNER GUARDS WITH WHITE ADHESIVE WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. END OF DIVISION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 2 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF IilKI ILA MAR 0 5 2070 PERMIT CENTER iff'W/Ar! surys,�t.Fm,c,: /CTo 6 es STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: 0 �CD LU O � 00 _c vp c �x o Q) v O � o x n O LIJQ CD Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-ie-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2.28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C N 0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTEREO ARCh1IT[, CORTU\ND MORIG tv3'� STAT� Architect / Engineer Job No, 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.O5 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title SPECIFICATIONS 3OF4 Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF 0005 Checked By CM DIVISION 15000A - PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE PLUMBING DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1.ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2, MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1.DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE, WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. PART 2 MATERIALS A. GENERAL 1. PROVIDE STOP VALVES AT EVERY FIXTURE ON BOTH HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY LINES. VALVES, ESCUTCHEONS, FITTINGS, ETC. MUST BE CHROME PLATED. WHERE EXPOSED, CHROME PLATED PIPE IS TO BE USED. 2. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET AND SELF SEALING LAP (ASJ/SSL). 2.1 DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING UP TO 3/4 INCH DIAMETER - 1/2 INCH THICK. 2.2 FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PRE -MOLDED FIBERGLASS FITTINGS AND COVERED WITH A PRE -FORMED PVC FITTING COVER. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE PLUMBING INSTALLATION, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC, SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALLY ENFORCED CODES AND STANDARDS. 1.1. VERIFY FINAL ROUGH IN WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO WALL INSTALLATION. 2. PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED CONCEALED - SURFACE MOUNTED PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. ALL EXPOSED OR ACCESSIBLE P-TRAPS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH BOTTOM CLEANOUT PLUGS. 4. INSULATE EXPOSED P-TRAPS, HOT AND COLD VALVES AND PIPING SERVING HANDICAPPED LAVATORIES. 5. IF SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS INDICATED TO BE A RETURN AIR PLENUM. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE, OR HAVE A MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. WIRING SHALL BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE PER NFPA 70. 6. ALL CLEANOUTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL. B. INSULATION 1. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 2. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO VALVES DIVISION 15000E - MECHANICAL I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS TALL WORK SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK TONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1.DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. II, INSULATION A. GENERAL 1. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 2. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES. 3. INSULATION SHALL BE BY OWENS-CORNING, KNAUF, OR MANVILLE. 4. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED VI. AIR DISTRIBUTION A. AIR DISTRIBUTION 1. DUCTWORK (ROUND OR RECTANGULAR OR SPIRAL) SHALL BE OF GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE SMACNA MANUAL AND SEALED. 2. CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES SHALL BE MADE BY UNIFORM TAPER SECTION WITH A MAXIMUM INCLUDE ANGLE OF DIVERGENCE OF 15DEGREES. 3. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS MAY BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK BUT IT'S USE IS LIMITED TO STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL RUNS. ALL CHANGES OF DIRECTION IN A DUCT SYSTEM (GALVANIZED OR FLEXIBLE) SHALL BE MADE WITH AN APPROPRIATE GALVANIZED ELBOW. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEXIBLE DUCT IS T-0". 4. FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS: MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO DIFFUSER TO BE T-O', Vlll. TESTING AND BALANCING A. SYSTEM TO BE TESTED AND BALANCED WITH A REPORT SHOWING ACTUAL AIR FLOWS AT NEWLY INSTALLED DIFFUSERS. AIR FLOW TO BE WITHIN 15% OF THE DESIGN VALUE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE THIS AIR QUANTITY CANNOT BE MET, ADJUST UPSTREAM DAMPERS UNTIL IT IS MET. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH MACY'S OPERATIONS. DIVISION 16000 - ELECTRICAL PARTI- GENERAL A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1.ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED. NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. 5. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE, LIGHTING, AND RELATED WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR THE USE OF ALL TRADES DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1.ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT. 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION. DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1. DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. WIRING DEVICES 1. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE, NEMA 5-20R, RATED FOR 20 AMPS,125 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. 1.1. SPECIFICATION GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHA'_L BE HUBBELL #5362 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, HEAVY DUTY, WHITE. 1.3. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFI) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE TOGGLE OPERATED, QUIET TYPE, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 120/277 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. THREE WAY AND FOUR WAY SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2.1. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1221 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120/277V, WHITE. 2.2. THREE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1223 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120/277V, WHITE. 3. DIMMERS SHALL BE LEVITON SLIDING DIMMER SWITCH, OF A RATING, VOLTAGE AND WATTAGE SUITABLE FOR LOAD SERVED. COLORS OF DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL WHITE. 4. COMBINATION WALL DIMMER/OCCUPANT SENSOR SHALL BE LUTRON MAESTRO 0-10V DIMMER WITH INTEGRAL PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANT SENSING, AVAILABLE IN 1-WAY OR 3-WAY CONFIGURATIONS. COLOR TO BE WHITE. VERIFY LOAD SERVED IS COMPATIBLE PRIOR TO ORDERING. 5. WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. 6. COVERPLATES FOR POWER, DATA & TELEPHONE SHALL BE LEVITON OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHITE, PLASTIC. LIGHTING CONTRACTORS SHALL BE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRICALLY HELD, 120V, COIL, 20A. REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER OF POLES. LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE LOAD CENTERS (PANELS). 1. BRANCH CIRCUIT LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT TYPE, WITH MAIN LUGS OR MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE AS INDICATED, BRANCH OVERCURRENT DEVICES AS NOTED AND AN EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR, ALL IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURE. MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY SHALL BE 10,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 120/208V, AND 14,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 277/480V APPLICATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LOAD CENTERS MUST BE SELECTED TO FIT IN A STANDARD STUD WALL. 2. LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, ITE/SIEMENS AND WESTINGHOUSE/CUTLER HAMMER. A. FIXTURES AND LAMPS 1. ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.. D. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. PROVIDED BY MACY'S. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL MISCELLANEOUS 1. ALL CONDUIT RUN IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED. 2, 2. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARDS WITH BRANCH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS. PANELBOARDS, FEEDER DEVICES, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND STARTERS SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16. 3. INSTALL HANDLE GUARDS ON ALL BREAKERS FOR NIGHT LIGHTING, EMERGENCY AND SIMILAR CIRCUITS, 4. ALL FLUSH MOUNTED ;LOADCENTERS SHALL HAVE (3) 3/4" EMPTY CONDUITS INSTALLED TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR FUTURE USE. 5. THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC. SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REASONABLE CHANGES IN LOCATION UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING -IN, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. B. GROUNDING 1. GROUNDING OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MEANS OF AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED WITH ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE (SUCH AS ARTICLE 517). C. TESTS 1. TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS, AND PROPER FUNCTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. D. DEMOLITION 1. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IF APPLICABLE, SHALL BE PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE ,APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL LANDLORD NOTES: 1.ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S TENANT DESIGN AND TECHNICAL CRITERIA AND CENTER'S RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY FROM LANDLORD': TENANT COORDINATOR OR MALL FACILITIES MANAGER AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN PRIOR TO START OF JOB. WHERE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH CODES OR ORDINANCES, THE STRICTEST INTERPRETATION SHALL APPLY. 23ENANT IS ENTIRE PREMISES REQUIRED TO PERFORM A SITE SURVEY OF THE Q E EM SES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED PLANS, LANDLORD PROVIDED LOD AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REVISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF TENANT. 33ENANT GC REQUIRED TO CONDUCT A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AT A MINIMUM 3 DAYS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION WITH FACILITIES MANAGER AND ABIDE BY ALL CURRENT "TENANT CONTRACTOR SAFETY STANDARDS" AND "TENANT CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS"AS ISSUED BY THE LOCAL CENTER MANAGEMENT TEAM. 4.BARRICADE GRAPHICS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BARRICADE INSTALLATION. GRAPHICS MUST BE APPROVED BY DISTRICT MARKETING MANAGER MICHELLE GILES (MGILES@WESTFIELD.COM 206-802-6048). 53ENANT GC REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ONE FINAL SET OF DRAWINGS CONTAINING ALL COMMENTS INCLUDING WESTFIELD, CITY AND TENANT AS WELL AS WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL STAMP AND CITY PERMIT STAMP AT PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AND MAINTAINED AT WORK SITE AT ALL TIMES. 6.TENANT MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS, AS REQ'D, TO ALL UTILITY SYSTEMS SERVING THE BASE BUILDING OR ADJACENT TENANTS. TALL REUSED ITEMS/FINISHES MUST BE RETURNED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. APPROVAL BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED. 8.NO ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE, GRAPHICS OR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE PERMITTED TO BE AFFIXED TO OR ON THE APPROVED DESIGN, DISPLAYED OUTSIDE OF THE PREMISES OR PLACED WITHIN OR ON TOP OF COUNTERS RECEiVEt) CITY OF •� ljl.\, ILA AND SNEEZE GUARDS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD. ALL LANDLORD APPROVED SIGNAGE, PROMOTIONAL OR MAR 05 2020 OTHERWISE, SHALL BE PROFESSIONALLY PRINTED AND MOUNTED. 9.WESTFIELD TC APPROVAL REQUIRED PRIOR TO BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. pERMVT CENTER TENANT GC TO SCHEDULE PRELIMINARY PUNCH WALK WITH WESTFIELD TC ONE WEEK PRIOR TO SCHEDULED BARRICADE TAKE DOWN. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: INE<MRE I NMI eamow.rne,deixe,n+Minor+aswo o,�is,n�cs-u STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O Q� UJ � O O !�? o ED E v 0 O � �� a v O .- O �J to ED Qo UJ Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 18-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A 0 A Architect / Engineer of Record CC: - N� C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED ARCHITECT C RTLAND MORGAN STATE OF YdASHiNGTON Architect/ Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No, Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LOOS ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SPECIFICATIONS 40F4 Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF G006 Checked By CM FIXTURE PLAN (PHASE 1A) SCALE: 3/16" = T-W 1. APPLY WHITE SILICONE CAULK ALONG JOINTS AT ALL WET AREAS 2. 3. NEW PLUMBING El A5E. METAL STUDS & 5/8" TYPE'X' 4. EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM. 5, EXISTING STOREFRONT ENTRY DOORS. 6. ALIGN FACE OF NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION WITH FACE OF EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION. 7. TEMPORARY BARRICADE. 8. ALIGN FLOOR TRANSITION WITH OUTSIDE EDGE OF PARTITION AS SHOWN. 1. GRAPHIC PACKAGE ITEMS; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON G002 AND GRAPHICS SCHEDULES FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AS APPLICABLE. 2. DOCTOR'S EQUIPMENT. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON G002. 3, COAT HOOK AT 48" TO CENTERLINE OF HOOKS. 4. 2A-10BC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE MARSHAL. (SUGGESTED LOCATIONS ON PLAN.) 5. APPLY PAINTABLE CAULK WHERE MILLWORK MEETS GYP BD. WALL. 6. ACCESSIBLE COUNTER TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, & LOCAL CODES. 7. SIGNAGE. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 8. RELOCATED FIXTURES 1. LEASE LINE, TYPICAL. VERIFY IN FIELD. 2. EXISTING CASEWORK AND ASSOCIATED WIRING TO BE REMOVED. 3, EXISTING FLOOR FIXTURES TO BE RELOCATED. SEE PLAN #2 FOR NEW LOCATIONS. 4. NEW BARRICADE WITH NON -LOCKABLE DOOR. 5. NEW CONSTRUCTION PAPER ON INTERIOR OF EXISTING STOREFRONT GLASS THIS AREA. 6. COORDINATE MALL SIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADE INSTALLATION WITH NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD. DEMOLITION AREA O A. BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION TO OCCUR AFTER HOURS. B. A MINIMUM 3'-B" WIDE EGRESS WIDTH IS TO BE TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE EMPLOYEE AND CUSTOMER AREAS AT ALL TIMES -' a C. EXIT SIGNAGE MUST BE IN PLACE AS SHOWN ON PLANS AT ALL TIMES. D. EMERGENCY LIGHTING MUST BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT TENANT SPACE. AT EACH WORK PHASE G.C. TO VERIFY EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS PROVIDED TO COMPLY WITH 1008.3.5. 20151BC E. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH A MINIMUM 2-A RATING ARE TO BE EXIT #2 AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN THE CUSTOMER / EMPLOYEE AREA AND IN THE WORK AREAS. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CANNOT EXCEED 75'. EMPLOYEE / CUSTOMER AREAS AND WORK AREAS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED SEPARATE. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS MUST BE AVAILABLE BOTH AREAS WITHOUT TRAVELING FROM ONE AREA TO ANOTHER TO GAIN ACCESS TO FIRE EXTINGUISHER F. SPRINKLER COVERAGE TO BE IN PLACE AT ALL TIMES AT AREAS AVAILABLE TO EMPLOYEES AND CUSTOMERS, REFERENCE MP201 2 A400 L- - _ - - _ -L Sim - "` 4 718" 5'-6 3/4" q _p• 4 7/8" r8 _p .-_ 4 7/8" B HOLD A400 F----F---- FT / A400 k 1 e I 400 o STORAGE AREA � o 2 ED o / i jt ji y# A400 - - T,3" - P 47/8' 1, SEE SHEET A101.01 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. HOLD --- 2. SEE SHEET A400 FOR WALL SECTIONS. 3. SEE SHEET A103.01 FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING TYPES. 17 CAPSULE, F EXISTIN RECEPTION AREA C-120 B VB-101 CLG. HT.=10'-51/2" W P_100 4 CAPSULE p -105CONTACT LENS VB-0C17 CLG. HT.=8'-0' �W I P-100 CAPSULE PRE -TEST CLG. CLG. HT.= 8'-0" CAPSULE EXAM C-119 CLG. HT.= 8'-0' 16 INTERIOR STOREFRONT 01A CLG. HT.=12'-7° t s -c qv'?"'; 3Ti Lx t 7 Sa y)ko§m3¢ Sr fi a L 1 J2 -TRAVEL DISTANCE TO AN EXIT IS LESS THAN 250' WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM (PER TABLE 1017.2 IBC 2015) -MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL 75' (PER TABLE 1006.2.1 IBC 2015) ADJACENT TENANT � / O O CUSTOMER AND EMPLO EE AREA r 2 i L J 3 j' /I LJ EXIT #1 MIN. 3'-8" / CLEAR TO BE PROVIDE % I 17 2 DEMOLITION AREA EXITSIGNAG (TYP.) I ® CUSTOMER AND/// EMPLOYEE AREA � - - - - _4�- - -+- _N�_ (q) MALL CORRIDOR DE11/i01-ITION PLAN (PHASE 1A) SCALE: 1/8' = T-0' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ��. nECE_ IVED CI 3 •-�Vof � {,tmli ILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERisBiT CENTER 1. SEE SHEET A102 FOR CEILING LEGEND. 2. SEE SHEET A103.01 FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING TYPES. 1. EXISTING 2X2 LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE MOVED TO NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN. 2. EXISTING 2X2 LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM. 3. EXISTING 2X2 LIGHT FIXTURE. 4. INSTALL CEILING TILE CENTERED IN ROOM AS SHOWN, 5. CONTINUOUS ACT CEILING. CENTER CEILING FIXTURES ON ACT PANELS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE - SEE SHOP DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. e<� :o�.ox aswo •rls,sl>ssewo e6CreameYBaookE�iGrerib,,CtOW26 ea�leWl<31-9�00 STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O :O O � 00 Up �-+ C O 0 L � � U o� i�'@ O to x � J O UjQ O d Revisions: Mark Date By A 12-18 19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A Architect / Engineer of Record N0 C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8697 RECISTEftEO RCHITECT TATE 0 W SHING' TON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title PHASING PLANS CONSTRUCTION / FINISH PLAN (PHASE 1A) SCALE: 1/4' = 1'-0' REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (PHASE 1A) SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" REVISION #2 NOTE: 2 NEW SHEET ISSUED Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A001 Checked By CM EXIT #1 1 )DlMOlITlON.PlA.NlPHASllI3l SCALE: 1'-0" In, w x -------- ---- --- -- --- -- 1H .j JI II NI ® � EXIT #1 it I J L _ CUSTOMER AND ..... .... EMPLOYEE AREANO - DEMOLITIONAREA EXIT #2 C DEMOLITION PLAN (PHASE 21 SCALE: 1/4" NOTE: REFERENCE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A001 EXIT #2 NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 113 AND 1C) SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 2) SCALE: 1/4" = T-0' — 18 MEWED CITY OF TURI ILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER REVISION #2 NOTE: 2 NEW SHEET ISSUED DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NE<MRE O nWOw.a3o� son OH <SOsO O•�ISi3)rSs�E� 0 6Geameryermt,Ea!Grar3ry, Ci o6v26 0 ri es0)433�4roJ STORE #79779 SOUTH ICENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD Qo o� 91 00 co � V0 U. O C X O J DO N Q.1 t V v— to O u .B O n X -0 :) Z3 _ O <L o LU Revisions: Mark Date By Al2-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A 2.28 2D BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A Q 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C N � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CORTLAND fMOA STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect/ Engineer lob No: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title PHASING PLANS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A002 Checked By CM — 18 DEMOLITION AREA EXIT #2 JI , w� II KIM t 1 DEMOLITION PLAN (PHASE 31 SCALE: 1/4" = '-0° EXIT #2 NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 3) SCALE: 1/4' = 1'-0' NOTE: REFERENCE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A001 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION nECEIVED CITY OF `I U M ILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER REVISION #2 NOTE: 2 NEW SHEET ISSUED DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: I\B<MRE e� e s creamer 8.k Ease —by. C1-11 e'r1e.1a3,— STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD P'-�o OLn O �0 O O J � N +� UJ O� :L3o �x � J o Qo LU Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A2.28-2D BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C NO C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED A HITECT RTLAND NI GA, STATE OF 4MASHINGT14 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: M Construction Title PHASING PLANS .® Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A003 Checked By CM LANDLORD NOTES: 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MALL FACILITIES 48-HOUR ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 2.CARE SHALL BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR ALTER ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. LANDLORD SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY IF ANY DAMAGE OCCURS OR IS DISCLOSED DURING DEMOLITION. 3.ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS THAT ARE REMOVED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCONNECTING AT THE SOURCE AND REMOVING OR CAPPING ANY ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, GAS LINES AND MECHANICAL DUCTWORK THAT IS DISCLOSED AND NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. REROUTE AND CONTINUE ANY SYSTEM THAT MUST BE RETAINED FOR ADJACENT TENANT SPACES THAT ARE NOT IN THESE PLANS, 4.ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED. S.ALL GAS WATER AND DRAIN LINES SUPPLYING EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED AND CAPPED ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW FLOOR. IF CONTINUITY OF SYSTEM MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR USE BY ADJACENT TENANT SPACES, CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE, AS NECESSARY, TO BE BEHIND NEW CONSTRUCTION. 6.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM SITE, ALL RUBBLE AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION AND DISPOSING OF IT IN A PROPER MANNER. PROVIDE HAUL ROUTE TO MALL MANAGEMENT FOR REMOVAL OF RUBBLE OR DEBRIS. PROTECT MALL FLOOR WITH MASONITE OR SIMILAR WHEN USING CARTS, DOLLIES OR OTHER TRANSPORTATION METHODS. DEBRIS REMOVAL MUST NOT BE VISIBLE IN THE MALL COMMON AREA DURING BUSINESS HOURS. TNOTIFY MALL MANAGEMENT OF ANY SPRINKLER REWORK TWO BUSINESS DAYS IN ADVANCE. SPRINKLER DRAIN DOWN FEE MUST BE PAID IN ADVANCE DURING PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. &ENSURE SPACE IS COMPLETELY SEALED DURING DEMOLITION SUCH THAT DUST DOES NOT TRAVEL THROUGH THE COMMON PLENUM TO ADJACENT TENANT SPACES OR MALL COMMON AREA, 9.PROTECT ANY VENTS, VERIFY WITH MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO COVERING RETURN VENTS. 10.SPRINKLER AND RESTORATION COMPANY MUST BE ON STANDBY DURING DEMOLITION. 11.PROTECT MALL FINISHES - PATCHBACK AS NECESSARY. CONTACT FACILITIES FOR MALL TILES. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR CEILING AND NEUTRAL PIER PAINT SPEC. 12.GC TO CONDUCT DEMOLITION WALK-THROUGH WITH TC AND MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO ANY NEW WORK. COORDINATE CEILING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS WITH MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW CEILING. fICADE & BARRICADE GRAPHICS: BARRICADE GRAPHICS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE TENANT UPON COMPLETION OF THE BARRICADE INSTALLATION, OR UPON FULL EXECUTION OF THE TENANT LEASE. BARRICADE GRAPHICS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE TENANT COORDINATOR FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL GRAPHICS ARE TO BE ORDERED THROUGH BOSTON BARRICADE. ANY REQUIRED BARRICADE AND OR GRAPHICS TO BE SUPPLIED BY VENDOR OTHER THAN BOSTON BARRICADE DUE TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, SHALL BE COORDINATED, SUPPLIED, AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3-LCI-ST1.1-AD100-REV00 LEANNE CRYTS JIM PAGANO SENIOR ACCOUNT MANAGER EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT BOSTON BARRICADE COMPANY, INC. BOSTON BARRICADE COMPANY, INC. 115119TH STREET 115119TH STREET VERY BEACH, FL 32960 VERY BEACH, FL 32960 P: 772-569-7432 P: 772-257-7170 E: LCRYTS@BOSTONBARRICADE.COM E: JPAGANO@BOSTONBARRICADECOM 4-LCI-STI.I-AD100-REV00 V W x ±75'-1' LEASE DIMENSION I 1 10 ADJACENT TENANT 27 27 27 /� ir--------------------------------------------------------- I 1 -11 30 -------------------------------U I/ --- - // V------------------------ 1 23 NOTE: I THIS IS A REMODEL PROJECT. GC TO VERIFY WITH / I NEXTORE CONST. MGR. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE TO BE REUSED AND OR BE RELOCATED. VERIFY DISPOSAL OF ANY ITEMS WITH NEXTORE CONST. MGR.- I I -� I 1 I I I I I 1 1 NOTE: - 30 _J_1 26 _J_ IF GYP. BD. COLUMN ENCLOSURE EXTENDS TO 1 DECK ABOVE IT IS TO REMAIN (TYPICAL ALL L -� L{ I I COLUMN ENCLOSURES). NOTIFY NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF EXISTING ENCLOSURE WILL AFFECT NEW LAYOUT. I'I I I SUBMIT BARRICADE GRAPHICS TO: 26 23 1 1 1 1 1 i Elissa Cotero / I I L - J L - J Marketing Manager -Westfield Southcenter 2800 Southcenter Mall I Seattle, WA 98188 1 1 E. elissa.cotero@urw.com {L I� T. 206.246.0423 - M. 206.612.8483 Ll � I I � I 25 25 /o 3 �� I) ----J \�--�� L-_--�� / EXISTINGTENSCRAFTERS" 30 / F -LEVEL ONE OF ONE / / I -FULLY SPRINKLERED O I- L)I ---------------------� // `\-4,598 GROSS SQ. FT. > / I/ / r-------------i/ 1 1 23 I I \\`\ / / TYPICAL I I THROUGHOUT ( I - ,,( ems-'- UNLESS NOTED I I 26 G �1 `- �T� 1�\ / >�/ I OTHERWISE I I JII 30 LIB 10 �V I� I I' P 11 7 vvvv /i/ NOTE: REFERENCE SHEETS A001, THRU % A003 FOR PHASING PLANS/ < <\\ _ OPEN REMODEL. F-----� < 2 N, \ 30 `\\\ `\ /� N, 30 \ > 1---_J ` -- L- t'-- - - - - - - - \ 25 j13 (`\\ �LTJt 4 f_� -------7- // F_ I I 1 1 I I 1 F_ I-- I II II II II U II II I I I I 30 II 13 _J 11 rig) I I I I I I j I I I I w 1 I 11 I I 29 SERVICE CORRIDOR 1 10 NOTE: EXISTING DETER FILES TO BE SAVED FOR USE IN NEW STORE. GC TO DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM. \ SCALE: 1/4' = T-0' NOTE: GC TO VERIFY SUPPLY AND INSTALL REQUIREMENTS OF BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. 21 I ® e w z I ® ® J < I ---�- - 17 a a o i ® w 21 4 1 ®®off CITY ()F yUl .VILA MAR 05 2020 P'ERMI[T CENTER }2 "U - - CENTER LINE EXISTING WALLS - - - LEASE LINE EXISTING FULL HEIGHT GLASS - - - - - CONSTRUCTION TO BE - - - - - DEMOLISHED / / AREA NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK INDICATES EXISTING DEMISING WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING, PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUESTED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES WHERE APPLICABLE. '.. 5 LCI ST11 AD100 REV00 ,„ 1. LEASE LINE, TYPICAL. VERIFY IN FIELD. 2. , 3. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN. GC TO PROTECT THROUGH ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION, PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION 4. APPROXIMATE LOCATION CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE. REFER TO BOSTON BARRICADE SHOP DRAWINGS. SEE GENERAL NOTE V" THIS SHEET. 5. EXISTINNGE GR[PE- SIi-E1N^"CE/NCRETE-SIi.Et3NC® ��,����������������� 6. REME)VE EXISTING PERIMETER WALL PANELS, , 7. DASHED LINES INDICATE EXISTING WALLS, DOORS AND MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM FOR ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE TO BE REUSED OR RELOCATED. 8. . 9. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE. PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR TO ORIGINAL CONDITION AND RE -SEAL ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS TO BE REUSED UTILIZING LANDLORD'S WATERPROOFING SPECIFICATIONS. PREP FOR NEW FINISHES. 10. EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE AND KEEP INTACT ANY EXISTING FIRE RATINGS, PREPARE ALL EXISTNG SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED. 11. EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. 12. 13. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ANY FLOOR DRAINS TO BE REMOVED. WASTE AND VENT LINES BELOW FLOOR SHALL BE CAPPED BELOW FLOOR LEVEL AND ABANDONED. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR SHALL BE REMOVEDL PLUS ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL AS IS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF THE NEW WORK, COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PLANS. 14. 15. EXISTING GWB GeLERAN ENIElOSERETC) REMAIN. PRE)TEET AND MAINTAIN PffAeT DURING GeNSTRUETION: 16. , 17. FIRE ALARM AND PI RDNE EQUIPMENT Jp4KNeWEE 18. ABDIFFIBNAL WALL FURRING ED BE REMOVED Te BEN115046 WALL. 19. EN TO STEP eN TENANT SIBE. GE 21. EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING TO REMAIN. 22. EXISTING SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 23. HATCHED AREA REPRESENTS EXISTING RAISED PLATFORM TO BE REMOVED. 24. EXISTING 42' X 54' BRICK PIER TO REMAIN. 25. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN AND COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO REMAIN. U.N.O. ss 2. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THIS AREA TO REMAIN. I �- o f {//l�/ y it 27. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN. 28. EXISTING ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 29. REMOVE EXISTING FINISH AT NEUTRAL PIER, EXISTING REVEAL TO MAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR GYP BOARD TO RECEIVE NEW PAINTED FINISH. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. 30. INDICATES EXISTING BEARING STUD LOCATION FOR STOREFRONT FRAMING TO REMAIN. A. THE G.C. SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC AND/OR WORKMEN ON THE JOB AND TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS OR INJURY TO ANY PERSON ON, ABOUT, OR ADJACENT TO THE PREMISES. THE G.G. SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATIVE TO SAFETY AND THE PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTS. B. THIS DEMOLITION PLAN IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ENTIRE SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS. DO NOT REMOVE OR DEMOLISH ANYTHING WITHOUT VERIFYING AND COORDINATING WITH ALL GENERAL TRADES AS TO HOW THEY RELATE TO THE OVERALL PROJECT. C. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING OR DEMOLISHING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL INTERFERE WITH THEIR NEW WORK AND ANY TEMPORARY BRACING OR PERMANENT SUPPORT STRUCTURES. D. WHEN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, POWER, AND LIGHTING IS REMOVED, STUB BACK AND CAP AS REQUIRED IN AREAS BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NEW WORK. E. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING MATERIAL, CAP EXISTING MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES FLUSH WITH EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON A-01 FOR FLOORING PREPARATION. F. AT THE G.C.'S OPTION, DEMOLISH OR REMOVE MORE OR LESS EXISTING WORK, PROVIDED THAT SUCH VARIATION WILL EXPEDITE THE PROJECT AND NOT INCREASE THE EXPENSE TO THE OWNER OR VIOLATE ANY CODES. THESE OPTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE LUXOTTICA'S PROJECT MANAGER'S APPROVAL, G. COORDINATE ANY SYSTEMS SHUTDOWNS WITH LANDLORD & INCLUDE COSTS OF SHUTDOWN IN THE BID. H. EXCEPT AS NOTED, G.C. SHALL INCLUDE COSTS TO CUT, PATCH AND/OR REPAIR EXISTING WORK AND EXISTING FACILITIES WHICH MAY BE DISTURBED DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK IN BID PACKAGES, L IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS, THOSE ITEMS WHICH ARE REMOVED, AND ARE NOT RELOCATED OR REUSED, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE G.C. 1 ANY EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS; REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. K. ANY EXISTING RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS; REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. L. G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT SIGNAGE; COORDINATE ELECTRICAL SERVICE W/ NEW STOREFRONT SIGNAGE, PATCH AND REPAIR STOREFRONT SUBSTRATE AS REQUIRED. M. REMOVE ALL WALL VINYL FROM WALLS (AS REQUIRED) AND PREP WALLS FOR NEW FINISHES. N. G.C. TO INSPECT ALL EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN AND ENSURE THAT THEY ARE UP TO CURRENT SPECIFICATIONS. O. REMOVE WINDOW CRASH GRAPHICS P. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY BARRICADE. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD, Q. IN RELOCATION STORES, G.C. TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING FIXTURE FROM OLD SPACE, R. SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SIGNAGE IN OLD (OR TEMPORARY) SPACE AT END OF PROJECT, AS REQUIRED BY LEASE REQUIREMENT. S. ALL EXISTING TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED, T. REMOVE ALL INTERIOR GRAPHICS AND WAYFINDING, TYPICAL IN ALL AREAS (RETAIL, EMPLOYEE, OD), DO NOT REMOVE FROM LENS PROCESSING AREA, U. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS MEETS AND ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI STANDARD FOR THIN SET TILE AND THE LATEST EDITION OF TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. IF THERE ARE ISSUES OR DEFICIENCIES, CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. V. TEMPORARY BARRICADE • TEMPORARY BARRICADE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER LL REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY BARRICADE IS TO BE 100%COMPLETE AND READY FOR GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED NO MORE THAN (2) DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. G.C. TO CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON COMPLETION TO COORDINATE GRAPHICS INSTALLATION. TEMPORARY BARRICADE MUST BE PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH (2) COATS OF EITHER EGGSHELL OR SEMI -GLOSS FINISH ONLY. • GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING BARRICADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE BARRICADE WHEN 100%OF STOREFRONT OR JOB IS COMPLETED ON THE EVENING BEFORE G.C.'S PUNCHUST IS COMPLETED, PRIOR TO OWNER VERIFICATION, AND AFTER LL APPROVAL IS RECEIVED. CARE IS TO BE TAKEN WHEN DISSEMBLING AND REMOVING BARRICADE, ON INTERIOR SIDE (STORE SIDE), PAPER WINDOWS WITH WHITE CONSTRUCTION PAPER OVER GLAZING ONLY. TRIM 112' OFF EDGES AND TAPE CONTINUOUSLY AROUND PERIMETER WITH WHITE TAPE. G.C. IS TO RESTORE NEUTRAL PIER(S), MALL FLOORING & BULKHEAD TO A LIKE NEW CONDITION AND FINISH WHERE APPLICABLE. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRURION MANAGEMENT; Am Y amo o •� Isa>'rss.amo Oe,cene�r ,WG1.ftC 0.1 n., an+mco STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O CL OLn ,J- 00 (B � U Q cf xx O J N U ti-- (6 O � �_: 0 O x J O LU Q O d' Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 18 19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS REVIEWED FOR OR A" A" Architect / Engineer of Record C N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTERED HITECT 3 3� CORTLAND MORGAN STATE OF WVASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: rATR L rJ Nextom project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: I@ Construction Title DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF AD100 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 8'-0" ram NOTE: REFERENCE MEP DRAWINGS AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR INFORMATION DESCRIBING RE -USE AND OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING I NAC AND OR SPRINKLER SYSTEM. I I I I Gi J -I LI-- I f- j-- ---1---�-- --I �/i'-I �- I -t-I---7--T--I--�--�---,--Z--�---1---T---,---,--T--I---r--,---I---r--,---, � - I I I --I - a-- --I --- i--I - I-- F--I--J-- - I-- I--) --- I --I -� 111 I T®-I-- o f I Cs� ICI I ICI 1 Cs� I ICI I ICI Cs I CAI LL-J__1__L-_1--1-_L-J-- tJ--+J ! I` I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I nl 1 --7---- -a- --I--1---I-- f --1 --I-- 1 --t --I-- 1 --1--I---T--1----I---I--t---1--4--f --1 I ,/ I to I I '� I I I III ® II I I I I I I I I ail I I ill I I I I I I I III I ® I-C--r--I-------- --1----+---- I -- --1-- I I I I I I III I I ® II I I I I �\/�--� --I \/ 1 I � I I { I1--7-_11F_--1-I � I I I! ( ! � ( ( I 11 I I I I I 1 I -� I 1 1 qc I I I! I ! I III ( ( I) I I n I 1 I I I I , I I 1 I� �Ia �i g, 1 1 I U I---1--- i --r---1------- I (3g, l IEIN I aIOTE: f -I-- F EFERENCE SHEETS A001, THRU II003 FOR PHASING PLANS/ 1-�--1---I--------- ------ I --I-PEN REMODEL.L I I /�II\/ I-- L--r--17-� I I I (s /\ /\ IJ 1 I I I I F- , I I I III I I I f--I--�----d---1---I--- ----I---I-- --� --I----I---fi-- ----I---f-- --f-I 1 / III I 1 l o l I I t I 1 I I I I __I__ (-- I --I_ J-- I -- _ C----�--� ----�- I- I -I-- r--�-J-- --i--1---I---I - I---I---� I--------------------- `- - I -- -�I-- - -- t- -- - --1 --1--- -- -1-1 -------- --=1 r -- -�\ \`I I I 1 ti I Cs_� I I--�-- 1 I �- ---� j/ \ B'-0" i'\\ \ V I I ,�� I I I i I -�-► I I I I I - (---I---I---L -i I-- I J I 1 I \< I> / \ \�-I-- --� --I 1 I I 1 I 1 1 --4------1-----L----lp' >i/ \4 L--Lg /\ I -_1 ---L--I-- i\A-1 I I I I I I I I I I I �� I I 1 1 I I IL I -----I----- ---- - _ \\ / >/ I �1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I L-I----------- - - ... -- -- \\ J //-1_ I /� I - I I I L-J L_J ��--I-- I---I---I--� \-I- ..__..1- II I I \// / \/ I -I L I---I---I---I--J I I 1 / ---I \\ ` t-- I- -- - --J --1-- - -I-I \\ ! 1:1t / 1 I I `° I I----- I (I I I\// I --\/ I I --•// 1 \1 \ j \ \\ \y / I / rt �v/ T--1-- -- 1-- \-----�---L--I---1'--'I--- 1-I-�--�--I--J--J --1-- --�\\- L - -I---E -- -r--1---1 T_ L-----------------1 ��---I-- I c` 1 (`, -- � --�>' —� -- — a --I--- \� --1 \/ I I I t C` / I I I I I 1 I I i'1 --1 I I /\ _ I L _I__J _ L�J L_ __I I I- 1 11 \/ o \ 11 -- I--� 1 I I I(( 1 r- --F_ --I-- 1--F--7j T-11172° 10'-51/2" 3 7'-111/2' DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN s LEi L 1 i 4 - — CENTER LINE EXISTING WALLS — - - LEASE LINE — — CONSTRUCTION TO BE _ — DEMOLISHED EXISTING BULKHEAD �X�\� - - - -- - CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING AIR DEVICE TO BE DEMO EXISTING LIGHTING TO BE I I DEMOLISHED �:� EXISTING SPRINKLER TO BE DEMO L - - - - "I z_ l✓� 3-LCI-STI.I-AD101-REV00 1. U.N.O., REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING ITEMS, INCLUDING EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGS, CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, SPRINKLER HEADS, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES. REMOVE WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. BACK TO SOURCE, REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2. REMOVE MEMBRANE PRESSED P'A'NEES A'NB'l B,ENT GHP5_ KEEP EXISTING 5/8" &WB. OVER EXISTING i FRAMING 3. LEASE LINE 4. EXISTING G.W.B. SOFFIT TO BE REMOVED. 5. -REMW, 6. SHADING INDICATES EXISTING G.W.B. CEILING TO REMAIN. 7. , 8. EXISTING EMERGENCY FIG IT TO BE REMOVED: 9. EXISTING STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION, GLAZING SYSTEM TO BE REMAIN, TYP. 10. EXISTING STOREFRONT SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 2-LCI-STI.I-AD101-REV00 12'-7. ..... ..._ .... .... A. THE G.C. SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC AND/OR WORKMEN ON THE JOB AND TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS OR INJURY TO ANY PERSON ON ABOUT OR ADJACENT TO THE PREMISES. THE G.C. SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATIVE TO SAFETY AND THE PREVENTION OF ACCIDENTS. B. THIS DEMOLITION PLAN IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ENTIRE SET OF WORKING DRAWINGS. DO NOT REMOVE OR DEMOLISH ANYTHING WITHOUT VERIFYING AND COORDINATING WITH ALL GENERAL TRADES AS TO HOW THEY RELATE TO THE OVERALL PROJECT. } C. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING OR DEMOLISHING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL INTERFERE WITH THEIR NEW WORK AND ANY TEMPORARY BRACING OR PERMANENT SUPPORT STRUCTURES. D. WHEN EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, POWER, AND LIGHTING IS REMOVED, STUB BACK AND CAP AS yfjB/.511 REQUIRED IN AREAS BETWEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NEW WORK E. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING MATERIAL, CAP EXISTING MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES C� FLUSH WITH EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON A-0.1 FOR FLOORING PREPARATION. F. GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, 1 ANGER, cONTROL WRING, EHEETRICAI: WMING,, EeNDUFFS, A 9 E9.1i"BUIT. 11 1 ANGERS j G. AT THE G.C.'S OPTION, DEMOLISH OR REMOVE MORE OR LESS EXISTING WORK, PROVIDED THAT SUCH VARIATION WILL EXPEDITE THE PROJECT AND NOT INCREASE THE EXPENSE TO THE OWNER OR VIOLATE / ANY CODES. THESE OPTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE LUXOTUCA'S PROJECT MANAGER'S APPROVAL, i H. COORDINATE ANY SYSTEMS SHUTDOWNS WITH LANDLORD & INCLUDE COSTS OF SHUTDOWN IN THE BID. / 1. EXCEPT AS NOTED, G.C. SHALL INCLUDE COSTS TO CUT, PATCH ANDlOR REPAIR EXISTING WORK AND EXISTING FACILITIES WHICH MAY BE DISTURBED DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK IN BID PACKAGES. J. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS, THOSE ITEMS WHICH ARE REMOVED, AND ARE NOT RELOCATED OR REUSED, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE G.C. K. ANY EXISTING LIGHTING, CEILING, SOFFITS AND CEILING TILE TO BE REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE / ON PLANS, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. L. M. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY BARRICADE, COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD. nECEINED CITY OF T U1:. ILA PERMIT CENTER 1-LCI-STI.I-AD101-REV00 O <o;0t".rm:,a nx:. mown o8esao •*a is+a)rss.som O screamerye,oak [a:, c.a,mr. crcw2s O., laso)aa,�mm STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD Q4 O O dam' O U O C O O N O �>'� 15 �If O J '1 CD CD LU Q Ot Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record (z N C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTERED ARCHITECT CORTLAND MORGAAN STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextere Store Design Revision No: 05 Nextore project 79779 Number Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Cr v By STAFF AD101 Checked By CM SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" A. ALL METAL BENCH COUNTERTOPS AT SINK LOCATIONS INSTRUCTIONS. SHALL RECEIVE A MARINE EDGE. H. G.C. TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRACING, AS REQUIRED, IN WALLS TO SUPPORT WALL CABINETS AND FIXTURES. B. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. I. G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL LOCKSET OPERATIONAL BY TENANT ONLY. C. NEW SIGN BY SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR TO BE INSTALLED. SIGNAGE TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL SIGNAGE CODES. J. G.C. TO SIGN FOR PACKAGES WITH A NOTE "SUBJECT TO SGNAGE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS CONCEALED DAMAGES'ON IT, TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL. K. IN RELOCATIONS, SOME EXISTING OD EQUIPMENT AND D. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS TABLES TO BE RELOCATED AND REUSED. VERIFY ITEMS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. E. G.C. TO REFERENCE FIXTURE CONTRACTORS SHOP L. E = EXISTING TO REMAIN. DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL R = EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED. FIXTURES, WALL CABINETS, BASE CABINETS, AND FUT= FUTURE EQUIPMENT COUNTERTOPS. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE PROPER FIT OF ALL M. G.C. TO INSTALL LOCKERS IN EMPLOYEE AREA PER COMPONENTS. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. F. G.C. TO ENSURE FIXTURES ARE PROTECTED DURING N. REFER TO 3/A-403 FOR ACCESSIBILITY ACCESS SIGNAGE CONSTRUCTION. O. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND G. DO NOT SILICONE LENS PROCESS ROOM TABLES OR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. BACK SPLASHES TO THE WALL. INSTALL PER MFG BACK OF HOUSE 106 CLG. HT.=8'-0" DETER STORAGE 116 CLG. HT.=9'-0' CONTACT LENS ROOM 104 CLG. HT.=8'-0' OD RECEPTION/ 8 WAITING AREA 103 CLG. HT.=10'-0' s MALE RESTROOM EXAM 105 CLG. HT.=8'-0" 8 EQ125 v W 19 \ E as 3 8 1 a g� 1 12 12 201 14 8 A201 6 N \ i 71 Sim 7 XB-FILE-4V \ l \ 3 m 4 \ of \ \ LCSTt. GR32-L I � I 1 I 4 i V 8 20 � I �xeo s J LB06 z4 I 5032-W VBON3-19 V8013-19 1 � 20 74 I 18 6 20 s DIRM M 1" 'C ,��{„�,;`t 'K � �€.v^wk"ai" ,.� P 2 `. y■` r, s - - - LEASE LINE FULL HT. GLASS \ NEW WALLS EXISTING WALLS t 1Att k.It�tSnl NEW WALL W/ SOUND BATTS _ _ _ _ _ NEW/EXTG. BULKHEAD SALES AREA FACINGS Rii'd? BRAND TARGET FACINGS ACTUAL FACINGS LUXURY 258 279 RAY -BAN 230 272 OAKLEY 80 108 OTHER 510 S15 TOTAL 1078 1174 URGENT RETAIL RAY -BAN CARELAB SALES AREA AREA 102 1 101 101B CLG. HT.=9'-0" CLG. HHT�T.=10'-6" CLG. HT.=10'-6" EQ co) EQ EQ CL EQ EQ C, 0) EQ T-2 7/8" 2'-2 5/8" . T-8 3/4" mom r _ LIMISL17im LL �r�m1 C�LII�IJ'eL'.I % �W�181 1 �� I!,-W 05308£'3 n® 3 201 1 8'-5" co-mEso 2 4 14= o CU_79T/9-02-W 26 \II A • •xg-0ti•4t{• ZS m \ 1 a I A100 ID61-0 ER Illol \: t I III I o 4'-10" o I I vroud-s9 1 { 2 3 813 12 GSFNOBA a I i I i o CUT9-02-00 a3. on L J REFERENCE A100 11241 TO LOCATE CENTERLINE 26 Fai I I I 112 CLG. HT.=8'-0" gg j wC � 7- � �A EWC2 I 4 ALCOVE (� -"� 1 e 201 10 108 CLG. HT.=8'-0" /4 y�ot EG, E I sso-oo %E-nooK I FEMALE J \�I RESTROOM 4� a� 111 ---� I CLG. HT.=8'-0° I�\ 16 /� 1 t- \® i l I j eQQ HALLWAY #2 r no CLG. HT. = 9'-0" I F_ M MOK C v T'v°rs v Av A A AAA LCI-GH30 LCFGti30 EQ105C HALLWAY #1 107 - --� I 1 4 3 = n CLG. HT. = 9'-0" L. - - - - - - _T - Sd'ZE 9�t tiS7l I I $ v - - 73 2Etl9 a� , t� - - - sa-zea9jl'u57t g g 201 �13 Jw e m 201 o- . p Io I1�e��[]l g o FUTURE c;\5\7�'+ Uy� ssoto3 Io. PRE -TEST _ F CLG. HT.=8' 0° o 0125 FUTURE ERE TES 114 CLG. HT.=8'-0' FIXTURE - FLOOR PLAN 1 sCAte 144 = I a' EXAM 113 CLG. HT.=8'-0' PRE -TEST 109 CLG. HT.- 8'-0" I 04320-00 CU-79R9-01-W M d2cso I 20 C v 3 vP - w mm 4 20 2 Fli"1111 � OAKLEY AREA lO1C CLG. HT.=10'-6° 9'-2 1/4" N�d o ol o 05003 00 I I w6 L - 48 CLEAR SPACE 2 9'-2 1!4" 6-11' - ¢ a as 3-W v 05803-00 SID ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION 3'-5 9/8" T-1 3/8" _��.., A A hu 5'-2 7/8' f 4'-9 7/8 1rvO 4 i I I I I II I I 22 I I s�gsll I a I I I I_ - IJL6 T_ I I I I I I t 5" INTERIOR STOREFRONT TV-31/4" I IOtA CLG. HT.=12'-7" I I ( ( I I ( I s O I 0 I I e - I s , 1 LB07 I I a CD CD a DO Do 23 I o - J' I o 22 a �I LB10 24 T-5" C WAYFARER LOCATION PLAN JEG 4 \ 02701-01 (� mL 8 e \I T-13/8" V-1 3/8" W-1 3/4" 12'-1 3/4" DIG-0006P-00-LOC3 - a `r LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX CODE DIMENSIONS (inch) POSITION CODE DIMENSIONS (inch) POSITION lmm LB01 4'-4'W x T-0 9/32-H OAKLEY CORNER LBO6 T-11 9/32"W x 4'-811/16'H OD BACKWRAP LB02 2'-3' W x T- 6 3/8'H OAKLEY CORNER LB07 4� 6�W x 11'6'H STOREFRONT L603 4'-4'W x 1'-0 9{32'H OAKLEY CORNER L608 6'-2'W x 11'6' H STOREFRONT LB04 OAKLEY CORNER LB09 8W W x 1T6' H STOREFRONT 6'-2'W x 9'-6'H LBOS 4'-417{32' W x 9'-61*H WAITING AREA L810 STOREFRONT REQUIRES NEXTORE APPROVAL NOTE: IN -WALL BLOCKING LOCATIONS TO BE VERIFIED WITH SHOP DRAWINGS (NO L REFER TO REFLECTED EXCEPTIONS) CONSULTANT AWAITING CONFIRMED CEILING PLAN SHEET A102 FOR CEILING TYPE AND IN -WALL BLOCKING HEIGHT. LOCATIONS FROM NEXTORE 3/4" x 8" F.R.T. PLY. CONT. (BETWEEN STUDS) IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND PERIMETER WALL _ FIXTURES - - 3/4" x 20" F.R.T. PLY. CONT,---\ (BETWEEN STUDS) IN -WALL BLOCKING BEHIND" BEHIND PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES 1. GRAPHIC PACKAGE ITEMS; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON 14. G002 AND GRAPHICS SCHEDULES FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. REFER TO E3E5ic INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AS APPLICABLE. 15. LED WALL 2. CENTER MILLWORK, LED WALL, AND GRAPHICS ON THIS LINE. 16. NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES TO BE 3. DOCTORS EQUIPMENT. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON INSTALLED. SEE ENLARGED RESTROOMS PLANS AND TYPICAL G002. RESTROOM ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A-403 FOR MORE INFORMATION, 4. COAT HOOK AT 48' TO CENTERLINE OF HOOKS. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET G002 5. SHELVING ON STANDARDS; REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON 17. EXISTING JETERS TO BE RELOCATED AS SHOWN. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM, SHEET G002 6. 2A-108C FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE MARSHAL. 18. ACCESSIBLE COUNTER TO COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, & LOCAL CODES. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET. (SUGGESTED LOCATIONS PLAN.) 19. INSTALL WALL FIXTURES SEQUENTIALLY STARTING AT THIS POINT. T EXISTING PLUMBING RE FIELD VERIFY LENGTH OF WALL REQUIRED FOR FIXTURES, PRIOR TO PRE)TEET IN Ph INSTALLATION. REPORT TO PROJECT MANAGER. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT OF FIXTURES. 8. APPLY PAINTABLE CAULK WHERE MILLWORK MEETS GYP BD. WALL. 20. HANGING WAYFARER GLASSES PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY GC. SEE C/A100 AND DETAIL 15/A402. 9. iH BPd: 21. 10. SEE PERIMETER WALL FIXTURE SECTION D/A100. SEE ALSO m1-rrn-SONS.. 22. ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL ELEVATIONS ON SHEET A200. POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. ppss REI EIVED 11. ,.,,,ire 23. MONITOR. SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. CITY OF'` Ujj % r; V S 12. CONTRACTOR TO BOLT SAFE TO FLOOR. CHECK WITH SAFE 24. LIGHTBOX. SEE ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS. MANUFACTURER FOR KIT OR BOLTING INSTRUCTIONS. 25. MIRROR SMART SHOPPER WITH TOUCH MONITOR. MAR 0 5 2020 13, 26. COLUMN TO RECEIVE MIRROR FINISH. SEE PLANS. PERMIT CENTER ilk f / 0,6 M 4. OarootuwG PH:e,Ma 0H< 0 0.�1sf31>ss co93 O 6<reamery &ook.Ea�G,a,S,, (LOW26 0.�(86N43i-9r00 STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: ae O CZ d" ::) O O LT 00 U 0 O qf x O JGo o6 Q) U v- c6 O� U GO O � J In O <C o Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-t8-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Cz m0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R 0 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 ftfGISTERfD 4HlTECT 3 3' CORTLAND MORGAN STATE OF 1=YhStilYGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project '......, Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Tile FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn ey STAFF A �OQ Checked By CM EXAM 05 i 32 F.D. +/-9'-3" 10 I �_-t• o 36 BACK L- OF HOUSE - 106 - CLG. HT.=8'-0" 14:4 �J JETER STORAGE 116 CLG. HIT, 9'-0" r` v m CONTACT LENS ROOM 104 w CLG. HT. =B 0 N It LL C OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA 003 CLG. FIT,10'-0' NOTE: GC TO INSTALL MOP SINK ON PLATFORM THIS AREA AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE EXISTING FOOTING BELOW IS NOT DISTURBED. URGENT CARE LAB 102 _.. \ ' \\����. as I 3 d p_ „I to4A Ii ` 1 32 / \ ♦ 71/4" 9 n �. - I TYP, .OPP: U' 36 - 32 F. , ED 3 0 B'-0" LL :. • 6'-0:'N2' II 91/4" 1 :n 1 - 7 _ 4 7!8' 1 9 MIN. dT A A oo LYT. PNT. Aboo I a 7l- 9 MALE RESTROOM 11 CLG. HT. =8'-0" 1 1 \ 1 \ ALCOVE 1 108 \ CLG. HT.=8'-0" 1 1 1 1 a , \ FEMALE 1 RESTROOM f 111 1 \ CLG. HT. =8'-0" 1 HALLWAY #2 \ CLG. HT.=9'-0' 1 HALLWAY #1 07 CL G. HT.= 9'-0" 3 6 38 - - 1 I I tI 1 8 16 18 \ 11 1 38 (5'-0" MIN.) t \ I 6 l I Q III t 3 16 LYT. PNT. .8 6 25 ®. Z tit 4112" - // E MIN: ` 8'-0" HO D Ul,.o,,,6 - � 4A4W m ♦ z `E I _ rrrrrrrrrs. � vvv vv� v � I 1u E1: IGN E �. - J I 3z FUTURE o PRE -TEST ` t \ 115 - e /,fib CLG. HT.-8' 0' `., 3638 I _ �rIIS :111 ti RETAIL SALES AREA 101 CLG. HIT =10'-6" 9'-3" A Aa2oo I r 35 o TYP. 7_ 1� 2 J LLz �� I a mo rF10 5/8' zoo a p w > I I - - I I - .7 -__ w021 _-_-_.-_- NOTE: FIXTURE SHOP DRAWINGS d- 2 ' \ TO BE REVIEWED TO VERIFY -IJ I p REQUIRED GYP. BRD. FINISH DIMENSIONS (THIS AREA). NO EXCEPTIONS RAY -BAN AREA 1018 CLG. HT. =10'-6° 32 SIM. SIM, X 5'-0" L- 1 III `' I I Aaoo SIM. III �4I g 1 F 1 L_ I Imm f 1ni Ci 2 1 l SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR RAIL OF DOORS STATING "DOOR TOREMAIN 100 11I OPEN WHEN SPACE IS l :�./ _ _OCCUPIED" I I I I Ili I I I' I 32 F.D. +/-14'-0" I I. NOTE: SEE A104 FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS LOCATING MILLWORK ( DISPLAY FIXTURES. I � 18 z z w T1< zQ 2 A300 NOTE: SHADING THIS AREA l L _ } INDICATES LOCATION EXISTING GYP BRD CEILING TO REMAIN d" I INTERIOR STOREFRONT I l ( 1fl1A CLG. HT =12'-7" I , HIMF 5 I A3t I START OF LED PANELS MUST BE 5' 0" FROM ILL zlj LEASE LINE TYPICAL l MIN. THROUGHOUT it It - NOTE: FIXTURE SHOP DRAWINGS TO 2 BE REVIEWED TO VERIFY REQUIRED I GYP. BRD. FINISH DIMENSIONS (THIS 9 2 AREA). NO EXCEPTIONS. EXISTING I Aws COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO BE DIFIED AS IF RE 0 1 RE QUIRED UIRED 111 2" l ♦ r __I-� v \ 9 1 �- I 1l 35 TYP. (- o_ T_ IL - - LL F 7I r L J FACE OF EXISIIN z 3 Aboe CONST. SEE DEM .PLAN z m aboo A4C0 � E.D. AaDo _ rrrrrrrrrrr r- +l-412" - EQ. (ED. +1-8'-71l2") EQ. (F.D. +/-8'-7 t/2°) 4 7/8" 8'-0" HOLD 4 7/8" v < 11'-2 1!2" 32 FUTURE 32 PRE -TEST EXAM PRE -TEST 114 113 09 CLG HT = 8'-0' CLG. HT.= 8'-0" CLG. HT.= 8'-0' CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" rrvrm rrrrr r , 3'-5" 9'-3" rrrr 12'-4" r r 1 OAKLEY LEE AREAEQ.NNG EQ.lO1CSELEV. AND CLG. HT.=10'-6' A DETAILS 17 m nECOVED CITY flF 1ul1 ILA MAR 0 5 2020 pERLUT CENTER uUSa ka.;�x-�+,�YC,�"v^��^u�., ry CENTER LINE TS7,r } 1i t 7'j NEW WALL W/ SOUND BATTS LEASE LINE EXISTING WALLS NEW WALLS _ _ _ NEW/EXTG. BULKHEAD 5-LCI-A101-REV 0.0 1. LEASE LINE, TYP. 3. APPLY WHITE SILICONE CAULK ALONG JOINTS AT ALL WET AREAS. 4. NEW CONSTRUCTION AROUND EXISTING COLUMNS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE MIN. UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED. 5. EDGE OF CEILING SOFFIT ABOVE, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 6. NEW FLOOR DRAIN, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 7. UTILITIES ANE) FREESTANDING IAH?A'E)RI(. 8. NEW PLUMBING CHASE, METAL STUDS & 5/8" TYPE'X' MR (MOISTURE RESISTANT) GYPSUM BOARD ON PLUMBING FIXTURE SIDE, REFER TO APPLICABLE DETAILS. 9. LIGHTBOX MOUNTING, SEE DETAILS. 10. EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION. G.C. TO PATCH/REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING & LEVEL 5 FINISH, TYP. 11. EEEARTENIPERED GLAZING N PREFINISI lE9 ALUMINUM FRAME. PROVIDED AND iNSTALLEE) 12, WATER HEATER MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS 13. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 14. NEW PHONE BOARD. (2) 4'x8' PLY INSTALLED B' SIDE VERTICAL @ 18" AFF. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 15. . 16. REFER TO 4/A403 FOR GRAB BAR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 17. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL 2x8 BLOCKING FOR GM DESK CENTERED AT 12" AFF AND 30" AFF_ LOCATE GM DESK PER FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN AIDE. 18. HI/LO WATER FOUNTAIN. RE:2/A-403 AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS, 19. GC TO DEMARCATE IN CAUTION TAPE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE AT THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AS INDICATED. MUST BE 42" CLEAR FROM FACE& 30" CLEAR SIDE TO SIDE, ABOVE AND BELOW. 20. DETEX THRIFLOCK RELATCHING EXIT. INSTALL IF NOT EXISTING. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 21. DEFICIENGIES. 22. 23. 24. .. 25. INSTALL MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BRD. THIS AREA. PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW BRICK FINISHES, 26. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN. SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR RECLAD SCOPE OF WORK, 27. NEW LAB GLASS POCKET DOOR WITH CRASH GRAPHIC VINYL. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.. FINISH HEIGHT OF LAB DOOR OPENING TO BE 1" BELOW URGENT CARE LAB CEILING HEIGHT. 28, EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO BE PAINTED AND HAVE WALL BASE APPLIED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MALL SURFACE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REP. SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 29. WHERE EXISTNG CONSTRUCTION IS TO REMAIN AND WILL BE VISIBLE). G.C. TO PATCH REPAIR AS REQUIRED FOR LEVEL 5 FINSET ( ) / Q 30. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW FRAMING AND GYP. BRD. AS / IF REQUIRED DUE TO NEW CEILING HEIGHTS THROUGHOUT. REFERENCE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 31, WITHIN 2 DAVS OF POSSESSION OF TENANT SPACE: G.C. TO VERIFY IF ACCESS TO ANY EXISTING 17 AINTAINED. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE ANY REQUIRED ACCESS WITH LANDLORD REP. AND NEXTORE CONST. MGR.. 32. AT FRAMING LAYOUT STAGE THIS DIMENSION TO BE FIELD DETERMINED. IF FIELD VERIFIED DIMENSION IS LESS THAN DIMENSION SHOWN NOTIFY NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND REQUEST DIRECTIVE. 33. AT FRAMING LAYOUT STAGE G.C. TO VERIFY ELECTRIC PANELS, TRANSFORMER AND PHONE BOARD CAN BE INSTALLED THIS AREA AS SHOWN.. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICIAN. 34. WALL MOUNT MONITOR / LED SCREEN THIS ROOM TO BE INSTALLED CENTERED ON LAB DOOR OPENING AS SHOWN. 35. REFERENCE SHEET A100 FOR INFORMATION DESCRIBING SALES AREA MILLWORK WHICH REQUIRES IN -WALL BLOCKING. 36. REFERENCE ELEVATIONS FOR REQUIRED IN -WALL BLOCKING THIS ROOM. 37, G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL A NEW ADDRESS VINYL FOR THE BACK DOOR. MUST PURCHASE THROUGH THE MALL. 38. SHADING THIS ROOM INDICATES G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2-LCSTI.0-AtOt-REV 02 ply-o�ir REVIEVVEU t-UN CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION A. GC TO MAINTAIN ALL DIMENSIONS AS SPECIFIED FOR LENS PROCESS ROOM. NOTIFY LUXOTTICA OC OPROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OF HOLD DIMENSIONS. B. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY PREPARATION OF THE FLOOR SLAB AND PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED AT THE ENTRANCE TO PRODUCE A FLUSH CONDITION BETWEEN THE STORE CLOSURE LINE AND THE EXISTING MALL FLOORING, C GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL FINISH FLOORING. GC IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINISH WALL MATERIALS BEHIND AND UNDER ALL MILLWORK. D. GC SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL BLOCKING IN ALL WALLS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL SHELVING AND CABINETS. ANCHOR BLOCKING W/ SCREWS AT TOP MIDDLE AND BOTTOM (NO SILICONE). REFER TO DWG. A-3.0 AND A-3.1 AND MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. E. ADEQUATE ACCESS PANELS OR DOORS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO TENANT WORK FOR INSPECTION SERVICE AND REPLACEMENT OF BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE PLACEMENT WITH LANDLORD'S ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE. F. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULE ON A100.01. G. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SUBMITTED TO LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. H. ALL MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES ARE TO BE FOLLOWED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON THIS PROJECT 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING THE REPRESENTATIVE LISTED AS SOON AS CONTRACTS ARE AWARDED TO COMMUNICATE DESIRED SCHEDULE DATES AND PROJECT INFORMATION. J. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL UPCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH THE DELAY OF ORDERING SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. K. ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION. L. ALL TENANT FURNISHED ITEMS (MATERIAL AND LABOR) TO BE SCHEDULED, COORDINATED & SUPERVISED BY GC. M. G.G. TO POST A SIGN ABOVE ENTRY DOORS WITH ONE INCH LETTERS STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". WHEN UNLOCKED, DOORS MUST SWING WITHOUT OPERATION OF ANY LATCHING DEVICE. (NOTE: DEADBOLTS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON SECOND EXIT DOOR.) N. FIRE MARSHAL TO DETERMINE FINAL LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. O. CAULK AROUND FRP TO THE WALLS WITH WHITE SILICONE CAULKING. P. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. Q. IN A REMODEL WHERE WALL COVERING IS TO BE REMOVED, SKIM AND FINISH WALL TO LEVEL 4 FINISH. ',. R. ALL GYP. WALL BOARD TO BE FINISH LEVEL 4. CEILING GYP, TO BE LEVEL S FINISH. S. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS MEETS AND ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI STANDARD FOR THIN SET TILE AND THE LATEST EDITION OF TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. IF THERE ARE ISSUES OR DEFICIENCIES, CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. T. ALL NEW DOORS TO 8E INSTALLED SO THAT THE HINGE SIDE IS 4" FROM NEARTEST WALL, U.N.O. -..-.--.-.- -.- 3-LCI-A701-REV 0.0 iS;.\°°d"i`Q%.,NW m mf+,Jt amu3rd,': n'u4rm.N, moli ON • 4Wp • •t(ri3}]65�bW1 •b<eeame. ry0rmk,Emt Gr"Nry'Ci505pi6 ••t(060)n3i9im STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O � O Od v 0 O cf O � UM @ If �O x /7 O CD LU Q C5 Revisions: Mark Date By a12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-2G BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect J Engineer of Record C N � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EMSTERED HITECT T 3' CORTLAND MORGAN STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect /Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN e® Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A101 Checked By CM S Y '*f'• 3 �t SUPPLY DESCRIPTION FINISHED SIZE DOOR FRAME LATCH FUNCTION FIRE DOOR JAMB HEAD JAMB SYM. USE / TYPE THRESH. DEVICE LOCK LABEL TYPE TYPE TYPE SIZE REMARKS WIDTH HGHT. THK. MAT. FIN"/ MAT FIN./ INSTALL COLOR COLOR O EXISTING ENTRY DOOR EXIST. EXIST. NEW G.C. TO ENSURE DOOR AND HARDWARE ARE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPAIR! REPLACE MATERIALS AS / IF REQUIRED. G.C. TO EXISTING DOUBLE ACTING PR. +/-3'-0" +/4-0" EXIST. ALUM. & GLASS EXISTING ALUM. EXISTING NONE EXISTING CYLINDER NONE EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING INSTALL NEW CYLINDER PER CONST. MGR. SEE STOREFRONT DETAILS 2 2 FOR RECLAD AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION GC O URGENT CARE LAB n,4 (CLR. 13/4" WOOD/ CLR. TEMP. MATCH ADJACENT POCKET MATCH ADJACENT NO SEE HARDWARE SEE HARDWARE NONE G (CLEAR - 7lA402 SEE PLAN POCKET GLASS DOOR. REFERENCGCOPENING) OFF GLASS WALLS DOOR WALLS SCHED. SCHED. GLASS GC IETER CLOSET 3'-0" 7'-2" (CLR. 1 3/4" WOOD/ FROSTED MATCH ADJACENT POCKET MATCH ADJACENT NO SEE HARDWARE SEE HARDWARE NONE G (FROSTED - UI/A4111 SEE PLAN POCKET GLASS DOOR, REFERENCE 7/A402 GC 2 DOOR OPENING) TEMP GLASS WALLS DOOR WALLS SCHED. SCHED. GLASS) 2 GC O GYP. OPENING (CONTACT LENS ROOM) SEE PLAN 7-2 (CLR. - NA - - - NO NONE NONE NONE NONE 5 5 SEE PLAN MUD -IN JAMB CAP, SEE JAMB TYPE 5 THIS SHEET GC OPENING) G.C. OFROSTED o:a CONTACT LENS CLOSET PR_ T-" 0 1 3J4" WOOD/ MATCH ADJACENT BYPASS MATCH ADJACENT NO SEE HARDWARE SEE HARDWARE NONE G (FROSTED - 2 SEE PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR OPENING SIZE FOR PAIR OF DOORS. (DOOR GC SEEE RM RMKS. TEMP GLASS WALLS WALLS SCHED, SCHED. GLASS) WIDTH TO BE FIELD VERIFIED) ms EXAM #1 3'-0" 7'-0' 1 3!4" WOOD SOLID CORE MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED 4'-0" GC WALLS WALLS @ A.F.F. EMPLOYEE AREA 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER NONE NONE D 1 1 SEE PLAN INSTALL TEMPERED GLASS LITE AS SHOWN 2 GC CORE WALLS METAL WALLS G.C. TO ENSURE DOOR AND HARDWARE ARE IN GOOD WORKING O 0 NG cr O EXISTING SERVICE DOOR +/-T-0" +/-T-0" EXIST. EXIST. MATCH ADJACENT EXIST. MATCH ADJACENTNONE EXISTING EXIST. EXIST. EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING ORDER. REPAIR / REPLACE MATERIALS J IF REQUIRED. G.C. TO EXISTING 2 WALLS ALUM. WALLS 2 V SUPPLY AND INSTALL A NEW ADDRESS VINYL FOR THE BACK DOOR. MUST PURCHASE THROUGH THE MALL. G.C. O 3'-0" -0" 7'-0"ALCOVE 1 3J4" WOOD SOLID CORE MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJAGENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 t SEE PLAN COAT NOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED 4'-0" A.F.F. GC WALLS W @ G.C. p9 PRETEST T-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID CORE MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. GC WALLS WALLS GC O GYP. OPENING (RESTROOM ALCOVE) SEE PLAN T-2" (CLR. _ NA - - - NO NONE NONE NONE NONE 5 5 SEE PLAN MUD -IN JAMB CAP. SEE JAMB TYPE 5 THIS SHEET GC OPENING) G.C. O FEMALE RESTROOM 3'-0" T-0" 1 3J4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER PRIVACY NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS G.C. O MALE RESTROOM T-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER PRIVACY NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN - GC SOLID CORE WALLS METAL WALLS G.C. IS EXAM #2 3'-0" 7'-0' 1 3/4" WOOD MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. (NOTE: CLOSER NOT TO BE INSTALLED THIS GC SOLID CARE WALLS METAL WALLS DOOR TO COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS) G.C. ne FUTURE PRETEST T-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID CORE MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED 4'-0" GC WALLS METAL WALLS @ A.F.F. G.C. s FUTURE PRETEST 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID CORE MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. GC WALLS WALLS G.C. c-vs OMETAL BARRICADE 3'-0" T-0" 1 3 4" / WOOD W HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW LLO MATCH A N ADJACENT N O LEVER N N NONE N N NONE (SIM.) C SIM. 1 1 PAN SEE L COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR GC CORE WALLS WALLS CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.EF. REFERENCE DOOR #106 HARDWARE (SIM.) G.C. O CAPSULE PRETEST 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" WOOD HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C (SIM.) 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. REFERENCE DOOR #105 HARDWARE GC CORE WALLS WALLS (SIM.) G.C. c-19 CAPSULE EXAM 3'-0" T-0" 1 w WOOD HOLLOW MATCH ADJACENT HOLLOW METAL MATCH ADJACENT NO LEVER CLASSROOM NONE C (SIM,) 1 1 SEE PLAN COAT HOOK TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR ROOM SIDE OF DOOR, CENTERED @ 4'-0" A.F.F. REFERENCE DOOR #105 HARDWARE GC CORE WALLS WALLS (SIM.) -LC r � u 'Y �k � iY q r� ti• 1.. � ,r.. .. - Y ( MUD - IN EZYCAP CONTACT STUCCO METAL STUD WALL WITH PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD BOTH SIDES METAL FRAME DOOR JAMB DOOR: REFER DOOR SCHEDULE BUILT UP BOXED BEAM DBL 6" DP, 76 GA. SEAM WITH 3 5/8", 18 GA. TRACK TOP &BOTTOM #10 SCREW @ 12" C/c, TYP. METAL CASIN SYSTEMS. "''"PS0KO5n""tcca. EZYJAMB CAP SUPPLIED 6" MTL,STUDS W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. OCKING AS EQ'D. AFELE FUTURA OCKET DOOR I PROVED AND AND INSTALLED BY GC RAYING KIT, 80/Z TE INSTALLE Y GC SIZE: SUBJECT TO WALL P DER CO THICKNESS. S/8" GYP. BD. DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE INTERIOR DOOR HEAD -SLIDING DOOR ETAL CASING OPENING HEAD -POCKET DOOR O O _�\'�� ` O O O 3-LCISTI7-A--REV01 P C W i F S i i M1k M1^a 'a ':P E � t„.,� sk T � s s" P, m r r 4�'X.� ` 3 O EXISTING V.I.F. G.G. TO REPLACE IF REQUIRED TO BE IN LIKE NEW CONDITION ® FURNISH&INSTALL BYG.C. ® FURNISH BY TENANT&INSTALL BY G.C. ® FURNISH & INSTALL BY LANDLORD. w o _o¢ Q -e ��� s•1 „, z 0 J, ^'e➢rfL' 0 Oa~ W Y� � �� aw 'kA` ,t=' 6 k £ >u Q 0 0 :� 4 z J a a4 0V0 aoG k 3. "'� f 5 < ¢ � 000 LL EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) 0 0 j PIVOT HINGES: SPECIFIED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. SHOP DRAWINGS TO BE APPROVED. BUTT HINGES (1-1/2 PAIR PER DOOR) STANLEY HARDWARE FBB-179, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" FINISH - US26D ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® Z NON -REMOVABLE PIN HINGES MUD -IN JAMB CAP. SEE JAMB TYPE 5 THIS SHEET EXISTING (SEE STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS FOR SPECIFICATIONS & DIRECTIONS OF FINISHES) 0 STORE ID, SPACE, BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS. NEW ADDRESS VINYL FOR BACK DOORS, MUST PURCHASE THROUGH THEMALI, 0 PANIC / ALARM SEC. DEVICE. DETEX V4xEB. USED AT DOORS OPN'G. TO INTERIOR. VERIFY MODEL # IS COMPATIBLE WITH PROJECT CONDITION PRIOR TO ORDERING O PANIC / ALARM SEC. DEVICE. TRIDENT MODEL TEL-210. USED AT DOORS OPENING TO EXTERIOR. VERIFY MODEL # IS COMPATIBLE WITH PROJECT CONDITION PRIOR TO ORDERING THRESHOLDS PEMKO MFG. CO. #175A / ALUMINUM, ALLOY 6063-76 FOR EXTERIOR DOOR CONDITIONS — WEAT HER S I RIPPING NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS INC. #162 DKB AT HEAD & JAMB #15 OKBN OR APPROVED EQ. AT BOTTOM FOR EXTERIOR DOOR CONDITIONS PEEP HOLE SCHLAGE WIDE ANGLE DOOR VIEWER #SC698 B 619 NICKEL. INSTALL AT REAR SERVICE DOOR(S) 0 — ALUMINUM FRAMED DOOR W/ GLASS. KAWNEER 190 NARROW STILE W/ 10" BOTTOM RAIL Z KAWNEER DOORS - ANODIZED ALUMINUM HARDWARE: PUSH-CP, PULL-CS-9 (ARCHITECT'S CLASSIC)190 GLASS DOOR PULLS C.R. LAURENCE PRODUCTS 30LPBS, BRUSHED STAINLESS 30" EXTRA LENGTH LADDER STYLE BACK-TO-BACK PULL HANDLE SET (VERIFY FINISH PRIOR TO ORDERING) FRAMELESS GLASS DOOR HARDWARE SET BY STOREFRONT VENDOR. (U.N.OJ GLASS WITH EXPOSED EDGES, TO BE FLAT POLISHED; SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISH; TAPERED BOTTOM RAIL: FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT SECURITY GATE THE SLIDING DOOR COMPANY: SOLO PANEL SYSTEM W/ FROSTED GLASS; SILVER FRAME; SQUARE DESIGNER HANDLE EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) 0 "CLASSROOM"- BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 93K-7-R-15-D-STK FINISH - US26D - KEY OPERATED ON OUTSIDE ONLY ® ® ® 2 "PASSAGE"- BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 93K-0-N-15-D-STK FINISH - US26D - NO KEY ON EITHER SIDE F "PRIVACY"- BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 93K-0-L-15-D-STK FINISH - US26D PUSH BUTTON ON INSIDE, KEY ON OUTSIDE DUMMY DOOR LEVER BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 73KC-0-1DT-15-D-STK (7KC SERIES) FINISH - US26D SINGLE SURFACE MOUNTED LEVER FOR A NON -LATCHING DOOR a HAFELE DOOR, EDGE PULL HA-911.26.310 OR CO. DOOR PULL: HAFELE STAR TECH FLUSH DOOR PULL #902.000 • • � EXTERIOR LOCK CORES INSTA-KEY O INTERIOR LOCK CORES BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 9K SERIES CONSTRUCTION CORE PROVIDED AT PUNCH • 2 GENERAL LOCK; DOOR HOOKBOLT; AHB118 AUDU THE SLIDING DOOR COMPANY: SQUARE DESIGNER HANDLE; SILVER • LOCK TO BE KEYED ON BOTH SIDES WITH A LOCKED INDICATOR ON THE INTERIOR TENANT SIDE • 2 EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) DOOR CLOSERS 4400 SERIES YALE COMMERCIAL (MOUNT ON NON-PUBLIC SIDE OF DOOR), ALUMINUM 689 • • O 1 • • ® ® • CLOSER - PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY STOREFRONT VENDOR (GC) v HEAD CLOSER: (EXTERIOR ENTRY DOOR) CONCEALED CLOSER LCN 5030 WITH A HOLD OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, SINGLE ACTION. EXISTING (VERIFY REPLACE, OR PROVIDE IF REQUIRED) KICKPLATE (MATCH STYLE OF EXISTING SURROUNDING DOOR HARDWARE) TANLEY DOOR SYSTEM; FULL WIDI H X 10"H X 1/8" S AINUESS STEEL INSTALLED P' FROM B TT M OF DOOR ON PUSH SIDE ® ® • 7 WALL BUMPERS IVES #407-1 2" CONCAVE. W 4 d 7 VX' S 06 0 C COLOR: US26D • • • • • a FLOOR STOPS IVES #436' SAT INCHROME Y WALL STOP (MATCH STYLE OF EXISTING SURROUNDING DOOR HARDWARE) DUST PROOF STRIKES IVES #DP1 DP126D SATIN CHROME COAT HOOK: BOBRICK B-76727 DOUBLE ROBE HOOK; SATIN STAINLESS STEEL ® ® • ,t ,.... , .. f. ,. ,Yw , r m. h. � . .$ ., 5 z;•'_ ,L ., .`x r }` 4, ,x. ':h, . t-. .. , § ,,, ,.. .I« ,.-. :, {,. ') :=:r. v ✓ > -K,.,. ,.. , L.�. ,, >r•"'. Nr. .. 5 fxt A.. >� ,.x .. r.. ... scs, 5,. !, r. ,. fV.. .2vt x .� .t %�, a . T r , t .5 A.. `C. � t'rt;. :1. } ... .. fr,.. t Y;,. , .a r , SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FLUSH), ✓... yr SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FLUSH) c'„ HOLLOW CORE METAL DOOR (FLUSH) NOTE: ALL HARDWARE AND BOTTOM RAIL FINISHES ARE TO ..- SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR NOTE: ALL HARDWARE AND FRAMING SYSTEM SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FLUSH), FINISHES ARE TO MATCH M109. EITHER RE -CLAD W/ PAINT GRADE VENEER W/ PAINT GRADE VENEER. HOLLOW PAINT GRADE VENEER. HOLLOW HOLLOW METAL FRAME WITH MATCH MILE. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR (FUSN,W/ TEMPERED GLASS SINGLE OR ELECTROSTATIC PAINT P-152, SUBMIT SHOP (INSTALL SILENCERS) METAL FRAME WITH SILENCERS. METAL FRAME WITH SILENCERS. SILENCERS. (PROVIDE KICKPLATE TO ORDERING PANE, W/ PAINT GRADE VENEER DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROV (PROVIDE KICKPLATE ONLY IF (PROVIDE KICKPLATE ONLY IF ONLY IF SCHEDULED) (INSTALL SILENCERS). SCHEDULED) SCHEDULED) SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR FROSTED OR CLEAR. FINI D ENI 4"8„ CLOSER TOP PATC FI N TI G WITH PIV QY E Y ORS p AND e o m / // DFRAME TEMPj— METAL FROSTED HARDWARE d PER 2 imm I )oEm / GLASS SCHEVIEWEREP HLEGLA HEDULEDDOOR " FRAMELESS GLASS DOOR SCHEDULE 0 O SEE PLAN \ PANIC "VERTICAL PUSH/PULL 0HARDWARE BOTTOM RAIL CYLINDER LOCK CLEAR 6" HIGH TAPERED CONTINUOUS RAIL'M109' EXISTI G PULLS EXISTING INTERIOR O O O O O OFFINISH O SIDE PUSH 2-LC7ST17-A--REV01 1. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL, OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. 2. EXIT DOORS (INCLUDING EXISTING DOORS) SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 36" IN WIDTH HAND NOT LESS THAN 6'-8" IN HEIGHT. PROJECTIONS INCLUDING PANIC HARDWARE, SHALL NOT REDUCE THE OPENINGS TO LESS THAN 32" IN CLEAR WIDTH. 3. HEIGHT OF THRESHOLDS AT EXIT DOORS SHALL BE 1/2" MAXIMUM. 4. CARPET PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2° MAXIMUM. S. AISLES LEADING TO REQUIRED EXITS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 44". 6. GLASS DOORS, ADJACENT PANELS, AND ALL GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 24" OF ADJACENT FLOORS SHALL BE TEMPERED GLASS. 7. PROVIDE EXIT SIGNS AND DIRECTIONAL EXIT SIGNS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLAN. EXIT SIGNS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 6" HIGH BY 3/4" STROKE BLOCK LETTERS ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 8. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BY TWO ELECTRIC LAMPS OR SHALL- BE OF APPROVED SELF -LUMINOUS TYPE, IF TWO LAMPS ARE USED, POWER SUPPLY TO ONE OF THE LAMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES WIRING SYSTEM. POWER SUPPLY TO THE OTHER LAMP SHALL BE FROM STORAGE BATTERIES. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 9. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM AND SHALL PROVIDE A VALUE OF ONE FOOT CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. 10. ALL DOORS TO BE OPERABLE IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL AT ALL TIMES. S-LCISTI7-A--REV00 1. DOORS: GENERAL SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTSF O THE BUILDING CODE &CURRENT N EDITI O OF THE LIFE SAFETY CODE. 2. REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED, EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS AND SURFACE BOLTS OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF DEVICE THAT MAY BE USED TO CLOSE OR RESTRAIN THE DOOR OTHER THAN BY OPERATION OF THE LOCKING DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE EXIT DOORS ARE SUED IN PAIRS AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS ARE USED THE DOOR LEAF HAVING AND AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL HAVE NO DOOR KNOB OR SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRED MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. 3. DOOR HARDWARE, HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRED TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE LEVER -OPERATED MECHANISMS, PUSH -TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U-SHAPED HANDLES ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. WHEN SLIDING DOORS ARE FULLY OPEN, OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES. HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBLE DOOR PASSAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48" (1220 MM) ABOVE FINISHES FLOOR. 4. CLEAR WIDTH. DOOR WAYS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF 32 IN. (815 MM) WITH THE DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES, MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE OPPOSITE STOP. 5. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS. FLOOR WITHIN THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. 6. THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS. THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/4 IN. (19 MM) IN HEIGHT FOR EXTERIOR SLIDING DOORS OR 112 IN. (13MM) FOR OTHER TYPES OF DOORS. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 7. DOOR CLOSURES, IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM OPl T�_-i-i HE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN. (75 MM) FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. CODE CORAPLIANCE 8, DOOR OPENING FORCES. THE MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: APPROVED (1) FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE THE MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. APR 22 2020 OTHER DOORS. RECiF1VED (2) (2) ffww�V � 0� - Ulf, ILA (a) EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS: (RESERVED). CItY Of Tukwila VI 7 (b) INTERIOR HINGED DOORS: 5 LEE (22.2N). BUILDING DIVISION MAR 05 2020 (c) SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LEE (22.2N). THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT MAY HOLD THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANA GEMENT AGEMENT: o6C ryerwk,Eat Grantry, CT pWi6 •., (BEO)a3,�41W STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #-416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O Q� 00 iB E .J 0 C O Ln N � V CD O F- O � J O Q O d Revisions: Mark Date By Q12.18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record C N C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8w,4 n-3 CORTLAND MORGAN STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title DOOR SCHEDULES & HARDWARE Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A101.01 Checked By CM 6-LCISTI7-A--REV00 CONTRACTOR SHAD I ;!Vii3E.�OMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE ENLEIE gf'EIQCOMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULA-iT01V5-PtWL2T E LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. " ' TRTCTOR SHALL HAVE DRAWINGS, SHOP DRAWINGS, APPLICATIONS AND SUBMITTALS PREPARED ICENSED PROFESSIONAL, WHO IS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. ALL DRAWINGS AND CONSTR L BE IN COMPLIA I L CODES, REGULATIONS, INSURANCE AS AND RATI AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL PERMITS, TESTS, SHUT DO 1 CERTIFICATIONS TO PROVID IN PLACE SYSTEM. FOR EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK AND MODIFY THE SYSTEM IF NECESSARY FOR THE NEW SPACE CONFIGURATION. MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL PREPARE DESIGN/SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE SYSTEM AND SUBMIT SUCH DRAWINGS TO THE LANDLORD AND BUILDING AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA, STANDARD 101, AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION, DESIGN STANDARDS: - REFERENCE FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FP100. CONCEALED HEADS TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH THROUGHOUT. BACK OF HOUSE C AC-2 106_j CLG. HT.= 8'-0" JETER STORAGE IAGS 116 CLG. HT.=9'-0" CONTACT LENS ROOM C AC-5 04 CLG. HT.=8'-0° OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA C AC-5 103 -- CLG. HT. =10'-0" MALE RESTROOM C AC-2 112 CLG, HT.=8'-0" ALCOVE C AC-5 108 CLG. HT.=8'-0" FEMALE RESTROOM C AC-2 111 - CLG. H =8'-0" HALLWAY #2 C AC-Z 170 CLG. HT. =9'-0" HALLWAY #1 C AC-5 107 CLG, HT.=9'-O" FUTURE PRE -TEST C AC-5 11S - CLG. HT.= 8'-0" EXAM 12 C AC-5 105 - CLG. HT.= 8'-0" EQ EQ - I " I I ® �F -- --I J IDCO G2E �Q �fmw DO O � O DO �F �i, DO OBOW 2 t VISION #2 NOTE: LIGHT TRACK LENGTHS ADJUSTED THROUGHOUT. URGENT RETAIL/ RAY -BAN CARELAB SALES AREA AREA 102 C AC-4 12 C GYP-1 101 ]-- C GYP-2 101B CLG. HT.=9' 0" CLG, HT.=10'-6" CLG. HT.=10'-6" 3'-0" u 21'-10" . � ;7G2LE IYPEt E2 E2 DBw iIi 1 {� 1 1 1 /i r 61 P.OI / WH�RE� 21 �nl �-d -°�60 APPLIJABLE- o® Tv . - - 1DBW �� CUS C HGYP-26 14 OZ _ EQ� DBW DBW '• `t' _ Y¢ \/Ar`_'',\/ l" - / // - / / � E - _/ E2 E2 E3 E,3 °O D© I i/ /� i� /y�j �' j/ /i�ij� // /� / i / a TYP. DO Davit // / / // / / - 3 CLG. HT T-Z" li � LcerLr_JT_ee-- LJLv V O O EQ II �. / \ L J / ///. jj/ / j/ \ I MIE - Sl 2. 0" 16,E //. 11 21 p E3 E3 E3 - - _ ._ _.1 E3 TYP_ / xRw O �• © O © IRW DBW DBW DBW DBW 17 TYP I 20 // /// 11 27 TYP. EQ I I EQ 0 O❑ NE ME ..� o INTERIOR STOREFRONT O' ,-///.'� // IOTA C GYP-2 v " E3 E2 ECLG. HT.=12'-7" \ IE2 E3 W E2 E3 � E3 E3 // / // // // / J 1❑_ _ // // , /j /j �// // /�j / DBW DBW C7 (� TIM I w E ttP_ LtL�h� E1 Et --- E3 E3 1 E3 E3 E3 - 13 � ��j{ 3 0 1 � // /i „ EQ L 13'-0" g TT-0„ EQ DBOWfE 11 6(� MIE C7M!®_ Q / A rvP. E2.r T2 E2 E2 t Bill, Ise U E3 III [4 P. I. ®� ®� i / ' / 16, L ' illl Fri T a_ - e�.. - ---- - S1 M 11 1 �_- Dew ew � 2 TYP. III �1 E1 Et Et Et E1 2 Et E1 E2 Et Oo I 1 Iil �yam) 1 DBW BW B III A, :r �.q 9 t���l���,w,�=1*1,�m 0 / FUTURE PRE -TEST EXAM PRE -TEST 12 C AC-5 114 12 C AC-5 113 109 C AC-5 12 CLG. HT. =8'-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT.=8'-0" REELECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 114" = V-0" OAKLEY AREA C GYP-2 101C CLG. HT.=10'-6' C GYP-2 RECEIVED CITY OF't LiK ILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER =y ', k ��`E 'd1 wa., ,y;.y ¢t'"k '. p � .b y � b•A ; y �� S k t {$ k; SYMBOL TYPE DESCRIPTION REMARKS Un G2L G2L-EM 2X2 LAY -IN WITH FROSTED LENS A2L 2X2 LAY -IN WITH 3' DEEP WHITE 9-CELL PARABOLIC Azt A2L - EM LOUVER OD- DBW 5'INCANDESCENT CAN DOWNUGHT WITH LED LAMP, (BLACK WAFFLE, WHITE RING) OpCy,, DON 6" INCANDESCENT CAN DOWNUGHT WITH LED DCW/EM LAMP, (CLEAR REFLECTOR, WHITE RING) Mt RECESSED ADJUSTABLE 2-LIGHT DOWNUGHT, 00 M2 RECTANGULAR, PAINTED TRIM TO MATCH CEILING. Ma M3 CHICAGO ADD "CP" HOUSING Et E2 TRACK LIGHT HEAD. COLOR TO MATCH TRACK. E3 SS4 / SS4(EM) 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP SINGLE LAMP (EM) = EMERGENCY THREE CIRCUIT TRACK. TB (LENGTH) (LENGTH) T(LENGTH) SPEAKER Qua SECURITY CAMERA ®x1RW X1RW WHITE, SEMI -RECESSED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM LED EDGE LIT EXIT SIGN, RED LETTERS, CEILING MOUNTED EDGE LIT EXIT SIGN WITH RED LETTERS. RED LED ®xz X2 INCLUDED. COLOR: BLACK. FOR NYC OR CHICAGO, PROVIDE COMPLIANT SPECIFICATIONS. 2' x 2 SUPPLY DIFFUSER 2' x 2 RETURN DIFFUSER ® T x T SUPPLY DIFFUSER 1' x T RETURN DIFFUSER 18" x 18" CEILING ACCESS PANEL. FINISH TO MATCH CEILING FINISH Q CUSTOMER FACING SPRINKLER HEAD (� NON -CUSTOMER FACING SPRINKLER HEAD EX EXISTING FIXTURE TO REMAIN 1. 18"X18 CLG. ACCESS PANEL HOLD TIGHT TO AND LEVEL WITH CEILING FINISH. MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH. 2. TRAFFIC COUNTER (FLUSH MOUNT SHOPPER TRAK). REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 3. PREFERRED SPEAKER LOCATION BY MUZAK. P SPEAKER TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. VENDOR TO PROVIDE FINAL LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM. 4. PREFERRED SECURITY CAMERA LOCATION. >O1 VENDOR TO PROVIDE FINAL LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE PM. 5. 6. OUTLINE OF FIXTURES BELOW (TYP. SHOWN AS SMALL DASHED LINES). 7. ..., 8. 6oLKriEAD A; ' " 9. 10. 11, MECHANICAL DIFFUSER, TYP. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS & INFO. 12. INSTALL CEILING TILE CENTERED IN ROOM AS SHOWN 13. CONTINUOUS ACT CEILING, CENTER CEILING FIXTURES ON ACT PANELS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 14. ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE - SEE SHOP DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1S. 16. ILLUMINATED SIGN SUSPENDED ON AN ANGLE FROM CEILING ABOVE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NOTE: ABOVE CEILING BLOCKING REQUIRED - REFERENCE SHOP DRAWINGS. 17, WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. 18. DECORATIVE SUSPENDED WAYFARER GLASSES, PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO A100. 19. N9NH "" BLABE SIGN 20. SPRINKLER HEAD, REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 21. DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE "SHOP PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH. TYPICAL THROUGHOUT. 2 22. CEILING TRANSITIONS/PAINT TRANSITIONS TO ALIGN WITH CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN AND OR FLOOR TRANSITION BELOW. SEE PLANS. A. EMERGENCY (EM) LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CIRCUITED WITH AN "UNSWITCHED HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BATTERY. PACK EVEN WHEN LUMINAIRE IS OFF. B. ALL NIGHT LIGHT (NQ LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCHING C. IT SHALL BE THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE G.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. D. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. IF PLAN LOCATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. E. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, G.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. F. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALLUTILIZE # 12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-O" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 2S0'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM, G. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS, CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU-WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THRU-WIRING, ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID, H. G.C.'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY LUXOTTICA. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE A Y ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY, IF THIS IS THE CASE, CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL THE LIGHTING DISTRIBUTOR FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, G.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH LUXOTTICA. 1. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LUMINAIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL -VOLTAGE WITH BATTERY BACKUP (120/277 VOLT INPUT). INSTALL A CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM WHERE THE USE OF INDIVIDUAL BATTERY UNITS ARE PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, '. IMMEDIATELY CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. J. G.C. SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. K. G.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. L. CEILING GRID SHALL BE CENTERED IN ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M. DOWN LIGHTS SHALL BE CENTERED IN TILE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REMODEL NOTES: A. G.0SHALL RELAMP ALL FIXTURES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING BUT NOT DURING HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. B. EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS SHOWN EXISTING TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTACT ARCHITECT IF CHANGES MUST BE MADE. " o aoao E�,aa<. cl,:., Mn,m oB aswo •.rls,slressm 06Creamery B,mk Eazt GaW,. CiOWi •,f (BWIaiF9N0 STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O O t 00 , �E U0 O J �G 4) 'a- (6 O a ?6 O � J r O LU <C O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12 la-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record (z NO C 0 R T L A N 0 M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (317) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED CHITECT CORTLAND Mo G N STATE OF WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore 1 ro ect P Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A102 Checked By CM F 1 C-105 P-150 105 - AC -OS CLG. HT, B'-0" F VT-106 BACK OF HOUSE B VB-101 106 -- „ W P-100 CLG. HT.=8'-0" U� 1 C AC- 22 5 JETER STORAGE 116 _ CLG. HT. = 9'-0" F TF-109 B HWB-100 W P-150 CONTACT LENS ROOM C AC-05 104 CLG. HT, 8'-0" F B W TF-109 HWB-100 P-150 OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA C AC -OS 103 CLG. HT.=10'-0" F TF-109 B WT-100 T- 0 MALE RESTROOM C AC-02 112 CLG. HT.= 8'-0" F C-105 B HWB-100 ALCOVE --, i - - - 24 P-1 108 C AC-05 CLG. HT.=8'-0" F TF-109 B WT-100 T- 0 FEMALE RESTROOM C ACC AC-02 -�111 --- CLG. HT.=8'-0" HALLWAY #2 F TF-109 110 B HWB-100 CLG. HT.=9'-0' C I AC-02 % 9 HALLWAY#1 A4p1 SIM. F TF-1)9 107 CLG. HT. 9'-0' ?... A50t B HWB-100 W P-150 C AC-05 F C-105 FUTURE PRE -TEST %� I B HWB-100 115 f ~ w P-150 CLG. HT. =B'-0" 1 C AC-05 - I I, V v _J , i yv 24 o 16 F C-105 B HWB-100 FUTURE PRE -TEST W P-150 114 C AC-05 CLG_ HT, 8'-0" FINISH PLAN 5 NOTE: SEE 8/A402 FOR HWB-100 BASE DETAIL (TYP.) URGENT CARE LAB 102 CLG. HT, 9'-0' ©� W I P-100 C AC-04 WI PF-150 J i �r /67 w P 20 // Q� I F C-105 B HWB-100 EXAM W P-150 113 C C-OS CLG. HT.= 8'-0" WI PF-150 F C-105 PRE -TEST B HWB 10 109 W P-150 CLG. HT, 8'-0" C AC-05 I RETAIL SALES AREA 101 CLG. HIT,10'-6" F I TF-107 TF-107 XJ NONE RAY -BAN AREA BWP 1102 101B GYP-2 CLG. HT.=10'-6" 2 T ROUGHOUTENT ti LEASE SPACE > 9 ALL ROOMS WITI J PORCELAIN TILE F TF-110 I ®° ®° ca g �T L I Ir_ J to w J H J J w Imimimizzi:W PF-150 NOTE: GC TO PROVIDE DIMENSION FROM FACE OF GYP. BD. TO FACE OF GYP. BD. FOR CONSULTANT TO REVIEW TILE LAYOUT PRIOR TO TILE INSTALL. W BWP-102 , 20 /7 W / NOTE: P-152 F/ PF-150 / / /t SEE ToDETAILS FOR RECLAD SCOPE OF WORK INFORMATION. 77 W P-152 / /// NOTE: _ A SMOOTH TRANSITION MUST BE PROVIDED THIS AREA. MALL FLOOR AND TENANT FLOOR MUST BE FLUSH WITH ONE ANOTHER (NO TRIPPING HAZARDS). LIPS OF MORE THAN 1/16° AND SLOPES OF MORE L1/2" PER FOOT ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE) W P 152 F TF-107 FULL TILES / LE / /////// / // INTERIOR B STOREFRONT HWB-100 IOTA W CLG. HT, 12'-7" C P-152 GYP-2 //j W P-152 / naDz 20 W PF-150 68 F I TF-107 B HWB-100 OAKLEY AREA W P-1211101C C GYP-2 CLG. HT.=10'-6" 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL CORNER GUARD AT MOP SINK. 2. G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONCRETE AS REQUIRED PER LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER'S APPROVAL PREPARE CONCRETE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH. (TYP. ENTIRE LIMITS OF LEASE LINE) 3. 4. . 5. G.C. TO INSTALL CORNER GUARD, 05-100, REFER TO A-103.1 FOR SPECIFICATION. 6. . 7. 8. EXISTING FIN!" "' I-'n� 9. G.C. TO MAINTAIN 1/8" GROUT JOINT FOR FLOORING 10. . 11. 12. FLOOR TRANSITION TO ALIGN W/ CORNER OF WALL 3. EXISTING DOOR TI 1RES111--119 14. WALL FINIS! lF5 TGMATeI 15. . 16. FLOOR TRANSITION TO BE CENTERED ON DOOR. 17. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE INFORMATION THIS AREA. 18. . 19. TILE PATTERN TO BE CENTERED ON DOOR OPENING (USE FULL TILE) AS SHOWN. 20. PAINT RECESS AREA FLAT BLACK PRIOR TO INSTALL OF LIGHT BOX OR LED PANELS THIS AREA, 21, EXISTING MALL FLOORING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 22. FLOOR TRANSITION THIS AREA TO ALIGN WITH CEILING FINISH TRANSITION ABOVE. SEE REF. CLG. PLAN. 23, FLOOR TRANSITION THIS AREA TO ALIGN WITH MILLWORK ENCLOSURE. VERIFY WITH SHOP DWGS. 24. THIS ROOM / ALL WET AREAS MUST BE WATERPROOFED 12' UP WALLS ABOVE SLAB TO WESTFIELD WATERPROOFING STANDARDS - CIM 1000 TROWEL GRADE - AND UNDERGO A 24-HOUR FLOOD TEST AT A 4" BENCH MARK -WESTFIELD REP MUST WITNESS PRIOR TO AND AFTER THE 24-HOUR PERIOD -WATERPROOFING REPORT BY WESTFIELD REQUIRED CONSULTANT A. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY PREPARATION OF THE FLOOR SLAB AND PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS REQUIRED AT THE ENTRANCE TO PRODUCE A FLUSH CONDITION BETWEEN THE STORE LEASE LINE AND THE EXISTING MALL FLOORING. B. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL FINISH FLOORING, G.C. IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINISH MATERIALS BEHIND AND UNDER ALL MILLWORK. C. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SCHEDULE ON SHEET G003 & G004 D. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET G001. E. ALL TENANT FURNISHED ITEMS (MATERIAL AND LABOR) TO BE SCHEDULED, COORDINATED AND SUPERVISED BY G.C. F. CAULK AROUND FRP TO THE WALLS WITH WHITE SILICONE CAULKING. G. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR FINISHES. GO TO PREP EXISTING DOORS PRIOR TO RE -FINISHING. H. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR, GC TO VERIFY EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS MEETS AND ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI STANDARD FOR THIN SET TILE AND THE LATEST EDITION OF TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. IF THERE ARE ISSUES OR DEFICIENCIES, CONTACT LUXOTTICA PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1. ALLOW (2) WEEKS DRY TIME FOR ALL PAINTED WALLS BEFORE APPLYING GRAPHICS. rT �+ SE j `'1 + H. "' �$`„�`'"`�.?Es..2 t�� TP F � t.t�, .,.} F XXXX B XXXX W XXXX T XXXX C XXXX FLOOR BASE WALL TRIM CEILING (SEE RCP FOR LOCATION) '�1 ��� �}} ,.i . MATERIAL FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DENSITY PLASTIC LAMINATE 80 (BONDED) 95 (BONDED) CARPET 26 - 75 450 OR LESS VINYL TILE 0.45 450 OR LESS LAY -IN CEILING 25 10 150 245 VINYL BASE 0.45 450 OR LESS - LEASE LINE FULL HT. GLASS NEW WALLS EXISTING WALLS ty r tLr4 f 07t V11 NEW WALL W/ SOUND BATTS _ _ _ NEW/EXTG. BULKHEAD REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 20N City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION l nf GF m) CITY OF'fiiKWLA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: MEMMIMMEMIM ND<MRE Y <ox oxasaso O.3Is31'rsseero o6C mery ermkEx 6ranq%RGX126 ®•t 15w)43r-9r00 STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #415 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O QO O I-n 00 n3 !E V0 O Cf X O J @ N Eu Y- CQ O I5 :r,, O 'CD Q o LLJ Revisions: Mark Date By 12-te-79 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2 2s-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A Architect / Engineer of Record Seal C N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8697 VCHIiIX! CORTLAND MO GAN STATE OF YdASHIRGTOEV Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title FINISH PLAN Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A103 Checked By CM SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" 3 `v * xy i'U Y>rA'' tin "r t3 r 1 .. .tt,?3.t 1 ,'.ku:,, L L3..: a., ? v . u ... a Y 'L'YL to 7,. z r7'. .t, ., 1 .k. , , w P k T 7 -.., 3 'r .e..a$, x .. '. ki �.. '£..s. -,i.,. s' i �.. �`�a a-;. .--:}, x","s A."!' 1 "ah " <.. .... .. x W„r, to, `stV„t.`>k a r, a Y'���Y ,., e. Y. X ,u .''vaL a. .aS7r , u". .. ,,, t .to k,, St -a-.. ,Y `4 ��.. .,. `'•` �"�'. 0 0 o w ...h,.a. ... .. x .Y ., S .� .. r. .`Y.. y. x3,.Ea R1,. , a,.}S:. .. t ,..aLLz :t ,. fit. 1 S..a: J. "�"'; 'J ,{ x 4' t S . . iY S E i v} ., .... ., , ,. �,� rc,.: i €.' .>a;?: tv ors, � a. ', - $�: .r. . , .. .%a ..ER., .. :Po. f•t,Sz ,4., t7. ,., {a .,,>~?.;. 1SR�. "D„ � ITEM MARK DESCRIPTION MFG./PHONE # MODEL #/COLOR ALT. #1 REMARKS Z FIBERGLASS F.R.P. WALL PANELS ACCESSORIES: INSIDE CORNER -#M350, OUTSIDE CORNER -#M36O, GC GC GC REINFORCED PLASTIC FRP-2 (4'-0° x 8'-0" x 1/8") MARLITE (800) 377-1221 P 100 WHITE NONE DIVIDERS - #M365, EDGING - #M370. NOT USED IN PUBLIC ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS PAINT P-100 PAINT (FLAT) (EXTRA WHITE) SHERWIN WILLIAMS (800) 474-3794 INTERIOR READY MIX LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC to EXTRA WHITE, SW7006 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS = PAINT P-128 PAINT (DARK GREY) BENJAMIN MOORE (866) 708-9180 INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC COLOR: TEMPTATION BM-1609 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS �- PAINT P-150 PAINT (YELLOW / CREAM) BENJAMIN MOORE (866) 708-9180 INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX NONE WALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC n COLOR: FRESH AIR 211 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS W PAINT P-152 PAINT (DARK SLATE) BENJAMIN MOORE (866) 708-9180 INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX NONE 'HALL SHEEN: SATIN CEILING SHEEN: FLAT GC GC GC 2 COLOR: FRENCH BERET 1610 DOORS & TRIM SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS d Q PLASTER FINISH PP-150 PLASTER FINISH (YELLOW / CREAM) CUSTOM COLOR: TO MATCH NONE BENJAMIN MOORE FRESH AIR 211 Q 3 CORNER GUARD CG-100 VINYL CORNER GUARD JOHNSONITE TENANT FURNISHED VBG-01-48(SNOW WHITE) USE ON EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS IN ALL AREAS OTHER THAN STOREFRONT & T GC GC NONE SALES FLOOR AREAS-3/1 RETURN; INK, 00 DEGREE PROFILE BRICK WALL PANEL BWP-102 FLEXIBLE BRICK WALL PANEL BRICK WEB (801) 542-7050 OLD MILL THIN BRICK SYSTEMS NONE MORTAR COLOR: RED GC GC GC COLOR: CASTLE GATE CERAMIC FLOOR TILE TENANT FURNISHED FLORIM CASA DOLCE; LIMESTONE TAUPE NONE T GC GC WALL TILE WT-100 (21CM X 40CM, 8 1/4° X 16" )10MM THK. GROUT: LATICRETE SPEC. PRO PREMIUM 24 INSTALL MUST INCLUDE MFRS. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD, FLOOR STRETCHER BOND PATTERN NATURAL GREY PREP & ADHESIVE. v8' GROUT JOINT, GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC L''I Q HARDWOOD BASE HWB-100 3 1/4" TALL X 3/4" MDF BASE BY GC NONE PRIMED & SPRAY PAINTED TO MATCH COLOR OF WALL THE GC GC GC m 2 BASE IS SET ON. (NO PINE) VINYL WALL BASE VB-101 VINYL WALL BASE JOHNSONITE CDC DISTRIBUTORS COVE WALL BASE NONE GC GC GC (513) 560 -1040 20 CHARCOAL - 4" HIGH VT-106 VINYL TILE ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG RAFFIA STREAM DIAMOND 10 NONE GC GC GC VINYL TILE (877) 276-7876 RAIN Z5901 - 304.8mm x 609.6mm x 3.18mm WATERPROOF FLOOR WM-100 WATERPROOF FLOOR MEMBRANE DUR-A-FLEX (800)253-3539 DARK GREY / POLY CRETE SHE FLOOR - LAB ROOMfUSE WHEN REQUIRED GC GC GC MEMBRANE DARK GREY/ POLY CRETE WR NONE WHEN NOTED ON DRAWINGS WATERPROOF FLOOR WATERPROOF FLOOR MEMBRANE CUSTOM BUILDING (800) 272-2757 REDGARD CRACK PREVENTION AND USED IN RESTROOMS AND REFRACTION ROOMS WHEN REQUIRED BY GC GC GC MEMBRANE WM_101 PRODUCTS WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE NONE LANDLORD -INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. U WATERPROOF FLOOR WM-102 WATERPROOF FLOOR MEMBRANE SHERWIN WILLIAMS (800)474-3794 SHERWIN WILLIAMS ARMOR SEAL NONE GC GC GC Z MEMBRANE COLOR: HAZE GREY WALK -OFF MAT MAT-1 ULTRA ENTRY MAT MATS INC. PANEL COVER: GREY; INSERT: NEW YORK INSET TO FLOOR GC GC GC O 800-628-7462 COLLECTION; COLOR: CHARCOAL NONE USED AT ENTRY DOORS IN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. cJ+- TILE FLOOR CERAMIC FLOOR TILE TENANT FURNISHED FLORGRES; FLOWTECH BURNISHED INSTALL MUST INCLUDE MFR S. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD FLOOR T GC GC TF-107 (60CM x 120CM, 23 5/8" X 471/8") GROUT: LATICRETE SPEC. PRO PREMIUM.45 RAVEN NONE PREP IS ADHESIVE. 1/8' GROUT JOINT, GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC TILE FLOOR TF-109 TENANT FURNISHED FLORIM CASA DOLCE; LIMESTONE TAUPE NONE T GC GC CERAMIC FLOOR TILE GROUT: LATICRETE SPEC. PRO PREMIUM 24 INSTALL MUST INCLUDE ME S. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD, FLOOR (60CM X 120CM, 23 5/8" X 471/8") NATURAL GREY PREP & ADHESIVE. 1/8• GROUT JOINT GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC TILE FLOOR TF-110 CERAMIC FLOOR TILE TENANT FURNISHED FLORIM CASA DOLCE; CASAMOOD, NEUTRA 6.0 NONE INSTALL MUST INCLUDE MF'R S. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION METHOD, FLOOR T GC GC (60CM X 120CM, 23 5/8" X 471/8°) COLOR 07 PETROLIO. GROUT: LATICRETE 53 PREP & ADHESIVE. 1/8' GROUT JOINT. GROUT AND SEALANT BY GC TWILIGHT BLUE CARPET C-105 CARPET MOHAWK/ TENANT FURNISHED PLATEAU 11 DC147; COLOR: 557 LAKE T GC GC KARASTAN NONE CEILINGS AC-2 2' x 4'LAY 15/16" GRID CERTAINTEED (800)233-8990 BET-197 (BAROQUE) WHITE NONE CLASS "A", REFERENCE "LUXOTTICA" AS ACCOUNT NAME GC GC GC USED IN BON CEILINGS AC-4 2' x 2' TEGULAR; 15l16" GRID ARMSTRONG (800) 442-4212; LYRA TEGULAR, 2'x2'x5/8 BLIZZARD WHITE NONE CLASS °A", REFERENCE "LUXOTTICA" AS ACCOUNT NAME GC GC GC W 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID SYSTEM = CEILINGS AC-5 2' x 2' TEGULAR TILE WITH 15/16" GRID ARMSTRONG (800) 442-4212 LYRA TEGULAR, 2'x2'x5/8' #8360P8 NONE CLASS °A", REFERENCE "LUXOTTICA" AS ACCOUNT NAME GC GC GC _ l7 (ALL CEILING TILE&GRID SHALL BE BLIZZARD WHITE ISl76°EXPOSED TEE GRID z Z BENCH PAINTED P-150 BM FRESH AIR SYSTEM MAIN BEAM 47301ZW w 211) 2' CROSS TEE #XL73287-W L.L 4' CROSS TEE #XL7342ZW U WALL ANGLE #7800ZW CEILINGS GYP-1 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING - LEVEL 5 FINISH USG PAINT: P-150 / BM FRESH AIR 211 GC GC GC CEILINGS GYP-2 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING - LEVEL 5 FINISH USG PAINT: P-152 / BM FRENCH BERET 1610 GC GC GC TRANSITION STRIP TS-1 TRANSITION STRIP (CARPET TO TILE) JOHNSONITE ROD SEABOLi CDC DISTRIBUTORS PART # CCA-XX! #20 CHARCOAL ANY lOHN50NITE FLAME SPREAD: ASTME-84 75 OR LESS, CLASS B SMOKE GC GC GC tsMBassO -toaa s otrccttolsrcom DISTRIBUTER DEVELOP:NA, FUEL CONTRIBUTED: NA N ROD SEASOLT ANY d TRANSITION STRIP TS-4 TRANSITION STRIP (TILE TO VINYL] JOHNSONITE CDC DISTRIBUTORS PART # CTA-XX-K/ #20 CHARCOAL JOHNSONITE BETWEEN PORCELAIN TILE & VINYL GC GC GC � �CCCOISLCOM ail RO DI DISTRIBUTER Z TRANSITION STRIP TS-5 TRANSITION STRIP (TILE TO MALL TILE FLOORING) SCHLUTER WWW.SCHLUTER.COM 1-800-472-4588 SCHLUTER- DECO, ALUMINUM EA) HEIGHT AS APPROPRIATE FOR FLOORING TRANSITION, v4•THICKALUMINUM EDGE NONE STOREFRONT ENTRY BETWEEN RETAIL TILE AND MALL TILE GC GC GC Z TRANSITION STRIP TS-6 TRANSITION STRIP (VINYL TO CONCRETE) JOHNSONITE ROD SEABOLT CDC DISTRIBUTORS PART # RRS-XXC / #20 CHARCOAL ANY JOHNSONITE FLAME SPREAD: ASTME-84 75 OR LESS, CLASS B SMOKE GC GC GC H (513) 560 -1040 ascAeouocLusrcaa DISTRIBUTER DEVELOP:NA, FUEL CONTRIBUTED: NA U GLAZING FILM GP_2 GLAZING FILM - OPAQUE BLACK OUT 3M (866) 499-8857 3635-22B BLACK MATTE NONE STOREFRONT WINDOWS WHERE SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE GC GC GC Z Q GLAZING FILM GF-3 WINDOW FILM (LOW -EMISSIVITY} 3M (866) 499-8857 PRESTIGE SERIES PR70(CLEAR) NONE USE WHEN SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE GC GC GC l.9 GLAZING FILM SHATTER PROOF GLAZING FILM CP FILMS -LLUMAR (800) 255-8627 LLUMAR MAGNUM NONE WHERE REQUIRED BY HIGH SHRINK STORES GC GC GC GF_q SCL SR ESE - CLEAR GLAZING FILM GF-5 GLAZING FILM - LIFESTYLE IMAGES STOREFRONT VENDOR V V V GLAZING FILM GF-6 WINDOW FILM 3M (866) 499-8857 S800 WINDOW FILM NONE GC GC GC STOREFRONT CANNON GREY GC RESPONSIBLE FOR NEW AND OR REFURBISH OF CONSTRUCTION GC GC GC J WCLADDING M-109 METAL PANEL (GREY) PRISMATICPowDERSCOM g66-774-7628 PSS 2748 SOLID TONE NONE FOR STOREFRONT VENDOR TO APPLY FINISHES. SILICONE SILICONE MILDEW RESISTANT SEALANT DOW CORNING (989) 496-7881 WHITE NONE APPLIED ALONG ALL JOINTS IN AND AROUND SINKS, FRP GC GC GC CORPORATION DOW CORNING® 786 JOINTS, VINYL BASE ALONG THE FLOOR OF THE LENS PROCESS ROOM MOP SINK. Li PRIMER/SEALER LATEX PRIMER / SEALER FOR DRYWALL ICI DULUX PAINTS (502) 969-0181 # 1020-1200PVA NONE ONE (1) COAT REQUIRED GC GC GC PRIMER/SEALER LATEX PRIMER / SEALER FOR METAL ICI DULUX PAINTS (502) 969-0181 DEVGUARD #4120 NONE ONE F) COAT REQUIRED GC GC GC PRIMER/SEALER LATEX PRIMER! SEALER FOR WOOD ICI DULUX PAINTS (502) 969-0181 WOOD UNDERCOATER NONE ONE (1) COAT REQUIRED GC GC GC 1-LC05-A103-REVO3 +/-74'-0" 1 --I I_ Ll� " L J I r -1 L� --- � �i AC l % r'i r'T °w rrTT`T ( L J —� Y IIIII wiIIII-.I B1 Lug F ED a 6� \ EXIT #1 IF- oI EX�TI NAGE. ® i - (TYPj""' -- Li ��� I ® ( ® ® ® ®==mm 11 1 I _ i TRAVEL DISTANCE +/-60' r - w IFr I— r L NOTE: -EXISTING DOUBLE ACTING ENTRY DOORS F-3 TO REMAIN i— ® -SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON INTERIOR 2 - Ln 1J 0 y RAIL OF DOORS STATING "DOORS TO ® ' B REMAIN OPEN WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIED" Mi J -NEW LOCK CORE TO BE INSTALLED WITH UJ —a > ® — KEYED ACCESS ON BOTH SIDES AND A -- „ "LOCKED" INDICATOR ON THE TENANT I I_ r- — %i 1 1NTI kklb`RUSIDE. I ® Is mml ® �° -r { - ;� —� I LU 1 �III L� ED I �t I EGRESS PLAN SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECFIVED CITY OF YU11 ILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER $VSRL"tauYrvT tt ;!im"vl as%h,mS'!a� Pv",E x3:, ax:'ya.^`a^k:.a'k`!,'.bS`ki�SR,"i I e�1 e.,ISeJTbi- esoea�rvea��En,�c:�q.c*oaczz e•scawlall-s�oo STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O 23O Z CD 0Ln L' 00 (B � u 0 Oc x O J � Q) Q) U y (6 OCL 30 C6 �, 6 O � Z J Ln O <C O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 2 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record (z No C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8697 REGISTERED HITTE¢ECT STAi OF11DA 2 GTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: W Construction Title EGRESS PLAN / FINISH SCHEDULE Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A103.01 Checked By CM ►[el" L IMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DISPLAY FIXTURES .N.O. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS/DETAILS FOR EVICE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALL LOCATIONS. I I I EQ- T-11/4" LIGHT BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL E 2'-11/4" T-21/4" T-21/4" 2'-11/4" I EQ 2`11/4" T-21/4' 2'-21/4' EQ I I DRAWINGS EQ S Q125 — _—�� 8 --��— XB-rae-4v �?I "4 r _ l---i oz<sz-ro r""Lj p e 5450 CO a a 5450100 02J04- 02211 CO .� I / 5'-612" 2'-1014" 8\�R' Q,o98 _ lli _CL1! g oo- oaso S, r-s Ua" Ar®�� �� m o �\ �til �� I `'_��� a. ir�r,� o lad_ s ""I u [—— u� I �g oo-mE o — L_ I I®.Jo h w m— �aLE-FILE��� ( '� 1r-61/2• ��04",�� $L��_I 6'-111/4' I 5'_s CU- T 9-02-00 LCSTL,-GR32-L L�Jr -- --- I— �r LOT =LB06 veow�se iII IILGHTBOXSEII I [—DRAWINGSEE S [—DRAWINGS I I ( �DRAWINGSSEE ICAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS I I I I I <� GS-rh'oaA I w II I I I I I I I s q -' yBONf-SD tl80N8-S9 'f �C t m S g I I ( I I _L0 g I QI I ml IFF 'I J 1865-00 — G; C131 Iry L_ —1 o f I L of CU-] 719�02-00 05806-00 `t CONDUIT TO BE IN I - WALL AND ROUTE THRU I to V ST BOX. IDE OF DESK SEE LBO EEHELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS I 2 L - Jo a DRAWINGSo,874 I� REVISION #2 NOTE: -MINOR UPDATES MADE THROUGHOUT SHEET `,.. ,e,z-oo 73 C.l � 6' IP ®CA-OLE50 VV'' - CU-79719-Ot-CO gu, I bN Bull], EQ120F I N � � I ,850 00 (a l o A �� _ 8 68 r III I]AI - LB07 I �Egiooe e ,y - 'l 4'-912" 1'-1112" 1`-51/2" KFGH30 —tCI GN30 EQ105CC UGHT BOX. �� Gu- SEE ELECTRICAL �i — DRAWINGS El l 0 0530't-W 0530]-CO ° ° 111 �� _ r ei I o o g m Ti— I' — � W3 1-GO L J L IM w cc I er oz 9 1/ " Sift o se-zeaQ-rust zxa-zcaD-rus T m /05305-00 05305 W I ita LIGHT BOX. - 8- o I � SEE ELECTRICAL 8I I $ DRAWINGS gI— — n �[J a4 3 \ s m lIl (LRI o° IIII P.1 L 01 L 02 L 03 o G a Lb3 I I I I I I IX Loe J U o I I E„ L,.. m Lzoo - LIGHT BOX. t I ,I� ��� I oo-L so 00-1 0 _ 1 oo-lopso ooEosrs °i lEnso� _ io-aao o -I SEE ELECTRICAL Fl 01 —_Y W40545 — - i s _� o —�j _�� �j07 � �, �,�- ao-zzvco —(— DRAWINGS — �7F j — --- �'� drum Nn T �' I r 25 3 2'-1 1/4" T-2 1/4" T-21/4" 2'-1 1/4" 4QEQ EQ Q 2'-11/4" T-21/4" 2'-2114' L I � 1 6 � I 4 6 T-11/4" EQ �` 4�!���TRIC • j i • ` •LAN REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE' APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF 'i U KWILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER ,n ,CT STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4-P416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: Q� 1 0 o� � o V_ 0 O J 0 U V v— C6 T6 V— `.n o � J O CD Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-i8-i9 tANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C RA C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTERED ARCNITECT CORTLAND MOO AN STATE OF WASNILLGTQN Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title ELECTRIC J DATA LOCATION PLAN .� Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF _ A104 Checked By CM SEE SHEET A201 FOR KEY NOTES (TYP.) 1 RETAIL SALES AREA SCAIII RETAIL SALES AREA SCALE:1M = 1-0" OD RECEPTION 1 15 iO 1840-00 1940-00 . „' VV B HWB100 1 CONTACT LENS ROOM SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" 4}u- y� T LCST1.1-GH16 1 a minir: pr 13 DOOR OD RECEPTION 2 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0' W P-150 15 18M-00 1840-00 Q 1861-00 1865-00 B HW6100 -KET W Pf-150 � W 1-152 W P-152 W P-152 � W PF-150 __ _--------- -- ----- TYP. AT RAY BAN 17 I '., & a,' L1t a `t;aa =• Gl— CaRi RETAIL SALES AREA SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0° B FHWBP00 8 13 B HWB100 O • V WIN m ��_� 4.. • ♦�i��♦!i!i!♦�! ♦�'�i -m��iom imWE ��i�♦� i�ilOil��i!i!�i!�liSiliQ♦!♦41 i r r • • >� JO♦Oril �♦OA�♦♦♦�to�y --- IN 1 3 we _�A♦r♦ �—il'�♦i A yKw'� i►w,Ff ♦t ♦A� ♦w�try♦� 3'f '�rxi♦s r♦rV♦1♦ r �b �•y Ri► ® —d ♦ i • t°• •.♦ .t la♦•i e t. s e u ♦♦•� .., w♦i ®�®�♦1`� on Sm r�E♦ni i'i ♦�♦♦A� �o4 ^��s r>�x�a�r>.riwi♦O♦♦♦♦ira ♦* w�r�rsa►�r p+v 1 IS !r♦rt a 5p. ao-r♦ ♦ ♦♦�nL[e.. ,o♦♦s_'►!•,♦�°i♦rr--�tV-49 TO OD ♦�-�r�oZrxs�••.�Q `,�� Itlpry��r� ■ '�� ♦ ♦♦♦rr ♦7.�♦♦����'li♦��♦��►♦♦'♦� �♦♦Q�>♦�3 Y♦i ♦Y♦♦�T$�►♦♦♦♦.♦��4/♦��♦'f�♦� '� 1 r�♦�♦���1�♦A i � 10♦ii♦i♦i ♦♦♦♦`-����♦l�l��.•!��V,I�♦�♦♦� "♦ �A�♦A�IA♦A♦_1 ��p�♦♦laNP�p�`>'��♦♦O%i�'i�i ♦ ♦ m♦a♦���� �.,,. � `.._ / Y�♦'♦♦♦r'1.YY.¢r " I `O��iO♦�♦p�r�s♦'♦pi♦�♦i►o�♦i�o� ♦ �aE�p�♦O♦� ii`�♦�� o♦♦♦♦�' /1 a Le i •• r • , ►..• /a j�GRAPHIC Q O ►1. • : A VINYL VERIFIED RETAIL SALES AREA SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0° W P-150 OD RECEPTION SCALE: 1/4" - 1'-0° W P-150 OPEN TO OD RECEPTION i W P-150 / / / AS M-GR32 EM \ OD RECEPTION SCALE:1/4° = T-0" 1 CONTACT LENS ROOM 1 CONTACT LENS ROOM 13 CONTACT LENS ROOM 1 HALLWAY #1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4° = 1'-0' SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0° W -TE 9 OD RECEPTION ICA LCST7.1-GR1P3 1-GR32-L\ SE-GH-C flT o^ REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila MAR 0 5 2020 rPERMIT CENTER 1 0 - I.— r., .— - —. • s<aamery?,.a -r—Y. CT OW6 y.1 (ew)ani�Tm STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD Ce Q O 00 -, p LL O xo J N L � a-� V O � o V O J In CD Q 0 LL Revisions: Mark Date By Al2-18-19 f NDLORD COMMENTS A2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record C N0 C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTEREp HITECT K Lr1NDfviDRGAN pF +NASNIf GTCN Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.OS ISSUED FOR: M Construction Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A200 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 1 LAB 1 w I v-tnn ) POCKET CRASH GRAPHIC VINYL 15 9 10 \ XB-SHELF-24 184 -00 Im-M) \ \ II - .o..M vA. %MF11 F�4V tRfit-M )BACK OF HOUSE SCALE:1/, = 1'-0" 11 EXAM ROOM SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' () LAB SCALE: 1/4° = 1'_R` W I P-100 'i EQUIPMENT ELEC. OUTLET OUTLINE OF RECESSED OUTLET BOX. RE: ELEC D DRAWINGS N EQ125 w z m� mQ V Ll/B VB-101 W P-100 r-n^ BACK OF HOUSE SCALE:1/1 = 1'-W WFETE) 15 � 15 111=i '—mmll VA! SINK'SI RE:PLU DRAWII 1 EXAM ROOM SCALE /, = 1'_, LCI-GH30 zo 1856-W 1856-00 () LAB SCALE: MOP SINK LAB SCALE:1/4" 9 10 XB-SHELF-24 X&MICRO 1 I %2-L N %d LOCK XB-ftEFAIG PHONE BOARD, PAINT P-100, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS La®� BACK OF HOUSE SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" W P-150 4'-6" EQUIPMENT 4 T-12" ELEC. OUTLET OUTLINE OF RECESSED OUTLET BOX. RE: ELEC n u DRAWINGS EQ125 e � z O < O� o = — O Q V 0 w B HWB100 1 EXAM ROOM SCALE: 1/, = 1'-0` ALCOVE/ PRETEST SCALE: 1/1 = 1'_, 24°x24"x1/8° PLEXI SHIELD. COORDINATE DIMENSION FROM BACK WALL INFIELD. PLEA TO PROTECT WALL FROM SWING OF EQUIPMENT ARM, FASTEN TO STUDS OR TOGGLE BOLT (8) SCREWS 1 EXAM ROOM SCALE /, = 1'_, W P-100 0 B VB-101 5 BACK OF HOUSE SCALE:1/4" = T-0" *ALCOsc VE/ PRE —TEST FUTURE PRE —TEST SCALE PANELS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 BUILDING DIVISION 16 FUTURE PRE —TEST SCALE:IJ4" = 1'-0° 1. SEE DETAIL 2 / A402 FOR OUTSIDE SOFFIT CORNER DETAIL & FINISHES 3. INSIDE, WALLS AND CEILING TO BE PAINTED P-128 4. SEE DETAIL 4 / A402 FOR WALL COVERING TO PAINT OR WALL COVERING TO WALL COVERING DETAIL 5. TOP OF OPENING TO BE 1" LOWER THAN URGENT CARE LAB CEILING HEIGHT. 6. RETURN WALL TO BE BWP-102 7. IN -WALL BLOCKING. SEE SECTION D/A100 8. FLOOR TILE, WALL FINISH & CEILING FINISH TRANSITIONS TO ALIGN. SEE SHEET A103 & A103.01 FOR FINISH PLAN & FINISH SCHEDULE. 9. MILL FINISHED ALUMINUM DOUBLE SLOTTED STANDARDS & BRACKETS, SECURELY FASTEN TO STUDS OR TOGGLE BOLT TO WALL. BY G.C. 10. 3/4" THICK X 12" DEEP WHITE MELAMINE SHELVING, FINISHED ON ALL SURFACES. FASTEN SHELVES TO BRACKETS. BY G.C. 11. 12. ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE. SEE PLANS. 13. LIGHT BOX. SEE PLANS. 14 LED WALL AND / OR MONITOR. SEE PLANS. PROVIDE IN WALL BLOCKING. 15. INDICATES CENTERLINE OF 6' X 20 GA. IN -WALL BLOCKING.. SEE 10/A400. 16. RETURN WALL TO BE PAINTED PP-150. 17. 6" X 20 GA IN _WALL BLOCKING TO BE INSTALLED CENTERED WITH TOP OF DISPLAY FIXTURE. SEE DETAIL .�, 10/A400. RECEIVED CITY OF T Ir,C41 ILA PERMIT CENTER ' t —0 •aooa uwarn, uawz ou aww O)As.eoro •sc amen &wt Exlc�mey. <rosozs O,i lesq a3l�s/m STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CD C{. 0-V CD —}. � VO O 0 V C X O �Co � V 4— CIS O r) C6 6 O o X CD UJ Q O mmi Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-1&19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 0 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C NO C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8887 REGISTERED CHITFCT C TLANID PdO4GAd OF W H"b GT& Architect / Engineer Job No, 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No, 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: X) Construction Title INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A201 Checked By CM 1 STOREFRONT GC TO ENSURE — METAL PANELS RETURN AND DIE BACK INTO WALL. I EQ. EQ. I GC TO SUPPLY AN INSTALL NEW 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED TGHT BOX DIM REVEAL (COORDINATE WITH ON SITE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) C o LIGHT BOX BEHIND GLAZING. _ EX TING NEUTRAL SEE PLAN TO BE PAINTED E Al'INSTALL AHAVE WALL TIGHT TO B APPLIED TO CLG. (AT M CH EXISTING 12 -7 ) A 7 CENT MALL SU ACE FINISHES. C RDINATE WITH CIE S&E LANDLORD RE ) NOTE: EXISTING EXPOSED METAL TRIM TO RECEIVE M-109 FINISH STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3l8" =1'-0" NEW BREAK METAL T - - ----- W M-109 / EXISTING TYP, ! v 4 DIMENSION ✓ ° a EXISTING 3/4° THICK PANEL TYPICAL --I L- 3/16' NOTE: ALL EXISTING METAL FINISH TO BE RECLAD AND INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND KNOWLEDGEABLE MANNER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE REQUIRED PREP WORK. W M-109 NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SIGN VENDOR 'SUBMIT SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS' TO LIE FOR APPROVAL. NOTE: EXISTIN GLAZING CLIPS TO RECEIVE 109 FINISH (STORE ONT VENDOR TO DETFRMIN METHOD AND ERIFY APPROVAL WITH NEXT RE CONSTRUCTIQ MANAGER). LEAVE NO SHAR'i EDGES. 0 DISPLAY FIXTURES — "4 ,` 11 T LED 11 r SCREENS( SOEE PLAN EXISTING STOREFRONT GL�ASS- t W M-109 NOTE: ALL EXISTING METAL FINISH TO BE— RECLAD AND INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND KNOWLEDGEABLE MANNER. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE REQUIRED PREP WORK. NOTE: THESE DETAILS ARE PROVIDED TO DESCRIBE THE EXISTING STOREFRONT FINISH WHICH IS TO RECEIVE A NEW BREAK METAL FINISH. EXISTING CONDITIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED. NEW BREAK METAL INDICATES ASSUMED LOCATION EXISTING SEAM IN EXISTING METAL PANEL FINISH TO BE FIELD VERIFIED (TYP.) I z SEE SHOP DRAWINGS SEE SHOP DRAWINGS a 0 2 O 2 A301 ° ° CCCIIII / \ / z \)lve EXISTING STOREFRONT GLASS INSTALLATION NOTES -BREAK METAL TO BE INSTALLED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND KNOWLEDGEABLE MANNER, LEAVE NO SHARP EDGES OIL CANNING OF FINISH WILL NOT BE PERMITTED 'RETURN' BREAK METAL AS SHOWN ON ENLARGED DETAILS -PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH AS REQUIRED -NOTE: NEW BREAK METAL CANNOT EXCEED .063" THICKNESS NEW BREAK METAL —f W I M-109 NOTE: EXISTING EXPOSED METAL TRIM TO RECEIVE M-109 FINISH. (STOREFRONT VENDOR TO DETERMINE METHOD AND VERIFY APPROVAL WITH NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER). LEAVE NO — SHARP EDGES. (i) NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SIGN VENDOR SUBMIT SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS TO LL FOR APPROVAL. NEW BREAK M —CWT. 1-119 SIGN VENDOR TO SUPPLY - AND INSTALL ADDRESS NUMBER HERE 4"H, AERIAL FONT, WHITE. 18" AFF FROM TO BOTTOM OF NUMBERS, RIGHT JUSTIFIED 8' FROM NEUTRAL PIER. SIDE ELEVATION THIS AREA SERVICE RUCTION TO AN AND REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REUIVED CITY OF i ili:WILA1 MAR 0 5 2020 PERWT CENTER 0 V// sauro1Masonoxawao O.IIv3ITssE�a p soeameryeroot Easr Gra�11.«owxs STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: LOOO LU O O '-n d � O u 0 OxuD O J C ED G L 'J V v— (6 O � L_ I 2 'jz_; O J V) O <C CD LU Revisions: Mark Date By 0 rz-18-Is LANDLORD COMMENTS A2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A A Architect / Engineer of Record cc: NO C0RTLAND M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 EGISTERED ARCHITECT 2 '3' CORTLAND MORGAN STATE GE WASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title STOREFRONT ELEVATION Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A300 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: L__J STOREFRONT SECTION 1 SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" ,"+/- A.F.F. Y IN FIELD ANDLORD SIDE )'-0"+/- A.F.F. F11,I51-1 FLOOR STOREFRONT SECTION AT ENTRY 2 SCALE: 3/4" = T-0" NEW DETAIL ADDED n)watt r-�vc�rc. O CODED NOTES I. EX15TIN6 MALL GONSTRUGTION TO REMAIN. TENANT 6.G. TO TOUGH -UP AS REQUIRED. GOORDINATE WITH ON SITE MALL MANAGER. 2. EXISTING MALL DIFFUSER TO REMAIN. 3. EXISTING ROOF DEGK GONSTRUGTION ABOVE TO REMAIN, 4. EXI5TIN6 BASE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN, 5. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY 6.W13. EXISTS THIS AREA FROM BOTTOM BULKHEAD TIGHT TO DEGK GONSTRUGTION ABOVE. TENANT 6G.TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL IF NOT EXISTING. 6. EXISTING MALL DUGTWORK BEYOND TO REMAIN. 7. NEW 3 5//8" X 20 GA METAL FRAMING AT 16" O.G. 6. NEW 518" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. ON FRAMING AS REGUPRED. PAINT AS SCHEDULED. 9, EXISTING G.W.B. ON FRAMING TO REMAIN. PAINT AS SGHEDULED. 10. EXISTING STOREFRONT FIN15H (METAL) TO BE REGLAD WITH M-109 11. EXI5TIN6 STOREFRONT &LAZING SYSTEM TO REMAIN. 12. LEASE LINE. VERIFY LOGATION WITH ON 517E LANDLORD REP. 13. EXISTING LI6HT COVE GONSTRUGTION THIS AREA TO REMAIN. 14. EXI5TIN6 STOREFRONT BOX HEADER AND SUPPORTING BUILT UP STUD GOLUMN TO REMAIN. 15. NEW 3 5/8" X 20 GA METAL DIAGONAL BRAGING AT 48" O.G. 16. EXI5TIN8 GONSTRUGTION TO REMAIN. 11. t ENDvF 9 c' 'r"E=n . 18. (4) #10 TEK SCREWS (TYR) 19. NEW 5U5PENDED 6YP, BD. CEILING. 20. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AND TRACK AT 16" O.G. 21. ATTACH NEW 3 5/5" X 18 GA. TRACK TO EXISTING FRAMING AT 16" O.G. MAX. WITH (2) #10 TEK SGREWS (FIELD VERIFY EXISTING GONDITIONS). 22. 3 5/8" X 18 6A. TRACK W/ (1) 0.144" DIA. P.A.F. AT 16" O.G. -HILTI X-DNI 32 P6515 (I.G.B.O #2388). 23. 3 5/8" X 15 GA. TRACK W/ (2) 0.144" DIA. P.A.F. AT 24" O.G. -HILTI X-DNI 32 P8515 (I.G.B.O #2388) 5 SECT I 2VAN10110V m acm,�"ka mo;.,ugm on <soaa O•, rs,mrsemo m 6Geameryem�t, Fart Ga�fy, Ro6036 O<, (BEd)e3t5>W STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O QQ L.UO Lr) It a r} :E _V0 C O 0 N v— c6 O � �0 to x v1 O LJ.JQ O `y- Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A A _ Architect / Engineer of Record EXISTING GLAZING CHANNELS TO RECEIVE NEW BREAK Seal METAL FINISH, ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. EXISTING GLAZING TO REMAIN. REVIEWED F )R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BULLDING DIVISION EXISTING GLAZING CHANNELS TO RECEIVE NEW BREAK METAL FINISH. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. f3ECEIVE*k) CITY OF YU11 ILA MAR 05 2020 PERMIT CENTER C N0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8891 EGlSTERED ARCNlTECT TLAND F&ORGA N STATE Or VIASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.OS ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title STOREFRONT DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A301 Checked By CM 6 3 A400 400.1 DIAGONAL METAL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 4'-0° O.C.. SECURE a O e STUD SIZE). ATTACH WITH (2) #10 TEK TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER LANDLORD APPROVED METHOD CONT. METAL TRACK (MATCH VERTICAL s O e SCREWS EACH STUD 1 (4) #10 TEK SCREWS _j o � SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL OR GYP. BAD. CEILING. SEE PLANS 3 5/8' (OR 6") X 20 GAMETAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. w/ 5/8' TYPE °X° GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES. EXTEND GYP. BD, TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT ICC - ESR-3064P A.) INSTALL MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BIRD. AT RAY BAN AREA RECEIVING FAUX BRICK FINISH, IN RESTROOM AND AT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS. SEE PLAN. B.) INSTALL SOUND BATTS FROM FLOOR SLAB TO ABOVE FINISH CEILING AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PLAN. C.) REFERENCE PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS FOR REQUIRED IN -WALL BLOCKING LOCATIONS. D.) NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" TOP & BOTTOM AT MILLWORK LOCATIONS STUD SIZE O CONT. METAL TRACK (MATCH VERTICAL STUD SIZE) SECURE WITH MIN. 0.145" DIA. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. & 1 3 s/e' 2" FROM EACH END. 1A b' (ATTACH WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH STUD) OBASE PER FINISH PLAN. REFER TO SHEET A103. NOTE: PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START G.C. TO VERIFY ALLOWABLE FASTENER EMBEDMENT WITH LANDLORD. WALL SECTION SCALE: 314"=1-0" TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL [IVA. DIAGONAL METAL STUD BRACING UP THROUGH CEILING TILE AND ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, AS REQ'D. FASTEN AT 48" O.G. (TYPICAL) EXISTING LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM O V 6" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. w/ 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES EXTEND STUDS AND GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE U.L. DESIGN #U465 NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 FOR TYPICAL NOTES DETAIL ADDED TEMPARARY BARRICADE WALL SCALE: 3/4"=l'-0" STUD STUD FLANGE STUD STUD MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT DESIGNATION DEPTH WIDTH GAUGE SPACING OR MAXIMUM HEIGHT TO DIAGONAL BRACE 362SI62.33 3.518" 1.518" 20 16" iT•6" 362S162-43 3-518" 1.518" 18 16" 19'-0" 362S162.54 3.518" 1-519" 16 16" 20'-6" 600SI62.33 6" 1.518" 20 16" 26'•6" 6008162.43 6" 1.518" 18 16" I.S. 600SI62.54 6" 15/B" 16 1 16" 30-0" 800S162.33 8' 1.578 20 16" 32'•2" 80OS162-43 8" 1-SIB" 18 16" 111. BOOS162.54 B" 1.51a" 16 16" 13a'-I" LIGHT GUAGE FRAMING - CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE LIGHT GUAGE FRAMING SCREW CONNECTIONS MIL. THICKNESS - GAUGE NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE 25GA.------•1BMIL 16 GA.-•-----54 MIL UNLESS NOTED, LIGHT GUAGE FRAMING 22 GA.------•27 MIL 14 GA.------68 MIL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE USING#8 SCREWS. 20 GA.-------33 MIL 12 GA.------97 MIL 18 GA. •------- 43 MIL AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHEATHING MATERIAL IS PLACED AGAINST THE SCREW HEADS OF LIGHT GUAGE METAL FRAMING CONNECTIONS, PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS SHALL BE USED SO THAT THE EXAMPLE CROSS REFERENCE: 3518", 1B GA. STRUCTURAL METAL STUD -362 S 162 • 43 METAL STUD SHEATHING MATERIAL REMAINS STRAIGHT AND I '-, SMOOTH. STUD (S=STUD) FLANGE STUD DEPTH (T=TRACK) WIDTH THICKNESS METAL STUD ICC-ES #ESA-3064P =3.625' =1.625" -43 MIL (18 =3518" =1518" GA.) MANUFACTURER BASED ON "CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METALS.. OR EQUAL 2" x 2" 16 GA. CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH (4) FRAMING SCREWS METAL STUD LATERAL BRACING OR 11/2" x 16 GA. LATERAL BRACING SUPPORT ATTACH METAL STUD RUNNER TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF STRUCTURE. PROVIDE FIRE BARRIER SEALANT --DEPTH AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY RATING NOTE: ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALL SHALL BE FIRE CAULKED TOONE HOUR FIRE,p �MANINTAIN G V " x �S7y(v1ETAL STUDS AT 16' C... W//8° TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. B T IDES EXTEND STUDS AND G .BD.UNDERSIDE DECK BOVE U.L1.. DESIGN #U465 5 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 FOR TYPICAL NOTES BASE PER FINISH PLAN. REFER TO SHEET A200 & A201. 6 3 A400 400.1 NOTE: VERIFY BARRICADE ® t WALL CONSTRUCTION WITH NEXTORE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B 0 s DIAGONAL BRACING AT 4'-0" O.C. TO STRUCTURE Ra. ABOVE IS REQUIRED. � ass a 3 5/8' (OR 6") X 20 GAMETAL STUDS AT 16° O.C. w/ 5/8" TYPE "X° GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE, EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT ICC - ESR-3064P NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 uDsrzE 0 FOR TYPICAL NOTES 2A 21/2' 2 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" ONE -SIDE GYP. BD. NOTE: VERIFY APPROVED ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE METHOD WITH LANDLORD REP. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. REFER TO MALL ,t H _+ STRUCTURAL DWGS \ 3 X 18 GA. MTL. TRACK @ EXIST. JOIST BEHIND. ATTACH TOT & B + CHORDS W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS. ATTACH STUD BRACING WITH WITH A + I MINIMUM OF (4) #10 TEX SCREWS Q EA. INFILL) (TYP.) 3 5/8" x 18 MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48" O.C. SCREW TO WALL STUDS W/ (4) #10 TEX SCREWS MINIMUM (TYPICAL) X 18 GA. MTL. STUD INFILL @ EXIST. JOIST IN FRONT. ATTACH TO + TRACK W/ (3) 410 TEK SCREWS EA. SIDE. -MALL STRUCTURE (TYPICAL) BRACES PARALLEL REFER TO MALL h STRUCTURAL DWGS MALL DECK (TYPICAL) 3 5/8" X 18 GA. MTL. STUD INFILL EA. SIDE. ATTACH TO T & B CHORDS W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS. ATTACH STUD BRACING WITH WITH A MINIMUM OF (4) #10 TEX SCREWS (2 EA. INFILL) NYP.) 3 5/8" x 18 GA. MTL STUD BRACING @ 48" O.C. SCREW TO WALL STUDS W/ (4) #10 TEX SCREWS MINIMUM (TYPICAL) MALL STRUCTURE CTYPICAQ GoIT- 415Gea a�ryerwk Emi.-Aei0W2s O.�IBEO)o3t-9>ro STORE #79779 A.6 a3o.1 SOUTHCENTER MALL .m_ SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 O Construction for: O 0 CD OCD o C 3 5/8" 6") X 20 GA.METAL O (OR J 0 STUDS AT 16' O.C. w/ 5/8' TYPE 0 "X" GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT ICC - ESR-3064P O p,• 2 O EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. SEE 13 _J z PLAN L/) p LUQ O "St 0 2 Revisions: NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400 uosizE O FOR TYPICAL NOTES Mark Date By 3A b' Q 12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS 3 35/8' 0 Q 2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 0 3 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" o Architect / Engineer of Record 4 1 S +/ 1 FAUCET ADA, SS DROP -IN SINK r-s4" m� po r _ tV QQ 0 6" 1'-1" ADA SLOPED PANEL SINK BASE WITH REMOVABLE PANEL. PROVIDE CONCEALED SUPPORTS AND FASTENERS AS REQUIRED g)_DETAIL AT 1855-00 SCALE: 6 A400 - G,.,, , REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Seal C N0 C0RTLAND', M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 REGISTERED A CHITECT q LAND MORGAN GOF ViASHINGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: TYPICAL STUD 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No: FASTEN BLOCKING AT O DIAGONAL METAL STUD BRACING TO EACH STUD PER DESIGN STRUCTURE ABOVE, AS REQ'D. FASTEN AT 48" O.C. (TYPICAL) Nextore project SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING; Number 79779 REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TRACK PIECE w/1-1/4-(MIN.)FLANGES Brand Design Type: FOR CEILING HEIGHTS NOTCHED AS REQUIRED. size AND r THICKNESS ARE REQUIRED BY DESIGN. LC.05 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. w/ 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH ISSUED FOR: SIDES EXTEND GYP. BD. TO 6" ABOVE V 0 Construction FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT; REFER TO DWG. A102 AND A200 FOR BULKHEAD HEIGHTS/FINISHES, V Co. Title DIAGONAL BRACING ATTACHMENT 9 WALL SECTION SCALE:1"=1'-0" SCALE:TYPICAL BULKHEAD SECTIONS E�' I;ECEIVED AND E°' CITY OFTUM."ALA DETAILS EQ MAR 0 5 2020 2 Date Sheet 12-9-19 1O BLOCKING DETAIL FERP7IT CENTER Drawn By STAFF A400 Checked ey SCALE: N.T.S. CM NOTE: DO NOT FASTEN TO CEILING SEISMIC LOCKING PIN NOTE: DO NOT FASTEN TO CEILING OR ROOF OR ROOF DECK. ATTACH TO DECK. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER STRUCTURE ABOVE PER LANDLORD LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. (TYP.) REQUIREMENTS. (TYP.) 1/2" OR 3/4" EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (2 4' MAX. FOR d 1/2"I )(4'-0" MAX. FOR 314110)12 I/2" OR 3/4" EMT -RUN TIGHT TO GA. VERTICAL HANGER ICBO #2244 OR PER LOCAL CODE STRUCTURE ABOVE (F MAX.OR 3/4 FOP 1/2 �)(4 0 MAX.. F4) WIRE COMPRESSION STRUT MAIN RUNNER REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC TOP CLIP 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE CROSS TEE RESTRAINT 12'-0" O.C. EACH (MECHANICALLY COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS WAY AND WITHIN 0-0" OF FASTENED) EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" TEE TO MAIN RUNNER EACH WALL ,�[ O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 61-0" SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS VERTICAL - 12 GA. HANGER OF EACH WALL OF RUNNERS SHALL BE WIRE @ 4-0" O.C. 3/4" OR 1" EMT - BUTT TIGHT TO ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL 3/4" OR 1" ENT - NOTCH SPRING CLIP 1 5/8" METAL JOIST FRAMING. INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS OVER MAIN RUNNER (USE USE 3/4" WHEN STRUCTURE IS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, D 3/4" WHEN STRUCTURE LESS THAN 2'41 ABOVE, I" WHEN SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH ABOVE IS 2'4' OR LESS, HIGHER. BENT TABS, OR OTHER z I I USE I" WHEN HIGHER THAN z ----- j j DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/6" BOLT APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR E I I 21_8n) d I AND LOCK- NUT AFTER CEILING 2x DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE d AXIAL OR COMPRESSION I I DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BULB CLIP II SYSTEM IS LEVELED (MINIMUM 60 LB5.) BOLT AND LOCK- NUT (MECHANICALLY AFTER CEILING SYSTEM 15 45° FASTENED ) 45° SECURE SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO LEVELED MAX SUSPENDED MAX, SUPPORT STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS 45° MAX. CEILING DETAIL 45° WIRES TO ABOVE -NOT TO ROOF DECK MAX. STRUCTURAL 45' STEEL 45° MA 45° - (3) TURNS — MAX. 45' MEMBERS HANGER WIRE MAX. MIN. IN I HANGER WIRE MAX. ABOVE - NOT 1/2" TYP ? ( ) TOP CLIP TO ROOF DECK /`7X q 0 OEXCEED 6'-0" ? A/qX 1 5/8" x 16 GA, METAL JOIST SPLAY BRACE WIRE MAIN (4)-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - RUNNER SPRING CLIP FRAMING @ 48" O.C. SPLAYED 40° FROM EACH ATTACHMENT (q)-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES - all (MAX.) OR 1/4 CRO55 TEE OTHER AND 45° FROM HOLES SPLAYED 90' fkOM EACH OTH LENGTH OF DIST. TO IJ211 CEILING PLANE COMPRESSION AND 45- (MAX.) FROM GEILINCa FIRST MAIN CONT. HORIZ, STRUT TO PREVENT SUSPENDED POST PLANE SPREADING OF RUNNERS CEILING DETAIL 7/8" CHANNEL FURRING @ 16" O.C. - SECURE TO 1 5/6" METAL JOIST CROSS TEE 7 HANGER WIRE ALLOWABLE TENSION FRAMING WITH MIN. 8 GA. WIRE MAIN RUNNER #12 170 lbs. 4'-0" o.c. max. ACOUSTICAL PANEL #10 300 lbs. 51-0" o.c, max. NOTE: L/R = RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 NOTE: L/R RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 WALL TRIM SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL @ WALL LAY -IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM GYP. BRD. CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS LAY -IN CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE, SEE DIAGONAL BRACE. SEE VIEWS A -A, B-B It C-C FOR SIZE. INSTALL DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48"c/c, U.O.N. — MAXIMUM LENGTH OF DIAGONAL SIZE VIEW DIAGONAL SINGLE 3 5/8', 18 GA STUD A -A _ UP TO 10'-0" WITH 1 5/8' FLANGE WIDTH DBL 3 5/8', 16 GA STUD 5-5 10'-1" TO 14'-0" WITH 15/8' FLANGE WIDTH5 DBL 3 5/8', 18 GA STUD C-C 14'-1" TO 21'-0" WITH 2 1/2' FLANGE WIDTHS NOTE: FOR DOUBLE STUD DIAGONALS, —��--_ "SECOND" STUD SHALL END AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO END CONNECTION, TOP t BOTTOM. SINGLE 3 5/8" GL SINGLE DBL 3 5/8", 18 GA. DIAGONAL STUDS WITH 1 5/8" WIDE FLANGES 0 15/8 #12 1 5/8" 3 SCREWS @ 12"c/c VIEW A -A VIEW B-B SCALE: N.T.S. CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR LENGTH5 LONGER THAN 2l'-O" NOTE: FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES C D,E,F �(4)-#12 SCREWS WALL OR STOREFRONT STUD. ORIENTATION VARIES. SEE OTHER SECTIONS. DBL 3 5/8", 18 GA. STUDS W/ 2 1/2" WIDE FLANGES #12 2 1/2" SCREWS @ 1211c/c VIEW C-C SCALE: N.T.S. REVIEWED FOR CODE COi iPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF i UKINILA MAR 0 5 2020 PEWIT CENTER �_o q11 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: , s v���aPIM°.Ma,°n n4d,oao 9., s,aps>com 0 6Geamery&rot East Gra°ly. C1060i6 o.i (B�d31A]W STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: 0 Q d- oCD 00 0 rn -� v 0 o 0 v- l6 o� �UM Ea o J V)o CD ID UJ Revisions: Mark Date By Z 12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2 2-28-20------- BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A 0 0 Architect / Engineer of Record (z NO C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8KTLAND ISTERED CHITECT MORGAN STATE DE VIASHINGTO.1 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Neztore Store Design Revision No: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 construction Title SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A400.1 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: ND<MRE NOTE: LOCATE TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL CARPET TO VINYL TILE JOINTS GLUE DOWN WALK OFF MAT :6-1.«r11�a<e.M°:o".01CT 0.11--s- O6CreamxyB,ak.FastG�artry.Ciafo26 0.11860143t-4/W _ PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING /`� CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO r ` \jj NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE LEVEL TRANSITION TO ASH PATCH AS REQUIRED TRANSITION STRIP (TS-5) PER STORE #79779 PROVIDE LEVEL TRANSITION TO ADJACENT FLOORING, CT L NG STRIP EXIS �GCCRETE SLAB WITH FINISH. ADJACENT FLOORING. FIEDULE R STRIP ORSTRIPTO CCA JOHNSONITE TRANSITION PLANS AND SCH INSTALL WALK OFF MSUB - ALIGN LK PILETRANSITION HEIGHTbTH4JA TSPACE SOl1THCENTER MALL -94'16 NYL PLANK FLOORING VI YL PLANK FLOORING ALUMINUM OFFSET FINISHEL RING SEATTLE,SADDLE WA 98188 THRESHOLD PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING ROVIDE LATEX LEVELING PORC. TILE ON THIN SET MORTAR BED P C. THIN SET MORTAR BED COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO Construction for: CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT 7 THRESHOLD. THRESHOLD. g 4 p q q p 4 //, ,-� // c �-IN 4PY4PP 4P94449 9�,' 44?44P444Y 4' a a-iLINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB a ' ° ° a ° LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB a d ° p LINE OF EXTG CONCRETE ° SLAB PREPARE EXISTING GLUE DOWN CARPET PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES IF REQUIRED -1/2° F.R. PLYWOOD GLUE DOWN CARPET PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES FLASH Z-Q p Lr1 CONCRETE SLAB AS PATCH AS REQUIRED TO Si- REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SUBFLOOR-VERIFY HEIGHT REQ'D IN FIELD CREATE FLUSH CONDITION TILE C.i O LEVEL TRANSITION LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB ILINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB ED E vp FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL TRANSITION DETA{L FL�HALF FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL �({ FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL Z) 5 4 CONCRETE TO /} L 1 NOT TO SCALE SCALE TS-12 CONCRETE TO VINYL SCALE: HALF SIZE WALK -OFF MAT SCALE HALF SIZE TS-1 CARPET TO TILE SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-5 WALK OFF MAT TO PORCELAIN � v 0 r6 O 0- NOTE: FLUSH TRANSITION REQUIRED MALL NOTE: LOCATE TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL �' UM FLOORING TO TENANT FLOORING CARPET TO VINYL TILE JOINTS O x �Z) LEASE LINE to � EXISTING MALL CERAMIC CD Q TILE FLOORING GLUE DOWN CARPET PER O DO R PORCELAIN TILE ON AN TRANSITION STRIP PER PLANS AND SCHEDULES PLA�HEDULE TS- RAN TION STRIP. INSTALL MINUM OFFSET THIN SET MORTAR BED I TO ALIGN RPET 0 ADDLE THRESHOLD TRANSITION STRIP PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING PER HEIGHUBFLOT WITHOR Revisions: VINYL TILE I TS-5 TRANSITION STRIP. INSTALL PLANS AND SCHEDULES A T FINISHED FLOORING PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO VINYL TILE OR CONCRETE PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING —I VINYL FLOORING ALIGN YL FLOORING Mark Date By Q iz-leas CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD. COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING t�— COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO I `Im PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 P 4 COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO LANMORD COMMENTS Q z-ze-zo BUILDING DERARTMENT COMMENTS THRESHOLD. ° a ATTACH TO SLAB AS REQ'D - -- CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD OVER A MIN. OF a ° - P d ° 1 THIN SET MO§TAR BED CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD OVER A MIN. OF LINE OF EXTG. CONCRETE SLAB BY MANUFACTURER 148 a ° LINE OF EXISTING CONCRETE 24` IfCOD� E R�-VIi V i�1 - D FOR NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB --I LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB SLAB 112' F.R. PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR VERIFY HEIGHT REQ'D IN FIELD NOTE: PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING 1 If CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED COMPOUND AS REQ'D TO NOTE: PREPARE EXISTING TO PROVIDE LEVEL CREATE A FLUSH CONDITION AT CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED SUBFLOOR-VERIFY HEIGHT TRANSITION TO MALL TRANSITION OVER A MINIMUM TO PROVIDE LEVEL REQ'D IN FIELD FLOORING. RUN OF 24' TRANSITION. LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB 1� FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE CONCRETE TO VINVL g )FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE TILE TO CONCRETE g FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE TILE TO VINYL 7 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-5 MALL TILE TO TILE 6 FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: HALF SIZE TS-4 CARPET TO VINYL-BI1 INTERIOR DOOR K ON PLATFORM THIS NOTE: GC T7REFERENCE Architect j Engineer of Record AREA AS REEXISTING FOOTING BELOW IS NOT DIST NOTDETAILS 12/A401 �J U 11O ANDFRP INSTALL DETAILS G O R T L A N D M 0 R G A N CTA JOHNSONITE TRANSITION A R C H I T E C T 2 STRIP WHITE FRP2 NYL WRAPPED ALUM. INSIDE CORNER VINYL FLOORING 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 IF REQUIRED PROVIDE LATEX PH: (817) 635-5696 17 401--------(FAUCET —w"dALL MOUNTED EYE WASH (EW1} PRE -FINISHED FRP2 J WHITE EMBOSSED FINISH. (1/8' THKJ WALL PANELS GLUED TO WATERPROOF 5/8" ' LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD FAX: (817) 635-5699 --_ GYP, BD. ON METAL FRAMING (SEE FINISH OVER A MIN. OF 24'. Seal PLANPORC. ) TILE ON IN 6" MTL. STUDS W/ 5/8" TYPE "X° I I SET MORTAR BED I o � LINE OF EXTG. CONC. SLAB 8897 REGISTERED ARCHITECT UT oFRP2,��W/� `+ � INSCOT DETAIL j-\ [ ('\/� I V I �J j TR /� (�ISITION DETJLO ,�,��SCALI�IALF CORTLACeD I'J'DRGAN ' STATE Of S�ASHI GTDN SCALE: 3"=T-0" TS-4 VI 6° MTL. STUDS WJ SJS° GYP. BD. (BASE ASSCHEDULED DFUR8A Architect /Engineer Job No.: MOPBNGDR REFERS 029 PLUMBING DRAWINGS Nextore Store Design Revision No.: ,, •;,;,;;;, BLOCKING AS REQ'D. z�' 2'-0" 05 FLUSH HOLLOW :,�� ; METAL DOOR FRAME'. �' . , _ I o EDGE PU __ EQUAL EQUAL PAINTED MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. ON METAL FRAMING, REF: A-103.01 FOR SPEC. Nextore project Number 79779 '7!O' HAFELE FUTURA c� O N! Op I 1 NISHES PER DWG. A-1.16 ALUM. °J' MOULD - Brand Design Type: P CKET DOOR FLUSSH-H-R-rUI-I 9i2:11t - i CONTINUOUSANODIZED LC.05 LNG KIT, 80JZ i 1 1 S/8° 20 GA. METAL I 0 1 1 CAULK ALL JONTS - i AROUND'FRP2' FURRING CHANNEL PRE -FINISHED FRP2 W/WHITE ISSUED FOR: 5(8" GYP. BD. 1 FULL HEIGHT MALL EXISTING MALL COLUMN EMBOSSED FINISH. (1J8° THK.) WALL ®Construction I I ¢ ANY EXISTING PANELS GLUED TO WATERPROOF 5/8" i 1 I 1' x 1° ALUMINUM CORNER TO C7 GYP. BD. ON METAL FRAMING (SEE FINISH I ]GUARDS (2 REQUIRED) REMAIN INTACT PLAN) ) LE DOOR,EDGE HAFELE DOOR, EDGE PER PLAN CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM "T° Title PULL ¢ MOULD (CONTINUOUS) SECTIONS EC MOP SS%DR REFER TO SE SEE SCHEDULE BINK G PLUMBING DRAWINGS a lor ¢ REGrII�Fi'3 EC AND > BASE PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDUI�Ce}TY T lsii.�rri�.� DETAILS _ REFER TO SHEET A103.01 14 S/8" TYPE "X° GYP. BD. q qqn MAR O 5LOCU Date Sheet SINGLE SIDE � 12-9-19 POCKET DOOR HEAD POCKET DOOR DETAIL DETAIL ENLARGED DETAIL WAINSCOT BASE DETAILPERMI7 CENTER Drawn By STAFF A401 17 SCALE:3"=l'-0" SCALE 3C/1 '-0" MOP SINK/LOW WALL SCALE 1/2°=1'-0" 14 SCALE:1112° = 1'-0° INTERIOR COLUMN ENCLOSURE Checked By CM 3 SCALE 3"=P-0" �. WITH WALL PROTECTION 1 BASE DETAIL - SECTION SCALE: 12" = 1'-0" DETAIL SCALE:12" SEE SHEET A103.01 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE DRYWALL PAINTABLE TAPE &JOINT CAULK COMPOUND METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION FRAMING DHESIVE W SEE ELEVS EXTEND FINISH TO INSIDE CORNER OF REVEAL v B HWB100 C SEE RCP �4' EXTEND FINISH TO TAPE &JOINT DRYWALL INSIDE CORNER COMPOUND CORNER REVEAL OF REVEAL CORNER @ SOFFIT DETAIL - SECTION SCALE: 12" = 1'-0" WALLCOVERING (RETURN TO GLAZING CHANNEL) STYLMAARRK 111010 1° x V DER C^OLA H M-109 i/8" GLAZING STYLMARK 110361 1" x 1" SILL COLOR: MATCH M-109 LAB WINDOW SECTION WALLCOVERING TO END @ CORNER PARTITION WALL DEMISING WALL TAPE & JOINT TAPE & JOINT COMPOUND FRY-REGLET COMPOUND FRY-REGLET F-REVEAL F-REVEAL MOLDING MOLDING DRMF-625-75 DRMF-625-75 PAINT TO rl� PAINT TO MATCH WALL MATCH WALL COLOR COLOR 3/4" MDF. PAINT FINISHED 3/4" MDF. PAINT FINISHED TO MATCH FLOOR TO MATCH FLOOR WALL COLOR WALL COLOR VERTICAL SECTION VERTICAL SECTION PARTITION WALL -WALL BASE DEMISING WALL -WALL BASE 8 SCALE: 6"^ 1,w0„ n /�.�•-� �_� ,, ti/� SEE SHEET A103.01 FOR DRYWALL FINISH SCHEDULE TAPE & JOINT COMPOUND METAL STUD FRAMING W SEE ELEVS EXTEND FINISH TO INSIDE CORNER / OF REVEAL W SEE ELEVS DRYWALL EXTEND FINISH TO TAPE & JOINT CORNER REVEAL INSIDE CORNER COMPOUND OF REVEAL OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL - SECTION SCALE:12° = 1'-0" K014 1141 a��•' 3' = T-U, I A A d r) rl rT A 11 METAL STUD FRAMING FRYREGLET SNAP -IN ' REVEAL (DRM-SNAP-IN-375 W / RETAINER) —PAINT LINE PER PLAN (PAINT SNAP -IN PRIOR TO INSTALL) DO NOT TURN CORNER WITH WALLCOVERING WALL TRANSITION DETAIL WALL COVERING TO PAINT WALL COVERING TO WALL COVERING (2) 6" X 18 GA. BEARING STUDS WITH (2) 6" X 18 GA. BOX — 2 BEAM ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 5lA404. TYP. OPP. 5" 5, L.8L. DOOR WIDTH SUBTRACT 1" =FINISH OPENING 8 WOOD DOOR WITH GLASS L 5/W MDF (U.N.O.) 3/4° F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING a� L-IC A Fl rl CTA I �, .,/_.. . WE ear1".oR<,o<o e.,rs,alres.caro es�,.,�e,�.ran�a"w.<,o�s STORE #79779 SOl1THCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O �O �� O v 0 c N � U � ca i�'� 0 J C21 O CD Q CD Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C� m0 C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal REVIEtNL_D F DFZ 8Wn CODE COitfPEIA ICE DPP cOVEED APR 22 2D20 00RTLAND MORGAN STATE OF WASHINGTON City Of Tukwila 2 HANG-UPS UNLIMITED 310-453-3806 TOGGLE EYE TE-10 CEILING PROVIDED AND INSTALLED __ BY GC. (TYP. OF 4) ,� , '•, - HANG-UPS UNLIMITED 310-453-3806 TOGGLE EYE TE-10 PROVIDED AND INSTALLED Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Numbe project Number 79779 ' • 1{4" MIRR 5/8" GYP. OVER MIRROR HESIV OVER- - Z BY GC. (TYP. OF 4)Brand 3 5/8" 20GA. MTL. STD. SEE DET Design Type: 1/2" F O z 51 " P VE e A TL. STD. ' #fSHEE zo LC 05esi ---- ----- ----------- __ -- ` 3 s ISSUED FOR: ® Construction 1/8' FERRULE AND STOP SET BY GC .. ... _:.,. ..,.. .. (TYP.) 12° MDF PAINT TO MATCH WALL � < '!..° 1I76' WIRE ROPE BY GC (TYPJ z a me -'3 SECTIONS EXIST. WAYFARER °� ATTACHMENT POINT AND A.F.F.IN. A.F.F nEOFIVED WAYFC-�2Y OF •�L���tis�..� DETAILS SEE PLAN GLASSES z MAR 0 5 2020 Date Sheet 12-9-19 (q.1 BU7 ILD OUT FOR MIRROR - PLAN SECTION WAYFARER DETAIL PERhirr CENTER 111 Drawn By STAFF A402 15 ��I�ING _ Checked By CM DOORS ENTRANCES. ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED N 1 DEFINED S TOB E MADE ACCESSIBLE. A PRIMARY ENTRANCE S DE I ED A , "...ANY ENTRANCE TO A FACILITY WHICH HAS A SUBSTANTIAL FLOW OF PEDESTRIANS TO ANY SPECIFIC MAJOR FUNCTION OF THE FACILITY." REVOLVING DOORS CAN NOT BE USED AS A REQUIRED ENTRANCE FOR THE HANDICAPPED. RECESSED DOORMATS ARE REQUIRED TO BE ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. DOOR WIDTHS AND HEIGHTS. REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A CLEAR OPENING NOT LESS THAN 34 INCHES WIDE. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING IS MEASURED WITH THE DOOR AT A 90 DEGREE ANGLE FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION, AT LEAST ONE OF A PAIR OF DOORS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC DOORS, HAS TO PROVIDE THE 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. DOOR HEIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES. HARDWARE. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS REQUIRED TO BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 AND 44 INCHES HIGH, LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL HAVE TO BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS ARE REQUIRED TO OPERATE AT DESCRIBED ABOVE IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS, CLOSERS. THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS CANNOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS. REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY REQUIRED UP TO 15 POUNDS PRESSURE. THE PRESSURE IS TO BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS. IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES H 75 mm FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR, THRESHOLDS. THRESHOLDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NO MORE THAN 112 INCH HIGH. BEVEL OR SLOPE THE EXPOSED EDGE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES SO THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATION EXCEEDS 1/4" INCH. 1. EXIT DOORS, TOILET ROOM AND CHANGING ROOM DOOR TO BE OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, FORCE OR NEED OF KEY. 2. SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. 3. ALL HARDWARE TO BE LEVER TYPE. ENTRANCE SIGNS. ALL BUILDINGS ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. 90° LEVER 2'-G" 2'-10" TO CLEAR DOOR1HA1DWAR DETAIL NO SCALE DRINKING FOUNTAIN NOTES FOR LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1. THE SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER 41NCHES MIN. IN HEIGHT. THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM FROM P WITHIN 3 INCHES OF THE FRONT OF EAM RO SPOUTS THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN SHALL BE 30 DEGREES MAX. AND FROM SPOUTS BETWEEN 3 INCHES AND 51NCHES FROM THE FRONT OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN SHALL BE 15 DEGREES MAX. MEASURED HORIZONTALLY RELATIVE TO THE FRONT FACE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 2. CONTROLS SHALL BE FRONT MOUNTED OR SIDE MOUNTED NEAR THE FRONT EDGE. SPOUTS SHALL BE NO HI GHER THAN 36" MEASURED FROM THE FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES TO THE SPOUT OUTLET. 3. WALL AND POST MOUNTED CANTILEVERED UNITS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR KNEE SPACE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON AND THE FLOOR OR GROUND AT LEAST 2T HIGH, 30" WIDE, AND 17-19" DEEP. SUCH UNITS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM DRINKING CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30" X 48" TO ALLOW A PERSON IN A WHEEL- CHAIR TO FOUNTAIN APPROACH THE UNIT FACING FORWARD. 4 4. THE FOLLOWING KNEE CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED UNDERNEATH THE FOUNTAIN: o O 27° MIN. FROM THE FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FOUNTAIN WHICH _ EXTENDS 8" MIN. MEASURED FROM THE FRONT EDGE UNDERNEATH THE FOUNTAIN BACK TOWARDS THE WALL; IF A MIN. 9" OF TOE CLEARANCE IS z PROVIDED, A MAX. OF 6" OF THE 48" OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT THE FIXTURE MAY EXTEND INTO THE. TOE SPACE. CANE rn APRON m 2�DRINKING FOUNTAIN 3/8"=T-0" 18" VERTICAL GRAB 60°x56° CLEAR FLOOR BAR FOR THE WATER CLOSET 42" HORIZONTAL GRAB BAR 48"00" CLEAR FLOOR BEYOND THE ARC OF WATER CLOSET WITH THE DOOR SWING FLUSH HANDLE ON g" 48 " WIDE SIDE OF SPACE 6'-11, ,4 5' l" EQ EQ 36" HORIZONTAL .. III ".JIM Er° ;;;- E1I GRAB BAR 1\\Iv, �• \ // � Il 1 \� III 1n�1 1�lull 1t1 t1ti11Ii11111Hpp11t11311U j11 111(1 \ \\\\\\\\\\ 1 ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE. SEE DETAIL 3/A403 \ t-iii V A A A A A A A A A A A A A I I 1TYiTi t l T71`"•,TCTYTi1'tYtTYT 1 ITLTTC ITTITC1Ti1 l it lti Yl1t11liU t 1\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Rl ,l lllll�ttitt�+ 'ttu"""II 1111i1 tli1 llltt......H1 111111t111U mai tr io IAAt I LAVATORY i o WALL MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL - HOLDER I I � I ' I I I III 11111112 11 1, �1111 IN I I 111TO�� SCALE: 112'= V-0" ELEVATION 8" 15" w LOW HIGH co CLEAR FLOOR AREA 2 NOTE REMOVED FILLO DRINKING FOUNTAINS 48"x3Q" CLEAR FLOOR FOR LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN 48"x58" CLEAR FLOOR FOR DOOR 48"x48" CLEAR FLOOR FOR DOOR ' 54"x60" CLEAR FLOOR FOR DOOR �=5' TI IRNINf, DIAMETER F-__ _ I I 30"x48" CLEAR FLOOR FOR THE LAVATORY I I I I I I I I N LEVER HANDLE I- WOMENS MENS NOTE: ALL SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM WITH ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROPORTION, COLOR CONTRAST AND RELIEF AND GRADE 2 BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS. I I � ' WOMEN MEN i I BRAILLE SIGN PER 2010 ADA REQ'TS MENS/WOMENS RESTROOM SIGNAGE LEVER HANDLE 1 • � 1 � 1 f I BRAILLE SIGN PER 2010 ADA REQ' iS UNISEX RESTROOM SIGNAGE 3 DISABLED ACCESS SIGNAGE NOT TO SCALE MIN. ELEVATION A ANCHOR PLATES ARE 12 GAUGE STEEL AND 6" WIDE. (LENGTH VARIES). FURNISHED WITH STAINLESS STEEL MACHINE SCREWS TO ACCOMMODATE WALL FINISHES TO 112" THICK. ANCHOR PLATES SECURED TO STUDS BY WELDING, WIRING OR SELF THREADING SCREWS. GRAB BARS LOCATE GRAB BARS AS NOTED IN RESTROOM ELEVATIONS ON A200/A201. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE IS REQUIRED TO BE 30 MM - 45MM, OR THE SHAPE IS TO PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. IF GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BARS 15 TO BE 35MM - 45MM. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS GRAB BARS AND ANY SURFACE ADJACENT TO THEM CAN NOT HAVE ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 INCH. TYP. VERTICAL GRAB BAR. - w wr-1oo STRETCHER BOND PROVIDE BLOCKING AS PATTERN REQ'D. INTERSECTION OF HORIZONTAL AND MIRROR SLOPING PORTIONS TO ALIGN WITH FRONT EDGE LAV. (SK5)------ -- - OF WATER CLOSET. RE: PLUMBING DRAWINGS GRAB BAR - PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQ'D TOWEL DISPENSER. MAX. 4" PROTRUSION if - M,N 12" - MA) a N Z O o , L- T- 6 — 1AX. INSULATE HOT WATER WATER CLOSET. TOILET FLUSH - AND DRAIN PIPING 60" MIN. CONTROL AT WIDE SIDE OF WC PER TAS 604.6. REFER TO EDGE OF LAV. TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. ELEVATION B 5 TYPICAL RESTROOM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4° = BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR OR SEAT INDUCED BY THE MAX. BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB, POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR BY THE APPLICATION OF 250 LEE POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE SEAR STRESS. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICES FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER HAS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD, PLUS THE MAX. MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD, SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE W17HDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8'. GRAB BAR. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQ'D 2'-0" MIN. TOILET PAPER HOLDER ELEVATION C a Der- m+yr--0-y,as e.+ecu+a3+.eroo STC)RE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: ce un QO LU O 00 @ -C V0 Ocf x O J -- O iB a O Z3 J �o T HOOK Revisions: Mark Date By A 12 18 19 t NDLORDCOMMENTS Q22520 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q 0 For"21 0i1�i; NOTE: GC TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODSE REVIc1P,EDD CODE CO.mPLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING RECF]VE CITY OF i'if:C.tiILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERRWT CENTER 1 Architect / Engineer of Record C N C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT Seal 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 EGISTERED ARCHITECT 7LAND MOR AN� STATE OF 11ASHiNGT01N Architect / Engineer Job No, 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC.O5 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SECTIONS AND DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A403 Checked By CM + + + + E ---7` 3 Q' MTL. STD. DIAGINAL BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE e' TYPE'X' GYP. BD. CEILING 7 +1+ + +I/ -3a' MT1_.STD.AT16'O.C.w/g TYPE 'X' YP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. E GY CEILING BOVE. . � ,✓///,' �- META X H ER ABO .SEE Fm' 3/4' F.R.T. PLYWOOD INSIDE BOX PAINT BLACK, -- LED SC 5 &BRACKETS 0 SEE 8/ 04 w Z 4 INSTALL STAN RD p v0 BRIDGING AT -0' O.C. 3 a' MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. TBD NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" TOP & BOTTOM AT MILLWORK LOCATIONS LED WALL DISPLAY SECTION SCALE: 1112' =,'-0' 3" MTL STD. DIAGINAL BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE e TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING 3 e MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. w/ s TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE, METAL BOX HEADER ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 5/A404 3/4' F.R.T. PLYWOOD INSIDE BOX PAINT BLACK LED SCREENS & BRACKETS. REFERENCE DETAILS 7/A404 3 e' MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" TOP & BOTTOM AT �V�It_Jlt-1 MILLWORK LOCATIONS LED WALL DISPLAY SECTION LED BACKWRAP WALL DISPLAY - PLAN G SCALE: 1112' = 1'-0' (2)1" HOLES @ TOP BETWEEN EA. PERT. STUD FOR AIRFLOW #12 TEK SCREWS AT CONTINUOUS 3 5/8'x16 GA. 12" O.C. (TYPICAL) I TRACK (TOP AND BOTTOM) TOP OF INSIDE F.O. TYP, ( 1/8 5/8' MUD -IN J BEAD (TYP. SURROUND) 16 GA. TRACK � i •=1N TYP. U8 LED SCREENS & BRACKETS--- III J BOX BEAM - SEE PLAN AND SECTIONS FOR SIZES JAMB ASSEMBLY (SEE PLAN DETAIL FOR # OF STUDS SIZE TYP.7TRACK AND STRUCTURAL STUD ORIENTATION) 16 GNOTE: FASTEN BUILT-UP MEMBERS 1/2° .BOLTS X 2 TOGETHER AT 12" O.C. MAX. 3/8' EMBEDMENT. (MIN. 2 PER BEARING STUD LOCATION, TYP.) S BOX HEADER DETAIL 111� a a LIGHTBOX GRAPHIC 1/2" BLACK SPACER 3S" FRY-REGLET "L" TRIM MOLDING (TYP. AROUND) LIGHTBOX & GRAPHIC SUPPLIED BY TENANT. RECEIVED & INSTALLED BY G.C.. 1/2" E.R.T. PLYWOOD 9 RECESSED LIGHT BOX - VERTICAL SECTION SCALE: 6" = 1' 0" 3/4' MDF INSIDE BOX PAINTED TO MATCH I 5/8' GYP. OVER 3 5/8' STD. OVER 3/4' F.R.T. I SEE ELEVATION 7/A404 GC TO CORE 2' b HOLES \ A` 1'-54 78 1 -51. 4 78 1- 4. 78 FOR VENTILATION mg��Yji G T IpW W11,1 FY 1 FW / q, I°/T 11/2' 20GA. ANGLE '#7 BOTTOM OF OUTSIDE F.O.I I (TYP. SURROUND) 5/8' GYP. PAINTED TO .3 �6 B_OTTOM OF INSIDE f.0. MATCH WALL (TYP. ALL SIDES) 5/8' GYP. OVER 3 5/8' MTL STD. I�� I LED - SIDE DETAIL ELEVATION_ SCALE: 3"=,'-0" 7 SCALE: 1/2' = T-0" ❑mucu �ocnunlr coo oI All SRECEP ED LIGHT BOX - PLAN SECTION SCALE: = 1'-0" TRIM MOLDING (TYP. AROUND) :.IGHOGRAPHIC .. D BY TENANT. ?E & JOINT COMPOUND TD. AT 16' 'YPE'X'GYP. TIDE. BD. TO ✓E. REVIEVVED FOF: CODE COMPLIANCE APPIROVED APSE 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION nEOFiVED CITY OF a"U,3 %VILAA MAR 0 5 2020 PERLST%%CENTER 9# DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: t\B<MRE o aox w.ar:<a rw�e, rna,on ox aswa o.�Is,sl>ss-sxz p nae�e7 e,�u. [a+,c,an:y. crauz p.l caw na�.z>w STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #4116 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O QQ O Lr) O v 0 LL O C: x O �2 �Q) V v— t6 OQ ED .O x � J O Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Q 0 A Architect / Engineer of Record C N � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED HITECT CDRTLAND MOftGAN i STATE OF WASHINGTON' Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type; LCO5 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title SECTIONS & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A404 Checked By CM � un� CD CD Cf a' MTL. STD. DIAGINAL + + + + BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO + + + STRUCTURE ABOVE + + + I INDICATES LIGHT BOX. METAL BOX HEADER ,,, w SOFFIT ABOVE. SEE PLAN INSTALL 1/2" BELOW i ABOVE. SEE DETAIL i FINISH CEILING HEIGHT. 5/A404 i SEE DETAILS 9/A404 AND ( 10/A404 5/8" TYPE'X' GYP. BRD. (TYP. EQ. FIN. OPENING EQ v d 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD STUDS AT 16" O.C. (TYP. INDICATES LIGHT BOX. U.N,O.) INSTALL 1/2" BELOW FINISH CEILING HEIGHT, R ESSED LIGHT BOX „s, SIM. �.. SEE DETAILS 9/A404 AND / 0/A404 / EXISTING it A400 / CONSTRUCTION x w = �i on J/ z W xa W O O N z INDICATES EXISTING x 0 / 3 e' L. STD. AT 16' O.C. °' "' CONSTRUCTION TO z s REMAIN. (TYP) w/-' YPE W GYP. BD. ON Z_ E SIDE. w / INDICATES LIGHT BOX. INSTALLEILI BELOW 3 e' MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. FINISH CEILING HEIGHT. SEE DETAILS 9JA404 AND w/e° TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON 10/A404 ONE SIDE. 41/4' 41/4" EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. (TYP.) d w > I + + + + BASE PER FINISH PLAN. / REFER TO SHEET A103. 1 1 2 LIGHT BOX SECTION PLAN DETAIL 1 SCALE 11/2" = 1'-0" 2 SCALE: 3/4' = T-0" REVIE VED FOR CODE CON.LI.ANCE APPROVED AP2 22 2020 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GC TO CORE HOLES FOR VENTILATION 2 r*+Id a "'M �$v n� REOFIVED 84 6. a4 CITY OF Yt}MMI—A MAR 0 5 2020 PEWIT CENTER ELEVATION o—F",omUo�""e.M,ox<saao o.,(s,mss.r� 0 6fr¢amaryercN,Fxt Grab,, Ci C6C26 O+1 (eb'a 431-91oC STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE --hL-416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: O 00 �o O v- f6 O � ca �CS � O � J vt O Q Revisions: Mark Date By Q12-18�19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-20 BURPING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 0 Architect J Engineer of Record (z No C O R T L A N D M O R 6 A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTDN, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal ARCHITECT 8897 EGISTERE6 j. CORTLANDK11ORGAN STATE 9f 05kiiF{GTQN Architect /Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Bend Design Type: LC.OS ISSUED FOR: ® construction Title SECTIONS & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A405 Checked By CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: 3 e' MTL. STD. DIAGINAL BRACING AT 48' O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 3 g' MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. w/ e' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO CEILING ABOVE. —(METAL BOX HEADER ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 5/A404 �I i \ 7'-7- A.F.F. `--i_2 z MTL. STD. AT 16' O.C. w/ e TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 3 e' MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO SOFFIT ABOVE. NOTE: WALLS SHALL BE PLUMB TO WITHIN 1/4" TOP & BOTTOM AT LLWORK LOCATIONS DIAGONAL PATTERN REPRESENTS APPROXIMATE EXTENT OF EXISTING BASE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 3 e' MTL STD. AT 16' O.C. w/g TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. EXTEND GYP. BD. TO SOFFIT ABOVE. OAKLEY WALL DISPLAY SECTION SCALE: 11/2" = T-0" 3 DETAIL 5/8' GYP. BD. SIDES) OVER METALSTUDS pIAGONAL LIL I REPRESENT EXTENT OF EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION OAKLEY WALL DISPLAY PLAN scaLE:llrz° = T-0^ REVIE`dV'�D FOP CODE CO=,APLIANCE APPROVED APR 22 2020 City of Tukwila E9UILDING DIVISION nECHVED CITY OF't iliWILA 0�w.on�<a glace. n+xicn ols<swo O.r tso)sas.mn Qac,ex me.eek razre,a�ty.ei eaxa p.I teega3l-5iw STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #41E SEATTLE, WA 98188 Constructions four: Cie V / O Q �t � O O Cn O C6 E V_0 O O N J a—+ V v— M MU v O rn X J O UJ<C o d Revisions: Mark Date By I2-ta-I9 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Qz 2-2e�20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A 0 0 Architect / Engineer of Record C N � C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 Seal 8897 REGISTERED ARC111JECT RTLAIBD M6fiGAJ STATE OF MSHIRGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextom project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC 05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title SECTIONS & DETAILS MAR 0 5 2020 Date Sheet PERMIT CENTER Drawn By9 19 ST ® Checke BAFF D— A406 y CM DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NOTE: REFERENCE 1/A400.1 FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING DETAILS/SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. (TYPICAL LAY -IN AND GYP. BD. CEILINGS) VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING/SUPPORTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, WATER HEATERS, TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, CONDUIT, ETC. WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT'S ARCHITECT. ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK IS NOT ALLOWED. CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS. FIGURE 2 LATERAL FORCE BRACING uff*S�\ m /!�.SGTr7�iX1 CROSS TEE MAIN BEAM THIS DOCUMENT PROVIDES THE IBC -REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS, INCORPORATION OF THIS DOCUMENT WILL PROVIDE A MORE UNIFORM STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION AND INSPECTION. THIS DOCUMENT IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) WITH REGARD TO THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, E, AND F FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND RELATED ITEMS. UNLESS SUPPORTED BY ENGINEERING, THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS FOR IC DESIGN CATEGO RY SDC D E AND F PERMI THE IBC. MANUFACTURERS* T RERS' RECOMMENDATIONS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS REFERENCED SOURCES PER HIERARCHY: 2009 BEG (INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE), • AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM C 635, ASTM C 636, ASTM E 580/ASTM E 580M), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE7-05) AND CEILINGS AND INTERIOR SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATION (CISCA). • PARTITIONS THAT ARE TIED TO THE CEILING AND ALL PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 6 FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL BE LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE. BRACING SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SPLAY BRACING SYSTEM. SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.81 • FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON BRACING OF NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS REFER TO NWCB TECHNICAL DOCUMENT 3200-501 • ALL MAIN BEAMS ARE TO BE HEAVY DUTY (HD). SOURCE ASCE 7-OS SECTION 13S.62.2 a • ALL CROSS TEES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CARRYING THE DESIGN LOAD WITHOUT EXCEEDING DEFLECTION EQUAL TO 11360 OF ITS SPAN, SOURCE CISCA ZONES 3-4 • THESE RECOMMENDATIONS ARE INTENDED FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS INCLUDING GRID, PANEL OR TILE, LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS WEIGHING NO MORE THAN ALBS PER SQUARE FOOT. SOURCE ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.1 • ALL WIRE TIES ARE TO BE THREE TIGHT TURNS AROUND ITSELF WITHIN THREE INCHES. TWELVE GAGE HANGER WIRE SPACED 4 FOOT ON CENTER (FIGURE 1). SOURCE ASTM C 636 ITEM 2.3.4 • CHANGES IN CEILING PLANES WILL REQUIRE POSITIVE BRACING. SOURCE: ASCE 7-0513.5.6.2.2 f FIGURE 3 MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS FOR VERTICAL STRUTS EMT CONDUIT 112' EMT conduit up to T-10' 3/4' EMT conduit up to T8' 1' EMT conduit up to 9'-9' METAL STUDS Sin le 1-5 8' metal SNd 20 gauge) 9 ( 9 9 J u to 12'-0' P Rack -to -back 1-5/0' metal stud (20 au e) up to 15'-0' Sin let-12'metal stud au e u to IT-6' ,2 Back-to-back 2-1/2' metal d stu (25 gauge) up to IT-0' SOURCE: PORTLAND BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTE: PLENUM AREAS GREATER THAN 15'-O'MLL REQUIRE ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS, FIGURE 4A ATTACHED WALL MOLDING REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION THE CEILING CONSISTS OF HANGER WIRES ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, MAIN RUNNERS ATTACHED TO THE HANGERS, AND CROSS FURRING ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNERS. APPROPRIATE GYPSUM OR CEMENT BOARD PANELS ARE SCREW ATTACHED TO RECEIVE FINAL DECORATION SUCH AS DRYWALL TREATMENT, VENEER PLASTER, ACOUSTICAL TILES, ACRYLIC PLASTER SYSTEM, AND CERAMIC TILE. t COMMON USES SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD OR CEMENT BOARD CEILINGS ARE PRIMARILY USED TO PROVIDE FLAT PLANE CEILINGS IN MOST TYPES OF BUILDINGS. THESE MAY BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION, CONCEALMENT, AND ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT. LIMITATIONS: CARE MUST BE TAKEN IN CHOOSING THE CEILING SURFACE FOR AREAS EXPOSED TO HIGH HUMIDITY IT IS DIFFICULT TO ADAPT THIS FRAMING SYSTEM TO CURVED, BARREL VAULT, OR DOME TYPE CEILINGS. LIMITED ACCESS CAN BE PROVIDED WITH THE INSTALLATION OF ACCESS PANELS. THE LEVELS OF ABUSE AND PENETRATION RESISTANCE IS NOT THAT OF A SUSPENDED METAL LATH AND PLASTER CEILING. ADVANTAGES: PROVIDES FLAT, MONOLITHIC CEILING SURFACES AT THE LEAST COST. CAN BE ADAPTED TO SEVERAL GYPSUM ASSOCIATION AND UAL. FIRE RATED FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES. ACOUSTICAL TILE AND ACOUSTICAL PLASTER PROVIDE GOOD SOUND ABSORPTION. ffilIx'L\IB11i\1 THESE CEILINGS ARE BEST INSTALLED IN FLAT PLANES. HOWEVER, INSTALLING FACETED CEILINGS OF VARIOUS SHAPES AND AT ANY ANGLE, ALLOWS NUMEROUS DESIGN OPTIONS. THE USE OF CEMENT BOARD PANELS ALLOWS THE USE OF THIS SYSTEM IN HIGH HUMIDITY AREAS. A VARIETY OF TEXTURES ARE AVAILABLE. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: 1. HANGERS: SIZES BASED ON STATIC LOADS DEVELOPED BY STANDARD MAXIMUM CEILING SPACING AND LIMITED TO A SAFETY FACTOR OF 6.5, BUT NO LESS THAN 12 GAUGE WIRE. CEILING WEIGHT DETERMINES THE SIZE AND SPACING OF HANGER WIRE. 2, RUNNERS AND CROSS FURRING: DEFLECTION IS LIMITED TO 1/360 OF THE SHORTEST SPAN UNDER THE CEILING LOAD, LATERAL FORCE BRACING (FIGURES 2 AND 3) CEILINGS CONSTRUCTED OF LATH AND PLASTER OR GYPSUM BOARD, SCREW OR NAIL ATTACHED TO SUSPENDED MEMBERS THAT SUPPORT A CEILING ON ONE LEVEL EXTENDING FROM WALL TO WALL SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM THE LATERAL FORCE BRACING REQUIREMENTS. SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 LATERAL FORCE BRACING IS THE USE OF VERTICAL STRUTS (COMPRESSION POSTS) AND SPLAY WIRES SEE FIGURE 2. FOR CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 1,000 SQUARE FEET, HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT OF THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM (LATERAL FORCE BRACING) SHALL BE PROVIDED. SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.22 c LATERAL FORCE BRACING SHALL BE 12 FEET ON CENTER (MAXIMUM) AND BEGIN NO FARTHER THAN 6 FEET FROM WALLS. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE FOUR 12 GAGE WIRES ATTACHED TO THE MAIN BEAM, WIRES ARE ARRAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER AND AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45° FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING, SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL DESIGN LOAD, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2, WHICHEVER IS GREATER (FIGURE 6b). SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 'POWDER DRIVEN SHOT -IN -ANCHORS' WHEN USED FOR SEISMIC APPLICATION AS PART OF THE PRESCRIPTIVE PATH IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES 0 E AND F SHALL HAVE AN [CC -ES APPROVAL FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS AND SHALL REQUIRE "SPECIAL INSPECTION' IRRESPECTIVE OF THE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY CATEGORY THE STRUCTURE IS IN. ANCHORS FOR KICKER WIRES (SPLAYED WIRES INSTALLED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN SEISMIC RESTRAINT) ARE EXEMPT FROM REQUIREMENT. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION. SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE WITHIN 21NCHES OF THE CONNECTION OF THE VERTICAL STRUT TO SUSPENDED CEILING. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 RIDGED BRACING MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF SPLAY WIRES. SOURCE: ASCE SECTION 13.56.2.2 C CEILINGS WITH PLENUMS LESS THAN 12 INCHES TO STRUCTURE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE LATERAL FORCE BRACING. SOURCE: PORTLAND BUILDING DEPARTMENT • VERTICAL STRUTS MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. SOURCE: CISCA 3-4 • THE VERTICAL STRUT MAY BE EMT CONDUIT, METAL STUDS OR A PROPRIETARY COMPRESSION POST (SEE FIGURE 3) • CEILINGS WITH INTERSTITIAL SPACES LESS THAN 12 INCHES TO FRAMING ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE LATERAL FORCE BRACING WALL MOLDINGS (FIGURES 4a AND AS) • WALL MOLDINGS (PERIMETER CLOSURE ANGLES) ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A HORIZONTAL FLANGE 2 INCHES WIDE. ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING, THE OTHER END SHALL HAVE A 3/4 INCH CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND FREE TO SLIDE. SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.G.2.2 b • WHERE SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED TO THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, PERIMETER CLIPS MAY BE SUED TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 2-INCH CLOSURE ANGLE. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION FIGURE 4b • THE GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS (POP PJVETS OR UNATTACHED WALL MOLDING REQUIREMENTS maximum 5 (202 WALL / 'c c ` Spreader bar or other suitable system required to keep perimeter minimum 314' omponents from spreading apart minimum Y (19 mm) at c 2- (50 mm) unattached walls minimum 2' (50 may APPROVED METHOD). SOFFITS EXTENDING TO A POINT AT LEAST LEVEL WITH THE BOTTOM PLANE OF THE GRID AND INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE ARE DEEMED TO BE EQUIVALENT TO WALLS. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON. BUILDING CODES DIVISION SPREADER BARS (FIGURE AM • SPREADER (SPACER) BARS SHALL BE USED TO PREVENT THE ENDS OF THE MAIN BEAMS AND CRO55 TEE5 AT PERIMETER WALLS FROM SPREADING OPEN DURING A SEISMIC EVENT, PERIMETER WIRES SHALL NOT BE IN LIEU OF SPREADER BARS. SOURCE: C15CA SEISMIC ZONE5 3-4 • SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT PERIMETERS WHERE RUNNERS ARE ATTACHED DIRECTLYTO CLOSURE ANGLES. • WIRE TYING 15 AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO SPREADER BARS. • SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRED IF A 90 DEGREE INTERSECTING GRO55 OR MAIN 15 WITHIN 5 INCHES OF THE PERIMETER WALL. • WHERE SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED TO THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, PERIMETER CLIPS MAY BE USED TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SPREADER BARS. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION 1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 1.1 ASTM STANDARDS 1.1.1 ASTM C-754 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING TO RECEIVE SCREW ATTACHED GYPSUM PANELS 1.1.2 ASTM C-840 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD SECTS)1.1.3 ASTM C-841 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LATHING AND FURRING (SECS. 7.2 & 7.4) 1.1.4 ASTM C-844 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BASE TO RECEIVE GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER (SEC.15) 1.2 RELATED STANDARDS: 1.2.1 GA 216 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD (SEC.12) 1.2.2 GA 600 PLACATION DESIGN MANUAL 1.2.3 GWB-1 NORTHWEST WALL & CEILING BUREAU GUIDE SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD. 7.2.4 VP-1 NORTHWEST WALL &CEILING BUREAU GUIDE SPECIFICATION FOR VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS. 1.2.5 ICBO EVALUATION REPORT ER-4071 1.2.6 MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION OF CEMENT BOARD TO CEILINGS. 2.0 MATERIALS: 2.1 HANGER WIRE FOR CEILINGS WEIGHING 4 LBS PST OR LESS SHALL BE u12 GA DIAMETER GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 2.2 HANGER WIRE FOR CEILINGS WEIGHING UP TO 10 LBS SHALL BE S9 GA GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 2.3 MAIN RUNNERS (CARRIERS) SHALL BE 1-112 X 16 GAUGE COLD ROLLED CHANNELS WEIGHING 475 LBS. PER THOUSAND LINEAL FEET. GALVANIZED OR CORROSION INHIBITING COATING FOR EXTERIOR OR HUMID CONDITIONS. 2.4 FURRING SHALL BE 7/8' X 25 GAUGE HAT SHAPED SECTIONS. GALVANIZED OR CORROSION INHIBITING COATING FOR EXTERIOR OR HUMID CONDITIONS. 2.5 TIE WIRE SHALL BE 16 GAUGE ANDI 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 30 INSTALLATION: 3.1 WIRE HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO, OR PRE -INSTALLED IN STRUCTURE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE CEILING WEIGHT, PLUS SAFETY MARGIN, WITHOUT DEFLECTION. THE HANGER ATTACHMENT SHALL DEVELOP FULL HANGER STRENGTH. HANGERS SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND WITHIN A RATION OF 1;6 OF PLUMB. AVOID HANGER SPLICES. HANGER WIRES SHALL NOT CONTACT MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL ITEMS ABOVE THE CEILING. HANGER WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 4' OC, AND SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6' OF THE ENDS OF MAIN RUNNERS. 3.2 MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE SPACED AT 4' OC. MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 6' OF PARALLEL WALLS. ATTACH HANGER WIRES TOT HE MAIN RUNNERS WITH A SADDLE TIE THAT PREVENTS SETTLING, UPLIFT, OR TWISTING OF THE MAIN RUNNERS. SPLICE FURRING WITH A NESTED 12' LAP AND A DOUBLE WRAP WIRE TIE AT EACH END. MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO WITHIN +/- 1/8' OF A FLAT PLANE, 3.3. CROSS FURRING SHALL BE SADDLE TIED TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH #16 GAUGE WIRE OR TWO STRANDS OF A18 GAUGE WIRE OR APPROVED CLIPS, SPLICE FURRING WITH AN 8' NESTED LAP SCREWED OR WIRE TIED AT EACH END. THE REQUIRED FURRING SPACING IS 24.00 FOR 5/8-THICK GYPSUM PANELS AND 16- OC FOR 712- THICK GYPSUM PANELS. FOR OTHER COMBINATIONS AND THICKNESS OF GYPSUM PANELS OR FOR CEMENT BOARD APPLICATIONS, SEE THE APPROPRIATE RELATED REFERENCE STANDARD OR MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS. 3.4 WHEN THE STRUCTURE FROM WHICH THE CEILING IS SUSPENDED IS CAPABLE OF MOVEMENT INDEPENDENT OF THE STRUCTURE SUPPORTING ABUTTING WALL AND PARTITIONS, THE CEILING FRAMING SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO OR IN CONTACT WITH THE WALLS. INSTALL GYPSUM OR CEMENT PANELS TO THE CEILING WITH LONG DIMENSIONS PERPENDICULAR TO FURRING MEMBERS. PANEL ENDS SHALL OCCUR OVER FURRING MEMBERS UNLESS DICTATED BY OTHERWISE BY FIRE OR SOUND RATED SYSTEMS. 3.5 ACCESSORIES: ACCESSORIES APPROPRIATE TO THE CEILING TYPE SHALL BE SUED, AND BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE RELATED REFERENCE STANDARD. 3.6 GENERAL INFORMATION: LARGE SUSPENDED CEILINGS, MORE THAN 50 LINEAL FT. IN ONE DIMENSION OR MORE THAN 2500 SF, SHOULD NOT CONTACT ABUTTING WALLS OR COLUMNS. CONTROL JOINTS SHOULD BE USED TO MAINTAIN PANEL DIMENSIONS OF 50 T.OR LESS, AND TO DIVIDE CEILING AREAS INTO MAXIMUMS OF 2500 SF. FRAMING SHOULD BE BROKEN OR SPLICED AT CONTROL JOINTS. FLEXIBLE SEALANT OR FOAM TAPE MAY BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE CASING BEAD AND THE ABUTTING SURFACES. ADDITIONAL CARRIERS AND FURRING CHANNELS AND HANGER WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FRAME AROUND CEILING PENETRATIONS, SUCH AS LIGHT FIXTURES, ACCESS PANELS AND DUCT WORK. FOR CEILING WEIGHING MORE THAN RE. PER BE, USE 20 GA FURRING AT REDUCED SPACING. SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING NO SCALE 4.0 ALTERNATE CEILING FRAMING FOR LIMITED CEILING WIDTHS, ALTERNATE FRAMING CONSISTING OF FURRING CHANNEL OR METAL JOIST SECTIONS MAY BE INSTALLED AS A SIMPLE SPAN BETWEEN RUNNERS ATTACHED TO OPPOSITE WALLS, THIS SYSTEM MAY BE USED ON CEILING THAT DO NOT REQUIRE PENETRATIONS LARGE ENOUGH TO INTERRUPT THE FRAMING, AND DO NOT CARRY HEAVY FIXTURE LOADS. 4.1 MATERIAL: 4.11 RUNNERS: SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AND GAUGE AS FRAMING MEMBERS. ANGEL RUNNER MAY BE USED TO SUPPORT HAT CHANNEL FRAMING. 4.1.2 FRAMING: THE FOLLOWING TABLE LISTS THE MAXIMUM SINGLE SPAN FOR FRAMING MEMBERS INSTALLED AT 16' OR 24' OC TO RECEIVE SINGLE LAYER CEILING PANELS, MEMBERS MAX. SINGLE SPAN 7/8' X 25 GA HAT CHANNEL 4'-a. 1-5/8' X 25 GA C SECTION T-0- 2-112' X 25 GA C SECTION 6-O° 3-1/2' X 25 GA C SECTION 8'-0' 4.2 INSTALLATION: 4.2.1 ATTACH RUNNERS TO WALLS WITH 2 FASTENERS AT EACH WALL STUD 4.2.2 CUT FRAMING MEMBERS TO WITHIN 1/4' OF CEILING WIDTH 42.3. ATTACH FRAMING TO RUNNERS WITH SCREWS AT BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM FLANGES 5.0 FINISHING 5.1 APPLICATION OF PANELS AND FINISHING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITIq THE APPROPRIATE RELATED SPECIFICATION. HANGER (SUSPENSION) WIRES (FIGURES 5a AND Sb) PLUMB 16 IL • HANGER AND PERIMETER WIRES MUST BE PLUMB WITHIN I IN G UNLESS (FIGURE 5a) COUNTER SLOPING WIRES ARE PROVIDED (FIGURE 5b). SOURCE: A5TM C G3G i S'_CTfON 2. I .4 MAXIMUM 8' • HANGER WIRES SHALL BE 12 GAGE AND SPACED 4 FEET ON CENTER OR 10 GAGE SPACED 5 FEET ON CENTER. SOURCE: A5TM C G3G • All CONNECTION DEVICE AT THE SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CAPABLE - - - - - OF CARRYING NOT LE55 THAN 100 POUNDS. SOURCE: C15CA ZONES 3-4 _ • POWDER DRIVEN SNOT -IN -ANCHORS ARE AN APPROVED METHOD OF ATTACHMENT FOR HANGER WIRES. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION FIGURE SIR • TERMINAL ENDS OF EACH MAIN BEAM AND CROSS TEE MUST BE SUPPORTED WITHIN 5INCHES OF EACH WALL WITH A PERIMETER WIRE (SEE FIGURE 4 8 56). 3' p6N j� 5DURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 ,j • Vr1RE5 SHALL NOT ATTACH TO OR BEND AROUND INTERFERING MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT. A TRAPEZE OR EQUIVALENT DEVICE SHALL BE USED WHERE OBSTRUCTIONS PRECLUDE DIRECT SUSPENSION. TRAPEZE SUSPENSIONS SHALL MINIMUM 45° B: A MINIMUM OF BACK-TO-BACK 1- /4" COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS FOR SPANS gNGLE MINIMUM 45° EXCEEDING 48 INCHES. SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 ANGLE ELECTRICAL FIXTURES • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LE55 THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL HAVE ONE 12 GAGE HANG WIRE CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THIS FIGURE Sb •COUNTER SLOPING WIRE MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE: C15CA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 POUNDS AND LE55 THAN SG LB5. SHALL HAVE TWO 12 GAGE WIRES ATTACHED AT OPPOSING CORNERS OF THE LIGHT VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ATTACHMENT FIXTURE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE: C25CA SEISMIC 2ONE5 3-4 •SHOT-IN-ANCHOR3 LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 5G LB5. SHALL BE SHE OPTED BY Y U O D DIRECTLY L 11 / 4' FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MUST BE TAUT. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE /8' • PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE CEILING CLIP MA STRUCTURE ABOVE U51NG A 9 GAGE WIRE OR AN APPROVED ALTERNATE SUPPORT WITHOUT U51NG THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR DIRECT SUPPORT. 3 TURNS SOURCE: C15C %SEISMIC ZONE5 3-4 VERTICAL HANGER WIRE • TANDEM FIXTURES MAY UTILIZE COMMON WIRES. FIGURE 6a MECHANICAL SERVICES • T'_RMINAL5 OR SERVICES WEIGHING 20 LB5. BUT NOT MORE THAN 5G L55. MUST HAVE TWO 12 GAGE WIRES CONNECTING THEM TO THE CEIUNG SYSTEM HANGERS CR THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRE5 MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE: C15CA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 5G LB5. MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRE5 MUST BE TAUT. SOURCE; C15CA 5EI5MlC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS (FIGURE 7) • FOR CEILING AREA5 EXCEEDING 2,500 SQUARE FEET, A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT OR FULL HEIGHT WALL PARTITION THAT BREAKS THE CEILING SHALL BE PROVIDED UNLESS ANALYSES ARE PERFORMED OF THE CEILINGS BRACING SYSTEM, CLOSURE ANGLES AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE. 50URCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.G.2.2 d • THE LAYOUT AND LOCATION OF THE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT SHALL BE PER THE DESIGNER OF RECORD AND NOTED ON THE PLANS. IF A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT 15 REQUIRED BY THE DESIGNER, THE DESIGNER MAY USE THE GENERIC JOINT DETAILED IN TH15 DOCUMENT OR A PROPRIETARY JOINT. THE AMOUNT OF FREE MOVEMENT (GAP DESIGN) SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCH. SOURCE: STATE OF CREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION. • IN LIEU OF SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS, THE CEILING MAY BE DIVIDED INTO AREAS LE55 THAN 2500 SQUARE FEET BY THE USE OF PARTITIONS OR SOFFITS AS FOLLOWS: PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF G INCHES ABOVE THE LEVEL CP THE PLANE OF THE GRID AND SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY BRACED TO THE 5TRUCTURE ABOVE. SOFFITS SHALL EXTEND TO A POINT AT LEAST LEVEL WITH THE BOTTOM PLANE OF THE GRID AND SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, SOURCE: STATE Of OREGON BUILDING CODES DIVISION • OTHER THAN PARTITIONS AND SOFFITS, SEISMIC JOINTS MAY NOT BE USED AS MINIMUM RIVET PART OF A FIRE RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY UNLESS SUBSTANTIATING FIGURE 7 DOCUMENTATION 15 PROVIDED. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON BUILDING CODES DIVISION. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILINGS SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT DRILL -IN EXPANSION ANCHOR tj STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 45' STEEL STRAP i' WIDE x 2' LONG. 12 GAGE MINIMUM } 3 TURNS SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE FIGURE 6b METAL FURRING SPRINKLERS FOR CEILING WITHOUT RIGID BRACING, SPRINKLER HEAD PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2 INCH OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1 INCH IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. FLEXIBLE HEAD DESIGN THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1 INCH FREE MOVEMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED AS AN ALTERNATE. SOURCE: ASCE 7-0513.5.6.2.2 e GLOSSARY FOR THIS DOCUMENT (REGIONAL TERMINOLOGY MAY VARY) CROSS TEES LATERAL FORCE BRACING PERIMETERWIRES THE CROSSMEMBERINAT THE BRACING METHOD USED HANGER WIRES PLACED INTERLOCK WITH THE MAIN TO PREVENT CEILINGUPLIU WITHIN EIGHT INCHES OF THE SOVVS,ALSOKNOWNAS CROSS RUNNERS OR CROSS OR RESTRICT LATERAL MOVEMENT DURING SURROUNDING WALLS, T-BARS- SEISMIC EVENT. LATERAL PLENUM DIFFUSER FORCE BRACING CONSISTS OF VERTICAL STRUTS AND SPLAY THE SPACE ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING, ACRC IARCO WIRES_ RECTANGULAR METAL GRILL USED FOR THE PASSAGE OF MAIN BEAM SLACK WICE A 12 GAGE WIRE THAT IS NOT AIR FROM A ELCTED SYSTEM. THE PRIMARY SUSPENSION TIGHTORTAUT, ESSENTIAL SERVICE BUILDINGS MEMBER SUPPORTEDBY HANGERWRES,ALSOKNOWN SPREACEROR SPACER BAR ANY BUILDINGS DESIGNED TO AS THE MAIN RUNNER, A BAR WITH NOTCHES TO BE USED BY PUBLIC AGENCIES AS A FIRE STATION, POLICE CARRYING TEE, CARRYING RUNNER OR MAINS. PREVENT THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM FROM SEPARATING, STATION, EMERGENCY ALSO CUED A STABILIZER OPERATIONS CENTER STATE PATROL OFFICE, SHERIFFS MOLDINGICLOSUSEANCE AUGHT GAUGE METALANGLE BAR, OFFICE OR EMERGENCY ORCHANNEL. FASTENEDTO SPLAY WIRES COMMUNICATION DISPATCH THE PERIMETER WALL OR WIRES INSTALLED AT AN CENTER. PARTITION TO SUPPORT THE PERIMETFRENDS OF AN ANGLE RATHER THAN PERPENDICULAR TO THE GRID. GRIDACOUSTICALCEILING GRID THE MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES OFTHESUSPENSION PFa ETERCUPS VERTICt STRUTS THE RIGID VERTICAL MEMBER SYSTEM. PROPRIETARY ANGLEBRACKET USED IN LATERAL FORCE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TOT EH BRACING OF THE SUSPENSION HANGERWIRE t0 OR 12 GAGE SOFT WALL MOLDfNG/CLOSURE ANGLE WHICH ALLOWS FOR SYSTEM. ALSO KNOWN ASA COMPRESSION POSTS, ANNEALEOWIREUSEOAS 3/4' MOVEMENT IN THE SEISMIC PODS, SEISMIC PRIMARY SUPPORT FOR THE EVENT OFSEISMICACTNITY STRUTS. COMMON GRID SYSTEM, ALSO CALLED SUSPENSION WIRES, AND INTERLOCKS PROPERLY WITH ENDS OF GRID SYSTEM. MATERIALS ARE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT RMIE METAL STUDS OR PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS, UPGRADING OF EXISTING CEILINGS • CEILINGS WITHOUT SEISMIC BRACING: WHERE EXISTING CEILINGS ARE WITHOUT SEISMIC BRACING, THE CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT CODE REQUIREMENTS WHEN 50%OR MORE OF THE CEILING TILE IS ALTERED, REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS PART OF A GENERAL SPACE ALTERATION, OR IF ALL OF THE CEILING SYSTEM IS REMOVED. REVILUVt:U i' OrZ -SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE MEANS INSTALLATION OF THE FOLLOWING CODE COJ3PLIANCE ITEMS WHERE REQUIRED IN NEW CONSTRUCTION: ����-�® -LATERAL FORCE BRACING (SPLAYED WIRES) -COMPRESSION STRUTS -SLACK WIRES ON All LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS FB 2 �Q�O APB (2 -THIS REQUIREMENT DOES NOT TRIGGER THE NEED FOR: -2 INCH CLOSURE ANGLE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION II -SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS City Tukwila -1 INCH MOVEMENT IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND SPRINKLER PENDANTS of BUILDING DIVISION -THESE UPGRADES ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN: -REMOVING PORTIONS OF TILES OR PANELS AND/OR GRID TO ALTER DUCTWORK SPRINKLER PIPE, ETC. -PORTIONS OF A CEILING ARE REMOVED ONLY TO FACILITATE THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER PIPING CITY OF YU11WILA • CEILINGS WITHOUT COMPRESSION STRUTS: WHERE EXISTING CEILINGS HAVE SEISMIC MAR 0 5 207R BRACING BUT DO NOT HAVE COMPRESSION STRUTS AT THE CENTER OF THE SPLAYED WIRES, THE ADDITION OF COMPRESSION STRUTS WILL ONLY BE REQUIRED PCRft�iT CENTER WHEN AND WHERE THE GRID IS REPLACED, ALTERED, RAISED OR LOWERED. •�1P san450ao ®,1 lSeli556WJ O6Creamery Bawk Fm Grarib',.'. Ct CEOM O.IRw)a3t-sIN STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CieO Q� � O 2 0 O V 0 O J � 4- F13 ocl- U 2 0 �x � J n O Lj U It Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Qj 12-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28.20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 0 0 0 Architect 1 Engineer of Record Seal C 0 R T L A N D M 0 R G A N ARCHITECT 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 8897 REGISTERED ARCHIT ECT T 33 �ITLAPdD MDRGANTE OF INAStHNGTON Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title CEILING DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF A407 Checked By CM NO SCALE HVAC SYMBOLS SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER - ARROWS INDICATE �® PATTERN. NO PATTERN SHOWN EQUALS 4-WAY. OR AS NOTED ©® RETURN AIR OR EXHAUST GRILLE (SEE TAG) 1i ROUND DUCTWORK, DIAMETER IN INCHES. 20A2 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. SIZE IN INCHES, FIRST NUMBER IS SIDE SHOWN- DIFFUSER/GRILLE LABEL: A A - TYPE/DESIGNATION B B - AIRFLOW (CFM) POINT OF CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SHEET KEYNOTE REFERENCE 1-LCM-14200-REV 0.0 CONNECTION TO SUPPOWM SIF341URCL oN e, c OF 13OLT8 2 MAX Q, VE72tIC ECLL41-9 �I MAx c OF At1CLE "oRizUE Ct114FMA A BID S C \\7` EA ce CF FA 1D CP DUCT 9-3 0R 9-41- 3 } _ E 4 ,t DIIC1 SIZE eFIG. am FIG. 9-I OR 9-2 MFgR TO CHAPTER 9 FOR ORWIPAL R,ECXRRM ENTS 2. ILION A COMBINATION OF DUCTS le USED N LIEN CP ONE DUCT, AT LEAST 2 SIDES OF MACFI DUCT MIST EE CONNECTED TO VERTICAL OR NORZONTTAL ANGLES AND THE COMBNED U)Eh a SHALL Not E> CEED THAT GIVEN N Tie TAM.E. (ADO HOWZOMAL AAKaLEB IP REGEIIRED) 3. SEE TABLE S-L 6-1, OR 9-1 FOR VERTICAL HMGEIIM, DIAGONAL AND HORUZOWAL BRACES, BOLT SIZES, CINXTION TO STRUCTURAL S P-POW1W. 1`111IM5ERS, AND SPACING CF BRACNG M 01 8 SEISMIC DUCTWORK BRACING - RECTANGULAR DUCT IDEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT MINIMUM ENTHALPY STYLE VENTILATOR UNITSHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY WHEN EITHER SYSTEM THERMOSTAT IS IN OCCUPIED MODE. UNIT WEIGHT IS XXXXX LBS. ECCENTRIC REDUCER RECTANGULAf ROUND DUCTWORK DUCTWORK +- VARIES 2" MINIMUM BALANCING COLLAR DAMPER BALANCING DAMPER .RECTANGULAR TO ROUND 45' LATERAL FITTING 'BUCKLEY FITTING' RECTANGU DUCTWORK ROUND DUCTWORK 4° BRANCH DUCT HEIGHT DIMENSION 2° LE55 THAN MAIN DUCT HEIGHT DIMENSION BALANCING BALANCING DAMPER DAMPER RECTANGULAR TO RECTANGULAR CONICAL FITTING A DUCT BRANCH TAKE -OFF DETAIL ALE NONE SUPPLY AIR DUCT, INSULATE PER SPEC HIGH EFFICIENCY PUTTING INSULATED RIGID ROUND DUCTWORK INSULATION TO HAVE FOIL FACING (1YP.) _ INSULATED FLOC DUCT IS FEET MAX) SHALL BE 1.5 x R INSULATED 90 DEGREE SHEET METAL ELBOW VOLUME DAMPER TO BE WITHIN 12" OF DRAW BAND MAIN DUCT ACOUSTICAL CEILING CEILING DIFFUSER .VAC DETAIL NOTES: 1. SEE HVAC DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SIZES / DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL CALF NONENONE APPLIES TO TAN641LAR DLrT ONLY - ROUND OVAL DUGT SHALL U5E L N6 RADIUS BEN25 2/5N Il2W I/3W 1/3W 116W I - R R R SHALL EQUAL R SHALL EQUAL VANE OR BE GREATER OR BE GREATER W THAN 1I3W. W VANE THAN 116W. SHORT RADIl15 ELBOW WITH ONE VANE 5HORT RADIU5 ELBOW WITH TWO VANES W R IRHHALL EQUAL OR BE GREATER THAN W. STANDARD RADIUS ELBOW - RADIUS ELBOW DETAIL SCALE NONE BCW CASING AND STAINLESS SUPPLY DUCT BRANCH DUCr WIRE- 5OFT MAXIMUM o .... DAMPER INSTALL GEAR ON DIFFUSER ACCESSIBLE FROM BELOW BUT CONCEALED BY BOTTOM PLATE OF DIFFUSER. INSTALLATION IS NOT TO BE EASILY VISIBLE FROM BELOW. �"^-- LOCKING GEAR CONTROLLER IS MOUNTED ON TOP OF DIFFUSER CONTROLLER DIFFUSER ADJUSTABLE FROM BELOW NOT TO SCALE VERIFY ACTUAL DETAILS WITH MANUFACTURER OUNGS REGULATOR INSTALLED ON DIFFUSER aYF1 E: HE Outside Air/Ventilation Calculation - Mechanical Code V bz = Rp*Pz + Ra*Az Room# Area Classification Area Az PPL per 1000SF Zone Population Pz Vent Air Per Person Rp Vent Air Per Area Ra Vent Air Required Vbz Exhaust Rate per SF Comments Retail Sales 2613 15 40 7.5 0.12 613.56 Dressing Rooms 0 0 0 0 0 0.25 Shipping/Receiving 0 0 0 0.12 0 Storage Rooms 47 0 0 0 0.12 5.64 Toilet Room 100 0 1 0 0 0 0 200 1 Corridors 310 0 0 0 0.06 18.6 Reception 202 30 7 5 0.06 47.12 Office Spaces 144 5 1 5 0.06 13.64 Work Room/prep area 641 10 7 5 0.18 150.38 Totals: 1 4057 551 1 1 848.94 Comments: 1. 50 cfm per toilet fixture for continuous exhaust; 70 cfm otherwise Page i Commercial Heat Loss and Heat Gain Calculation 3/212020 For: LC 0505 Southcenter Sales Tukwila, WA Design Conditions: Seattle -Tacoma; Latitude: 47; Time 1:00 PM Indoor: Outdoor: Summer temperature: 75 Summer temperature: 80 Winter temperature: 72 Winter temperature: 26 Relative humidity: 50 Summer grains of moisture: 64 Daily temperature range: 22 Building Component Sensible Latent Total Total Gain Gain Heat Gain Heat Loss (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) Floor 2,613 sq.ft, 0 0 0 1,053 Ceiling 2,613 sq.ft. 9,564 0 9,564 10,818 People/Vent 40 people 10,000 8,000 18,000 0 Ventilation 614 cfm 0 0 0 31,068 Infiltration Summer 0 cfm 0 0 0 0 Infiltration Winter 117.5 cfm 0 0 0 5,946 Lights 12,122watts 41,215 0 41,215 0 Miscellaneous 8,200 0 8,200 0 Miscellaneous (2) 2,120 0 2,120 0 Whole Building -Ali Components 71,099 8,000 79,099 48,885 16.5 tons) Page 1 Commercial Heat Loss and Heat Gain Calculation 11/8/2019 For: LC 0505 Southcenter BOH Tukwila, WA Design Conditions: Seattle -Tacoma; Latitude: 47; Time 1:00 PM Indoor: Outdoor: Summer temperature: 75 Summer temperature: 80 Winter temperature: 72 Winter temperature: 26 Relative humidity: 50 Summer grains of moisture: 64 Daily temperature range: 22 Building Component Sensible Latent Total Total Gain Gain Heat Gain Heat Loss (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) (BTUH) Floor 1,444 sq.ft. 0 0 0 1,671 Ceiling 1,444 sq.ft. 5,285 0 5,285 5,978 PeopleNent 15 people 3,750 3,000 6,750 0 Ventilation 236 cfm 0 0 0 11,942 Infiltration Summer 0 cfm 0 0 0 0 Infiltration Winter 65 cfm 0 0 0 3,289 Lights 2,350 watts 7,990 0 7.990 0 Miscellaneous 9,600 0 9,600 0 Miscellaneous (2) 3,370 1,200 4,570 0 Whole Building -All Components 29,995 4,200 34,195 22,880 (3 tons ) CEILING EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TAG ISTYLE JCFM IMANUFACTURERIMODEL ISTATIC IVOLTAGE I POWER INCITES CEF-1 CEILING 100 NUTONE JAEN120 1 0.3751 120 104W I1 NOTES: 1. CONTROL FAN WITH ROOM SWITCH GENERAL NOTES - APPLIES TO ALL SHEETS A. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REFLECT A SYSTEM DESIGNED AROUND SPECIFIC REFERENCE PRODUCTS, THE SELECTION OF WHICH HAS IMPACTED THE DESIGNS OF OTHER TRADES. IF ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS ARE SUBMITTED OR BID, IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL DIFFERENCES AND IMPACTS WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR TO BID, INCLUDING COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH REQUIRED CHANGES TO OTHER TRADES. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED FOR CHANGES REQUIRED TO OTHER TRADES IF ALTERNATE EQUIPMEN715 BID OR INSTALLED AT THE G.C.'S OPTION. B. EXISTING MECHANICAL INFORMATION IS BASED ON LIMITED EXISTING BUILDING DRAWINGS AND FIELD WORK. THE G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR ACCURACY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR REVISIONS TO THE DESIGN TO CORRECT FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS NOT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. C. G.C. SHALL NOTIFY TENANT, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF ANY SITUATIONS THAT MODIFY OR INCREASE THE SCOPE OF WORK FROM WHAT IS DESCRIBED IN THE DOCUMENTS. D. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTINGIPATCHING RELATED TO THEIR WORK. E. IF SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS INDICATED TO BE A RETURN AIR PLENUM, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE, OR HAVE A MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. WIRING SHALL BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE PER NFPA 70. F. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF MECHANICAL WORK WITH ALL DUCTWORK, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND OTHER CEILING BUILT-IN FIXTURES. CONTACT ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY SHOULD ANY CONFLICT ARISE. G. MOUNTING OF ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING MUST BE DONE PER BUILDING GUIDELINES AND LOCAL CODES AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORT WITH BUILDING MANAGER AND NEXTORE REPRESENTATIVE. H. NO PVC PIPING ALLOWED IN PLENUM AREAS. 1. DUCT SIZES INDICATED REPRESENT CLEAR INTERIOR SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS. J. ALL DUCTWORK CONCEALED ABOVE CEILINGS, AND ALL OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS, SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED. IF DUCTWORK IS RUN IN A NON -CONDITIONED SPACE ALL DUCTWORK MUST BE INSULATED WITH 2' FIBERGLASS INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER. K. BRANCH DUCTS SERVING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE SIZED TO MATCH DIFFUSER NECK SIZE INDICATED. L. ALL ROUND DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE LONG SWEEP,1-112 TIMES THE CENTERLINE RADIUS. M. G.C. MUST REPLACE ALL AIR FILTERS IN HVAC UNITS WITH NEW CLEAN FILTERS BEFORE AIR BALANCING AND PRIOR. TO FINAL TURNOVER TO TENANT, N. IT IS THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH MAKE THEM READILY AND SAFELY ACCESSIBLE FOR ROUTINE MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REQUIRING ANY EXTRAORDINARY MEASURES. O. THE TENANT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHECK CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHOULD THE TENANT FIND CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY, HE WILL NOTIFY G.C. OF SUCH WORK IN WRITING AND EXPECT COMPLIANCE PERFORMED WITH DUE DILIGENCE. IF ANY CORRECTIVE WORK IS DEEMED TO BE NECESSARY, THE COST OF REINSPECTIONS WILL BE BORNE BY THE G.C. IF WORK IS REQUIRED BY TENANT IN ORDER TO IMPROVE, CHANGE OR CORRECT AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS DUE TO: PART MALFUNCTION, WARRANTY OR OTHER INABILITY TO PROVIDE THE COMFORT CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE STORE, G.C. SHALL BE DIRECTED BY TENANT TO ADDRESS THIS WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER. IF IT BECOMES EVIDENT THAT THE G.C. CAN NOT ACCOMPLISH THE TASK, THEN AFTER 72 HOURS OF WRITTEN NOTICE, THE TENANT MAY AT HIS DISCRETION TAKE OVER SUCH WORK AND BACK CHARGE THE G.C. FOR ANY CORRECTIVE WORK THAT WAS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP AND/OR ADHERENCE TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. P. DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE ROUTED OVER ELECTRIC PANELS AND TRANSFORMER. HANGER ROD WmiinFFENER ANCHORAGE To STRN- BREAKSTRENGTH CERTIFIED, PRE- STRETCHEDGRIPPtE BGRIPPLE SEISMIC SEISMIC CABLE FASTENER --.-_ SEE DETAIL ROUND DUCTWORK DUCT GLAMP (BY OTHERS) HANGER aMCEANG SECTION tBY OTHIIiSJ, VIEW DUCT SHALL BE TIG1{RV CLAMPED LOOPED THROUGH SIDE VIEW A CRIPPLE SEISMIC GRIPPLESEISMIC DETAIL STANDARD LOSS) STANDARD(GSS) OR OR RETROFIT (GSR) RMQFn (GSR) BRACKET BRACKET ON BOLT HOLEAS PER THREADED ROD DIA) 'MAX GAP Bcare a�Io yps. TOP VIEW PROVIDE FOR ALL ROUND DUCTWORK, 121NCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER. LOCATION ON THE PLAN IS INDICATED WITH THE FOLLOWING SYMBOL \ M017 I SEISMIC DUCTWORK BRACING - ROUND / OVAL DUCT I INDOOR AIR HANDLER SCHEDULE - HEAT PUMP SYSTEM UNIT DATA EXTERIOR CONDENSING UNIT DATA UNIT BASE FILTER NOMINAL REQUIRED NOMINAL i BASE COOLING EFFICIENCY I NUMBER MFR MODEL OEM CFM OUTSIDE AIR VOLTAGE MCA MOCRWEIGHT MODEL CAPACITY (TONS) RATING (SEER) V VOLTAGE AMPS MCA I MOCP WEIGHT NOTES FC-1 TRANE 14TWA4060A3-TEM4AOC60S51S 2" 2000 1870 236 CFM 208/1/60 8A 15A s145 4TWA4060A3000A 5 14.5 1 208/3/60 15.9A 21A 35A 248 1,2,3,4 NOTES: 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DISCONNECT AND STARTER FOR UNIT. i I� t y g-cm1�4:4,*+ 2. PROVIDE SEISMIC RATING OF UNIT IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODE. CITY OF TUi\11YILA 3. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN AND SUMP PUMP WITH BACKUP ALARM. COORDINATE WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Iq 4. UNIT IS A DUAL STAGE COMPRESSORIDUAL STAGE REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT. V ff MAR 0 5 2020 S. PROVIDE MIXING BOX FOR UNIT. GAS FIRED ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE COOLING DATA HEAT DATA TAG MODEL TONS I E.A. I L.A. I MBH I MBH SEER FAN CFM O.R. ESP I INPUT DB/WB I DB/WB I TOTAL I SENS. I i HP I I MRH DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: t\B<MRE Oawwmnea wa,e Mmx, off aww 0.1 Gt311658.W •-Cm &a tEst Guty. Cf-I 0n1SRO. U STORE 079779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4t416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for° UJ Q O �Q O v0 C O R Cl) a Q) o� ED tB 0. 0 O tA1 X � J In o Q Revisions: Mark Date By Qi 12-1a-79 LANDLORD COMMENTS 2-2Bw0 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal _AdA lwa 3/2/20 EXPIRES 9*21 Architect! Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Stare Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.OS ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction MCA MAX VOLTl WT. DIMENSIONS NOTES Title _ FUSE PHASE LENGTH WIDTH MECHANICAL A 150A 208j3/60 1 89" 54" 1-5 GENERAL NOTES & ND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. DETAILS =STAGE :1R.=V11.E=NITWITHREE LAND COOLING, HAILGUARD FOR CONDENSING UNIT COIL AND WITH COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY SENSING ECONOMIZER.F CURBING IS OF SUFFICIENT SIZE AND SUITABLE FOR THEN EW UNIT INSTALLATION. HIRE LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ROOF CURBING CHANGES tt RATE CtUDINGTHEIR COSTS IN YOUR BID. - SEPARATE Date 12 9 19 Sheet PROVIDE UNIT WITH FACTORY ROOF CURB ADAPTOR RAI IS. PERMIT AND awn By PREVIOUS UN IT WEIGHT WAS APPROXI MATELY 1620LBS. APPROVAL. STAFF M001 MODIFY EXISTING ROOF CURBING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL UNIT ON EXISTING CURBING. HIRE LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ROOF CURBING CHANGES, INCLUDING THEIR COSTS IN YRNOIREU Checked By MPR MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOUND IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS (AIA) (NSPE)(NEC) AND ANY OF THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, 2. REFER TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AIA FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING; SAFETY, COORDINATION & COOPERATION, WORKMANSHIP, PROTECTION, CUTTING AND PATCHING, DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK, PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS, STORAGE, ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, ETC. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL LOCALLY ENFORCED, FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES INCLUDING ANY SPECIAL THE TENANT REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO THOSE SPECIFIED. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, INSTALLING, CONNECTING, AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS A PART OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF A SIMILAR CHARACTER SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE TENANT A COMPLETE, CODE APPROVED AND OPERATIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. 2. CAREFULLY READ SPECIFICATION FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK SO AS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL TRADES' WORK SCOPE. CONSULT WITH OTHER TRADES TO INSURE PROPER LOCATIONS AND AVOID INTERFERENCES. ANY CONFLICT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TENANT BEFORE WORK IS COMMENCED. 3. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES AND SITE SO AS TO COMPARE THEM WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NOTE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND OTHER WORK THAT WILL BE REQUIRED, AND THE NATURE OF THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE TO ALL CONTRACTORS BY REASON OF THIS FAILURE TO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION OR OF ANY ERROR ON HIS PART. 4, ALL EXISTING UTILITY AND MECHANICAL SERVICES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. CORRECTIONS TO THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 5. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE THE OPENINGS WITH THE GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR. THE FINAL LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL DUCT AND LOUVER OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 6. THIS CONTRACT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES REQUIRED FOR ALL REQUIRED MECHANICAL DEMOLITION OF THE EXISTING AREAS BEING RENOVATED. a. THE DEMOLITION SHALL CONSIST OF THE COMPLETE REMOVAL (PROPERLY DISPOSED OFF SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, MATERIALS, ETC. NOT REQUIRED IN THE FINAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEMS FOR THE NEW RENOVATED AREAS. b. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE CAPPED BELOW THE FLOOR. c. ALL ABOVE GROUND SERVICES SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THEIR RESPECTIVE MAIN AND CAPPED OR IF THE MAIN IS NOT REQUIRED, THE MAIN SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. Cl. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE ARCHITECT AND THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALL WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PARTS, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND TENANT. WHERE AN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER HAS A WARRANTY THAT EXCEEDS ONE YEAR, THAT WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. C. DOCUMENTS t THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS EXISTING CONDITIONS OR COORDINATION ISSUES REQUIRE CHANGES. THESE CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. ANY INCIDENTAL ITEMS OR LABOR, ETC. NOT INCLUDED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR THE DRAWINGS BUT REASONABLY IMPLIED AS NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL APPARATUS SHALL BE INCLUDING IN BID. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED EVEN THOUGH NOT MENTIONED IN BOTH. 4. IF ERRORS ARE FOUND IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN THE SAME, OR BETWEEN THE FIGURES ON THE DRAWINGS, AND THE SCALE OF SAME OR BETWEEN THE LARGER AND SMALLER DRAWINGS, OR IN THE DESCRIPTIVE MATTER ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE TENANT FOR REVIEW AND FINAL DECISION PRIOR TO THE BID DUE DATE. 5, THE BIDDING OF THIS WORK WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHERE MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER IS MENTIONED ANY ONE MAY BE UTILIZED. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MAY BE OFFERED ONLY AS AN ALTERNATE TO THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. a. SUBSTITUTIONS (1) THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS INDICATED. (2) THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL, WITH HIS BID QUOTATION, A LIST OF ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THOSE ON WHICH THE ORIGINAL DESIGN WAS BASED. A FULL DESCRIPTION OF ALL PROPOSED SUBSTITUTED ITEMS, THE CHANGE TO THEIR BID PRICE OR OTHER REASONS FOR SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL ACCOMPANY THE BID. ALL ACCESSORIES, FEATURES, ETC., SUPPLIED WITH THE SUBSTITUTED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. (3) IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS WITH THEIR BID THE TENANT SHALL CONSIDER THE BIDDER TO BE PROPOSING THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. (4) SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO EACH SECTION FOR ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. D. COORDINATION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A VISIT TO THE JOB SITE AND TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL TRADE WORK CURRENTLY EXISTING AND WORK WHICH MAY BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONTRACT AWARD. RELOCATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, TO AVOID THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING SITE BEFORE STARTING ANY FABRICATION OR DOING ANY WORK IN THE FIELD AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT AND PROPER MEASUREMENTS OF HIS WORK ALONG WITH RESOLUTIONS FOR ANY CONFLICT OF SPACE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. WHERE THE WORK OF TWO OR MORE TRADES INTERFERE WITH EACH OTHER AND A DEVIATION FROM DESIGN IS NECESSARY, NEITHER WORK SHALL PROCEED UNTIL THE TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE CONFLICT AND THEY HAVE RENDERED A DECISION AS TO WHAT CHANGES SHOULD BE MADE. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. 5. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT ALL WORK AT THE PROJECT BE DONE AS SUCH TIME AND IN SUCH MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATIONS OF THE FACILITY. A WORK SCHEDULE SHALL BE ARRANGED WITH THE TENANT TO FACILITATE WORK WITH A MINIMUM OF INTERFERENCE WITH THE TENANTS OPERATIONS. 6. AREAS TO BE USED FOR STORAGE SHALL BE ONLY AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. ALL STORED MATERIAL SHALL BE RELOCATED OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. 7. DAILY, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXCESS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY HIS WORK. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK, CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOUND PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN THE TENANTS EMPLOYMENT OF A SEPARATE SERVICE TO OBTAIN THIS CONDITION AND REDUCING THE FACTOR'S CONTRACT AMOUNT BY THE COST OF SUCH A SERVICE. 8, EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR THROUGH THE NEGLECT OF HIS, OR HIS SUB -TRADE'S PERSONNEL. ALL PATCHING, REPAIRING, REPLACEMENT AND PAINTING, ETC. SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT BY THE CRAFTSMEN OF THE TRADES INVOLVED. THE COSTS OF SUCH WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE, E. METHODS 1. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN OPEN TRENCHES, FLOORS SHALL BE SAW CUT. PIPING SHALL BE LAID ON AN APPROPRIATELY GRADED 6' BED OF CLEAN AND DRY SAND. ENGINEERED FILL SHALL BE USED TO BACKFILL TO 6' ABOVE THE PIPING. BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH UTILIZING THE EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR THE TENANT. IF THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, ENGINEERED FILL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE UTILIZED TO BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH. BACKFILL SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN 9' LIFTS WITH ALL LIFTS COMPACTED TO 95% PROCTOR. PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. 2. EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM ANY CEILINGS, OTHER PIPING, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK, ROOF DECK, OR JOIST BRIDGING. ITEMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM ACCEPTABLE STRUCTURAL BUILDING COMPONENTS AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 3. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE REQUESTING GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. IL INSULATION A. GENERAL 1. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. 2. CLEAN AND DRY SURFACES PRIOR TO INSULATING. 3. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 4. INSULATION JACKET AND FITTING COVER MUST BE PLENUM RATED. S. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE INTEGRITY OF THE VAPOR -BARRIER BE MAINTAINED. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF THE VAPOR BARRIER BY STAPLES, HANGERS OR WHERE OTHERWISE DAMAGED. 6. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES. 7. INSULATION SHALL BE BY OWENS-CORNING,:KNAUF, OR MANVILLE. & ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED PER REQUIREMENTS OF ASHRAE 90.1, CHICAGO ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE, NFPA, AND LOCAL CODES. THE FIRST 10 FEET OF RETURN DUCTS SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED FOR ACOUSTICAL ATTENUATION. OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES SHALL ALWAYS BE INSULATED WITH EXTERNAL INSULATION. PIPING SYSTEMS ALWAYS REQUIRING INSULATION INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, CONDENSATE, REFRIGERANT, CHILLED WATER, HEATING HOT WATER, CONDENSER WATER, AND STEAM. INTERNALLY INSULATED DUCTS SHALL HAVE 1 INCH THICK, 1-1/2 LB DENSITY ACOUSTICAL INSULATION (AIR SIDE BLACK COATED TO MEET NFPA). INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SMACNA GUIDE AND THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DUCT SIZES NOTED ON DRAWING ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INSULATION WRAP SHALL BE FIBERGLASS, FOIL BACKED WRAPPING. WHERE DUCTS OR PIPING IS EXPOSED, AND REQUIRES INSULATION, PROVIDE FIBERBOARD RIGID INSULATION AND PAINT. PAINT COLOR SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, LANDLORD, AND TENANT. WHERE DUCTS OR PIPES ARE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING, AN ALUMINUM JACKET SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED OVER THE INSULATION, AND SEALED WEATHERTIGHT. B. HVAC 1. INTERNALLY INSULATE WITH 1 INCH THICK,1-1/2# DENSITY ACOUSTICAL INSULATION (AIR SIDE BLACK COATED TO MEET NFPA) ALL DUCTWORK NOTED AS REQUIRING SUCH. INTERNAL INSULATION: SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SMACNA GUIDE AND THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DUCT SIZES NOTED ON DRAWING ARE SHEET METAL DIMENSIONS. 2. ALL SUPPLY AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH 2 INCH OF 0.75 LB/CUTT. FIBERGLASS, FOIL BACKED DUCT WRAPPING. C. PIPING 1. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET AND: SELF SEALING LAP (ASJ/SSL). 2. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PRE -MOLDED FIBERGLASS FITTINGS AND COVERED WITH A PRE -FORMED PVC FITTING COVER. 111. SPRINKLER A. GENERAL 11, THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13, THE BUILDING TENANT'S INSURANCE COMPANY, THE LOCALLY ENFORCED BUILDING CODE, LOCAL BUILDING AND FIRE OFFICIALS AND ALL OTHER LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED, STATE LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. 3. THIS WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, EQUIPMENT, ETC., REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK 4. SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE CENTERED IN LAY -IN CEILING TILES. HEADS ARE TO BE SPACED SYMMETRICALLY WITH LIGHTING AND OTHER CEILING FIXTURES WHEN INSTALLED IN DRYWALL CEILINGS. 5. DETERMINE VOLUME AND PRESSURE OF INCOMING WATER SUPPLY FROM WATER FLOW TEST DATA. REVISE DESIGN WHEN TEST DATA BECOMES AVAILABLE PRIOR TO SUBMITTALS. 6. SUBMITTALS a. SHOP DRAWINGS: (1) PREPARE AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS. (2) SHOW PLANS, CROSS SECTION, ELEVATIONS, DETAILS AND JOB CONDITIONS, RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER WORK. PIPE SIZES, ELEVATIONS ABOVE FLOOR, HEAD LOCATIONS, INSPECTORS TEST CONNECTION, SPRINKLER ENTRANCE, VALVES, ALARMS, BACKFLOW PREVENTER, FLOW SWITCH AND SUPERVISORY DEVICES. (3) SUBMIT DATA ON THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: (a) PIPING AND COUPLINGS. (b) WET ALARM VALVE. (c) BACKFLOW PREVENTER. (d) VALVES AND SUPERVISORY DEVICES. (e) SPRINKLER HEADS AND ESCUTCHEON PLATES. (1) SUPPORTS, HANGERS AND ACCESSORIES. (g) SEISMIC CALCULATIONS (4) SUBMIT AND RECEIVE APPROVAL FROM THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL (5) ONCE THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION HAS APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL SEND EIGHT SETS OF APPROVED STAMPED PLANS AND EQUIPMENT CUTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. (6) PLANS SUBMITTED WITHOUT ALL HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS WILL BE RETURNED *REJECTED'. PROVIDE INDEPENDENT HYDRAULIC CALCULATION SHEETS. (I) ALL SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER LICENSED WITH THE STATE WHERE THE STORE IS LOCATED. (8) AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, PROVIDE TENANT WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS INCLUDING 'AS -BUILT' RECORD DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVED PLANS. B. CRITERIA t. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR ANY ADDITIONAL CRITERIA (PIPE SIZING; PIPE SCHEDULE OR HYDRAULIC). 2. DESIGN AND INSTALL THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND PIPING TO CONFORM WITH NFPA 13, ORDINARY HAZARD DESIGN WITH AMAXIMUM SPACING OF 130 SQUARE FEET PER SPRINKLER HEAD IN SALES AREAS AND 100 SQUARE FEET PER HEAD IN STOCK AREAS. 3. THE PROJECT AREA CURRENTLY HAS AN EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLED WITH FLUSH SPRINKLER HEADS INSTALLED ON A STANDARD GRID PATTERN, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND MODIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING AND HEADS. THIS WORK SHALL INCLUDE THE RAISING OF ANY EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING WHICH INTERFERES WITH DESIGNED CEILING ELEVATIONS. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR CEILING ELEVATIONS. PROVIDE ANY AUXILIARY DRAIN PIPING REQUIRED FOR ANY TRAPPED SPRINKLER PIPING. 4. SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR CEILING ELEVATIONS. C. COMPONENTS 1. PROVIDE A WATTS REGULATOR NO. (007-LF 3/4 TO 2.5- 009 2- TO 10-) DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY BACKFLOW PREVENTER IN THE PIPING TO THE SPRINKLER HEADS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE CONNECTION TO THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM. 2. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: POTTER-ROEMER OR EQUAL SERIES 502Q 4 x 21h x 21A WITH ALL STANDARD FEATURES, 'AUTO. SPKR' LETTERING, AND THREAD TO MATCH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. - FLUSH MOUNTED FIRE DEPARTMENT INLET CONNECTION WITH WALL PLATE WITH 'AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER' IDENTIFICATION, ALL BRASS CONSTRUCTION AND POLISHED BRASS FINISH, CONTACT THE FIRE DEPARTMENT TO VERIFY FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TYPE AND TREAD PATTERN TO MATCH THAT OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE 4- UL LISTED CHECK VALVE WITH BALL DRIP PIPED TO DRAIN. D. SUPERVISION: t. THE RISER CONTROL VALVE AND ALL ZONE VALVES SHALL HAVE ELECTRIC SUPER VISION TO SIGNAL THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. TAMPER SWITCHES PROVIDED BY SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. 2. MECHANICAL: ALL OTHER VALVES SHALL BE PADLOCKED IN STANDARD OPERATING POSITION, WITH 2 KEYS PER PADLOCK AND ALL PADLOCKS SHALL BE KEYED THE SAME. CHAIN AND PADLOCK ALL VALVES OVER 2' SIZE. E. PIPING 1, PIPING SHALL BE BLACK STEEL PIPE PER NFPA 13. 2. PIPE HANGERS FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGERS WITH APPROPRIATE CLAMP (DEPENDING ON STRUCTURE). ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A MAXIMUM OF 10' CENTERS. F. SPRINKLER HEADS 1. SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH CEILINGS SHALL BE CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP, DIVISION OF TYCO. SERIES TY-L, h- ORIFICE, RECESSED, POLISHED CHROME PENDANT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD WITH TWO PIECE FACTORY WHITE METAL ESCUTCHEON. 2. SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP, DIVISION OF TYCO. ROYAL FLUSH II SERIES RFII,165 F, WITH A WHITE CEILING PLATE. 3. SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE SHALL BE BRASS UPRIGHT CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP. DIVISION OF TYCO SERIES TY-L,'h' ORIFICE, 165 F. 4. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE DESIGN BUILD PER BUILDING CRITERIA, LOCAL CODES AND LUXOTTICA STANDARDS. IV. PIPING A. GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE PIPING INSTALLATION, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALLY ENFORCED BUILDING CODE, THE MECHANICAL CODE. 2. TEST ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. FURNISH ACCESS DOORS FOR VALVES. 4. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SERVICES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHETHER PROVIDED BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS INSTALLATION WITH THE APPROPRIATE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND SHALL REVISE THE DESIGN AS REQUIRED TO MATCH THE EQUIPMENT BEING SUPPLIED. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO CONNECT ALL EQUIPMENT TO THE PIPING SYSTEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO; CONDENSATE, REFRIGERANT, CHILLED WATER, HEATING HOT WATER, CONDENSER WATER, STEAM, ETC. 5. FIRE STOPPING - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPE AND UL CONSTRUCTION DESIGN NUMBER. FOR RATED MASONRY WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER C-AJ-1175. FOR RATED GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER W-L-1003. B. CONDENSATE DRAINS, CONDENSER WATER UP TO 2- ABOVE GRADE AND UNDER 125 PSIG 1. ASTM B88, TYPE L, HARD DRAWN COPPER PIPE; AND ASME B16.18, CAST BRASS, OR ASME B16.22, SOLDER WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS- V. HVAC EQUIPMENT A. INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS, REQUIREMENTS AND ANY ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATIONS. B. HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 'STARTED UP- BY A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN. ALL FACTORY STARTUP FORMS SHALL BE COMPLETED AND TURNED OVER TO THE TENANT WITH ALL COMPLETED WARRANTY CARDS PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL. C. WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP UNITS 1. HEAT PUMPS a.THE HEAT PUMP SYSTEM HAS TWO COMPRESSORS AND MIXED AIR DAMPER CONTROLLED BY AN APPLICATION SPECIFIC DDC CONTROLLER USING ELECTRIC ACTUATION. THE SPACE SERVED BY THE HEAT PUMP IS CONTROLLED IN OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED MODES AS FOLLOWS: 1.1. OCCUPIED: a.a.THE UNIT IS ON AND THE MIXED AIR DAMPER IS OPEN TO MINIMUM POSITION. THE CONTROLLER MODULATES THE MIXED AIR DAMPERS AND TWO STAGES OF THE COMPRESSORS IN SEQUENCE TO MAINTAIN THE ROOM TEMPERATURE AT SET POINT. THE MIXED AIR DAMPER GOES TO MINIMUM POSITION IF EITHER THE HEAT PUMP IS IN THE HEAT MODE OR OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE ECONOMIZER SWITCHOVER TEMPERATURE. 1.2. UNOCCUPIED: a.THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER MOD4 REMAINS AT MINIMUM POSITION AND THE HEAT PUMP IS CONTROLLED USING THE UNOCCUPIED SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. THE MIXED AIR DAMPER IS MODULATED WITH COOLING IN SEQUENCE IF OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW ECONOMIZER SWITCHOVER TEMPERATURE. THE UNIT FAN IS OFF WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS BETWEEN THE HEATING AND COOLING UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT. THE CONTROLLER MAY RESET TO THE OCCUPIED MODE FOR A PREDETERMINED TIME PERIOD UPON A SIGNAL FROM THE CONTROL SYSTEM OR MANUALLY AT THE ROOM SENSOR. b. THE DDC SYSTEM WILL MONITOR THE RETURN AND SUPPLY TEMPERATURES, THE LOW TEMPERATURE LIMIT STATUS, THE DIRTY FILTER STATUS, AND THE RETURN AIR HUMIDITY, AN ALARM WILL BE GENERATED IF ANY OF THESE SETTINGS EXCEEDS ITS ALARM SETPOINT. c.THE DDC SYSTEM WILL MONITOR THE FAN OPERATION VIA A CURRENT -SENSING RELAY. AN ALARM WILL BE GENERATED IF THE FAN IS NOT IN THE DESIRED STATE. d. UPON A CALL FOR COOLING, AND THE OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE IS 55 DEGREES F. (ADJUSTABLE) OR COOLER, THE UNIT SHALL GO INTO ECONOMIZER MODE. THE MOTORIZED OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER MOD1 WILL BE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, MOD4 WILL BE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, MOD2 WILL BE IN THE FULLY CLOSED POSITION, AND MOD3 WILL BE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION FOR RELIEF AIR TO THE EXTE lii OR: THE MIXED AIR SENSOR WILL MEASURE THE ENTHALPY CHANGE IN TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR LEAVING THE AHU AND THE UNIT SHALL GO INTO OCCUPIED MODE IF THE HUMIDITY LEVEL (ADJUSTABLE) REACHES ITS SETPOINT, IF THE OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN 55 DEGREES F. (ADJUSTABLE), THE UNIT SHALL GO INTO INTO OCCUPIED MODE. VI. AIR DISTRIBUTION A. AIR DISTRIBUTION 1. DUCTWORK (ROUND OR RECTANGULAR OR SPIRAL) SHALL BE OF GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE SMACNA MANUAL AND THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE SEAL SCHEDULE: a. DUCTWORK BETWEEN AHU (ROOFTOP UNIT) AND VAV BOXES - 3' W.G. POSITIVE PRESSURE, PAL CLASS A. b. OTHER SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK - 2' W.G. POSITIVE PRESSURE, SEAL CLASS B. c RETURN & EXHAUST DUCTWORK - 2' W.G. NEGATIVE PRESSURE, SEAL CLASS B. 2. ROUND DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE LONG SWEEP,1-112 TIMES THE CENTERLINE RADIUS UNLESS CLEARANCE IS NOT AVAILABLE AT WHICH TIME MITERED ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES SHALL BE UTILIZED. 3. RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES. TURNING VANES SHALL BE FASTENED WITH A DOUBLE ROW OF SCREWS. 4. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE RTU. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WITH 3' WIDE DOUBLE NEOPRENE COATED FLAME RETARDANT, NFPA 90A APPROVED, FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 24 GAGE, 3- WIDE SHEET METAL COLLARS PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EACH SIDE. 5. MITERED OFFSETS GREATER THAN 30 DEGREES IN EITHER DIRECTION SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES SHALL BE MADE BY UNIFORM TAPER SECTION WITH A MAXIMUM INCLUDE ANGLE OF DIVERGENCE OF ISDEGREES. 7. RECTANGULAR BALANCING DAMPERS - RUSKIN MD25 SHALL BE SINGLE BLADE UP TO 6' IN HEIGHT AND 36' IN WIDTH, AND RUSKIN MD35 MULTI -BLADE FOR LARGER SIZES. ALL ROUND BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE COMMERCIAL GRADE SINGLE BLADE UP TO 16' IN DIAMETER SHALL INCORPORATE LOCKING TYPE INDICATING ADJUSTMENT. BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL BRANCH DUCTS OFF MAIN AND ON ALL TAPS OFF DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 8. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS MAYBE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK BUT IT'S USE IS LIMITED TO STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL RUNS. ALL CHANGES OF DIRECTION IN AN DUCT SYSTEM (GALVANIZED OR FLEXIBLE) SHALL BE MADE WITH AN APPROPRIATE GALVANIZED ELBOW. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEXIBLE DUCT IS 5'-0'. 9, FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS SHALL BE ATCO RUBBER PRODUCTS, INC. MODEL UPC #070, INSULATED (R=42), U.L.181 RATED AND CLASS 1 AIR CONNECTOR. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT TO DIFFUSER TO BE S'-O', 10. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR A U.L. APPROVED INSTALLATION. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE TYPE 'B' (BLADES AND FRAME COMPLETELY OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM) FOR ALL WALL ASSEMBLIES AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE APPROPRIATE WALL SLEEVE AND ANGLES PER UL 555. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL FIRE RATED WALLS. VERIFY FIRE RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND RATINGS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. FOR ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS PROVIDE RUSKIN TYPE 'LR' FIRE DAMPERS. SEE DETAILS ON DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 11. DOUBLE THICKNESS INSULATED ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL FIRE DAMPERS FOR ACCESS TO FUSIBLE LINK. DOOR SHALL BE SIZED TO ALLOW FOR EASY SERVICE AND ACCESSIBILITY. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24' IN THE LONGEST DIMENSION. 12. PROVIDE 3'x3'x1/4' ANGLE FRAMING AROUND THE ROOF OPENINGS FOR THE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. 13. SUPPORT ALL SHEET METAL AND EQUIPMENT FROM ANGLE IRON CONNECTED TO STRUCTURAL STEEL. DO NOT SUSPEND DUCT OR EQUIPMENT FROM METAL DECK OR JOIST BRIDGING. VIL CONTROLS A CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PLENUM RATED CABLE WITH COLOR CODED 18 AWG WIRES (MINIMUM). B. CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING BETWEEN THERMOSTAT AND EQUIPMENT (AIR HANDLER, ROOFTOP UNIT, CONDENSING UNIT, ETC.). C. CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A 120 (24) VOLT SUPPLY AIR DUCT MOUNTED IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR. DETECTOR SHALL BE WIRED, BY THE ELECTRICAL (CONTROLS) CONTRACTOR, TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON ACTIVATION. D. THERMOSTATS 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A HONEYWELL 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE HEATING/COOLING THERMOSTAT AND CLEAR LOCKABLE COVER WITH APPROPRIATE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN THERMOSTAT, (FURNACE AND CONDENSING UNIT) ( ROOFTOP) AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM. WIRING SHALL BE MINIMUM 13 AWG. 2. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DOCUMENTS. 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROGRAM THERMOSTAT PER THE TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS AND TRAIN TENANT'S PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION AND PROGRAMMING OF THE THERMOSTAT AND SYSTEM. Vill. TESTING AND BALANCING A. TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED, IS IN FULL WORKING ORDER AND ALL EQUIPMENT START-UP HAS BEEN COMPLETED. ALL HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PUT INTO FULL OPERATION AND THE OPERATION OF SAME CONTINUED DURING EACH WORKING DAY OF THE TESTING AND BALANCING. B. AN INDEPENDENT'AABC' OR'NEBB' CERTIFIED AIR AND WATER BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST AND BALANCE THE SYSTEM AND REPORT RESULTS TO THE ENGINEER TENANT AND THE LANDLORD. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF THE CERTIFIED BALANCING ENGINEER AND BY QUALIFIED BALANCING TECHNICIANS. 2. METHODS AND FORMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AGENCIES RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. 3. COMPLY WITH ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS PERTAINING TO MEASUREMENTS, INSTRUMENTS, TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. 4. ALL QUANTITIES SHALL BE WITHIN 5% OF THE DESIGN VALUES. 5. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY SHEAVE CHANGES REQUIRED ON THE HVAC UNIT. C. PERFORMANCE TEST 1. AFTER ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED, TESTED AND BALANCED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN THEY SHALL BE OPERATED AND PLACED UNDER SURVEILLANCE FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST ONE (1) DAY, THIS MAY INCLUDE THE DAY OF STARTUP, TO VERIFY THAT ALL EQUIPMENT IS PRODUCING THE REQUIRED CAPACITY. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATION OF THE EQUIPMENT DURING THE ENTIRE PERIOD. 2. TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH ALL CONTROLS IN THE AUTOMATIC POSITION AND BUILDING LIGHTS, DAMPERS, ETC. POSITIONED TO SIMULATE NORMAL OPERATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEM. 3. DURING THE TEST, CONTROL SETTINGS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL ADJUSTMENTS TO PRODUCE THE BEST BALANCED SYSTEM OPERATION. THEIR FINAL SETTING OF EACH OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROL SHALL BE RECORDED, THEY SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THERMOSTATS, LIMIT CONTROLS, AND OTHER SIMILAR ITEMS. 4. SHOULD COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OCCUR AT SUCH TIME THAT THE REQUIRED PERFORMANCE TEST MUST BE CONDUCTED DURING A SEASON WHEN THE FULL OPERATION OF EITHER THE HEATING OR COOLING SYSTEM CAN NOT BE CHECKED, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE TEST AND RECORD ALL SUCH DATA AS IS AVAILABLE WITH SYSTEM OPERATING AUTOMATICALLY UNDER THE PREVAILING WEATHER CONDITIONS. THAT PART OF THE SYSTEM WHICH CAN NOT BE TESTED SHALL BE DELAYED UNTIL THE WEATHER IS APPROPRIATE, AT WHICH TIME THE REMAINING PART OF THE REQUIRED TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED AND DATA RECORDED ACCORDINGLY. D. ACCEPTANCE AND CHECK-OUT - GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT, AS MAYBE REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER FOR THE PURPOSE OF VERIFYING PROPER OPERATION AND INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK AT THE TIME OF REQUEST FOR ACCEPTANCE. nECEIV ED CITY OF T UK ILA PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE CJFR�d1T AKIr) APPROVAL REQUIRED DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. t\B<MRE O e�»Lcmro,ahxe Maxy cn awia •riR1312SHI�0 O6Gwrcry 0cck Esl Gaty, CfC 25 •+i (bEf7 a3iA'rt0 STORE 479779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE -AE416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: f Leo CL CD UJ 2!!. 00 M 'F Oiz U v- III O � '>L' t0 6 O -0 � ::3 J t11 CD Q LLj Revisions: Mark Date By Qi 12-i8�19 LANDLORD COMMENTS a2-28-20 WILDING DEPARTMENTCOMMENtS a A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 3/2/20 EXPIRES **21� Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF M002 Checked By MPR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD RELIEF HOOD 4TON MIN O.A. 261 CFM TO SUPPLY DIFFUSERS BACKDRAFT DAMPER TO SUPPLY DIFFUSERS 6.5 IUN MIN O.A. 415 CFM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: EQUIPMENT: ERVA SERVES AS THE DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEM. ERV-1 IS INDEPENDENT OF THE RTU OPERATION. RTU-1 AND RTU-2 SERVE TO PROVIDE COMFORT TO THE SPACE AND USE OUTSIDE AIR ONLY IN ECONOMIZER MODE AS AN ENERGY SAVING STRATEGY WHEN OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS ARE APPROPRIATE FOR ECONOMIZER OPERATION. OCCUPIED: ERV ENERGIZES, BRINGS PRECONDITIONED AIR TO SPACE VIA HEAT EXCHANGERS. INLINE DUCT HEATER ENERGIZES WHEN PRECONDITIONED AIR TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 65 DEGREES F. CONDITION #1: SPACE TEMPERATURES ARE MET. ERV PROVIDES MINIMUM VENTILATION AIR TO SPACE AT 65 DEGREES F. CONDITION #2: SPACE SENSORS CALL FOR COOLING. ERV DE -ENERGIZES HEATER, RTU DECIDES BASED ON OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS WHETHER TO USE ADDITIONAL OUTSIDE AIR VIA ECONOMIZER CYCLE OR MECHANICAL COOLING. THE RTU OPERATES IN THAT MODE UNTIL SPACE COMFORT LEVEL IS MET. CONDITION #3: SPACE SENSORS CALL FOR HEATING. ERV ENERGIZES HEATER TO MAINTAIN 65 DEGREE E DISCHARGE. RTU FOR SPACE ENTERS HEATING MODE UNTIL SPACE COMFORT LEVEL IS MET. UNOCCUPIED: ERV DE -ENERGIZES. SPACE RTU'S MAINTAIN MINIMUM OR MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES IN SPACE AS DEFINED BY SET BACK OPERATION. NO OUTSIDE AIR FROM THE DOAS IS USED TO MINIMIZE THE EFFECT OF HUMIDITY IN THE SPACE. RTU'S WILL DETERMINE, BASED ON OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY, WHETHER TO USE ECONOMIZER COOLING OR MECHANICAL COOLING. A HVAC CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE DEMOLITION NOTES: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL APPLICABLE). ALL SYSTEM SHUT -DOWNS AND DISRUPTION OF BE FAMILIAR WITH THE LIMITS OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED FOR SCHEDULED AFTER NORMAL BUILDING HOURS OR AS ALL TRADES. COORDINATE DEMOLITIO{� WITH REQUIREMENTS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY OWNER OF NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO INITIATING WORK. 1. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION FIELD VERIFY AND IDENTIFY ANY B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IN SERVICE THAT IS SERVED COMPLETE REMOVAL AND DISCARDING OF ALL DEMOLITION BY SYSTEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED, NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY WASTE INCLUDING ANY UNFORESEEN ITEMS WITHIN THE SCOPE SUCH CONDITIONS AND REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE THE OF THE PROJECT. SERVICES AS DIRECTED, C. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS J. MEET WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDLORD PRIOR WITH CONTINUING OWNER OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT TO DEMOLITION TO IDENTIFY WHETHER EXISTING MATERIALS SPACES. ALL DEMOLITION WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. ARE CONSIDERED SALVAGE OR OWNER AND CONDUCTED UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS. DEBRIS, REMOVE DEBRIS FROM SITE AND DISPOSE OF IN AND APPROVED MANNER AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. D. REPAIR/PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION OF VARIOUS CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ANY K. TERMINATE DEMOLISHED SYSTEM SERVICES IN A CONCEALED REQUIRED OPENING WITH RESPECTIVE TRADES. FOR ANY WORK LOCATION IN AN APPROVED MANNER. COORDINATE WITH NEW THAT SHALL OCCUR OUTSIDE OF DEMOLITION AREA, AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN SPACE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. L. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO WORK E. PROPERLY CAP, PLUG AND CONCEAL ANY PIPING LEFT IN PLACE. CAP ABANDONED SEWER PIPING A MINIMUM OF 8" BELOW M. VERIFY EXTENT OF DEMOLITION OF SANITARY SEWER, FINISH FLOOR PATCH AND REPAIR SLAB. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PRIOR TO WORK ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES, F. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REMOVE ALL NOT STANDARDS AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. USED WATER PIPING, WASTE AND VENT, DUCTWORK EQUIPMENT IN THE REMODEL AREA. N. WHERE REQUIRED, COORDINATE EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL TERMINATION REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE FOR WHETHER TO DISPOSE HVAC OUTLETS REMOVED OR RE -USE. H. DEMOLISH EXISTING AS REQUIRED PER NEW CONSTRUCTION AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT AND/OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. AVOID DISRUPTION OF SERVICES DURING BUSINESS HOURS (IF 5q. I�J� �q 'U: Weight DLa (US) EBB (Metric) pan Numb r. CRBK-PRCCCFA4411 Sw,}i {'FiE�irroHle RTU: S'ubmittedta: I Appnn' by: I Notca: K—kil— Struduraily Calculated Curb - 14Inch- TO Non Insulated Full Perimeter Knockdoxm SWaturally Calculated Curb, California St""'5lendard. High SefamicC ."" InciudeS Hoid-D.wm Brackbts.'SMurhTddy' Stamped By Prof—lonsl Engineer, Without Pitch, insulated Deck pan ItAppltcable, lddUdes Waod Nailer& Hoid Dawn Brackets. Marts Seiamk, Requlremenls for 2016 CBC & 201516C. Wind Design Criteria: 60 Fact Tell Building Maximum, Exposure C, 155 MPH -a SecondGust 5peed Risk Calag ryIN&IV . i 71 i s u ,.a ,i,& CUNb CNb bETAi4.-._- ( MICRO i4lb E, nETAIL >•" n-,` ,W t'RS �l ^t,.. :.. Y ' �.•—.-••1inOGk'Ut}WN CIIR •{1NIT TO CURB coftxC920K7N4" PTTncntACNT acTAn. 6 ,sKl'.t'•..C,{ � � :•yT`v; y> _'� .,/� �ii1 M L �'4\�r,� x.>p T '�a..u+ -.:1 ,v, 3 AN N RAGE DCT.111% ¢Tj\ ' M1 sASV Yf,,-N ezmlk f 4 4L i 1 v I 3� n A ID B LD C OD D 6.OD. E F G H I I 80.60 46.37 49.37 8150 1 18.50 34,37 16 25 34.37 1.50 mrc OW1A OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE LANDLORD COMMENTS DATED - 11/25/19 -ENSURE SPACE IS COMPLETELY SEALED DURING DEMOLITION SUCH THAT DUST DOES NOT TRAVEL THROUGH THE COMMON PLENUM TO ADJACENT TENANT SPACES OR MALL COMMON AREA. -PROTECT ANY VENTS, VERIFY WITH MALL FACILITIES PRIOR TO COVERING RETURN VENTS. -SPRINKLER AND RESTORATION COMPANY MUST BE ON STANDBY DURING DEMOLITION. -IF ANY NEW ITEMS ARE PLACED ON THE ROOF, THEY SHOULD BE IN THE SAME LOCATION AND CURBS. IF THEY ARE NOT IN THE SAME LOCATION, THEY MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED ON SITE BY MALL FACILITIES. -IF PLACING NEW EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF, SUBMIT CRANE LIFT PLAN A5AP TO MALL FACILITIES IN ORDER TO GET THAT APPROVED THROUGH OUR R15K MANAGEMENT DEPT FOR ANY ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE INSTALLED ON THE ROOF. -VERIFY LANDLORD APPROVED METHODS FOR ATTACHING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE WHEN HANGING{SUPPORTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, WATER HEATERS, TRANSFORMERS, FIXTURES, CONDUIT, ETC. WITH LANDLORD AND-TENANT'5 ARCHITECT. ATTACHING TO UPPER LEVEL FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF DECK 15 NOT ALLOWED. CONDUIT HANGERS, CLAMPS, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS, ETC. SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS OR BEAMS. ® KEY NOTES - DEMOLITION 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED RUN OUT DUCTWORK TO MAIN DUCTWORK. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RETURN GRILLS. 3. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING BATH EXHAUST FANS. SALVAGE EXHAUST DUCTWORK FOR 6. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT. SALVAGE i G EXISTING PLENUM IF POSSIBLE. 7. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPLIT SYSTEM INDOOR AHU AND EXTERIOR HEAT PUMP UNIT. 8. REMOVE EXISTING OUTSIDE HEAT PUMP UNITS AND REFRIGERANT PIPING TO INDOOR UNIT. VERIFY 9. REMOVE PORTION OF DUCTWORK FOR INSTALLATION OF MIXING BOX, VERIFY IN FIELD. --- - --------------------- - I / r u I IQ j, I1 II --- /// 36'X36@72'-Ot' AFT. 36'XI,2 @11'-tta" A`.F. 11 I '' RENRN qpI - 53'X20'@lZ-0;'_AF. 26'X531 SUPPLY <D p I -- L-------- — / / V / % Q v vv v I I \IV I� �1/11NI r / i I Q. I\ I \\ I I ---------� 44 II \/ ---� c �v I��-j t-------- t----- -I-1------- r— I I I11 Z1'71 a0 I, 11 (( ' UP THRUI( I( I Q2 11 HRU DECK I - 010' @72'- 2 AF.F. I( I I I I I I- w HVAC — DEMOLITION mm, — — 18\) —i17) nEGr'_IVED CITY OF 'i W WIL4 1 MAR 0 5 2020 PERL41T CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL QE51GN ENGINEERING CONSTRICTION MANAGEMENT: NB<TORE O armwe xavv�,Mswt cwaw;o ♦+t Gl�):6scan •6GemYBa'+, ExCnaty,RO'4'.b 0.1(NW9la+TA STORE 079779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. 10 C] O D yO o cf Cie V v— CB O p- 0' T3 0 < 5 Revisions: Mark Date By LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-2620 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A a Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal R SyY� �1P AFS rCNAL ��� 3/2l20 EXPIRES 12'fi9'21 Architect 7 Engineer Job No, 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: M Construction Title HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN Date 5fieet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF M100 Chec a By y MPR INSTALL HOOD LEVEL AND SECURE TO CURB BIRD SCREEN WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS NEOPRENE GASKET BY 24' INSULATED ROOF "'----- HVAC CONTRACTOR CURB FURNISHED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR COUNTERFLASHING BY AND INSTALLED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR GEN. CONTRACTOR „ 1' EXTERNAL INSULATION EXTEND TO ECONOMIZER(MIXING BOX. /'� 2- DEEP SOLDERED DRAIN PAIN 2' 4-4 INTAKE HOOD DETAIL SCALE: NONE INSTALL HOOD LEVEL AND SECURE TO CURB BIRD SCREEN WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS NEOPRENE GASKET BY 2d"INSULATED ROOF HVAC CONTRACTOR CURB FURNISHED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR COUNTERFLASHING BY AND INSTALLED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR GEN.CONTRACTOR BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER (D_ILLI11 HOOD DETAIL SCALE NONE THREADED ROD TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (TYP) SEISMIC BRACING (TYP) - INSECT SCREEN FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION (TYP FOR ALL CONNECTIONS) SUPPLY AIR DUCT WITH LOW LOSS FITTING, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZE. RA DUCT. SEE BOOR Li _J L/ (l PLANS FOR SIZE ��k \- DIRECT DRIVE FAN WITH SIDE ACCESS DISPOSABLE INTERNAL VIBRATION FILTERS. ISOLATION SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONDENSATE DRAINS AIR HANDLER INSTALLATION GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE MOUNTING MFR MODEL No. MODULESIZE FINISH NOTES S1 SUPPLY MATCH TITUS TMS 24" X 24" STD. WHITE 2,3 2 AIR CEILING S2 SUPPLY MATCH TITUS OMNI 24" X 24" PAINT TO Z3,4 AIR CEILING MATCH CLG S3 SUPPLY MATCH TITUS OMNI 12" X 12" PAINT TO 2,3,4 AIR CEILING AT CLG SUPPLY MATCH _ TITUS TMS 12"X,2" STD. WHITE FINISH 2,3 AIR CEILING Rt RETURN MATCH TITUS SOF 24" X 24" AD. WHITE 2 AIR CEILING FINISH FLIT RETURN MATCH TITUS 50F FIELD CUT STD. WHITE 2 AIR CEILING2 R2 RETURN MATCH TITUS OMNI 24 X 24" PAINT TO MATCH CLG 2,3 4 AIR CEILING R3 RETURN MATCH TITUS OMNI 12" X 12" PAINT TO MATCH CLG 2,3,4 AIR CEILING R4 RETURN MATCH TITUS 50F 48" X 24" STD. WHITE FINISH 1,2 AIR CEILING NOTES/ACCESSORIES 1. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER 2. RAPID MOUNT FRAME (IF SURFACE MOUNTING) 3. SECTORIZING BAFFLES FOR DIRECTIONAL CONTROL WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS 4. PROVIDE YOUNGS REGULATOR TO CONTROL DAMPER AT DIFFUSERS IN GYP BOARD CLGS. NOTE MANUFACTURER IS TO GIVE DIRECTION ON STYLE AND QUALITY. 1IT IS NOT THE INTENT OF THE LISTING TO SINGLE LINE SPECIFY A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER. M004 MASTER DIFFUSER SCHEDULE RCG' W T ,R"R`F£R'° KEY NOTES - MECHANICAL PLAN �9 KEY NOTES - MECHANICAL PLAN (CONi)°ESIGNENGINEERINGC°NnRDCnDNMANAGEMENi. SCN£DULLS ear. -SPEW7CA PCINS FOR VIES / AND ACID: i fXAt R£a"ACYC 7S 1. PROVIDE DAMPERS PER DETAIL. 16. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LANDLORD 2. PROVIDE DUCT TAKE OFFS PER DETAIL. HIGH EFFICIENCY FITTINGS SHALL BE PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. HIRE LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR (AT THIS r\B<MRE ROD,' Ttw uvlr USED. SEE DETAIL. CONTRACTORS EXPENSE) FOR ALL ROOFING CHANGES. 3. INSULATE ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK PER APPLICABLE ENERGY/MECHANICAL 17. ROUTE CONDENSATE FROM NOTED UNIT TO LOCATION OF MOP SINK. FA ROOF CURs wrt FURL PtRb1£7ER r. \ CODE -MOST RESTRICTIVE TO GOVERN. 18. NOT USED.XCOIet�axaaxcnusm oe{ssa e.relal rzsero � -•„ etfiW ANPAD DE7N:EN eecrG yarwtes'crmy, eromzs a+�i ols3am -•` �.� � cDRs AND uxtr. PRONDE fNTEGRAt RA,F^ tDP uNrr cavm�SA7E DRAW 4. REMOTE SENSOR. CONNECT TO MAIN THERMOSTAT. \ v,� 0-FA, as aosro CO3,VDFNSA7E DRAIN 11PE eYZE SHALL BE ND 5. DAMPER IS INSTALLED ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. PROVIDE YOUNGS 19. PROVIDE BACKDRAFT DAMPER IN SUPPLY DUCTWORK BEFORE RES7FA?J I SPRING LESS THAN DRAIN CiWNEC770N CtJ UNTT STORE #79779 ') t69RAT7C,Y 1saLArnRs % REGULATOR AND BOWDEN CABLE. SEE DETAIL PROVIDE CABLE OPERATED FANCOIL/ERV UNR. INTERLOCK DAMPER WITH FAN OPERATION ON THE nrr=u rvocA7£D ov J/'j 0FrN ro AfV0V r£RE DAMPERS WHERE DAMPERS ARE INSTALLED OVER GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. UNIT. T.+RAWN(TS SOUTHCENTER MALL 6. PROVIDE SCREEN OVER RETURN OPENING. 20. RELIEF HOOD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO �raDU sl caKc uiwcvJ 7. EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN. ROUGH IN. HIRE LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR (AT THIS M,: RFiEF 70 SPEGFICATIO,VS FOR SPACE •# 4'16 ' i's1; , a� AND DrRr LEG PRONDE CONDENSATE AtA7ERlAt RE0.'lIREMEN7s 8. CONNECT NEW FAN TO EXISTING LANDLORD EXHAUST DUCTWORK. CONTRACTORS EXPENSE) FOR ALL ROOFING CHANGES. TP1Rd4CN THE' PAST PIROUCH THE BASE sPEc�7;Ea 9. REVISE EXISTING GAS LINE AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO NEW RTU. SEATTLE WA 98188 ,1 - CCVDENSA7E LINE SHALL RUN CW ROOF + � W rN,E• NCAR£sr RO7P ORA1N A A CATED. SL4P£ NO LESS THAN f/B' PER 2 J z it. NOT USED. FOOT,: REFER 70 PLUU&NC PLANS FOR 2 2 .' Tr /-ROGk'rOP UNll RW?WC, SIZE AND DISCHARGE• tOCA RAV Construction for: ComLN5A7E DRA AV. PPE �^ of t1vNaExsA7E 13. CONNECT OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK FROM ERV-1 TO SUPPLY DUCTWORK sr u NOTE sHABE Na L£ss DOWNSTREAM OF THE BACKDRAFT DAMPER. THAN ORA>at CCWJVCC9aV FL M&E mw�enaV-� ou u,VIK REFER to �-_., 14. NOT USED. _ �.-- R'7URN AIR xrorf PLNIS,INT PtAMS R7R /"'\ - \ /� ( 1 PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF RaJmo.. W'C AhD RTU CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL SUPP r AIR Du°r msvuRG_ ctrAT.av OF U t { (,N i 15. INSTALL EXTERIOR HEAT PUMP UNITS IN SAME LOCATION AS EXISTING. 7 1` X FIRE WALLS. PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING Q CONDE71SA7£ 1l \ � CD AV7M / scAEE: NONE % ROUTE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIMILAR TO EXISTING. FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE )UNCTION BOXES ARE 7. PRVVAA rinm77 C necrRICAt oS`WCr1Q`4E ALL /itNk POZ7PA T/Ot5' OF ELEC7R= G1.1VRIr7S WL4 LE AxEPMRC. YII LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR OTHER FIRE WALL. 2. D(VT Smv<c DE7ECr0.4 SW44 bF dK".d'rrED AW INSTALLED I 0 0 FT'R 4DEAL On%'S. URGENT RETAIL RAY -BAN EXAM CARE LAB SALES AREA AREA � Q TYPICAL ROOFTOP UNIT DETAIL Los I 102 i 1Q7 1016 I o If CLG. HT.=8'-0" CLG. HT=9'-0' CLG. HT.=10'-6' CLG. HT. 10'-6' X O SCALE NONE A �� -- --- _ --- - - - ---- - -- - - -- --- - - -- 8 f�1a"x1 i zo _ _ r� 1 Co td X12� TO ,_.::ci.____- -®R 3 V S 0R2 - _ NE RV-1 s< ..-z -s- i (�J RTU-1 Ll :3_ < C � i (� I =' 8"DUAL - S1 'd- S 1 B" DIA 12"X10 , -` @ ,h 180 CFM 195CFM ;" r 150CFM I ---• `t'=+' �, i R3 8"DIA350 CFM. REK 19----.. _- .��' • - evl ons: �} ""S TI- L-2 Mark sl Dete By HOUSE ..__ _......_. • :-_ ` '. I 350CFDIA 12" DIA ^fir t1=r 19 ,= BIT i D6 ' 1 av „ 12-18-is -- _�-- 19--- 16 LANDLORD COMMENTS 3. HT. 8'-0' R1T DUE --T 13 6 pC 1 S EX 3 X16' @12'-q AE F EX 36'X12- Q11'-11k A.FF- 2-28-20 A ID NEW FC-1 - / MIMING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 116 -G. HT = 9'-0' )NTACT NSROOM 104 -G. HT- 8'-0' ) RECEPTION/ ATTING AREA 103 G. HT,=10'-O' 112 LG. HT-8'-O' LCOVE 108 CLG. HT- 8'-0' FEMALE RESTROOM 111 CLG. HT.=8'-0' HALLWAY #2 170 CLG. HT. 9'-0' HALLWAY #1 107 CLG. HT-9'-0' FUTURE PRE -TEST 115 CLG. HT=8'-O' CEF-1 195 100 8" DIA �-"' I 12" DIA A X 53'7Qo";@mA. F- "i I 12" DIA l NEW R - 6 i Cp i R_2 - 7-77717, 26'X i- SUPPLY 1: ` 340 CFM T T -1 u . 1 - E V 1 ¢ -. - 15 CFM r � _ I � � I f 5�1 I j . 100 CFM 3' t 1 I� L w5 12' DIA •__.-.___.__. _- I 75 CFM ._.. 8" DIA ._... I _.._-_.. ...-FIT - - IBIT 12 TO-DIA - ; 100 CFM., '. 8" DIA _. .. _.. .: RIT s t� ..G B` DIA _- 700 CFM 8" DIA _ FUTURE PRE -TEST 11: CLG. HT.=8'-0' 12"X12" d TTYP) - i L 10 J 12" DIA 10 5�2 350 CFM S_2 \\ 10 350 CFJVI 1 12"X32" 12" DIA FINE)10 5�2 350 CFM '"• I • 10 (LYP) / 12" DIA s_z 350 CFM R-2 - OAKLEY EXAM PRE -TEA AREA 113 109 101C CLG. HT.=8'-O' CLG. HT. 8'-0' CLG. HT. =10'-6' HVAC - PLAN SCALE: 1/{•:i'-6' WE RR=3 A IL A Architect / Engineer of Record - -( 17� Michael Romes, PE INTERIOR 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd STOREFRONT 101n Suamico, WI 54173 CLG. HT.=12'-7' (920) 445-5007 Seal ( AL 3/2/20 EXPIRES 'FL-02.21 An:hitea ( Engineer Job No 029 - 16J Nextore Store Design Revision No.: - 05 Na.WM project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: M Construction rile HVAC PLAN nECEIVED CITY OF "f 61,WILA 0 5 2(!Date 1 PERtMAR �IITCEN20 TER Drawn SEPARATE IT PERFAIT AND s - I,; •f�17 �, RE C.1.i'i`L Sheet M200 DEMOLITION AREA EXIT #2 ADJACENT TENANT CUSTOMER AND EMPLO EE AREA \ Lj \ I J I /,�/ EXIT SIGNAL C STONIER AND' EXIT #2 U MALL CORRIDOR DEMOLITION FLAN (PHASE 1A) ( t- CUSTOMER AND x\ EMPLOYEE AREA 3 NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 2) V, 0 Z 0 EXIT #1 �17J DEMOLITION AREA ffq C4NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 3) EXIT #1 I /—. 16 1. I 17 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE THE PHASING PLANS CREATED BY THE ARCHITECT FOR MORE SPECIFIC PROJECT INFORMATION. 2. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCTING TO DIFFUSER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED AND CONNECT TO SALES FLOOR SUPPLY DUCT THAT IS AT LEAST 12" DIAMETER. ALL BRANCH DUCTS TO HAVE MANUAL DAMPERS FOR BALANCING PURPOSES. 3. PROVIDE AIR AT THE INDICATED RATE SHOWN ON THE PLAN. 4. DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE NEW AND SHALL BE USED AS FINAL INSTALLED DIFFUSERS AT THE END OF USE OF THE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTED CAPSULE AREA 5. RETURN GRILLS SHALL BE OPEN TO THE PLENUM, OR CONNECTED TO EXISTING RETURN DUCLWORK IN THE SPACE THAT HAS DUCTED RETURNS. 6. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE SELF CONTAINED LAVATORY WHERE ALLOWED BY THE AHJ. 7_ ALL SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORDS SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTORS EXPENSE INCLUDE THEIR WORK IN YOUR BIDS. 8. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RECESSED TYPE NTH FACTORY PAINTED CUSTOM COLOR FACE PLATES. PLACE ORDER FOR FACE PLATES EARLY IN JOB. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING COLOR. 9. ALL NOTES AND GENERAL CONTENT FROM THE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS SHALL APPLY TO THE PHASING CONSTRUCTION AREA AS APPLICABLE DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT_ N KL ♦mwt,�,rxz Ma�onamxs OaRg)>sssm �6Gemn/&od-fttt CfW.y,Cf�tb 0.i (8E�91AxU STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: QUO 00 �o o0 a(J o� c ru L a O -0D -J -3 z t,T CD QCD Revisions: Mark Date By Q4-18 19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28 20 8U—NG DEPARTMENTCOMMENTS KEY NOTES - MECHANICAL/PLUMBING/FIRE PROTECTION PLAN I. PROVIDE BRANCH DUCTING TO DIFFUSER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED AND CONNECT TO SALES FLOOR SUPPLY DUCT THAT IS AT Q LEAST 12" DIAMETER. ALL BRANCH DUCTS TO HAVE MANUAL DAMPERS FOR BALANCING PURPOSES. A Architect J Engineer of Record I 1 I I I ( Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 1 r%j wr ' 1 S`y/WA1 �' 312l20 EXPIRES tM-21 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Stom Design Revision No,: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC,05 _ ISSUED FOR: M Construction Title IS MECHANICAL/ nECF VFD PLUMBING/FP CITY OF ` UXXVILA I MAR o 202o PHASING PLAN i t I I i I Date Sheet PERFArr CENTER D.—By919 &MECHANICAL/PLUMBING/FIRE PROTECTION - PHASING PLAN srAFF MP201 SEPARATE Necked By PERMIT AND �.,� MPR APPROVAI REQUIRED LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE - LENSCRAFTERS INLINE ALL NEW FIXTURES ARE OWNER SUPPLIED, EC INSTALLED LAMP FIXTURE TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODELNUMBER FIN ISH/COLOR VOLTAGE LAMPTYPE CITY WATTS NOTES A2L 2X2 LAYIN, PARABOLIC LENS, RESTICKERED 20W MERCURY 54E-217-OCT-9W-ELB-UNI WHITE 120/277 LED LINEAR; 8W, 3000K, 1300 LUMENS 2 16 2X2 LAPIN, PARABOLIC LENS, RESTICKERED 20W, AZLE 450 LUMEN BATTERY PACK MERCURY 54E-217-OCT-9W-ELB-UNI-EMPK/ISL54 WHITE 120/277 LED LINEAR; 8W, 3000K, MD LUMENS 2 16 RESTICKERED (20W) INCANDESCENT CAN WITH RL38-ICESA (HOUSING); CTR3802-P-W (BLACK DBW LED LAMP CONTECH BAFFLE, WHITE RING) BLACK 120V 17W 38 DEGREE LED, 3000K 1 1 17 G2L ZX2 LAYIN, FROSTED LENS, RESTICKERED 20W MERCURY 34E-REG-217-OCT-iFL-UNI WHITE 120/277 LED LINEAR; 8W, 3000K,1300 LUMENS 2 16 2X2 LAPIN, FROSTED LENS, RESTICKERED 20W, 650 G2LE LUMEN EMERGENCY MERCURY 34E-REG-217-OCT-SFL-ELB-UNI-EMPK/148 WHITE 120/277 LED LINEAR; 8W, 3000K,1300 LUMENS 2 16 2 LAMP, WITH BLACK TRIM BLACK INTERIOR, LED 2 TRIMLESS, 2 LAMP, TRIMLESS, BLACK INTERIOR, 40W ENGINE, BLACK M2E LED DOWNLIGHT, 7W EMERGENCY OPTION INTENSE ICL-LEDG2-L3-309-2-BNF-32-EM7 INTERIOR 120 2OW LED CHIP PER HEAD, 3"K, 92 CRI 2 1 40 2 LAMP, WITH BLACKTRIM, BLACK INTERIOR, LED M3E DOWNLIGHT, EMERGENCY OPTION, 31 DEGREE VIABIZZUNO MINITRAFFIC- M3E BLACK 120 16.8W, 30DOK, 92 CRT 2 33.6 El BLACK TRACK HEAD, 15 DEGREE OPTICS VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-El BLACK 120 20.5W, 3000K, 92 CRI 1 20.5 E2 BLACK TRACK HEAD, 24 DEGREE OPTICS VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-E2 BLACK 120 20.5W, 3000K, 92 CRT 1 20.5 E3 BLACK TRACK HEAD, 31 DEGREE OP11CS VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-E3 BLACK 120 20.SW, 3000K, 92 CRT 1 20.5 TRACK, BLACK FINISH, FIELD CUTTO MATCH SIZE ON PLANS, PROVIDE END FEEDS AND T## ICONNECTORS AS REQUIRED VIABIZZUNO ECONOTRACK-Tl, T2, T3, T4, T# BLACK 120V N/A WHITE, SEMI -RECESSED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM LED EDGE UTEXITSIGN, RED LETTERS, CEILING 2 X1RW MOUNTED UGHTALARMS SPLEDWRCD(WHITE) WHITE 120/277 LEDW/UNIT 3 1 TRACK CURRENT UMITER PANEL THE"#" INDICATES THE AMPACITY OF THE CURRENT CLP-#A LIMITER. SEE PLANS. ACUITY/SILVER BULLET T24M-1077UL-(4)BP-4A(1)-SA(1)-8A(2)-SM STANDARD 120 N/A RP2 25OWINVERTER LIGHTALARMS I LMIU-250 WHITE 220/277 LINEVOLTAGE IN/UNE VOLTAGE OUT 2 CONTROLS COS CEILING OCCUPANCYSENSOR ISENSORSWITCH CM-PDT-1A WHITE OS WALLOCCUPANCYSENSOR I LUTRON MS-A102-WH WHITE OSD WALLOCCUPANCY SENSOR/DIMMER LUTRON MS-Z101 WHITE p ISLIDE DIMMER IGREENGATE WBSD-010SLD-W I WHITE NOTES: 1. SEMI RECESSED EDGE LIT EXIT SIGN WITH RED LETTERS FOR CEILING MOUNTING. WHITE FINISH FOR CANOPY WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. REDLEDINCLUDED. 2. POWERS FIXTURES IN THE EVENT OF A POWER FAILURE. SEEWIRINGDETAIL GENERAL: SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE WALL OCCUPANCY SENSORS, DIMMERS, AND/OR COMBINATION SENSORS/DIMMERS. SEE PLANS FOR EXACT QUANTITY. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS (ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) -- HOMERUN TO PANEL AND CIRCUIT INDICATED OD RECESSED DOWNLIGHT- DESIGNATIONS VARY - SEE PLANS. XX-## ILLUMINATED'EXIT' SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURE CEILING MOUNTED OR WALL MOUNTED. PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED ON CIRCUIT FLOOR PLANS. — — — — INFLOOR/UNDERFLOOR CONDUITIWIRE W NET M MOTION DETECTOR JUNCTION BOX TC LIGHTING TIME CLOCK DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE, 20 AMPERE, MOUNTED AT 18- AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: 0 DATA OUTLET: MOUNTED AT 18' AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. '2' INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBER PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH PLASTER RING AND 3/4' CONDUIT TO 'E' EXISTING TO REMAIN ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR HEIGHTS. 'WP' INDICATES WEATHERPROOF COVER 'D' DEDICATED CIRCUIT mow, SWITCHED WIRING 'GET' INDICATES GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER TYPE 'R' INDICATES RECESSED i' — BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, GROUNDING -� -+� HOMERUN TYPE, 20 AMPERE, MOUNTED AT 18' AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A MOTOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMPERE MOUNTED ® Y IN FLOOR BOX. 'CLG' INDICATES MOUNTED IN CEILING DOOR BELL EXTERIOR PUSH BUTTON ® COMBINATION DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND VOICE/DATA OUTLET T 5 DOOR BELL TRANSFORMER AND SIGNAL MOUNTED IN FLOOR BOX. ® DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMPERE O SPEAKER MOUNTED IN FLOOR BOX. COMMUNICATIONS FLOOR BOX CA SECURITY CAMERA ,k SWITCH - SINGLE POLE TOGGLE TYPE-120277 VOLT, i-HP RATED, 20 i AMPERE, MOUNTED AT 48" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE ONLY SHOWN FOR PREFERENTIAL LOCATION. FINAL LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY LL AND '3- INDICATES THREE WAY SWITCH FIRE ALARM ENGINEER- VERIFY PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. '4' INDICATES FOUR WAY SWITCH 'C' INDICATES SWITCH MOUNTED B' ABOVE COUNTER M FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION MOUNTED AT 48- AFF. 'OS' INDICATES OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH 'D' INDICATES DIMMER SWITCH - WATTAGE AS INDICATED ON PANEL � [Dj FIRE ALARM AUDIONISUAL ALARM SIGNAL WALL MOUNTED AT 80- AFF. SCHEDULE. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL INCLUDE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR V❑ FIRE ALARM VISUAL ONLY ALARM SIGNAL WALL MOUNTED AT 80- AFF. 'MS' SWITCH USED AS A MASTER OVER OTHER SWITCHES IN THE ROOM rVj CLG FIRE ALARM VISUAL ONLY ALARM SIGNAL CEILING MOUNTED OS CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANT SENSOR CLG FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL ALARM SIGNAL CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE: 'AD' INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE 'a' INDICATES SWITCH Do CONTROL. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR DESCRIPTION. ® FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR � TRACK AND TRACK MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE (DESIGNATIONS VARY - �— FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR - DUCT MOUNTED #T-S SEE PLANS) DIVISION 16000 - ELECTRICAL PARTI- GENERAL A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS T ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL WORK TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES AS LOCALLY ENFORCED- NO WORK ON THE DRAWINGS IS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE IT CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT. COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. 5. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE, LIGHTING, AND RELATED WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR THE USE OF ALL TRADES DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. ONLY MAJOR EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IS IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE - ASSUME NO WORK OR EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS STATED AS SUCH. 2. DURING BIDDING: 2.1. VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPENSATE FOR ANY VARIATIONS IN THE SCOPE AS A RESULT, 2.3. WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT THAT CANNOT BE RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ADVISE ENGINEER PROMPTLY FOR A RESOLUTION: DO NOT PROVIDE WORK WHEN THERE IS UNCERTAINTY ON WHAT WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 3. AS PART OF THE BIDDING PROCESS, REPORT TO THE TENANT ANY ERRORS OR UNCLEAR DIRECTIONS THAT YOU HAVE IDENTIFIED. C. DOCUMENTS 1. SUBSTITUTIONS 11. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EQUIVALENT TO THOSE INDICATED. 2. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY CLARIFYE CABLING 84 NETWORKING QA CHECKLIST To be completed byProfectMonegeran Monday the weekafrhe CUIRiFYEmsmtlation Jfenyofthe tasksarfabels orematco.pletsd.rrectly es./ate to the on -she Fleet Renewal Managerlmmediately. Task CD"I"I" Doctor Data Cabinet in the Pre-TastRoom Confirm the modem is extended Into the DOC (if the intemet service does not have a modem and it Is just aJack, confirm the Jack is Patched overm the DDC Confirm the modem is lebeled as the "CLARIFYE Made.' Confirm the DDC has a 48 port patch panel installed - Confine there Is .—itch in the E DO labeled as "DatorSwitde" Above the Doctor. Data Cabinet In the Pre -Test Room Conflrn Cis. Menki wireless router mounted to the wall 6' from the floor on the Kentedine above the DDC Confirm the Cisco Merakt Meet —router Is labeled as the'CLARIFYE Router" Confirm there is a 6 Port data Jack510' from the floor and 8` from the cemerline of the 2!irm there is a power outlet S'LD° from the floor and V from the centerline of the DOC Confirm Cis. Meraki wireless mufter Is nhne with a solid white status light Exam Roams Gordian the Recess dE O-inmantBax is installed T 2' from the floor and 3'4"from the right h d all when facing the box Confirm the cable runsforthewimlessaccess points are to the campot locations and labeled on the ceiling Versian:3123/2018 RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION 1. DURING BIDDING YOU VISITED THE SITE. WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A WIRING DEVICES 1. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE, NEMA 5-20R, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. 1.1. SPECIFICATION GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHALL BE HUBBELL #5362 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL HEAVY DUTY, WHITE, 13. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFI) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE TOGGLE OPERATED, QUIET TYPE, RATED FOR 20 AMPS, 120277 VOLTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR BACK AND SIDE WIRING. THREE WAY AND FOUR WAY SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED. 2.1. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1221 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120277V, WHITE. 22. THREE POLE SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON #1223 SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, SILENT ACTUATING, 20-AMP, 120277V, WHITE 3- DIMMERS SHALL BE LEVITON SLIDING DIMMER SWITCH, OF A RATING, VOLTAGE AND WATTAGE SUITABLE FOR LOAD SERVED. COLORS OF DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL WHITE. 4. COMBINATION WALL DIMMER/OCCUPANT SENSOR SHALL BE LUTRON MAESTRO 0-10V DIMMER WITH INTEGRAL PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANT SENSING, AVAILABLE IN 1-WAY OR 3-WAY CONFIGURATIONS. COLOR TO BE WHITE. VERIFY LOAD SERVED IS COMPATIBLE PRIOR TO ORDERING. 5. WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. 6. COVERPLATES FOR POWER, DATA & TELEPHONE SHALL BE LEVITON OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHITE, PLASTIC. 7 LIGHTING CONTRACTORS SHALL BE IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, NORMALLY OPEN ELECTRICALLY HELD, 120V, COIL, 20A. REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER OF POLES. B. LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE LOAD CENTERS (PANELS) 1. BRANCH CIRCUIT LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT TYPE WITH MAIN LUGS OR MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE AS INDICATED, BRANCH OVERCURRENT DEVICES AS NOTED AND AN EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR, ALL IN A FLUSH MOUNTED SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURE. MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY SHALL BE 10,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 120208V AND 14,000 AMPS SYMMETRICAL FOR 277/480V APPLICATION UNLESS. NOTED OTHERWISE. LOAD CENTERS MUST BE SELECTED TO FIT IN A STANDARD STUD WALL. 2, LOAD CENTERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D. GENERAL ELECTRIC, ITE/SIEMENS AND WESTINGHOUSE/CUTLER HAMMER. C. FIXTURES AND LAMPS 1. ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR., D. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM L ALL WORK RELATED TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WILL PROVIDE SPECIFICS ON THE SYSTEM. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL MISCELLANEOUS 1. ALL CONDUIT RUN IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED. 2. 2. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARDS WITH BRANCH CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS. PANELBOARDS, FEEDER DEVICES, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND STARTERS SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110-16. 3. INSTALL HANDLE GUARDS ON ALL BREAKERS FOR NIGHT LIGHTING, EMERGENCY AND SIMILAR CIRCUITS. 4. ALL FLUSH MOUNTED;LOADCENTERS SHALL HAVE (3) 3/4' EMPTY CONDUITS INSTALLED TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR FUTURE USE. S. THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REASONABLE CHANGES IN LOCATION UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING -IN, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. B. GROUNDING 1. GROUNDING OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MEANS OF AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED WITH ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE (SUCH AS ARTICLE 517). C TESTS 1 TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS, AND PROPER FUNCTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION S14ALL BE CORRECTED AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. D. DEMOLITION 1. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IF APPLICABLE, SHALL BE PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. Damt:ompleted: Completed By. I GENERAL NOTES I A. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR B. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS, EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. IF PLAN LOCATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. C. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, E.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. D. E.C. SHALL RELAMP ALL FIXTURES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING BUT NOT DURING HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. E. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-O" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-0" TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. F. E.C.'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY NEXTORE. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY, IF THIS IS THE CASE, CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL THE LIGHTING DISTRIBUTOR FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES, IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, E.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH NEXTORE. G. E.C. SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. H. E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. I. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE BOX TO THE FINISHED FLOOR ARE AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLAN: SWITCHES-48", ELECrRICAL/rELEPHONE/DATA OUTLETS-18", TOP OF PANELBOARDS-6--6", TIMECLOCKS-5'-0". FOR ALL LENS PROCESSING ROOM OUTLET MOUNTING HEIGHTS SEE EQUIPMENT WIRING SCHEDULE. J. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MILLWORK, INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT, MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 12'-0". K. IF INSTALLATION VARIES FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING 'AS BUILT" DRAWINGS FROM THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUBMITTING SAME TO NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. L IT IS THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROPERLY BALANCE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE PHASES OF THE SYSTEM (WITH -IN 10%). M. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. N. ALL OUTLETS IN THE LENS PROCESSING ROOM ARE TO BE LABELED WITH PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. O. THE E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION- P. SEE DATA RISER ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Q. PROVIDE POWER, TELEPHONE AND DATA CONDUIT WITHIN FLOOR, BETWEEN FIXTURE AND NEAREST WALL AS INDICATED ON PLANS. METHOD OF CORE DRILLING SHALL BE PER BUILDING REQUIREMENTS. ALL CORE DRILL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE CONDUIT PER NEC. PROVIDE FOR X-RAY OF FLOOR WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. Cable Rao tabo) & Tossing Corditmation s Cabteftam CabteTo dpfRuaalf— Plate Location Room Face Plate Labels DOCPatahlramd tatiels Confif m all data lacks ace labe�ed.maUlyon troth 1 ends CY/NI Confirmaq,uWoruns testedsuccesthti(y (Y(NI Pretests DDC Patch Panel 2 PIA-P18 PIA -PIS Pretest I DOC Patch Panel 2 PSGPID PSC-P70 Pretests DOC Patch Panel 2 PIE-PIF PIE-0IF Alcove Or Pretest2 DDC Patch Panel 2 P2A-P2B P2A-P23 Alcove 01 Pretest 2 DDC Patch Panel 2 P2C-P20 P2C-P2D Alcove Or Protest 2 ODC Patch Panel 2 PZE-PZF PIE-P2F Protest DDC Patch Panel 2 P3A-P38 P3A-P38, pretest DOC Patch Panel 2 P3C-P3D P3C-P3D Pmt.t3 DDC Patch Panel 2 P3E-P3F P3E-P3F OD Re.pdon DOC Patch Panel 1 RI R1 OD Receptor, Doc Patch Panel I R2 R2 00 Reception DOC Patch Panel L R3 R3 Exam DeskI DOCPatch Panel 2 EIA&FILL EIA&EIB Exam l Recessed Be. DOC Patch Panel 1 Etc ETC Exam Bask DOC Patch Panel 2 E2A&E26 E2A&E28 Exam 2 Roamed Box DDC Patch Panel 1 E2C E2C Exam Desk3 ODC Patch Panel 2 E3A&E38 E3A&E38 Exam 3 Recessed Be. DOC Patch Panel i E3C E3C Wireless Access Point l DEC Patch Panel 1 API API Wireless Across Point 2 DDC Patch Panel I AP2 AP2 &Part Data lack Above DOC DDC Patch Panel 1 1 1 &Port Data Jack Above DDC DOC Patch Panel 1 2 2 &Port Data Jack Above DOC DDC Patch Panel 1 3 3 6-Pon Data JackAbme DOC DDC Patch Panel 1 4 4 &Port Datalack Above DDC DDC Patch Panel 1 5 5 &Part Data Jack Above DOC DDC Patch Panel 1 6 6 LensC.Iters6ackboard DDC Patch Panel I CM CM LeMCrafters Backboard DOC Patch Panel 1 BB 86 CLARIFYE CHECKLIST REV ROA. Page 1 of 1 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NB<FORE O xoataaxrcawa, 6Laa.�cxaw:p 0,t OHL ]ds.axp 060re &sax Eat craft, Q— 0•iisso, B]W STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: ZO O � 00 N � V 0 O J a a V v— tR O -0 O Z3 J to CD Uj Q O Revisions: Mark Date By Al2-18.19 LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-28-'.D BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal SsfCliYAt, 3/-120 EXPIRES **21 Archftoa ( Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No-, 05 Nextore project sas Number 79779 I3.MJ Design Type LC.05 ISSUED FOR: W Construction Title 1 ELECTRICAL nEGFIVED GENERAL NOTES & CITY OF T UKltiILA DETAILS MAR 0 5 2020 Dar= Sheet T2-9-T9 PERLST CENTER Drawn By STAFF E001 SEPARATE C Red By MPR RH !'i- L-U I 2 INSIDETECH 3 RACK OR AT CAMERA E PHONE (QUANTITY BOARD -SEE ON PLAN) PLANS ®® QUADRUPLEX ®® RECEPTACLE MONITOR 1. EXTEND CABLE TO PROPOSED HEAD END EQUIPMENT LOCATION. PROVIDE ENOUGH EXCESS CABLE TO REACH ANY WALL IN BACK ROOM. COIL AND MARK CABLE AS CCTV. HEAD END EQUIPMENT LOCATION MUST BE WITHIN 10' OF THE'NETWORK SWITCH ACCESS'. 2. FOR CAMERAS, PROVIDE WHITE PLENUM RATED CAT 6 CABLING. COIL 15' OF CABLING AT EACH CAMERA LOCATION FOR CONNECTIONS. 3. PROVIDE RJ-45 CONNECTORS AT CAMERA LOCATIONS ONLY. CONNECTORS NOT NEEDED AT THE HEAD END EQUIPMENT LOCATION. E005 CCTV SYSTEM RISER tFR OWAIDGE PLAN VIES! 2 OUTLETS WITH (4) USB PORTS - HUBBELL USB15X2W 24"W X 8" D SHELF O MICRO O FRIDGE MICROWAVE AND FRIDGE FURNISHED AND Oi INSTALLED BY TENANT. DUPLEX OUTLET ON DEDICATED 20A CIRCUIT ELEVATION E010 MICROWAVE, REFRIGERATOR, USB ELEVATION GHTINGINVERTER UNEVOLTAGEIN UNEVOLTAGEOUT 0 LC-05832-00 BACKWRAP CABINET OD AREA fm 05832-00 LC-05832-00 BACKWRAP CABINET OD AREA PUSHBUTTON, EDWARDS #852 27N IN 120V IN COMMON GND COMMON 12OV IN 277V IN HOT SWITCHED HOT SWITCHED IN OUT ON OFF ON OFF J— 24V, SYSTEM 120V AC CONNECTTO 0 AREA LIGHT /20V AC, SWITCHED NEAREST 120V, 24V SWITCH, OCCUPANT CONVENIENCE SEC SENSOR ETC. 2 RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. N NEUTRAL i NON -SALES SALES BUZZER AREA EMERGENCY 120V TO 24V SYSTEM BUZZER (ABOVE AT CASH GROUND I NEUTRAL LIGHT FIXTURES. TRANSFORMER IN REAR DOOR) WRAP NEMA 1ENCLOSURE. EDWARDS EDWARDS AREA NON -EMERGENCY EDWARDS #592 #340-4GS- #340-4GS- LIGHTFIXTURES. 24VAC 24VAC E004 WHEN INVERTER LIGHTING APPLIED WIRING SCHEMATIC - EOB4 E006 DOOR ENTRY BELL SYSTEM OKS-00411-00 WALL UNIT 54" OKC-00422-00_CUSTOM WALL UNIT ENGINEER NOTE: THERE MAYBE A LIGHTBOX HERE REQUIRING A r u► !1� irr WALL UNIT OKS-00216-00 _ 54" LIGHTBOX WITH GRAPHIC 2'-3" 2'-3" ale' i+ �e- [-::] 19= 00216-00 OKS-00216-00 _ 54" LIGHTBOX W/GRAPHIC 9.. 40 !et-11 — OKS-00411-00 WALL UNIT 54" OKS-00201-00 _ OAKLEY SIGN HORIZONTAL 7'-7111 2" ,'- 2" 4 4 m O 05803-00 01111911AIMINMEII 3 3 3 �rr L�oa TAG EQUIPMENT FURNISH BY: INSTALLED BY: 1. 2> WALL SHELF AMPLIFIER VENDOR VENDOR VENDOR VENDOR 3. SPEAKER WIRE VENDOR VENDOR 4 SPEAKER VENDOR VENDOR Sr SPEAKER BAFFLE VENDOR VENDOR E007 I SOUND SYSTEM RISER SIGN IS INSTALLED IN BACKWRAP AND POWER IS SUPPLIED FROM BEHIND BACKWRAP. C � � � I FE OKS-00201-00 OAKLEY SIGN HORIZONTAL 0 LC-05821-00 BACKWRAP CABINET 4X55" 0 LC-05806-00_OD RETAIL CASHDESK LEFT LC-05806-00_OD RETAIL CASHDESK LEFT DESIGN ENGINEERING C CON RUCTION MMANAGEMENE 1\E<RE o avounracaRmre n+�nevasow a+,nor ossm e 6Ymnrrcry &¢a,. PatCrmly ROS26 e., reEc!mam STORE #79779 5OUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 '2" SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: :3 O 0 0 O v � C O 0 0) a-+ V oF- V)O CD 24 7 24 1 1 05821-00 - ®i 2'-3 I V-91. LC-05821-00 BACKWRAP CABINET 4X55" LC-05821-00 BACKWRAP CABINET 4X55" m m m m m m m m m DIGITAL T ET TLME IT S. FOR CO BYPASS. SEF TIMER TO2 HOURS. SWITCH ALLOWS STORE OCCUPANTS TO BYPASS THE m m m m m m m m m TIMED SCHEDULE FOR ASET TIME LABEL LABEL LABEL LABEL LABEL IABEL IABEL LABEL LABEL PERIOD. SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SWS SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 LABEL TO BE PRINTED (WITH A LABEL MAKER), BLACK INK ON CLEAR R OU E A SC N LOAD DESCRIPTION SWITCH # HOWN COIL RTION DETAI. EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED COIL CIRCUIT B-24 B-26 B-28 B-30 B-32 B-34 B-36 B-2 SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET UGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTING SALES FLOOR CABINET 8-POLE SQUARE-D LIGHTING CONTACTOR ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR "B' EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED SALES FLOOR CABINET LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX LIGHTBOX UGHTBOX FUTURE FUTURE FUTURE COIL 8-POLE SQUARE-D LIGHTING CONTACTOR ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR C" CIRCUIT _ B-4 — B-22 — A-40 — A-42 — B-2S `''STOREFRONT LIGHTING ��— Z STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES 3 SALES PERIMETER OUTLETS �— SALES TRACK 5` SALES TRACK s SALESTRACK — SALES TRACK SALES AMBIENT \— SIGN POWER CIRCUIT;— 2 CHANNEL SEE PANEL SCHEDULE ASTRONOMIC CHANNEL, I CHANNEL COIL CIRCUIT SEE PLANS SEE PLANS �I SEE PLANS ROUTETHROUGH I SWITCHING FOR SEE PLANS INDEPENDENT, �l � I SECONDARY CONTROL SEE PLANS SEE MASTER SWITCHING SEE PLANS DETAIL SEE PLANS II I I —jl SEE PLANS 10-POLE SQUARE-D LIGHTING CONTACTOR ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR'A" STORE EXTERIOR SIGN //�� CONTACTOR TO BE SQUARE D OR EQUAL 20A CONTACTS, A ELECTRICALLY HELD IN NEMA1 ENCLOSURE INSTALL ABOVE CEILING (WHEN A CEILING IS PRESENT) WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE F ( RECr'_IVED CITY OE'ftdlCWILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER Revisions: Mark Date By Qi 12-18.19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A-a- BUILDING DEPARTMFNTCOMMEMS a A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes; PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: EI Construction Title ELECTRICAL DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E002 "li SWITCH BANK AND ASSOCIATED CONTACTORS, PHOTOSWITCH WHEN EXTERIOR CONTROL IS REQUIRED REQUIRED EACH SECTION CONSUMES 15OW AT 120V, FOR A 2.5 PP SYSTEM r r, WIRING BETWEEN MODULES IS _. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE LED WALL VENDOR 3" 1 1-77 4" (, 1-72 s 2 �. 1-72 4 I _ _.'1 7g —— 1 r (2) CAT6 TO PATCH PANEL AT PHONE BOARD r (2) CAT6 TO PATCH PANEL AT- PHONE BOARD I I TWO RECEPTACLES ARE CONNECTED TO ONE CIRCUIT. PANEL LOAD CALCULATE AT 1200 { I VA PER CIRCUIT. 2 CIRCUITS REQUIRED. E020 4X4 LED WALL E020 RB-02408-00 -WALL UNIT 3 COLUMNS HIGH CAPACITY RB-02701-01 _ LENS TABLE z.1 11111� Waillm . ! Ali it r MA EC TO ROUTE MC CABLE TO BUILT IN SWITCH IN FRAME OF LIGHT BOX AND CONNECT. THEN EC TO ROUTE WIRING IN FRAME (A LISTED RACEWAY) TO DRIVERS AND CONNECT. DRIVER BY FIXTURE SUPPUER SWITCH BY FIXTURE SUPPLIER. l E050 I LIGHTBOX Eoso ELECTRICAL INFORMATION RB-02406-00 _ WALL UNIT 4 COLUMNS HIGH CAPACITY 2z, RB-02408-00 _ WALL UNIT 3 COLUMNS HIGH RB-02701-01 LENS TABLE RB-02406-00 _ WALL UNIT 4 COLUMNS HIGH CAPACITY - CAPACITY RB-02323-00-SOHO TABLE RB-02300-00 _ GOGO DISPLAY I RB-02211-00 _ BACKLIT METAL LOGO :0 a e to STATION E101 EELECITRICAL INFORMATIONI� k 9-1 — ® power supply from the wall 02323-00 02300-00 02211-00 RB-02323-00 SOHO TABLE RB-02300-00 _ GOGO DISPLAY RB-02211-00 _ BACKLIT METAL LOGO OUTLINE OF LOW PROFILE LEVITON 47617-REB, WHITE FINISH, RECESSED ENTERTAINMENT BOX. 1 12" CONDUIT ROUTED CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX TO JUNCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK. PROVIDE PULL STRING. GFI iW.\ 13" 41' GET ® CONNECTION FOR TANKLESS WATER HEATER (IF USED) CONTACT LENS Eto3 LE103 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION IS TO EDGE OF BOX. MR, VERIFY INSTALLATION OF DEVICES WITH GC PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. DEVICES ARE TO BE ACCESSIBLE - DO NOT INSTALL BEHIND DOORS OR FILE CABINETS. J % GET 41" 13"„ GFI CONNECTION FORTANKLESS WATER HEATER (IF USED) CONTACT LENS E704 E104 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION VERIFY INSTALLATION OF DEVICES WITH GC i PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. DEVICES ARE TO BE ACCESSIBLE - DO NOT INSTALL BEHIND DOORS OR FILE CABINETS. SE-OD03 SE-OD03 WALL JACK FOR PHONE INSTALLATION. I I SE-0 01_L 1 112" CONDUIT ROUTED ELEVATION ELEVATION CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX TO JUNCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK. PROVIDE PULL STRING. GFI W — _ 5E-0,Q03— SE-OD03 EQ100A EQ6A SE-OD01 OPTOS _ PLAN PLAN SE-OD01 DOCTOR'S DESK —34- DIMENSION 15 TO EDGE OF BOX. 5R OUTLINE OF LOW PROFILE—," LEVITON 47617-REB, m WALL JACK FOR PHONE INSTALLATION. WHITE FINISH, RECESSED ENTERTAINMENT BOX v v 112"CONDUIT ROUTED O CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX o TO JUNCTION BOX AT '.. EXAM DESK. PROVIDE OF PULL STRING. O nECEIVED CITY OF TU 11WILA 12" CONDUIT ROUTED MAR 0 5 2020 CONCEALED FROM ENTERTAINMENT BOX TO JUNCTION BOX AT EXAM DESK. ---_-- PERMIT CENTER W R PROVIDE PULL STRING. ELEVATION EQ11 � 24 / / m p C� co EQ109B EQ108 REFRACTION ROOM EQUIPMENT PLAN LCO01 REFRACTION (EXAM) ROOM SEFKM ELECTRICAL INFORMATION PEi AIT DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 11\E<FORE Q SgOLuomn Rx.GMm3eMa5R:D O.1(5131 SSW.'O O6twrcry &wk Eat 6a4y Ct 69X6 0.1 ryi0}431A']Xl STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. CD Q� @ram CS1 I 0 � S �J p C Ox O J aJ +-+ U OF- o � J pO Unj Q� Revisions: Mark Date By ai 12-1a-19 LANDLORDCOMMENTS Q2-2a-zo BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal FSZ1121/20 L �O` fL EXPIRES tt'wrxt I Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Neztom Store Design Revision No.: 05 Neztore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC '0 ISSUED FOR: 0 Construction Title ELECTRICAL DETAILS Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E003 Chec ey 7 PATCH PANEL TPA" - 24 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) POS LABEL DESCRIPTION POS LABEL DESCRIPTION POSLABEL DESCRIPTION POS LA6 L t PPAI WORK COUNTER 7 PPA7 i WORK COUNTER 13 PPA13 EXAM ROOM #1 - WALL PHONE 19 PPA1 SPACE 2 PPA2 WORK COUNTER 8 PPAB WORK COUNTER 14 PPA14 EXAM ROOM #1 20 FFAZ SPACE YA 3 PPA3 WORK COUNTER 9 PPA9 RECEPTION DESK 15 PEAT EXAM ROOM #2 -WALL PHONE 21 PPA2 SPACE 4 PPA4 WORK COUNTER 10 PPA10 RECEPTION DESK 16 PPA16 EXAM ROOM #2 22 PPA2 SPACE 5 PPA5 WORK COUNTER 11 PPA11 R 17 PPA17 SPACE 23 PPA23-RECEPTIOn BArKVVRAP 6 PPA6 WORK COUNTER 12 PPA12 SP CE 18 PEAT SPACE 24 PPA24 RECEPTION BACKWRAP ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR, PROVIDE 1-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL 7 PATCH PANEL TPB" - 24 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) POPS LABELI DESCRIPTIONOS LABEL DESCRIPTION LAB L I ION POS LABEL D IP IO 1 PPB1 SPACE 7 PPB7 SPACE T3 PPB13 CONTACT LENS 19 2819 SPACE 2 PPB2 SPACE 8 PPB8 SPACE 14 PPB14 CONTACT LENS 20 PP620 SPACE 3 PPB3 SPACE 9 PPB9 TRAFNCCOUNTER 15 PPB15 SPACE 21 PPB21 SPACE 4 PPB4 FLOOR DISPLAY CASE 10 PPB10 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT 16 PP0161 SPACE 22 PPB22 SPACE 5 PPB5 FLOOR DISPLAY CASE 11 PPB11 SPACE 17 PPB171 SPACE 23 PPB?3l SPACE 6 EPEE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE 12 PPB12 SPACE 18 PPB18 SPACE 24 PPB241 SPACE ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR, PROVIDE 1-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL 0 PATCH PANEL TPC" - 24 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) OS LABEL DESCRIPTION LABEL DES P I N S LABEL DESCRIPTION LA L DESCRIPTION 1 PPCJ IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 7 PPC7 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 13 PPC13 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 19 PPC1 SPACE 2 PPC2 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 8 PPC8 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 14 PPC14 SPACE 20 PPC2M SPACE 3 PPC3 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 9 PPC9 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 15 PPC15 SPACE 21 PPC21 SPACE 4 PPC4 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 10 PPC10 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 16 PPC16 SPACE 22 PPC2 SPACE 5 PPC5 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 11 PPC11 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 17 PPC1 SPACE 23 PPC23 SPACE 6 PPC6 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 12 PPC12 IP SURVEILLANCE CAMERA 18 PPC18 SPACE 24 PPC241 SPACE ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR, PROVIDE J-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL p PATCH PANEL "PPD" - 32 PORT (LOCATED AT PHONE BACK BOARD) POS LABEL DESCRIPTION L DESCRIPTION POSILABEL - POS LABEL 1 PPD1 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 9 IPPD9 SALES BACKWRAP 17 PPD17d PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 25 PPD25 SALES AREA CASH DESK 2 2 PPD2 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 10 PPD10 SPACE 18 PPD18 PE ME R D SP Y CASE 26 PPD2 SALES AREA CASH DESK 3 PPD3 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 11 PPD11 SALES AREA LED WALL 19 PPD19 L AR LE W 27 PPD2 SALES AREA CASH DESK 4 PPD4 PERIMETER DISPLAY CASE 12 PPD12 SALES AREA LED WALL 20 PPD20 28 PPD28, SALES AREA CASH DFSK 5 PPDS SPACE 13 PPD13 SALES AREA LED WALL 27 FPD211 29 PPD29 6 PPM SPACE 14 PPD14 SALES AREA LED WALL 22 PPD2 SALES AREA CASH DESK 2 30 PPD30 LAB 7 PPD7 SPACE 15 PPD15 SALES AREA LED WALL 23 PPD SALES AREA CASH DESK 31 PPD31 LAB 8 PPDB SALES BACKWRAP 16 PPD16 SALES AREA LED WALL 24 PPD2 SA ES REA CASH DE K 32 PPD32 LAB ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR PROVIDE 1-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL LCO02 I NETWORK DIAGRAM LENSCRAFTERS EQUIPMENT FURNISHED INSTALLED DATA/TECH RACK EC EC DATA WIRING EC EC PATCH PANELS EC EC DATAJACKS EC EC TRAFFIC COUNTER VENDOR VENDOR DATA WIRING EC EC SURVEILLANCE CAMERA VENDOR VENDOR DATA WIRING EC EC SOUNDSYSTEM VENDOR VENDOR RECEPTACLES(UNSWITCHED) EC EC HEAD END EQUIPMENT VENDOR VENDOR SPEAKER WIRING (ACTCEILING) VENDOR VENDOR SPEAKER WIRING (GYP CEILING) VENDOR VENDOR RACEWAY SYSTEM TO SPEAKERS WHEN A GYP CEILING ISINSTALLED. PROVIDEPULLWIRE EC EC SPEAKER VENDOR VENDOR LED WALLS RECEPTACLES(UNSWITCHED) EC EC DATA OUTLETS, TERMINATED AND TESTED EC EC DATA WIRING BACK TO PATCH PANEL EC EC POWER WIRING BETWEEN COMPONENTS VENDOR VENDOR DATA WIRING BETWEEN COMPONENTS VENDOR VENDOR MEDIA PLAYER VENDOR VENDOR MEDIA PLAYER SHELF EC EC PROGRAMMING VENDOR VENDOR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD EC EC CONDUIT FROM LL ROOM TO TENANT SPACE EC/LL PER LEASE EC/LL PER LEASE WIRING FROM THE LL ROOM TO THE TENANT SPACE EC EC PLYWOOD BACKBOARD EC EC BACKWRAP EQUIPMENT D-UNKSWITCH VENDOR VENDOR EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS CATEGORY6CABLE: GENERAL CABLE 7141849 PLENUM RATED, BLUE JACKET EC EC LCANDLCMONLY: CATEGORY 6 MODULAR JACK (WHITE): PANDUITCI6X88'TGW EC EC 24 PORT PATCH PANELS: PANDUIT DP246X88TGY EC EC 48 PORT PATCH PANELS: PANDUITDP486X88TGY EC EC EQUIPMENT RACKS EC EC WALL MOUNTED RACK: MIDDLE ATLANTIC WM-15-18 (30"H X 20"W - 15RU) EC EC 1UVENTEDSHELF: MIDDLE ATLANTIC UIV LSP VENTED SHELF EC EC 2UVENTEDSHELF: MIDDLE ATLANTIC U2V 2SP Vented Shelf EC EC HORIZONTALCABLE MANAGEMENT: PANDUITWMPFSE EC EC VERTICAL WIRE MANAGEMENT: LEVITON 494OL-VFR EC EC WIRING FROM LL TELEPHONE ROOM TO SPACE: 25 PAIR, CATEGORY 5e, PLENUM EC EC GenSPEEW 5000 Category Se 25-Pair Backbone Cable, Grey D-LINK ATTHE BACKWRAP: VENDOR VENDOR FACEPLATES EC EC TESTINGAND REPORTS TESTING OF DATAAND VOICE OUTLETS AND WIRING EC EC PDF REPORTSHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH CATEGORY 6STANDARD EC EC EDE REPORTTO SHOW OUTLET LOCATION ANDTESTING RESULTS EC EC LENSCRAFTERS INLINE ONLY - DOCTOR'S DATA CABINET (DDC) PHYSICALCABINET NEXTORE GC PATCH PANELS EC EC WIRING FROM PHONE BOARD TO PATCH PANELS EC EC ALLSTATION CABLING EC EC MAIN PHONE BOARD DIGITAL EQUIPMENT MIRAKI ROUTER VENDOR VENDOR 66BLOCK OR BISQUITJACK UTILITY UTILITY CONNECTION BETWEEN THE 66 BLOCK AND PATCH PANEL VENDOR VENDOR ANY ROUTERS OR SWITCHES VENDOR VENDOR PATCH CABLES BETWEEN PATCH PANELS AND ELECTRONICS VENDOR VENDOR ANY PATCH CABLES VENDOR VENDOR 11) CAT6 TERMINATE TO DDC 48 PORT PATCH PANEL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR THE ONLY EXCEPTION IS THE DOCTOR'S DATA CABINET WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT. 2 PLENUM RATED 4 PAIR CAT6 CABLE TO BE BERK-TEK LANMARK-1000; RATED CMP FOR PLENUM & OSP WHERE USED BELOW SLAB. 3. HOME RUN CABLE TO BACKBOARD 3.1. LABEL, TERMINATE AND TEST IN PATCH PANEL 3.2. CONTINUOUS RUN -NO SPLICES 4. SEE ELECTRICAUARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5. EACH COMPUTER (#21) OR FUTURE COMPUTER OR ACCUFFF AT A FITTING COUNTER REQUIRES A HOME RUN CAT6 CABLE TO THE BACKBOARD PATCH PANELS. 6. ROUGH IN TO BE A 4 X 4 BOX WITH SINGLE DEVICE PLASTER RING IN WALLAS PER ARCHFTECTJRAL DRAWINGS WITH MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. '... DEDICATED CIRCUIT - FOR WIRELESS ROUTER QUAD FOR POWER STRIPS - MUSIC - EQUIPMENT BY AND (SERVICE BY OTHERS) - SEE E007 COMPUTER POWER - STRIP (BY TENANT SERVER VENDOR) SERVER (SHELF BY a EQUIPMENT ii VENDOR) o 0 ALARM o MONITOR o SHELF °o 0 0 0 ALARM PHONE SYSTEM SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT RACK SEE DETAIL DEMARC PHONE PATCH PANEL ASSUMING MINIMUM POINT OF ENTRY DEMARC AND CROSS CONNECT PHONE POWER STRIP (BY PHONE VENDOR) INSTALL AT&T MANAGED INTERNET CIRCUIT AT PHONEBOARD 36" LONG X 4' DIA PVC TUBE FOR AS BUILT PLANS (BY GC) LENSCRAFTERS NETWORK 4 X 8 PHONE/EYENET BACK BOARD (MOUNTED VERTICAL BY GC) PATCH PANEL "DDC" - 48 PORT (LOCATED IN PRETEST ROOM) OS LABEL DES Sr2A T I N LABEL DESCRIPTION O N 1 WJt DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK 13PRETEST ROOM #1 25 P3E PRETEST ROOM #3 37 ETA EXAM ROOM #1 2 W12 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK 14PITPRETEST ROOM #1 26 P3F PRETEST ROOM #3 38 ETB EXAM ROOM #1 3 W13 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK 15PRETEST ROOM #2 27 P4A PRETEST ROOM #4 39 ETC EXAM ROOM #1 4 WJ4 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK 16PRETEST ROOM #2 28 P4B PRETEST ROOM #4 40 E2A EXAM ROOM #2 5 WJ5 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK 17PRETEST ROOM #2 29 P4C PRETEST ROOM" 41 E2B EXAM ROOM #26 WJ6 DDC 6-PORT DATA JACK 18PRETEST ROOM #2 30 P4D PRETEST ROOM #4 42 E2C EXAM ROOM #2 7 APt CEILING ACCESS POINT 18PRETEST ROOM #2 31 P4E PRETEST ROOM#4 43 xxx SPACE 8 AP2 CEILING ACCESS POINT 20PRETEST ROOM #2 32 P4F PRETEST ROOM #4 44 xxx SPACE 9 PTA PREL'EST ROOM 21 P3A PRETFST ROOM#3 33 xxx SPACE 45 xxx SPACE 10 P18 PRETEST ROOM #1 22 P3B PRETEST ROOM 13 34 xxx SPACE 46 R1 1 RECEPTION DESK 11 P1C I PRETEST ROOM #i 1231 P3C I PRETEST ROOM #3 1351 root I SPACE 41 R2 RECEPTION DESK 12 PID I PRETEST ROOM #1 1241 P3D I PRETEST ROOM #3 1361 xxx I SPACE 1481 R3 I RECEPTION DESK ROUTE CATEGORY 6 CABLING FROM EACH PORT ON THE PATCH PANEL TO THE CORRESPONDING JACK IDENTIFIED ON THE PLAN. ROUTE THE WIRING IN A CODE COMPLIANT FASHION, IN CONDUIT OR IN FREE AIR AS PER THE JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS, WHERE WIRING IS ROUTED IN FREE AIR, PROVIDE J-HOOKS AT 6FT INTERVALS MAXIMUM AND NEATLY INSTALL. MEWRAKI ROUTER MOUNTED WJT, WJ2, WJ3, W14,. TO WALL ABOVE IPAD W15 WJ6 CHARGING CABINET, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY V6 t $" CLARIFYE DATA INSTALL TEAM -�� IPAD CHARGING CABINET PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CLARAYE DATA INSTALL TEAM #2 DRYWALL RING FOR NETWORK - CABLING. ALL CLARIFYE NETWORK CABLES TO BE ROUTED TO THIS LOCATION. 48-PORT CAT6 PATCH PA SUPPLIED AND INSTALLS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTO 2RU WALL MOUNTING BI PATCH PANEL CLARIFYE 8-PORT M ETHERNETSWITCH 2 GANG DRYWALL R LOCATE IN NON DEI BEHIND DDC. '.ITiT,111(C-1111Hri:' CLARIFYE MODEM CKT #1 10, DDC SIDE VIEW (CROSS SECTION) LABEL CABLE WITHIN TERMINATION. 24-PORT CAT6 PATCH PANEL'PPA' i 24-PORT CA16 PATCH PANEL'PPB'. 24-PORT CAT6 PATCH PANEL'PPC'. 32-PORT CA76 PATCH PANEL TP ' HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMEPIT (HCM-2D) SPACE FOR OWNER ELECTRONICS RACKSHELF (I UV) RACKSHELF(I UV) I WALL RACK (WM-15-76) (15RU) RACKSHELF(1 UV) BOTTOM OF RACK TO BE 6 FT AFF (APPROX. AS FIELD CONDITIONS PERMIT, BUT NO LOWER THAN SET AFF OR HIGHER THAN 8 FT AFF WITHOUT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER APPROVAL) 21NCHES OF _ 48-PORT CAT6 PATCH PANEL'[ o o o o oImam I (2) CAT6 TERMINATE TO DDC 48 - PORT PATCH PANEL I I I o ® o _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- NON DEMISING WALL BEHIND DDC. FIELD LOCATE 2 GANG DRYWALL RING IN THIS WALL CLARIFYE SWITCH CLARIFYE ROUTER MERAMERA 25MIK�00 MERAKI MX64 MANAGED ROUTER SWITCH DDC TOP SHELF -TOP VIEW NON DEMISING WALL BEHIND DDC.- FIELD LOCATE 2 GANG DRYWALL RING IN THIS WALL ON DOCTOR ROUTER DOCTOR SWITC O ® r rr' 110 ____Na� NON DEMISING WALL BEHIND DDC FIELD LOCATE 2 GANG DRYWALL RING IN THIS WALL OPTICIAN'S NETWORK CAT6 (QUANTITY AS NEEDED), PLENUM RATED CABLE. 4X4 BOX IN WALL WITH - SINGLE GANG ACTIVATION FOR DATA OUTLET. TERMINATE REQUIRED NUMBER OF JACKS AND TESL. PLATE FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT RECEPTACLE FINISH. DDC MIDDLE SHELF -TOP VIEW •p DDC BOTTOM OF CABINET -TOP VIEW WHERE FREE AIR WIRING IS PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL JURISDICTION, UTILIZE J-HOOKS SPACED PER TIA/EIA STANDARDS. WHERE CONDUIT IS REQUIRED, SIZE PER FILL CHART. ROUTE CONDUIT 6" ABOVE WALL AND BUSH END. SIZE CONDUIT PER FILL CHART. LABEL CABLE WITHIN 2 INCHES OF TERMINATION. 1 LABEL EACH OUTLET MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CONDUIT FILL (AUGMENTED CAT6) 3/4' C 2 DATA CABLES 11C 4 DATA CABLES 11/4"C 7DATA CABLES 1 1/2"C 10 DATA CABLES 2"C 18 DATA CABLES nECEIVED CITY OF I lbIC14ILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER LC003 I ELECMMUNICATIONS RISER TR CAL INFORMATION PERL�`' I DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: O ��+n�+nsc�'�4CN45pi0 O+t Gt31 i656N .6Gmmery&wkEst GaYy.CffAR6 0+1GW}a31A1b STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. O Q� � O!QJl 00 � Q O If x 0 (U U O� L' 0 O � J tin C7 Uj < R Revisions: Matk Date By a>zaa.,9 LANDLORD CQMMEN Q2.282o BURRING DEPARt ENTCOMMENTS 0 Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal SS�0NAL1 3/2/20 EXPIRES Y2°09.21� Architect 7 Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: os Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Design Type LC.05 ISSUED FOR- E] Conm- ion Title ELECTRICAL DETAILS ®� Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF E004 Ch By ak` PRLN - 05432-00 LC-05432-00 WALL UNIT 24 LAC GEN-DIGM01-00 MIRROR SMART SHOPPER w/MONITOR 46" TOUCH NMI 4.-32•' 2 GEN-DIGM01-00-1_78 GEN-DIGM01-00 MIRROR SMART SHOPPER w/MONITOR 46" TOUCH LC-05401-00 WALL UNIT 48 WITH MIRROR u Electrical Requirementsq Driver#1 (wattage): 90 W Driver#2 watta e: 40 Driver #3 watta e Diner #4 {watts e Total LED Ughling Watts 1 238 E 1, 41a" 3`31- r I L---- f----- I finished Boor 1 - i 05401-00 LC-05401-00 WALL UNIT 48 WITH MIRROR LC-05431-00 WALL UNIT 24 WITH MIRROR Electrical Requirements Driver #1 (wattage): 90 W Driver #2 (wattage): : El 90 W Total LED U htin Watts 119 W D 1► UA1 EX (4) # 600 MCM & (1) #3 GRD IN 3-12" C EXISTING METER & 40O AMP FUSED DISCONNECT VERIFY CONDITION. EXISTING LANDLORD ELECTRICAL SERVICE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE 120/208V, 3PH, 4W LANDLORD TENANT NEW SOA/NFANP/3P NEW (3) #8 (4)#600 MCM& (1)#10 GRD (1) #3 GRD IN 3/4" C. IN 3-1/2" C `PROVIDE SPLICE BOX TO EXTEND CONDUIT AND TENANT CONDUCTORS TO #F696 RELOCATED PANELS. RELOC. PANEL `A' 120208V, 3 PHASE, A 400A MCB NOTES: 1. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SERIES RATED. 2. IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THESE PLANS, PLEASE CONTACT THE ENGINEER. 3. PANELBOARDS, METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES. ETC... THAT ARE LIKELY TO REQUIRE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, SERVICING, OR MAINTENANCE WHILE ENERGIZED SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS PER NEC 110.16, RB-02704-00_ SMART SHOPPER FOR SHOP IN SHOP ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY PANELS "A" & "B" LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD (KW) DEMANDFACTOR DEMAND FACTOR (KW) LIGHTING 2.08 1.25 2.61 TRACK LIGHTING 1.87 CURRENT LIMITED 1.87 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES 0.72 1 0,72 SIGN 1.20 L25 1.50 RECEPTACLES 41.80 <lOK=100%; >10k=1Ok+501/.>10k 25.90 EQUIPMENT 1.50 1 1.50 WATER HEATING 6.00 1.25 7.50 HVAC 30.05 1.25 OF LARGEST MOTOR 33.83 TOTALS: 95.22 TOTALS: 75.42 AMPS (208V) 236,83 AMPS (208V) 209.60 OKC-00361-00_OAKLEY PRESCRIPTION T NOTE: NEW VERIFY THAT THERE ARE WP/GFI RECEPTACLES NEAR 35AlNFJWP/3P NEW RTU AND NEW HEAT PUMP. IF NOT, PROVIDE NEW WP/GFI RECEPTACLES, CIRCUIT TO A-6. NEW RTU-1 NEW HP-1 (OUTDOOR) NEW ROOF 20A/NF/WP11P NEW (3) #8 & (GRD WITH 15A FUSES NEW FC-1 IN 3/4" C. (INDOOR) - NEW (3) #12 CEIUNG GRD IN 1/2" C RELOCATED TIME CLOCK NEW PANEL'B' 120208V, f1ACP ELOC. 3 PHASE, 4W 4DOAMP MLO (4) #600 MCM & (1) #3-/ GRD & (1) #3 ISOLATED GROUND IN 3-1/2" C. (1) 01/0 GRD IN 1" C TO BUILDING STEEL PER N.E.C. COMMISSIONING NOTE SET TIMECLOCKS TO CONTROL DISPLAY WINDOW CIRCUITS AND SIGNS PER MALL OPERATION HOURS. LC-05305-00 SELECT TABLE SINGLE LC-05450-00 MIRROR 24 FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST, BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: NE)90RE O apt acaraQ wu.�exawc� O,iRnl:asem tsscrca,..,rnm.rarG-mLr.acmzs e,t�alam STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4-P416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. NOTE V) (D CD ¢ ... PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. � PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE JUNCTION BOXES ARE LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR ` OTHER FIRE WALL Revisions: Mark Date By - Q' 12-18-n LANDLOWCOMMENTs Q2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Panel Name: NEW PANEL B Voltage: 120/208 Panel Type: PANELBOARD Amps: AIG Rating: lOK MLO Main: MLO MAIN LUGONLY `. WATTS PER PHASE WATTS PER PHASE A 1 B 1 C I DESCRIPTION OF LOAD OCPO CKT$t CKT# OCPD DESCRIPTION OF LOAD A I R f RECEPTACLES - FLOOR DISPLAY RECEPTACLES -RECEPTION BACKWRAP RECEPTACLES -RECEPTION DESK RECEPTACLES -RECEPTION DESK RECEPTACLES - CASHWRAP BACK W RAP RECEPTACLES-CASHWRAP RECEPTACLES - CASHWRAP SPARE RECEPTACLES - UGHTBOX RECEPTACLES - FLOOR DISPLAY CASE RECEPTACLES - FLOOR DISPLAY CASE RECEPTACLES - FLOOR DISPLAY CASE RECEPTACLES- FLOOR DISPLAY CASE RECEPTACLES- FLOOR DISPLAY CASE RECEPTACLES" FLOOR DISPLAY CASE RECEPTACLES -FLOOR DISPLAYCASE RECEPTACLES - FLOOR TABLE RECEPTACLES- FLOOR TABLE RECEPTACLES - FLOOR TABLE RECEPTACLES - FLOOR DISPLAY CASE tialomm 36DRIOMM RECEPTACLES - PHONEBOARD 120/11 45 1 46 1 20/11SPARE 1500 I500 ERV HEATER 2013 5 52 2011 SPARE 53 64 2011 SPARE V- % ,, X CITY OF ") 7lWIL 1 Totals 5 6948 5760 Voltage (360for 120/208) 360 V Load Characteristics: Total Load, Phase A: 13421 Amps Phase A: 37 MAR 0 5 2020 SE SEPARATE AtA ATE Total Load, Phase B: 16386 per Amps per Phase B: 46 PER ,4IT AND Total Load, Phase C: -.1 Dannlina,i• 9051 ARRFR Amps per Phase C: TnhalAmnc l�cc„mnc F,�IanrnAi• 25 'f nn PERMiTCENTER AF'-'ROVA I ... .....--._ A A A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal 1 �4 I �SSrONAL Ys� ` 3/220 EXPIRES ffi-09.21 Architect / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 45 Nextore projea Number 79779 Brand Design Type. LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Date Sheet Is 12-9-19 '0 wn By STAFF E005 S ecked By MPR GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES A. IN EVERY INSTANCE OF DEMOLITION AND/OR REMODELING, THE E.C. SHALL FIGURE A COMPLETE JOB AS NONE OTHER SHALL BE ACCEPTED. B. THE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY AS A GUIDELINE FOR DEMOLITION. THE E.C. MUST VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING TO VERIFY ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE JOB & INCLUDE THE COST OF SUCH WORK IN HIS BID, C. THE E.C. SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING SERVICES TO & IN THE EXISTING AREA AS REQUIRED. D. IF NECESSARY, THE E.C. SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES IN THE EXISTING AREAS. E. THE E.C. SHALL DISCONNECT & REMOVE ELECTRIC SERVICE TO ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED AS A RESULT OF THE REMODELING. F. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETE INCLUDING CONDUIT & WIRE. G. FLUSH MOUNTED WALL OUTLETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE WALL PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT WALL FINISHES. H. ANY EXISTING CONDUIT, WIRING AND/OR ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL DEVICES BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE REWORKED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED TO RETURN TO ITS FORMER EXISTING OPERATING CONDITION. 1. ANY CIRCUITS FEEDING THROUGH DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT BEING RELOCATED, REWORKED, OR ABANDONED & SERVING OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES, AND/OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY PROVIDING J-BOXES OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHOD AS REQUIRED. J. ALL WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ETC., BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE RETURNED TO FINISHED CONDITIONS TO MATCH EXISTING BY THE E.C. & HE SHALL DO HIS OWN CUTTING & PATCHING AS NECESSARY UNDER HIS CONTRACT. K. EXISTING MATERIALS SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. IF NOT REQUIRED BY OWNER, THE E.C. SHALL REMOVE THESE MATERIALS FROM THE PREMISES. L. NO CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, OR CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 1 1/2" OF THE LOWEST POINT OF THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECKING, NOR SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED CONCEALED WITHIN METAL -CORRUGATED ROOF DECKING, THE E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, AND CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. M. ALL CONDUIT AND CABLING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. THE E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT AND/OR CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. N. E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR (4-) INCHES WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR (4-) INCHES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY SAW CUTTING. O KEY NOTES - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 1. DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE EXISTING PANELBOARDS AND TIMECLOCKS. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. REMOVE DEVICES ON WALLS TO BE DEMOLISHED. VERIFY EXACT QUANTITY ON SITE 4. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, SWITCHES ETC AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE ELECTRICAL AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THESE PLANS. S. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES. 6. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING CEILING FAN. SALVAGE CIRCUITS FOR REUSE. 7. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING PHONE BOARD. ALL EQUIPMENT ON PHONE BOARD TO BE SALVAGED AND RELOCATED TO NEW PHONE BOARD LOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATION, B. EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN. MOVE DEVICE IF THE DEVICE INTERFERES WITH NEW STORE FRONT. VERIFY IF THE DEVICE IS A L.L. DEVICE AND IF SO CONTACT LL BEFORE MOVING. 9. DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES FOR RELOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATION. 10. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY DEVICE. 11. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE POWER TO EXISTING WATER HEATER. 12. EXISTING DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON TO REMAIN. 13. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPEAKERS, 14. DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE EXISTING DOOR BELL SYSTEM FOR RELOCATION. SEE SHEET E201 FOR NEW LOCATION. 15. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES TO REMAIN. 16. EXISTING TRAFFIC COUNTER TO REMAIN. 17. DISCONNECT AND REMOVED POWER TO EXISTING MECHANICAL UNITS. SALVAGE EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS IF POSSIBLE WITH NEW MECHANICAL UNITS. 1& EXISTING MALL LIGHTING TO REMAIN. MOVE LIGHTING IF THE LIGHT INTERFERES WITH NEW STORE FRONT.. CONTACT LL BEFORE MOVING. 19. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT. t YV ( l f X J , I I I - — ir-------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - IL(---'------------------------ -------------------------------lV y z 1 I I 1 rs� re [WE (s� ME- m [.w,41 �s� L_J Q%u • I I I I I I 11 I I I II 1 I 1 I _-L-,� I L_ll I IL_11 L_J L_J r I [ iL_J L_J 771 �I I I L_J ,6 4 MOTION 6ETECTOR FA STROBE L_J (� 1__J It_J ory � rQ WIFIp o LJ I 1 V `1 l 7 r- tS, r-� I ------ -�--�- 161 rt-I -I'1 r-'-I j L_j I /k_4' L_J L_J L_J 1s F r L-----// / �_, 2 �3 4 9 1013 Sol I L----------------------\ I I o EXISTING TO REMAIN ( L}.. �dd `r 6 L� �,� I 2 3 4 9 ,f %r~i—� (` I r _ _I I III 111 I 1 I GO `�` ITYP) /i/ i L_J L---J L--I v 1 1 III111 I 1 0 A 2 3 4 9 I( 2 3 ly 4 9 211 < 1 I I I I I I I 1 1 z m> jI (x _�/�\\\ `\\ I I \\� `\ \`\ L J I I L J I I �~ 1 I 1 oil z 3 4 s I �49 �_ 1 y� `\\ L_J `/ L_J -I z 3 49 JI O I I r-I � 2t3 -0j L J L_J L_J L_J jp)L �` F L_J T1 u pt -------------- /i I I \\ 1 I I \\ I 0 0 ,G I L_ J [ I I I [t 1 __�___� Z R P' g I III O 1 1 L_J II 11 r-'i II I [ (1 II 2mPa4 II fL-'I I I r-1 I rT'1 I 11 � 2 3 4 9 II 11 1 1 11 L_J (TYP.> i —Ii Ii j [ L_J L.LJ_-J Y) i 2349 (P.2 9 (YP_1I 11 1 (I ELECTRICAL -DEMOLITION C - 17� DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. ,I <MRE •�u�ar.raz Mach off<mxi #+, nq)>asmn seo�.,rm�raxcraer.aaaa g., �rnu,azo STORE *79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: OO �Q O Uo OC J � V O 2:' m c6 a J o Uj Revisions: Mark Date BY QY-,8-19 LANDLORDCOMIKIM a2-28-20 BUILDING DEPARTMENTCOMMENTS a 0 Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 3/2/20 EXPIRES 12-*21 ',.. Architect/ Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nemore Project Number 79779 — 16 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title ELECTRICAL nECFIVEn DEMOLITION PLAN CITY OF T UIK ILA MAR 0 5 2020 Date Sheet PERMIT CENTER D..� ey9 19 SEPARATE STAFF E100 kedBy PP.SITANC ''"� A,ginR,OVA a MPR GENERAL NOTES A. EMERGENCY (EM) LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT WIRED TO A CENTRAL INVERTER SYSTEM NOR SHOWN WITH "NU* SHALL BE CIRCUITED WITH AN "UNSWITCHED HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BATTERY PACK EVEN WHEN LUMINAIRE IS OFF. B. ALL NIGHT (NL) LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCHING C. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. '.... D. EXIT LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. IF PLAN LOCATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NFXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. E. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE SALES AREA, E.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. IF PLAN LOCATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER FOR DIRECTION. F. E.C. SHALL RELAMP ALL FIXTURES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING BUT NOT DURING HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. G. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-O" TO 150'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151'-O" TO 250'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #B CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. H. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS, CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU-WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. I. E.C.'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY NEXTORE. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUSTABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. J. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LUMINAIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. K. E.C. SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. L E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE VOLTAGE AND COMPATIBILITY OF ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND MILLWORK PRIOR TO CONNECTION. LIGHTS Paua Pact `x ®=�,` s= WATESMODEL OPPER MODEL OS �y W2000A a WATTSTOPPER MODEL W2000A O ez zro m LIGHTS Pmver PaU MULTIPLE SENSOR MULTIPLE POWER PACK (CONFIRM WITH CURRENT MANUFACTURER LITERATURE) LIGHT 1— Os I O5: OCCUPANT SENSOR, WALL MOUNTED, WHITE ( L — UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT WALL SENSOR/DIMMER COMBINATION NOTE: ALL WIRING BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOP, E002OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEMATICS VV E002 ENERGY CODE - COMMISSIONING 1. COMMISSIONING AGENT TO CONFIRM THE FOLLOWING IN THE OFFICE AREA: 1.1. OCCUPANCY SENSORS DETECT MOTION AND ENERGIZE THE LOCAL SWITCHING. 12. OCCUPANCY SENSORS DE -ENERGIZE AFTER NO MOTION IS DETECTED AFTER A 30 MINUTE DELAY. 2. COMMISSIONING AGENT TO CONFIRM THE FOLLOWING IN THE SALES AREA: 2.1. SIGNS, PERIMETER SHELVING AND SALES FLOOR DISPLAY CABINETS ARE ENERGIZED AND DE -ENERGIZED WITH THE TIMER SWITCH OR CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY TIMECLOCK. E012 ENERGY CODE - COMMISSIONING SMALL LANDLORDNOTES tANOtORD REVIEW COMMENi51125(19 IF USED - SPEAKERS SHOULD BE RECESSED - NOT SURFACE MOUNTED. • IF USED ANY PEOPLE COUNTER SYSTEMS MUST BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW AT STOREFRONT. • ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING IN FRONT OF HOUSE MUST BE EDGE LIT AND HAVE RECESSED RASE - NO SURFACE MOUNTER. • CUT SHEETS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN FROM OF HOUSE MUST BE SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL LIGHTING AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING POWER DENSITY LEDADJUSTABLE EXAM NOTE CIRCUITS WERE TAKEN FROM PICTURES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECTORY CARDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO WORK WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS THAT MAY EXIST IN THE AREA AS WELL AS CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO REMAIN POWERING EXISTING EQUIPMENT. RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN A PLENUM SPACE SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. �D KEY NOTES - LIGHTING PLAN 1. CIRCUIT VIA MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. SEE DETAIL E001, 2. NEW LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. SEE DETAIL E001. IF LOCATION IS UNDESIRABLE, FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3. ROUTE UNSWITCHED CONNECTION TO EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY DOWNLIGHTS. WHERE FIXTURES ARE SWITCHED, ROUTE ADDITIONAL POWER FROM THE SAME CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHING FOR POWER LOSS SENSING. 4. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF OF ROOM LIGHTING. SEE DETAIL E002. S. CIRCUIT ROUTED THROUG CLP-4A(1)-SA(1)-BA(2) URGENT LIMITING SUBPANEL). 6. THE REMAINING FIXTURES ON THIS RUN ARE BAC 2 P BY AN INVERTER (FIXTURE RP2). CONNECT FIXTURES AS SHOWN IN DETAIL SUCH THAT THE SWITCH IS OVER -RIDDEN DURING A POWER FAILURE, AND EMERGENCY FIXTURES ARE SWITCHED WITH THE SALES FLOOR LIGHTS. SEE DETAIL E004. 7. NEW EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT RP2, WIRE TO CIRCUIT SHOWN. COORDINATE INSTALLATION LOCATION WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. MOUNT BELOW CURRENT LIMITING PANEL SEE E004. .21 7A57 tl.72 ( I ) 1 1 \, X URGENT T RETAIL RAY -BAN CARELAB SAI FS AREA AREA ELECTRICAL -LIGHTING -- {18� R tONT =12'-7' 17 J 16) nECEINED ITY OF TU1Q.VILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERLUT CENTER SEPARATE PER• ,.IT AND DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: i\B<FORE p ay ue�usaPam Min enaswa paRl=l zsmro p 6Gmxrye�.re'A fr b.ac�s paBE9�a3taw STORE 079779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #41 6 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: C' 0 O cvo 0 C O +� v v— M O F- um TO O Ln X �( uj Q Ca Revisions: Mark Date By Q4-18.i9 1 ANDWRO COMMENTS Q2-28—.0 '.. SUNG DEPARTMENTCOMMENTS A a Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Arthitea / Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore project Number 79779 Brand Desien Type: LC.OS ISSUED FOR. ® Construction Title ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN Date sheet �® 12-9-19 Drawn By 1. STAFF E200 E i�tEC? :;rt:R, i@ KEY NOTES - ELECTRICAL PLAN t NEW WATER HEATER LOCATION. 2. INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED AUDIO SYSTEM INCLUDING CABLE, BACK BOXES, SPEAKERS AND VOLUME CONTROL. PROVIDE 3/4"CONDUITS FOR ALL WIRING IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY, LOCAL CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM IN BID. WHERE A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS PRESENT, PROVIDE RELAY TO DISCONNECT POWERTO MUSIC SYSTEM WHEN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS IN ALARM. 3. LOCATION OF THE DOCTOR'S DATA CABINET (DDC). SEE DETAIL LCO02 FOR DEVICE INSTALLATION. 4. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD: Nx[3`0/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD, MOUNT TIGHT TO THE CEILING. PROVIDE PHONE BOARD FOR RETAIL SALES SIDE OF SPACE AND DOCTORS/REFRACTION SIDE OF SPACE SEE DETAIL LC003, 5. PROVIDE POWER AND TELF/DATA FOR FLOOR FURNITURE FEEDS. PROVIDE DEVICES AND DEVICE QUANTITIES AS SPECIFIED IN FIXTURE CUT SHEETS PROVIDED BY FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EC SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE. 6. EC SHALL PROVIDE DATA CABLE FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO 24" ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO SHOPPERTRAK SYSTEM(BY OTHERS). PROVIDE MINIMUM 6 FT COILED CABLE AT BOTH ENDS. SHOPPERTRAKER MUST BE RECESSED STYLE. 7. LOCATION OF DDC (24-PORT CAT 6 PATCH PANEL CLARIFYE 8-PORT MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH, DOCTOR SWITCH, DOCTOR ROUTER CLARIFYE MODEM & CLARIFYE ROUTER). GC SHALL INSTALL A DRYWALL RING BEHIND DDC. ALL DATA LINES RUNNING TO AND FROM DDC SHALL RUN THROUGH DRYWALL RING. OUTLETS IN WALL NEED TO BE LOCATED AT 18" A.F.F. BEHIND THE DDC- ALL CABLE SHALL BE LEFT HANGING LOOSE FOR '. LUXOTTICA I.T. TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. ALL CABLES SHALL BE LABELED PER PLAN. SEE DETAIL LCO02 8. EC SHALL PROVIDE A-CAT6 DATA CABLE FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO 24" ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR INSTALLATION. 9, FAN TO BE CONTROLLED WITH LIGHT SWITCH FROM ROOM. 10. PROVIDE A RECESSED CLOCK STYLE OUTLET BOX FOR THE RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET AT THE LED WALL VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WrTH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 11. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR 20A SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. SWITCH SHALL SHUT-OFF SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. LABEL SWITCH FOR WHAT IT SERVES. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING IN AN ACCESSIBLE AREA IN THE BACK OF THE STORE OR AT AN ACCESS PANEL LOCATION AND GROUPED TOGETHER. 12 PROVIDE CORE DRILLING OR TRENCHING (AS APPLICABLE) FOR POWER AND TELE/DATA. EC SHALL VERIFY ALL CORE DRILLING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. PROVIDE DEVICES AND DEVICE QUANTITIES AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE. 13, FINISH OF FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE BRUSHED ALUMINUM. COORDINATE WITH THE G.C. PRIOR TO PURCHASING. 14. CONTROL CIRCUIT THROUGH LIGHTING SWITCH BANK- SEE DETAIL E001- 15. INSTALL LEVITON LOW PROFILE RECESSED ENTERTAINMENT BOX AT LOCATION INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR SUPPLY TO DIGITAL EYE CHART. EXACT DIMENSION IS CRITICAL. PROVIDE THE DEVICES INDICATED. PROVIDE ALSO A 1 1/2" CONDUIT FROM BOX TO JUNCTION BOX UNDER THE EXAM DESK. SEE DETAIL LC001. 16. DOOR STROBE/BELL SYSTEM IS COMPRISED OF (3) COMPONENTS. (1) SERVICE DOOR PUSH-BUTTON, (1) STROBE/BELL LOCATED ABOVE GENERAL MANAGER'S (GM) DESK AT AN ELEVATION OF 8'-0", AND (1) TRANSFORMER LOCATED NEXT TO STROBE/BELL SEE DETAIL E006. 17. PROVIDE NEC 517 REDUNDANT GROUNDING FOR RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES/DIMMERS IN THIS ROOM. PROVIDE BONDING TO ALL METAL PARTS OF THE RACEWAY SYSTEM TO ENSURE THAT THE RACEWAY SYSTEM ACTS AS A GROUNDING PATH, AND PROVIDE A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR BOND THE CONDUCTOR AND THE RACEWAY TO THE RECEPTACLES TO CREATE A REDUNDANT PATH TO GROUND. USE HOSPITAL GRADE MC CABLE WHEN MC CABLE IS THE WIRING METHOD USED. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HOSPITAL GRADE 18. PROVIDE "RECESSED" FLOOR BOX/POKE THRU AT THIS LOCATION - SEE DETAIL E006. 19. INDICATED RECEPTACLE WILL BE SERVED BY TWO CIRCUITS. LABEL EACH DUPLEX OUTLET WITH THE CIRCUIT SERVING IT. 20. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT PLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 27. SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKER SPEAKERS, WIRING AND ACCESSORIES ARE SUP PHED AND INSTALLED BY THE SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR COORDINATE WORK WITH THE VENDOR PRIOR TO CEILING INSTALLATION. SEE DETAIL E007. I TRENCHING AS APPLICABLE AND ROUTE CONDUITS TO WALL 22. PROVIDE FLOOR BOX "RECESSED" PER DETAIL E008. PROVIDE CORE DRILLING OR TR N ( ) CONNECT TO 24 HOUR CIRCUIT AND ROUTE CAT 6 CABLING TO TECH RACK LOCATION AND LABEL ENDS OF CABLING. 23. G.G. SHALL PAINT SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. 24. PROVIDE 120V POWER TO DOOR DETEX SYSTEM. 25. PROVIDE COMMUNICATIONS RACK AT TELEPHONE BOARD. SEE DETAIL LC002. 26. PROVIDE WIRING FOR TENANT INSTALLED SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAIL E005. 27. ALL OUTLETS TO MATCH FINISH OF ADJACENT SURFACE UTILIZE LEVITON RENU SYSTEM. PROVIDE CLEAR LABEL WITH BLACK TEXT, 114" HIGH, ON ALLSWITCHEDOUTLETS. LABEL TO READ 'SWITCHED". 28. NOTED WALL DISPLAY CABINET WILL BE SERVED BY TWO CIRCUITS. LABEL EACH DUPLEX OUTLET WITH THE CIRCUIT SERVING IT AND LABEL THE SWITCHED OUTLET "SWITCHED". 29. VERIFY DEVICES REQUIRED, LOCATIONS, AND INSTALLATION DETAILS AT NOTED LOCATIONS WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO PURCHASE. 30. VERIFY PLACEMENT OF DEVICES FOR OAKLEY WALL DISPLAY CABINETS WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, 31. PROVIDE POWER TO RAYBAN ILLUMINATED SIGN. 32 PROVIDE POWER TO OAKLEY ILLUMINATED SIGN. 33. ALL FIRE ALARM WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY THE LL FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AT TENANT EXPENSE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED SUBMITTALS AND CONNECTIONS/REPROGRAMMING TO THE LANDLORD PANEL AS APPLICABLE. 34. PROVIDE MC CABLE WHIP TO BASE OF LIGHT BOX, FROM SWITCH ABOVE CHUNG, AND CONNECT TO SWITCH IN THE LIGHT BOX (SUPPLIED BY THE LIGHT BOX MANUFACTURER). WIRE FROM THE INTERNAL SWITCH TO THE DRIVERS IN THE LIGHT BOX FRAME, WHICH IS A LISTED WIRE WAY. DRIVERS AND LEDS ARE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE LIGHT BOX MANUFACTURER ALL 120V CONNECTIONS ARE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 35. RELOCATED EXISTING BELL/TRANSFORMER 36. COORDINATE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF 1-BOX FOR RECEPTACLES WITH POCKET DOOR. 4FT X 8FT PHONE — BOARD INSTALLED AT 18" AFF TO BOTTOM- 2 009 BACK OF HOUSE 106 CLG. HT- 8'-0'�P 1 A-8,10,12 208V, 3-PHASE JETER 35/3 BREAKER, STORAGE 3#8, 1#10- 3/4"( 116 21 MCA CLG. HT. 9'-0' CONTACT LENS ROOM ( 1D4 CLG. HT- 8'-0' (1) 1" FOR POWER AND (1) 1" FOR DATA — OD RECEPTION/ WAITING AREA 103 - CLG. HT. 10'-0" MALE RESTROOM n CLG. HT- 8'-0' ALCOVE 108 CLG. HT- 8'-0' FEMALE RESTROOM 111 CLG. HT. 8'-0' HALLWAY #2 110 CLG. HT. 9'-0' 2 i ERV HEATER ! U-i B-49,51,53 208V, 3-PHASE, 20/3 BREAKER, 4#12 -1/2"C 12.5 MCA EXAM 105 a CLG. HT = 8'-0' c ERV-1 B-39,41 208V, 1-PHASE, v O 20(2 BREAKER, 3#12r,.1/2"C PPA7, PPA2, 1 L0001 , ; PPA3 PPA4 gMCA (TYP.)� Fl / A _l2 E101 A21 '\ WJ E Lg) PPAS, PPA6, PPA13 PPA7, PPA8 .,� A 39 t7 0 O(CLG) 1fi 35 H ;A-2p E�0 RELOCATEDFRCP IA-._._ ® _1-1 ALL GENERAL USE RECEPTACLES MOUNTED BELOW 5'-6" A.F.F. SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT. ALL OUTLETS TO MATCH FINISH OF ADJACENT SURFACE. UTILIZE LEVITON REND SYSTEM. PROVIDE CLEAR LABEL WITH BLACK TEXT, 1/4" HIGH, ON ALL SWITCHED OUTLETS. LABEL TO READ "SWITCHED" URGENT CARE LAB 102 CLG. HT.= 9'-0' B-28 14 g-26 9 ROUTETO ROUTETO SWITCH "SW3".,, SWITCH "SW3"",, 9 +J 208V i-PHASE f _ 4012 BREAKER, - 3#8 1#10 3Gd"C 6KW P;jAL24 FRAME A-26 - WARMER PP,D32 A-28 VQ(CLG) (TYP.) 33 % - — 208V, 1-PHASE 15/2 BREAKER _ GFt PF 8MC3#12 -12'C BMCA A-14,T6 Y8 -� 2,OBV 3-PHASE. ' PA ' P23 PPA-24 5613 BREAKER! j I3#8, 1#10`3/4 B S 1 B 8 - - 1 ._. _ 14 34 m o 0 42 MCA QV (CLG) A 40 c ,1 ROUTETO I I SWITCH "SW3" --- APT 2.- _ B-12 B-10 (CLG) _ J ® - R1,R2,R37V PPA9,10,11C�O(CLG) E050 A-40 A ROUTETO SWITCH "SW3" -1 14 34 (A41I'27 ,.. A-:38 CEF A-11 9 120V, 1-PHASE - - 20/1 BREAKER, 3#12 1/2"C-- _ tw104 WATTS WJt —T - 27 A 31 W13 -� 1 A-47 M(CLG) -W15 A-01 GFI 1 P7 A-31 — (CLG) ❑V 1.` Q(CLG) 33-" (TYP)I . CEF A-11 (� 120V, 1-PHAS 20/1 BREAKE 17 20 - 104 WATTS ..®---a AP2 A-29 (CLG) (CLG)`% (CLG) PPC9 (TYP) 26PPC10 P1EP1F (CLG) A 31 Q(CLG)� B-28 14 A 31 ROUTE TO SWITCH "SW 3- V32, V14, PiCNPlD VJ6 3 7 g 6 ¢ n C � i r (t P2E P2F r A 29 CD(CLG) - i ' ROUTETO SWITCH"SW3" HALLWAY#l1 76,IXU—�c� 24 B-t DM(CLG) A-41� 27 T i 107 -G CLG. HT- 9'-0" ,- A 23- - 17 0 A 25- P3AP38 A 25 "� ❑V (CL) P4AP48 A 2Z --�--� PPAp1 IQ 17 2fl L0001 FUTURE PRE -TEST A-25 A-27 �' 115 �f P3E,P3F f� P4E,P4F - I A231 w I A23 CLG. HT. 8'-0" Y ''. 2A,E28 P3CP,..3L},A-25 -....,%- Co. 27 \.: �` A2311 �"'t .. ss� W COORDINATION NOTES COt DO NOT ROUGH IN ANY RECEPTACLES OR DATA OUTLETS ON THE SALES FLOOR WITHOUT FIRST CONFIRMING EXACT LOCATION WITH NEXTORE PROJECT MANAGER. CO2. DO NOT PURCHASE FLOOR BOXES WITHOUT FIRST VERIFYING FINISH (FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD) FOR A PARTICULAR BOX IN A PARTICULAR LOCATION. CIRCUITS WERE TAKEN FROM PICTURES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECTORY CARDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO WORK WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS THAT MAY EXIST IN THE AREA AS WELL AS CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO REMAIN POWERING EXISTING EQUIPMENT. NOTE CIRCUITS WERE TAKEN FROM PICTURES OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECTORY CARDS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO WORK WITH EXISTING CIRCUITS THAT MAY EXIST IN THE AREA AS WELL AS CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO REMAIN POWERING EXISTING EQUIPMENT. RETAIL RAY -BAN SALES AREA AREA 101F 101E CLG. HL=10'-6' CLG. HT. 10'-6" -24 t4 OUTS TO WITCH `SW3" a B-4BT rw."e_ _!—� 6 Liu r PPC1 ... - 'PC (CLG) 2 -- 28 CLG} I ppOg� �PPC4 (l)1"FOR POWER AND (CLG) (CLG) 29.CrYP) -\ Y (1) t" FOR DATA Ll _ B-27 "® 36 ROUTETO - PPR4 SWITCH "S 42 �s 12 813 .0(CLG) 2 1 -B 13 --'. PPC5 ..... (CLG) PPD14 PPD21 22,23,24 D I- B-73 1 E020 2 1 2 pBD13 {CLG) Jb ROUTE TO SWITCH "SW9" PP69 1 16 B-3 (CLG) PPDt SEE DETAIL 11 14 J = B-i 1 2 > PP 25, 6,27 28 SEE (T AI {CLG} �.�i 10 (T yp) B-18 2 09 PPCB _ „ IPPD17 __-- -_-- - .- FOR POWER AND PPC7 IX (1) 1" FOR DATA - �— - (CLG) i - - I (CLG)6PD 8 (R`P 29 1 Ci(n1P) (1) 1" FOR POWER g_2 Q9,08 f{ • ` ROUTE TO .+A ?- SWITCH "SW3` ROUTETO^d SWITCH � 1 FOR POWER I � • 1 1 6�1 EX ,., ._ s® std:J B_4 13 8 19 ROUTETO ' SWITCH" W3'� 2 B-2 ROUTE TO POWER SWITCH "SW3"(1) 1" FOR A-42 8-4 13 t ROUTE T ROUTET SWITCH" W3" SWITCH' W3" Q(CLG) III/ c 1 14 34 (1) 1" FOR POWER AND 14 34 I j (1) 1" FOR DATA 7; PPB6 _ 1 1 - B`10 12 13 ROUTETO 12 13 _ ;. I SWITCH SW3 22 22 I ,� �- -'"" 13 18 19 --) EA sT PP86�WlTCH "SW3" -- (1) 1" FOR POWER AND TT A-42 14 34 (1) 1" FOR DATA ROUTE TO — — SWITCH "SW3" PPC12 CLG) tT) T r0 euwerc �-- 11 14 32 1 1 1 ,. P 3 (CLG) g_22 vv J ROUTE TO ITCH "SW3" ;:. PPD17,1 i' 1 0 44 %7P.) i ( 3Q 5 ::_ _._ - ^; _'' I r DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. NLE/N/e-< I U K � - O �wmMb Pig M_ CM a5Ji0 0.1 pe)]65.0a 06 gesrc —Eel_x cr CAM 0.1 rlso s_ STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: =00 CD : O LU O 00 � O U. p If J � � cG' (D _ 18 ; o� L, co (6 tf C5 SI O ___I to CD CD Q (z) Revisions: Mark Date By a12_s.,B IA .ROCOMMENTS a2-28-10 BUIMING DEPARTMEWCOMMENTS A — 17 7I Architect /Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE INTERIOR 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd STOREFRONT 10,7Suamica, WI 54173 CLG. HT. 12'-7' (920) 445-5007 S70NAL 3/2120 EXPIRES t2 *21 Architect / Engineer lob No, 029 Nextore Store Design Revision Nc - 05 Nextore Project 79779 t2Number JL )UTE Band Design type: WCH � LC.OS ISSUED FOR: A-17 14 �A-17 TO ROUTEn SWITCH "SW2" ®Construction 74 ROUTE To I 14 ROUTE TO '"' 1d ROUTE TO - - — SWITCH "SW3" SWITCH "SW3" SWITCH "SW3' FUTURE OAKLEY PRE -TEST EXAM PRE -TEST AREA 114 113 109 101C CLG. HT.= 8'-0" CLG. HT.= 8'-0' CLG. HT: 8'-0" CLG. HT: 10'-6' ELECTRICAL - POWER/SYSTEMS SCALE .. =1'-0- I, I q. ff nECFIVER ELECTRICAL CITY OFTU'I ILA POWER/SYSTEMS MAR 05 2020 PLAN PERMIT CENTER Date 12-9-19 Sheet SEPARATc D wn By riT AND TAFF E201 Y rs�� _y ,' MPR DEMOLITION AREA EXIT #2 ADIACENT TENANT I ( 7 2 I CUSTOkR AND \ EMPLOI EE AREA r r LJ I / EXITSIGNA\. 0 (TYP-) \ C STOMER AND EXIT#2 MALL CORRIDOR ,) DEMOLITION PLAN (PHASE 1A1 vj wJ r j r— C EXIT SIGNAGE „ 1 an CUSTOMER AND EMPLOYEE AREA ----- EGRESS PATH CUSTOMER AND EMPLOYEE AREA - I 71 t ® % v CUSTOMER AND, EMPLOYEE AREA 1 2 \ 3 NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 2) EXIT #1 17 K O 0 Q EXIT #1 17 DEMOLITION AREA M I NEW CONSTRUCTION 2 EXIT #2 NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 1B AND 1C) X NEW CONSTRUCTION 3 ��'� NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN (PHASE 3) 0-1 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFERENCE THE PHASING PLANS CREATED BY THE ARCHITECF FOR MORE SPECIFIC PROJECT INFORMATION. 2. PROVIDE CIRCUITS AS INDICATED. ALL CIRCUITS TO BE UNSWITCHED. WIRING METHOD TO BE REDUNDANT GROUND MC WHERE ALLOWED, OR REDUNDANT GROUND IN CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED BY ANI. ALL WIRING TO BE #12 AWG WITH GROUND. 3. ALL RECEPTACLES TO BE TAMPER RESISTANT, 20A RATED, WHITE WITH WHITE FACEPLATES. 4. COORDINATE WITH NEXTORE, FOR LOW VOLTAGE DATA NEEDS PER ROOM, PER LOCATION. S. WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE AN DEVICE IN CIRCULATION AREA AND VISUAL ONLY IN EXAM AND PRE -TEST. CONNECT TO EXISTING SYSTEM. USE CEILING DEVICES. SUBMIT TO JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. UTILIZE DEVICES COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING SYSTEM. REUSE DEVICES WHEN THAT OPTION IS AVAILABLE. 6. ALL NOTES AND GENERAL CONTENT FROM THE ELECTRICAL PLANS SHALL APPLY TO THE PHASING CONSTRUCTION AREA AS APPLICABLE. �5 KEY NOTES - ELECTRICAL PLAN 1. PROVIDE SELF CONTAINED TWO HEADED EMERGENCY BATTERY UNITS FOR EGRESS PATH'S ESTABLISHED BY THE ARCHITECT PHASING PLANS FOR EACH PHASE CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE AND INSTALL SELF CONTAINED EBU'S AT A SPACING RATE OF ONE EBU PER 10' OF EGRESS PATH, OR TIGHTER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR AS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ. 2. EMERGENCY UG14TING FOR THE EGRESS PATH FOR FINISHED PHASE AREAS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS. IF REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY EBU'S FOR ANY AREAS THAT DO NOT MEET CODE. REMOVE TEMPORARY EBU'S AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 3. PROVIDE A2L/A2LE OR G2UG2LE FIXTURES (AS DETERMINED BY THE FIXTURE TYPES USED ON THE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN) FOR RECESSED ZX2 FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE CAPSULE PLAN. FIXTURES TO BE USED AS FINAL INSTALLED FIXTURES AT THE END OF USE OF THE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTED CAPSULE AREA 4. WIRE CIRCUITS SHOWN TO A NEW 120V CIRCUIT IN THE PANEL FEEDING LOADS IN THIS AREA, OR TO A LOCAL RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT THAT HAS THE CAPACITY TO ADD THE LOAD IF SPACE IN THE PANEL DOES NOT EXIST. S. SWITCHED WITH THE REMAINDER OF THE STORE LIGHTING. PROVIDE RELAY IF REQUIRED FOR DIFFERENT VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS. COORDINATE WITH PLANNING. THE 1 2 EQUIPMENT MAY BE DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN. IF SO, OBTAIN POWER O NEEDS FROM THE BRAND, VIA NEXTORE EXIT #1 MR) I i I i 2 `-I-- n V "ryI DBW DBW - f103 -- - FI ( �\\ tech \1 � � os D 1 / y ✓ ! rack kD REQUIREMENT CHANGESS/ ❑( LIG) CJ MY BE PER PERK - I.NEEDED CAPSULE LOCD AND LAYOUT FOR EACH STORE COORDINATE,/'`,\`Z WITH NEXTORE I \ GA GFl"" _I r=--------- II — / II --_j II II II II II II II ELECTRICAL -PHASING PLAN 9CALe vm=r-m ..W t G) DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT NEXT -ORE O m»tumtlYav&q Ms.RpH�S�N (OO.1(Sn1 �6Gtvrcry &mtfatGaty, LlC�tl o.iE%- Uiiltl STORE #79779 SOLITHCENTER MALL SPACE #4.16 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: QO O z? 00 U. V O00 � a� 2.1�� OCA_ O V) o Uj Q� Revisions: Mark Date By QE-18-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS p2.28 20 BUILDING OEPARTMENT COMMENTS A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal `rst AL V312120 EXPIRES21 Architect I Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No 05 Neztore project Number 79779 Band Design Type: LC.05 _ ISSUED FOR: 21 Construction Title ELECTRICAL IED IIICITY60 KWILA II i MAR 0 2020 I PERIIdIT CENTER PHASING PLAN DataSheet 72-9-19 Drawn By SEPARATE PEA^vIETAND STAFF E202 `h kedBy APPROVAL MPR PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS & GENERAL CONDITIONS, CODES & STANDARDS 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOUND IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS (AIA) (NSPE)(NEC) AND ANY OF THE TENANTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. REFER TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AIA FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING; SAFETY, COORDINATION & COOPERATION, WORKMANSHIP, PROTECTION, CUTTING AND PATCHING, DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK, PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS, STORAGE ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, ETC. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL LOCALLY ENFORCED, FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES INCLUDING ANY SPECIAL THE TENANT REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO THOSE SPECIFIED. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES AND THEIR ASSOCIATED FEES OR COSTS. B. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, INSTALLING, CONNECTING, AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS APART OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH 15 NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF A SIMILAR CHARACTER SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE TENANT A COMPLETE, CODE APPROVED AND OPERATIONAL PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 2. CAREFULLY READ SPECIFICATION FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK SO AS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL TRADES' WORK SCOPE. CONSULT WITH OTHER TRADES TO INSURE PROPER LOCATIONS AND AVOID INTERFERENCES. ANY CONFLICT SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TENANT BEFORE WORK IS COMMENCED. 3. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES AND SITE SO AS TO COMPARE THEM WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NOTE THE CONDITIONS AND OTHER WORK THAT WILL BE RE EXISTINGUIRED AND THE NATURE N Q OF THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK 15 TO BE PERFORMED. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE TO ANY CONTRACTOR BY REASON OF THIS FAILURE TO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION OR OF ANY ERROR ON HIS PART. 4. ALL EXISTING UTILITY AND MECHANICAL SERVICES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED, CORRECTIONS TO THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 5. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE THE OPENINGS WITH THE GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR. THE FINAL LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL DUCT AND LOUVER OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 6. THIS CONTRACT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND MISCELLANEOUS EXPENSES REQUIRED FOR ALL REQUIRED PLUMBING DEMOLITION OF THE EXISTING AREAS BEING RENOVATED. a. THE DEMOLITION SHALL CONSIST OF THE COMPLETE REMOVAL (PROPERLY DISPOSED OFF SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) OF ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, MATERIALS, ETC. NOT REQUIRED IN THE FINAL DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS FOR THE NEW RENOVATED AREAS. b. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE CAPPED BELOW THE FLOOR. c ALL ABOVE GROUND SERVICES SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THEIR RESPECTIVE MAIN AND CAPPED OR IF THE MAIN IS NOT REQUIRED, THE MAIN SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. d. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS AND THE ARCHITECT AND THE TENANT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. T ALL WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PARTS, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND TENANT. WHERE AN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER HAS A WARRANTY THAT EXCEEDS ONE YEAR, THAT WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. C. DOCUMENTS 1. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS EXISTING CONDITIONS OR COORDINATION ISSUES REQUIRE CHANGES. THESE CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. ANY INCIDENTAL ITEMS OR LABOR, ETC. NOT INCLUDED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR THE DRAWINGS BUT REASONABLY IMPLIED AS NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL APPARATUS SHALL BE INCLUDING IN BID. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED EVEN THOUGH NOT MENTIONED IN BOTH. 4. IF ERRORS ARE FOUND IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN THE SAME, OR BETWEEN THE FIGURES ON THE DRAWINGS, AND THE SCALE OF SAME OR BETWEEN THE LARGER AND SMALLER DRAWINGS, OR IN THE DESCRIPTIVE MATTER ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE TENANT FOR REVIEW AND FINAL DECISION PRIOR TO THE BID DUE DATE 5. THE BIDDING OF THIS WORK WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHERE MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER IS MENTIONED ANY ONE MAY BE UTILIZED. SUBSTITUTE MANUFACTURERS MAY BE OFFERED ONLY AS AN ALTERNATE TO THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL a. SUBSTITUTIONS I. THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF DESCRIPTION AND TO ESTABLISH A BASE LEVEL OF QUALITY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID WILL CONTEMPLATE THE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS EXACTLY AS INDICATED. ii. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL, WITH HIS BID QUOTATION, A LIST OF ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THOSE ON WHICH THE ORIGINAL DESIGN WAS BASED. A FULL DESCRIPTION OF ALL PROPOSED SUBSTITUTED ITEMS, THE CHANGE TO THEIR BID PRICE OR OTHER REASONS FOR SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL ACCOMPANY THE BID. ALL ACCESSORIES, FEATURES, ETC, SUPPLIED WITH THE SUBSTITUTED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. iii.IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS WITH THEIR BID THE TENANT SHALL CONSIDER THE BIDDER TO BE PROPOSING THE MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. iv.SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 6. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS CAN BE OF ANY RECOGNIZED MANUFACTURE PROVIDED THESE ITEMS MEET MINIMUM STANDARDS AS SET IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO EACH SECTION FOR ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. D. COORDINATION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A VISIT TO THE JOB SITE AND TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL TRADE WORK CURRENTLY EXISTING AND WORK WHICH MAY BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONTRACT AWARD. RELOCATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, TO AVOID THIS WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING SITE BEFORE STARTING ANY FABRICATION OR DOING ANY WORK IN THE FIELD AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT AND PROPER MEASUREMENTS OF HIS WORK ALONG WITH RESOLUTIONS FOR ANY CONFLICT OF SPACE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. WHERE THE WORK OF TWO OR MORE TRADES INTERFERE WITH EACH OTHER AND A DEVIATION FROM DESIGN IS NECESSARY, NEITHER WORK SHALL PROCEED UNTIL THE TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED OF THE CONFLICT AND THEY HAVE RENDERED A DECISION AS TO WHAT CHANGES SHOULD BE MADE. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE, IDENTIFY AND PROTECT ANY EXISTING SERVICES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE MAINTAINED OPERATIONAL AND SHALL EXERCISE EXTRA CAUTION IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ALL WORK TO AVOID DISTURBING SUCH FACILITIES. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIR OF DAMAGES TO SUCH SERVICES SHALL BE PAID BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. S. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT ALL WORK AT THE PROJECT BE DONE AS SUCH TIME AND IN SUCH MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATIONS OF THE FACILITY. A WORK SCHEDULE SHALL BE ARRANGED WITH THE TENANT TO FACILITATE WORK WITH A MINIMUM OF INTERFERENCE WITH THE TENANT'S OPERATIONS. 6. AREAS TO BE USED FOR STORAGE SHALL BE ONLY AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. ALL STORED MATERIAL SHALL BE RELOCATED OR REMOVED FROM THE SITE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT. 7. DAILY, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXCESS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY HIS WORK. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK, CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE(S) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOUND PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN THE TENANT'S EMPLOYMENT OF A SEPARATE SERVICE TO OBTAIN THIS CONDITION AND REDUCING THE FACTOR'S CONTRACT AMOUNT BY THE COST OF SUCH A SERVICE 8. EACH GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR THROUGH THE NEGLECT OF HIS, OR HIS SUB -TRADE'S PERSONNEL ALL PATCHING, REPAIRING, REPLACEMENT AND PAINTING, ETC. SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE TENANT BY THE CRAFTSMEN OF THE TRADES INVOLVED. THE COSTS OF SUCH WORK SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING THE DAMAGE. E. METHODS 1. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN OPEN TRENCHES. FLOORS SHALL BE SAW CUT. PIPING SHALL BE LAID ON AN APPROPRIATELY GRADED 6" BED OF CLEAN AND DRY SAND. ENGINEERED FILL SHALL BE USED TO BACKFILL TO 6" ABOVE THE PIPING. BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH UTILIZING THE EXCAVATED MATERIAL IF APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR THE TENANT. IF THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, ENGINEERED FILL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE UTILIZED TO BACKFILL THE REMAINDER OF THE TRENCH. BACKFILL SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN 9" LIFTS WITH ALL LIFTS COMPACTED TO 95% PROCTOR. PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING, 2 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM ANY CEILINGS, OTHER PIPING, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK, ROOF DECK, OR JOIST BRIDGING. ITEMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM ACCEPTABLE STRUCTURAL BUILDING COMPONENTS AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 3. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE TENANT'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE REQUESTING GENERAL CONTRACTORS COST. 11, INSULATION A GENERAL 1. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. 2. CLEAN AND DRY SURFACES PRIOR TO INSULATING. 3. EXTEND INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, HANGERS AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS. 4. INSULATION JACKET AND FITTING COVER MUST BE PLENUM RATED. S. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE INTEGRITY OF THE VAPOR -BARRIER BE MAINTAINED. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF THE VAPOR BARRIER BY STAPLES, HANGERS OR WHERE OTHERWISE DAMAGED. 6. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES. 7. INSULATION SHALL BE BY OWENS-CORNING, KNAUF, OR MANVILLE. B. PLUMBING 1. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS PIPING 2 a. DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING UP TO 1 112 INCH DIAMETER - 1 INCH THICK INSULATION. 2. FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PRE -MOLDED FIBERGLASS FITTINGS AND COVERED WITH A PRE -FORMED PVC FITTING COVER. IILPLUMBING A.GENERAL 1. THE ENTIRE PLUMBING INSTALLATION, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALLY ENFORCED BUILDING CODE, THE PLUMBING CODE, THE AMERICAN DISABILITIES ACT GUIDEUNES, ANSI A117.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED AND THE UNIFORM FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (UFAS). GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL PLUMBING ROUGH IN DIMENSIONS MEET THE ABOVE NOTED REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY FINAL ROUGH IN WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BACKFILLING OR WALL INSTALLATION. 2. TEST ALL SEWER AND WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. FURNISH ACCESS DOORS FOR WALL CLEAN OUTS AND VALVES IN WALLS. 4. ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFIED HERE -IN ARE BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUGHING IN ALL SERVICES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHETHER PROVIDED BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS INSTALLATION WITH THE APPROPRIATE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR PROPER ROUGH IN INFORMATION AND SHALL REVISE THE DESIGN AS REQUIRED TO MATCH THE EQUIPMENT BEING SUPPLIED. THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO CONNECT ALL FIXTURES TO THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO; ALL WATER OR NATURAL GAS CONNECTIONS FROM APPROPRIATE STOP OR VALVE, ALL DIRECT SANITARY CONNECTIONS, ALL INDIRECT WASTE CONNECTIONS TO FLOOR DRAINS OR SINKS FROM SINKS OR EQUIPMENT, COOLER AND FREEZER COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING, ETC. S. FIRE STOPPING - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL TYPE AND UL CONSTRUCTION DESIGN NUMBER. FOR RATED MASONRY WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER C-AJ-1175. FOR RATED GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE A UL APPROVED THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM NUMBER W-L-1003. B. PIPING 1. PIPE HANGERS FOR THE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGERS WITH APPROPRIATE CLAMP. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A MAXIMUM SPACING OF: a. 6CENTERS FOR PIPING 3/4" AND SMALLER. b. 8' CENTERS FOR 1" PIPING. C. 10' CENTERS FOR PIPING LARGER THAN 1". d. PIPING ABOVE THE ROOF SHALL BE SUPPORTED PER THE DETAIL ON THE DRAWINGS. e. PIPE HANGERS FOR INSULATED PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE SIZED FOR THE GROSS OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF THE PIPE AND INSULATION. SEE INSULATION SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. C. SANITARY AND VENT 1. ALL PIPING SHALL PITCH TO ITS APPROPRIATE. MAIN AT NO LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE. 2. UNDERGROUND WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON HUB AND SPIGOT PIPE WITH COMPRESSION GASKET JOINTS. 3. ABOVE GROUND WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE HUB AND SPIGOT CAST IRON PIPE WITH LEAD AND OAKUM JOINTS AND BE HUNG PER C.LS.PJ. REQUIREMENTS. D.DOMESTIC WATER 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE BUILDING TENANT AND THE LOCAL WATER COMPANY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A NEW WATER METER. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THE FEES/COSTS AND INSTALLATION OF A NEW WATER METER AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND THE ASSOCIATED REMOTE READER. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL WATER COMPANY. LOCATE REMOTE READER AT BUILDING TENANT'S AND WATER COMPANY'S DIRECTION. 2. TEST WATER PIPING TO HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE OF 100 PSIG. FOR TWO HOURS. STERILIZE ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.W.W.A. STANDARDS. 3. ABOVE GROUND WATER PIPING, 3" AND SMALLER, SHALL BE TYPE "C HARD DRAWN COPPER PIPE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95-5 SOLDERED JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE COPPER PRESS FITTINGS (PROPRESS SYSTEM) AS MANUFACTURED BY VIEGA. FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE MATERIAL AND SIZING REQUIREMENTS OF ASME B16.18 OR ASME B16.22.0-RINGS FOR FITTINGS SHALL BE EDPM. INSTALLATION OF FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO CODE AND THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS. WATER PIPING JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS SHALL BE PER THE LOCALLY ENFORCED PLUMBING CODE SECTION 605.22. 4. DOMESTIC WATER VALVES SHALL BE MILWAUKEE VALVE #BA-100 OR #BA-150 BALL VALVE. ALL VALVES SHALL BE LEAD-FREE. NOTE ALL SPECS MAY NOT BE USED IN EVERY STORE. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CD GENERAL NOTE: FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. SUPPLIED/ ITEM MARK DESCRIPTION INSTALLED MFG./PHONE # MODEL # / COLOR REMARKS BY "CADET RIGHT HEIGHT" ADA 16-1/2" H. ELONGATED PRESSURE -ASSISTED TOILET FF E O LET WITH FLU5HOMETER TANK. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED WC ASSOCIATED TRIM, FITTING HARDWARE. SEAT SHALL BE PC / PC AMERICAN STANDARD (800) AMERICAN STANDARD - WATER CLOSET (ADA) WHITE SOLID PLASTIC WITH OPEN FRONT LESS COVER. PROVIDE 217-1929 92467.016 / WHITE POWER FLUSH COMPLETE WITH CHROME SUPPLY AND SERVICE STOP. VITREOUS CHINA SINK: CLF-ADA-10 GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. INSTALL MIXING VALVE BELOW FIXTURE, SINKS SK3 ROUND SINK FOR CONTACT LENS T / PC JUST SINKS (847) 678-5150 FAUCET. JUST # J-981 CONNECT TO SUPPLY PIPING AT FIXTURE, SET WATER TEMP. @ 110- F USING TMV-1, WALL HUNG, WHITE VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY, 4" O.C., - CENTER SET FAUCET,WRIST :BLADE HANDLES, AMERICAN 1.R.SMITH 700 FIXTURE SUPPORT OR APPROVED APPROVED EQUAL FLR SKS STANDARD HERITAGE #5461.172H; FLOW RESTRICTOR, POP PC / PC AMERICAN STANDARD AMERICAN STANDARD #0355.012 / MILD TYPE FOR HIGH BACK LAVATORIES. INSTALL MIXING VALVE BELOW UP DRAIN, 1-1/4" x 1-1/2"CONNECTOR PIECE, 1-112" (800) 217-1929 WHITE VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURE, CONNECT TO SUPPLY PIPING AT FIXTURE, SET WATER TEMP. @ TAILPIECE, P-TRAP, TUBE -TO -WALL, ESCUTCH 110" F USING TMV-1. SK7 30" SINK FOR BOH-SU30 T / PC ELKAY SINK: LLVR2117, STRAINER: 1135, 'SELECT 1-HOLE DRILLING CONFIGURATION. G.C. TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. INSTALL MIXING VALVE BELOW FIXTURE, CONNECT TO FAUCET: DELTA t01 DST SUPPLY PIPING AT FIXTURE, SET WATER TEMP. @ 110- F USING TMV-1 WALL HUNG, BARRIER FREE; ELECTRIC, 120V 60Hz 1PH, 3-WIRE BI LEVEL WATER EWC2 GROUND CORD; IGERA UtvN CON FINISH; 8.0 USG BA SELF- CONTAINED REFRIGERATION CONTROLS, PUSH BAR CONTROLS PC / PC HALSEY TAYLOR HAC8FSBL-Q ADA PV NOT USED UNLESS FORCED BY LL/CODE; MAINTAIN 6" MIN. TO WALL ON COOLER AT FRONT AND SIDE; 3/8" SUPPLY CONNECTION; 1-1/2" OD (630) 574-3500 EA. SIDE FOR VENTILATION MOUNTING HEIGHT PER CODE, WASTE CONNECTION ONE PIECE MOLDED STONE MOP BASIN W/ 10" HIGH SINK: MSB2424, FAUCET: 4830-AA MOP SINK MS SIDES FOR RECESSED INSTALLATION, 3" BASIN DRAIN W/ PC / PC FIAT PRODUCTS (912) W/ WALL BRACE, 30" HOSE COORDINATE LOCATION OF MOP HOLDER W/ LENS PROCESS SERVICE SINK STRAINER 432-0525 BRACKET: #932-AA, MOP HANGER: ROOM MGR; ALSO PROVIDE'SK-5' WHEN REQUIRED #889-CC STORAGE WATER HEATER. TANK SHALL BE GLASS #DEL-2Q 20 GALLONS, 6.OKW HEATING ELEMENT, REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR LOCATION WATER HEATER WH LINED, 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE DRAIN PC / PC AO SMITH COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER ELECTRIC A INDIRECTLY TO MOP SINK BELOW. HEATER EYE WASH EW-1 EYE WASH, WALL MOUNTED, AUTOFLOW 90 DEGREE PC / PC GUARDIAN G1848LH-L WITH AUTOMATIC MOUNT ON WALL BY MOP SINK AT 48" AFF TO SWING DOWN WITH TEMPERING VALVE EQUIPMENT TEMPERING VALVE G360OLF CENTERLINE, PIPED IN WALL PIPING SUPPORTS WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PC / PC WATTSIGRAINGER (800) 323-0620 #3A559 CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN W/ DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE, FLOOR DRAINS FD TAP FOR TAP PRIMER, WEEP: HOLES, 3" OUTLET & 6" NICKEL PC / PC J.R. SMITH (334) 277-8520 J.R. SMITH # 206S-A-06 BRONZE ADJUSTABLE STRAINER. FLOOR CLEANOUTS FCO REFER TO SHEET P002 PC / PC J.R. SMITH (334) 277-8520 4000 SERIES REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR LOCATION WALL CLEANOUTS WCO REFER TO SHEET P002 PC/PC J.R. SMITH (334) 277-8520 4400 SERIES REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR LOCATION V VE T EY SH TA IO TH R ST TI MI IN V VE PC P U D N RECIRCULATION PUMP RP RECIRCULATION PUMP PC / PC BELL & GOSSETT NBF 22U DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP, PROVIDE CHECK VALVE AND ACCESSORIES TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE CONTROLS TO START WATER FLOW BASED ON DEMAND, AND TURN OFF FLOW BASED ON LACK OF DEMAND AND TEMPERATURE HAS BEEN MET. W HOT WATER SUPPLY OUTLET, SEE PLANS -----__. COLD WATER SUPPLY INLET, SEE PLANS SHUT-OFF VALVES UNION OR APPROVED FLEX CONNECTOR, TYPICAL - FULL LINE SIZE COPPER RELIEF DRAIN TO HUB DRAIN OR MOP SINK - HOSE BIB DRAIN VALVE BEYOND ASME PRESSURE & TEMP- ERATURE RELIEF VALVE - GALVANIZED SHEET METAL OR OTHER CORROSION -RESISTANT MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION WATERTIGHT PAN. - SUPPORT WATER HEATER ASSEMBLY FROM PLATFORM. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR HW T CW WATER HEATER SUPPORT DETAIL SUPPORT DETAIL 6 SCALE: NONE PROVIDE EWI-1 WITH EXPANSION TANK ON COLD WATER SUPPLY SIDE, AMTROL OR EQUAL UNISTRUT P-1000T CHANNEL, BOLT TO WALL STRUCTURE WITH (2) 3/8" BOLTS, MINIMUM P1458 BRACKET, (3)12" BOLTS AND NUTS, TYPICAL OF 2 LOCATIONS 2" X16 GA. GALVANIZED SHEET METAL STRAP FULL LINE SIZE COPPER RELIEF DRAIN TO MOP SINK HANGER ROD LOCKING NUT SUPPORT NUT HEAVY DUTY CLEVIS HANGER. MATERIAL TO MATCH PIPE. PIPE CLEVIS HANGER SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS NO VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION UNINSULATED PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL G SCALE NONE HANGER ROD LOCKING NUT -\ SUPPORT NUT HEAVY DUTY CLEVIS HANGER. MATERIAL TO MATCH PIPE -� PIPE FIBERGLASS INSULATION PER SPECS 180' RIBBED 18GA SHIELD SIMILAR TO ANVIL #168 SL STRIP -AL) TYPICAL) 1V// I I\13 INSUL _ D PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL CITY OFTU11 vtt,.A SCALE: NONE t/ MAR 0 5 2020 TABLE C403.2.9 MIMIRAIAM DIDIP IMCI1t ATInTj TEIIrt MF_CC ttta3r4nnc :r.-vnr•.faaclA PERMIT CENTER FLUID OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE AND USAGE (eF) INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE OR TUBE SIZE (inches) Conductivity. Stu -LnJ(h-ftf-<Fj° Mean Rating Temperature;. •P i tta �C 2-it2 1412 to ad 1ta <8 8 :3354 0.32-0,34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 251-350 0.29-0.32 200 3:0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 201-250 0.?7-030 150 2.5 2.5 15 3.0 3.0 141-200 025-0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 105 -140 0.21'-0.28 100 1.0 1.o 1.5 1-5 I'S 40-60 0,21-0.27 75 0.5 0:5 1.o 1-0 1.o < 40 0 20 -0.26 75 05 LO 1-o I To 1: 7 DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUC110N MANAGEMENT: D<MIRE Al WblumCea P4xG Maa, OHGSMp 0.,G131'163wu Q 6Grnrtey &at EatGat,LTCffi6 •.t(&G.431Am STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: CL fit' O Ln ';I. 0 0 V-F 0 U. O C J 0 iU VD OF- L-' fB tT3 Z3 J tll 3 Q Revisions: Mark Date By aR_iB.,9 LANDLORD COMMENTS Qz-zaz0 BUILDING DEPANTMENTCOMMENTS a Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, Wl 54173 (920) 445-5007 Seal SIY'R��,ty,��vk, 3r AL ti`' 3/2/20 EXPIRES12*21 1 Architect I Engineer Job No.: 029 Nextom Store Design Revision No.: L Neztore project Number 79779 Brand Desion Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: 21 Construction rile PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Sheet e (a KEY NOTES - SANITARY & VENT 1. ROUTE NEW SANITARY TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. TRENCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PIPING. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. ROUTE NEW VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. 3. ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. PLUMBING - PARTIAL WASTE & VENT ISOMETRIC SCALE: NONE LANDLORDNOTES ANOlORO RINIMCOMMEN 511125(i9 • BELOW -GRADE WORK SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF LANDLORD'S BELOW GRADE UTILITIES. ON COMPLETION OF PATCHING OF THE SLAB -ON -GRADE SYSTEM, INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER. AND CONCRETE THE OLD PORTION OF THE MALL HAS A STRUCTURAL SLAB AND NEEDS TO BE VERIFIED WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PENETRATIONS (AT TENANT'S EXPENSE) TENANT SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK 9 KEY NOTES - SUPPLY 1. LOCATION OF NEW WATER HEATER, CONNECT ALL PIPING, ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES AND DRAIN PAN. INSULATE PIPING AS REQUIRED. ROUTE 3/4" LINE FROM DRAIN PAN TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. ROUTE LINE FROM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. 2. NEW ISOLATION VALVE. 1CONNECT NEW COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING COLD WATER SUPPLY. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD. 4. ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. 5. PROVIDE NEW HOT AND COLD ISOLATION VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE. 6. PROVIDE NEW COLD ISOLATION VALVE AT EACH FIXTURE. 0� 112" 1J2" t" 1/2- 1" wC 00 ' 3/4" 4 6 EWC2 SKI 4 5 WC 4 6 SKS 112" (5: PLUMBING - SUPPLY ISOMETRIC SCALE: Vd'=T-0' IN / 1 t" 12" My-t 1" t" HOT WATER RETURN LINE S-q MS 1'S• "1 4 S HOT WATER RETURN BALANCING VALVE —� 3/4` rem 010 =''I" -1 A CHECK VALVE 11ECFtV0) CITY OF "i iSKWILA MAR 0 5 2020 PERMIT CENTER SEPkRATE "IT AND >VI DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. immsomimimamm NB<MRE p exnw �.wxeM�enam» Oarrs+3lnsmn 06Ummery &wt. Eat( 1Sf,R�$Q. $ oat(Eq UtA2�i STORE *79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE --,46416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: Cz C) ro ..c 0 1--C O 0 J � a)+ U v- M 0 d -0 =3 Z3 J l/t C:) Q Uj l� Revisions: Mark Date By Qi v-18-n LANDLORD COMMEM 0 z-zs o EU-ING DEPARTMEW COMMENTS IA )A / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920) 445-5007 3/2/20 EXPIRES rcbitea / Engineer Jab No.: 029 extore Store Design Revision No.: > 05 IVumberPrgea 79779 ISSUED FOR: RI Construction Title PLUMBING ISOMETRICS 12-9-19 Drawn By E, SEALANT FINISHED FURNISH' TRAP MUCTU UPPER LE TO TENAP CA-AOy TYPICAL•i• DRAIN DETAIL NONE CONCRETE SLAB SAW -CUT 24"X24" AREA OF EXISTING STOP VALVE CONCRETE, CENTERED ON DRAIN AND RE -POUR LAVATORY W/ SLOPING SURF. STOP VALVE TO DRAIN CW SUPPLY TRAP PRIMER VALVE Z O ELEVATION PENETRATE WALL AND ROUTE BELOW SLAB TO FLOOR DRAIN. PROVIDE CHROME ESCUTCHEON. 1/2" TO FLOOR DRAIN FINISHED FLOOR FLUSH WITH BRONZE TOP FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR OR WALK a o o _ a a BRASS PLUG INSIDE CAULK AS REQUIRED FITTING OR EXTENSION TO SOIL OR WASTE : TYPICAL FLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NONE EXISTING 2" WATER METER IN SERVICE CORRIDOR TO REMAIN. EXISTING REMOTE READER TO REMAIN. 7 TRAP PRIMER DETAIL SCALE: NONE CLEANOUT PLUG CAMITAGV no CTnn 1 WALL CLEAN OUT DETAIL SCALE: NONE -ROUND SECURED POLISHED BRONZE COVER WALL t KEY NOTES - DEMOLITION 1. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE. REMOVE HOT AND COLD WATER TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE VENT TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE SANITARY TO BELOW EXISTING FLOOR, PATCH FLOOR AND LEVEL TO MATCH SURROUNDING FLOORING AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES. ABANDON UNDER FLOOR SANITARY PIPING IN PLACE 2. REMOVE EXISTING WATER HEATER MOUNTED ABOVE THE CEILING AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 3. REMOVE EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR LINES AND FIXTURE, 4. REMOVE ALL WATER AND SANITARY CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LAB EQUIPMENT. REMOVE HOT AND COLD WATER TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE VENT TO NEAREST MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE SANITARY TO BELOW EXISTING FLOOR, PATCH FLOOR AND LEVEL TO MATCH SURROUNDING FLOORING AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES. ABANDON UNDER FLOOR SANITARY PIPING IN PLACE. 1 I I I I I I I t__J 1 1 I I I j I I I I F-1 LJ I T� II J \\----// L--- r---- I I P I----------------------\ l /�\ I I ------------ I _ II L--- />1 � / \ r------ < < \\ 41 I�--1 — — — — — — — \fir — ——�----�-----� ----------- Y// II II II // II II I I I I I I 11 R t II II II II II I j [ I I I 11 CITY 4 if II 11 II II II L — — — i I I 0---� 11 l r°�"� j I I j I I I I I O°� �all� x-x DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT r\EXTORE •xawwvKarxs.M�.nwaso;o •.1G�3)Tsmv :.. •6Lnvrcry &u#, Fat GxC.CrOIDtb •.14 -0i dttAAp ',.. STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for: C2 O rLLJ 2 * 1 C) Vp C O p J C � G a✓ V 0 t- C1 � 2B I Z3 J L/1 O LU Q p�C� �! Revisions: Mark Date By QL-78-19 LANDLORD COMMENTS A2-2&,TD SURDING nEPARTMENT COMMENTS A A 0 Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920)445-5007 Seal F R s �Fs 0 Z o-C1`,yr S`y(Wi AL 3/2%20 EXPIRES ir'Us°'n Architect ( Engineer lob No.: 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No.: 05 Nextore Project Number 79779 Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction i'i3KWILA► ride 05 2020 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN r CENTER PLUMBING - DEMOLITION Date Sheet SEPARATE Dr12-9-19 AFF awn - PERMIT AND P100 ST lq—d ''v' Checked By APPR�JVAL _'��-, RF'(A.:jipED J MPR NOTE PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS. PROVIDE THROUGH WALL FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE JUNCTION BOXES ARE LOCATED IN A DEMISING WALL, OR OTHER FIRE WALL. A INSTALLED ON PLATFORM AS REQUIRED TO INSURE EXISTING IS NOT DISTURBED AND PIPING CAN BE ROUTED THRU WALL 2 �5 KEY NOTES - SANITARY & VENT 1. ROUTE NEW SANITARY TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. TRENCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PIPING, COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2, ROUTE NEW VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD AND REVISE PIPING AS REQUIRED FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS. 3. ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. 0 1 1 1 PLUMBING - SANITARY & VENT 1 xAte va. = r,o. NOTE: THE MIXING VALVE IS NOT REQUIRED IN THIS EXACT POSITION. IT MUST BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION AND MUST BE WITHIN THE AREA OF THE SERVICE SINK AND WITHIN REACH OF THE OCCUPANTS. MIXING VALC" (/TE` EYEWASH z HOT AND COLE WATER SUPPLY }" MIXED WATER !' HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY } MIXED WATER 40" - 44" 40" - 44" MOP SINK/SERVICE MOP SINWSERVICE FLOOR SINK SINK FLOOR POi 2177 AT SERVICE SINK PLUMBING CALCULATIONS PLUMBING FIXTURE CITY SAN F.U. EACH SAN F.U. TOTAL C.W F.U. EACH WTR. DMD. TOTAL W.C. (PRESSURE ASSIST) 2 L0 8.0 5.0 10.0 LAVATORY -SK5 2 1.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 MOP SINK - MS 1 2.0 20 3.0 3.0 FLOOR DRAIN - FD 2 2.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 SINK (SK3, SK7) 4 20 6.0 2.0 6.0 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC2) 1 05 0.5 0.25 0.25 TOTALS ME 22.5 23.25 SERVICE CONNECTION SIZE SAN. 4" WATER i" PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE FIXTURE DRAIN HOT COLD VENT SINK SK3 SK7 11/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" MOPSINK MS 11/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" WATER CLOSET WC 4" - 112" 2" EXISTING LAVATORY SK5 1 1/4" 1/2" 112" 1-1/4" FLOOR DRAIN FD 2" - - 1-1/2" FLOOR CLEAN OUT FCO PIPE SIZE - - - WALL CLEAN OUT PIPE SIZE - - - ELECTRIC WATER HEATER WH - 3/4" 3/4" - ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWC2 1 11/4" - 1 1/2" 1 1-114" NOTE (SKI THRU 4) CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO FURNISH ALL LABOR, PIPING MATERIALS AN APPURTENANCES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF SINKS, FAUCETS AND DRAINS FURNIS D BY OWNER. BASED ON IPC 201 S KEY NOTES - SUPPLY 1. LOCATION OF NEW WATER HEATER. CONNECT ALL PIPING, ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES AND DRAIN PAN. INSULATE PIPING AS REQUIRED. ROUTE 3/4" LINE FROM DRAIN PAN TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. ROUTE LINE FROM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE TO ABOVE MOP SINK BELOW. INSTALL HEAT T PS T A R T R IN F IB E P 1 2. NEW ISOLATION VALVE. 3. CONNECT NEW COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING COLD WATER SUPPLY. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD. 4. ROUTE ALL PLUMBING PIPING CONCEALED. S. PROVIDE NEW HOT AND COLD ISOLATION VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE, 6. PROVID N W OLD ISOLATION VALVE AT EACH FIXT E. 7. INSTAL I ING SUCH THAT TH OLUME/MAX PIPE LENGTHS IS NOT FX EEDED PER C404.3.1. B. INSULATE PIPING ACCORDING TO TABLE C403.2.9. 9. GC TO INSTALL MOP SINK ON PLATFORM THIS AREA AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE EXISTING FOOTING BELOW IS NOT DISTURBED. 2" WATER METER :E CORRIDOR. REMOTE TABLE C404.3.1 PIPING VOLUME AND MAXIMUM PIPING LENGTHS NOMINAL PIPE: SEE (Inches) VOLUME (liquid ounces per toot length) MNUMUIR PIPING LENGTH (feet) Public lavatory faucets Other fixtures and appliances 114 0.33 6 50 5116 0 5 4 50 a,s 0.75 3 50 I 1.5 2 43 Si5 ? 1 32 3 0.5 21 are 4 0.5 16 1 5 0.5 13 11,i R 0.5 S 11• 1 0-5 6 2 Or larger 1ai 0-5 4 PLUMBING SYMBOLS (ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) ELBOW UP 7 CAP ON END LINE T. ELBOW DOWN I WALL CLEANOUT VALVE IN DROP -a FLOOR CLEANOUT TEE OUTLET UP FLOOR DRAIN WITH P-TRAP TEE OUTLET DOWN ---- tN J- WATER METER UNION PLUMBING FIXTURES �J BALL VALVE ` JPOINT OF NEW CONNECTION - J TO EXISTING PIPING OR SYSTEM T ! CHECK VALVE O/H OVERHEAD - - - - - - SANITARY PIPING (W) DN DOWN - SANITARY VENT PIPING IV) U/G UNDERGROUND COLD WATER (CW) EX EXISTING - HOT WATER (HW) C 3 VALVE STANDARD P.D.I. WH 201 WATER HAMMER ARRESTER SCHEDULE P.D.I. UNITS \, r ✓ - L \ (: �' (,' FIXTURE UNITS 1-3 4-11 12-32 33-60 61-113 114-154 155-330 iw 4 5 1. i 12" SK5 ,�/ 3/4" VE (ABOVE) • ' HOT WATER ;RETURN LINE r1" �12" 12- I IEGEI �ED OF "i MLA IAR` 05 2020 [I1fiT EPdT X SEPARATE PER 19IT AND APPROVAL DESIGN ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT. I\DUORE e a>bt�xavwesamon onasom Oaae)assmn '. e 6Geattry&mi. EaYGat,Q(AX5 ert(&q a31A1# STORE #79779 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE 4f416 SEATTLE, WA 98188 Construction for. Od (D O v_0 C x 0 + U OC' L' m l in O tI j� J t!} O Q Revisions: Mark Date By ai 12-18.,g _ LANDLORD COMMENTS Q2-2s-2a BUILDING DEPARTMENTCOMMENTS n� A A Architect / Engineer of Record Michael Romes, PE 2441 Crown Pointe Blvd Suamico, WI 54173 (920)445-5007 3/220 EXPIRES 2-*21 Architea / Engineer lob No- 029 Nextore Store Design Revision No- 05 Nexore project 79779 Number Brand Design Type: LC.05 ISSUED FOR: ® Construction Title PLUMBING PLANS ®® Date Sheet 12-9-19 Drawn By STAFF P200 Checked By MPR